Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract Manual for WRF, Phase 1, Vol. 1 of 4.pdf Executed Contracts City of Bozeman, Montana Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building HDR Project No. 00,60746 == f Contract Manual For Construction of: Bozeman WRF Phase 1 Improvements Project Volume 1 of 4 Divisions 0-10 November 2009 SRF Project No. C301230 rwK r,ngmeenng,mc. MORRISON MAIERLE,Svc. �" DOCUMENT NO: ADDENDUM NO. 1 CITY OF BOZEMAN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY ADMINISTRATION AND LAB BUILDING PROTECT SRF PROJECT NO. C301230 HDR Engineering, Inc. Morrison Maierle, Inc. 1715 South Reserve St.,Suite C 2880 Technology Blvd, West Missoula, MT 59801 Bozeman,MT 59718 Phone: (406)532-2219 Phone: (406)587-0721 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This addendum forms a part of the Bidding and Contract Documents and modifies the Project Manual as described below. B. This Addendum consists of 4 pages and the following attachments: 1. Current Planholders' List dated November 24, 2009. 2. Pre-Bid Meeting Minutes dated December 1, 2009. 3. Pre-Bid Meeting Attendance List dated December 1, 2009. 4. Federal Davis Bacon Wage Rates as of December 4, 2009. 1.02 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT A. All bidders are required to base their bid upon the information furnished in this Addendum, and acknowledge receipt of this Addendum by signing and dating in the space provided in the Bid Form. ` PART 2 - PROJECT MANUAL 2.01 DIVISION 0— BIDDING DOCUMENTS A. Section 00301 — Bid Form 1. To Section 00301. Article 7.01.17., delete in its entirety and replace with the following: i. "F. EPA Forms 6100-3 and 6100-4, included in Section 0900, must be included in the Bid or provided within 7 days of the Bid Opening." 2.02 DIVISION 1 —GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01060—Special Conditions 1. To Section 01060, Article 1.14.G., delete the first line of the paragraph and replace with the following: i. "G. Contractor shall be responsible to obtain and pay charges for all necessary permits, including the following " : (I.. 6(1746 Boreman WRF Admmnstration and Lab Building Project 12,4/2114, Addendum No.3- 1 2.03 DIVISION 4—MASONRY A. Section 04050—Cold and Hot Weather Masonry Construction 1. To Section 04050, Article 3.1.E.3.e., delete in its entirety. B. Section 04210— Brick Masonry 1. To Section 04210, Article I33.A.3., delete in its entirety. 2. To Section 04210, Article 2 2.A.1., delete in its entirety and replace �N ith the following: i. "1. Size: 2-l/4 x 7-5/8 x 3-5/8 IN. Modular." 2.04 DIVISION 5 — METALS A. Section 05120— Structural Steel 1. To Section 05120, Article 1.2.13.1., delete in its entiretv. 2.05 DIVISION 7—THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION A. Section 07210—Building Insulation 1. To Section 07210, Article 2.2.A.,delete line and replace with the following: i. "A. Rigid Polystyrene or Expanded Polystyrene Board Insulation:" 2. To Section 07210, Article 2 2.A.I., delete line and replace with the following: i. "1. Extruded: ASTM C578, Type IV or Type IX.- B. Section 07534—Adhered Elastomeric (EPDM) Sheet Roofing I. To Section 07534, Article 2.3.13.1., delete in its entirety and replace with the following: i. "I. TPO." 2. To Section 07534, Article 2.3.C.3., delete in its entirety and replace with the following: i. "3. Fiber reinforced facers." 3. To Section 07534, Article 2.3.D.4., delete in its entirety and replace with the following: i. "4. Sheathing: Minimum 1/2 IN thick plywood, does not need to be fire- rated." 4. To Section 07534, Article 2.3.G.2.c., delete in its entirety. 5. To Section 07534, Article 3.1.F.4., delete in its entirety.~ C. Section 07.550—Elastomeric Roof Deck Coating 1. Remove Section 07550 in its entirety from Project NIanWll. 2.06 DIVISION 9— FINISHES A. Section 09905 —Painting and Protective Coatinns 1. To Section 09905, Article 1.2.I.1., delete in its entirety and replace with the following: i. "1. Painting inspection to be completed by Owner or Owner's Representative." U 6(r46 Bozeman wRF Admnnstnition and Lah Budding Protect '/4/2i)0,, Addendum No 3-2 - 2.07 DIVISION 10—SPECIALTIES A. Section 10444—Signage 1. To Section 10444, Article 1.I.A.2., delete in its entirety. 2. To Section 10444,Article 1.1.A.3., delete in its entirety. 3. To Section 10444, Article 2.1.A.2., delete in its entiretv. 4. To Section 10444, Article 2.3.B., delete in its entirety. 5. To Section 10444. Article 3.1.A.4., delete in its entirety. 6. To Section 10444, Article 3.I.A.6., delete in its entirety. 7. To Section 10444. Article 3.2.13.,delete in its entirety. 2.08 DIVISION 15 —MECHANICAL A. Section 15183—Pipe, Duct and Equipment Insulation 1. To Section 15183, Article 3.3.A., add to the schedule: i. "Chilled Water, 6 IN and less, I IN, Alum." 2. To Section 15183.Article 3.3.C., delete schedule and replace with the following: i. " DUCT SERVICE INSULATION AND THICKNESS Outside air ducts, inside building 1-1/2 IN semi-rigid with vapor barrier Supply air ducts within 20 FT 1 IN flexible with vapor barrier downstream of cooling coils All other ductwork Uninsulated B. Section 15440—Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment I. To Section 15440, Article 2.2.F.1.h., delete in its entirety and replace with the following: i. "h. Kohler"K-10272-4." 2.09 DIVISION 16— ELECTRICAL A. Section 16132—Cable Tray 1. To Section 16132, Article 3.I., add the following paragraph: i. "P. The wire mesh cable tray shown on Sheet 1300E08 should be mounted above the Acoustical Ceiling Tile: the intent is to keep the telephone and data cable from resting directly on the acoustical ceiling tile. It should be routed as necessary to accomplish the intent." B. Section 16711 —Passive Telecommunication System 1. To Section 16711, Article 2.2 C 2.a., delete in its entirety and replace with the following: i. "General wall and desk outlet plates shall come equipped with two (2) modular jacks, with the top jack labeled "voice" (phone, RJ 11) and the bottom jack labeled "data" (Ethernet, RJ45)." W 00746 Bozeman WRI'Admnnstration and Lab Building Pro,act 12/4/2009 Addendum No.3-3 PART 3 - PROJECT DRAWINGS 3.01 S HEET OOOOCO 1 A. Add the following note: 1. "The Contractor shall provide a construction fence that protects the root zones of the large conifers within the staging area. The fence shall extend 10 feet passed the drip zone of the trees.' 3.02 SHEET 130OA14 A. To the Room Finish Schedule, modify the following: 1. Room 1317 shall be GWB walls and rubber base. 2. Room 1318 shall be GWB walls and rubber base. B. To the Door Schedule, modify the following: 1. Door D-1319A hardware shall be type HW-3. 2. Door D-1321A hardware shall be type HW-3. 3.03 SHEET 13OOE03 A. Add the following notes: 1. "11. For the four(4) lights mounted in the Gypsum Wallboard area of the ceiling, use pendant mounting." 2. "12. Provide under-cabinet lighting for the Lab Room as shown on Sheets 130OA08 and 1300A09. Manufacturer: Lithonia. Catalog No.: N2S-17-120- GEBIOIS. Under-cabinet, 24" fixture with rocker switch and instant start electronic ballast. Solid-front housing to prevent direct glare. 17W,T8 lamp. Provide and install one lamp for each fixture; provide one spare lamp for each under-cabinet fixture provided. All under-cabinet fixtures on East lab bench shall be circuited to 1300-PP-02,circuit 9; all under-cabinet fixtures on West lab bench shall be circuited to 1300-PP-0I, circuit 9; circuit the li-ht over the balance table to 1300-PP-0I, circuit 9. Use P12 conduit and cable configuration. Assume 9 total under-cabinet fixtures." B. Modify the following light fixtures: 1. Delete the seven (7) Type "L" fixtures in the locker rooms and replace with Type "K". END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 n b074t, Bweman WRl %dministration and Lah Building Project t?i I/2tHw Videndum No.3-4 !cam is ' } I o .a d Xti j N c v a m m � � I '�I Ia a g a a a a a g a a a a I° O 0 to o ,z Iz z Iz z ;z Iz iz iz Iz z jz z > y C W tD N t0 0 LO to ITN I i^ i0 IY icy) IOD I'ai j Old ti N � �� 1' �loo M A IM iLo IM j N Lo X a IN h �lv N IN ICV 1LO N 0) (D ILD NI LL 'd' 'QV � n N �0 ICOD iLO LO.0 In v CC) CO ir!. r m 'v to r,- I� N L IO ; In O O Ito O I O !CD 0 IO 10 i0 OO O �0 d W �I � CN '�- Iv 'V iM 'O M_ ItD .- N IO I IN IN W O IY i0 O IN Iti i� M coM (6 iiIIO III�co I7 Oti '�f O d (CO m N N O If> N 1� IN V a a0 W O C tp .V IN co N Iti N IM t0 CD to IN C O I(D In v to ilD ICO tfi O CD co � eY OD CD m R N a tI O •Q d• i v h Cn co to r` u) (D v (C) n l o (o (o 'co Ice ' co �Ce Iao Ice co CD m I(o Im 10 i0 O 10 O 10 IO C l4 Iv d a Q I v v I� : !v is Q Id' m � I U Q O E E :8 ca j I - I I f E IL c E o I cn c o I Q j y E O cj o 3 0 In � `p 0 Ic ' ^I C c E m rn d c I� o o to R o U c E !y o ;� -E o N J a i E r� N o aD11 �� i� Ian, E ro m O R 0 MU p CL o 11E Ian I° a la IE 'a) A? I'd) U- p I ' � Z co N O I I J IU) I « a a i '> I m v !7 ¢ I++ y O D M v m�� C v !a) i� 0 I� �X J rJ I Q Ian `o�y 0 iov CO c m o �co �� oo, N _ U am 0� O N iJ O ;z co tz.0 V O'O �'�ti to m J td 0 i N N �' N Oj l A pj l i p O O ro m! 0 0 m C CO 0 V E�,7 U. to t-j'm N .-- L to 0) O I > mi C~ OI 0�' O I O ro m Cry tn, CD tfY O d tF-' 3tn �f-- LU to Hi » �I-u-�I v �� o� ar�ls� m~ aaMolN� >�I aFly�l= uiI o �j Ig N ,L-Otilc a IU NQ m a� too m �3=1a� to I� m 'o (°I c �_ C E!� E f } 2 fc E I Cd E I-I+- R M CAN N C to_N W N�pOp N N CItD NIO '_i0 N r m C6 N O d W _ �C�_T=} N Y N mIN miN CO coCOjN Y .~-=I�m�l (7 O i Q m N n v I C) c m � a m� to m �i Q a o�- g ~ c r- "* E- c o �LIN N ��� hz ��> _c c 10 OLL Ip= O x m @ ;m Clm N OIm C_OB m lb ' E m IW 7 N O�'O M OIO m O N O L m N;C .D Cn10-21Q m' Im ,d �I Id m�Q J I � C w ro CC I d V I i s _ 10 IL ca O U Iti 'O Iti IWLQ N IiWXC iWO ;QT aN2 3 NC c X ImC m ro 0 o U L a0 Z mi om w m I E- m m m j �O� —co '0 0C m 7 m NLL yW E Q (I OI to v0j oo l� oIM mjz� aQo'NVC i C11 +a� Q d E I I O i m I o ca I C N y N N Cn Q !N tll 1 fIl N N N N N N d O N p. } } ;} Z Cl) O 0 f• O It. to O tq t0 M O) O (o W I co 0) N •m M N I I ILO LO 1 ocO µO Ito t0 I to a1 19 �v �oo IU? T tO '0 1 to o ItO N N m U.) a`no r? co i s fo co �C\l co c I N EA ILL 'd 1"' LO M N N Im ILO r.- ,N in ;o o `Dn o ! o to Io Io o to I co y W I !� `O I� 1 �� v N v 'I, (n W t0 'CD 07 to M I O M 10 O M C ( co N tp n 0) h CD OD N 1 CO I N O 17 'ITO t17 N I to CD to I h N I I r- M N to .O n 'O 9 to O N W O C IM ,� 00 -a) •O Q M I- In 1 1CV I C O Ir` Im co co co tO co rn N to 00 co (� N L h I� Iln IM IM -N N IOi I� 1^ Ito I� i m d EH 0. io Ico Ico o co 'Co :o o lino im 'co m o 10 o o to !o o �o 0 0 0 0 O c�v Iv Is id J "' v O Io O E N 1 U O O D O �+ W C O J o � Ud Ey I iC o Ny C 43 _ O O O �' @ Nc ) c @ O@I ON o E � @ E C. m i o m � om o U UCU o ;@� —� 'v oto @ O � � o 0 <C _ LL (C M1, U Q !Z cl U o!L 0l tOl cn co m 1 2 IQF-� CD UtLO a¢io�LLi L C14LOi >� `o�l��l � a � 0 t_ I •N o�) r-Lo i0 F t°ri T F- O Z I F- F- @ F- v T la @� a I ro o Im vi{ g F- LL� a wF- 3 vim tri rn� jo�ic� I o cv o io m• I c°'gIN > cic2lm° o - � cI > {c = @ c @.m o m N m b @. I, cca ° m I c U _! w E w LL m'O U out (n w oIN�- c E 10 E�ti E C O `J N O 610 N!N C;m S' p LIO N _M N W N O I (1 O '1` OIto-�r d O 01 = , O i� @,O O O10 N N tp t-- cn NmiN mIN CD ca H U Nm NOlN(D UO N o O 0 Um, o c d Oi m to t••y N N a N 7 EO cotn O a o °' to N I Q I^ 'a�' z 'U ti~ @ 2 I 0I Icm LO NI Q mz a) c m Cca o a cE m a r ° Im mI ~ Inm m EId H 12 I�c co N O 5 -c• O O N y LO; co C m !E0. o m c O �O I U ! V l y U U i Z p �, !C IC C O iO O O U U O IU U m m im ? C E C :0 1 U U p Z io iQ 3 ma ME Cc ICcuj o °� N NCU : o ° 0 OI rE c� ° ° @a I � FO YO cm LL a_Ov }' O co > U 7 JII- m m d� a E I I O _ o 0 N N N N N N y N N N a N N I N R a) O m m N a) a) N a) (D a) Q N z yI a Ir r 1r Ir r r r r r I>- z Ir ;r r O N W n I O 10 O LO I CO co c) 10 N CA j I Q t0 N 0 CD C N N C O CD O C, I� (� CD D a O U? M 09 N O 1Ib O O M N N C.41 In CO b9 IC N (D 1CO V N N N M w LL O U) m ca � rnL rn n 0 In 0 0 1 y v lcv (o a �U) c o e Iy� a ; IN ioI �W io �. ✓� Q� ''W �r �O CO -- M I� .�Ci 10 -O m O Y� !0 Cn 'O 1� 'CO iC N c0 iN 00 N it a� v rn iM Cl) ;Cn w r` I� v o '0 - iv tll O L 'h N a 'M IN (O j� V '11` Ia0 M Iv) m Cj O co V �Lr)V IN !� i^ m 'C° I^ (Nr, '(U I^ ILO ;Oj N L Ico a 't v v n 0 CC I IL 0. 1O 0 (e O CD ICO CO C6 (e ao Io 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 to io to io �o 0 a� �w E c4 t 'a i c E I E. c I o C U J o c co iE c �E R o iE o o to E U N O_V U U i I I Cl) W U N U N 0 0 C0j O 1 0 I�- U O. C O .c C N c0 U N U l� O O O 0) J 1 N - c I U C c @ U 0 N o c U N m E ?+ N a Cf) c M o I— N E io 0 -a R o U m 0 f° � � m` E(a � U E � o rn N o i2 Ua aN` IaU� co E ns y I(d) I� r.d O r N Y O V I L N N C a) O _ mo co i� o o calloai -0 ° a) Im Q R O '0 U E �U E n E Flo a > 0 jo E U L o o Z C U o I � m Q0 NU) r J � W L i L O v cn I U Q rlai uj� 3 N ' o<t � rs � r�v o >(°'mrl V I>N a COD �ifi O,C COO a U07I O t O O.l0 m0) � ml m�' N C O Cn T co (0 O O U) z F-.Z F- LO N to O i6cn'mF-;ac a Zcn �� 'F-� .g _ g,�o O� ° I�(°)n -o m CIE o �g N— 10 �F f w+ a oHL�o O oF-�gr to yt!) y'o Nic�'�� IDF- o M I O w o w cm C y�� �, -to c�� £�'c�I� c � c oo 2, _ m C6I=7 UU N O N to t()LL [O LL CD LL'O@ O— E c O y O I Z 6! al Cn E N N n F- E fn O 1 Yam_J Z 010 a)I0 N� ` (n y' N CO N O CO O f0 0 O 10 a) O O C 10 O�.2 TUICD N O O O pO) OPT(61C p 0 N O a) ' CO N O o d R I M m'M 1l(��IM .Z!N ill`Y t-LQ�OIO V'IN SIN m N g r m' U E O N I IT O d N n 10 IO[ O M L m IQ I(D c II o c a j0 ! 1 N W 1� m 1 I— O i 0 N Q Irn n m o a7 Uo id in. m ca �2 ;o a v_i a c_ X �I x I= It N c to a I o 00 :� 'mo oEi!� mI o IF IF- v Y LL U 5 N O oi= So Lfj .�mIQ IQ d IQ d 1Q IQ IQ 'iQ iQ tD 2;Q J -- _ N C > > _ i c c E c, 10 Q I C L O C U 'E I U IO 10 IU j I v c I � :u I� Ip o rJ p aJ lO a) II o`C w -c 7 QcN UO 1 a) O U V E- a) m iImN CIO 0 '6IN C0Ic O ULL 0U IOIcc 0 w o 0 UY !U U yU � * x m co 1a) )= iU)i !U) Ilan U 12 O O N 1 N I M O iC N •a � rn .O O NI d iz Z O y CDO O d ac7 N N X to 4-44 d U_ r-- co U X G (D LLl C 1 C) T N N Oi c !o � m Lo co m N a d' r- � y N IG .01 ca vQl ' � E o p _ ((f U C N Ir - J v! E C cm O T c Eo v G' Q N r X a Np a E o p Ua 4 D co ti v 0 Z C U o N O N C) J F IN J N a. m Co -'I- w CU V 'rn L � a IW O, N' J C ',z � N U 0), CO W 72 d '��Im = iQp N O O j O;cc 3: s � C iC f f0 w rn m N m U E - - O N N m m ao CC) E o .6 rn Ip m O �_ m N O Nc c m L � y C J E o d - U d O u ,c c i Z N Q Q7 C O m U C 2 Q 9 O cc i 5 _N CITY OF BOZEMAN, MONTANA BOZEMAN WRF ADMIN AND LAB BUILDING PROJECT December 1, 2009 2:00 PM PRE-BID CONFERENCE AGENDA 1. INTRODUCTIONS: 2, BID OPENING DATE AND TIME: • Bids Received no later than 2:00 P.M. MST, December 15, 2009 at the Office of the City Clerk, 121 North Rouse Avenue, Bozeman, Montana. • Bids Opened 2:00 P.M. (or shortly thereafter), December 15, 2009, and read aloud at City Hall's Commission Room 3. PROJECT OVERVIEW: • OWNER: City of Bozeman • Funding Sources (City Cash Reserves, SRF, ARRA Funding) • Contract documents available from MMI Bozeman office— Contact James Nickelson, 2880 Technology Blvd. West, P.O. Box 1113, Bozeman , MT 59771, #(406)-587- 0721, $200 non-refundable fee per set. • Contract sets available for review at City, MMI, HDR and identified Plan Centers. • As-built drawings for 1969, 1981, 1982, 2002, 2004 and IAC Controls are available for review. • Pre-bid Meeting is optional. 4. BID PROPOSAL: (See specification sections 00020, 00100 for instructions.) • Use forms in Contract Manual. o Bid Form —Additional Contract Manuals and Plans available from MMI. See specification section 00301. o General Bidder Information — Montana State License and Registration Required. o Bid Bond (Security). o Turn in entire bound Contract Manual, Volume 1 only and any Addenda. See Section 00100, Article 13. Article 7 of Bid Form lists forms that need to be submitted. • Wage Rates — See specification section 00900. Federal Davis Bacon. To be updated by Addendum. • Gross Receipts Tax— 1% to be withheld from Contract for payment to Montana Board City of Bozeman WRF Admin and Lab Building Project Pre-bid Meeting 1 of 3 12i4.'2009 of Equalization. • One lump sum Bid Item and a Bid Alternate are include in the Basis of Contract Award as a total of both the Bid Item No. 1 and the additive or deductive Alternate Bid Item total as determined by the Owner.- To be clarified in Addendum No. 1. 5. LABOR STANDARDS- This project has State rules, laws, etc., that apply. (Refer to Section 00100, Article 23 and Section 00900). 6. EPA and MDEQ DBE Requirements — • See Section 00100, Article 29. • See Section 00900. • Forms 6100-3 and 6100-4 may be submitted within 7 days of the bid opening. To be addressed in upcoming Addendum No. 1. Solicitations must be documented for DBE good faith effort. 7. PAY REQUESTS • Takes time, allow approximately 21-30 days. See Section 00810, Articles SC-14.02 and SC-14.07. 8. KEY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: • General Conditions, MMI/City of Bozeman EJCDC 2003 version — See Section 00700. • Supplementary Conditions— See specification section 00810. • Funding Agency Special Provisions — See Section 00900, General and SRF and ARRA Requirements. • Prime Contractor's Buy American Certification form. 9. SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS: • Soils investigation provided in Section 00200. • Clay soil at Administration/Lab Building identified in Supplemental Borings - will require over-excavation. 10. SCOPE OF WORK/DESCRIPTION OF FACILITIES: • See specification Section 01010 —Work elements, sequencing and time constraints. • Shoring and Dewatering —See Section 02200. 11. PERMITS & FEES: City of Bozeman WRF Admin and Lab Building Protect Pre-bid Meeting 2 of 3 12J4'2009 • See Section 01060, Article 1.16. • Agency Permits will be presented in Addendum No. 1. • City Building Permit under review—Contractor is required to pull City Building permit, City will pay plan review and permit fee. • Contractor responsible for electrical, mechanical, plumbing and sign permits. • Contractor responsible for MPDES temporary stormwater discharge permit. • See Section 01060 for other Permits Contactor's responsibility. • City building Department requires Special Inspections — See Section 01060, Article 1.15. 12. UTILITY COORDINATION: • Coordination with Northwestern Energy for temporary power Contact is: Ms. Andrea Buffington, Northwestern Energy, 121 East Griffin Drive, Bozeman, MT 59715, #406- 582-4631. • City of Bozeman for Water and Sewer. • Phase 1 Contractor 13. TIME OF COMPLETION: • See specification Section 00500 —Agreement, Article 4. • All work completed within 400 calendar-days from Notice to Proceed. • Liquidated Damages: $750/calendar-day beyond Substantial Completion, $500/calendar-day beyond Final Completion. 14. STAGING AND STORAGE AREAS: • Parking. • Access/egress. • Storage. 15. OTHER? 16. TOUR OF PROJECT SITE: City of Bozeman WRF Admrn and Lab Building Protect Pre-bid Meeting 3 of 3 1242009 �i— J �� r Z �reJan GURT7S bo T"75 S�".�(l;'C �L�'G7"!'(r -0 os-ar Frk .CWI-S 1�o��D N1 aN,���1 f� pf41/V7 INC. 5� � 033 ( I AL C'lc.rt'T" , A uc5c.� c �A ,i c >'` 2rl17i'�-, Lf �28-Oc�c�s' p �`- ��✓:. Jam— -T tTT=-C',.„^'I„".! 4C..T`a v`�7...�iP. '� `! ( ^.�+` -��Z '"e I , 7 5L c. L �vx �, P•. s87 L451 tF4Yccs;� Ctv,L-- y v(G `t 22-317� o I ULt .�J(•.t��\` !J t1�Yti��� / , L -7 P ve� p4^,'tip f fd r-rd t A 4t ,Erin-e See,-(� %ryon Genera /E'���fric ��-lr .4 L s�z �i✓i/- fi✓Erz yat� -3 wb - w a -' e-- I - XI - - Ic v �1CY�►. C•R����t`�`�.�� Mall' n'� �.tr{`_'�•�li.�. LL:t � Y�.} �� .. _ 'l.�'�-�i file:;NCi,Documents%20andl""120Settin�,s/dbessett/Desktop/Buildim,';2(112-0d-09.txt 1 ERAL DECISION: MT20080034 10/09/2009 MT34 Date: October 9, 2009 General Decision Number: MT20080034 10/09/2009 Superseded General Decision Number: MT20070034 State: Montana Construction Type: Building County: Gallatin County in Montana. BUILD CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (Does not include residential construction consisting of single family homes and apartments LIP to and including 4 stories) Modification Number Publication Date 0 02 OS' 2008 1 00202008 2 0815i2008 Ufa 20 2009 4 10/01) 2009 ELEC0532-004 06/01/2009 Rates Fringes ELECTRICIAN (Excluding Fiber Optics and HVAC Control Wiring)..........................$ 26.61 4.750/tt+9.00 ---------------------------------------------------------------- '� PLUM0041-005 07/01/2009 Rates Fringes PLUMBER PIPEFITTER (Including HVAC Piping, and Set unit).......$ 28.60 10.75 SUMT 1999-o1►f, 02 23 1999 file:irrCl/DOCLIme1115°".20and°-..20SetUnls,dbcssettJDesktopyBtiiiciui:°,.2012-04-09.txt(1 of 4)[12,$/2001) 11:42:41 AINI] file:% C"/Docunierits°,20and",t.20Scttin^_s dbessetL/Desktop/Building%2012-04-09.txt Rates Fringes CARPENTER (Acoustical Ceilings only)...................$ 15.00 3.50 CARPENTER (Carpenter including Drywall Hanging and Form Work, excluding Acoustical Ceilings and Cabinets)........................5 12.90 3.37 IRONWORKER, REINFORCING..........$ 16.01 6.14 Laborer, General.................$ 10.91 3.10 PAINTER..........................5 14.00 Power Equipment Operator Loader......................$ 16.07 4.07 TRUCK DRIVER Tandem Dump.................$ 16.13 3.87 ---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing- operation to which welding is incidental. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications Iisted may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). ---------------------------------------------------------------- In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively hargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing. ---------------------------------------------------------------- fife: C Documents",,20and".b20Settings/di)essctt'Desktop/Building"..2012-04-01).t%t 12 uF4)(12 4 2009 11:42:41 AMA file C Documents",i,20and'%2OSettines/dbessett/Desktop/BuildingSb2012-1)4-(I2txt WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 'Jas there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: an existing published wage determination a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 21.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the B- :,h of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the int rted part�,'s position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. file:i//CJiDocuments".„20and",o20Settings/dbessett/Desktop/Building°„2012.04-u•,t,, „i _«,'i2 4 2009 11:42:41 AM] fle:iiiC'-Documents%20atid"/�20Settings/dbessett/DesktopBuilding°t,2012-04-09.txt 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION file:///Cii Doc Liments'1.20aud"1.20Settingsldbessett%DesktopBuiIdmi; .,2--;: I14 tat(4 ui 4; ADDENDUM NO. 2 CITY OF BOZEMAN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY ADMINISTRATION AND LAB BUILDING PROJECT SRF PROJECT NO. C301230 HDR Engineering, Inc, Morrison Maierle, Inc. 1715 South Reserve St., Suite C 2880 Technology Blvd.West Missoula,MT 59801 Bozeman,MT 59718 Phone: (406)532-2219 Phone: (406)587-0721 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This addendum forms a part of the Bidding and Contract Documents and modifies the Project Manual as described below. B. This Addendum consists of 3 pages and the following attachments: 1. Replacement Section 00900, Exhibit C. 2. Figure A2-1300A02-01. 3. Figure A2-1200A 12-01. 1.02 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT A. All bidders are required to base their bid upon the information fumished in this Addendum, and acknowledge receipt of this Addendum by signing and dating in the space provided in the Bid Form. PART 2 - PROJECT MANUAL 2.01 DIVISION 0— BIDDING DOCUMENTS A. Section 00900—Funding Agency Special Provisions for Montana Public Facility Projects 1. To Section 00900, Exhibit C, delete in its entirety and replace with updated Exhibit C, attached to this Addendum No. 2. 2.02 DIVISION 9—FINISHES A. Section 09660—VinyI Composition Tile Flooring and Resilient Base 1. To Section 09660,Article 1.1.A.L, delete in its entirety and replace with the following: i. "1. Vinyl composition tile flooring(Vinyl CTF)." 2. To Section 09660,Article 2.1.A.L, delete in its entirety and replace with the following: i. "1. Vinyl composition tile flooring(Vinyl CTF): a) Armstrong World Industries. 0- 60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building Project 12/10/2009 Addendum No.2-1 b) Azrock. c) C ongoleum. d) Mannington Commercial. e) Tarkett Inc." 3. To Section 09660, Article 2.2.A., delete in its entirety and replace with the following: i. "A. Vinyl composition tile flooring(Vinyl CTF): 1. 12 IN SQ x 1/8 IN. 2. ASTM F1066, Comp 1, Class 2." 4. To Section 09660, Article 2.3.A.La., delete in its entirety and replace with the following: i. "a. One (1) carton of each type and color of vinyl composition tile." 5. To Section 09660, Article 3.1.13., delete reference to "linoleum." 6. To Section 09660, Article 3.2.F., delete in its entirety. B. Section 09690 —Carpet Tile (CPTT) 1. To Section 09690, Article 2.1.B., delete in its entirety and replace with the following: i. "B. Carpet Tile (CPTT) 1. First quality, no seconds or imperfections. 2. Comply with applicable state and local codes. 3. 100% Solution Dye Nylon. 4. Yarn Weight: 18 oz. 5. Pile Thickness: 0.093in., 2.4mm. 6. Pile Density: 6,968. 7. Recycled content." 2.03 DIVISION 10 —SPECIALTIES A. Section 10500—Metal Lockers and Locker Benches 1. To Section 10500, Article 2A.B., add new paragraph to read as follows: i. "10. Size: 12 IN wide by 21 IN deep, height and configuration as shown on Drawings." PART 3 - PROJECT DRAWINGS 3.01 SHEET 130OA02 A. Revise the plumbing fixture layout and room layout as sown on the attached Figure A2-1300A02-01. B. To Rooms 1307 and 1308, add an 18" vertical grab bar to each room as shown on attached Figure A2-1300Al2-01. 3.02 SHEET 130OAl2 A. To Section 1-8, add 18" vertical grab bars to each room as shown on attached Figure A2-1300Al2-01. 0 60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and I ab Building Prolect 121M 2009 Addendum No 2-2 B. Revise restroom elevations to comply with the revised general room arrangement as shown on attached A2-1300A02-01. 3.03 SHEET 1300A20 A. Modify Wall Type C-1: Replace note for"Sureboard"with the following: 1. "5/8 GWB,Type GB or WR(for restroom and locker room locations)." 3.04 SHEET 1300M01 A. Add fire dampers at all duct locations that penetrate the Type B-1, C and C-1 walls between Corridors, Rooms 1310 and 1323, and all adjacent Rooms. Provide fire dampers in accordance with Specification Section 15890.2.2.K, size dampers to match duct size. 3.05 SHEET 1300M02 A. To duct layouts for Rooms 1307 and 1308,revise the return air registers in each room to be over the new location of the WC's, as shown on attached A2- 130OA02-01. B. Coordinate new return air registers with Sheet 1300A15. 3.06 SHEET 1300M11 A. On Plumbing Plan, Change all VTR's to a minimum 3" diameter. 3.07 SHEET 1300M14 A. On Administration and Lab Building Drain and Vent Schematic, change all VTR's to a minimum 3" diameter. 3.08 SHEET 1300E03 A. To the Partial Lighting Plan at sheet location B5,change the homerun for light fixture at the entrance vestibule to be fed from emergency CKT-2 from Panelboard 1300-PP-02. PART 4- PREVIOUS ADDENDA 4.01 ADDENDUM NO. 1 A. To Addendum No. 1, Article 2.01.A.I., delete line and replace with the following: 1. "1. To Section 00301, Article TOLD.,delete in its entirety and replace with the following:" END OF ADDENDUM NO. 2 0 -60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building Project 12/10/2009 Addendum No.2-3 EXHIBIT C Federal Labor Standards Provisions For Federally Assisted Construction Contracts United States Department of Labor CFR Code of Federal Regulations Pertaining to ESA (Federal Davis-Bacon Wages) Title 29, Chapter I, Part 5, Subpart A(29 CFR 5.5 ) Section Name: Contract provisions and related matters. (a) The Agency head shall cause or require the contracting officer to insert in full in any contract in excess of$2,000 which is entered into for the actual construction, alteration and/or repair, including painting and decorating, of a public building or public work, or building or work financed in whole or in part from Federal funds or in accordance with guarantees of a Federal agency or financed from funds obtained by pledge of any contract of a Federal agency to make a loan, grant or annual contribution (except where a different meaning is expressly indicated), and which is subject to the labor standards provisions of any of the acts listed in Sec. 5.1, the following clauses(or any modifications thereof to meet the particular needs of the agency, provided,that such modifications are first approved by the Department of Labor): (1) Minimum wages. (i)All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949 in the construction or development of the project),will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account(except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act(29 CFR part 3)),the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof)due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed,without regard to skill, except as provided in Sec. 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided, that the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under paragraph (a)(1)(ii)of this section)and the Davis-Bacon poster(WH-1321)shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. (ii)(A)The contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met: (1)The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and (2)The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and (3)The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. 0 60746 Bozeman WRF Digester No 3 and Solids Dewatermg Building Project 1210.2009 00900-32 (B) if the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor,Washington, DC 20210. The Administrator,or an authorized representative,will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (C) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate),the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative,will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (D)The wage rate(including fringe benefits where appropriate)determined pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1)(ii) (B)or(C) of this section, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. (iii)Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate,the contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. (iv) If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, Provided, That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor,that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. (2)Withholding. The loan or grant recipient shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor under this contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally- assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949 in the construction or development of the project), all or part of the wages required by the contract, the (Agency or SRF program)may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. (3) Payrolls and basic records. (i) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937, or under the Housing Act of 1949, in the construction or development of the project). Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in section 1(b)(2)(B)of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid.Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv)that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B)of the Davis-Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics 0 .60746 Bozeman WRF Digester No 3 and Solids Dewatenng Building Project 1211012009 00900-33 affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. (ii)(A)The contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any contract work is performed a copy of all payrolls to the SRF program if the agency is a party to the contract, but if the agency is not such a party, the contractor will submit the payrolls to the applicant, sponsor, or owner, as the case may be, for transmission to the SRF program.The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i), except that full social security numbers and home addresses shall not be included on weekly transmittals. Instead the payrolls shall only need to include an individually identifying number for each employee (e.g., the last four digits of the employee's social security number). The required weekly payroll information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this purpose from the Wage and Hour Division Web site at _?/www.dol.gov/whd/forms/wh347instr, or its successor site. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. Contractors and subcontractors shall maintain the full social security number and current address of each covered worker, and shall provide them upon request to the SRF program if the agency is a party to the contract, but if the agency is not such a party, the contractor will submit them to the applicant, sponsor, or owner, as the case may be,for transmission to the SRF program, the contractor,or the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor for purposes of an investigation or audit of compliance with prevailing wage requirements. It is not a violation of this section for a prime contractor to require a subcontractor to provide addresses and social security numbers to the prime contractor for its own records,without weekly submission to the sponsoring government agency(or the applicant, sponsor, or owner). (B) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance,"signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following: (1)That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be provided under Sec. 5.5 (a)(3)(ii)of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5,the appropriate information is being maintained under Sec. 5.5 (a)(3)(i)of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, and that such information is correct and complete; (2)That each laborer or mechanic(including each helper, apprentice,and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations, 29 CFR part 3; (3)That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. (C)The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance"required by paragraph (a)(3)(ii)(B)of this section. (D)The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under section 1001 of title 18 and section 231 of title 31 of the United States Code. (iii)The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph (a)(3)(i)of this section available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the loan or grant recipient or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the Federal agency may, after written notice to the contractor,sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore,failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. (4) Apprentices and trainees (i) Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training 0 60746 Bozeman WRF Digester No 3 and Solids Dewatenng Building Project 12 10 2009 00900-34 Administration, Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Office, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate)to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program.Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification,fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Office, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program,the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (ii) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration.The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress,expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rateon the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program,the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (iii) Equal employment opportunity.The utilization of apprentices,trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended,and 29 CFR part 30. (5) Compliance with Copeland Act requirements. The contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR part 3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract. (6) Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1) through (10) and such other clauses as the SRF program may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses 0 60746 Bozeman WRF Digester No 3 and Solids Dewatering Buildin}Project 12 102009 00900-35 in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5, (7) Contract termination: debarment. A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12. (8) Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Act requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. (9) Disputes concerning labor standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor(or any of its subcontractors)and the contracting agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. (10) Certification of eligibility. (i) By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of section 3(a)of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). (ii) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of section 3(a)of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). (iii)The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001. (b) Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. The Agency Head shall cause or require the contracting officer to insert the following clauses set forth in paragraphs (b)(1), (2), (3), and (4) of this section in full in any contract in an amount in excess of$100,000 and subject to the overtime provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. These clauses shall be inserted in addition to the clauses required by Sec. 5.5(a)or 4.6 of part 4 of this title.As used in this paragraph,the terms laborers and mechanics include watchmen and guards. (1) Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. (2)Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (b)(1)of this section the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefore shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (b)(1)of this section, in the sum of$10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph (b)(1)of this section. (3)Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. The loan or grant recipient shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime 0 60746 Bozeman WRF Digester No 3 and Solids Dcwatenng Building Project 12/10'2009 00900-36 contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act,which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph (b)(2)of this section. (4) Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraph (b)(1)through (4)of this section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4)of this section. (c) In addition to the clauses contained in paragraph (b), in any contract subject only to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act and not to any of the other statutes cited in Sec. 5.1, the Agency Head shall cause or require the contracting officer to insert a clause requiring that the contractor or subcontractor shall maintain payrolls and basic payroll records during the course of the work and shall preserve them for a period of three years from the completion of the contract for all laborers and mechanics, including guards and watchmen,working on the contract. Such records shall contain the name and address of each such employee,social security number, correct classifications, hourly rates of wages paid, daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made, and actual wages paid. Further, the Agency Head shall cause or require the contracting officer to insert in any such contract a clause providing that the records to be maintained under this paragraph shall be made available by the contractor or subcontractor for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the loan or grant recipient and the Department of Labor, and the contractor or subcontractor will permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. ://www dolgov,dol/allcfr/ESA/Title 29/Part 5129CFR5,5. 0 60746 Bozeman WRF Digester No 3 and Solids Dewatenng Building Project 12'10 2009 00900-37 �8'-8„ D WO CIO O D D 0- n ca. Q, ,y; I N CD o ` � 5. 0 _ O W a O rt N (D Fin W v >y QN Ln a `OD�'J 00 Z7 - O D C0 r-r o W C --- ----------------------------------------- _Q. (Q m 2 v z 0 D y N c m I m N CA \ O O D \ O O N � I O N 00 �..i..� � 6.. n U) o O O 3'-4" i� m w < D Ic Ci CL Dn CL CD ' O M U)o �o m�rn*i Q ' (n W Z Op" Z � O m w np vn O N X N oa Y-4" 1'-6" jw :3 � D C O• T O � w O � O1_ G Q �. -2" INK I D T -ni orF 40 MFM N z m rmm -"ul) W mmD m Zl WK: Zm w _� WO ,mc� m a �n O w D � N O O ADDENDUM NO. 3 CITY OF BOZEMAN WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY ADMINISTRATION AND LAB BUILDING PROJECT SRF PROJECT NO. C301230 HDR Engineering, Inc. Morrison Maierle, Inc. 1715 South Reserve St., Suite C 2880 Technology Blvd. West Missoula, MT 59801 Bozeman, MT 59718 Phone: (406) 532-2219 Phone: (406) 587-0721 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This addendum forms a part of the Bidding and Contract Documents and modifies the Project Manual as described below. B. This Addendum consists of 2 pages and no attachments. 1.02 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT A. All bidders are required to base their bid upon the information furnished in this Addendum, and acknowledge receipt of this Addendum by signing and dating in the space provided in the Bid Form. PART 2 - PROJECT MANUAL 2.01 DIVISION 15—MECHANICAL A. Section 15605 —HVAC: Equipment 1. To Section 15605, Article 2.1.A., add new paragraph 9, to read as follows: i. "9. Fume Hood and Canopy Hood Fans: a) Kewaunee. b) Or equal." 2. To Section 15605, Article 2.3., add new paragraph F, to read as follows: i. "F. Fume and Canopy Hood Exhaust Fans: 1. Centrifugal fans specifically designed for exhausting fume hoods. 2. Forward inclined fan blades. 3. Rubber mounted, dynamically balanced fan wheels. 4. Welded housings with baked chemical resistant, synthetic resin finish. 5. AMCA rated. 6. Vibration isolators. 7. Cover for motor and belt drive assembly. 8. TEFC motors. 9. Outlet orientation as shown. 0-60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building Project 12/11/2009 Addendum No.3 -1 10. Flexible duct connections. 11. Inlet and outlet transition adaptors with a baked chemical, synthetic resin finish. 12. Units illustrated: Kewaunee HFS Series. 13. Capacity as scheduled on Drawings." PART 3 - PROJECT DRAWINGS 3.01 SHEET 1300E01 AND SHEET 1300E02 A. For the following rooms, change "NEMA 12 AREA" to "NEMA 1 AREA": 1. REST RM— 1307 2. REST RM— 1308 3. VESTIBULE— 1309 4. CORRIDOR— 1310 5. CONFERENCE TRAINING RM— 1311 6. KITCHEN/CONF RM— 1312 7. SCADA— 1313 8. CONTROL RM— 1314 9. LABORATORY— 1315 10. SAMPLE RECEIVING— 1316 11. VESTIBULE— 1319 12. WOMEN'S LOCKER ROOM— 1320 13. VESTIBULE— 1321 14. MEN'S LKR RM— 1322 15. CORRIDOR— 1323 16. VESTIBULE— 1324 B. For the WORK ROOM - 1303, delete the "NEMA 12 AREA" designation. 3.02 SHEET 1300E01 A. Add Note 13 to read as follows: 1. "13. For Work Room 1303, provide enclosure ratings as specified." END OF ADDENDUM NO. 3 0...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building Project 12/1 1 2 009 Addendum No.3 -2 CONTRACT MANUAL BOZEMAN WRF ADMINISTRATION AND LAB BUILDING CITY OF BOZEMAN, MONTANA SRF Project No. C301230 I hereby certify that the Project Plans and Specifications in the Contract Documents were prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly registered Engineer under the laws of the State of Montana. ` 1 a Daniel J. H rmon, P.E. r DANIEL J. T, HARMON 8151PE 13 46vember- 09 HDR ENGINEERING, INC. 1715 S. Reserve St., Suite C Missoula, MT 59801 (406) 532-2200 Phone (406) 532-2241 Fax BOZEMAN WRF ADMINISTRATION AND LAB BUILDING HDR PROJECT NO. 00...60746 VOLUME 1: SPECIFICATION DIVISIONS 0-10 DIVISION 0-BIDDING REQUIREMENTS,CONTRACT FORMS,AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00020 INVITATION TO BID 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00130 NOTICE OF AWARD 00140 NOTICE TO PROCEED 00200 SOIL INVESTIGATION DATA 00301 BID FORM 00410 BID BOND 00411 CONTRACTOR'S COMPLIANCE STATEMENT 00460 NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 00500 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND 00620 PAYMENT BOND 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS 00801 EXHIBIT B(PROJECT SIGN DETAILS) 00810 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS 00821 DUTIES,RESPONSIBILITIES AND LIMITATIONS OF THE RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE 00825 FEDERAL PREVAILING WAGE RATE DETERMINATION(DAVIS BACON RATES FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS IN MONTANA) 00900 FUNDING AGENCY SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR MONTANA PUBLIC FACILITY PROJECTS (INCLUDES SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR SRF-ARRA 2009 FUNDS) MISCELLANEOUS FORMS REQUEST FOR INFORMATION CHANGE PROPOSAL REQUEST CHANGE ORDER FIELD ORDER WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE ORDER TO CONTRACTOR TO SUSPEND WORK ORDER TO CONTRACTOR TO RESUME WORK APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATION FOR PAYMENT CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION CONTRACTORS CERTIFICATE AND RELEASE DEACTIVATION REQUEST DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 01060 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 01150 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01340 SUBMITTALS 01370 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01400 QUALITY CONTROL 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 Table of Contents-1 01560 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND SPECIAL CONTROLS 01600 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 01640 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 01650 FACILITY START-UP 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01710 CLEANING 01800 OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS IN CONSTRUCTION DIVISION 2-SITE WORK 02110 SITE CLEARING 02200 EARTHWORK 02260 TOPSOILING AND FINISHED GRADING 02270 SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 02930 SEEDING DIVISION 3-CONCRETE 03108 FORMWORK 03208 REINFORCEMENT 03308 CONCRETE,MATERIALS AND PROPORTIONING 03311 CONCRETE MIXING,PLACING,JOINTING,AND CURING 03348 CONCRETE FINISHING AND REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS 03350 TESTING 03431 PRECAST AND PRESTRESSED CONCRETE DIVISION 4-MASONRY 04050 COLD AND HOT WEATHER MASONRY CONSTRUCTION 04110 CEMENT AND LIME MORTARS 04155 MASONRY ACCESSORIES 04210 BRICK MASONRY 04220 CONCRETE MASONRY 04510 MASONRY CLEANING DIVISION 5-METALS 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL 05211 STEEL JOISTS 05313 METAL DECK 05410 LOAD BEARING METAL FRAME SYSTEM 05505 METAL FABRICATIONS DIVISION 6-WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06180 GLUE LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY 06410 ARCHITECTURAL CABINETWORK(MILLWORK) DIVISION 7—THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07162 DAMP PROOFING 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 Table of Contents-2 07176 LIQUID WATER REPELLENT 07190 UNDER SLAB VAPOR RETARDER 07210 BUILDING INSULATION 07412 METAL ROOFING 07422 ALUMINUM COMPOSITE MATERIAL(ACM) SYSTEM 07534 ADHERED ELASTOMERIC (EPDM) SHEET ROOFING 07550 ELASTOMERIC ROOF DECK COATING 07600 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07840 FIRESTOPPING 07900 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 8-DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES AND BORROWED LIGHT FRAMES 08210 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08410 STOREFRONT 08700 FINISH HARDWARE 08800 GLASS AND GLAZING DIVISION 9-FINISHES 09110 NON-LOAD-BEARING WALL FRAMING SYSTEMS 09130 ACOUSTIC SUSPENSION SYSTEM 09250 GYPSUM BOARD AND SURE-BOARD 09310 CERAMIC TILE 09512 ACOUSTICAL MATERIALS 09660 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE FLOORING AND RESILIENT BASE 09690 CARPET TILE 09905 PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS DIVISION 10-SPECIALTIES 10100 LIQUID CHALKBOARD 10162 METAL TOILET PARTITIONS 10200 LOWERS AND VENTS 10270 ACCESS FLOORING 10400 IDENTIFICATION DEVICES 10444 SIGNAGE 10500 LOCKER AND LOCKER BENCHES 10520 FIRE EXTINGUISHER 10650 FOLDING PANEL PARTITIONS 10800 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10950 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES VOLUME 2: SPECIFICATION DIVISIONS 11-16 DIVISION 11—EQUIPMENT 11005 EQUIPMENT: BASIC REQUIREMENTS 11060 PUMPING EQUIPMENT:BASIC REQUIREMENTS 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 Table of Contents-3 11610 LABORATORY FUME AND CANOPY HOODS DIVISION 12—FURNISHINGS 12346 LABORATORY CASEWORK(WOOD) 12500 WINDOW TREATMENT 12690 FLOOR MATS 12915 LABORATORY EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES DIVISION 13—SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13440 INSTRUMENTATION FOR PROCESS CONTROL: BASIC REQUIREMENTS 13442 PRIMARY ELEMENTS AND TRANSMITTERS 13446 CONTROL AUXILIARIES 13850 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DIVISION 15-MECHANICAL 15060 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS: BASIC REQUIREMENTS 15061 PIPE—STEEL 15063 PIPE—COPPER 15064 PIPE—PLASTIC 15066 PIPE—STAINLESS STEEL 15073 PIPE—CAST-IRON SOIL 15090 PIPE,DUCT AND CONDUIT SUPPORT SYSTEMS 15100 VALVES—BASIC REQUIREMENTS 15101 GATE VALVES 15102 PLUG VALVES 15104 BALL VALVES 15106 CHECK VALVES 15114 MISCELLANEOUS VALVES 15183 PIPE,DUCT AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION 15440 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT 15515 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES 15605 HVAC-EQUIPMENT 15661 SCROLL CHILLER 15685 ABSORPTION CHILLER 15890 HVAC—DUCTWORK 15970 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 15990 HVAC SYSTEMS—BALANCING AND TESTING DIVISION 16—ELECTRICAL 16010 ELECTRICAL:BASIC REQUIREMENTS 16060 GROUNDING 16080 ACCEPTANCE TESTING 16120 WIRE AND CABLE—600 VOLT AND BELOW 16130 RACEWAYS AND BOXES 16132 CABLE TRAY 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 Table of Contents-4 16140 WIRING DEVICES 16265 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES-LOW VOLTAGE 16410 SAFETY SWITCHES 16411 TRANSFER SWITCHES 16432 ARC FLASH REPORT 16441 PANELBOARDS 16442 MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT 16460 DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS 16490 OVERCURRENT AND SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 16492 ELECTRICAL METERING DEVICES 16493 CONTROL EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES 16500 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR LIGHTING 16510 LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING 16711 PASSIVE TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM VOLUME 3: DRAWINGS PROJECT DRAWINGS(SEE DRAWINGS OOOOGOI FOR INDEX) VOLUME 4: STANDARD DETAILS STANDARD DESIGN DETAILS(SEE STANDARD DETAILS TOC) 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administmtion and Lab Building 10/29/2009 Table of Contents-5 DIVISION 0 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTACT SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID Separate sealed bids for the construction of the Bozeman Water Reclamation Facility (WRF) Administration and Lab Building will be received by the City of Bozeman, Montana at the Office of the City Clerk, City Hall, 121 North Rouse Avenue, Bozeman, Montana 59715 until 2:00 P.M. local time on (Tuesday) December 15, 2009, the opening will follow at City Hall's Commission Room. The project generally consists of,but is not necessarily limited to,the following: construction of a new 5,800 square foot Administration/Laboratory Building, and all associated mechanical, electrical and controls. The work will be completed under a single contract. The Contract Documents consisting of half size Drawings and Project Manual may be examined or obtained at the office of Morrison-Maierle, Inc., 2880 Technology Blvd. West, P.O. Box 1113, Bozeman,MT 59771, Phone (406) 587-0721. Copies of the Contract Documents in digital (PDF) format or compact disk (CD) will also be made available. Contract Documents are available for a non-refundable fee of$200.00 and will be delivered by regular mail or United Parcel Service — 2nd day (UPS-2 day). Payment of an additional $25.00 is required for UPS overnight. In addition, the Drawings and Project Manual may also be examined at the following locations: The City Engineer's Office at the Al Stiff Professional Building, 20 East Olive, Bozeman, Montana and the offices of the consulting engineer, HDR Engineering Inc., 1715 S. Reserve St., Suite C, Missoula, Montana; and 2913 Millennium Circle, Billings, Montana; Morrison-Maierle, Inc., at 910 Helena Avenue, Helena, Montana; 2880 Technology Blvd.West,Bozeman,Montana; 1228 Whitefish Stage Road, Unit 3A,Kalispell, Montana; or 1321 8th Avenue North, Suite 104, Great Falls, Montana; or at plan exchanges in Great Falls, Billings, Dodge-Scan-Boise, Kalispell,Bozeman,Missoula,Montana Contractors-Helena. There will be an optional Pre-Bid Conference at the Wastewater Treatment Plant at 255 Moss Bridge Road(near the North 19" Street and I-90 interchange) at 2:00 PM local time on December 1, 2009. Interested CONTRACTORS are encouraged to attend.A tour of the project site will be conducted after the meeting. CONTRACTOR(s) and any of the CONTRACTORS subcontractors bidding on this project will be required to obtain registration with the Montana Department of Labor and Industry(DLI). Forms for registration are available from the Department of Labor and Industry, P.O. Box 8011, 1805 Prospect, Helena, Montana 59604-8011. Information on registration can be obtained by calling 1-406-444-7734. CONTRACTOR's are required to have registered with the DLI prior to bidding on this project. All laborers and mechanics employed by CONTRACTOR(s) or subcontractors in performance of the construction work shall be paid wages at rates as may be required by the laws of the United States and the state of Montana in accordance with the schedule of Davis-Bacon prevailing wage rates established by the United States Department of Labor. The City of Bozeman"WRF Administration and Lab Building" is a project funded by the City of Bozeman, Water Pollution Control State Revolving Fund Loan Program (SRF), and American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (ARRA). Bidders must meet all of the requirements of the appropriate Federal/State agencies,as indicated in the specifications. The Bidder shall take special notice and shall meet the requirement of the Funding Agency Special Provisions,Specification Section 00900. The CONTRACTOR must ensure that employees and applicants for employment are not discriminated against because of their race,color,religion,sex or national origin. Each bid or proposal must be accompanied by a Certified Check, Cashier's Check, or Bid Bond payable to The City of Bozeman Montana, in an amount not less than ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid. Successful BIDDERS shall furnish an approved Construction Performance Bond and a Construction (Labor and Materials) Payment Bond, each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the contract amount. Insurance as required shall be provided by the successful BIDDER(s)and a certificate(s)of that insurance shall be provided. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building l 1/2/2009 00020-1 The applicable goals and timetables for minority and female utilization shall be included in all Federal and Federally assisted construction contracts and subcontracts in excess of $10,000. The goals are applicable to the CONTRACTOR'S aggregate on-site construction work force, not merely that part of the work force that is performing work on a federal or federally assisted contract or subcontract. The appropriate goal is inserted in the blank in the Funding Agency Special Provisions for Montana Public Works Facilities included in the Contract Documents. These goals are applicable to all of the CONTRACTOR'S construction work regardless of Federal participation performed in the covered area. No bid may be withdrawn after the scheduled time for the public opening of the Bids specified above. The right is reserved to reject any or all Proposals received, to waive informalities, to postpone the award of the contract for a period of not to exceed ninety (90) days, and to accept the lowest responsive and responsible bid which is in the best interest of the City of Bozeman. The CONTRACTOR(s) is required to be an Equal Opportunity Employer, and the City of Bozeman is an Equal Opportunity Employer. Stacy Ulmen City Clerk City of Bozeman 121 North Rouse P.O.Box 1230 Bozeman,MT 59771 Publication Dates: November 8,2009 November 15,2009 December 6,2009 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building l 1/2/2009 00020-2 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS TABLE OF CONTENTS ARTICLE 1 - DEFINED TERMS..................................................................................................... 2 ARTICLE 2 - COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS...................................................................... 2 ARTICLE 3 - QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS............................................................................. 2 ARTICLE 4 - EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS, OTHER RELATED DATA, AND SITE....................................................................................................................... 2 ARTICLE 5 - PRE-BID CONFERENCE......................................................................................... 4 ARTICLE 6 - SITE AND OTHER AREAS....................................................................................... 4 ARTICLE 7 - INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA.....................................................................4 ARTICLE 9 - CONTRACT TIMES .................................................................................................. 5 ARTICLE 10 - LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ....................................................................................... 5 ARTICLE 11 - SUBSTITUTE AND "OR-EQUAL" ITEMS .............................................................. 5 ARTICLE 12 - SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS ............................................ 5 ARTICLE 13 - PREPARATION OF BID ......................................................................................... 6 ARTICLE 14 - BASIS OF BID; COMPARISON OF BIDS.............................................................. 7 ARTICLE 15 - SUBMITTAL OF BID............................................................................................... 7 ARTICLE 16 - MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BID...................................................... 8 ARTICLE 17 - OPENING OF BIDS ................................................................................................ 8 ARTICLE 18 - BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE................................................. 8 ARTICLE 19 - AWARD OF CONTRACT....................................................................................... 8 ARTICLE 20 - CONTRACT SECURITY AND INSURANCE ......................................................... 9 ARTICLE 21 - SIGNING OF AGREEMENT................................................................................... 9 ARTICLE 22 - MONTANA STATE LAWS AND REGULATIONS .................................................. 9 ARTICLE 23 - COMPLIANCE WITH LABOR STANDARDS AND WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS................................................................................................ 10 ARTICLE 24 - PAYMENTS AND BIDDER BREAKDOWN OF BIDS .......................................... 10 ARTICLE 25 - NOTICE OF APPROVAL OF PAYMENT REQUEST PROVISION..................... 10 ARTICLE 26 - NOTICE OF EXTENDED PAYMENT PROVISION.............................................. 10 ARTICLE 27 - RETAINAGE......................................................................................................... 11 ARTICLE 28 - BOZEMAN BUSINESS LICENSE ....................................................................... 11 ARTICLE 29 - EPA AND MDEQ DBE REQUIREMENTS........................................................... 11 ARTICLE 30 - EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY........................................................... 11 ARTICLE 31 - BUY AMERICAN REQUIREMENTS ................................................................... 11 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10i26i2009 00100-1 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS ARTICLE 1-DEFINED TERMS 1.01 Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. Additional terms used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof- A. Bidder--The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to OWNER. B. Issuing Office--The office identified in the Invitation to Bid from which the Bidding Documents are to be issued and where the bidding procedures are to be administered. C. Successful Bidder--The lowest responsible Bidder submitting a responsive Bid to whom OWNER(on the basis of OWNER's evaluation as hereinafter provided)makes an award. ARTICLE 2-COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2.01 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents in the number and for the deposit sum, if any, stated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid may be obtained from the Issuing Office. The deposit will not be refunded. 2.02 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bids;neither OWNER nor ENGINEER assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.03 OWNER and ENGINEER,in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms,do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. ARTICLE 3-QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS 3.01 To demonstrate Bidder's qualifications to perform the Work,each Bidder must be prepared to submit within five(5)days of OWNER'S request,detailed written evidence such as financial data,previous experience in performing comparable work,business and technical organization,present commitments,and such other data as may be called for below or in the Supplementary Conditions.Each Bid must contain evidence of the Bidder's qualifications to do business in the state where the Project is located or convent to obtain such qualification prior to award of the contract. ARTICLE 4-EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS,OTHER RELATED DATA,AND SITE 4.01 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site that ENGINEER has used in preparing the Bidding Documents. 2. Those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site(except Underground Facilities)that ENGINEER has used in preparing the Bidding Documents. B. Copies of reports and drawings referenced in the Supplementary Conditions will be made available by OWNER for examination by any Bidder at the Issuing Office on request. Those reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents,but the"technical data"contained thereinupon which Bidder is entitled to rely as provided in paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions has been identified and established in paragraph 4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions(if any). Bidder is responsible for any interpretation or conclusion Bidder draws from any "technical data" or any other data, interpretations, opinions or information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings. 4.02 Underground Facilities A. Information and data shown or indicated in the Bidding Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based upon information and data furnished to OWNER and ENGINEER by owners of such Underground Facilities, including OWNER, or others. OWNER and 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10i26/2009 00l00-2 ENGINEER do not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided otherwise elsewhere. 4.03 Responsibility for Adequacy of Data Furnished A.Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to subsurface conditions,Underground Facilities,and other physical conditions,and possible changes in the Bidding Documents due to differing or unanticipated conditions appear in paragraphs 4.02,4.03,and 4.04 of the General Conditions. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site,if any,and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work appear in paragraph 4.06 of the General Conditions. 4.04 Access to the Site A. On request,OWNER will provide Bidder access to the Site to conduct such examinations,investigations, explorations, tests,and studies as Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill and compact all holes and clean up and restore the Site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations, investigations, tests, and studies. Bidder shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relative to excavations and utility locates. 4.05 Other Work at the Site A. Reference is made to Article 7 of the Supplementary Conditions or other sections of the Project Manual for the identification of the general nature of other work that is to be performed at the Site by OWNER or others (such as utilities and other prime contractors) that relates to the Work for which a Bid is to be submitted. On request, OWNER will provide to each Bidder for examination access to or copies of Contract Documents(other than portions thereof related to price)for such other work. 4.06 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid to: A. Examine and carefully study the Bidding Documents, including any Addenda and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents; B. Visit the Site and become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to the general,local,and Site conditions that may affect cost,progress,and performance of the Work;including but not limited to those general and local conditions affecting transportation, disposal,handling and storage facilities, availability of labor, water, power,roads,climactic conditions and seasons,physical conditions at the work Sites and project area as a whole,job site topography and ground conditions, equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during work prosecution; C. Become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to all Federal,State,and Local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost,progress,or performance of the Work; D. Carefully study all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site(except Underground Facilities)which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions. E. Obtain and carefully study (or accept consequences of not doing so) all additional or supplementary examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data concerning conditions (surface, subsurface,and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the Site,which may affect cost,progress, or performance of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means,methods,techniques,sequences,and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder, including applying any specific means, methods, techniques,sequences,and procedures of construction expressly required by the Bidding Documents,and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; F. Agree at the time of submitting its Bid that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies,or data are necessary for the determination of its Bid for performance of the Work at the price(s)bid and within the times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents; 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10i26/2009 00100-3 G. Become aware of the general nature of the work to be performed by OWNER and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents; H. Correlate the information known to Bidder,information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents,and all additional examinations,investigations, explorations,tests,studies,and data with the Bidding Documents; I. Promptly give ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts,errors,ambiguities,or discrepancies that Bidder discovers in the Bidding Documents and confirm that the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to Bidder;and J. Determine that the Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance of the Work. 4.07 Representation Made by Submitting a Bid A. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Bidding Documents and applying any specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and/or procedures of construction that may be shown or indicated or expressly required by the Bidding Documents, that Bidder has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts,errors,ambiguities,and discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents and the written resolutions thereof by ENGINEER are acceptable to Bidder,and that the Bidding Documents and any written resolutions are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the Work. 4.08 A. Reference is made to Division 1 —General Requirements, Section 01010—Summary of Work,for the identification of the general nature of Work that is to be performed at the site by OWNER or others (such as utilities)that relates to the Work for which a Bid is to be submitted. On request, OWNER will provide to each BIDDER for examination access to or copies of Contract Documents(other than portions thereof related to price)for such Work. ARTICLE 5-PRE-BID CONFERENCE 5.01 A pre-bid conference will be held at the time,date and place specified in the Invitation to Bid. Representatives of OWNER and ENGINEER will be present to discuss the Project. Bidders are invited to attend and participate in the conference. ENGINEER will transmit to all prospective Bidders of record such Addenda as ENGINEER considers necessary in response to questions arising at the conference. Oral statements may not be relied upon and will not be binding or legally effective. ARTICLE 6-SITE AND OTHER AREAS 6.01 The Site is identified in the Bidding Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities,construction equipment,or storage of materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work are to be obtained and paid for by CONTRACTOR. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities are to be obtained and paid for by OWNER unless otherwise provided in the Bidding Documents. ARTICLE 7-INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 7.01 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be submitted to ENGINEER in writing. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by ENGINEER in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by ENGINEER as having received the Bidding Documents.Questions received less than ten(10)days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 7.02 Addenda may be issued to clarify,correct,or change the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by OWNER or ENGINEER. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/26/2009 00100-4 7.03 Any addenda issued during the time of bidding, or forming a part of the Contract Documents loaned to the Bidder for the preparation of his proposal, shall be covered in the Bid and shall be made a part of the Agreement. Receipt of each addendum shall be acknowledged in the Bid and on the Bid Form. Any Bid in which all issued addenda are not acknowledged will be considered incomplete and will not be read. ARTICLE 8-BID SECURITY 8.01 A Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to OWNER in an amount of ten percent(10%)of Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a cashier's check,certified check,bank money order,or bank draft,in any case drawn and issued by a national banking association located in Montana or by any banking corporation incorporated under the laws of Montana;or a Bid Bond on the form attached issued by a surety authorized to do business in Montana meeting the requirements of paragraphs 5.01 and 5.02 of the General Conditions. Bid Bonds shall be countersigned by a Resident Montana Agent. 8.02 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Contract Documents,furnished the required contract security and met the other conditions of the Notice of Award,whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Contract Documents and furnish the required contract security within fifteen (15) days after the Notice of Award, OWNER may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid security of that Bidder will be forfeited.The Bid Security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by OWNER until the earlier of seven(7)days after the Effective Date of the Agreement or(91) days after the Bid opening, whereupon Bid Security furnished by such Bidders will be returned. 8.03 Bid security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes do not have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be returned within seven days after the Bid opening. ARTICLE 9-CONTRACT TIMES 9.01 The number of days within which,or the dates by which,the Work is to be(a)Substantially Completed and(b) also completed and ready for final payment are set forth in Section 00301 Bid Form and Section 00500 Construction Agreement. ARTICLE 10-LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 10.01 Provisions for liquidated damages, if any, are set forth in Section 00301 Bid Form and Section 00500 Construction Agreement. ARTICLE 11-SUBSTITUTE AND"OR-EQUAL"ITEMS 11.01 The Contract,if awarded,will be on the basis of materials and equipment specified or described in the Bidding Documents without consideration of possible substitute or"or-equal"items. Whenever it is indicated in the Bidding Documents that a substitute or"or-equal"item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by CONTRACTOR if acceptable to ENGINEER, application for such acceptance will not be considered by ENGINEER until after the Effective Date of the Agreement. The procedure for submission of any such application by CONTRACTOR and consideration by ENGINEER is set forth in Paragraph 6.05 of the General Conditions and may be supplemented in the Supplementary Conditions or the General Requirements of the technical specifications. ARTICLE 12-SUBCONTRACTORS,SUPPLIERS,AND OTHERS 12.01 If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors,Suppliers,individuals,or entities to be submitted to OWNER in advance of a specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement,the apparent Successful Bidder,and any other Bidder so requested,shall within 7 days after Bid opening,submit to OWNER a list of all such Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities proposed for those portions of the Work for which such identification is required. Such list shall be accompanied by an experience statement with pertinent information regarding similar projects and other evidence of qualifications for each such Subcontractor,Supplier,individual,or entity if requested by OWNER. If OWNER or ENGINEER,after due investigation,has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity, OWNER may,before the Notice of Award is given, request apparent Successful Bidder to submit a substitute,without an increase in the Bid. 12.02 If apparent Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution,OWNER may award the Contract to the next lowest Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors,Suppliers,individuals,or entities. Declining to make 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 1 012 6/2 0 0 9 00100-5 requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for forfeiture of the Bid Security of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, Supplier,individual,or entity so listed and against which OWNER or ENGINEER makes no written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Agreement as provided in paragraph 6.06 of the General Conditions. 12.03 CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. ARTICLE 13-PREPARATION OF BID 13.01 The Bid Form is included with the Bidding Documents. Additional copies may be obtained from ENGINEER; however,the Bid must be made on the forms provided in this bound copy of the Project Manual. Bids shall be strictly in accordance with the prescribed form. Any modifications thereof or deviations therefrom maybe considered as sufficient cause for rejection. Bids carrying riders or qualifications to the Bid being submitted may be rejected as irregular. 13.02 All blanks on the Bid Form shall be completed by printing in ink or by typewriter and the Bid signed in ink. A Bid price shall be indicated for each section,Bid item,alternative,adjustment unit price item,and unit price item listed therein, or the words"No Bid,"No Change,"or"Not Applicable"entered. 13.03 A Bid by a corporation must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president or other corporate officer who is authorized to bind the corporation accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The corporate seal shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. 13.04 A Bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner, whose title must appear under the signature accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. 13.05 A Bid by a limited liability company shall be executed in the name of the firm by a member and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The State of formation of the firm and the official address of the firm must be shown below the signature. 13.06 A Bid by an individual shall show the Bidder's name and official address. 13.07 A Bid by a Joint Venture shall be executed by each Joint Venturer in the manner indicated on the Bid Form. The official address of the Joint Venture must be shown below the signature. 13.08 All signatures are to be in ink and names must be typed or printed in ink below the signatures. The title of the person(s)executing the Bid shall be clearly indicated beneath the signature(s). 13.09 The Bid shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda,the numbers of which must be filled in on the Bid Form. A copy of all acknowledged Addenda shall be attached to the Bid Form. Bids in which all issued addenda are not acknowledged will be considered incomplete and will not be read. 13.10 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid must be shown. 13.11 The Bid must contain evidence of Bidder's authority and qualification to do business in Montana. Bidder's current Montana state contractor registration number,shall be shown on the Bid Form. 13.12 The Bid will not be considered unless accompanied by proper Bid Security in accordance with Article 8 of these Instruction to Bidders. 13.13 The Bid may not be considered unless all attached forms or certifications in this Project Manual are completed. Depending on federal assistance regulations,these may include,but are not limited to: Noncollusion Affidavit 13.14 Alternate Bids will not be considered unless called for. 13.15 Bids by telephone,telegraph,fax or other telecommunication systems will not be considered. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/26/2009 00100-6 13.16 No Bidder may submit more than one Bid. Two Bids under different names will not be received from one firm or association. ARTICLE 14-BASIS OF BID; COMPARISON OF BIDS 14.01 Lump Sum A. Bidders shall submit a Bid on a lump sum basis for each item of Work listed in the Bid Schedule as provided in the Bid Form. The Bid will not be considered unless the Bid Form contains prices for all unit price and/or lump sum items, and alternates, as shown on the Bid Form. Bids and totals shall be shown legibly in their proper locations. The Total Amount of the Bid shall be legibly written and numerically presented in the proper places and the Bid Form shall be manually signed. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of the words. 14.02 The Bid price shall include such amounts as the Bidder deems proper for overhead and profit on account of cash allowances,if any,named in the Contract Documents as provided in paragraph 11.02 of the General Conditions. 14,03 The low Bidder will be determined on the basis of the sum of the lowest total Lump Sum Bid Price. 14.04 If any of the listed items of equipment to be selected by the OWNER are obviously unbalanced and,in the OWNER's judgment,not realistic prices for the particular equipment,the OWNER may request additional information to substantiate the prices prior to determination of the low Bidder or may reject the Bid Proposal. 14.05 The right also is reserved for the OWNER to negotiate with the responsible Bidder submitting the lowest responsive bid in the event such lowest bid exceeds the amount budgeted for this contract. Such negotiations,if the OWNER elects to negotiate rather than to reject all proposals,shall be directly between the OWNER and such Bidder. The OWNER and such Bidder shall review the Contract Documents, and the OWNER may provide such additional information as it deems appropriate to provide. Such Bidder then may be invited by the OWNER to submit a revised bid. The Bidder may elect not to submit a revised bid,and the OWNER may reject any such revised bid. Such revised bid,if any, shall be submitted within thirty days from the date of the initial bid opening. ARTICLE 15-SUBMITTAL OF BID 15.01 Each prospective Bidder is furnished one bound copy of the Bidding Documents with one copy ofthe Bid Form bound therein. The bound copy of the Bid Form is to be completed and submitted with the Bid Security and the following data.None of the Instructions to Bidders,Bid Form,Bond forms,Agreement,contract stipulations,or other specifications shall be removed from the bound copy of the Project Manual prior to submission of Bid. Volume I of the Project Manual must be submitted with the Bid at the Bid Opening. Data to be submitted with the Bid includes: A. Copies of acknowledged Addendums B. Other data required by the Instructions to Bidders, Bid Form, Supplementary Conditions or Bidding Documents, 15,02 A Bid shall be submitted no later than the date and time prescribed and at the place indicated in the Invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope plainly marked with the Project title,the name and address of Bidder, and shall be accompanied by the Bid Security and other required documents. If a Bid is sent by mail or other delivery system,the sealed envelope containing the Bid shall be enclosed in a separate envelope plainly marked on the outside with the notation"BID ENCLOSED." A mailed Bid shall be addressed to: Honorable Mayor and City Commission Attention: City Clerk City of Bozeman Montana 121 North Rouse Avenue Bozeman,MT 59715 15.03 Other Bid submittal requirements: 00-60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/2612009 00100-7 A. The Bid will not be considered unless accompanied by proper Bid Security in accordance with Article 8 of these Instruction to Bidders. B. Alternative Bids will not be considered unless called for. C. Bids by telephone,telegraph, fax or other telecommunication systems will not be considered. 15.04 The following items shall be completed as part of the Bid submittal: 1. Complete all required items in the Bid Form. 2. Provide a completed Bid Bond form. 3. Provide a completed Noncollusion Affidavit. 4. Acknowledge and attach all Addendums. ARTICLE 16-MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BID 16.01 A Bid maybe modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed in the manner that a Bid must be executed and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted prior to the date and time for the opening of Bids, as called for in the Invitation to Bid. Requests for modification or withdrawal must be written and must be signed in the same manner and by the same person(s)who signed the Bid. 16.02 If, within twenty-four (24) hours after Bids are opened, any Bidder files a duly signed written notice with OWNER and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of OWNER that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its Bid,that Bidder may withdraw its Bid and the Bid security will be returned. Thereafter, if the Work is rebid or negotiated, that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Work. ARTICLE 17-OPENING OF BIDS 17.01 Bids will be opened at the time and place set for the opening as indicated in the Invitation to Bid and,unless obviously non-responsive,will be read aloud publicly.An abstract of the amounts of the Bids will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids. ARTICLE 18-BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE 18.01 All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for ninety(90)days after the day of the Bid opening,but OWNER may, in its sole discretion,release any Bid and return the Bid Security prior to the end of this period. ARTICLE 19—AWARD OF CONTRACT 19.01 OWNER reserves the right to reject any and/or all Bids, including without limitation, nonconforming, nonresponsive,unbalanced, or conditional Bids. OWNER further reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder whom it finds,after reasonable inquiry and evaluation,to be non-responsible. OWNER also reserves the right to waive all informalities not involving price,time,or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder.OWNER also reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder if OWNER believes it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because Bid is not responsive, or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability, or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the OWNER. 19.02 More than one Bid for the same Work from an individual or entity under the same or different names will not be considered. Reasonable grounds for believing that any Bidder has an interest in more than one Bid for the Work may be cause for disqualification of the Bidder and the rejection of all Bids in which that Bidder has an interest. 19.03 In evaluating Bids,OWNER will consider whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates,unit prices and other data,as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building LO/26/2009 00100-8 19.04 In evaluating Bidders,OWNER will consider the qualifications of Bidders and may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors,Suppliers,and other individuals or entities proposed for those portions of the Work for which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers,and other individuals or entities must be submitted as provided in the Supplementary Conditions, 19.05 OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to establish the responsibility, qualifications,and financial ability of Bidders,proposed Subcontractors,Suppliers,individuals,or entities to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 19.06 If the Contract is to be awarded,OWNER will award the Contract to the responsible Bidder whose Bid is in the best interests of the Project. Consideration factors will include conformance with all material terms and conditions of the Contract Documents,Bid price,and other appropriate factors. 19.07 If the Contract is to be awarded,OWNER will give the Successful Bidder a Notice of Award within ninety(90) days after the day of the Bid opening. 19.08 The OWNER reserves the right to accept or reject the Bids,or portions of Bids if denoted in the Bid as separate schedules,and to award more than one Bid or schedule for the same Bid if any of the aforementioned combination of Bids or schedules will be in the best interest of the OWNER. 19.09 The OWNER reserves the right to cancel the award of any Agreement at any time before the complete execution of said Agreement by all parties without any liability against the OWNER. 19.10 If,at the time this Contract is to be awarded,the total of the lowest acceptable Bid Proposal exceeds the funds then estimated by the Owner as available,the Owner may reject all Bid Proposals or take such other action as best serves the Owner's interests. ARTICLE 20-CONTRACT SECURITY AND INSURANCE 20.01 Article 5 of the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, sets forth OWNER's requirements as to Performance Bond,Payment Bond,and insurance. When the successful Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to OWNER,it must be accompanied by such Bonds and insurance certificates. ARTICLE 21-SIGNING OF AGREEMENT 21.01 When OWNER gives a Notice of Award to the successful Bidder, it shall be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with the other Contract Documents which are identified in the Agreement as attached thereto. Within fifteen(15)days thereafter,successful Bidder shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to OWNER. Within fifteen(15) days thereafter, OWNER shall deliver one fully signed counterparts to Successful Bidder ARTICLE 22-MONTANA STATE LAWS AND REGULATIONS 22.01 All applicable laws,ordinances and the rules and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction over construction of the project shall apply to the Contract throughout. State laws and ordinances which the CONTRACTOR must comply with, include but are not limited to, those involving workmen's compensation insurance, contractor registration, and gross receipts tax. 22.02 MONTANA CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION REQUIREMENT. Title 39, Chapter 9, Part 2, MCA for registration of CONTRACTORS with the Montana Department of Labor and Industry. No bids will be considered that do not carry the Bidder's Montana Contractor's Registration Number on the bid form and also on the envelope containing the Bid. Information pertaining to this requirement and registration forms maybe obtained from the Montana Department of Labor and Industry,P.O.Box 8011, 1805 Prospect,Helena,Montana 59604-8011 or by calling 1-406- 444-7734. 22.03 ADDITIONAL CONTRACTOR LICENSE FEE(MONTANA CONTRACTORS GROSS RECEIPTS TAX). In accordance with Title 15,Chapter 50,MCA,the OWNER shall withhold,in addition to other amounts withheld as provided by law or specified herein, 1 percent(1%)of all payments due the CONTRACTOR and shall transmit such moneys to the Montana Department of Revenue. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/26/2009 00100-9 ARTICLE 23-COMPLIANCE WITH LABOR STANDARDS AND WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS 23.01 The work under all Schedules of this Contract is to be paid for in part by state and/or federal grant and/or loan funds; therefore, minimum prevailing wage rates published by the Montana Department of Labor and Industry are appended. The OWNER does not guarantee that labor can be procured for the minimum wages shown on the referenced schedules. The rates of wages listed are minimum only,below which the CONTRACTOR cannot pay,and they do not constitute a representation that labor can be procured for the minimum listed. 23,02 The minimum wages included in the Project Manual are not controlling except as to the minimum for the purpose of the Federal Davis-Bacon Act;therefore,it is incumbent upon each employer to pay the standard prevailing rate of wages including fringe benefits for health and welfare and pension contributions,and travel allowance provisions in effect and applicable to the county or locality in which the work is being performed. Current federal Davis-Bacon wages apply to this project—specifically federal wage rate decision MT20080034 for Building Construction Projects for Gallatin County, in the form current ten[10] days before the bid opening as referenced in SECTION 00825 of this document and as published by the U.S. Department of Labor at the federal Davis-Bacon web site at http://frweb ag te.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/ etg doc.cgi?dbname=Davis-Bacon&docid=MT2008000I). 23.03 "Standard Prevailing Rate of Wages" is defined the Federal Wage Bureau (phone number 1-888-293-6498 and/or visit http://-vvww.-po.gov/davisbaconn,as including wages,fringe benefits for health and welfare and pension contributions and travel allowance which are paid in the county or locality by other contractors for work of a similar character performed in that county or locality by each craft, classification or type of worker needed to complete a contract. Current federal Davis-Bacon wages apply to this project,as referenced in 23.02 23.04 Any infraction of the Federal Wage Bureau (phone number 1-888-293-6498 and/or visit httt):,'/Nvww.-apo.gov/davisbacom')will be forwarded to the Federal Wage Bureau and the State of Montana Department of Labor and Industry. 23.05 "Travel Allowance",in effect at the time of contract award,and according to latest information received by the State of Montana Department of Labor and Industry,Labor Standards Division,shall be adhered to where applicable. 23.06 Travel allowance if applicable,may or may not be all inclusive of"travel"and/or subsistence and travel time due employees. It is incumbent on the employer to determine the amounts due for each craft employed according to the method of computation outlined for each craft where applicable. 23.07 To comply with Montana Law Section 18-2-401 thru 18-2-432 MCA, the CONTRACTOR shall post in a prominent and accessible site on the project work area,not later than the first day of work,a legible statement of all wages to be paid to the employees employed on the project. ARTICLE 24-PAYMENTS AND BIDDER BREAKDOWN OF BIDS 24.01 Payment for all work performed under this Agreement will be made by the OWNER within the time period specified in and in accordance with the procedures outlined in the General Conditions. Payments made after the time limit will be subject to interest at the rate specified in the Agreement. When the work extends beyond thirty(30)days, progress payments will be made monthly for any work accomplished during the preceding month, but subject to retainage as specified elsewhere. 24.02 For the sole purpose of facilitating monthly progress payments,a breakdown of total lump sum bids is to be submitted in the Bid Form within 3 working days after the Bid Opening as shown on the Bid Sheet Schedule. The price breakdown shall be fairly apportioned to the various parts of the work and shall meet with the ENGINEER's approval.If so requested by the ENGINEER,the CONTRACTOR shall substantiate any price or prices with additional detail price breakdown or other information as requested by the ENGINEER. ARTICLE 25-NOTICE OF APPROVAL OF PAYMENT REQUEST PROVISION 25.01 These Contract Documents and this Contract allows the OWNER to review and approve each CONTRACTOR's periodic payment request within 30 days after the request is received by the OWNER. ARTICLE 26-NOTICE OF EXTENDED PAYMENT PROVISION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/26/2009 00100-l0 26.01 These Contract Documents and this Contract allow the OWNER to make periodic payments within 21 days after the OWNER's approval of each periodic payment request. ARTICLE 27—RETAINAGE 27.1 Provisions concerning CONTRACTOR's rights to deposit securities in lieu of retainage are set forth in the Agreement. ARTICLE 28—BOZEMAN BUSINESS LICENSE 28.01 CONTRACTOR and all subcontractors will be required to obtain a current City of Bozeman Business License prior to award of the Contract. The City Business License is not required for bidding. The license(s)may be obtained from the City of Bozeman. Information on requirements and cost of the license may be obtained by calling 406-582- 2300. Applications maybe obtained at City Hall, 121 Rouse Avenue. ARTICLE 29—EPA AND MDEQ DBE REQUIREMENTS 29.01 BIDDER'S attention is directed to Part 1.05.2 of the Additional Special Provisions for SRF section(pages 14-25)of Section 00900 of these Contract Documents. Successful BIDDER'S shall be required to comply with all applicable articles therein. An online DBE quote request form is available to BIDDERS at http://www.mdt.mt.gov/business/contracting/eiviliquotereq.shtml. The BIDDER should fill out and submit the quote request form as early in the bidding period as possible to allow sufficient time for qualified DBE firms to respond. Note that in order to be counted as a DBE an entity must be certified as such by a state or federal agency (e.g.,the Small Business Administration(SBA),the Department of Transportation(DOT),EPA)or by a State,local, or independent private organization provided their applicable criteria match those under section 8(a) (5)and(6)of the Small Business Act and SBA's applicable 8(a)Business Development Program regulations. Self certification of DBEs is not allowed. Inadequate DBE solicitation efforts by the BIDDER(A.REQUIREMENTS,pages 14) within seven(7)calendar days of the bid openinL,may be grounds for the MDEQ State Revolving Fund program to withhold funds for the project or to withhold authorization to award the construction contract. Failure to submit evidence showing a"rood faith effort"with the bid,or within seven(7)calendar days after bid openins may cause the bid to be reiected as non-responsive. The prime contractors should note the Additional Contract Provisions listed on pages 18 of Section 00900. In accordance with these contract provisions,DBE Forms 6100-3 and 6100-4 must be included with the bid or be submitted within seven(7)calendar days after the bid opening. Failure to submit these forms with the bid,or within the time allotted,may cause the bid to be reiected as non-responsive. ARTICLE 30—EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY 30,01 Attention of Bidders is particularly called to the requirement for ensuring that employees and applicants for employment are not discriminated against because of their race,color,religion,national origin, sex,marital status, age,or political ideas. Bidders on this work will be required to comply with the President's Executive Orders No. 11246 as amended, 11458,11518,and 11625. ARTICLE 31—BUY AMERICAN REQUIREMENTS 31.01 BIDDER'S attention is directed to Appendix D(pages 38-43)of Section 00900 of these Contract Documents. Successful BIDDER'S shall be required to comply with all applicable articles therein. The prime contractor must sign and submit with his/her bid the Contractor Certification of Compliance with American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 form Iocated on page 42 of Section 00900. Failure to submit this form with the bid will cause the bid to be reiected as non-responsive. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/26/2009 00100-11 SECTION 00130 NOTICE OF AWARD Dated 12/29/09 Project Bozeman kk RF Administration and Lab Building Owner.C'in of Bozeman,Montana Owners Contract No SRF C'"+012?0 Contract Bozeman W RF Administration and Lab Building Frigmeers Project No 00 60746 Bidder Williams Brother Construction,LI.0 Bidder's Address.(send Certified Mail,Return Receipt Requested) 1035 Cerise Road Billings,MT 59101 You are notified that your Bid dated December 15,2009 for the above Contract has been considered. You are the Successful Bidder and are awarded a Contract for the Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building. The award is for Bid Item No. 1. The Alternate Bid Item(Scroll Chiller)is not being awarded (Indicate total Work, alternates or sections or Work awarded.) The Contract Price of your Contract is one million,six hundred eighty thousand Dollars ($1,680,000.00). 6 copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents(except Drawings)accompany this Notice of Award. 6 sets of the Drawings will be delivered separately or otherwise made available to you immediately. You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen days of the date you receive this Notice of Award. 1. Deliver to the Owner[6]fully executed counterparts of the Contract Documents. 2. Deliver with the executed Contract Documents the Contract security [Bonds] as specified in Section 00100, Instructions to Bidders (Article 20), [and] General Conditions (Paragraph 2.01 and 5.01) [and Supplementary Conditions(Paragraph SC-2.01).] 3. Other conditions precedent: Submit insurance certificates as required by the Supplementary Conditions. Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle Owner to consider you in default, annul this Notice of Award and declare your Bid security forfeited. Within fifteen days after you comply with the above conditions, Owner will return to you two fully executed counterparts of the Contract Documents. ' O e By: Au orized Signature Title Copy to Engineer 00 60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Budding 12,29.12009 00130-1 SECTION 00140 NOTICE TO PROCEED Dated Project:Bozeman WRF Administration Owner:City of Bozeman,Montana Owner's Contract No.: and Lab Building Contract: Engineer's Project No.:00...60746 Contractor: Contractor's Address:[send Certified Mail,Return Receipt Requested] You are notified that the Contract Times under the above contract will commence to run on On or before that date,you are to start performing your obligations under the Contract Documents. In accordance with Article 4 of the Agreement,the date of Substantial Completion is ,and the date of readiness for final payment is [(or)the number of days to achieve Substantial Completion is ,and the number of days to achieve readiness for final payment is ]. Before you may start any Work at the Site,Paragraph 2.013 of the General Conditions provides that you and Owner must each deliver to the other(with copies to Engineer and other identified additional insureds)certificates of insurance which each is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with the Contract Documents. Also,before you may start any Work at the Site,you must[add other requirements]: (Contractor) Owner Received by: Given by: Authorized Signature (Title) Title (Date) Date Copy to Engineer 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 922/2009 00140-1 SECTION 00200 SOIL INVESTIGATION DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 INVESTIGATION A. Soil and subsurface investigations were conducted at the site,the results of which are found in this specification section. B. Bidders are urged to examine soil investigation data and to make their own investigation of the site before bidding. PART 2 - ADDENDUM TO ORIGINAL REPORT 2.1 INVESTIGATION ADDENDUMS A. Addendum 1, Geotechnical Evaluation,Administration Building,Proposed Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion,Bozeman,Montana. 1. Addendum 1 is included at end of the primary Geotechnical Evaluation Report. 2.2 SITE GROUNDWATER LEVEL MONITORING A. The site groundwater levels have been monitored from June 2007 through June 2008. This data has been appended to this Section,and shall be utilized by the Contractor in association with the recommendations made in the subsurface investigation. 2.3 GROUNDWATER MONITORING STUDY A. The site groundwater was evaluated during the preliminary design,including conducting aquifer testing.The results of the boundary response is presented in the attached Appendix J— Groundwater Monitoring Study. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/22/2009 00200-1 GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION REPORT Proposed Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion Bozeman, Montana Project 07-2295 Submitted by swwAg 2611 Gabel Road P. O. Box 80190 Billings, Montana 59108-0910 Prepared for Morrison-Maierle, Inc. P. O. Box 6147 Helena, Montana 59604-6147 January 28,2008 .►&IS6, SGEOTECHNICAL January 28,2008 Project 07-2295 Ms. Nancy Granger Cornier,PE Morrison-Maierle,Inc. P. O. Box 6147 Helena, Montana 59604-6147 Via E-Mail: ncormierLrn-m.net Dear Ms. Cormier: Re: Geotechnical Evaluation,Proposed Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion,Bozeman,Montana We have completed the geotechnical evaluation in accordance with our Standard Agreement with your firm dated May 21,2007. The purpose of the geotechnical evaluation was to provide geotechnical engineering recommendations to assist your firm and HDR in designing foundations and slabs, and in preparation of plans and specifications for the wastewater treatment plant expansion. Summary of Results Twelve soil borings were completed in the proposed wastewater treatment plant expansion area. The borings indicated the general soil profile was 1 to 2 feet of organic clay topsoil underlain by lean clay alluvium to depths ranging from 2 1/2 to 4 feet. Beneath the lean clay,the borings generally encountered coarse-grained alluvial deposits consisting of poorly graded gravel with sand, silt,and/or clay to depths ranging from 27 to 30 feet. Borings ST-4P,ST-6, ST-7, ST-10P, and ST-12P encountered a finer-grained layer of clayey soils in the gravel alluvium typically ranging from the 11- to 14-foot depths. Tertiary sediments(old alluvial deposits)were encountered in nine of the 12 borings at depths ranging from 27 to 29 feet. These Tertiary sediments consisted of clayey sand, sandy lean clay,and clayey gravel. Several of the borings also encountered existing fill associated with previous developments and/or construction activities on the site. Boring ST-41? encountered clayey gravel fill to a depth of 1 1/2 feet underlain by buried organic clay topsoil to 2 1/2 feet. Boring ST-12P encountered existing fill consisting of organic clay mixed with gravels to a depth of 7 1/2 feet. Summary of Analysis and Recommendations Deeper Structures. Deeper structures are those that are bearing at a depth of 5 feet or more below existing grades. Based on the borings,we anticipate the subgrade beneath the majority of these structures will consist of dense to very dense alluvial gravels. It is our opinion these gravels are suitable for direct BILLINGS MISSOULA skgeoteehn � cat . cam 21i11 Gab,c.RCaiS-__.___. .._ _ 1641 Wt1i{xRabrtiwp ETn'.cz P O. Box 130390 P.4 Box 16123 611irns.MT 59108-0190 OiE;soul4 MT$9809-v113 L P 406.632.3930 I—P 406.721.3391 F 406.652.3944 F 406.721.6233 Morrison-Maierle,Inc. January 28,2008 Project 07-2295 Page 2 support of the proposed structures. As previously indicated,however,six of the borings encountered a layer of clayey soils from the 11-to 14-foot depth. It is our opinion these clay soils,where encountered, will be unsuitable for foundation and pad support,and should be subexcavated from beneath the deeper structures,then replaced with compacted sandy gravels. We recommend providing a bid item in the contract documents for subexcavation/replacement of lean clay alluvium from beneath these proposed structures, For the deeper structures,it is our opinion that mat foundations or spread footings bearing directly on the native gravels or compacted gravel fill placed over the native gravels can be designed for a net allowable bearing pressure up to 4,000 pounds per square foot(psf). Fairly detailed recommendations for static and earthquake lateral earth pressures are included in the attached report for these structures. Shallow Structures. Shallow structures are primarily those buildings and structures that have foundations bearing at a depth of 5 feet or less. It is our opinion these structures can be supported on shallow-spread footings with earth-supported floor slabs. In the attached report,we have provided recommendations for two types of shallow structures: (1)relatively heavy structures,and(2)relatively light structures. The primary difference between our recommendations for these two types of shallow structures is for the heavier structures,we recommend subexcavation/replacement of the on-site lean clays. For the lighter shallower structures,it is our opinion the lean clay alluvium can be left in place. For both types,however,we recommend the organic clay topsoil and existing fill be stripped/removed. Additional Geotechnical Evaluation After completion of the 12 soil borings on the site,the configuration of the wastewater treatment plant expansion was changed. In particular,none of these borings were performed in the vicinity of the digester building, anaerobic digesters, sludge dewatering,UV disinfection,and administration building. When considering that the depth to alluvial gravels is critical,we recommend additional geotechnical evaluation be performed in these areas. The additional geotechnical evaluation will likely include soil borings to a depth of 15 feet and laboratory classification,consolidation,and corrosion testing. Additional geotechnical analysis and recommendations would likely be required, although it is dependent on the actual site conditions. General Please refer to the attached report for more detailed results of our fieldwork,engineering analyses,and recommendations. Pavement sections for automobile and truck traffic areas are included in Section C of this report. Also,refer to Section D of this report for our recommendations regarding construction subgrade observations and concerns related to the exposed lean clay subgrade becoming wet during construction,resulting in construction delays and change orders. Morrison-Maierle, Inc. January 28,2008 Project07-2295 Page 3 Thank you for using SK Geotechnical, If you have any questions regarding this report,or require our services during the construction phase of this project, please contact us at(406) 652-3930. Sincerely, ry T. eno, PE rincipal,Geotechnical Engineer Cory . Rice, PE Senior Engineer gts/egr:khr Attachment: Geotechnical Evaluation Report Table of Contents Description Page g A. Introduction.............................................................................................................................................1 A.1. Project............................................................................................................................................I A.2. Purpose of this Evaluation.............................................................................................................I A.3. Scope..................................................... .1 ....................................................................................... A.4. Documents Provided......................................................................................................................2 A.S. Locations and Elevations...............................................................................................................2 B. Results.....................................................................................................................................................2 B.1. Logs...............................................................................................................................................2 B.2. Site Conditions..................................................................................... B.3. Soils...................... 3 B.4. Other Boring Information..............................................................................................................4 B.S. Groundwater Observations............................................................................................................4 B.6. Laboratory Tests............................................................................................................................5 B.7. Additional Geotechnical Evaluation..............................................................................................6 C. Analyses and Recommendations.............................................................................................................6 C.1. Proposed Construction...................................................................................................................6 C.2. Deeper Structures...........................................................................................................................8 C.3. Shallow Relatively Heavy Structures..........................................................................................12 CA. Shallow Relatively Light Structures............................................................................................15 C.S. Seismic Considerations................................................................................................................17 C.6. Exterior Slabs...............................................................................................................................17 C.7. Site Grading and Drainage...........................................................................................................18 C.B. Utilities.................................................................................................. ..........18 ............................. C.9. Pavement.................................................................................................. .....19 ............................... C.10. Concrete.....................................................................................................................................20 D. Construction..........................................................................................................................................20 D.1. Excavation and Dewatering.........................................................................................................20 D.2. Observations................................................................................................................................21 D.3. Moisture Conditioning.................................................................................................................21 D.4. Subgrade Disturbance..................................................................................................................21 D.S. Testing.........................................................................................................................................22 D.6. Cold Weather Construction.........................................................................................................22 E. Procedures................................................................ E.1. Drilling and Sampling..................................................................................................................22 E.2. Soil Classification........................................................................................................................23 E.3. Groundwater Observations...........................................................................................................23 F. General Recommendations....................................................................................................................23 F.1. Basis of Recommendations..........................................................................................................23 F.2. Review of Design.........................................................................................................................24 F.3. Groundwater Fluctuations............................................................................................................24 F.4. Use of Report...............................................................................................................................24 F.S. Level of Care................................................................................................................................24 Table of Contents Continued Professional Certification Appendix Site Location Sketch Boring Location Sketch Descriptive Terminology Log of Boring Sheets ST-1 through ST-12P General Guidelines for Shoring and Underpinning Lateral Earth Pressure Sketches (2) A. Introduction A.1. Project The City of Bozeman,Montana, is planning a wastewater treatment plant expansion. The project is located on the north side of Bozeman,just south of the East Gallatin River as shown on the attached Site Location Sketch. A.2. Purpose of this Evaluation The purpose of the geotechnical evaluation was to assist Morrison-Maierle,Inc. (MMI), and HDR in designing foundations and slabs,and in preparing plans and specifications for the wastewater treatment plant expansion. A.3. Scope The desired scope of services was outlined in an October 23,2006,request-for-proposal e-mail from Mr. Kurt Keith of MMI. A preliminary budget was estimated at that time. On May 17,2007,we submitted a revised proposal to Ms. Nancy Cormier of MMI. The geotechnical report was then prepared in accordance with our Standard Agreement with MMI dated May 21, 2007. Our scope of services was limited to: Coordinating the locating of underground utilities near the boring locations. Conducting 12 penetration test borings to a depth of 30 feet in the proposed wastewater treatment plant expansion area,and completing six of these borings as piezometers to permit others to measure groundwater fluctuations on the site. • Returning the samples to our laboratory for visual classification and logging by a geotechnical engineer. • Conducting 40 moisture content tests,four classification tests(Atterberg Iimits and grain size distribution),and two corrosion tests. • Analyzing the results and formulating recommendations for earthwork,spread footing foundations,mat foundations,and slabs. A Preliminary Geotechnical Report dated August 2, 2007,was submitted. • Discussing the project with MMI personnel. Morrison-Maier[e,Inc. January 28,2008 Project 07-2295 Page 2 Submitting a geotechnical evaluation report containing logs of the borings,our analysis of the field and laboratory tests, and recommendations for earthwork,spread footing foundations,mat foundations,and slabs. A.4. Documents Provided The following documents were provided for our use: • A Plan View Drawing of the Bozeman wastewater treatment plant expansion area,including process area designations,prepared by MMI and HDR,dated July 2007. • Plant Layout Plan prepared by Thomas,Dean&Hoskins,Inc.,dated October 1980. • NTL Engineering and GeoScience report dated March 1,2001, for a new primary clarifier. • Boring Locations drawing,provided by MMI and HDR,dated July 2007. A.S. Locations and Elevations Boring locations were selected by MMI. The locations are shown on the Boring Locations drawing in the Appendix,which was provided to us by MMI. Penetration test borings are designated by the prefix"ST," and borings with piezometers are designated by the suffix"P." Ground surface elevations at the borings were provided by MMI. We have assumed these elevations are referenced to the project datum. B. Results B.1. Logs Log of Boring sheets indicating the depths and identifications of the various soil strata, the penetration resistances,laboratory test data,and water level information are attached. It should be noted the depths shown as boundaries between the strata are only approximate. The actual changes may be transitions and the depths of the changes vary between borings. Geologic origins presented for each stratum on the Log of Boring sheets are based on the soil types, blows per foot,and available common knowledge of the depositional history of the site. Because of the complex glacial and post-glacial depositional environments,geologic origins are frequently difficult to ascertain. A detailed evaluation of the geologic history of the site was not performed. Morrison-Maierle,Inc. January 28,2008 Project 07-2295 Page 3 B.2. Site Conditions The site appears to be located within the geologic flood plain of the East Gallatin River. As indicated on the Boring Locations drawing, the expansion area where our borings were performed is located west of the existing treatment facility. The ground surface in this area is sloping downward to the north at a slope ranging from about 1 to 3 percent. Ground surface elevation variation between the borings was 5.4 feet. An existing shop building is located near the middle of the site. It is also likely that several underground utilities are present in the expansion area. The site was covered with native grasses and gravel-surfaced roads at the time of our fieldwork. The "Preliminary Geologic Map of the Bozeman 30'by 60' Quadrangle"compiled and mapped by Vuke, et al, describes the site geology as alluvial deposits of the East Gallatin River, and coarse-grained upper Tertiary sediments. B.3. SoiIs The borings indicated the general soil profile was 1 to 2 feet of organic clay topsoil or existing fill underlain by lean clay alluvium to depths ranging from 2 1/2 to 4 feet. Beneath the lean clay,the borings generally encountered coarse-grained alluvial deposits consisting of poorly graded gravel with sand,silt, and/or clay to depths ranging from 27 to 30 feet. Borings ST-4P,ST-6, ST-7,ST-IOP,and ST-12P encountered a finer-grained layer of clayey soils in the gravel alluvium typically ranging from the I I-to 14-foot depths. Tertiary sediments(old alluvial deposits)were encountered in nine of the 12 borings at depths ranging from 27 to 29 feet. These Tertiary sediments consisted of clayey sand,sandy lean clay, and clayey gravel. B.3.a. Existing Fill. Several of the borings encountered existing fill associated with previous developments and/or construction activities on the site. Boring ST-4P encountered clayey gravel fill to a depth of 1 1/2 feet underlain by buried organic clay topsoil to 2 1/2 feet. Boring ST-12P encountered existing fill consisting of organic clay mixed with gravels to a depth of 7 1/2 feet. B.3.b. Lean Clay Alluvium. Lean clay alluvium was encountered in all borings to depths ranging from 2 1/2 to 4 feet. Penetration resistances in the surficial lean clay alluvium generally ranged from 7 to 16 blows per foot(BPF). These values indicated the lean clay alluvium was medium to stiff in consistency. B.3.c. Coarse-Grained Gravel Alluvium. Coarse-grained alluvial deposits consisting of poorly graded gravel with silt,silt, and/or clay was encountered to depths ranging from 27 to 30 feet. Penetration resistances in the coarse-grained gravel alluvium ranged from 16 BPF to 50 blows for only 2 inches of penetration,but primarily ranged from about 34 to 62 BPF. These values indicated the alluvial gravels were medium dense to very dense,but were primarily dense to very dense. Morrison-Maierle,Inc. January 28,2008 Project 07-2295 Page 4 B.3.d. Clayey Layer. A fine-grained layer of clayey soils was encountered from depths ranging from 11 to 14 feet in Borings ST-4P,ST-6, ST-7, ST-1 OP, and ST-12P. Penetration resistances in the clayey layer typically ranged from 3 blows for 6 inches of penetration to 16 BPF,indicating this clayey layer was medium to stiff. Once the overburden is removed or if it is disturbed during construction,these clay layers can become much softer. B.3.e. Tertiary Sediments. Tertiary sediments consisting of clayey sand,sandy lean clay,and clayey gravel were encountered at depths ranging from 27 to 29 feet. Penetration resistances in the sediments typically ranged from 39 to 98 BPF, indicating the deeper sands and gravels were dense to very dense and the clays were hard. B.4. Other Boring Information We were provided with portions of drawings prepared by Thomas, Dean&Hoskins dated October 1980, apparently for a previous wastewater treatment plant expansion. Sheet 3 contained the boring logs for Drill Holes DH#1 through DH#15 excluding DH#5. A note on this drawing appears to indicate some of this work was performed in February 1969. These borings were performed throughout the existing wastewater treatment plant and encountered a similar profile. In brief,the borings encountered a 1-to 2- foot thick topsoil layer underlain by fine-grained silty clay alluvium to depths ranging from about 2 to 6 feet. Gravel alluvium was then encountered to the borings'termination depths,which appear to range from about 15 to 20 feet. The gravel is described as containing some cobbles and lenses of sand. Groundwater was encountered in most of these borings at depths ranging from about 3 to 6 feet. We were also provided with a copy of the NTL Engineering&GeoScience report dated March 1,2001, for the new primary clarifier. This clarifier is located on the Process Area Designation drawing as Item 201. One boring was performed,labeled DH-1. The boring encountered topsoil underlain by lean clay alluvium to a depth of 2 1/2 feet where gravel alluvium was encountered to the boring's termination depth of 26 1/2 feet. Penetration resistances in the gravel alluvium generally ranged from 38 to 82 BPF, indicating the gravels were dense to very dense. Groundwater was encountered at a depth of 19.8 feet. B.5. Groundwater Observations Groundwater was observed in all 12 borings at the depths and corresponding elevations indicated in Table 1 below. Morrison-Maierle,Inc. January 28,2008 Project 07-2295 Page 5 Table 1. Summary of Groundwater Depths While Drilling Boring Depth to Groundwater(feet) Corresponding Elevation ST-1 P 12.9 4596.3 ST-2 13.2 4594.1 ST-3 13.5 4592.2 ST-4P 13.6 4591.8 ST-5 11.4 4593.8 ST-6 15.0 4592.4 ST-7 13.8 4595.7 ST-8 13.8 4596.8 ST-91? 13.8 4596.1 ST-1 OP 10.7 4594.8 ST-11P 13.1 4594.4 ST-12P 13.6 4596.0 As can be seen in the table,piezometers were installed in six of the borings indicated by the"P" suffix. It is our understanding that MMI has periodically measured groundwater levels in the piezometers. It is interesting that the groundwater in the 1969 borings was much shallower(only 3 to 6 feet)than the current and 2001 borings(13 to 20 feet). BA Laboratory Tests The results of the laboratory tests are presented on the Log of Boring sheets found in the Appendix. B.6.a. Pocket Penetrometer Tests. The clay samples were tested with a pocket penetrometer to estimate their unconfined compressive strengths. A pocket penetrometer consists of a 1/4-inch diameter rod that is pushed 1/4 inch into the clay soil by a spring. Compression of the spring has been correlated to the unconfined compressive strength of clay soils by the manufacturer. The results of the pocket penetrometer test are presented on the Log of Boring sheets in the Appendix. B.6.b. Classification Tests. Two samples of lean clays were selected for Atterberg limits tests. The sample from Boring ST-8 from 1 1/2 to 3 feet had a liquid limit of 32,plastic limit of 23, and plasticity index of 9. The sample from Boring ST-1 OP from 14 to 15 1/2 feet had a liquid limit of 45,plastic limit of 18, and plasticity index of 27. Based on these results,both samples classify as lean clay,American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM)symbol CL. Morrison-Maierle,Inc. January 28,2008 Project 07-2295 Page 6 B.6.c. Corrosion Tests. The results of the corrosion tests are summarized in Table 2 below. Table 2. Summary of Corrosion Tests Depth Resistivity Sulfate fBonring (feet) Soil pH Marble pH (ohm-cm) Content 1P 1'/2- 8 GP-GM 7.4 7.4 5,000 ND* 1P 9-20'/z GP-GC 6.7 7.3 4,000 ND -8 11%- 30'/z GP-GC 7.1 7.2 3,100 ND IOP 4— 10'/a GP-GM 1 7.3 7.3 14,700 1 ND *ND=Not detected at the 0.01%reporting limit,test conducted by Energy Laboratories. Based on these results,the gravel alluvium is not corrosive to ductile iron pipe,steel,or concrete. It should be assumed,however,that the lean clay alluvium near the surface will be corrosive to ductile iron pipe and steel. B.7. Additional Geotechnical Evaluation After completion of the 12 soil borings on the site,the configuration of the wastewater treatment plant expansion was changed. In particular,none of these borings were performed in the vicinity of the digester building, anaerobic digesters,sludge dewatering,UV disinfection,and administration building. When considering that the depth to alluvial gravels is critical,we recommend additional geotechnical evaluation be performed in these areas. The additional geotechnical evaluation will likely include soil borings to a depth of 15 feet and laboratory classification,consolidation,and corrosion testing. Additional geotechnical analysis and recommendations would likely be required, although it is dependent on the actual site conditions. C. Analyses and Recommendations C.I. Proposed Construction The Bozeman wastewater treatment plant is located on the north side of Bozeman just south of the East Gallatin River as shown on the attached Site Location Sketch. The proposed expansion includes up to 33 modified existing structures and/or new structures,which will be constructed in three phases. The attached Process Area Designations drawing provides a summary of the proposed phased improvements. Table 3 below is a brief summary of the proposed Phase I improvements,which will require new construction. Morrison-Maierle,Inc. January 28,2008 Project 07-2295 Page 7 The new construction will primarily consist of cast-in-place concrete structures typically supported on mat foundations and spread footings. The new buildings indicated below will likely be supported on shallow-spread footings with earth-supported floor slabs at or slightly above existing grades in each area. At this time, it is our understanding the deeper structures are being designed to counteract buoyancy, and a subsurface dewatering system beneath the structures is not being installed. The anticipated loads indicated in Table 3 were provided by MMI and HDR. Table 3. Brief Summary of New Construction Phase I Improvements Anticipated Existing Foundation Excavation Anticipated Item Grade Elevation Depth Foundation Type Loads 101 Pretreatment Headworks 4612 4608 4' Continuous Spread Footing 1,500 lb/ft 102 Pretreatment Grit Removal 4612 4599 13'* Mat Foundation 500 psf 103 Pretreatment Influent Splitting 4612 4605 7' Mat Foundation 500 psf 203 Thickener-Fermenter Pump 4609 4583 261* Continuous Spread Footing 5,000 Ib/ft Station p g 204 Primary Effluent Pump Station 4610 4593 17' Mat Foundation 3,500 psf 4,000 psf 303/304 BNMR Bioreactors 4609 4592 17' Mat Foundation (toe pressure) 305 Secondary Effluent Split Box 4608 4600 8' Mat Foundation 1,000 psf 601 RAS-WAS Pump Station No.2 4605 4596 9'* Mat Foundation 1,000 psf 602 Secondary Clarifiers 4605 4590 15, Continuous Spread Footing 3,000 lb/ft 603 Secondary Scum Pump Station 4605 4595 10, 900 W Disinfection 4605 4601 4' Continuous Spread Footing 1,000 lb/ft Continuous and Isolated 4,000 lb/ft 1100 Digester Building No.2 4604 4600 4'- 12' Spread Footing and 4,000 psf 1101 Anaerobic Digester 4604 4591 13' Continuous Spread Footing 2,000 lb/ft 1200 Sludge Dewatering 4604 4600 4' Continuous Spread Footing 1,500 lb/ft 1201 Dewatered Sludge Storage 4604 4603 11 Continuous and Isolated 12,000 lb/ftSpread Footing and 175,000 lbs Continuous and Isolated 4,500 lb/ft 1300 Admin/Lab Building 4604 4600 4' Spread Footing and 80,000 lbs *These structures are in relatively close proximity to existing structures; excavation shoring and/or underpinning of existing foundations may be required. Morrison-Maierle,Inc. January 28,2008 Project 07-2295 Page 8 C.2. Deeper Structures C.2.a. General. As indicated in Table 3,the wastewater treatment plant expansion includes many new structures,some of which are bearing as shallow as 4 feet while others as deep as 26 feet. Deeper structures as described in this report are those structures that are bearing at a depth of 5 feet or deeper. C.2.b. Dewatering. Several of the structures will extend below groundwater. We recommend groundwater be lowered prior to excavation. The groundwater should be lowered to a minimum depth of 2 feet below the anticipated excavation or subexcavation bottom. Due to the depths of the excavations, we anticipate a series of dewatering wells will be required to lower the groundwater. The actual number and location of wells and specific methods will need to be determined by the contractor based on their past experience and available equipment. It is our opinion that dewatering by installing sumps and pumps in the bottoms of excavations will not be feasible. It is also our understanding that a test dewatering well may have been installed on the project for a site- specific pumping test. If installed and tested,hydraulic conductivity properties of the subsurface soils, primarily the alluvial gravels,may be available. This information will assist contractors in designing their dewatering system(s) for the project. We wish to also point out that a fairly significant dewatering system has been installed beneath the existing wastewater treatment plant. If this system is running,groundwater levels could be lower near the existing plant. Also,piezometers were installed at six borings to permit monitoring of groundwater levels on the site. C.2.b. Subgrade. Based on the borings,it appears the subgrade beneath the majority of the new structures will consist of dense to very dense alluvial gravels. It is our opinion these gravels are suitable for direct support of the proposed structures,although consideration should be given to placing a leveling course directly beneath the concrete for grading purposes. As previously indicated,however,six of the borings encountered a layer of clayey soils from the 1 I-to 14-foot depth. These clays are very close to the static groundwater level,and will likely be saturated. As the overburden is removed(excavation is performed) and the clays are subjected to construction activities,we anticipate these clays will loosen and become excessively soft. It is therefore our opinion the lean clay layer,when encountered in the bottom of the excavation,will not be suitable for structure support. C.2.c. Subexcavation of Lean Clay. To provide a uniform subgrade,we recommend subexcavating the lean clay alluvium from beneath structure mat foundations and pads(slabs)when present within 2 feet of bottom-of-foundation/pad elevation. When encountered,we recommend subexcavating the lean clay Morrison:Maierle,Inc. January 28,2008 Project 07-2295 Page 9 from beneath the mat foundation/pad down to denser sands and gravels. The oversize of subexcavations should extend 2 feet(horizontal)beyond the perimeter edges of the foundation. Subexcavation of clays beneath structures will need to be determined during construction. Beneath the heavier-loaded structures bearing at the I I-to 17-foot depths,we recommend shallow test holes be excavated 2 feet below the bottom of the excavation,preferably outside the structure, to check for the presence of clays and the need for subexcavation. These structures are listed below. 204 Primary Effluent Pump Station 303/304 BNMR Bioreactors 602 Secondary Clarifiers 1100 Digester Building No. 2 It is difficult to predict whether or not clay subexcavation will be needed beneath these structures,but we recommend providing a bid line/quantity in the contract documents. We suggest assuming 500 cubic yards of subexcavation/replacement will be needed. This quantity is basically the plan area of the Primary Effluent Pump Station(204)and a 3-foot subexcavation. It is our opinion that on-site gravels can then be reused as compacted gravel beneath these structures. Cobbles that are greater than 6 inches in size should be removed,if present. Another alternative is to import 3-inch minus sandy gravel as structural backfill beneath the structure foundations/pads. We recommend the backfill placed beneath these structures be compacted to a minimum of 100 percent of its maximum dry density determined in accordance with ASTM Method of Test D 698 (standard Proctor). C.2.d. Bearing Capacity. It is our opinion that mat foundations and spread footings bearing directly on the native gravels or compacted gravel fill placed over the native gravels can be designed for a net allowable bearing pressure up to 4,000 pounds per square foot(psf). (Net allowable bearing pressure is defined as that bearing pressure in excess of the final minimum overburden pressure.) This bearing pressure includes a factor of safety of at least 3.0 against bearing capacity failure. C.2.e. Subgrade Modulus. We recommend using a modulus of subgrade reaction of 200 pounds per cubic inch(pci)for the mat foundations bearing on native gravels or compacted gravels placed over native gravels. This value is the unit pressure required in pounds per square inch to cause 1 inch of deflection of a 1-foot square plate. C.21. Anticipated Settlement and Heave. We anticipate mat foundations and spread footings designed and placed as recommended above will generally experience less than 3/4 inch of total settlement and less than 1/2 inch of differential settlement. Morrison-Maierle,Inc. January 28,2009 Project 07-2295 Page 10 C.2.g. Backfill and Buoyancy. On-site alluvial gravels can be used as backfill on the exterior sides of the structure foundation walls. Due to the depth of these structures,we recommend the backfill be compacted to a minimum of 98 percent of its standard Proctor maximum dry density. We anticipate the mat foundations for these structures will likely extend horizontally beyond the perimeter walls to help offset buoyancy forces. A wedge of backfill above the mat edges can be used to help resist buoyant uplift. This wedge extends out at an angle of 20 degrees from vertical from the mat edge. Assuming on- site gravels are used as backfill,it is our opinion a compacted unit weight of 140 pounds per cubic foot (pcf) can be used for gravels above the groundwater table, and a submerged unit weight of 78 pcf can be used below the groundwater table. MMI is currently measuring groundwater levels in the piezometers installed in our borings. These measurements will help identify the depth of groundwater for design, however,we suggest assuming 8 feet at this time. (If the plant is located in the flood plain of the East Gallatin River,it may be necessary to assume groundwater could rise to the surface.) C.2.h. Lateral Earth Pressures. C.2.h.1. Assumptions. We assumed the following parameters for our static and earthquake conditions. • Moist unit weight of backfill= 140.0 pcf • Submerged unit weight of backfill=77.6 pcf • Internal friction angle=38' • Depth to groundwater= 8 feet The values indicated in Tables 4 and 5 below are ultimate values and have not been factored. Appropriate factors of safety should be included when designing unbalanced walls to resist lateral earth forces. The equivalent fluid pressures indicated above for the submerged compacted gravels include 62.4 psf/ft for groundwater pressure. C.2.h.2. Static Lateral Earth Pressures. We recommend using the following equivalent fluid pressures for design,depending on the depth of the structure. Morrison-Maierte,Inc. January 28,2008 Project 07-2295 Page 11 Table 4. Lateral Earth Pressures for Buried Walls: Static Conditions, At-Rest Passive Pressure Pressure Coefficient of Depth of Wall (psf/ft of depth) (psf/ft of depth) Friction Less than 8' 73 500 0.54 Less than 15' 73 300 0.54 Less than 20' 79 300 0.54 Less than 26' 82 300 0.54 These values are representative of vertical walls and backfill surfaces that are flat, i.e.,not sloping away or into the wall. These values should be used as a uniform pressure over the full height of the wall and incorporate the varying pressure due to both submerged and unsubmerged conditions for purposes of simplification. A more detailed, and less conservative,graph of the anticipated At-Rest pressures are shown on the attached graphs. C.2.h.3. Earthquake Lateral Earth Pressures. Table 5 below contains our recommendations for estimating lateral earth pressures against unbalanced buried walls during earthquake conditions. The pressures were calculated using the Mononobe-Okabe Method within the software program"Shoring Suite"by Civil Tech Software The earthquake-induced lateral earth pressure changes depending on structure depth,therefore,three different structure depths have been analyzed: structures 0 to 15 feet deep, 15 to 20 feet deep,and 20 to 26 feet deep. Due to the shape of the earthquake-induced lateral earth pressure, the concept of equivalent fluid pressures no longer apply. The information provided in Table 5 define the shape of the pressure diagram used to calculate total lateral earth force. The lateral earth pressure diagrams for each of the depths analyzed is also included in the Appendix. The earthquake pressures are designated as "Active/Eq"in the attached graphs. Morrison-Maierle,Inc. January 28,2008 Project07-2295 Page 12 Table 5. Active Lateral Earth Pressures for Buried Walls: Earthquake Conditions 15-foot Deep Structure 20-foot Deep Structure 26-foot Deep Structure ]-7 Depth Pressure Depth Pressure Depth Pressure (feet) (psf) (feet) (psf) (feet) (psf) 0 176 0 219 0 266 8 375 8 432 8 475 15 884 20 1,295 26 1,787 These values are representative of vertical walls and backfill surfaces that are flat,i.e.,not sloping away or into the wall. Pressures between the above depths transitions in a straight line between points. C.2.i. Shoring and/or Underpinning. Shoring and/or underpinning of deeper structures will be necessary when they are constructed in relatively close proximity to the existing structures. Based on our available information,it appears shoring and/or underpinning may be necessary for structures 102— pretreatment removal,203—thickener-fermenter pump station,and 601 —RAS-WAS pump station 2. Other structures may also need to be shored and/or underpinned depending on how close they are to existing structures. The attached detail provides general guidelines for shoring and underpinning depending on the proximity. We wish to emphasize that these requirements are based on the assumption the groundwater table has been lowered several feet below the bottom of the excavation during construction. If groundwater has not been properly lowered and is seeping from the sidewalls of the excavations, then these details are not representative of the site conditions,i.e.,they are too conservative. Excessive seepage from excavation sideslopes commonly result in failure of the slope and should be prevented. C.3. Shallow Relatively Heavy Structures C.3.a. General. Shallow relatively heavy structures have the following characteristics. • Foundation members bear at a depth of 5 feet or less below existing grades. • Wall loads are greater than 3 kips per foot. • Column loads are greater than 50 kips. • Distributed floor loads exceed 500 psf. • Floors are subjected to industrial/warehouse loadings,such as the Dewatered Sludge Storage Facility. Morrison-Maierle,Inc. January 28,2008 Project 07-2295 Page 13 It is our opinion these structures can be supported on shallow-spread footing foundations with earth- supported concrete floor slabs matching or slightly above existing grades. However,due to the relatively heavy nature of these structures,we recommend foundations and critical slabs bear directly on the alluvial gravels or compacted sandy gravel backfill placed over alluvial gravels,i.e., the lean clay alluvium should be subexcavated and replaced. A separate concern for these shallow structures,however, is the presence of existing fill. One rarely knows what is buried in or beneath an existing fill,and compressible and decomposable materials may be present. It is also unlikely the existing fill was properly compacted. It is therefore our opinion the existing fill is unsuitable to be left in place beneath the proposed foundations and floor slabs of these shallow structures. Our recommendations regarding building pad preparation are discussed in more detail below. C.3.b. Structure Pad Preparation. We recommend the organic clay topsoil be removed from beneath the building and structure pads. The borings indicated the average thickness of organic clay was 1 1/2 feet. Actual depth of removal beneath each site should be determined by observations during stripping. We further recommend all existing fill and native alluvial clays be removed from beneath building and structure foundations and slabs. We recommend it be removed from beneath proposed footings and slabs and an oversize zone extending 1/2 foot(horizontal)beyond the footings and slabs for every foot of subexcavation below the footings and slabs, down to natural gravel alluvium. On-site alluvial gravels (GC,GP-GM,GP-GC),imported crushed gravel road base or 3-inch minus sandy gravel should be used as backfill and fill. We recommend backfill and fill beneath the building and shallow structure pads be placed in lifts,at a moisture content at or slightly above optimum moisture content, and compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of its standard Proctor maximum dry density. C.3.c. Foundations. C.3.c.1. Depth. We recommend spread footings bear a minimum of 4 feet below exterior grades for frost protection for heated buildings. For unheated structures,we recommend spread footings bear a minimum of 5 feet below final earth grades for frost protection. C.3.c.2. Footing Subgrade. We recommend shallow spread footings bear on undisturbed native gravels or compacted gravel backfill placed over undisturbed native gravels as described in Section C.3.b. C.3.c.3. Bearing Capacity. It is our opinion shallow-spread footings bearing on alluvial gravels or compacted gravel backfill placed over alluvial gravels may be designed for a net allowable bearing pressure up to 3,000 psf. (Net allowable bearing pressure is defined as that bearing Morrison-Maierle,Inc. January 28,2008 Project 07-2295 Page 14 pressure in excess of the final minimum overburden pressure.) This bearing pressure includes a factor of safety of at least 3.0 against bearing capacity failure. C.3.c.4. Anticipated Settlement and Heave. We anticipate total and differential settlement and heave of these foundations will generally be less than 1/2 inch. Buildings of this type can generally tolerate movements of this magnitude. C.3.c.5. Foundation Wall Backfill.We recommend the backfill placed on the interior and exterior sides of shallow foundations be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of its standard Proctor maximum dry density. Backfill should meet the requirements described in Section C.3.b. C.3.d. Earth-Supported Floor SIabs. C.3.d.1. Subgrade. As described in Section C.3.b,we recommend all organic clay topsoil, lean clay alluvium, and existing fill be removed from beneath proposed floor slabs,then be replaced with compacted sandy gravel consisting of either on-site alluvial gravels,imported base course, or imported 3-inch minus sandy gravel. C.3.d.2. Fill and Backfill. Some fill may be required beneath these proposed floors to raise grades. On-site alluvial gravels can be used as fill, although 3-inch minus sandy gravel or crushed base course are preferred materials. In particular,we recommend providing a minimum of a 6-inch thick leveling course consisting of 3/4-inch minus crushed base course directly beneath these proposed floor slabs. A thicker leveling course will result in a higher subgrade modulus for design as described later in this section of the report. C.3.d.3. Vapor Retarder. If floor coverings or coatings less permeable than the concrete slab will be used,or if moisture is a concern,we recommend a vapor retarder be placed directly beneath the slab. (Some coverings,coatings or situations may require a vapor barrier, i.e.,a membrane with a permeance less than 0.3 perms.) Some contractors and designers prefer to place a sand or gravel cushion course between the slab and vapor retarder in an effort to reduce curling. However, this practice increases the risk of trapping water between the slab and the vapor retarder,which can delay placement of some floor coverings. If the cushion course does become wet prior to concrete placement,we recommend the excess moisture be removed prior to slab placement. C.3.d.4. Subgrade Modulus. If a minimum of 6 inches of compacted 3/4-inch minus crushed base course is provided beneath the floor,it is our opinion a modulus of subgrade reaction,k,of 225 pounds per square inch per inch of deflection(pci)may be used to design the floor. If a Morrison-Maierle,Inc. January 28,2008 Project 07-2295 Page 15 minimum of 12 inches of base course is provided,it is our opinion a modulus of 300 pci may be used to design the floor. CA. Shallow Relatively Light Structures CA.a. General. Shallow relatively light structures have the following characteristics. • Foundation members bear at a depth of 5 feet or less below existing grades. • WalI loads are 3 kips per foot or less. • Column loads are 50 kips or less. • Distributed floor loads are 500 psf or less. • The floors of these buildings are not subjected to industrial/warehouse loading conditions. It is our opinion these structures can be supported on shallow-spread footing foundations with earth- supported floor slabs matching or slightly above existing grades. Due to the relatively light nature of these structures,it is our opinion the lean clay alluvium can be left in place beneath proposed foundations and floor slabs. A separate concern for these shallow structures,however, is the presence of existing fill. One rarely knows what is buried in or beneath an existing fill,and compressible and decomposable materials may be present. It is also unlikely the existing fill was properly compacted when placed. It is therefore our opinion the existing fill is unsuitable to be left in place beneath proposed foundations and floor slabs of these shallow structures. Our recommendations regarding building pad preparation are discussed in more detail below. CA.b. Structure Pad Preparation. We recommend the organic clay topsoil be removed from beneath the building and structure pads. The borings indicated the average thickness of organic clay was 1 1/2 feet. Actual depth of removal beneath each site should be determined by observations during stripping. Where existing fill is present beneath proposed foundations and floor slabs,we recommend it be removed on an oversize zone extending 1/2 foot(horizontal)beyond the footings and slabs for every foot of subexcavation below the footings and slabs,down to natural soils. After the topsoil and existing fill have been removed,we recommend the exposed clay subgrade be scarified to a depth of 6 inches,moistened to a moisture content near optimum,and compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of its standard Proctor density. The excavated material may be reused as backfill if topsoil,oversize cobbles and boulders, foreign materials,and other unsuitable materials are removed. A better material to use as backfill for these light Morrison-Maierle,Inc. January 28,2008 Project 07-2295 Page 16 structures is the on-site alluvial gravels,imported 3-inch minus sandy gravel or crushed base course. We recommend backfill and fill beneath the building and shallow structure pads be placed in lifts,at a moisture content at or slightly above optimum moisture content, and compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of its standard Proctor maximum dry density. CA.c. Foundations. CA.M. Depth. We recommend spread footings bear a minimum of 4 feet below exterior grades for frost protection for heated buildings. For unheated buildings,we recommend spread footings bear a minimum of 5 feet below earth grades for frost protection. CA.c.2. Footing Subgrade. We recommend shallow spread footings bear on undisturbed natural soils or compacted backfill placed over undisturbed natural soils as described in Section CA.b. For these structures,it is our opinion the proposed footings can bear directly on the lean clay alluvium. CA.c.3. Bearing Pressure. It is our opinion shallow-spread footings for relatively lightly- loaded structures can be designed for a net allowable bearing pressure up to 1,500 psf. This bear pressure includes a factor of safety of at least 3.0 against bearing capacity failure. CA.c.4. Anticipated Settlement and Heave. We anticipate total and differential settlement and heave of these foundations will generally be less than 3/4 inch. Buildings of this type can generally tolerate movements of this magnitude. CA.c.5. Foundation Wall Backlill. We recommend backfill placed on the interior and exterior sides of the foundation walls be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of its standard Proctor maximum dry density. On-site soils can be used as well as imported gravels. CA.d. Earth-Supported Floor Slabs. CAAA. Subgrade. After removal of the organic clay topsoil,we anticipate the floor subgrade will be lean clay alluvium. As previously indicated, all existing fill should be subexcavated and replaced with compacted backfill. C.4.d.2. Fill and Backfill. Some fill will likely be required to raise grades beneath the proposed floor slabs. It is our opinion that on-site soils can be used as fill. Imported 3-inch minus sandy gravel or crushed gravel road base are generally the best materials to use as fills. A leveling course of crushed base course is recommended beneath the proposed floors. We recommend fill and backfill materials be moistened to a moisture content near or slightly above optimum Morrison-Maierle,Inc. January 28,2008 Project 07-2295 Page 17 moisture content,then compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of its standard Proctor maximum dry density. CAA3. Vapor Retarder. If floor coverings or coatings less permeable than the concrete slab will be used,or if moisture is a concern,we recommend a vapor retarder be placed directly beneath the slab. (Some coverings,coatings or situations may require a vapor barrier,i.e.,a membrane with a permeance less than 0.3 perms.) Some contractors and designers prefer to place a sand or gravel cushion course between the slab and vapor retarder in an effort to reduce curling. However,this practice increases the risk of trapping water between the slab and vapor retarder, which can delay placement of some floor coverings. If the cushion course does become wet prior to concrete placement,we recommend the excess moisture be removed prior to slab placement. C.S. Seismic Considerations Based on the results of our soil borings,we recommend using a"Stiff soil profile, Site Class D,"as defined by the 2003 International Building Code(IBC)for design. We should point out,however,that the soil conditions are very close to a"Very Dense soil and Soft rock, Site Class C," condition. If design is significantly impacted for Site Class C versus Site Class D conditions,we should be contacted. More detailed geologic review and deeper borings could be performed to better evaluate which site class can be used. We recommend the site to have a maximum 1.0 second spectral response acceleration, S 1,of 0.232 and a maximum 0.2 second spectral response acceleration,Ss,of 0.757. Based on our liquefaction analysis, it is our opinion the risk of liquefaction of the medium dense to very dense sands and gravels below foundations and structures is generally low under the anticipated seismic forces. Our liquefaction analysis used a peak ground acceleration of 0.16 percent of gravity,which has a 10 percent chance of being exceeded during a 50-year period. We estimate the factor of safety against liquefaction to be between 2.7 and 2.9. CA Exterior Slabs C.6.a. Subgrade. Non-critical exterior slabs may be supported on undisturbed natural soils and existing fill after the vegetation,topsoil,and root zone have been removed. Critical exterior slabs,such as those at entrances,will likely require some additional subgrade preparation as described below. As previously indicated,the existing fill encountered on the site could result in excessive settlement of exterior slabs. To reduce this risk,we recommend subexcavating the existing fill beneath critical exterior slabs down to natural soils,then replacing it with nonfrost-susceptible compacted sand or sandy gravel as described below. Morrison-Maierle,Inc. January 28,2008 Project 07-2295 Page 18 C.6.b. Backfiill and Fill. Backfill and fill beneath proposed exterior slabs and their oversize zones should be placed in lifts and at a moisture content near or slightly above optimum moisture content. We recommend all fill and backfill beneath exterior slabs be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of its standard Proctor maximum dry density. C.6.c. Frost Protection. Lean clay,clayey gravel,poorly graded gravel with clay,and poorly graded gravel with silt are considered moderately to highly frost-susceptible soils. If these soils become wet and freeze, several inches of frost heave may occur. Heaving of slabs during the winter can be a nuisance or hazard where doors open outward and at other critical grade areas. One way to reduce this heave is to remove the frost-susceptible on-site soils down a depth of 4 feet and replace them with clean(nonfrost-susceptible)sand or sandy gravel. Sand or sandy gravel with less than 5 percent of their particles by weight passing a 200 sieve are generally considered nonfrost-susceptible. Another method of reducing frost heave is to place a minimum of 2 inches of extruded polystyrene foam insulation beneath the slabs and extending about 4 feet beyond the slabs. Insulation will reduce frost penetration into the underlying subgrade and thereby reduce heave. A leveling course of sand is generally required to seat the insulation panels. Eight to twelve inches of crushed road base material should be placed over the panels to protect them during construction. Consideration can also be given to supporting the slabs on frost-depth footings. A void space of at least 4 inches should be provided between the bottoms of the slabs and the frost-susceptible subgrade to allow them to heave without affecting the slabs. The stem walls should be tied to the footings with sufficient reinforcing to prevent frost from heaving the walls off of the footings. C.7. Site Grading and Drainage We recommend the site be graded to provide positive run-off away from the proposed structures. We recommend landscaped areas have a slope of at least 5 percent for the first 10 feet away from the structures,then 2 percent to carry run-off away. To maintain this slope,it is essential that backfill against the foundation walls be adequately compacted. If it is not adequately compacted,exterior foundation wall backfill will likely consolidate and water may pond and soak into the soil, causing settlement. In addition,we recommend gutters and downspouts with long splash blocks or extensions where possible. C.B. Utilities C.8.a. Materials. As previously indicated in Section B of this report, corrosion tests were performed on samples of the alluvial gravels. All of the samples were found to be non-corrosive to ductile iron pipe. It is our opinion,however,that the on-site alluvial clays would generally be considered corrosive to ductile Morrison-Maierle,Inc. January 28,2008 Project 07-2295 Page 19 iron pipe. Therefore,it is our opinion, ductile iron pipe can be used for utilities provided they are bearing and bedded in on-site alluvial gravels or imported sandy gravels. Lean clay alluvium should not be used as backfill directly around ductile iron pipe utilities. Another option is to use non-corrosive materials for utilities. We recommend using crushed gravel road base with a maximum particle size of 3/4 inch as bedding material. Soils from the trench excavations may be used as backfill above the bedding. C.8.b. Backfilling and Compaction. We recommend bedding material be thoroughly compacted around the pipes. We recommend trench backfill above the bedding be compacted to a minimum of 90 percent in landscaped areas and 95 percent beneath proposed footings,slabs, and pavements. Backfilling around and above utilities should meet the requirements of Montana Public Works Standard Specifications. C.9. Pavement C.9.a. Subgrade Preparation. After stripping the topsoil and root zone,we recommend the upper 6 inches of the resulting subgrade be scarified,moistened to a moisture content near optimum,and compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of its standard Proctor maximum dry density. Where fill is required,we recommend it be similarly moistened and compacted. If there are areas that cannot be compacted,we recommend the unstable materials be subexcavated to a depth of 2 feet and be replaced by materials that can be compacted. C.9.b. Sections. Table 6 below contains our pavement thickness recommendations for automobile,truck traffic and driveway areas. As can be seen,we have provided alternative sections for crushed base course and subbase. Table 6. Alternative Pavement Sections Thickness Alternative Automobile Areas Truck Areas Crushed Base Course Section Asphalt Surface 3" 3" %" or 1%2" Crushed Base 8" 14" Subbase Section Asphalt Surface 3" 311 1/4" or 1 Yz"Leveling Course 3" 3" 3" Sandy Gravel Subbase 8" 15" Morrison-Maierle,Inc. January 28,2008 Project 07-2295 Page 20 C.9.c. Materials and Compaction. We recommend specifying crushed gravel base and sandy gravel subbase courses meeting the requirements of Montana Public Works Standard Specification,Fifth Edition, March 2003, Sections 02235 and 02234. We recommend the gravel base and subbase be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of its standard Proctor maximum dry density. We recommend the asphaltic concrete meet the requirements of Section 02503. We recommend the asphaltic concrete pavement be compacted to an average density of 93 percent or greater of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D 2041 (Rice's)and no individual sample shall be less than 92 percent. C.10. Concrete We recommend using cement meeting the requirements of ASTM C 150 Type II to provide moderate resistance to sulfate attack. We recommend specifying 5 to 7 percent entrained air for exposed concrete to provide resistance to freeze-thaw deterioration. We recommend using a water-cement ratio of 0.50 or less for exposed concrete and a water-cement ratio of 0.45 or less for concrete exposed to deicers. D. Construction D.I. Excavation and Dewatering It is our opinion the soils encountered by the borings can be excavated with a backhoe,front-end loader or scraper. The borings indicate the native lean clay soils to a depth not exceeding 4 feet in the sidewalls of excavations will be Type A soils under Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA) guidelines. All alluvial gravels and clays below 4 feet and all existing fill should be considered Type C soils. All earthwork and construction should be performed in accordance with OSHA guidelines. Several of the structures will extend below groundwater. We recommend groundwater be lowered prior to excavation. The groundwater should be lowered to a minimum depth of 2 feet below the anticipated excavation or subexcavation bottom. Due to the depths of the excavations,we anticipate a series of dewatering wells will be required to lower the groundwater. The actual number and location of wells and specific methods will need to be determined by the contractor based on their past experience and available equipment. It is our opinion that dewatering by installing sumps and pumps in the bottoms of excavations will not be feasible. As previously indicated in Section C.2,shoring and/or underpinning may be required for several of the deeper structures adjacent to existing structures. Our general guidelines for shoring and underpinning requirements are indicated on the figures included in the Appendix of this report. Morrison.Maierle,Inc. January 28,2008 Project07-2295 Page 21 D.2. Observations We recommend footing,slab,tank pad,and pavement subgrades be observed by a geotechnical engineer or an engineering technician working under the direction of a geotechnical engineer to see if the subgrade soils are similar to those encountered by the borings. The removal of existing fill from beneath proposed shallow structure footings and slabs should also be observed. During excavations for footings and mats,we recommend tests be conducted on the subgrades to evaluate the bearing capacity,as recommended in this report,is present. Typical instruments used for these tests include hand augers,penetrometers, and sample tubes. For the deeper structures,these subgrade observations are particularly important to check for the presence of the deeper layer of lean clay alluvium. Subgrade observations are particularly important for the Primary Effluent Pump Station(204),BNMR Bioreactors(303/304), Secondary Clarifiers(602),and Digester Building No.2(1100). It may be necessary to excavate some shallow test holes,preferably outside the structure footprint,to check for the presence of lean clay alluvium beneath these structures. D.3. Moisture Conditioning Site soils that will be excavated above a depth of 6 feet and reused as backfills and fills appeared to be below optimum moisture content. We anticipate it will be necessary to add moisture to these soils to achieve a moisture content near or slightly above optimum. Below 6 feet,site soils appear to be wet and waterbearing. It will likely be necessary to spread these soils out and allow them to dry in order to achieve a moisture content near or slightly above optimum. It should also be anticipated that imported fill and backfill materials will be below optimum moisture content and additional moisture will be necessary to achieve a moisture content near or slightly above optimum. DA. Subgrade Disturbance The borings indicated the surficial subgrade will be lean clay after the organic clay topsoil has been stripped. These fine-grained soils are considered to be moisture sensitive and are easily disturbed when wet. We therefore recommend good drainage of surface water be provided during construction to help avoid ponding areas and to drain surface water away from the exposed clay subgrades and any open excavations. Ponding water will result in saturation of the lean clays,creating soft spots. Construction traffic driving across these soft spots can create large ruts and excessively disturb the areas. It is then very difficult to recompact these areas to specification,and they can result in construction delays and change orders. Morrison-Maierle,Inc. January 28,2008 Project 07-2295 Page 22 D.S. Testing We recommend density tests of fills and backfills placed beneath footings,slabs,and pavements. Density tests should also be performed on foundation wall backfill. We also recommend density testing of the compacted pavement subgrade and gravel base course. We recommend slump,temperature, air content, and strength tests on Portland cement concrete. Samples of proposed backfill and fill materials should be submitted to our testing laboratory at least three days prior to placement on the site for evaluation and determination of their optimum moisture contents and maximum dry densities. We recommend density testing of the asphaltic concrete pavement(cores and nuclear density gauge). The maximum density of the asphaltic concrete mix should be determined by ASTM.D 2041 (Rice). We also recommend Marshall tests of the asphalt mix to evaluate strength and air voids. DA Cold Weather Construction If site grading and construction is anticipated during cold weather,we recommend good winter construction practices be observed. All snow and ice should be removed from cut and fill areas prior to additional grading. No fill should be placed on soils that have frozen or contain frozen material. No frozen soils should be used as fill. Concrete delivered to the site should meet the temperature requirements of ASTM C 94. Concrete should not be placed on frozen soils or soils that contain frozen material. Concrete should be protected from freezing until the necessary strength is attained. Frost should not be permitted to penetrate below footings bearing on frost-susceptible soil since such freezing could heave and crack the footings and/or foundation walls. E. Procedures EA. Drilling and Sampling The penetration test borings were performed on May 29 through June 5,2007,with a truck-mounted core and auger drill. Sampling for the borings was conducted in accordance with ASTM D 1586, "Penetration Test and Split-Barrel Sampling of Soils." Using this method,we advanced the borehole with hollow-stem auger to the desired test depth. Then a 140-pound hammer falling 30 inches drove a standard,2-inch OD, split-barrel sampler a total penetration of 1 1/2 feet below the tip of the hollow-stem auger. The blows for the last foot of penetration were recorded and are an index of soil strength characteristics. Several attempts were made to obtain 3-inch diameter thin-walled tube samples of the lean clay alluvium. However,all of the tube samples were damaged while attempting to obtain the samples. Morrison-Maierle,Inc. January 28,2008 Project 07-2295 Page 23 Prior to withdrawing the hollow-stem auger from Borings ST-1P,ST-4P,and ST-9P through ST-12P,2- inch diameter PVC pipe with a well-screen section at the bottom was placed in the borings. These piezometers will permit MMI to perform long-term monitoring of groundwater levels on the site. Several of the borings encountered very dense alluvial gravels. When the sampler could not be driven 6 inches with 50 blows of the hammer,the distance the sampler was advanced with 50 blows was recorded. When this situation occurred during the first 6 inches of the drive, it was noted as occurring within the "set." E.2. Soil Classification The drill crew chief visually and manually classified the soils encountered in the borings in accordance with ASTM D 2488, "Standard Practice for Description and Identification of Soils(Visual-Manual Procedures)." A summary of the ASTM classification system is attached. All samples were then returned to our laboratory for review of the field classifications by a geotechnical engineer. Representative samples will remain in our office for a period of 60 days to be available for your examination. E.3. Groundwater Observations About 10 minutes after taking the final sample in the bottom of a boring,the driller probed through the hollow-stem auger to check for the presence of groundwater. Immediately after withdrawal of the auger, the driller again probed the depth to water or cave-in. The boring was then backfrlled. F. General Recommendations F.1. Basis of Recommendations The analyses and recommendations submitted in this report are based upon the data obtained from the soil borings performed at the locations indicated on the attached sketch. Often,variations occur between these borings,the nature and extent of which do not become evident until additional exploration or construction is conducted. A reevaluation of the recommendations in this report should be made after performing on-site observations during construction to note the characteristics of any variations. The variations may result in additional foundation costs,and it is suggested a contingency be provided for this purpose. It is recommended we be retained to perform the observation and testing program for the site preparation phase of this project. This will allow correlation of the soil conditions encountered during construction to the soil borings,and will provide continuity of professional responsibility. Morrison-Maierle,Inc. January 28,2008 Project 07-2295 Page 24 F.2. Review of Design This report is based on the design of the proposed structures as related to us for preparation of this report. It is recommended we be retained to review the geotechnical aspects of the designs and specifications. With the review,we will evaluate whether any changes in design have affected the validity of the recommendations,and whether our recommendations have been correctly interpreted and implemented in the design and specifications. F.3. Groundwater Fluctuations We made water level observations in the borings at the times and under the conditions stated on the boring logs. These data were interpreted in the text of this report. The period of observation was relatively short,and fluctuation in the groundwater level may occur due to rainfall,flooding, irrigation, spring thaw,drainage,and other seasonal and annual factors not evident at the time the observations were made. Design drawings and specifications and construction planning should recognize the possibility of fluctuations. FA Use of Report This report is for the exclusive use of Morrison-Maierle,Inc.,and HDR to use to design the proposed structures and prepare construction documents. In the absence of our written approval,we make no representation and assume no responsibility to other parties regarding this report. The data, analyses,and recommendations may not be appropriate for other structures or purposes. We recommend parties contemplating other structures or purposes contact us. F.5. Level of Care Services performed by SK Geotechnical Corporation personnel for this project have been conducted with that level'of care and skill ordinarily exercised by members of the profession currently practicing in this area under similar budget and time restraints. No warranty,expressed or implied, is made. Professional Certification I hereEiy�lhis report was prepared by •>hatm 'duly Licensed Professional Engingdr under the `af the State of Montana. AF r Prin '. 'h�i1i✓r' al Engineer License r g�4pE January 28,2008 Appendix 1T- I . 073_ it ='1 + 14. • & �`/' �Ci ( ..i � tt, -C.-. Ltl i iq f iq u. / J V • ,j` `° C 14i ` c t J'alai v. i 14.0 22 4571 z'f 4 f(� ��`} �• t , '�,,` moo, .x SITE �<. :,'.`� �tUJ, �r. 41 Al �I z L 4636 •mot ! f \ 1 + -1 >f V re A632 -A 34 2•D TgwQ.d■Capyd0t®M Dd—Y.—A MEN% 3-11ats DSGS 7=0 k S.An 1:23 ON Dees:12i Dab=VIM SITE LOCATION SKETCH Drawn by: Date ` &A, Geotechnieal Evaluation Project: 07-2295 S GEOTECNNICAL Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion Scale: Sae inset FIGURE Bozeman,Montana Sheet of f ; caT"T(q I I � i 10 f 11 I ww7w Exp..n6�nn u1 . i �bZcr+4 n� /�lT t i J J � � F E0 70 0 GO 20 SCALE IN FEET SKZig Descriptive Terminology Standard D 2487 Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes Particle Size Identification V 1 N (Unified Soil Classification System) Boulders.... .. over 12" Cobbles.... .. 3"to 12" Gravel Soil Classification coarse. 3/4"3/4"to 3" Criteria for Assigning Group Symbols and Group Names Using Laboratory Tests Group a fine...... ... ... No.4 l0 3/4" Symbol Group Name Sand Gravels Clean Gravels Cu>4 and 1 < Cc< 3 GW Well ed vd coarse........ ....... ..No.4 to No.10 More than Less than 5% < e Poorly graded gravel medium... ...... No 10 to No.40 50%of fines' Cu 4 and/or 1 >Cc> 3 GP F Coarse- coarse Gravels with Pines classify as MI or MH GM Silty vet t.u.H fine.. No.40 to No.200 Grained 6=60a Fines Silt_.... .......... ..No.200 to.005 mm Soils retained on More than 1256 Fines classify as CL or CH GC Clayey gravel Clay - • .. .. less than 005 mm FqH More than No.4 sieve fines° Relative Density of Cohesionless 50% Sands Clean Sands Cu i 6 and 1 < <3 SW Well ed sand Soils retained 50%or Less than 590 _on No. more of fines n Cu 0 to 4 BPF< 6 and/or 1 >Cc> 3 E SP Poorly graded sand' very loose_ ... 200 sieve coarse Sands with Fines classify as ML or MH SM Siltysando.Kiloose...., .......... .. .. ..... 5 to 10 BPF fraction Fines medium dense....... ........1 I to 30 BPF passes No.4 More than 12% Fines classify as CL or CH SC Clayey sand q rL t dense............ ......_. 31 to 50 BPF sieve fines° very dense,... .......... over 50 BPF Fine- Silts and PI> 7 and plots on or above CL Ll K LM Consistency of Cohesive Soils Grained Clays Inorganic A"Ime I.clay very soft........... ............ 0 l0 1 BPF Soils Liquid Limit PI <4 or lots below"A"line ML Sill Liquid limit-oven dried <0.75 OL Organic clay �R" •.. 2 to 3 BPF 5090 or less than 50 Organic �,K L M,N tattler soft.............. K L nLo ....4 LO 5 BPF more Liquid limit-not dried Organic silt medium........ ...... ..6 to 8 BPF p�the Silts and Inorganic PI lots on or above"A"line CH Fat cl rather stiff... ... 9 to 12 BPF No 200 Clays g PI plots below"A"line MH Elastic silt Liquid limit stiff............................ _13 to 16 BPF sievc qu Liquid limit-oven dried<0.75 --i cl .......17 to 30 BPF 50 or more Organic Liquid limit-not dried OH anic silt(('"•Q Very stuff................. Primarily organic matter,dark in color,and organic hard - ... ..over 30 BPF Highly Organic Soils odor I PT Peat Moisture Content(MC) Based on the material passing the 3"(75 min)sieve, If fines are organic,add"with organic fines"to Description ° if field sample contained cobbles or boulders,or both, group name. rather dry MC less than 5%,absence of add"with cobbles or boulders,or both"to group name ' If soil contains>_ lPi,gravel,add"with gravel" moisture,dusty ' Gravels with 5 to 12%fines require dual symbols to group name. moist MC below optimum,but no GW-GM well-graded gravel with silt ' If Atterberg limits plot in hatched area,soil is n visible ware[ GW-GC well-graded gravel with clay CL-ML,silty clay. GP-GM poorly graded gravel with silt K wet MC over optimum,visible If soil contains 15 to 2996 plus No.200,add GP-GC poorly graded gravel with clay "with sand"or"with gravel",whichever is free water,typically below D Sands with 5 to 12%fines require dual boll eq � sym predominant water table SW-SC well-graded sand with clay L If soil contains>-30-6 plus No.200 saturated Clay soils were MC over SP-SM poorly graded sand with silt M predominantly sand,add"sandy"to group name optimum SP-SC poorly graded sand with clay If soil contains>30%plus No.200 r Cu= Dee/Dto predominantly gravel,add"gravelly"to group Cc= (Dro)z/(Dio x D5ot name. If soil contains> 15%sand,add"with sand"to group H P1>-4 and plots on or above"A"line. F name, F PI<4 or plots below"A"line. Drilling Notes If fines classify as CL-ML,use dual symbol GC-GM or Q PI plots on or above"A"line. Standard penetration test borings were advanced ° SC-SM. PI plots below"A"line. r by 3/."or 4/."ID hollow-stem augers,unless W noted otherwise.Standard penetration test Far elaseifica7/ (?.10 �e rained soils borings are designated by the prefix"ST"(split a ne 9rga caar•se ,/ tube).Hand auger borings were advanced soils: H eo manually with a 2 to 3"diameter auger to the o. Epuaf loo of k `�� depths indicated. Hand auger borings are x Writantol atL-25.5, �� indicated b the r " us then PI—Q7 � e Y prefix"HA. z EQudtion t L Sampling. p Yerf(td!tlt L =7 � � p� g. All samples were taken with the > then PIA 0.9 �� G standard 2"OD split-tube sampler,except where t- noted. TW indicates thin-walled tube sample. F y/ 1 CS indicates California tube sample. 1 zo BPF. Numbers indicate blows r foot recorded tz 'Z �VB �H OFi in standard penetration test,also known as"N" IQ- value. The sampler was set 6"into undisturbed - No, ML«�OL soil below the hollow-stem auger. Driving s resistances were then counted for second and °0 IQ is 20 30 40 SO 60 70 so so too It( third 6"increments and added to get BPF. L IOUID LIMIT ILL) Where they differed significantly,they were M4 pi-erdry Wwt separated by backslash(/). In very dense/hard strata,the depth driven in 50 blows is indicated- Laboratory Tests WH- WH indicates the sampler penetrated soil DD Dry density,pcf OC Organic content,% under weight of hammer and rods alone;driving WD Wet density,pcf P200 %passing 200 sieve not required. LL Liquid limit PL Plastic limit PI Plasticity index MC Natural moisture content,% Note. All tests were run in general accordance qu Unconfined compressive strength,psf with applicable ASTM standards. tip Pocket penetrometer strength,tsf AWAWW jr, erAh, GEOtits TECHNICAL 2611 Gabel Road P.O. Box80190 LOG OF BORING Billings,MT 59108-0190 Phone:406.652.3930 Fax:406.652.3944 PROJECT: 07-2295 BORING: ST-1 P GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION LOCATION: Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion See attached sketch Bozeman,Montana DRILLED BY: J.Falcon METHOD: 3 1/4"HSA,Automatic DATE: 5/29/07 SCALE: V=4' Elev. Depth Symbol Description of Materials BPF WL qp* Remarks 4609.2 0.0 ORGANIC CLAY with SAND,low plasticity,trace OL I i roots and Gravel,dark brown to black,wet,medium 6 MC=22.0% 607.7 1. 1 1 To soil 606.7 2. LEAN CLAY with SAND,low to medium plasticity, vs MC=22.2% trace roots dark brownn,wet rrather soft. �AlluviumZ POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with SILT and SAND,fine-to coarse-grained,light brown,moist, dense to very dense. (Alluvium) GP - 33 MC=2.3% GM 80 MC=3.6% 600.7 8. POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with CLAY and SAND,slightly plastic to low plasticity,brown to ° dark brown,moist to waterbearing at 12.9`,dense to 41 MC=5.2/° very dense. (Alluvium) 52 V MC=5.8% 35 MC=11.1% *gp-pocket penetrometer estimate of unconfined compressive strength, GP tons per square foot. GC 75 MC=7.8% An open triangle in the water level(WL) column indicates the depth at which groundwater was first 0 observed while drilling. N 0 44 MC=10.8% g Ground surface Z elevations at the Z borings ed by 5 Mom n Maase,Inc. n'. 4580.2 29.0 CLAYEY SAND with GRAVEL low to medium a Sc MC=1&9% 578 7 plasticity,tan,waterbearing,very dense. (Tertiary 82 ** m Sediments the ground. , Z END OF BORING 30'deep piezometer a Water down 12.9'with 14'of hollow-stem a er** installed in boring. 07-2295 ST-1 P page 1 of 1 SKW� L 2611 Gabel Road P.O.Box 80190 LOG OF BORING Billings, . 6 652.3930 Phone;406,652.3930 Fax: 406:652.3944 PROJECT: 07-2295 BORING: ST-2 GEOTECHMCAL EVALUATION LOCATION: Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion See attached sketch. Bozeman,Montana DRILLED BY: J.Falcon METHOD: 3 1/4"HSA,Automatic DATE: 5/30/07 SCALE: 1"=4' Elev. Depth Symbol Description of Materials BPF WL qp Remarks 4607.3 0.0 4606.3 1.0 OL I I ORGANIC LAY withSAND, ow p astictty, ac mo medium soil 3/3 LEAN CLAY,medium plasticity,trace roots,dark CL brown,moist,medium (Alluvium) 4604.3 3.0 ___ 7 1 i4 POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with SILT and SAND,fine-to coarse-grained,trace Cobbles,brown, moist to waterbearing at 13.2',very dense. (Alluvium) 50-P 50-6" GP GM - 50 50 593.8 13. _ SZ POORLY GRt�DED GRAVEL with CLAY and - SAND,slightly plastic to low plasticity,trace Cobbles,dark brown,waterbearing,dense to very 19 dense. (Alluvium) 34 GP GC - -trace lenses of saturated lean clay below 24'. so s", r F_ Z Z Z 3 a N 577.8 29. 0 4577.0 GC CLAYEY GRAVEL with SAND,low to medium 42/50- : plasticity,light brown,waterbearing,very dense. Water down 13.2 W (TertiarySediments) with 14 of hollow-stem a END OF BORING* auger in the ground 07-2295 ST-2 page I of 1 irrl� C* GEOTECHNICAIL P.0 Gabel Road P.O. Box 80190 LOG • F BORING Fillings,MT 59108 011O Phone: 406 652 3930 Fax:406:652:3944 PROJECT: 07-2295 BORING: $T-3 GEOTECIINICAL EVALUATION LOCATION: Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion See attached sketch. Bozeman,Montana DRILLED BY: J.Falcon METHOD: 3 1/4"HSA,Automatic DATE: 5/30/07 SCALE: 1"=4' Elev. Depth Symbol Description of Materials BPF WL qp Remarks 4605.7 0.0 ORGANIC CLAY with SAND,low to medium OL plasticity,black,moist,rather stiff. (Topsoil) 10 MC=16.7% II 603.7 2.0 4603.2 2.5 LEAN CLAY,medium plasticity,trace Gravel 4/6 1 MC=18.8% �v_olcanic particles)brownz1nq sL._CAlluvium)_ _ POORLY GRADED GRAVEL widiSILT and SAND,fine-to coarse-grained,trace Cobbles,grayish brown,moist,dense to very dense. (Alluvium) 30i50- ° MC=4.2% GP - 59 MC=3.8% GM _ -trace Clay below 9'. 36 MC=7.0% 28/50 " MC=5.8% 4592.2 13. __ Q POORLY GRADCD GRAVEL widh CLAY and SAND,fine-to coarse-grained,slightly plastic,trace Cobbles,dark brown,waterbearing at 13.5',medium 1216 MC= 10.9% dense to very dense. (Alluvium) 65 MC=8.3% GP GC 5114", ct z z 5 0. 577.7 28.0 0. ED SC CLAYEY SAND with GRAVEL,fine-to N 4576.4 29. coarse-grained,low plasticity,trace Cobbles,tan, sow", t S v dense. (TertiarySediments MC=17.8% o END OF BORING Water down 13.5'with 14'of hollow-stem auger in the ' z ground. o. d 07-2295 ST-3 page 1 of 1 6EOT�CHIVICAL 2611 Gabel Road P.O.Box 80190 �illings,MT 5910E 0190 LOG OF BORING Phone:406.6523930 Fax:406.652:39" PROJECT: 07-2295 BORING: $T-4P GEOTECHMCAL EVALUATION LOCATION: Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion See attached sketch. Bozeman,Montana DRILLED BY: J.Falcon METHOD: 3 1/4"HSA,Automatic DATE: 6/4/07 SCALE: 1"=4' Elev. Depth Symbol Description of Materials BPF WL qp Remarks 4605.4 0.0 FILL: Clayey Gravel with Sand,low plasticity, 4603.9 1. brown,moist,medium dense. 28 OL i I ORGANIC CLAY with SAND,low plasticity,dark 4602.9 2. brown moist lather stiff. fTo soil1 __ Eno POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with SILT and SAND,fine-to coarse-grained,trace Cobbles,grayish brown,rather dry to moist,very dense. (Alluvium) 86 GP GM 84 48 4594.4 11.0 SANDY LEAN CLAY,low plasticity,trace-Gravel, CL brown,wet,rather stiff. (Alluvium) 4592.4 13.0 _ __ POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with CLAY and- SAND,fine-to coarse-grained,slightly plastic to low plasticity,trace Cobbles,dark brown,waterbearing at 13.6',medium dense to very dense. (Alluvium) 24 50-5", ct GP GC a 0 42 c� z z Z 3 Ix c� *Water down 13.6' 0 4575.4 30.0 with 14'of hollow-stern o CL 34/17 3% auger in the ground. 3r 74.9 30.5 SANDY LEAN CLAY,low to medium plasticity, 30'deep piezometer w Alight brown,moist,v stiff. (Tertiary Sediments installed in boring. Z END OF BORING* a. 07-2295 ST-4P page 1 of 1 AM&, ,jKGEOTECHNICAL 2611 Gabel Road P.°.Box 80190 LOG O F BORING Billings,MT 59108-0190 Phone: 406652.3930 Fax:406:652.3944 PROJECT: 07-2295 BORING: $T-5 GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION LOCATION: Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion See attached sketch. Bozeman,Montana DRILLED BY: J.Falcon METHOD: 3 1/4"HSA,Automatic DATE: 5/31/07 SCALE: V=4' Elev. Depth Symbol Description of Materials BPF WL qp Remarks 4605.2 0.0 4604.2 1.0 OL I I ORGANIC LAY withSAND, ow plasticity,trace roots,—dark brown,moistzrather soft ST000il1---./ 2/5 CL LEAN CLAY with SAND,low plasticity,trace salts 602.7 2. and pinholes,light olive brown,rather dry,rather stiff to very stiff. Alluvium 10/11 POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with SILT and SAND,fine-to coarse-grained,trace Cobbles,gray, rather dry to waterbearing at 11.4',rather dense to 44 5 dense. (Alluvium) GP 83 GM WP 41 Q 37 591.7 13. POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with CLAY and SAND,fuse-to coarse-grained,slightly plastic,dark brown,waterbearing,medium dense to very dense. 16 (Alluvium) 28 GP GC 0. -trace Cobbles below 24'. 50-6" 0 z z z 576.7 28. N CLAYEY SAND with GRAVEL,fine-to o Sc coarse-grained,low plasticity,tan and pink, 00 74.7 waterbearing,very dense. (Tertiary Sediments) 69 W END OF BORING a Water down 11.4'with 14'of hollow-stem auger* o *. n the ffound. 07-2295 ST-5 page 1 of 1 SKZEi 2611 Gabel Road P.O. Box 80190 gs,MT 59108 0190 LOG OF BORING Phone: 406.6523930 Fax: 406.652:3944 PROJECT: 07-2295 BORING: ST-6 GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION LOCATION: Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion See attached sketch. Bozeman,Montana DRILLED BY: J.Falcon METHOD: 3 1/4"HSA,Automatic DATE: 5/31/07 SCALE: 1"=4' Elev. Depth Symbol Description of Materials BPF WL qp Remarks 4607.4 0.0 OL I I ORGANIC CLAY w> SAND, ow plasticity,trace 4606.4 1.0 roots,dark brown�moistLsoft ffoEs24)___ 1/6 LEAN CLAY with SAND,low plasticity,trace salts CL and pinholes,light brown,rather dry,rather stiff to 4604.4 3.0 stiff. Alluvium 16 POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with SILT and SAND,fine-to coarse-grained,trace Cobbles,gray, 10 rather dry,very dense. (Alluvium) 86 GP GM 54 4596.9 __ 56 SILTY SAND with GRAVEL,slighty SC plastic,grayish brown,moist,medium dense. SM 94.9 12. (Alluvium) SANDY LEAN CLAY,Iow plasticity,dark brown, 9/6 Y' 4593.4 14.0 CL wet,medium (Alluvium) _ _ _ CLAYEY GRAVEL with SAND,fine-to—————— coarse-grained,low plasticity,dark brown, 25 V GC waterbearing at 15',medium dense. (Alluvium) 45RQ 9- 17. __ POORLY GRADED GRAVEL witi�CLAY and SAND,slightly plastic to low plasticity,dark brown, waterbearing,dense to very dense. (Alluvium) 44 GP GC 0 c _ 0 70 c� 0 Z 4580.4 27.0 - g CLAYEY GRAVEL with SAND,low to medium plasticity,fine-to coarse-grained,tan,waterbearing, GC very dense. (Tertiary Sediments) N O 4576.9 56 W END OF BORING Z Water down 15'with 14'of hollow-stem auger* a 07-2295 ST-6 page 1 of 1 A0N1wW jr, ..&A,. GEOTECHNICAL 2611 Gabel Road P.O.Box 80190tin '� LOG OF BORING Billings,MT 59108-0190 Phone:406.652.3930 Fax:406.652.3944 PROJECT: 07-2295 BORING: ST-7 GEOTECHMCAL EVALUATION LOCATION: Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion See attached sketch. Bozeman,Montana DRILLED BY: J.Falcon METHOD: 3 1/4"HSA,Automatic DATE: 6/4/07 SCALE: V=4' Elev. Depth Symbol Description of Materials BPF WL qp Remarks 4609.5 0.0 ORGANIC CLAY with AND,low to m um OL I I plasticity,some roots,dark brown and black,moist, 7 4607.5 2.0 medium to soft. (Topsoil) 4607.0 2.5 L SANDY LEAN CLAY,low plasticity,trace roots, `broww luu j lnz v. 1t _ m-----------_POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with SILT and SAND,fine-to coarse-grained,trace Cobbles,gray to dark gray,rather dry to moist,rather dense to dense. 93 (Alluvium) GP GM 69 -trace Clay below 9'. 46 4597.5 12.0 __ LEAN CLAY,medium plasticity,olive brown,wet to 7/3 y CL waterbearing at 13.8',medium (Alluvium) 4595.5 14.0 SZ PO ---ORLY----------------------- GRADED GRAVEL with CLAY and SAND,slightly plastic to low plasticity,dark brown, 1 sn waterbearing,medium dense to very dense. (Alluvium) GP GC 50-3", t 4587.0 22. SILTY CLAYEY SAND with GRAVEL,fine-to coarse-grained,slightly plastic,brown,waterbearing, SC medium dense. (Alluvium) SM � 15 4583.5 26.0 __ __ Z POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with CLAY and SAND,slightly plastic to low plasticity,dark brown, 5 GP waterbearing,dense. (Alluvium) a GC c� "i m �3 4580.0 29. GC CLAYEY GRAVEL with SAND,low plasticity,tan, 90 g 4579.0 waterbearing-very dense. (Tertiary Sediments W END OF BORING aWater down 13.8'with 14'of hollow-stem auger* 07-2295 ST-7 page 1 of 1 SKS� L, 2611 Gabel Road P.O9108-0190 LOG OF BORING Billings,MT 59108-0190 Phone:406.652.3930 Fax: 406.652.3944 PROJECT: 07-2295 BORING: ST-8 GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION LOCATION: Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion See attached sketch. Bozeman,Montana DRILLED BY: J.Falcon METHOD: 3 1/4"HSA,Automatic DATE: 6/5/07 SCALE: 1"=4' Elev. Depth Symbol Description of Materials BPF WL qp Remarks 4610.6 0.0 I ORGANIC CLAY withSAND, ow p asticlty, ac 1.0 �L moil medium. o soil 1 3/6 4+ MC=19.2% -----�-p—�----- 608.6 2.0 CL LEAN CLAY with SAND,low to medium plasticity, dark browt�moistL rather stiff. (Allu_vinm�_____ ° 607.6 3.0 CL SANDY LEAN CLAY,low plasticity,trce salts and ° MC=12.6/° LL=32,PL=23,PI=9 pinholes,dark olive brown,rather dry,rather stiff. Alluvium POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with SILT and J MC=2.2% SAND,fine-to coarse-grained,trace Cobbles,light 57 gray to dark gray,rather dry to moist,very dense. GP (Alluvium) GM 56 MC=5.9% 78 MC=2.6% 11.0 POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with CLAY and __ SAND,slightly plastic to low plasticity,dark brown, moist to waterbearing at 13.8',very dense to dense. 77 MC=6.1% (Alluvium) 62 MC=9.7% 90 MC=7.2% GP GC 0 m 0 32 Lt z z C7 - 5 a' 0 4580.1 30.5 64 MC=10.7% END OF BORING oWater down 13.8'with 14'of hollow-stem auger* 07-2295 ST-8 page I of 1 .►0010661 GEOTECHNICAL, 2611 Gabel Road P.O.Box 80190 LOG OF BORING Billings,MT 59108 0190 Phone:406 652 3930 Fax:406:652:3944 PROJECT: 07-2295 BORING: ST-9P GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION LOCATION: Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion See attached sketch. Bozeman,Montana DRILLED BY: J.Falcon METHOD: 3 1/4"HSA,Automatic DATE: 6/5/07 SCALE: 1"=4' Elev. Depth Symbol Description of Materials BPF WL qp Remarks 4609.9 0.0 4608.9 1.0 OL i I ORGANIC CLAY wi SAND, ow tom um L plasticity,some roots,black,moist,rather soft. 2/5 4608.4 1.5 (-TqP—Soi1Z____ ►. LEAN CLAY with SAND,low to medium plasticity, CL !dark b_ro mois lather stiff Alluvium 13 4+ ----- ---�-- j 4606.4 3. SANDY LEAN CLAY,low plasticity,trace roots and I pinholes,light olive brown,rather dry,rather stiff. ► HA iyium�-------------------J POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with SILT and 56 SAND,fine-to coarse-grained,trace Cobbles,light gray to dark gray,rather dry to moist,very dense to dense. (Alluvium) so-s^ 50 48 -waterbearing at 13.81. GP 65 GM 50-2 t 0 c 17 0 c� Z Z Z ip g 4582.4 27. _ __ POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with CLAY and SAND,fine-to coarse-grained,slightly plastic,dark GC r 4580.5 29. brown,waterbearing,medium dense. (Alluvium) sas^,E et END OF BORING Water down 13.8'with 14'of hollow-stem auger in the W ground IL 30'deep piezometer installed in boring. 07-2295 ST-9P page 1 of I AM&,404 _ G '��EOTECHNICAL 2611 Gabel Road P.O. 0190 LOG OF BORING ! Billings,MT 59108-108-0190 Phone:406.652.3930 Fax:406.652.3944 PROJECT: 07-2295 BORING: STA OP GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION LOCATION: Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion See attached sketch. Bozeman,Montana DRILLED BY: J.Falcon METHOD: 3 1/4"HSA,Automatic DATE: 5/31/07 SCALE: 1"=4' Elev. Depth Symbol Description of Materials BPF WL qp I Remarks 4605.5 0.0 ORGANICAY withSAND,medium p ashcity, 4604.0 1. GL i i trace roots,dark brown and black,moist,medium 7 MC=20.4% 4603.0 2. CL LEAN CLAY with SAND,low plasticity,dace roots) MC=10.7% CL salts,and pinholes,light olive brown,rather dry,very 10/20 4602.0 3. 1 stiff Alluvium I 1 SANDY LEAN CLAY with GRAVEL,low plasticity, 1 trace roots,dark olive brown,rather dry,very stiff. I 1 Alluvium I so s MC=5.8% POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with SILT and SAND,fine-to coarse-grained,trace Cobbles,gray to GP dark brown,rather dry to waterbearing at 107,very GM dense to dense. (Alluvium) so�" MC=3.7% 54 MC=3.1% 94.5 11.0 _ SZ POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with CLAY and — GP SAND,fine-to coarse-grained,slightly plastic,dark GC - brown,waterbearing,dense. (Alluvium) 44 MC=10.9% 4592.0 13. _ LEAN CLAY with GRAVEL,low plasticity,brown, waterbearing,very stiff. (Alluvium) zo o MC=18.6% CL LL=45,PL=18,PI=27 4588.5 17.0 SILTY CLAYEY SAND with GRAVEL,fine-to coarse-grained,slightly plastic,brown,waterbearing, medium dense. (Alluvium) SC SM 23 MC=10.1% 4583.0 22. _ POORLY GRADCD GRAVEL witE CLAY and — SAND,fine-to coarse-grained,slightly plastic to low Nplasticity,dark gray,waterbearing,very dense. GP (Alluvium) o GC 52 MC=12.7% Z z g 4578.0 27. CLAYEY SAND with GRAVEL,fine-to coarse-grained,low plasticity,tan and pink, N SC waterbearing,dense. (Tertiary Sediments) o° 4575.0 39 MC=13A% END OF BORING *in the ground. Z Water down 10.T with 12'of hollow-stem auger* 30'deep piezometer o installed in boring. 07-2295 ST-10P page 1 of 1 lar AA.&►I` 4ninGEOTECHNICAL 2611 Gabel Road 14 P.O.Box 80190 LOG OF BORING Billings,MT 59108 0190 Phone:406.652.3930 Fax:406.652.3944 PROJECT: 07-2295 BORING: ST-11 P GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION LOCATION: Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion See attached sketch. Bozeman,Montana DRILLED BY: J.Falcon METHOD: 3 1/4"HSA,Automatic DATE: 6/1/07 SCALE: V=4' Elev. Depth Symbol Description of Materials BPF WL 9P Remarks 4607.5 0.0 4606.5 1.0 OL I ORGANIC CLAY withSAND, ow to medium A second boring was plasticity,trace roots and Gravel,dark brown,moist, vg perfonned 10'west of gather soft_(`To�soil _______________! staked location due to LEAN CLAY with SAND,low plasticity,trace roots auger refusal at 10' CL and pinholes,light olive brown,rather dry,stiff. I5 4603.5 4.0 (Alluvium) ___ POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with SILT and SAND,fine-to coarse-grained,trace Cobbles,light 62 gray to gray,rather dry to rather moist,very dense. - (Alluvium) GP - 50-6° GM 4596.5 11.0 __ POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with CLAY and SAND,fine-to coarse-grained,low plasticity,dark brown,waterbearing,dense to very dense. (Alluvium) 35 67 GP 3 GC 0 0 is N ~ 34 0 zz 3 a c� 4578.5 29.0 '�. CLA T EY SAND with GRAVEL,low plasticity,nne- 4577.0 SC `" to coarse-grained,tan and brown,waterbearing,dense. 39 *in the ground. erti Sediments !� z END OF BORING 30'deep piezometer Water down 13.1'with 14'of hollow-stem auger* installed in boring. 07-2295 ST-11P page 1 of t SKS� Ph., 2611 Gabel Road P.O.Box80190 LOG OF BORING BillingMT 59108-0190 e: 406.652.3930 Fax:406.652.3944 PROJECT: 07-2295 BORING: ST-12P GEOTECHMCAL EVALUATION LOCATION: Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion See attached sketch. Bozeman,Montana DRILLED BY: J.Falcon METHOD: 3 1/4"HSA,Automatic DATE: 6/5/07 SCALE: 1"=4' Elev. Depth Symbol Description of Materials BPF WL qp Remarks 4609.E 0.0 i.;i; FILL: Organic Clay with Sand,low plasticity,trace Gravel,moist,rather soft to stiff. 2n 607.6 2.0 _ PILL: Organic Clay mixed with Lean Clay,low 8i10 4+ plasticity,trace Gravel,dark brown and olive brown, rather moist,medium dense to loose. 13 4602.1 7. CLAYEY SAND with GRAVEL,low plasticity,olive sno i 600.E 9.0 Sc brown,moist,medium dense. (Alluvium) CL SANDY LEAN CLAY with GRAVELTow, plasticity, 4599.6 10.0 olive hrown,_wejmedium_Alluvium)_ _ -/ 3/2 h POORLY GRADED SAND,fine-to coarse-grained, SP brown,moist,very loose. (Alluvium) 597.6 12.0 _ __ __ GP POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with SILT and _ 30 GM - SAND,slightly plastic,trace Cobbles,wet to 595.6 14.0 waterbearing at 13.6`,very dense. (Alluvium) SZ POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with and SAND,slightly plastic,trace Cobbles,waterbearing, 66 very dense. (Alluvium) GP GC -some Boulders below 19'. 50-6" 4586.1 23. END OF BORING-Auger Refirsal Water down 13.6'with 14'of hollow-stem auger in the ground. 30'deep piezometer installed in boring. 0 i Z 3 a' c� 0 0 0 >J } Z Z' a 0 07-2295 ST-12P page 1 of 1 7t N El - ---------- -,.L7� � �� _ it r t 1 33 WO ra st. I 1 GEOTECHNICAL 2611 Gabel Raad P,o. 0190 LOG O F B O R p N G '.�- Bil4ngs,MT 591010 8-0190 Phorte:406 652.3930 Fax:406.652.3944 PROTECT: 07-2295 BORING: STA 3 GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION LOCATION: Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion See attached sketch. Bozeman,Montana j DRILLED BY_ C.Lmsen METHOD: 3 1/4"HSA,Antovlatic DATE: 8/I4/08 SCALE: 1"=4' f Elev. Depth Symbol Description of Materials BPF WI_ qp Remarks 149.4 0.0 1 t 2"topsoil over ORGANIC LEAN CLAY,low ! I plasticity,trace roots,brown,moist,rather stiff to 16 + very stiff, (Alluvium) ! I ! I 12 3h QI II rw I 1 12 3% II I42 9 6_ 1 POORLYRA'DED GRAVEL with CLAY,fine-to coarse-grained,low plasticity,brown,moist to 29 C3p _ waterbeanng,very dense. (Alluvium) GC Saar 1389 );ND OF BORING-Auger Refusal Waterbearing soils observed at a depth of'9'while drilling Water not observed to dry cave-in depth of 5 1 2' i immediately after withdrawal of auger, i Ii 0 Z 7_ C7 )F}3F} 0. r O 1r iPl N O ii b K a m 07 2295 ST 13 pae 1 of 1 f i I SKZ�,31� 2611 Gabel Road P.a.a0190LOG OF BORING G7tgs,MT 59108-0190 Phone:406,652.3930 Fax:406.652.3944 PROJECI': 07-2295 BORING: ST-14 GEOTECIMCAL EVALUATION LOCATION: WastewaterTreatment Plant Expansion See attached sketch. Bo>zmAn Montana i DRILLED BY: C.Larsen MEIHOD 3 1/4"BSA,Automatic DATE: 8/14/08 SCALE: I"=4' Elev. Depth Symbol Description of Materials BPF WL qp Remarks 148.3 0.0 9"topsoil over ORGANIC LEAN CLAY,low t t plasticity,trace roots,brawn,moist,medium to stiff. 15 4+ I it (Alluvium) Ill 9 r 4+ II `� 6 3 142-3 60 J L w plasticity,Iight brown,moist,++ medium. (Alluvium) CI 6 1% 139.3 9..0 _ __ rW POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with SAND and CLAY,fine-to coarse-grained,low plasticity, 30 brown,moist to waterbeming,very stiff (Alluvium) GP GC 17 132.8 15. 30 END OF B ' G k Water down 11 1/T with 14'of hollow-stem auger in the ground, Water not observed to dry cave-in depth of'9 1/2' j immediately after withdrawal of auger. I} t E i i is 0 L a a � 0 S a io C7 0 m 07-2295 ST44 P'-2F 1 of 1 A&A GEOTECHNZCAL 2611 Gabel Road P.0.Box 8019D LOG OF BORING s� Sittings,Mr59108-0190 Phone:406 652.31330 Fax:405.652.3944 PROJECT: 07-2295 -- '^ BORING: ST-15 GEOTECHNICAL ATI LOCATION, Wastewater Pl n , See attached sketch_ E Bozeman, D. Ivlorit y' DRILLED BY: C.Larsan i f :, 3 1/4"MA,Automatic DATE- 8/14/O8 SCALE: 1"=4' Elev, Depth Symbol Description of Materials BPF JWL qp Remarks 1 147.9 0.0 ' t 4"topsoi over ORGANIC LEAN CLAY,low t 1 1 plasticity,trace roots,brawn,moist,medium to very 30 4+ t t stiff, (Alluvium) 14 4+ QL t1 ,lt Iw I 1 -P tense of'GraveI. [1 1 14 2 I tl II 141.4 6. I1111 _ LEAN CLAY,low plasticity,li t bro gh wn,moist,_ rather soft. (Alluvium) 4 1% CL Tw 1384 9. ' POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with SAND and 2s CLAY,fine-to coarse-grained,low plasticity, brown,moist to wateibearing,medium dense to I dense. (Alluvium) GP - GC 48 132.4 15 __ 10 END OF BORING Water down 12'with 14'ofhollow-stem auger in the ground. Water not observed to dry cave-in depth of 8' immediately after-withdrawal of auger. 13 P_ O j C7 13 I' a 1 n , 0.CL c7 07-2295 ST-15 page 1 of I i L 26n Gabel Road SKZn.,. gsl P.o.Box 0190LOG OF BORING NfT 59108-0190 Phone:406 6523930 Fax:406.6S2.3944 PROJECT: 07-2295 BORING: ST-16 GEOTECEMCAL EVALUA - ! LOCATION: 'Wastewater Treatment P) an n X See attached sketch. I Bozeman,Mont,= 14 DRILLED BY: C Larsrn OD: "TTSA,Autamatic DATE: 8/13/08 SCALE: 1"=4' t Elev. Depth Symbol \ Deiscription of Materials BPF IWLIp Remarks 149.4 0.0 t t 3"topsoil over ORGANIC LEAN CLAY,low to medium plasticity,trace roots,brown,moist,rather 22 4+ 1 t stiff to very stiff. (Alluvium) or, ! 9 f tl ! 1 I 44.9 4. _ POORLY GRADED G1VEL wig SAND and 34 j CLAY,fine to coarse-grained,low plasticity, brown,moist to waterbearing,medium dense to very dense (Alluvium) ss GP fi 4 GC et 3s t f 133 9 15-T 15 END OF BORING Water down 12'with 14'of hollow-stem auger in the ground Water not observed to wet cave-in depth of 12' immediately after withdrawal of auger. 1 f I a 0 c'. c? a a a a 0 m 07 2295 ST-16 page 1 of I t ! YSEOTECHPIICAL 2611 Gebet Road P.O.Bax-0190 LOG OF BORING Billings,MT 59108 0190 Phone:406.652 3930 Fax:406.652.3944 PROTECr: 07-7295 BORING: ST-17 GEOTECIMCAL EVAJ UXITON LOCATION: Wastewater I' meant Sion See attached sketch Bozeman,D4�af�i . DRILLED BY: C.Laken :"3 1/4"HSA,Automatic DATE: 8/13/08 SCALE: 1"=4' � Elev. I Depth Symbol Description of Materials BPF JWLJ qp Remarks 149.4 0.0 I i 6"topsoil over ORGANIC LEAN CLA ,Iowto medium plasticity,trace roots,brown,moist,father IS 4{ OL I I stiff to stiff. (Alluvium) ! II 1 1 11 4+ 145 9 3 I I _ POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with SA1�D and g CLAY,fine-to coarse-pained,low plasticity, brown,moist to waterbearing,medium dense to very 56 dense (Alluvium) t 45 M. GP at GC 44 Zb Q 31 ^ 133.9_ 15T 22 END OF BORING Water down 12'with 14`of hollow-stem auger in the ground i Water not observed to wet cave-in depth of$ IIT immediately after withdrawal of auger. f a a n n 5 O m 1� a O 3 io tl z 0 m 07-2295 ST 17 pap I of I ozQo GEOTECHMICAL 2611 Gabel Road P.o.Box 80190 LOG OF B O R U !\f G Brnngs,MT 59108-0190 Phone_406.652 3930 Fax:406.652.3944 PROTECT: 07-2295 BORING: $T-18 GEOTECHNICAL EVALiIA�I0 LOCATION: Wastewater Treatmen I�rrt$jansion See attached sketch. Bozeman,Mo* f! DRILLED BY: C.Larsen TH 3 1/4"HSA,Automatic DAIS: 8/14/08 SCALE: 1"=4' I Elev Depth Symbol Description of Materials BPF WL. qp Remarks f 148:7 0.0 1 2"topsoil over ORGANIC AN CLAY,low plasticity,trace roots,brown,moist,rather stiff to 24 4+ OL very stiff. (Alluvium) I457 30 9 4+ [� POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with SAND and f CLAY,fine-to coarse-grained,low plasticity, brown,moist to waterbewing,dense to very dense. (Alluvium) 42 83 GP GC ` 51 S 33 133.2 15T 41 END OF BORING - Water down I P with 14'of'hollow-stem auger in the ground. Water not observed to dry cave-in depth of I immediately after withdrawal of auger, i a 5 a' CS d (4 1 m O Q= 07 2295 ST 18 pace 1 of t Project: Bozeman Waste Water Treatme Sketch Date: August 1, 20D7 Project Number: 07-2295 GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR SHC NOTE: These figures are based on the assumption th Shoring Existing Grade Existing Structure Excavation Proposed per OSHA VWYrP Proposed f Guidelines Excavation �rP ' Structure Sidewall Structure H 2 fId L H Underpin existing Foundatton Figure 1.Suitable excavation adjacent to existing sM underpinning of existing structure sketch. Notes: A suitable excavation next to existing foundatiDi avation and underpinning of existing foundation is down at a slope of 2:1 (horizontal:vertical),orfln the bottom of excavation is within the 1:1 slope outside edge of existing footings to the excavatedge of existing footing. underpinning to be designed by a qualified or structural engineer. ng and underpinning to be determined by contractor id specifications). No Scale § \ k / w w k E ° LO 0 k § ƒb � � CO k ■ § $ w e 2 ^ a. < < 0k & kn CD § ESE w � « 0 0q \ ' a. f 3 / cc2 q $ & LO O 0 o to o LO o q ) md®Q / q CL \ � 2k ° p i o ■ ° oc � e § 2 2 J / � % k 2 [ \2 7 k � 2 R = 2 a2 kf 2G @ ± 2 e � DZ ® � § 22 ■ k6E � k R �% _0 C=0 4.0 m � cc 0 § R o q) a $ § - k \ k eL - e 22 = _ ° © _ © � 2 § o q o n � \ \ \ � \ \ \ � ) md®Q c 0 o N O Lo m N X W Q c m H w o0 0 0 O CA O O N Q Ln a c .� in m m 2 N L � is �- INA O d .O E 01 N EN O O. mN N 0 v- Lm O ❑ N lL O N c0 N O ❑ d r O O Lo O Lo O Lfy r- N N (4) yldaa O 0 LO N L U_ G N o 0 o CD m U C 'a O ❑ C •� a CO a = 4 d ID N x > Lo O O. N C m Q m N a r Q Q .- d 0 p W � a r o w � > m t+ N I :3 W N Q U N d U , W m C) N A c>TQ � v �', ` N Q N IL fl. d O .:� C > C O V 0 ++ 7 a.. 'a ft1 OC fD d 0 yew .�' O Co y 0 3 L C U Ln •�'' d 3 Y r.+ O 0 w d) M co 3 O di 'D N U N L O j N j O .�. N .L 0 .0 O UcnL W .c � y rn O to O Lo O Lo (:}) y}daa r 1� 1 SKZAo September 2,2008 Project 07-2295 Mr. Craig E.Brawner,PE Morrison-Maierle,Inc. Via E-Mail: cbrawner@m-m.net Dear Mr.Brawner: i Re: Addendum 1,Geotechnical Evaluation,Administration Building,Proposed Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion,Bozeman,Montana t We have completed Addendum 1 to the geotechnical evaluation for the above-referenced site in accordance with our Standard Agreement with your firm dated May 21,2007. E I The purpose of the additional geotechnical evaluation was to evaluate which type of shallow foundation system should be used for the administration building. We also performed two additional soil borings for informational purposes only. 1 Background I� 1 Twelve soil borings were performed for the original geotechnical evaluation and the results were presented in our geotechnical report dated January 28,2008. The soil borings generally encountered a soil profile consisting of 1 to 2 feet of organic clay soil underlain by lean clay alluvium to depths ranging j from 2 1/2 to 4 feet. Beneath the lean clay,the borings generally encountered coarse-grained alluvial deposits consisting of poorly graded gravel. The geotechnical report contained recommendations for deeper structures,shallow heavy structures,and i shallow light structures. The primary difference between recommendations for the two types of shallow structures is that for heavier structures,it was our opinion subexcavation/replacement of the on-site lean clay should be performed,while light structures could be supported directly on the lean clay alluvium. The administration building was placed under the category of shallow,relatively heavy structures with continuous wall loads of 4 1/2 kips per foot and column loads of 80 kips. Results Four additional soil borings were performed to evaluate the soil conditions near the administration building. Furthermore,two soil borings were performed for informational purposes only. The locations of these borings are shown on the attached Boring Location Sketch. The soil borings performed for the administration building encountered two different soil profiles. Borings ST-14 and ST-15,performed at the northern building corners,encountered a soil profile I BILLINEiS zeii" �be�siaad W Wi - s k g e o t e c h n i c a l. c o m "assouLA f P.O.Box 0 A 4041 hrppoorll DcWe P,O-Box I6123 Billings,MT 59108-0190 Missoula,MTS9808-6123 F 408.852.3944 L P 406.652.39 L-P 406.721.3391 F 406.721.6233 i i Morrison-Maierle,Inc. September 2,2008 Project 07-2295 Page 2 f 1 consisting of organic lean clay to depths ranging from 6 to 6 1/2 feet underlain by inorganic Iean clay to depths ranging from 9 to 9 1/2 feet. Poorly graded gravel with sand was encountered at depths ranging from 9 to 9 1/2 feet and continued to the borings'termination depths of 15 1/2 feet. Borings ST-13 and ST-16,performed at the southern building corners, encountered a soil profile consisting of organic lean clay to depths ranging from 4 1/2 to 6 1/2 feet and was underlain by poorly graded gravel with sand to the i boring's termination depth of 10 1/2 feet in Boring ST-13 and 15 1/2 feet in Boring ST-16. Laboratory test results for tests performed on the inorganic lean clay alluvium encountered in Borings ST-14 and j ST-15 can be found on the attached Log of Boring sheets. Analysis and Recommendations It is our opinion the organic lean clay encountered in all of the borings and the inorganic lean clay encountered in Borings ST-14 and ST-15 is unsuitable for support of foundations and floor slabs. The organic lean clays can decompose and consolidate,causing excessive settlement. The inorganic lean clay (encountered only on the northern half of the building)is rather sofa,and if left in place,will result in a high risk of differential settlement across the building. For these reasons, we recommend all organic and inorganic clay be subexcavated and replaced from beneath the administration building. The geotechnical recommendations for the administration building, as addressed in our original geotechnical report dated January 28,2008,should be followed. f General Thank you for using SK Geotechnical. If you have any questions regarding this report,or require our services during the construction phase of this project,please contact us at(406)652-3930. Sincerely, �RI,VAW_ 1 Brett M.Warren,EI Staff Engineer P rofessipilaLCg reification I he / 1-this report was prepared under my upervisidd am-)inc-Jhat I am a duly Licensed Professional of the State of Montana. t $E Pririu teal Engineer License er 10798PE September 2,2008 Attachments: Boring Location Sketch Descriptive Terminology Log of Boring Sheets ST-13 through ST-18 Consolidation/Swell Tests(2) en .7�i w.w. a � I f v w i J � i a 1F o WW 1 14 CA cc UAo 03 � � � a" r r of • :L s r F4 i t! H `l yY .t . SKM�gDescriptive Terminology Standard D 2487 Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes Particle Size Identification Boulders...............................over 12" _ -LI (Unified Soil Classification System) Cobbles.................................. to 12" 3"Grave! i Soil Classification coarse............................. ..3/4"to 3" Criteria for Assigning Group Symbols and Group Names Using Laboratory Tests^ Group a fine..................................No.4 to 3/4" Symbol Group Name Sand Gravels Clean Gravels Cu>_4 and I <C <3 GIN Well grad ed vci coarse.........................No.4 to No.10 I More than Less than 5% e Poorly graded gravel medium...................No,10 to No.40 50%of fines° Cu<4 end'or 1 > > 3 GP F fine..................... .No.40 to No.200 Coarse- coarse Gravels with Fines classify as ML or MH GM Silty gravel ' Silt-.......................No.200 t0.005 tm1 Grained &action Fines Soils retained on Moro then 12% Fines classify as CL or CH GC Clayey gravel r.o,ne Clay ........................less than.005 mm Morn than No.4 sieve fines c Relative Density of Cohesionless 50% Sands Clean Sands Cu? 6 and I <_Cc<3 SW Well graded sand Soils retained Sore or Leas than 5% Cu <6 and/or 1 >Cc>3 e SP Poorly graded sand' very loose.......................... 0 to 4 BPF on No. more of finesloose...................................5 to 10 BPF 200 sieve coarse Sands with Fines Bassi fy es ML or MH SM Sil sand medium dense..................1 I to 30 BPF fract on Fines n K I dense................................31 to 50 BPF passes No.4 More than 12% Fines classify as CL or CH SC Clayey sand sieve fines o very dense........... ,.,_,.,.,,Over 50 BPF Pi>7 and plots On Or above x�N Consistency of Cohesive Soils Fine- Silts and r CL Lean clay Inorganic "A"line very soft.............................0 to 1 BPF Grained Clays PI<4 of plots below"A"Ti-no' ML Silt soft.......................................2 to 3 BPF Soils Liquid Limit Limaid limit-oven dried < 0.75 OL O a2_d�K't"M'" rather soft.............................4 to 5 BPF r more less than 50 Organic Liquid dried anicnit'Z,"K0 Ji more q Organic medium ........................6 to 8 BPF pa,�the Silts and Inorganic PI lots on or above"A"line CH Fat d rather stiff..........................9 to 12 BPF No,200 Clays PI lots below"A"line "I Elastic sr3 stiff.. 13 to 16 BPF sieve Liquid limit Liouid limit-oven dried<0.75 a d" .. .. ......., Organic OH t,w.o very stiff..........................17 to 30 BPF 1(j 50 or more Liquid Iimit-not dried Or enic silt hard...................................over 30 BPF Hi Organic Soils Primerily organic rntt B cr,Balk in color,and organic �. Pest Highly odor Moisture Content(MC) Based on the material pasting tho 3"(75 mm)sieve. If fines am organic,add"with organic fines"to Description a If field sample contained cobbles or boulders,or both, group name. rather dry MC less than 5%,absence of add"with cobbles or boulders,or both"to group name. t If soil contains> 150o gravel,add"with gravel" moisture,dusty c Gravels with 5 to 12%finas require dual symbols to group name. moist MC below optimum,but no GW-GM well-graded gravel with silt If Atterbetglimits plot inhatchcd area,sod is a visible water j G W-GC well-graded gravel with clay K CL-ML,silty clay. wet MC over optimum,visible GP-GM poorly graded gravel with silt If soil contains 15 to 29%plus No.200,add free typically below GP-GC poorly graded water, ded gravel with clay "with sand"or"with gravel",whichever is t'P y ° Sands with 5 to 12%fines require dual symbols. predominant. water table SW-SC well-graded send with clay t If soil contans>3090 plus No,200 saturated Clay soils were MC over SP-SM poorly graded sand with silt predominantly sand add"sandy"to group ncorc, optimum SP-SC poorly graded sand with clay If soil contains>- 30%plus No.200 a Cu_ Do/DI, predominantly grovel,add"gravelly"to group 1 Cc= (D,,Y/(Din x D, aamc. I if soil contains> 15%sand,add"with sand"to group " PI>4 and plots on or above"A"line. r name ° PI<4 or plots below"A"line. Drilling Notes if fires classify as CL-ML,use dual synnbol GC-GM or P PI plots on or above"A"line. Standard penetration test borings were advanced ° SC-SM. ° PI plots below"A"line. by 3%"or 4'/a"ID hollow-stem augers,unless noted otherwise.Standard penetration test 60 borings are designated by the prefix"ST"(split For eeosrlircotren c tree- arced sorts tube).Hand auger borings were advanced e largrrs roan coarse 1 It It manually with a 2 to 3"diameter auger to the { H SO a Eqwt ion or'e-I,". depths indicated. Hand auger borings are X lrrizootol of PI-4 to LL-25.5, Sw y�� indicated by the prefix"HA." La than PI-0.731LL-201 p t z .O Equotm,ot'U'-Itne Sampling. All samples were taken with the vtrt PI 091Lt-es at LL=Ito he PI" f�anP7 ,�� CJ� standard 2"OD split-tube sampler,except where r F r so noted. TW indicates thin-walled tube sample. Yi� CS indicates California tube sample. a 20 10,11 °A MH 0 BPF.Numbers indicate blows per foot recorded G�dt penetration value. The was set 6"into undisturbed ° soil below the hollow-stem auger. Driving M L«+O L resistances were then counted for second and 4 °o to ns zo so .o eo co 70 ao s° Ioo ice third 6"increments and added to get BPF. L IOUID LIMIT 4_0 Where they differed significantly,they were .w, P--,c— separated by backslash(0, In very dense/hard C strata,the depth driven in 50 blows is indicated. Laboratory Tests WIL WH indicates the sampler penetrated soil DD Dry density,pcf OC Organic content,% under weight of hammer and rods alone;driving WD Wet density,pcf Ptao %passing 200 sieve not required. LL Liquid limit PL Plastic limit it PI Plasticity index MC Natural moisture content,% Notes All tests were run in general accordance I qu Unconfined compressive strength,psf - with applicable ASTM standards. qp Pocket penetrometer strength,tsf SK� TECHiVICAL 2611 Gabel Road j P. O.Box 80190 LOG OF BORING i Billings,MT 59108-0190 Phone:406.652.3930 i Fax:406.652.3944 i PROJECT: 07-2295 BORING: $T-13 GEOTECWUCAL EVALUATION LOCATION: Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion See attached sketch. Bozeman,Montana DRILLED BY: C.Larsen -METHOD: 3 1/4 ILSA Automatic DATE: 8/14/08 SCALE: Elev. Depth Symbol Description of Materials BPF WL qp Remarks ! 149.4 0.0 I I 2"topsoil over ORGANIC LEAN CLAY,low I plasticity,trace roots,dark brown,moist,rather stiff to 16 4+ MC=15.5% very stiff. (Alluvium) II II 12 3% MC=26.1% OL i II TV Il I I 12 Mf MC=21.1% II 142.9 6. _ _ POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with CLAY,fine-to coarse-grained,low plasticity,brown,moist to 29 MC-7.7% i GP _" waterbearing,very dense. (Alluvium) GC 50-4^ 138.9 j END OF BORING-Auger Refusal i Waterbearing soils observed at a depth of 9'while drilling. Water not observed to dry cave-in depth of 5 1/2' immediately after withdrawal of auger. G f C- I c� 8 z 5 'a c? N Q a m O Z K O m 07-2295 ST-13 page 1 of I E I Z�KGEOTECHNICAL 2611 Gabel Road it Ilk NqjjW P.O.Box 0190 LOG OF BORING Billings,MT 59108-0190 Phone:406.652.3930 Fax:406.652.39" r PROJECT: 07-2295 BORING: ST-14 GEOTECM'i1CAL EVALUATION LOCATION: Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion See attached sketch. ! Bozeman,Montana DRILLED BY: C.Larsen METHOD: 3 1/4"HSA,Automatic DATE: 8/14/08 SCALE: 1"=4' f Elev. Depth Symbol Description of Materials BPF WL yp Remarks It 148.3 0.0 I I "torso over ORGANIC LEAN CLAY, ow plasticity,trace roots,dark brown,moist,medium to 15 4+ MC=16.0% stiff (Alluvium) II I I 9 4+ MC=25.8% OL II II 11 ' I 1 6 3 MC=26.9% 142.3 6.0 1 I Tw LL=38,PL=20,PI=18 LEAN CLAY,medium plasticity,light brown,moist, medium (Alluvium) CL 6 1i= MC=29.9% 139.3 9.0 __ Tw POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with SAND and CLAY,fine-to coarse-grained,low plasticity,brown, 30 MC=9.8% moist to waterbearing,very stiff: (Alluvium) SZ GP GC WP 17 MC=14.9% !� 132.8 15. 30 MC=11.2% END OF BORING Water down 11 1/2'with 14'of hollow-stem auger in the ground. Water not observed to dry cave-in depth of 9 1/2' immediately after withdrawal of auger. z z z ca 4 n a m 07-2295 ST-14 page 1 of 1 I i i E . 1 GEOTECH�ICAL 26P.11 GabB .el Road Billings,MT 80190 59108 0190 LOG OF BORING Phone416.652.3930 Fax:406.652.3944 PROJECT: 07-2295 BORING: ST-15 i GEOTECffiNICAL EVALUATION LOCATION: I Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion See attached sketch E Bozeman,Montana DRILLED BY: C.Larsen METHOD: 3 1/4"HSA,Automatic DATE: 8/14/08 SCALE: 1"=4' Elev. Depth Symbol Description of Materials BPF WL qp Reams j 147.9 0.0 411 topsoil over ORG7MC=CL , ow plasticity,trace roots,dark brown,moist,medium to 30 4+ MC=15.1% very stiff. (Alluvium) li II I 10 4+ MC=20.8% OL II If TW 1 i -1' ense of Gravel. 1 I 14 2 MC=17.4% Il 141.4 6. LEAN to FAT CLAY,medium to high plasticity,light j CL brown,moist,rather soft. (Alluvium) 4 1 MC=29.3% { CH 138.4 9. TW LL=49,PL=19,PI=30 POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with SAND and 28 MC=13.0% CLAY,fine-to coarse-grained,low plasticity,brown, moist to waterbearing,medium dense to dense. -GP (Alluvium) SZ GC _ 48 MC—15.3% 132.4 15.7 10 END OF BORING i Water down 12'with 14'of hollow-stem auger in the ground. Water not observed to dry cave-in depth of 8' irrimediately after withdrawal of auger. T f U m � Z 2 5 'a O Q a m z a 0 m 07-2295 ST-15 page 1 of 1 I t GEOTECHi�1ICAL 2611 Gabel Road f P.O.Boxa0190 0190 LOG OG OF BORING elllings,hfT 59108- Phone:406.652.3930 Fax:406.652.3944 PROJECT: 07-2295 BORING: $TA 6 j GEOTECEMCAL EVALUATION LOCATION: Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion See attached sketch. Bozeman,Montana I f t 1 DRILLED BY: C.Larsen METHOD: 3 1/4"HSA,Automatic DATE: 8/13/08 SCALE: 1"=4' Elev. Depth Symbol Description of Materials BPF WL qp Remarks I49A 0.0 top7U over ORGANIC LEAN CLAY, ow to medium plasticity,trace roots,brown,moist,rather 22 a+ MC=16.2% r l stiff to very stiff. (Alluvium) OL I I 9 MC=25.0% rl II � 44.9 4. _ _ POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with SAND and CLAY,fine-to coarse-grained,low plasticity,brown, 34 MC=5.6% , - moist to waterbearing,medium dense to very dense. (Alluvium) 55 MC=4.8% GP GC 61 MC=8.6% Q _ 35 MC=15.6% i 133.9 15. 15 END OF BORING Water down 1/2'with 14`of hollow-stem auger in the ground Water not observed to wet cave-in depth of IT immediately after withdrawal of auger. k� t a> l r t a i z g 'a vi a. 0 m z � k 0 [m 07-2295 ST-16 page 1 of 1 }I 1 i oC�Do S i GEOTECHNICAL 2611 Gabe(Road P.O.Box 80190 LOG ® � � o � i � o BIII(ngs,MT 59108-0190 Phone:406.652.3930 Fax:406.652.3944 PROJECT: 07-2295 BORING: ST-17 GEOTECFINICAL EVALUATION LOCATION: Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion See attached sketch. Bozeman,Montana DRILLED BY: C.Larsen METHOD: 3 1/4"HSA,Automatic DATE: 8/13/08 SCALE: 1"=4' Elev. Depth Symbol Description of Materials BPF WL qp Remarks 149.4 0.0 6"topsoil over ORGANIC LEAN CLAY,low to I I medium plasticity,trace roots,brown,moist,rather 15 4+ OL stiff to stiff. (Alluvium) II I I 11 4+ I 145.9 3. I I _ f POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with SAND and CLAY,fide-to coarse-grained,low plasticity,brown, } moist to waterbearing,medium dense to very dense. 56 1 (Alluvium) _ I 45 . f GP s GC 44 SZ 31 !� 133.9 15. 22 END OF BORING Water down 12'with 14'of hollow-stem auger in the ground. Water not observed to wet cave-in depth of 8 1/2' immediately after withdrawal of auger. 0 zz 1 s a N Q 3 a m O z K O m 07-2295 ST-17 page 1 of 1 I►r1L i I S GEOTECHNICAL 2611 Gabel Road I P.O.Box H0190 LOG OF BORING Billings,MT 59108-0190 Phone:406.652.3930 Fax:406.652.3944 PROJECT: 07-2295 BORING: ST-9 8 GEOTECBMCAL EVALUATION LOCATION: Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion See attached sketch. Bozeman,Montana I DRILLED BY: C.Larsm METHOD: 3 1/4"HSA,Automatic DATE: 8/14/08 SCALE: 1"=4' Elev. Depth Symbol Description of Materials BPF WL qp Remarks 148,7 0.0 2"topsoil over ORGANIC LEAN CLAY, ow plasticity,trace roots,brown,moist,rather stiff to very 24 4+ OL i stiff. (Alluvium) 145.7 3.0 I I 9 4+ I POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with SAND and I CLAY,fine-to coarse-grained,Iow plasticity,brown, j - moist to waterbearing,dense to very dense. I (Alluvium) 42 83 GP GC 51 33 i 133.2 15T 41 END OF BORING Water down I P with 14'of hollow-stem auger in the 1 ground. Water not observed to dry cave-in depth of 10' immediately after withdrawal of auger. I o i 0 z Z 5 � 'a QC?+ O E 3 E a m z z a O m 07-2295 ST-18 page 1 of 1 I 0.0 l 0.5 - 1.0 r i I I 1.5 i 2.0 -- 2.5 i I i 3.0 'p rn 3.5 4.0 - 4.5 i 5.0 5.5 6.0 — 6.5 10 100 1000 10000 Stress,psf Initial Dry Initial Moisture Density(pcfl Content(%) Boring No: ST-14 Depth: 5'/2'to 6'W 97.5 24.6 Sampled By. Drill Crew Date Received: 08/18/2008 Soil Description. LEAN CLAY,medium plasticity,light brown,moist (CL) 9/2/08 Consofidation/Swell Test KZ"Blllings, 2611 Gabel Road Project Number: 07-2295 P.0.Box 80190 Wastewater'Treatment Plant Expansion MT 59106-0190 Bozeman,Montana Phone: 406.652.3930 t Fax: 406.652.3944 1 1 1 1 I 0 i 1 t i 2 3 ; I I 4 - M 5 6 7 8 9 i I 10 f 11 10 100 1000 10000 Stress,psf Initial Dry Initial Moisture Density(Fcfl Content(%) Boring No: ST-15 Depth: 8'to 9' 87.7 34.1 i Sampled By. Drill Crew Date Received: 08/18/2008 Soil Description: LEAN to FAT CLAY,medium to high plasticity,light brown, moist. (CUCI) 9/2/08 Consolidation/Swell Test Project Number: 07-2295 GEOTECHP9ICAL 2611 Gabel Road Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion P.0.Box 80190 Billings,MT 59108-0190 Bozeman,Montana Phone: 406.652.3930 Fax: 406.652.3944 IFDR ,,�MORwsat City of Bozeman Water Reclamation Facility • Phase 1 Improvements Project I I i Appendix J. Groundwater Monitoring Study Prepared by: Pat Eller,Brian Wainright Reviewed by: James R.Nickelson Date: August 31,2007 1 J.1. Introduction The Bozeman Water Reclamation Facility(WRI)is located just northwest of Bozeman Montana within the SW1/4 NE1/4 Section 26 T1S R5E.PIease see vicinity map (Appendix J-A,Figure 1). The project area lies just west of the main facility.There were 12 exploratory boreholes,six piezometers and one test well (Appendix J-A,Figure 2) constructed on-site. I The boreholes and piezometers were constructed prior to installation of the test well. M Aquifer testing consisted of pretest monitoring,a stepped rate test,a constant rate test and post test monitoring.Aquifer properties for the project area were defined based on analysis of the test data. J.2. Site Exploration An array of 12 boreholes was drilled by SK Geotechnical between May 29,2007 and June 6, 2007 using a hollow-stem auger.Each borehole was logged by SK personnel and detailed report will be produced by SK as to their findings. In summary,bore logs indicate an average total thickness of quaternary gravels and overburden in the project area to be approximately 29 FI'underlain by Tertiary aged clay to claybound gravels. Static water levels were encountered between 10.7 and 15 FT below ground surface.The saturated thickness of the j quaternary aquifer ranges from 14 to 18.3 FT across the project area.Stringers of clay, clay bound sand and clay bound gravel lenses were identified in some of the boreholes. J.3. Piezometers Two-IN diameter piezometers were installed to a depth of approximately 30 FT by SK Geotechnical in six of the 12 boreholes (P-1,P-4,P-9,P-10,P-11 and P-12).Each was monitored prior to,during and after aquifer testing by Morrison-Maierle to identify any recession or regression trends,aquifer response to test pumping,recovery response and to identify post test trends. Pretest monitoring data for well P-9 was analyzed and a potentiometric surface was plotted to determine groundwater flow direction and gradient. In general the direction of flow was N 52°E with a gradient of 0.0174 FT/FT (see Appendix Bozeman WRF Phase 1 Improvements Project Page J-1 Appendix J.Groundwater Monitoring Study MMAIFR�E.►c i J-A,Figure 2).Screened intervals for the piezometers were not available at the time this report was submitted.The piezometers will continue to be monitored for ground water elevation on a monthly basis. JA Test Well Completion Aquifer Test Well No. 1 AT-1 was completed on June 7 2007 b Ha Drilling. The q � ) P J � y gym' g i well was drilled using the dual rotary method by a Foremost DR-24 air-rotary drill. Six- INwell casing was turned to a total depth of 36 FT.The casing was then pulled back to a depth of 31 FT— 6 IN and backfilled with washed rock to the bottom of casing.A 5.5 FT 0.035 slot stainless steel continuously wrapped screen was then installed on a tailpipe and the casing was pulled up to expose the screen.The screen is exposed across the 23.5 FT to 29 FT interval;a copy of the well log is located in Appendix J-B.Well Development consisted of approximately four hours of air lifting and two hours of pumping prior to the stepped rate test. J.S. Aq uifer Testing A brief step test was initiated on June 11,2007,which consisted of seven steps beginning at 5 gallons per minute(gpm) and ending at 35 gpm.A constant rate test at 30 gpm was begun on June 12,2007 at 11:10 and ended on June 13,2007 at 10:33.For each test,discharge was measured using a Blue-White industries pitot type flow meter.Water was discharged approximately 50 FT southeast of the test well during the step test and was carried via 700 FT of 3-IN fire hose to a small creek west of the project area during the constant rate test. Pretest monitoring consisted of static water level(swl) measurements in each piezometer on June 7 and June 8,2007. In-Situ Inc.'s Level Troll 700-30 psi probes were installed in two piezometers on June 8h'in wells P-9 and P-4 to assist in pretest data gathering.It was noted during pretest monitoring that the facility's dewatering system was interfering with well P-4. The system pumped water for approximately 45 minutes on 90 minute intervals.The probe was removed and placed in P-10 prior to the step test in order to acquire data without the rhythmic scatter from the dewatering system. Observation well response during the stepped rate test was monitored using probes installed in both P-9 and P-10. Observation data gathering during the constant rate test was performed by manual measurements in piezometers P1,P4,P11,and P12 using an electronic tape. Observations i were measured and recorded in P-9 and P-10 with IN-SITU LEVELTROLL pressure f transducers.Manual measurements were made as possible by two technicians for the first two hours of testing(approximately every 4 to 5 minutes),then at increasingly greater intervals until the pump was turned off. Recovery measurements were taken on ten minute intervals for the first 50 minutes then periodically throughout the post test monitoring.All manual water level measurements are listed in Appendix D,Table 1. Post test monitoring consisted of continued manual measurements on June 13 and June 15, 2007 and via probes installed in wells P-9 and P-10 through the morning of June 15,2007. Bozeman WRF Phase 1 Improvements Project Page J-2 _: i a` Appendix J.Groundwater Monitoring Study r k J.6. Aquifer Constants j Aquifer constants were calculated in the pumped well(AT1), and in piezometers P9,P10, and P12.The response in wells P-1 and P-4 was overprinted by the dewatering system at the Bozeman Water Reclamation Facility rendering the data not amenable to solution for aquifer constants.The data was corrected for both the natural groundwater recession of 0.088 ft/day and for dewatering of the aquifer(performed automatically by AQTESOLV).The pumped well data was also corrected for well losses determined using the Hantush- Biershenk(1963) solution.Test data was analyzed to estimate aquifer properties using the aquifer test software AQTESOLV.AQTESOLV analyses are contained in Appendix C. Aquifer properties are summarized in Table J-1below. Table J-1.Aquifer Properties Saturated Hydraulic Transmissivity Storage Thickness Conductivity FTz/min Coefficient FT ft/min = AT1 6.06 13.75 0.441 P9 6.568 0.018 15.10 0.435 P10 10.460 0.005 16.00 0.654 f P12 10.32 0.002 15.00 0.688 Average 8.35 0.008 14.96 0.56 Saturated thickness of 15 FT is estimated due to auger refusal at 23.5 feet below ground surface. J.6.1. Corrections to Data Sets !I Corrections of the data set included a correction for the natural recession rate of the aquifer during testing.This rate was determined from both pre-and post-test monitoring in well P9. i Figure J-1 demonstrates the recession rate of the water table. f I I f Bozeman WRF Phase 1 Improvements Project Page J-3 ' MOM" Appendix J. Groundwater Monitoring StudyK i i 14 - — I 142 } � f 2 14.4 i I m _ Rate of Recession=0.OaS f1/day r o. 14.6 • Water Level i o Rate of Groundwater Recession r i} 14.8 I I • i i 15 U7107 M07 6/11107 6/13/07 6115107 6/17107 Figure J-1.Hydrograph of Well P9 J.6.2. Negative Boundary Response All solutions were fit to data prior to 200 minutes of testing.This was due to the negative boundary response at approximately 200 minutes after pumping began.The negative boundary response began around 200 minutes and is indicated by the doubling of slope of the data in well P10 (Figure J-2) and the departure of the data from the Theis type curve as shown on the AQTESOLV figures in Appendix J-C.This negative boundary is likely when 1 the cone of depression intercepted the underdraln system at the Bozeman VIU,although it could also be showing interception of an area of lower transmissivity. Bozeman WRF Phase 1 Improvements Project Page J-4 I FDRMORR150N Appendix J. Groundwater Monitoring Study stu M.4�1aE.e� I r 0.25 i 0.2 0.15 i Doubling of slope indicative of i c ' negative boundary condition O IS 01 i ` � 4 0.05 • f • ! i 0 1 10 100 1000 Elapsed Time minutes Figure J-2.Semi-logarithmic Plot of Observation Data in Well P-10 J.7. Conclusion Groundwater at the site is flowing mainly through the quaternary gravel which is 25 FT thick on average.The saturated material is 16 FT on average and begins at approximately 13 feet below ground surface.The aquifer materials in this area are highly transmissive averaging j 8.79 ft2/day. Groundwater flows in a general north-northeast direction as calculated using i on-site data.This is likely a localized flow direction as both USGS studies Hackett(1960) and Slagel(1995)indicate groundwater flowing to the north-northwest in this area.This localized flow direction may be due to the underdrain system for the current Bozeman WRF. I l f Bozeman WRF Phase 1 Improvements Project Page J-5 fa` Appendix J.Groundwater Monitoring Study , ►� J.8. References ' Bierschenk, W.H., 1963, Determining well efficiency by multiple step-drawdown tests, Intern.Assoc.Sci.,Hydrol. Pub. 64,pp.493-507. I Duffield,G.M.,2006,AQTESOLV for Windows version 4 user's guide, HydroSOLVE, Inc.,Reston,VA. Hackett, O.M.,Visher,F.N.,McMurtrey,R. G.,and Steinhilber,W.L., 1960. Geology and , ground water resources of the Gallatin Valley, Gallatin County,Montana:U.S. Geological Survey Water-Supply Paper1482,282 p. II Hantush,M.S, 1964,Hydraulics of wells;In: V.T. Chow (editor),Advances in hydroscience, Academic Press,New York and London,v. I,pp.281-432. Slagle,Steven E., 1995, Geohydrologic Conditions and Land Use in the Gallatin Valley, Southwestern Montana, 1992-1993:U.S. Geological Survey Water Resources Investigations Report 95-4034. Theis, C.V., 1935,The relation between the Iowering of the piezometric surface and the rate and duration of discharge of a well using groundwater storage: Trans. Amex. Geophys,Union,v. 16,pp. 519-524. J.9. Appendices Appendix A • Figure 1: Vicinity Map • Figure 2: Site Plan 1 Appendix B • Well Logs Appendix C • AQTESOLV solutions f Appendix D • Manual Water Level Measurements AMA Bozeman WRF Phase 1 Improvements Project Page J-6 -` Appendix I Groundwater Monitoring Study �6hiAMIZw- I Appendix J-A f I • I Bmeman Witf Phase 1 Improvements Project ®rm WON AWN NOW �i o l i ,,lidd 11�1►1R �.�+ ���"\.�� ►�.y".�€ ���7 �"s'.,'�-era j I- I��:r.2'tet��-Y"is"�, i�b �+'� us l'f'3 �� ►@f�k �Cl'd s �IeCb�Il�� .tre..{::,- "FtSy fa r�> >„� -r;s\1.� s �i.. ,t•;,� �IIi"• ������i �'� i. ri z sJ"}'�t� `:a�:' S +� i:.s tfit ,Z �'x'ise?.zsd��l�s�l�i1"S� wig; i an2007 6i�: �•������ 4 � '.- /" l t 1-.m:'�.+•R�x; � '�R ] a4'i16��?R��lti�� s'� � { u•f� ;6 ' • s r;• � e{k �' ,t.,;' .pa.Ct•'•ra�� s. r< ice/ � �I�. .. Wo e t i {F PallMIN •re ..Sr i s� � . ,.��;L� ��c it 1 �� �1�.}sy�.• -i�' � ' 'BSc'"'j'N �j(�`, i J''a - -a ..•... 'i i • • i � I F { II t III Appendix J.Groundwater Monitoring Study I Appendix J-B � i t I f gwi man WRF Phase h Improvements Project Montana's Ground-Water Information Center(GWIL)I Site Report I V.11.2007 Page 1 of I r MONTANA WELL LOG REPORT OtherOptions This well I09 reports rts the activities of a licensed Montana well driller servers as the offidial record of I P1sttShl;t.alts_Qtialoannraohjc� work donswithin the borehole and casing,anddesorbes the amount of water encountered.This ' report%complied electronically from tha contents of the Ground-Water Information Center(GWIC) database for this site.Acquiring water rights is the well owner's responsibility and is NOT accomplished by the filing of this report, Slte Name.-CITY OF BOZEMAN WASTEWATER TREATMENT Section 7:Well Test Data PLANT GWIC Id:236559 Total Depth:30.5 Static.Water Level:12 Section 1:Well.Owner Water Temperature: Owner game CITY OF BOZEMAN WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT Alr Test' Mailing Address. 25 gpm with dn11 stem set at.25 feet for 1 hours. P.0:BOX 1230 Time of recovery 1.hours. City State Yip Code Recovery water level 12 feet. BOZEMAN MT 59771 Pumping water level_foot. I Section 2:Location Township Range seetion Quarter Sections During the well test the discharge rate shall be as uniform as cis 05E 26 SW'rA NEv, possible.This mte may or may not be the sustainableyleld of the well. County 6eocode Sustainable yield does not include the reservoir of the well casing. GALLATIN Section 8:Remarks Latitude Longitude Geomethod Datum K PACKER FROM 22 11'TO 23'7",WELL IS BY SHOP 45,722763 111.068713 TRS-TWN NAD27 Altitude Method Datum Ddte Section 9'Well Log Addition Brock Lot Geologic SourcaUnassigned From To 1130scription Section 3:Proposed Use of Water 4 3 TOPSOIL MONITORING(1) 3 14 OLEAN GRAVEL 14 �9 CLAW'GRAVEL Section 4:Type of Work 20 36 OLAY LENSE Drifling Method:ROTARY 30 3$CLAWGRAVEL Section 5:Well Completion Rate Date well completed:Thursday,June 07,=7 Section 8:Well Construction Details Borehole dimensions Frorti To Diameter 0 30,1i 6 _ Casfn Watt Pressure From o D1stnolgr� Thickness Rating Joint Type 24 6 0.25 WELDED A53a STEEL Dollar Certifloatfon 29 130.615 0.25 WELDED A5313 STEEL All work.padormod and reporter#in this well log is in compliance with t:nmolallon PerfiSq the Mordanawell construction standards.This report istrueto the best #of size,91 of my knoWiedga, From o Diamato openings Qpeoings Description .Name:KEVIN HAG�GERTY 23.5 2S& .035 SCREEN-CONTINUOUS-STEEL Company:KEVIN HAGGERTY DRILLING INC. Annul arSome SeallGrout/Pttdker) Licenses No.MWG94 Date Completed-sll/2Q07 Frod-ZOIBENTONITEN ToDasc4ip1loo 0 r httpa/mbmp-p-wic.rwech.edu/galservct/vll/r+eDort &iteSummm.asu?p-wir-id=23655g&a1=_encv=mbme&se.,. 7131/2007 � 1 FalAppendixJ.GroundwaterMonitor(ng Study f I I Appendix J-C P i I Omeman WRF Phase 7 Improvements Project if Well AT1 Prepared By: Prepared For- Morrison-Mai erle, Inc. HBR Projea Location: f 21 05.050 Bozeman, Montana - 101 - - 1 ' f c 10 E - �— - I v 10Hill - T a - - - - 2 1 10 10� 10.1 10z 10s 104 Time (min) DataSdt: N1210W501Dacs\Wel1s\AQTESOLVIAT1.a t WELL DATA Date: 07/3i/07 Time: 1:3:48:09 Pumping Wells SOLUTION \Afelt Name - -- , X ft - Y t AT1 0 0 Aquifer Model: Unconfined Solution Method: T eis Observation Wells Well Name _ .t— .�-.� 1�� T =6.061 ft2/min. S =240.7 o AT1 —� I 0 0 KZ/Kr=0.001 b = 13.ft ■ i�� ORRISON-MAI RL llNtc. Well P9 i Prepared By, Prepared For: Morrison-Maierle, Inc. HDR Project: Location: 2105-050 Bozeman, Montana 101 - — _ ! w — - - Lill]E l - U {{ {{ � tl C 1 i N - - i -2 0 10 _ i0 101 10 101 102 10 104 Time(min) Data Set: N V105\0501Docs\We1lMQTESOLVIP9. WELL DATA Date: 07131/07 Time: 13:48:09 Pumping Wells SOLUTION Well Name X ft �' ft AT1— 0 0 fi Aquifer Model; Unce ned, Observation Wells Soluflon Method: Theis -- — j Well Name X 4ftl Y(ft} T =6.568 Amin S =0.01761 O P9 -- � 0 _123 Kz/14r 0,006078 6 = 15.1 ft JIMORWON-MMERMI., i Well P1 0 f Prepared By: Prepared For: Morrison-Malerle, Inc. HQH Project: Location: 21 a5.050 Bozeman, Montana j 100 - I I I I I I I 10' I Lim i L I o I I z i t 10 p I I I i- I I I � l i j I 10 a 10 10 10� 10 10 10� Time(min) Data Eat: N:\2105t0501Dot: \Welis\AQTESOLV\PIC.acit WELL DATA Date. 07/31/07 Time: 13.488.110 Purnplinqullells SOLUTION Well Name X ft Y ft Aquifer Mattel: Unconfined Observation Wells -- — - Solution Method: Theis pep T =10a46 Amin E =0.004955 110 P10 - 0 - 2-6 2 Kz/Kr=0.1.254 b =t 6-ft ORMSON-MAMMZINC. I i Well P12 I Prepared By: Prepared For: Morrison-Maierle, Inc. HDR I Project: Location: 2105.050 Bozeman, Montana 0 { r I i J� �. 10 _ - - E CO - - i5 I � 11 m 10 2 I �— _1- i I _ 1, _ a -- I l 1 103 � 10° 10 1 102 10� 1 a Time (min) Data Set: MAN 05\050\DocsNWells1AQTESQLV\Pt_2Tagt WELL DATA Date: 07/31/07 Time: 13,48:08 Pumping Wells SOLUTION [Well Name I X it Y tt I AT1 Q � 0 _- Aquffer Model: Unconfined Solution Method: Theis Well Name Observation Wells . Y ft T =10:32 ft'lmin S =0.001615 �°F}1? -- 0 383 - Kz/Kr=0.01480 b =15_ ft i AmoRmoN-MmEm,iNe. � b Appendix J.Groundwater Monitoring Study Appendix J-© { f (I ; f l Bozeman WRF Phase 1 Improvements Project i } f i 1 I a S r„,!_i inln Ifi � l 8 n wl lj La'!F ''�.e�n� (( 9k �^ N�1'I•.Ygl���'! �a^.,i�{y� y� }�.n.o} ry- I��o g' IR n ��" I°�I }h €ii -Figlb } ,� EIAIIItA , I II I � � � III � I � I � � il � r � � li ! � fi ► Itfl � � 8 d' � la? ?caiH .viol$ e9 '• i 70 5 a a'e a`a�5 o aid�'�af�la��iaiaE� a I-}Is 7,115 5 a a�5'a '' � � If �I ► j � � , lllfili fib_ —� � � I � IIE� � II 03 t N � PrRI.H El � A �� N?���� ft 9I����, ��� �;n}�:t}�a��}�}�s�•�3k���� Rik Q x� I- 't'+�H!- ••��jW; 'all-I�' 'W •RI �'a���}$ifein ' 1�¢ w .if 1• zil w.. b , (n lv,^Ie•e} Y+_IN vrl Z+�i i�+f G I k 4i l_ - 5 � k Bozeman Waste Water Reclamation Facility Water Level Monitoring June 2007 to June 2008 Table 1. Individual StaUc Water Level Measurements and C rrespondin lGroundwater Elevations Well ID AT1 P1 P4 P9 P10 P11 P12 1 SWL 760 14.55 14.94 14.40 11.34 13.00 13.38 'Iiop0 Groundwater Efevation 4595,78 4596.55 4592.30 4597.i9 4595.56 4596.17 4598,21 01 SWL 14.95 15.07 14.34 11.48 12.96 1125 6[�o Groundwater Elevation 4595.43 1 4592.17 4597.25 4595.42 4596,21 4598,34 01 SWL 15.14 15.66 15.22 14. 44 13.23 13.48 611512pp Groundwater Elevation 4595.24 4595.44 4592.02 4596.85 4595.94 4598.11 0� SWL 16.16 14.48 15.55 14.10 12.93 14.67 15.38 0 Groundwater Elevation 459422 4596.62 4591.69 4597.49 4593.97 4594.50 4596.21 SWL 16.39 16.68 15.57 16.45 13.25 15.00 15.72 2 Groundwater Elevat on 4593.99 4594.42 4591.67 4595.14 4593.65 4594.17 4595.87 0� SWL F4593,74 6.72 16.91 15,70 16.88j4593.34 .61 15.47 16.25 0 Groundwater Elevation3,66 4594.19 4591.54 4594.Ti29 4593.70 4595.34 0� SWL 6.64 16.81 15.66 16.8756 15.43 16.20 �p1g1ZO Groundwater Elevation 4694,29 4591.58 4594.72 4693.74 4595.39 01 SWL 16.59 16.79 15.61 16.68 13.45 15.34 16.05 0 1p[2g[2 Groundwater Elevation 4593.79 4594.31 4591.63 4594,91 4593.45 4593.83 4595.54 [ SWL 16.57 16.71 15.58 16.62 13.42 15.25 15.97 Groundwater Elevation 4593.81 4594.39 4591.66 4594.97 4593,48 4593.92 4595.62 0$ SWL 16.60 16.80 15.70 16.71 13,48 15.33 16.06 0 �[8[� Groundwater Elevation 4593.78 4594.30 4591,54 4594.88 4593.42 4593,84 4595.63 SWL 16.88 16.91 15,74 16.84 13.58 15.44 16.22 Op Z[6�� Groundwater Elevation 4593.50 4594,19 4591,50 4594,75 4593.32 4593.73 4595.37 0� SWL 16,10 16.49 15.50 16.13 12.91 14.74 15.41 0 Groundwater Elevation 4594.28 4594.61 4591.74 4595.46 4593,99 4594.43 4596.18 Oa SWL 16.09 16.38 15,40 16.05 L2.891 14.66 15.29 0 Groundwater Elevation 4594.29 4594.72 4591.84 4595.54 4594.01 4594.51 4596.30 0a SWL 15.58 16.11 15.26 15.51 12.28 14.02 14.64 �[1012p Groundwater Elevation 4594.60 4594.99 4591.98 4596.08 4594.62 4595.15 4598,95 0� SWL 14,45 15.12 14.91 11951 10.80 12.33 12.69 6[111�0 Groundwater Elevation 4595.93 4595.98 4592.33 4597,64 4596.10 4596.84 4598.90 Table 2. Surveyed Well Elevations Used to Calculate the Ground Water Elevation Reported in Table 1 Well ID AT1 P1 P4 P9 P10 P11 P12 Well Head Elevation TOG 4610.38 4611.10 4607.24 4611.59 4606.90 4609,17 4611.59 Ground Elevation 4608.02 4609,24 4605.41 4609.88 4605.49 4607.51 4609.58 CasingStIcku 2,36 1.86 1.83 1.71 1.41 1.66 2.01 SECTION 00301 BID FORD,.; PR0.1LCT 11)FNTIFICA]10N: BOZEMAN. MONTANA WATER RECLAMA 11(1\ I M 11.11 Y (WRF) ADMINISTRATION AND LAB BUILDING PROJECT BOZEMAN, NIONTANA CONTRACT IDENTIFICATION AND NUMBER: City of Bozeman Project No.:00...60746 THIS BID IS St B.NIITTED TO: HONORABLI: MAYOR AND('ITY COMNIISSION ATTN CITY CLERK CI"IFY OF BOZEMAN, MONTANA 121 NOR FfI ROUSE AVE. BOZEMAN, MONTANA 59715 ARTICLE 1 -CONTRACT 1.01 The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with OWNER in the form included in the Bidding Documents, to perform and furnish all Work as specified or indicated in the Bidding Documents for the prices and within the unites indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents Bidder will sign and submit the Agreement with the Bonds and other documents rcquned by the Bidding Requirements within fifteen (15) days after the date of OWNER's Notice of Award. ARTICLE 2 - BID TO REMAIN OPEN 2.01 Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, including without limitations those dealing with the disposition of Bid Security. The Bid will remain Subject to acceptance for ninety(90)days after the Bid opening, or for such longer period of time that Bidder may agree to in writing upon request of OWNER. ARTICLE 3-SUBMITTING THE BID 3.01 In submitting this Bid, Bidder represents. as set forth in the Agreement,that: A. Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Bidding DOCUmentS,other related data identified in the Bidding Documents, and the following Addenda, receipt of all which is hereby acknowledged. Addendunn No. Addendum Date -D B Bidder has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local and Site conditions that may affect cost. progress,and performance of the Work. ini 6()740 Bozeman wRF Admmisirmion and Lab Building 1110 2(109 03ol • I C. Bidder is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal. state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress and performance of the Work. D Bidder has carefully studied all. (I) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities). if any, which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions, and (2) reports and drawings of a Hazardous Environmental Condition, if any, which has been identified in the Stipplenuntary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.06 of the General Conditions E. Bidder has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for having done so) all additional or supplementary examinations, Investigations, explorations, tests, studies and data concerning conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the Site which may affect cost, progress, or performance of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder, or expressly required by the Bidding Documents to be employed by Bidder, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. F. Bidder does not consider that any further examinations, investigations, explorations,tests. studies, or data are necessary for the determination of this Bid for performance of the Work at the price(s) bid and within the times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents. G. Bidder is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by OWNER and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents. H. Bidder has correlated the information known to Bidder, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site. reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents. and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests. studies, and data with the Bidding Documents. I Bidder has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents, and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to Bidder. i The Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance of the Work for which this Bic] is submitted. 3.02 Bidder further represents that this Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any agreement or rules of any group. association, organization or corporation: Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid. Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual, firm, or entity to refrain from bidding; and Bidder has not sought by collusion to obtain for itself any advantage over any other Bidder or over OWNER. 3.03 The Bidder certifies that no official of the OWNER, ENGINEER or any member of such official's immediate family, has direct or indirect interest in the pecuniary profits or Contracts of the Bidder 1R]'I( LE 4-BID ITL•:N1 DIa( RI P f1ON A. This section, in general, describes the bid items included in the BID PROPOSAL. The description of Bid Items is provided for clarity purposes only. It is not intended to replace, supersede or preclude any information in the plans and specifications. Unless specified otherwise. all lump sum and unit price bid items %%ill be paid as a percentage of actual work complete Percent complete will be based on the schedule of values submitted by the Contractor and approved by the uti i+i'�i+ Buzcman NRF Adnimisitatun and Lah Building 11 IU 2oo9 00301 •2 engineer. The schedule of values will break down the lump sum and unit price bid items into discrete work activities beyond the breakdown shown on the Bid Form. The schedule of values must be submitted and approved by the Engineer before the Contractor can request a payment for work under this Contract. Descriptions of the project Bid Items are provided below: BID ITEM No . 1 - I_I NJP `1 N1 Jill): WNI1NIti"IRVHON AND LABORATORY BUILDING. 11 , ibor, materials, equipment and services, including state and local taxes and permits, to perform the work for the construction of the Administration and Lab Building Base Bid shall include the cost of furnishing and installing an Absorption Chiller and associated ancillary components. BID ALTERNATIVE A - LUMP SUM BID: SCROLL CHILLER. This lump sum additive or deduction Bid Item includes all labor. materials, equipment and services. including state and local taxes and permits for the net cost difference of furnishing a Scroll Chiller instead of an Absorption Chiller. C All specific cash allowances are included in the Total Bid Item prices set forth below and have been computed in accordance with paragraph 11.02 of the General Conditions. D Unit Prices have been computed in accordance with paragraph 1 1.03.13 of the General Conditions. The undersigned agrees that the unit prices shall govern in checking the Bid, and should a discrepancy exist in the Total Estimated Price and Total Amount of Unit Prices Bid as listed after extensions are checked and corrections made, if any, the Total Amount of Unit Prices Bid as corrected shall be used in awarding this Contract E The OWNER reserves the right to reject any or all bids. CITY OF BOZENIAN WRF ADMINISTATION AND LAB BUILDING 131D PROPOSAL SHEET 'File Bid for the following items shall be a lump sum bid for all construction work described in the Contract Documents The bid price shall Include all temporary or permanent equipment, materials, supplies, and labor necessary to construct the item in accordance with the Contract Documents. '['lie total lump sum price shall be broken down into the following items for the purpose of progress payments and for the information ofthe OWNER. I BID SCHEDULES All specific cash allowances are included in the prices set forth below and have been computed in accordance with the General Conditions. Included Montana Gross Receipts Tax in each Bid Item Bid Item Description Total Aniount No. 1 Administration and Laboratory Building 5 TOTAL BID ]TEPI No. 1 S Total Contact laid Price. including Montana Gross Receipts Tax and other state and local taxes Use Words) Alternate I Description Total Amount Bid Item tin 60740 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 1 1,10 2004 00301 -3 F— A Scroll Chiller(instead of Absorption Chiller) Add_ Deduct S TOTAL BID ITEM No. 1 S v� Total Contract Bid Price, Includingg Montana�G,r1oss Receipt> I and other state and local taxes `- urvG ,r`-MtOr� - 1 tl�,ut�t3f1 ��'rt—t� �1�L �VID c�U/ SOI t'1VAY ee� 13A�,1s M ��NARD The a\rard will be made by the Owner on the basis of that Bid fiom the lowest responsive, responsible Bidder\�high, in the Owncr's sole and absolute judgment, will best sere the interest of the O%vner. The low Bidder will be determined on the basis of Bid Item No. 1 and potentially the Alternate Bid Item if it is in the best interest of the Owner. ARTICLE 5- CONTRACT TEME 5.01 -file time of completion of the work is a basic consideration of the Contract It ­ll be necessary that the Bidder satisfy the Owner of his ability to complete the work within the stipulated Mile. 5.02 Bidder agrees that the work will be substantially completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.07 B of the General Conditions on or before the dates or within the number of calendar days indicated in the Constructions Agreement. ARTICLE 6- LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 6.01 In the event the Bidder is awarded the Contract and shall fail to meet the Substantial and Final Completion time limits provided by the Contract Documents. liquidated damages shall be paid to the OWNER by the Bidder at the rate per calendar day stated in the Agreement plus engineering costs for all work awarded until all work shall be determined to meet the Substantial and Final Completion requirements of the Contract Documents. 6.02 The Bidder agrees to pay these liquidated damages for failure to complete the work within the specified contract time both for compensation to the OWNER for non-use of the completed work and for compensation to the OWNER for expenses Incurred by the OWNER for unscheduled employment of the Engineer and/or Resident Obscr%er during the contract time overrun. 6.03 The Bidder further agrees to pay liquidated damages for the unscheduled employment of the Engineer. Resident Observer and supporting staff necessitated by the Bidder furnishing materials or equipment not in conformance with the Contract Documents resulting In any redesign work by the Engineer. or any reestablishment of survey lines or benchmarks destroyed by the Bidder's actions: or additional work required by the failure of the Contractor to maintain adequate record documents 6.04 Construction observation time will be accrued at straight time up to 40 hours per week and 1.5 times over 40 hours per week or legal holidays. The Contractor shall provide a construction schedule per Section 01300, SUBMITTALS. If the Contractor intends to work double shifts, then two consti-uction observers may be required. If two construction observers arc on the job, then observation time will be accrued at straight time up to 40 hours per week per observer. 6.05 Liquidated damages for the unscheduled employment of the Engineer, Resident Observer, and 51.11)p017ing staff shall be determined based on the following hourly rates Stra IL'hi-lime Overtime Engi neer S 12?.S5/Hour S 150.00/Hour Resident Observer S85.00/liotlr S 127.50/hour 00 60746 Bozcmnn WRF Administration and Lab Building 11 102009 00301 -4 Sur%cyor S122.85/Flour S122.85/Hour Technician S88.00/Hour S132.00/Hour Clerical S50.00/Hour $75.00/Hour 6.06 Out of pocket expenses for materials,equipment. supplies, transportation and subsistence for each construction inspector shall be billed at cost plus 10 percent. 6.07 Liquidated damages shall be deducted from monthly progress payments and the final payment as the damages are urcurred ARTICLE 7- BID DOCUMENTS 7.01 The f0110%%me documents are attached to and made a condition of this Bid A. Required Bid security in the amount of 10% of the maximum Bid price including alternates, if any, and in the form of a Bid Bond Section 00410, or other form of Bid Security as identified in the Instructions to Bidders. B Surety. It the Bidder is awarded a construction Contract on this Bid Form, the Surety who provides the Performance Bond and Payment Bond will be Travelers Property Casualty c/o Hub Int' l whose address is 100 Park Drive South Great Falls, MT 59401 Sheet City State Zip C Non-Collusion Affidavit. D EPA Forms 6100-3 and 6100-4.as Included in Section 00900. E Contractor Certification of Compliance with ARRA, located on page 42 of Section 00900. ARTICLE 8-MEANING OF TERMS 8.01 The terms used in this Bid \yith initial capital letters have the meanings indicated in the Instructions to Bidders,the General Conditions,and the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 9- BID REJECTION 9.01 The OWNER reserves the right to reject any or all bids. ARTICLE 10-BID SUBMISSION SUBMITTED on December 15 2009 Montana Contractor Registration No. 146045 00 00'46 KI I_.&1311d&% I 1 10 21109 1 03111 -. 11 Biddcr iN: `, ( ut uutation Corporation Name: (SEAL) State of Incorporation: Type(General Business, Professional, Service, Limited Liability): By: (Signature--attach evidence of authority to sign if not a Corporate officer) Name(typed or printed): Title Attest: (Corporate Seal) (Signature of Secretary) Business address Phone No : FAX No.: Date of Qualification to do business in :Montana is An Individual Name(typed or printed): By: (SEAL) (Individual's signature) Doing business as: Business address: Phone No FAX No : A}MIftNXs` i3C Limited Liability Company Name(typed or panted) John D Williams \ t e /' l (SEAL) (Individual's signature) Name(typed or printed) �V ' 'tr �=�' r�''r�%YVC'�i•ti/ Business address 1035 Cerise Rd Billings MT 59101 74, Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 11 10 2009 00301 -G Phone No.: 7 Uk" 37 �r FAX No.: 9t-c, Yi "e,b`1 k Joint \cntuic (Each Joint Venture must sign.) Joint Venturer Name: (SEAL) By: (Signature ofjoint venture partner) Name(typed or printed): Title Business address: Phone No.: FAX No.: Joint Venturer Name: (SEAL) By: (Signature of joint venture partner/ Name(typed or printed): Title: Business address. Phone No.: FAX No.. Address of Joint Venture for Receipt of Official Communication Address Phone No.: FAX do : (Each joint venturer must sign. The manner of signing for each individual, partnership, and corporation that is a party to the joint venture should be in the manner indicated above.) END OF SECTION 00 60746 Bozeman 1vR1 Adminicnauon and Lab Building 1 I.102009 011301 - SECTION 00411 CONTRACTOR'S COMPLIANCE STATEMENT (EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246) (TO BE EXECI:TED AND PROVIDED WITH BID FORM) Date 12/15/09 This statement relates to a proposed contract%%ith the City of Bozeman, Montana have 1 1 have not__ _participated in a previous contractor subcontract sub_Ject to Executive Order 1 12-46 (regard equal employment opportunity)or a preceding similar EXCCLItIVC Order. w� C1 . Si nature of Bidder or Prospective Contractor 035 Cerise Rd Address Billings, NIT 59101 City, State. "Lip Code 406/259-9395 Telephone~'umber oo bU?-i(, U,,icman 11'14:Wininutrauun anal Lab Budding 11 Io'ow) (10411 - I SECTION 00460 NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT (TO BE EXECUTED AtiD PROVIDED WI I'H BID FORA) r~,�s n/."�fo 1 SS t tit y-I Y OF SPo�e4-i6 John D Williams being first duly sworn,deposes and says that he is General Manager (sole owner,a partner, president, secretary,etc.)of Wi 1 1 i ams Rrnthnr rnnGtrL'Ctinn LLB' the party making the foregoing bid. that such bid is not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, partnership,company,association,organization,or corporation:that such bid is genuine and not collusry e or sham.that said Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to put in a False or sham bid,and has not directly or indirectly colluded,conspired,connived.or agreed with any Bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid,nor that anyone shall refrain from bidding: that said Bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement,communication,or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of said Bidder or any other Bidder,nor to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of such bid price. nor of that of any other Bidder, nor to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the Contract or anyone interested in the proposed Contract, that all statements contained in such bid are true:and,further,that said Bidder has not directly or indirectly,submitted his bid price or any breakdown thereof,nor the contents thereof,nor divulged information or data relative thereto,nor paid and will not pay fee in connection therewith to any corporation,partnership,company,association,organization,bid depository,nor to any member or agent thereof,nor to any other mdn ideal except to such person or persons as have a partnership or other financial interest with said Bidder in his General bu ness. Signed: Title: General Manager Subscribed and sworn to before me this 15th day of December )tl()9. (SEAL) �PRD EDP .%$SionF� Notary Public r�0 lA�,' N v lu < 3 J O OF WASHO� HNAL SUM FORM BID BOND Any singular reference to Bidder,Surety, Owner, or other parr, shall be considered plural where applicable. BIDDER(Name and Address): Williams Brother Construction, LLC P.O.Box#1459 Billings,MT 59103 SURETY(Name and Address of Principal Place of Business): Travelers Casualty and Surety Company,of America One Tower Square Hartford, CT 06183-6014 OWNER: (Name and Address): City of Bozeman 121 North Rouse,P.O.Box 1230 Bozeman,MT 59771 BID Bid Due Date: December 15,2009 Project(Brief Description Including Location): Bozeman Water Reclamation Facility(WRF)Administration and Lab Building,Bozeman, Montana BOND Bond Number:002521183 Date(Not later than Bid due date):December 4,2009 Penal sum _ Ten Percent of the Total Amount Bid _ 10% (Words) (Figures) Surety and Bidder, intending to be legally bound hereby,subject to the terms printed on the reverse side hereof,do each cause this Bid Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer,agent,or representative. BIDDER SURETY Williams Brother Construction,LLC (Seal) Travelers Casualty and Surety C m (Seal) any of America Bidder's N e and orporate Seal Surety's Name Corp to B' By: Sin]' ure and Title Signature and Title Joh D. Leaf,Attorney-in-hart (Attach Power of Attorney) Attest: Attest: Signature and Title Coti1/404f-eC Signatur nd Title Beth A.Windom, Bond Clerical Note: Above addresses are to be used for giving required notice. COUNTERSIGNED: HUB INTERNATIONAL.MOUNTAIN _-LT TES LI ITED ,VNE G. EJCDC NO.C430(2002 Edition) PENAL SUM FORM 1. Bidder and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to pay to Owner upon default of Bidder the penal sum set forth on the face of this Bond. Payment of the penal sum is the extent of Surety's 7. Any suit or action under this Bond shall be liability. commenced only in a court of competent jurisdiction located in the state in which the Project is located. 2. Default of Bidder shall occur upon the failure of Bidder to deliver within the time required by the 8. Notices required hereunder shall be in writing and Bidding Documents(or any extension thereof agreed to sent to Bidder and Surety at their respective addresses in writing by Owner)the executed Agreement required shown on the face of this Bond. Such notices may be by the Bidding Documents and any performance and sent by personal delivery, commercial courier or by payment bonds required by the Bidding Documents. United States Registered or Certified Mail, return receipt requested, postage pre-paid, and shall be 3. This obligation shall be null and void if: deemed to be effective upon receipt by the party 3.1. Owner accepts Bidder's Bid and Bidder concerned. delivers within the time required by the Bidding Documents (or any extension thereof agreed in 9. Surety shall cause to be attached to this Bond a writing by Owner) the executed Agreement current and effective Power of Attorney evidencing the required by the Bidding Documents and any authority of the officer, agent or representative who performance and payment Bonds required by the executed this Bond on behalf of Surety to execute,seal Bidding Documents,or and deliver such Bond and bind the Surety thereby. 3.2. All Bids are rejected by Owner or 3.3. Owner fails to issue a Notice of Award to 10. This Bond is intended to conform to all applicable Bidder within the time specified in the Bidding statutory requirements. Any applicable requirement of Documents (or any extension thereof agreed to in any applicable statute that has been omitted from this writing by Bidder and, if applicable, consented to Bond shall be deemed to be included herein as if set by Surety when required by paragraph 5 hereof). forth at length. If any provision of this Bond conflicts with any applicable statute, then the provision of said 4. Payment under this Bond will be due and payable statue shall govern and the remainder of this Bond that upon default by Bidder and within 30 calendar days is not in conflict therewith shall continue in full force after receipt by Bidder and Surety of written notice of and effect. default from Owner, which notice will be given with reasonable promptness, identifying this Bond and the 11. The term"Bid"as used herein includes a Bid,offer Project and including a statement of the amount due. or proposal as applicable. 5. Surety waives notice of and any and all defenses based on or arising out of any time extension to issue Notice of Award agreed to in writing by Owner and Bidder, provided that the total time for issuing Notice of Award including extensions shall not in the aggregate exceed 120 days from Bid due date without Surety's written consent. 6. No suit or action shall be commenced under this Bond prior to 30 calendar days after the notice of default required in paragraph 4 above is received by Bidder and Surety and in no case later than one year after Bid due date. EJCDC NO.C-430(2002 Edition) WARNING:THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER t'Awk POWER OF ATTORNEY TRAVELERSJ Farmington Casualty Company St.Paul Guardian Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company St.Paul'Mercury Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters,Inc. Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Seaboard Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America St.Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Attorney-In Fact No. 219651 Certificate No.0 U G 5)L` .4 18 3 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS. ihat Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York.that St.Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company,St.Paul Guardian Insurance Company and St.Paul Mercury hrsurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota,that Farmington Casualty Company,Travelers Casualty and Surety Company,and Ir iNelers Casualty and Surety Company of America are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut,that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Maryland,that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa,and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters,Inc.is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin(herein collectively called the"Companies'i,and that the Companies do hereby make,constitute and appoint John D.Leaf,Beth A.Windom,Chris Jermunson,Jenny Johnson,Jamie M.Roe,Billy J.Bolt,and Kaye U.Muzzana of the City of_ i a Palls _ State of MOtltdlla their true and lawful Attornevoo-m-Pact. each in their separate capacity it more than one is named above,to sign.execute,seal and acknowledge am and all bonds,recognizance%,conditional undertaking,and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons,guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF.the Companies have caused this instrument to he signed and their corporate seals to he hereto affixed,this 24th day of-- y 2008 -- — Farmington Casualty Company St.Paul Guardian Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company tit.Paul Mercury Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters,Inc. Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Seaboard Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America St.Paul Fire and:Marine Insurance Company United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company j pASU,��'` SutEly "t,Pt 6 O%�M..�KJGP�INS, J��jv AhO .ld SY i>APO'4r G * � 9 �'� a J�` F.•y cEV '�10 PORAT tics S Ei n � wr�tf�t,OTta zy z� JI f.m! �a -t^: -- ��+rcw a rG� ' 1951 s�O y.SEAL;'oi 1� f a: W ca+N. cowv' r rays SEAL.;- State of Connecticut By City of Hartford ss. — - -- - (ieore Thompson,gnior �r President 24th July 2008 On this the day of before me personally appeared George W.Thompson,who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company.Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriter%, Inc, Seaboard Surety Company. St Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, traveler, Casualty and Surety Compan),Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America.and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, and that he,as such,being authorized so to do,executed the foregoing instrument for the purpose,,therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself a%a duly authorized officer. G•Sr In Witness Whereof,I hereunto set my hand and official seal W �Ukh C . My Commission expires the 30th day of June,2011. 70b8L1G Terreault %otary Public P 4*EC�'S 58440-5-07 Printed in U S.A. WARNING:THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER WARNING:THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Farmington Casualty Company,Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company,St, Paul Mercury Insurance Company,Travelers Casualty and Surety Company,Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America,and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company,which resolutions are now in full force and effect,reading as follows: RESOLVED, that the Chairman,the President,any Vice Chairman,any Executive Vice President,any Senior Vice President,any Vice President,any Second ViCL ' President,the Treasurer,any Assistant Treasurer,the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds,recognizances,contracts of indemnity,and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond,recognizance,or conditional undertaking,and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her;and it is FURTHER RESOLVED,that the Chairman,the President,any Vice Chairman,any Executive Vice President,any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company,provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary;and it is FURTHER RESOLVED,that any bond,recognizance,contract of indemnity,or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond,recognizance,or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when(a)signed by the President,any Vice Chairman,any Executive Vice President,any Senior Vice President or any Vice President,any Second Vice President,the Treasurer,any Assistant Treasurer,the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary.or(b)duly executed(under seal,if required)by one or more Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED,that the signature of each of the following officers:President,any Executive Vice President,any Senior Vice President,any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President,any Secretary,any Assistant Secretary,and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attomeys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof,and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. I,Kori M.Johanson,the undersigned,Assistant Secretary,of Farmington Casualty Company,Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company,Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters,Inc., Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company,Travelers Casualty and Surety Company,Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America,and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies,which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this__4TH_ day of_ _DD=_ ,20 09 � Kori M.Johan Assistant Secretary GAS V,�� aN1Y u., C OY vy Fi0.Ea \P'M..:kSG / ��j•v\ A�Jr AN° Y 0?°pP /p�i �`i-!Pr'°oy G 7k 4� ?�•' s f4,P. 9q,. eJ m� .�1Ybw7f70 p41�'BYO rw'tAa` L ° d GONN c nacs R N t896 �br aD q # 4� �c �1••. N:•! �`.SBAs •. c °a �� �'�."�«M, f4`M.•'y,N� ir..�..P•� �t � 'Pa � f' Mi AtH� To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney,call 1-800-421-3880 or contact us at www.travelersbond.com. Please refer to the Attorney-In-Fact number, the above-named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. WARNING.THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER SECTION 00500 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the day of in the year ,,)QIlt1ar Zd0 (effective date),by and between the City of Bozeman,Montana(hereinafter called OWNER)and Williaths Brother Construction,LLC (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). OWNER and CONTRACTOR,in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth,agree as follows: ARTICLE 1-WORK 1.01 CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described in the Invitation to Bid and is described in detail in the Contract Documents and the technical construction drawings. ARTICLE 2-THE PROJECT 2.01 The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents described as the Bozeman Water Reclamation Facility(WRF)Administration and Lab Building Project. ARTICLE 3-ENGINEER 3.01 The Project has been designed by: HDR Engineering Inc. Morrison-Maierle,Inc. Morrison-Maierle,Inc. 1715 S.Reserve St.,Suite C I Engineering Place 2880 Technology Blvd.,West Missoula,MT 59801 Helena,MT 59602 Bozeman, MT 59718 who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to act as OWNER's representative,assume all duties and responsibilities, and have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with the completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4-CONTRACT TIMES 4.01 Time of the Essence A. All time limits for Milestones, if any, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for final payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. B. The CONTRACTOR agrees to complete the work within the time(s)specified herein. 4.02 Days to Achieve Suhstantial Completion and Final Payment A. It is assumed for all milestone dates noted below,the Contract Notice to Proceed will occur on or before February 16,2010. 1. All work shall be substantially complete and ready for OWNER's utilization In accordance with Paragraph 1.04. of the General Conditions within 400 calendar days after the date when the Contract time commences to run, as provided In paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions. 2. All work will be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 14.07.13 of the General Conditions within 460 calendar days after the date when the Contract time commences to run,as provided In paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions. 4.03 Liquidated Damages A. CONTRACTOR and OWNER recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 4.02 above, 00 60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 12/30/2009 00500-1 plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. The parties also recognize the delays,expense,and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty), CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER $750.00 for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 4.02 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. After Substantial Completion, if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse, or fail to complete the remaining Work within the Contract Time or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER$500.00 for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 4.02 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment. B. Liquidated damages for unscheduled employment of the ENGINEER shall be paid by the CONTRACTOR to the OWNER as specified in the Bid Form. ARTICLE 5-CONTRACT PRICE 5.01 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents an amount in current funds equal to the sum of One Million Six Hundred and Eighty Thousand dollars ($ 1,680.000.00) based on the prices stipulated in the Bid Form and subject to adjustment as provided in the Contract Documents. A. As provided in paragraph 11.01 of the General Conditions,CONTRACTOR agrees that lump sum amount(s) constitute full payment for the work and that these lump sum amount(s)represent a true measure of the labor and materials required to perform the work, including all allowances for overhead, profit, taxes, bonds, insurance,and all other costs for each type and unit of work called for in these Contract Documents. B. As provided in paragraph 11.03 of the General Conditions,estimated unit price quantities used for bidding purposes are not guaranteed, and determinations of actual quantities and classifications are to be made by ENGINEER as provided in paragraph 9.07 of the General Conditions. Unit prices have been computed as provided in paragraph 11.03 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 6-PAYMENT PROCEDURES 6.01 Submittal and Processing of Payments A. CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions or other portions of the Contract Documents. 6.02 Progress Payments;Retainage A. OWNER shall make progress payments in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Applications for Payment as recommended by the ENGINEER once each month during performance of the Work as provided in paragraphs 6.02.A.1 and 6.02.A.2 below. All such progress payments will be measured by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2.05.A of the General Conditions or in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units of each bid item completed times the bid unit price in the Unit Price Schedule of the Bid Form for each bid item, or, in the event there is no schedule of values,as provided in the General Conditions: 1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage of work completed but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER may determine or OWNER may withhold, including but not limited to liquidated damages,in accordance with paragraph 14.02 of the General Conditions: a. The OWNER shall retain 5% of the amount of each payment until final completion and acceptance of all work covered by the Contract Documents. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 12/30/2009 00500-2 b. Retainage will be 5%of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in paragraph 14.02 of the General Conditions). 2.Upon Substantial Completion and at the OWNER's discretion,the amount of retainage may be further reduced if requested by the CONTRACTOR. Reduction of retainage is at the sole discretion of the OWNER. OWNER is not obligated to reduce retainage. Amount of substantial completion payment will be reduced by such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine in accordance with paragraph 14.02.B.5 of the General Conditions and by 100% of ENGINEER's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected as shown on the tentative list of items to be completed or corrected attached to the certificate of Substantial Completion. 6.03 Final Payment A. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14.07. B. Lien releases shall be required for all project materials and equipment, from subcontractors and suppliers and any other related vendors and subcontractors before final payment is made to Contractor. ARTICLE 7-INTEREST 7.01 All moneys not paid when due as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions shall bear interest at the maximum rate allowed by law at the place of the Project. ARTICLE 8-CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 8.01 In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: A. CONTRACTOR has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents (including all Addenda listed in Article 9)and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. CONTRACTOR has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local,and Site conditions that may affect cost,progress,and performance or furnishing of the Work. C. CONTRACTOR is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state, and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost,progress,performance,and furnishing of the Work. D. CONTRACTOR has carefully studied all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site(except Underground Facilities), if any,which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions and (2) reports and drawings of a Hazardous Environmental Condition, if any, at the Site which has been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.06 of the General Conditions. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents and may not be complete for CONTRACTOR's purposes. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that OWNER and ENGINEER do not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site. E. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied(or assumes responsibility for having done so) all additional or supplementary examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data concerning conditions (surface, subsurface, and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the Site which may affect cost, progress,performance, or furnishing of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR, including any specific means, methods,techniques,sequences,and procedures of construction expressly required by the Contract Documents to be employed by the CONTRACTOR,and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 12/30/2009 00500-3 F. CONTRACTOR does not consider that any further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests,studies,or data are necessary for the performance and furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price,within the Contract Times,and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. G. CONTRACTOR is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by OWNER and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. H. CONTRACTOR has correlated the information known to CONTRACTOR, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations,investigations,explorations,tests,studies,and data with the Contract Documents. I. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that CONTRACTOR has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR. J. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. ARTICLE 9-CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. This Agreement(pages 1 to 6,inclusive); 2. Performance Bond(pages 1 to 2, inclusive); 3. Payment Bond(pages I to 2,inclusive); 4. General Conditions(pages I to 53,inclusive); 5. Supplementary General Conditions(pages I to 13,inclusive); 6. Funding Agency Special Provisions for Montana Public Works Facilities (pages 1 to 43 inclusive); 7. Specifications as listed in the Table of Contents of the Project Manual; 8. Drawings consisting of a cover sheet and 86 plan sheets inclusive, with each sheet bearing the following general title: City of Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building;(Note:Drawings are included in Volume III); 9. Addenda(numbers I to 3, inclusive); 10. Exhibits to this Agreement(enumerated as follows): a. Notice of Award(pages 1 to I inclusive). b. CONTRACTOR's Bid Form(pages 1 to 7,inclusive). C. Documentation submitted by CONTRACTOR prior to Notice of Award (pages to ,inclusive). d. 00-60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 12/30/2009 00500-4 10. The following which may be delivered or issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto: a. Notice to Proceed(pages 1 to 1, inclusive); b. Written Amendments; C. Work Change Directives; d. Change Orders. B. The documents listed in paragraph 9.0 LA are attached to this Agreement (except as expressly noted otherwise above). C. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 9. D. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.04 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 10-MISCELLANEOUS 10.01 Terms A. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article I of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions. 10.02 Assignment of Contract A. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically, but without limitation, moneys that may come due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment,no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 10.03 Successors and Assigns A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives in respect to all covenants,agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 10.04 Severahility A. Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any Law or Regulation shall be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, who agree that the Contract Documents shall be reformed to replace such stricken provision or part thereof with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible to expressing the intention of the stricken provision. 10.05 Other Provisions A. The CONTRACTOR agrees to remedy all defects appearing in the work or developing in the materials furnished and the workmanship performed under this Agreement during the warranty period after the date of final acceptance of the work by the OWNER, and further agrees to indemnify and save the OWNER harmless from any costs encountered in remedying such defects. 00 60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 12/30/2009 00500-5 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed six copies of this Agreement. Two counterpart(s) have been delivered to OWNER, two to CONTRACTOR, one to ENGINEER, and one to the Montana Department of Environmental Quality. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed or identified by OWNER and CONTRACTOR or by ENGINEER on their behalf. This Agreement will be effective on the date shown on page 1 (which is the Effective Date of the Agreement). [This Agreement shall not be effective unless and until concurred in by the FUNDING AGENCY'S designated representative.] OWNER: CONTRACTOR:CITY OF BOZEMAN, MT W t i lA^; �d�t1 Q)A1!n M M4,y Chris A. Kukulski Citv Mana e By: B (Signature)y' S oll>— (Signature) Attest �`�' • - A �a��a.--.a� (Siie)�' �\'- p (Signature) Address for giving nolite j * ; Address for giving notices: City Hall ��.• t ;G .°n 121 North Rouse Ave. j1N°ec) �til�i . Williams Brother Construction 1035 Cerise Rd Bozeman, MT 59715 Billings, MT 59101 Phone: (406) 582-2300 Phone: 406/259-9395 Facsimile: (406) 582-2301 Facsimile: 406/248-6695 [CORPORATE SEAL] [CORPORATE SEAL] Montana Contractors' Registration No 146045 Agent for service of process: Barry Curtis The foregoing Contract, including all Contract Documents which are a part thereof, is in due form according to the law,and is hereby approved. By: (Signature) Attorney of the City of Bozeman. Montana (Owner) END OF SECTION 00 60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 12/30,12009 00500-6 PERFORMANCE BOND Any singular reference to Contractor,Surety,Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR(Name and Address): SURE FY(Name and Address of Principal Place of Business) Williams Brother Construction,LLC Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America P.O.Box#1459 One Tower Square Billings, MT 59103 Hartford,CT 06183-6014 OWNER(Name and Address): City of Bozeman COUNTERSIGNED: 121 North Rouse,P.O. Box 1230 HUB INTERNATIONAL MOUNTAIN Bozeman,MT 59771 MITED CONTRACT qRiAC4.SEAUX Uate: r♦�ZJ,�Id Amount:ON ,MI LION SIX HUNDRED EIGHTY THOUSAND AND NO/100 ($1,680,000,00) Descriptions(Name and Location):Bozeman Water Reclamation Facility(WRF)Administration and Lab Building, Bozeman,Montana BONI) Bond Number: 105316754 Date(Not earlier than Contract Date): Amount:ONE MILLION SIX HUNDRE I:IGIITY HIOUSAND AND NO/100 ($1.680,000.00) Modifications to this Bond Form:None Surety and Contractor,intending to be legally bound hereby,suhiect to the terms printed on the reverse side hereof,do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer,agent or representative. CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL. SURI I'Y Company:Williams Brother Construction,LLC Seanditle: (Seal) Travelers Casualty and Surety Comp of America (Se 1} N Surety's Name and Co to Sea Signature andfIftV John D eaf,Attorney•in-Fact (Attach Power 'Attorney) (Space is provided below for signatures of additional parties,if required.) Attest: Signature itle Jenny ohns n, and Clerical CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: Signature: (Seal) (Seal) Name and Title: Surety's Name and Corporate Seal By: Signature and Title (Attach Power of Attorney) Attest: Signature and Title EJCDC'No.C-610(2002 Edition) Originally prepared through the joint efforts of Surety Association of America,Engineers Joint Contract Documents(ommittee,the Associated General Contractors of America,and the American Institute of Architects. I Contractor and Surety,jointly and severally,bind themselves,their heirs,executors, 6. After Owner has terminated Contractor's right to complete the Contract,and if administrators, successors and assifms to the (honer for the performance of the Surety elects to act under Paragraph 4.1,4.2,or 4.3 above,then the responsibilities of Contract,which is incorporated herein by reference Surety to Owner shall not be greater than those of Contractor under the Contract,and the responsibilities of Owner to Surety shall not be greater than those of Owner under 2.If Contractor performs the Contract,Surety and Contractor have no obligation under the Contract To a limit of the amount of this Braid,but subject to commitment by this Bond,except to participate in conferences as provided in Paragraph 3 I Owner of the Balance of the Contract Price to mitigation of costs and damages on the Contract,Sorely is obligated without duplication for 3 If there is no Owner Default,Surety's obligation under this Band shall arise after 6,IThe responsibilities of Contractor Ibr correction of defective Work and 3.1 Owner has notified Contractor and Surety at the addresses described in completion of the Contract, Paragraph 10 below, that Owner is considering declaring a Contractor Default and has requested and attempted to arrange a conference with 6,2Addilional legal,design professional and delay costs resulting from Contractor's Contractor and Surety to be held not later than fifteen days after receipt of Default, and resulting from the actions or failure to act of Surety under such notice to discuss methods of performing lite Contract If Owner, Paragraph 4,and Contractor and Surely agree,Contractor shall be allowed a reasonable time to perform the Contract,but such an agreement shall not wane Owner's right,if 631iquidated damages,or if no liquidated damages are specified in the Contract, any,subsequently to declare a Contractor Default,and actual damages caused by delayed performance or non-performance of Contractor 12 rite (honer has declared a Contractor Default and formally terminated Contractor's right to complete the Contract Such Contractor Default shall 7 Surely shall not be liable to(honer or others for obligations of Contractor that are not be declared earlier than twenty days after Contractor and Surety have unrelated to the Contract,and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced or received notice as provided in paragraph 3 1;and set off on account of any such unrelated obligations.No right of action shall accrue on [his Bond to any person or entity other than Owner or its heirs, executors, 3 3 The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Price to administrators,or successors I The Surely in accordance with the terns of the Contract. 8 Surety hereby wanes notice of any change,including changes of time,to Contract or to related subcontracts,purchase orders and other obligations. 2 Another contractor selected pursuant to paragraph 4.3 to perform the Contract 9.Any proceeding,legal or equitable,under this Bond may be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the Work or part of he Work is 4.When Owner has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 3,Surety shall promptly and located and shall be instituted within two years after Contractor Default or within two at Surety's expense take one of the following actions years after Contractor ceased working or within two years after Surety refuses or fails to perform its obligations under this Bond,whichever occurs first.If the provisions of 4.1Arrange for Contractor,with consent of Owner,to perform and complete the this paragraph are void or prohibited by lave, the minimum period of limitation Contract,or available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable 4.2 Undertake to perform and complete the Contract itself,through its agents or 10.Notice to Surely,Owner or Contractor shall be marled or delivered to the address through independent contractors:or shown on the signature page 4.30btam bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors acceptable to I I When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory requirement in the [honer for a contract for performance and completion of the Contract, location where the Contract was to be performed, any provision in this Bond arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by Owner and the conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom contractor selected with Owner's concurrence, to be secured with and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be peribrmance and payment bonds executed by a qualified surety equivalent to deemed incorporated herein The intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a the Bonds issued on the Contract,and pay to Owner the amount of damages statutory bond and not as a common law bond as described in paragraph 6 in excess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by Owner resulting from Contractor Default,or 12.Definitions 4 4Waiye its right to perform and complete,arrange for completion,or obtain a 12.1 Balance of the Contract Price The total amount payable by Owner to new contractor and with reasonable promptness under the circumstances, Contractor under the Contract after all proper adjustments have been made. including allowance to Contractor of any amounts received or to be received I After investigation,determine the amount for which it may be liable to by Owner in settlement of insurance or other Claims for damages to which Owner and, as soon as practicable after the amount is determined, Contractor is entitled,reduced by all valid and proper payments made to or lender payment therefor to Owner,or on behalf of Contractor under the Contract 2 Deny liability in whole or in part and notity Owner citing reasons 122 Contract The agreement between Owner and Contractor identified on the therefor signature page,including all Contract Documents and changes thereto 5 If Surely does not proceed as provided in Paragraph 4 with reasonable promptness, 12 3 Contractor Default-Failure of Contractor,which has nether been remedied Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this Bond 15 days after receipt of an nor waived, to perform or otherwise to comply with the terms of the additional written notice from Owner to Surely demanding that Surety perform its Contract obligations under this Bond, and Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to(honer If Surety proceeds as provided in Paragraph 4A,and Owner 124 Owner Default. Failure of Owner, which has neither been remedied nor refiises the payment tendered or Surety has denied liability,in whole or in part,without waived,to pay Contractor as required by the Contract or to perform and further notice Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to Owner complete or comply with the other terms thereof FOR INFOMIATION ONI,t—'.dame,Address and T'elepliune Ow ner's Representative(engineer or other party): Surety Agency or Broker: Hub International Mountain States Limited P.O.Box 711 Great Falls,MT 59403 (406)453-1464 PAYMENT BOND Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety,Owner,or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR(Name and Address): SURETY(Name and Address of Principal Place of Business): Williams Brother Construction, LLC Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America P.O. Box#1459 One Tower Square Billings,MT 59103 Hartford,CT 06183-6014 OWNER(Name and Address): COUNTERSIGNED: Citv of Bozeman HUB INTERNATIONAL MOUNTAIN 121 North Rouse,P.O. Box 1230 S LIMITED Bozeman,MT 59771 /�' (! ,-+ CONTRACT NE G.LEVEAUX � i��ALC�% U Date: Lla to Amount: ONE MIL ,ION SIX HUNDRED iiiurrY THOUSAND AND NO 100 ($1,680,000A0) Description(Name and Location): Bozeman Water Reclamation Facilit} (WRF)Administration and Lab Building Bozeman,Montana BOND Bond Number: 105316754 Date(Not earlier than Contract Date): u110 Amount: ONE MILLION SIX HUNDRED IGHTY TIOUSAND AND NO/100 ($1,680,000.00) Modifications to this Bond Form: None Surety and Contractor,intending to be legally bound hereby,subject to the terms printed on the reverse side hereof,do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer,agent,or representative. CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: Williams Brother Construction, LLC �Signature �` (Seal) Travelers Casualty and Surety Compa0poof America (Seal) Name an Ti e: Surety's Name and C rate 1 mom✓ , lr/,/>i�.►+�, G.�. By: Signature an t John D. L af,Attorney-in-Fact (Attach Power fAttorney) (Space is provided below for signatures of additional parties,if required.) Attest: Signature a itle J 'ny J n n, Bond Clerical CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: Signature: (Seal) (Seal) Name and Title: Surety's Name and Corporate Seal By: Signature and Title (Attach Power of Attorney) Attest: Signature and Title: EJCDC No.C-615(2002 Edition) Originally prepared through the joint efforts of the Sureh Association of America,Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee,the Associated General Contractors of America,the American Institute of Architects,the American Subcontractors Association,and the Associated Specialty Contractors. 1. Contractor and Surety,jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, 8. Amounts owed by Owner to Contractor under the Contract shall be used for executors, administrators. successors, and assigns to Owner to pay for labor, the performance of the Contract and to satisfy claims, if any, under any materials,and equipment furnished by Claimants for use in the performance of performance bond. By Contractor furnishing and Owner accepting this Bond, the Contract,which is incorporated herein by reference. they agree that all funds earned by Contractor in the performance of the Contract are dedicated to satisfy obligations of Contractor and Surety under this Bond, 2. With respect to Owner,this obligation shall be null and void if Contractor: subject to Owner's priority to use the funds for the completion of the Work. 2.1. Promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly, for all sums due Claimants,and 9 Surety shall not be liable to Owner, Claimants, or others for obligations of Contractor that are unrelated to the Contract. Owner shall not be liable for 2.2. Defends. indemnifies. and holds harmless Owner from all claims, payment of any costs or expenses of any Claimant under this Bond, and shall demands, liens, or suits alleging non-payment by Contractor by any have under this Bond no obligations to make payments to,give notices on behalf person or entity who furnished labor,materials,or equipment for use in of,or otherwise have obligations to Claimants under this Bond. the performance of the Contract,provided Owner has promptly notified Contractor and Surety(at the addresses described in Paragraph 12)of 10. Surety hereby waives notice of any change,including changes of time.to the any claims, demands, liens, or suits and tendered defense of such Contract or to related Subcontracts,purchase orders and other obligations. claims,demands,liens,or suits to Contractor and Surety,and provided there is no Owner Default. 11. No suit or action shall he commenced by a Claimant under this Bond other than in a court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the Work or 3 With respect to Claimants,this obligation shall be null and void if Contractor part of the Work is located or after the expiration of one year from the date(1) promptly makes payment,directly or indirectly,for all sums due. on which the Claimant gave the notice required by Paragraph 4.1 or Paragraph 4.2.3.or(2)on which the last labor or service was performed by anyone or the 4. Surety shall have no obligation to Claimants under this Bond until: last materials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the Construction Contract,whichever of(1)or(2)first occurs. If the provisions of this paragraph 4.1. Claimants who are employed by or have a direct contract with are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to Contractor have given notice to Surety(at the addresses described in sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable Paragraph 12)and sent a copy,or notice thereof,to Owner,stating that a claim is being made under this Bond and,with substantial accuracy, 12. Notice to Surety,Owner,or Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the the amount of the claim. addresses shown on the signature page. Actual receipt of notice by Surety. Owner,or Contractor,however accomplished,shall be sufficient compliance as 4.2. Claimants who do not have a direct contract with Contractor: of the date received at the address shown on the signature page. I have furnished written notice to Contractor and sent a copy, or 13. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory requirement notice thereof,to Owner,within 90 days after having last performed in the location where the Contract was to be performed, any provision in this labor or last furnished materials or equipment included in the claim Bond conflicting with said statutory requirement shall be deemed deleted stating,with substantial accuracy,the amount of the claim and the herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory requirement shall be name of the party to whom the materials or equipment were deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a furnished or supplied, or for whom the labor was done or statutory Bond and not as a common law bond. performed.and 14. Upon request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary 2. Have either received a rejection in whole or in part from Contractor, of this Bond. Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall or not received within 30 days of famishing the above notice any permit a copy to be made. communication from Contractor by which Contractor had indicated the claim will be paid directly or indirectly,and 15. DEFINITIONS 3. Not having been paid within the above 30 days,have sent a written 15.1. Claimant: An individual or entity having a direct contract with notice to Surety and sent a copy,or notice thereof,to Owner,stating Contractor, or with a first-tier subcontractor of Contractor,to fumish that a claim is being made under this Bond and enclosing a copy of labor, materials, or equipment for use in the performance of the the previous written notice furnished to Contractor. Contract. The intent of this Bond shall be to include without limitation in the terms "labor, materials or equipment" that part of water, gas. 5. If a notice by a Claimant required by Paragraph 4 is provided by Owner to power,light,heat,oil,gasoline.telephone service,or rental equipment Contractor or to Surety,that is sufficient compliance. used in the Contract,architectural and engineering services required for performance of the Work of Contractor and Contractor's 6. When a Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 4,the Surety shall Subcontractors,and all other items for which a mechanic's lien may be promptly and at Surety's expense take the following actions: asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor, materials, or equipment were furnished. 6.1. Send an answer to that Claimant,with a copy to Owner,within 45 days after receipt of the claim,stating the amounts that are undisputed and 15.2. Contract The agreement between Owner and Contractor identified on the basis for challenging any amounts that are disputed. the signature page, including all Contract Documents and changes thereto. 6.2. Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts. 15.3. Owner Default:Failure of Owner,which has neither been remedied nor 7. Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond.and the waived,to pay Contractor as required by the Contract or to perform and amount of this Bond shall be credited for any payments made in good faith by complete or comply with the other terms thereof. Surety. Surety Agency or Broker: Hub International Mountain States Limited P.O.Box 711 Great Falls,MT 59403 (406)453-1464 WARNING:THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER �I► POWER OF ATTORNEY TRAVELERSJ Farmington Casualty Company St.Paul Guardian Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company St.Paul Mercury Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters,Inc. Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Seaboard Surely Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America St.Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Attorney-In Fact No. 219651 Certificate No.0 0 2 5 2 1 3 3 7 KNOW AI.L MEN BY THESE.PRESENTS:That Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York.that St.Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company,St.Paul Guardian Insurance Company and St.Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota,that Farmington Casualty Company.Travelers Casualty and Surety Company,and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America me corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut,that United States Fideliv, and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Maryland,that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa,and that Fidelin and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters,Inc.is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of NVisconsin(herein collectively called the"Companies•'i,and that the Companies do hereby make,constitute and appoint John D.Leaf,Beth A.Windom,Chris Jermunson,Jenny Johnson,Jamie M.Roe,Billy J.Bolt,and Kaye U.Muzzana of the City of Great Falls State of Montana __ their true and lawful Attorney(%)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above.to sign,execute,seal and acknowledge any and all bonds,recognizances,conditional undertakmn and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons,guaranteeing the pertormance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. IN WITNESS JulyWHEREOF,the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and their corporate seals to be heretic affixed,this 24th .ay of 2008 Farmington Casualty Company St.Paul Guardian Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company St.Paul Mercury Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters,inc. Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Seaboard Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of*►merica St.Paul Fire and;Marine Insurance Company United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company r,AS[rp $lif'E1y MIN � �L � G * �' ty\' •E 0�.........G9 44� J� �S !'MM1 wR()„ ti,.•rtkp oNa4 riioR pis �c`• 09 0' o� O t P 14111 a 1951 �'o �•.SEAL;o S8A2..aO1 caaN. ; g cacy.� [896 bey� �Na �d 1••� 9t�' # � Osi,R.".�� �d�. 'L'Ci a' a % a �..., ri,�,T .!A !S. ..-�� e{ A�,a a v.• AhY State of Connecticut By: VCity of Hartford ss. Gcorg Thompson -- 24tn Jury 2008 On this the day of before me personally appeared George W.Thompson,who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Lndemriters. Inc.. Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company. St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Iravelers Casualty and Surety Company,Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America,and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company,and that he,as such.being authorized so to do,executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authonzed otiicer. emc) in Witness Whereof,I hereunto set my hand and official sealiy Commission expires the 30th day of June,2011. Marie C.Tcueault ♦i+lary Public 58440-5-07 Printed to U_S.A. WARNING:THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER WARNING:THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER This Power of attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Farmington Casualty Company,Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company; St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company,St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company,Travelers Casualty and Surety Company.Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America,and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company,which resolutions are now in full force and effect,reading as follows: RESOLVED,that the Chairman,the President, any Vice Chairman,any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President,any Vice President,any Second Vic President,the Treasurer,any Assistant Treasurer,the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds,recognizanees,contracts of indemnity,and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond,recognizance,or conditional undertaking,and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her.and it is FURTHER RESOLVED,that the Chairman,the President,any Vice Chairman,any Executive Vice President,any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company,provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary;and it is FURTHER RESOLVED,that any bond,recognizance,contract of indemnity,or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond,recognizance,or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when(a)signed by the President,any Vice Chairman,any Executive Vice President,any Senior Vice President or any Vice President,any Second Vice President,the Treasurer,any Assistant Treasurer,the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary;or(b)duly executed(under seal,if required)by one or more Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED,that the signature of each of the following officers:President,any Executive Vice President,any Senior Vice President,any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President,any Secretary,any Assistant Secretary,and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof,and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. I,Kon M.Johanson,the undersigned,Assistant Secretary,of Farmington Casualty Company,Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company,Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St.Paul Mercury Insurance Company,Travelers Casualty and Surety Company,Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America,and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies,which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this day of a hU_'4r�/ 2a�� 20 _ Kori M.Johan Assistant secretary I.SU �+,.• ,;il^ET ,:f�RE~ .+,ram"' G AST �" Y 4� �'M..�KSG pt INSVA *�tY ANa 6.�w 0�ww L1*1 "S83L' To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney,call 1-800-421-3880 or contact us at www•.travelersbond.com. Please refer to the Attomey-In-Fact number,the above-named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. WARNING:THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER Client#: 134463 25WILBROT1 ACORD,, CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE Tj�(OIM/Ooryyyy) PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION Hub International ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE 1('^ Park Drive South HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. C -Falls, MT 59403 406 453-1464 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURED INSURERA. Travelers Indemnity Company 25658 Williams Brother Construction, LLC INSURER B Travelers Property Casualty Co 25674 INSURER C 1035 Cerise Rd INSURER D Billings, MT 59101 INSURER E COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR ADDT POLICYEFFECTIVE POUCYEXPIRATION LTR NSR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER DATE MM1DDfYY DATE M[dIDDfYY LIMITS A GENERAL LIABILITY DTCO325037581ND09 04115/09 04/15/10 EACH OCCURRENCE $1 000 000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY DAMAGE TO RENTEDPREM $300 OOO CLAIMS MADE 7XI OCCUR MED EXP(Any one person) $5 000 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $1 00O 000 GENERAL AGGREGATE s2,000,000 X GEML AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER PRODUCTS-COMPIOP AGG s2,000,000 POLICY X jE 0 LOG A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY DT810325D3758TIL09 04/15109 04/15/10 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT X ANY AUTO (Eaaccideni) $1,000,000 ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY $ SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person) X HIREDAUTOS BODILY INJURY S X NON-OWNED AUTOS (Peracmdent) PROPERTY DAMAGE S (Per accident) GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY-EA ACCIDENT S ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC $ AUTO ONLY AGG S B EXCESSIUMBRELLA LIABILITY DTSMCUP325D3758TIL 04/15/09 04/15/10 EACH OCCURRENCE $5000000 X OCCUR F—ICLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $5 00O 000 $ DEDUCTIBLE $ X RETENTION $10 000 S TATUWORKERS COMPENSATION AND WC LIMIT OTR EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE EL EACH ACCIDENT $ OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED+ E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ If ycs,dcscnbe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below E.I.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ A OTHER Builders Risk QT660142D6377TIL09 04/15/09 04/15/10 Special Form-5000 Ded Inc[Earthquake-5% Ded Inc[Flood-5% Ded DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS f VEHICLES!EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT I SPECIAL PROVISIONS Re: Project No.SRF C301230, Bozeman Water Reclamation Facility (WRF)Phase I Improvements and Lab Building, Bozeman, Montana.*Builders Risk-$1,680,000 limit. Owner, City of Bozeman, Montana; Engineer HDR Engineering, Inc.; Engineer's Consultants -Morrison Maierle, Inc,are additional insureds on a primary and non-contributory basis respects this project as their interests appear if required by written contract; (See Attached Descriptions) CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION 10 Days for Non-Payment SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION City of Bozeman, Montana DATETHEREOF,THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 4_ DAYS WRITTEN 121 North Rouse Avenue NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT,BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL Bozeman, MT 59715 IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER,ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. A ORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ♦ o ACORD 25(2001108) 1 of 3 #S109455/M55536 LWA 0 ACORD CORPORATION 1988 DESCRIPTIONS (Continued from Page 1) Waiver of transfer of rights of recovery against Owner, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants applicable respects this project if required by written contract, AMS 25.3(2001/08) 3 of 3 #S109455/M55536 IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. ACORD 25-S(2001/08) 2 of 3 #S1094551M55536 Client#: 134463 25WILBROT1 ACC�RD,�. CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 1DATE /6/1(OMIDDIYYYY) PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION Hub International ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR 1' 'ark Drive South ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. G. I:Falls,MT 59403 406 453-1464 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURED INSURERA. Travelers Indemnity Company 25658 Williams Brother Construction, LLC INSURER B Travelers Property Casualty Co 25674 INSURER C 1035 Cerise Rd INSURER D Billings, MT 59101 INSURER E COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED NOTVNTHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. IN SR DD' TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION LIMITS LTR NSR DATE MMIDD/YY DATE MM/DD/Y`! A GENERAL LIABILITY DTC0325D37581ND09 04/15/09 04/15/10 EACH OCCURRENCE_ $1 000 000 PRFM N:CnM MERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY DAMAGE TO RENTED $30O 000 CLAIMS MADE aOCCUR MED EXP(Any one person) $rj000 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $1 000 000 GENERAL AGGREGATE s2,000,000 X GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER PRODUCTS COMP/OP AGG s2,000,000 POLICY X jE O LOC A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY DT810325D3758TIL09 04/15/09 04/15/10 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT X ANY AUTO (Ea accident) $1,000,000 ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY $ SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person) X HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY X NON OWNED AUTOS (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE $ (Per accident) GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY-EA ACCIDENT $ ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC $ AUTO ONLY AGG $ B EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY DTSMCUP325D3758TIL 04/15/09 04/15110 EACH OCCURRENCE $5 000 000 _x1 OCCUR CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $5 00O 000 $ DEDUCTIBLE $ X RETENTION $10 000 $ VVC STATU- OTH- WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY E.L EACH ACCIDENT $ ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNERIEXECUTIVE OFFICERIMEMBER EXCLUDED'> E L DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ If yes descr,be under SPECIAL PROVISIONS bc!ow E L DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ A OTHER Builders Risk QT660142D6377TIL09 04/15/09 04/15/10 Special Form-5000 Ded Inc[ Earthquake-5% Died Incl Flood-5% bed DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS/VEHICLES I EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPECIAL PROVISIONS Re: Project No. SRF C301230, Bozeman Water Reclamation Facility (WRF)Phase I Improvements and Lab Building, Bozeman, Montana.*Builders Risk-$1,680,000 limit. Owner, City of Bozeman, Montana; Engineer HDR Engineering, Inc.; Engineer's Consultants-Morrison Maierle, Inc. are additional insureds on a primary and non-contributory basis respects this project as their interests appear if required by written contract; (See Attached Descriptions) CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION 10 Days for Non-Payment SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION City of Bozeman, Montana DATE THEREOF,THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL _4!i_ DAYS WRITTEN 121 North Rouse Avenue NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT,BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL Bozeman, MT 59715 IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER,ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. AD REPRESENTATIVE ACORD 25(2001/08) 1 of 3 #S109455/M55536 LWA 0 ACORD CORPORATION 1988 IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(fes) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). 131SCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. ACORD 25-S(2001/08) 2 of 3 #S109455/M55536 DESCRIPTIONS (Continued from Page 1) Waiver of transfer of rights of recovery against Owner, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants ar 'icable respects this project if required by written contract. AMS 25.3(2001/08) 3 of 3 #S109455/M55536 25WILBROTI ACOR . INSURANCE BINDER DATE 01/06/10 THIS BINDER 1S A TEMPORARY INSURANCE CONTRACT, SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS SHOWN ON THE REVERSE SIDE OF THIS FORM. PRODUCER pHONE eXtl_ 406-453-1464 COMPANY - BINDER# FAx Travelers Indemnity Company _ PRS5088P4711N_D EFFECTIVE EXPIRATION lip.. Int I. Mountain States Ltd DATE _ _ TIME-_ 1 _ DATE_ TIME PO Box 711 X AM X Iz oI AM 01/06/10 12:01 03/06/10 Great Falls,MT 59403 L_ - PM- - I NOON THIS BINDER IS ISSUED TO EXTEND COVERAGE IN THE ABOVE NAMED COMPANY CODE: SUB CODE: _ PER EXPIRING POLICY# AGENCY 134463 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONSNEHICLES/PROPERTY(including Location) CUSTOMER ID: INSURED City of Bozeman, Montana SRF Project No.C301230; Bozeman 121 North Rouse Avenue WRF Administration and Lab Building Bozeman, Montana 59715 Bozeman,MT. Contractor: Williams Brother Construction LL, 1035 Cerise Rd Billings, MT 59101 COVERAGES LIMITS TYPE OF INSURANCE COVERAGE/FORMS DEDUCTIBLE COINS k AMOUNT --t------- -- - PROPERTY PROPERTY -- CAUSES OF LOSS BASIC BROAD ❑SPEC I l GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY DAMAGE TO — _ 7 CLAIMS MADE D OCCUR MED EXP(Any one person) $ X Owners Contractors PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $ Protective GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 Liability RETRO DATE FOR CLAIMS MADE PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ kLL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ SCHEDULED AUTOS PROPERTY DAMAGE $ HIRED AUTOS MEDICAL PAYMENTS $ NON-OWNED AUTOS PERSONAL INJURY PROT $ _ UNINSURED MOTORIST $ $ AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE DEDUCTIBLE ALL VEHICLES SCHEDULED VEHICLES ACTUAL CASH VALUE COLLISION _. __ STATED AMOUNT_ S OTHER THAN COL OTHER GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY-EA ACCIDENT $ ANY AUTO OTHER THAN AUTO ONLY EACH ACCIDENT $ AGGREGATE $ EXCESS LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ UMBRELLA FORM I AGGREGATE $ OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM RETRO DATE FOR CLAIMS MADE SELF-INSURED RETENTION S --1 WC STATUTORY LIMITS WORKER'S COMPENSATION E L EACH ACCIDENT $ AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY E L-DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ SPECIAL FEES $ CONDITIONS/ OTHER TAXES $ COVERAGES ---- ESTIMATED TOTAL PREMIUM $ NAME&ADDRESS MORTGAGEE X ADDITIONAL INSURED Engineer-HDR Engineering Inc 1 LOSS PAYEE Engineer's Consultants: LOAN# -- - - Morrison-Maierle Inc AU=REP S P TATIVE I ACORD 75(2001/01)1 of 2 #3717 NOTE: IMPORTANT STATE INFORMATION ON REVERSE SIDE LWA 0 ACORD CORPORATION 1993 CONDITIONS This Company binds the kind(s) of insurance stipulated on the reverse side. The Insurance is subject to the terms, conditions and limitations of the policy(ies) in current use by the Company. This binder may be cancelled by the Insured by surrender of this binder or by written notice to the Company stating when cancellation will be effective. This binder may be cancelled by the Company by notice to the Insured in accordance with the policy conditions This binder is cancelled when replaced by a policy. If this binder is not replaced by a policy, the Company is entitled to charge a premium for the binder according to the Rules and Rates in use by the Company Applicable in California When this form is used to provide insurance in the amount of one million dollars ($1,000,000) or more, the title of the form is changed from"Insurance Binder" to"Cover Note" Applicable in Delaware The mortgagee or Obligee of any mortgage or other instrument given for the purpose of creating a lien on real property shall accept as evidence of insurance a written binder issued by an authorized insurer or its agent if the binder includes or is accompanied by the name and address of the borrower; the name and address of the lender as loss payee, a description of the insured real property; a provision that the binder may not be canceled within the term of the binder unless the lender and the insured borrower receive written notice of the cancel- lation at least ten (10) days prior to the cancellation, except in the case of a renewal of a policy subsequent to the closing of the loan, a paid receipt of the full amount of the applicable premium, and the amount of insurance coverage. Chapter 21 Title 25 Paragraph 2119 Applicable in Florida Except for Auto Insurance coverage, no notice of cancellation or nonrenewal of a binder is required unless the duration of the binder exceeds 60 days. For auto insurance, the insurer must give 5 days prior notice, unless the binder is replaced by a policy or another binder in the same company. Applicable in Nevada Any person who refuses to accept a binder which provides coverage of less than $1,000,000.00 when proof is required: (A) Shall be fined not more than $500 00, and (B) is liable to the party presenting the binder as proof of insurance for actual damages sustained therefrom ACORD 75(2001101)2 of 2 43 717 �; ' FM FAX NO, F. Ji%01 Certificate of Insurance 'EF'c,A-" C SeUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE I.IOLDER THIS CERTIFICATE IS N07 AN AND DOES NOT AMEND,EXTEND,OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES LISTED. 'I, s s to Certify that Liberty ' North vest Meathar of l.ihcrty Mutual Getup Liberty Centre WILLIAMS BROTHER CONSTRUCTION, LLC 650 NE Holladay Street 5713 W GARDEN SPRINGS RD PO Box 4555 SPOKANE WA 99224-5302 Portland, OR 97208.4555 111It1111111111111111111111111,1 1rlt111111r1IIIII Tel' 603 239 5800 www.libertynorthwest corn .;rt-e ,eltiflcate Insured bythe Company under the policy(m)listed below. The Insurance afforded by the listed pollcyries) 'nelr terms, exc!usions and condltlons and Is not altered by any requirement, term or condition of anV contract or other -expect to which this certificate may be issued XDIRATION POLICY NUMBER LIMITS OF LIABII-ITY DATE ' T 0CVERA0-:AF-ORDE1.UNCEFWC LAW COVERAGE AFFORDEDUNDERIN.C.-AW CP F01-1-6INING STATES OF FO.LOWING STATES 7/0 1 /2 0 10 y1C4-1 NC-009847 I D, MT, OR, WA � I EMPLOYERS LIABILI'Y LIMITS EMPLOYERS.IABI4+TY:,IMITS Each Accident $1 ,0 0 0 000 Each A-der! D;�ca:a-policy 1rm.t $1 ,0 0 0 ,0 0 0 Oiaeese-policy Ivn t 0%aj-..each employee $1 ,0 0 0 ,0 0 0 Mom-oacri C'Tp,oyee I �-IMARITIMEGOVERAGF-FO:.LOWNSSTATES' L.MITOFJAB-VMWIMEGOVF_RA_E Oororal Ag9109a1e $ Product Gomp10P+A99regale i� " =e aria&Aayerbe nL lniuy $ Cach Ooeurcnnte $ Pon Dz.-raga(Any orle r re) i I I MA11-1 Expen6e(Any 690 perWn) i$ CSL soc ly n)ury(per person; $ la=ly Ilary Me"Acddenq J _ I I POCe;ly JInapa S I EN;.", _Y._•= I ASP,IUAfyLF_, CESC i3 PTICN C+ - FAX: 406.582.2363 I FAY: 406 248- 6695 i 302EMAh ADMIN AND LAB BUILDING SNu J,C ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE TtiEREOP, "HE ISSUING COMPANY JUlLL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTFN NOTICIF TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED Br-:LOW. BUT -'J FAILURE TO MAIL. SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE COMPANY, OR REPRESENTATIVES. CITY OF BOZEMAN Dl-ee�ATTN: JAMES NICKELSON -- -- P4 BOX 1230 Dexter Legg,Vice President nd Secretary BOZEMAN MT 50771- 1230 ( FES tr 1/12/2010 PORT-I_AND Lridrar ,u t I ng 111,It�11tllltrlltnitrtl1,t111ItIIII11111111111111111ItIIII`I DATE ISSUED OFFICE HUB INTERNATIONAL 9l Wyoming, Montana,Idaho&North Dakota Internat4- al January 20, 2010 Mr. Craig Brawner, P.E. Morrison-Maierle, Inc. PO Box 1113 Bozeman, Montana 59771-1 1 1 3 RE: Williams Brother Construction LLC SRF No. C3013230, Bozeman WRF Phase 1 Imp & Lab Bldg Dear Craig: Per our review of the insurance specifications for the above referenced project, we hereby advise that WBC's insurance coverages meet the contract specifications as contained in General and Supplementary Conditions. Per your e-mail to Mr. John Williams today, 1/20/10, we offer the following: 1) I have mailed the original OCP policy to the City of Bozeman today. The City of Bozeman is named insured, and HDR Engineering and Morrison- Maierle, Inc. are additional insureds under this policy. I am also including a copy of the certificate we previously afforded the City of Bozeman for this project for the general liability, auto liability, excess liability, and builders risk. 2) This letter serves to notify you that WBC is in compliance with contract insurance requirements. 3) Respects the builders risk coverage indicated for this project, coverage afforded is special form including earthquake and flood, and includes coverage for materials stored off-site and in transit, in addition to the on- site coverages. We trust this letter and enclosures will enable WBC to proceed with this project. Please call or e-mail if you have any questions or if we can be of further service. Sin Lori L.Walker ISR, PIW, Account Manager ]] Encls. cc: Mr. John Williams, WBC, Spokane, WA Mr. Barry Curtis, WBC, Billings, MT Phone(406)453-1464 • Fax(406)453-0073 • Toll Free 1-800-823-3596 100 Park Drive South • P.O. Box 711 • Great Falls, MT 59403 SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS EJCDC DOCUMENT NO. C-700, 2002 EDITION(48 pages) (Pages are numbered 1 through 48) 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 00700-1 NOTE:THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN AMENDED FOR THIS PROJECT AND CONTROLLING LAW. This document has important legal consequences; consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its use or modification. This document should be adapted to the particular circumstances of the contemplated Project and the Controlling Law. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Prepared by ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE and Issued and Published Jointly By A C E C National Society of ASCEof American Society Professional EngineersAmuiCAN CMU-L t)F FNIi)IYQQRIV(:C.1Professional Engineers in Private Practice Civil Engineers PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE a practice division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AMERICAN COUNCIL OF ENGINEERING COMPANIES AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America IVKnowledge Croattng and Sustaining the Built&Mmnment Construction Specifications Institute 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 1 NOTE: Deletions from the Standard EJCDC General Conditions are shown by str-ikee . Additions to the Standard EJCDC General Conditions are Underlined. Adaptation of Standard General Conditions prepared by Morrison-Maierle, Inc. Initial Issue: 6/30/03 Copyright 02002 National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street,Alexandria,VA 22314 American Council of Engineering Companies 1015 15th Street,N.W.,Washington,DC 20005 American Society of Civil Engineers 1801 Alexander Bell Drive,Reston,VA 20191-4400 These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Suggested Forms of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor Nos. C-520 or C-525 (2002 Editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the other. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the EJCDC Construction Documents, General and Instructions (No. C-001) (2002 Edition). For guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions, see Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions(No.C-800)(2002 Edition). MMI No. C-700 (2003 Edition) 6/30/03 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building t0/29M09 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 1 -DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY ..................................................................................6 1.01 Defined Terms ......................................................................................................................6 1.02 Terminology............................................... ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS...............................................................................................9 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance..................................................................................9 2.02 Copies of Documents ..............................................................................................................9 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times;Notice to Proceed.......................................................................9 2.04 Starting the Work...................................................................................................................9 2.05 Before Starting Construction .....................................................................................................9 2.06 Preconstruction Conference.................................................................................................... 10 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules ................................................................................................ 10 ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE.................................................. 10 3.01 Intent............................................................................................................................... 10 3.02 Reference Standards............................................................................................................. 10 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies....................................................................................... 11 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents......................................................................... 11 3.05 Reuse of Documents.............................................................................................................. 11 3.06 Electronic Data................................................................................................................... II ARTICLE 4-AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS...................................................................... 12 4.01 Availability of Lands............................................................................................................. 12 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions........................................................................................... 12 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions................................................................................. 12 4.04 Underground Facilities.......................................................................................................... 14 4.05 Reference Points.................................................................................................................. 15 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site ................................................................................. 15 ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE............................................................................................. 16 5.01 Performance,Payment, and Other Bonds..................................................................................... 16 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers................................................................................................. 16 5.03 Certificates of Insurance........................................................................................................ 17 5.04 Contractor's Liability Insurance............................................................................................... 17 5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance.................................................................................................... 19 5.06 Property Insurance-Purchased by Contractor ............................................................................. 19 5.07 Waiver of Rights..................................................................................................................20 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds..............................................................................20 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace....................................................................21 5.10 Partial Utilization,Acknowledgment of Property Insurer..................................................................21 ARTICLE 6 -CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES..............................................................................21 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence..............................................................................................21 6.02 Labor; Working Hours ..........................................................................................................21 6.03 Services,Materials, and Equipment...........................................................................................21 6.04 Progress Schedule................................................................................................................22 6.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals. ...................................................................................................22 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others .........................................................................23 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties.......................................................................................................24 6.08 Permits.............................................................................................................................25 6.09 Laws and Regulations ...........................................................................................................25 6.10 Taxes...............................................................................................................................25 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas ....................................................................................................25 6.12 Record Documents...............................................................................................................25 6.13 Safety and Protection............................................................................................................26 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 3 6.14 Safety Representative............................................................................................................27 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs.............................................................................................27 6.16 Emergencies.......................................................................................................................28 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples....................................................................................................28 6.18 Continuing the Work.............................................................................................................29 6.19 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee.............................................................................29 6.20 Indemnification...................................................................................................................30 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services..................................................................................30 ARTICLE 7- OTHER WORK AT THE SITE.........................................................................................31 7.01 Related Work at Site .............................................................................................................31 7.02 Coordination......................................................................................................................32 7.03 Legal Relationships..............................................................................................................32 ARTICLE 8- OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES .......................................................................................32 8.01 Communications to Contractor.................................................................................................32 8.02 Replacement of Engineer........................................................................................................32 8.03 Furnish Data......................................................................................................................32 8.04 Pay When Due....................................................................................................................32 8.05 Lands and Easements;Reports and Tests.....................................................................................32 8.06 Insurance..........................................................................................................................32 8.07 Change Orders ...................................................................................................................32 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals..............................................................................................32 8.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities......................................................................................32 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition ..........................................................................32 8.11 Evidence offinancial Arrangements..........................................................................................34 ARTICLE 9- ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION..............................................................34 9.01 Owner's Representative.........................................................................................................34 9.02 Visits to Site.......................................................................................................................34 9.03 Project Representative...........................................................................................................34 9.04 Authorized Variations in Work.................................................................................................34 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work........................................................................................................34 9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments..............................................................................34 9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work...........................................................................................35 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work.........................................35 9.09 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities..................................................................35 ARTICLE 10- CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS ..............................................................................35 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work............................................................................................35 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work.........................................................................................37 10.03 Execution of Change Orders.................................................................................................37 10.04 Notification to Surety .........................................................................................................37 10.05 Claims ..........................................................................................................................37 ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK ..............................................38 11.01 Cost of the Work...............................................................................................................38 11.02 Allowances.....................................................................................................................39 11.03 Unit Price Work...............................................................................................................39 ARTICLE 12-CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES ....................................40 12.01 Change of Contract Price....................................................................................................40 12.02 Change of Contract Times ...................................................................................................41 12.03 Delays...........................................................................................................................41 ARTICLE 13 -TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK.........................................................................................................................................41 13.01 Notice of Defects ..............................................................................................................41 13.02 Access to Work.................................................................................................................41 13.03 Tests and Inspections .........................................................................................................41 13.04 Uncovering Work..............................................................................................................42 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work...................................................................................................42 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work.................................................................................42 13.07 Correction Period.............................................................................................................43 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work...............................................................................................44 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 4 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work........................................................................................44 ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ........................................................45 14.01 Schedule of Values ............................................................................................................45 14.02 Progress Payments............................................................................................................45 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title..............................................................................................47 14.04 Substantial Completion.......................................................................................................47 14.05 Partial Utilization.............................................................................................................47 14.06 Final Inspection ...............................................................................................................49 14.07 Final Payment .................................................................................................................49 14.08 Final Completion Delayed...................................................................................................50 14.09 Waiver of Claims..............................................................................................................50 ARTICLE 15 -SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION.................................................................50 15.01 Owner May Suspend Work...................................................................................................50 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause ...........................................................................................50 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience ..................................................................................51 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate..................................................................................51 ARTICLE 16- DISPUTE RESOLUTION ..............................................................................................52 16.01 Methods and Procedures.....................................................................................................52 ARTICLE 17 -MISCELLANEOUS ..................................................................................................... 52 17.01 Giving Notice..................................................................................................................52 17.02 Computation of Times ........................................................................................................53 17.03 Cumulative Remedies.........................................................................................................53 17.04 Survival of Obligations.......................................................................................................53 17.05 Controlling Law...............................................................................................................53 17.06 Headings........................................................................................................................53 [THE REST OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANKI 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 5 GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 -DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 9. Change Order--A document recommended by Engineer which is signed by Contractor and Owner and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work 1.01 Defined Terms or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the A. Wherever used in the Bidding Requirements Agreement. or Contract Documents and printed with initial capital letters, the terms listed below will have the meanings 10. Claim--A demand or assertion by Owner or indicated which are applicable to both the singular and Contractor seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or plural thereof. In addition to terms specifically defined, Contract Times, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms with initial capital letters in the Contract terms of the Contract.A demand for money or services by Documents include references to identified articles and a third party is not a Claim. paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 11. Contract--The entire and integrated written agreement between the Owner and Contractor concerning 1. Addenda--Written or graphic instruments the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, representations,or agreements,whether written or oral. or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 12. Contract Documents-- Those items so designated in the Agreement. Only printed or hard copies 2. Agreement--The written instrument which is of the items listed in the Agreement are Contract evidence of the agreement between Owner and Contractor Documents.Approved Shop Drawings,other Contractor's covering the Work. The definition of the word"Contract" submittals, and the reports and drawings of subsurface is synonymous with the word "Agreement" and is used and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. interchangeably in the Contract Documents. 13. Contract Price--The moneys payable by 3.Application for Payment--The form acceptable Owner to Contractor for completion of the Work in to Engineer which is to be used by Contractor during the accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the course of the Work in requesting progress or final Agreement (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03 payments and which is to be accompanied by such in the case of Unit Price Work). Documents.gdocumentation as is required by the Contract 14. Contract Times--The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (i)achieve Milestones,if 4. Asbestos--Any material that contains more any, (ii)achieve Substantial Completion; and (iii) than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels evidenced by Engineer's written recommendation of final established by the United States Occupational Safety and payment. Health Administration. 15. Contractor--The individual or entity with 5. Bid--The offer or proposal of a Bidder whom Owner has entered into the Agreement. submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices 16. Cost of the Work--See Paragraph 11.0LA for for the Work to be performed. definition. 6. Bidder--The individual or entity who submits 17. Drawings--That part of the Contract a Bid directly to Owner. Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the 7. Bidding Documents--The Bidding Work to be performed by Contractor. Shop Drawings and Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents other Contractor submittals are not Drawings as so (including all Addenda). defined. 8. Bidding Requirements--The Advertisement or 18. Effective Date of the Agreement--The date Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, bid security of indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, acceptable form, if any, and the Bid Form with any but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on supplements. which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 19. Engineer--The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and lab Building 10/29/2009 6 20. Engineer's Consultant--An individual or 31. Partial Utilization--Use by Owner of a entity having a contract with Engineer to furnish services substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose as Engineer's independent professional associate or for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to consultant with respect to the Project and who is Substantial Completion of all the Work identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. 32.3&PCBs--Polychlorinated biphenyls. 21. 2& Field Order--A written order issued by Engineer which requires minor changes in the Work but 33. 3-1: Petroleum--Petroleum, including crude which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard the Contract Times, conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), 22. 2� General Requirements--Sections of such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, Division 1 of the Specifications. The General gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other Requirements pertain to all sections of the Specifications. non-Hazardous Waste and crude oils. 23. 2-1. Hazardous Environmental Condition-- 34.3-2-.Progress Schedule--A schedule,prepared The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work. 35. 33-.Project--The total construction of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents 24. 23-. Hazardous Waste--The term Hazardous may be the whole,or a part. Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act(42 USC Section 6903) as 36.34.Project Manual--The bound documentary amended from time to time. information prepared for bidding and constructing the Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual, 25. 24 Laws and Regulations; Laws or which may be bound in one or more volumes, is Regulations--Any and all applicable laws, rules, contained in the table(s)of contents. regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts 37. 3-5-. Radioactive Material--Source, special having jurisdiction. nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as 26. 2-5. Liens--Charges, security interests, or amended from time to time, encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property. 38. 3-6 Related Entity -- An officer, director, partner,employee,agent,consultant,or subcontractor. 27.26 Milestone--A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate 39. 3-7 Resident Project Representative--The completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion authorized representative of Engineer who may be of all the Work. assigned to the Site or any part thereof. 28. 2q-. Notice of Award--The written notice by 40.38.Samples--Physical examples of materials, Owner to the Successful Bidder stating that upon timely equipment, or workmanship that are representative of compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions some portion of the Work and which establish the precedent listed therein, Owner will sign and deliver the standards by which such portion of the Work will be Agreement. judged. 29. 2& Notice to Proceed--A written notice 41. 39: Schedule of Submittals--A schedule, given by Owner to Contractor fixing the date on which prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required the Contract Times will commence to run and on which submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled Contractor shall start to perform the Work under the performance of related construction activities. Contract Documents. 42.40:Schedule of Values—A schedule,prepared 30. 29 Owner--The individual or entity with and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the whom Contractor has entered into the Agreement and for Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used whom the Work is to be performed. as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 7 43. 44 Shop Drawings--All drawings, diagrams, 53. 5 Work--The entire construction or the illustrations, schedules, and other data or information various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some and is the result of performing or providing all labor, portion of the Work services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating 44. 4 Site--Lands or areas indicated in the all materials and equipment into such construction, all as Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon required by the Contract Documents. which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of- way and easements for access thereto, and such other 54. 3-1. Work Change Directive--A written lands furnished by Owner which are designated for the statement to Contractor issued on or after the Effective use of Contractor. Date of the Agreement and signed by Owner and recommended by Engineer ordering an addition, deletion, 45. 4 Speciftcations--That part of the Contract or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or Documents consisting of written requirements for unforeseen subsurface or physical conditions under which materials, equipment, systems, standards and the Work is to be performed or to emergencies. A Work workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or administrative requirements and procedural matters the Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect applicable thereto. that the change ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued 46. 44 Subcontractor--An individual or entity Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other its effect,if any,on the Contract Price or Contract Times. Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. 1.02 Terminology 47. 45: Substantial Completion--The time at A. The following words or terms are not which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, Contract Documents, have the following meaning. the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so B.Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives that the Work(or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms the term Documents include I. he Contract Docude s "substantially complete"and"substantially completed"as �`as allowed," "as approved," cu ordered", de directeds applied to all part of the Work refer to Substantial or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise Completion thereof. of professional judgment by Engineer. In addition, the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," 48. 46; Successful Bidder--The Bidder °proper," "satisfactory," or adjectives of like effect or submitting a responsive Bid to whom Owner makes an import are used to describe an action or determination of award. Engineer as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise 49. 49� Supplementary Conditions--That part of of professional judgment, action or determination will be the Contract Documents which amends or supplements solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance these General Conditions. with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of 50. 48 Supplier--A manufacturer, fabricator, the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or supplier, distributor, materia indicated in the Contract Documents unless there is a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor pp loan, vendor having a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the such term or adjective is not intended to and shall not be Work by Contractor or any Subcontractor. effective to assign to Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any 51.49.Underground Facilities--All underground duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to pipelines,conduits,ducts, cables,wires,manholes,vaults, the provisions of Paragraph 9.09 or any other provision of tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and the Contract Documents. any encasements containing such facilities, including those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid C.Day petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other 1. The word"day" means a calendar day of 24 liquids or chemicals,or traffic or other control systems. hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. 52.38: Unit Price Work--Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 8 D.Defective B. Evidence of Insurance: Before Owner will execute the Agreement, and before any Work at the Site 1. The word "defective," when modifying the is started, Contractor and-9,A%ef shall eae"eliver to word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, Owner the-ethe , with copies to each additional insured faulty,or deficient in that it: identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance which a. does not conform to the Contract Documents, either of them or any additional insured may reasonably or request) which Contractor is b. does not meet the requirements of any required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5. applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, 2.02 Copies of Documents or c. has been damaged prior to Engineer's A. Owner shall furnish to Contractor up to ten recommendation of final payment (unless Printed or hard copies of the Drawings and Project responsibility for the protection thereof has been Manual. Additional copies will be furnished upon assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in request at the cost of reproduction. accordance with Paragraph 14.04 or 14.05). 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to E.Furnish,Install,Perform,Provide Proceed 1. The word "furnish," when used in connection A. Following the execution of the Agreement with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to by the Owner and the Contractor, written Notice to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment Proceed with the Work shall be given by the Owner to to the Site(or some other specified location)ready for use the Contractor. The Contract Times will commence to or installation and in usable or operable condition. run on the thiFt.et:, day after- the Effective Date f L Agreement ~, if a Netiee to ProGeed is given, on 2. The word "install," when used in connection day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after into use or place in final position said services, materials, the Effective Date of the Agreement. In no evew wiH4he or equipment complete and ready for intended use. CeFA aet Tim later- than the simie+, day after-the day of Bid opening oF the thiiiieth day a 3.The words"perform"or"provide,"when used the Ef€eefiive,-1 Date of theAgreement, hi a t ' in connection with services,materials,or equipment,shall earlier mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 2.04 Starting the Work 4. When "furnish," "install," "perform," or A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work "provide" is not used in connection with services, on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. materials, or equipment in a context clearly requiring an No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on obligation of Contractor,"provide"is implied. which the Contract Times commence to run. F. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract 2.05 Before Starting Construction Documents, words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are A. Preliminary Schedules: Within 10 days after used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise recognized meaning. specified in the General Requirements), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for timely review: ARTICLE 2-PRELIMINARY MATTERS 1. a preliminary Progress Schedule; indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence oflnsurance Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; A. When Contractor delivers the executed 2.a preliminary Schedule of Submittals;and counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner such bonds as Contractor may be required to furnish. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 9 3. a preliminary Schedule of Values for all of the relieve Contractor from Contractor's full responsibility Work which includes quantities and prices of items which therefor. when added together equal the Contract Price and 2. Contractor's Schedule of Submittals will be subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient acceptable to Engineer if it provides a workable detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during arrangement for reviewing and processing the required performance of the Work. Such prices will include an submittals. appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. 3. Contractor's Schedule of Values will be acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it 4. a preliminary list of construction equipment with hourly rates, owned or rented by the Contractor and provides a reasonable the Work.ble allocation of the Contract Price to all Subcontractors that will be used in the performance of the Work. The equipment list will include information 4. Contractor's Schedule of Equipment will be necessary to confirm the hourly rates in accordance with acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it paragraph ll.O1A.5.c of these General Conditions provides the necessary information to reference the including: make, model, and year of manufacture as well equipment and establish the hourly rates in accordance as the horse power,capacity or weight,and accessories with paragraph 11.01.A.5.c of these General Conditions 2.06 Preconstruction Conference A. Before any Work at the Site is started, a ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, conference attended by Owner, Contractor, Engineer, AMENDING, REUSE and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph 3.01 Intent 2.05.A, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, A. The Contract Documents are and maintaining required records. complementary; what is required by one is as binding as 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules if required by all. A. At least 10 days r,efeF. ..Y._..•..sion of th B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project(or part thereof) and others as appropriate will to be constructed in accordance with the Contract ' Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, bete,,, the, schedules submitted i$ materials, or equipment that may reasonably be inferred oo=o,. as�ordanse--ivi#h from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom Paragraph 2.03.A�'entraster 10 days to make eeFFeefiens and adjustments and to or trade usage as being required to produce the intended eemplete and rtesubn3it the schedules. No pfegr-ess result will be provided whether or not specifically called payment sha14 be made to GeatfaeWf until aeoeptable for at no additional cost to Owner. C. Clarifications and interpretations of the A. Prior to the first application for payment all Contract Documents shall be issued by Engineer as schedules and documents identified in paragraph 2.05.A provided in Article 9. of these General Conditions shall be finalized and acceptable to the Engineer and Owner. No progress 3.02 Reference Standards payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to Engineer and Owner as A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and provided below. Acceptance of these schedules and Regulations documents by either Engineer or Owner will neither 1. Reference to standards, specifications, impose on Engineer or Owner responsibility for the manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work and will or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such not interfere with or relieve Contractor from reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the Contractor's full responsibility therefore. standard, specification, manual, code, or haws or 1. The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids(or on Engineer and Owner if it provides an orderly progression the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no of the Work to completion within the Contract Times. Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in Such acceptance will not impose on Engineer and Owner the Contract Documents. responsibility for the Progress Schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work nor interfere with or 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 10 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual or code, or any instruction of a b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations Supplier shall be effective to change the duties or applicable to the performance of the Work responsibilities of Owner,Contractor,or Engineer,or any (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees of the Contract Documents would result in from those set forth in the Contract Documents. No such violation of such Law or Regulation), provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to Owner, or Engineer, or any of, their Related Entities, any 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of Documents the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the A. The Contract Documents may be amended to Contract Documents, provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies either a Change Order or a Work Change Directive. A. Reporting Discrepancies B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and 1. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents deviations in the Work may be authorized, by one or Before Starting Work. Before undertaking each part of the more of the following ways: Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent 1.A Field Order; figures therein and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer 2. Engineer's approval of a Shop Drawing or any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which Sample; (Subject to the p � provisions of Paragraph Contractor may discover and shall obtain a written 6.17.D.3);or interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. 3. Engineer's written interpretation or 2. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents clarification. During Performance of Work. If, during the performance 3.05 Reuse of Documents of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents A. Contractor and any Subcontractor or or between the Contract Documents and any provision of Supplier or other individual or entity performing or any Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of furnishing all of the Work under a direct or indirect the Work or of any standard, specification, manual or contract with Contractor, shall not: code, or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall promptly report it to Engineer in writing. Contractor 1.have or acquire any title to or ownership rights shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A) until documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents bearing the seal of Engineer or Engineer's consultants, has been issued by one of the methods indicated in including electronic media editions;or Paragraph 3.04, 2. reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, 3. Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Engineer for failure to report any conflict, error, Project or any other project without written consent of ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents Owner and Engineer and specific written verification or unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known adaption by Engineer. thereof. B. The prohibition of this Paragraph 3.05 will B. Resolving Discrepancies survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. 1.Except as may be otherwise specifically stated Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining in the Contract Documents,the provisions of the Contract copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the 3.06 Electronic Data provisions of the Contract Documents and: A. Copies of data furnished by Owner or a. the provisions of any standard, specification, Engineer to Contractor or Contractor to Owner or manual, code, or instruction (whether or not Engineer that may be relied upon are limited to the specifically incorporated by reference in the printed copies (also known as hard copies). Files in Contract Documents);or electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 11 types are furnished only for the convenience of the D. If it is necessary or desirable that the receiving party. Any conclusion or information obtained Contractor use land outside of the Owner's easement or or derived from such electronic files will be at the user's night-of-way, the Contractor shall obtain written consent sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the electronic from the property owner and tenant of the land The files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern. Contractor shall not enter for materials delivery or occupy for any other purpose with men tools equipment B. Because data stored in electronic media construction materials or with materials excavated from format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently or the site any private property outside the designated otherwise without authorization of the data's creator, the construction easement boundaries or right-of-wav without party receiving electronic files agrees that it will perform written permission from the property owner and tenant acceptance tests or procedures within 60 days, after which the receiving party shall be deemed to have 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions accepted the data thus transferred. Any errors detected A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary within the 60-day acceptance period will be corrected by Conditions identify: the transferring party. C. When transferring documents in electronic 1. those reports of explorations and tests of media format, the transferring party makes no subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site that representations as to long term compatibility, usability, Engineer has used in preparing the Contract Documents;and or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or 2. those drawings of physical conditions in or computer hardware differing from those used by the relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or data's creator. contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities) that Engineer has used in preparing the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the general REFERENCE POINTS accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is 4.01 Availability of Lands identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," Contractor may A. Owner shall furnish the Site. Owner shall not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions Engineer, or any of their Related Entities with respect not of general application but specifically related to use to: of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. Owner will obtain in a timely 1.the completeness of such reports and drawings manner and pay for easements for permanent structures for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, or permanent changes in existing facilities. If Contractor any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, and Owner are unable to agree on entitlement to or on sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of incident thereto;or any delay in Owner's furnishing the Site or a part thereof, Contractor may make a Claim therefor as 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and provided in Paragraph 10.05. information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings;or B. Upon reasonable written request, Owner 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, record legal title and legal description of the lands upon interpretations,opinions,or information. which the Work is to be performed and Owner's interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions mechanic's or construction lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. A. Notice: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the C. Contractor shall provide for all additional Site that is uncovered or revealed either: lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any and equipment. "technical data"on which Contractor is entitled to rely as 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 12 provided in Paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate;or 00-60746 Bozeman WRP Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 13 2.is of such a nature as to require a change in the b. the existence of such condition could Contract Documents;or reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, 3.differs materially from that shown or indicated exploration, test, or study of the Site and in the Contract Documents; or contiguous areas required by the Bidding 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially Requirements or Contract Documents to be from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally conducted by or for Contractor prior to recognized as inherent in work of the character provided Contractor's making such fmal commitment;or for in the Contract Documents; c. Contractor failed to give the written notice as then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware required by Paragraph 4.03.A. thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in 3. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree connection therewith(except in an emergency as required on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of by Paragraph 6.16.A), notify Owner and Engineer in any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, writing about such condition. Contractor shall not further or both, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection Paragraph 10.05.However,Owner and Engineer,and any therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written of their Related Entities shall not be liable to Contractor order to do so. Contractor shall notify the Owner and for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but Engineer in writing about differing subsurface or physical not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, conditions within 5 days of discovery and before attorneys, and other professionals and all court or disturbing the subsurface as stated above. No claim for arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by an adjustment in the contract price or contract times (or Contractor on or in connection with any other project or Milestones) will be valid for differing subsurface or anticipated project. physical conditions if procedures of this paragraph 4.03 are not followed. 4.04 Underground Facilities B. Engineer's Review: After receipt of written A. Shown or Indicated. The information and notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A, Engineer will data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with promptly review the pertinent condition, determine the respect to existing Underground Facilities at or necessity of Owner's obtaining additional exploration or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data tests with respect thereto, and advise Owner in writing furnjshed to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such (with a copy to Contractor) of Engineer's findings and Underground Facilities, including Owner, or by othbrs. conclusions. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: C. Possible Price and Times Adjustments 1. Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible 1. The Contract Price or the Contract Times, or for the accuracy or completeness of any such information both, will be equitably adjusted to the extent that the or data;and existence of such differing subsurface or physical condition causes an increase or decrease in Contractor's 2. the cost of all of the following will be cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have subject,however,to the following: full responsibility for: a. such condition must meet any one or more of a. reviewing and checking all such information the categories described in Paragraph 4.03.A; and data, and b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price indicated in the Contract Documents, will be subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 9.07 and 11.03. c. coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, 2. Contractor shall not be entitled to any during construction,and adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times if - a. the safety and protection of all such a. Contractor knew of the existence of such Underground Facilities and repairing any conditions at the time Contractor made a final damage thereto resulting from the Work. commitment to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a B.Not Shown or Indicated Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract;or 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29t2009 14 1. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or that have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown of the Contract Documents, or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the general disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such Work in connection therewith(except in an emergency as reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are required by Paragraph 6.16.A),identify the owner of such not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is Underground Facility and give written notice to that identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for owner and to Owner and Engineer. Engineer will such reliance on such "technical data," Contractor may promptly review the Underground Facility and determine not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Engineer, or any of their Related Entities with respect Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the to: Underground Facility. During such time, Contractor shall 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings be responsible for the safety and protection of such for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, Underground Facility. any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences 2. If Engineer concludes that a change in the and procedures of construction to be employed by Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident Directive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect and thereto;or document such consequences. An equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and both, to the extent that they are attributable to the information contained in such reports or shown or existence or location of any Underground Facility that indicated in such drawings;or was not shown or indicated or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents and 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion that Contractor did not know of and could not reasonably drawn from any"technical data" or any such other data, have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. interpretations,opinions or information. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any C. Contractor shall not be responsible for any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or Owner or Contractor may make a Claim therefor as revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in provided in Paragraph 10.05. Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. 4.05 Reference Points Contractor shall be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials A. Owner shall provide engineering surveys to brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, establish reference points for construction which in Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor responsible. to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and D. If Contractor encounters a Hazardous preserve the established reference points and property Environmental Condition or if Contractor or anyone for monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous without the prior written approval of Owner. Contractor Environmental Condition, Contractor shall immediately: shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point or (i)secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all property monument is lost or destroyed or requires Work in connection with such condition and in any area relocation because of necessary changes in grades or affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate Paragraph 6.16.A); and (iii) notify Owner and Engineer replacement or relocation of such reference points or (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). property monuments by professionally qualified Owner shall promptly consult with Engineer concerning personnel. the necessity for Owner to retain a qualified expert to 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. A. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to E. Contractor shall not be required to resumeWork in connection with such condition or in any the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of those reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous affected area until after Owner has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to Contractor Environmental Condition identified at the Site, if any, written notice: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the 00...60746 Bozeman VW Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 15 resumption of Work; or (ii) specifying any special from and against the consequences of that individual's or conditions under which such Work may be resumed entity's own negligence. safely. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any I. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, 4.04 do not apply to a Hazardous Environmental as a result of such Work stoppage or such special Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by Contractor, either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. ARTICLE 5- BONDS AND INSURANCE F. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on 5.01 Performance,Payment, and Other Bonds a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then A. Contractor shall furnish performance and Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the payment bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance Work. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to and payment of all of Contractor's obligations under the entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an Contract Documents. These bonds shall remain in effect adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a until one year after the date when final payment becomes result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either due or until completion of the correction period specified party may make a Claim therefor as provided in in Paragraph 13.07, whichever is later, except as Paragraph 10.05. Owner may have such deleted portion provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the of the Work performed by Owner's own forces or others Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such in accordance with Article 7. other bonds as are required by the Contract Documents. G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and B. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring (including but not limited to all fees and charges of Companies" as published�in Circular 570 (amended) by engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution U.S. Department of the Treasury. All bonds signed by costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of the Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous agent's authority to act. All bonds signed by an agent Environmental Condition: (i) was not shown or indicated must have a Power of Attorney form attached to the in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Bond. Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and (ii) was not created by Contractor or by C. If the surety on any bond furnished by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or this Paragraph 4.06. G shall obligate Owner to its right to do business is terminated in any state where indemnify any individual or entity from and against the any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the consequences of that individual's or entity's own requirements of Paragraph 5.01.13, Contractor shall negligence. promptly notify Owner and Engineer and shall, within 20 days after the event giving rise to such notification, H. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and provide another bond and surety, both of which shall Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01.B and harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, 5.02. directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, A. All bonds and insurance required by the attorneys, and other professionals and all court or Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out Owner or Contractor shall be obtained from surety or of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06.1-1 shall bends or insurance policies for the limits and coverages obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 16 also meet such additional requirements and qualifications person other than Contractor's employees; as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 4. claims for damages insured by reasonably 5.03 Certificates of Insurance available personal injury liability coverage which are A. Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with sustained: copies to each additional insured identified in the a.by any person as a result of an offense directly Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and or indirectly related to the employment of such other evidence of insurance requested by Owner or any person by Contractor,or other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain. b.by any other person for any other reason; B. Owner shall deliver to Eentraeter, stir eepies to each additie" Lnsufed identified in the ptwohase and maintain. B. An Authorized Representative of the insurance company for the Contractor shall review the specified insurance requirements of Article 5 and shall provide to each insured and to each additional insured a letter stating that the requirements of Article 5 have been reviewed and certifying that the Contractor has, as a minimum,provided the insurance coverage as required by Article 5. C. All insurance required to be provided under Article 5 shall be written in such a manner as to afford primary insurance coverage (as opposed to excess or secondary coverage) as to meet or exceed the insurance requirements for all insureds and additional insureds and the respective directors, officers, partners, employees agents and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds. 5.04 Contractor's Liability Insurance A. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; 2.claims for damages against Contractor because of bodily injury,property damage, occupational sickness, accident or disease, or death of or to Contractor's employees; 3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness, of disease, property damage, or death of any 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 17 5. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and 6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership,maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. 7. The Liability Policy purchased by Contractor will provide that the definition of bodily injury will include claims for mental anguish. B. The policies of insurance required by this Paragraph 5.04 shall: 1. with respect to insurance required by Paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, include as additional insured Owner and Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include coverage for the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents,consultants and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds, and the insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby; 2. include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations,whichever is greater; 3. include completed operations insurance; 4. include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity obligations under Paragraphs 6.11 and 6.20; 5. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 fo -five days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor pursuant to Paragraph 5.03 will so provide); 6. remain in effect for a period of at least until one year following final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.07;and 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 18 7. with respect to completed operations 4. cover materials and equipment in transit for insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a incorporation in the Work or stored at the Site or at claims-made basis, remain in effect for at least two three another location 64M was agreed to in writing by O-A%ef years after final payment, prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an a. Contractor shall famish Owner and each other Application for Payment recommended by Engineer; additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions,to whom a certificate 5. be endorsed to allow occupancy and to allow of insurance has been issued, evidence for partial utilization of the Work by Owner; and satisfactory to Owner and any such additional specifically endorse the Builder's Risk policy to allow for insured of continuation of such insurance at final such action; payment and ene for each year thereafter until this provision is satisfied. 6.include testing and startup; and 5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance 7. be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner, A. In addition to the insurance required to be Contractor, and Engineer with 30 45 days written notice provided by Contractor under Paragraph 5.04, Owner, at to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of Owner's option, may purchase and maintain at Owner's insurance has been issued. expense Owner's own liability insurance as will protect B. Owner shall purchase and maintain such Owner against claims which may arise from operations boiler and machinery insurance or additional property under the Contract Documents. insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include 5.06 Property Insurance—Purchased by Contractor the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified A. Unless otherwise provided in the in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, Supplementary Conditions, 9wner Contractor shall directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be Listed thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be as an insured or additional insured. provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: C. Contractor shall be responsible for any deductible or self-insured retention. 1. include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and Engineer, D. E All the policies of insurance (and the Engineer's Consultants, and any other individuals or certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and purchased and maintained by Contractor in accordance the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, with Paragraph 5.06 will contain a provision or consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until shall be listed as an insured or additional insured; at least 30 45 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each other additional 2. be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall issued and will contain waiver provisions in accordance at leas include insurance for physical loss or damage to with Paragraph 5.07. The qualifications of the insurance the Work, including machinery and testing of machinery company shall comply with the requirements of_paragraph (including electrical units), temporary buildings, false work, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall 5.02 and the Supplementary Conditions. insure against at least the following perils or causes of E. 1 . Owner ,,,,,,,, not be responsible F loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris spersifie i this b,fagr-,,ph 5.06 to pr-,.teet the iefests _r removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws Eentraster-, Subeent£aete�ore the Work k and Regulations, water damage, (other than caused by o�*o^t f ,ea„�*�� t- •, « a flood) and such other perils or causes of loss as may be r a�QQ�i�.=o �ooaw may-aro specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions; the Supplementary Cenditions. The risk of loss to the Work within sueh idepAified deduetible amou will be 3. include expenses incurred in the repair or borne by Contractor, Subcontractors, or others suffering replacement of any insured property (including but not any such loss, and if any of them wishes property limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects); insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 19 each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them own expense. for: F. fs: If Contractor requests in writing that 1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, other special insurance be included in the property or other consequential loss extending beyond direct insurance policies provided under Paragraph 5.06, physical loss or damage to Owner's property or the Work Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other cost thereof will be charged to Contractor by appropriate perils whether or not insured by Owner; and Change Order. Prior to commencement of the Work at 2. loss or damage to the completed Project or the Site, Owner shall in writing advise Contractor part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from whether or not such other insurance has been procured fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any by Owner. property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by Owner during partial utilization G. Oualifications of the property insurance pursuant to Paragraph 14.05,after Substantial Completion company shall be as specified in the Supplementary pursuant to Paragraph 14.04, or after final payment Conditions. pursuant to Paragraph 14.07. 5.07 Waiver of Rights C. Any insurance policy maintained by Owner covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred A. Owner and Contractor intend that all policies to in Paragraph 5.07.E shall contain provisions to the purchased in accordance with Paragraph 5.06 will effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, protect Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no Engineer, Engineer's Consultants, and all other rights of recovery against Contractor, Subcontractors, or individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Engineer, or Engineer's Consultants and the officers, Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, subcontractors of each and any of them. consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) in such policies and will provide primary coverage for 5.08 Receipt and Application oflnsurance Proceeds all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered thereby. All such policies shall contain A. Any insufed 1 s Losses insured under the provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of policies of insurance required by Paragraphs 5.06 and any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of SC-5.06 that include Owner as a named insured will be recovery against any of the insureds or additional adjusted with Owner and made payable to Owner as insureds thereunder. Owner, and Contractor, fiduciary for- the insureds, first named insured, and Subcontractors. Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all others, as their interests may appear, subject to the other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds Paragraph 5.08.13. Owner shall deposit in a separate under such policies waive all rights against each other account any money so received and shall distribute it in and their respective officers, directors, partners, accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, the each and any of them for all losses and damages caused damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils or so received applied on account thereof, and the Work causes of loss covered by such policies and any other and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in Order. addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors, and Engineer, Engineer's Consultants, and all other B. Owner as €dueiary fast named insured shall individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, within 15 days after the occurrence of loss to Owner's consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) exercise of this power. If such objection be made,Owner under such policies for losses and damages so caused. as fidueiar-y shall make settlement with the insurers in None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the parties in any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds interest is reached, Owner as-€tdusiary shall adjust and of insurance held by Owner as trustee or otherwise settle the loss with the insurers and,if required in writing payable under any policy so issued. by any party in interest, Owner as-fidusiar shall give bond for the proper performance of such duties. B. Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Arbitrators shall be chosen as provided in paragraph Subcontractors, and Engineer, Engineer's Consultants 5.08.C. Owner shall in that case make settlement with the and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, insurers in accordance with the direction of such 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 20 arbitrators. If distribution of the insurance proceeds by such attention thereto and applying such skills and arbitration is required, the arbitrators will direct such expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in arbitration. accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, C. Arbitrators, if required, shall be selected in techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of Rules of the American Arbitration Association Owner or Engineer in the design or specification of a 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to specific means, method, technique, sequence, or Replace procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. A. If either Owner or Contractor has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions B. At all times during the progress of the Work, of the bonds or insurance required to be purchased and Contractor shall assign a competent resident maintained by the other party in accordance with Article superintendent who shall not be replaced without written 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract notice to Owner and Engineer except under Documents, the objecting party shall so notify the other extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be party in writing within 10 days after receipt of the Contractor's representative at the Site and shall have certificates (or other evidence requested) required by authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All Paragraph 2.01.13. Owner and Contractor shall each communications given to or received from the provide to the other such additional information in superintendent shall be binding on Contractor. respect of insurance provided as the other may 6.02 Labor; Working Hours reasonably request. If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance required of such A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably party by the Contract Documents, such party shall notify qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and the other party in writing of such failure to purchase perform construction as required by the Contract prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, the other discipline and order at the Site. Contractor shall be party may elect to obtain equivalent bonds or insurance responsible to see that the completed Work complies to protect such other party's interests at the expense of accurately with the Contract Documents the party who was required to provide such coverage, B. Except as otherwise required for the safety and a Change Order shall be issued to adjust the or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Contract Price accordingly. Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be Insurer performed during regular working hours. Contractor will not permit the performance of Work on a Saturday, A. If Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner's written - a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial consent (which will not be f�' bl withheld) given Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph after prior written notice to Engineer. Emergency work 14.05, no such use or occupancy shall commence before may be done without prior permission. the insurers providing the property insurance pursuant to 6.03 Services,Materials, and Equipment Paragraphs 5.06 and SC-5.06 have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, policies, but the property insurance shall not be canceled labor, transportation, construction equipment and or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, or occupancy. telephone, water, sanit ary tary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the ARTICLE 6-CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work. 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 21 shall expressly run to the benefit of Owner. If required discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by by Engineer, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory Contractor is functionally equal to that named and evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. be required, it may be considered by Engineer as an "or-equal"item, in which case review and approval of the C. All materials and equipment shall be stored, proposed item may, in Engineer's sole discretion, be applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, accomplished without compliance with some or all of the cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions requirements for approval of proposed substitute items, of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be For the purposes of this Paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed provided in the Contract Documents. item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: 6.04 Progress Schedule a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment A. Contractor shall adhere to the Progress Engineer determines that: Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.07 1) it is at least equal in materials of as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided construction, quality, durability, appearance, below. strength,and design characteristics; 1. Contractor shall submit to Engineer fef 2) it will reliably perform at least aeaeptanee ..(to the extent ,ri6atea .,P _, w 2" equally well the function and achieve the results with each application for payment an updated progress imposed b the design p y concept of the completed schedule reflecting the amount of work completed and Project as a functioning whole, proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times. Such 3)it has a proven record of performance adjustments will comply with any, provisions of the and availability of responsive service;and General Requirements applicable thereto. b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and 2. Until the updated schedules are submitted to incorporated into the Work and acceptable to Engineer and Owner. Owner may withhold an amount from a progress payment that is 1) there will be no increase in cost to sufficient to pav the direct expenses that Owner may the Owner or increase in Contract Times,and reasonably expect will be necessary to correct any 2) it will conform substantially to the problems based on Contractor's failure to submit detailed requirements of the item named in the acceptable updated schedules. Review and acceptance of Contract Documents. progress schedules by the Engineer will neither impose on Engineer responsibility for the sequencing scheduling or 2. Substitute Items progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor's full responsibility therefore a. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor 3. -2-. Proposed adjustments in the Progress does not qualify as an "or-equal" item under Schedule that will change the Contract Times shall be paragraph 6.OS.A.1, it will be considered a submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article proposed substitute item. 12. Adjustments in Contract Times may only be made by a Change Order. b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow Engineer to 6.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals" determine that the item of material or equipment A. Whenever an item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named is specified or described in the Contract Documents by and an acceptable substitute therefore. Requests using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by particular Supplier, the specification or description is Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description c. The requirements for review by Engineer will contains or is followed by words reading that no like, be as set forth in Paragraph 6.05.A.2.d, as equivalent, or "or-equal" item or no substitution is supplemented in the General Requirements and permitted, other items of material or equipment or as Engineer may decide is appropriate under the material or equipment of other Suppliers may be circumstances. submitted to Engineer for review under the d. Contractor shall make written application to circumstances described below. Engineer for review of a proposed substitute item 1. "Or-Equal" Items: If in Engineer's sole of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use.The application: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 22 C. Engineer's Evaluation: Engineer will be 1) shall certify that the proposed allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each substitute item will: proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs a)perform adequately the functions and 6.05.A and 6.05.13. Engineer may require Contractor to achieve the results called for by the furnish additional data about the proposed substitute general design, item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or b) be similar in substance to that utilized until Engineer's review is complete, which will specified,and be evidenced by either a Change Order for a substitute c) be suited to the same use as that or an approved Shop Drawing for an "or equal." specified; Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any 2)will state: negative determination. D. Special Guarantee: Owner may require a) the extent, if any,to which the use of Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special the proposed substitute item will performance guarantee or other surety with respect to prejudice Contractor's achievement of any substitute. Substantial Completion on time; E. Engineer's Cost Reimbursement: Engineer b) whether or not use of the proposed will record Engineer's costs in evaluating a substitute substitute item in the Work will require proposed or submitted by Contractor pursuant to a change in any of the Contract Paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.13 Whether or not Documents (or in the provisions of any Engineer approves a substitute item so proposed or other direct contract with Owner for submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall reimburse other work on the Project) to adapt the Owner for the charges of Engineer for evaluating each design to the proposed substitute item; such proposed substitute. Contractor shall also reimburse and Owner for the charges of Engineer for making changes c) whether or not incorporation or use in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any of the proposed substitute item in other direct contract with Owner) resulting from the connection with the Work is subject to acceptance of each proposed substitute. payment of any license fee or royalty; 1. Payment for such evaluation and redesign 3)will identify: shall be made at the hourly rates specified in the Bid Form and made by deduction from the monthly progress a) all variations of the proposed payments and the final payment as the evaluation and substitute item from that specified, and redesign expenses are incurred. b) available engineering, sales, F. Contractor's Expense: Contractor shall maintenance, repair, and replacement provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or services; "or-equal" at Contractor's expense. 4) and shall contain an itemized 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and estimate of all costs or credits that will result Others directly or indirectly from use of such substitute A. Contractor shall not employ any item, including costs of redesign and claims of Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity other contractors affected by any resulting (including those acceptable to Owner as indicated in change, Paragraph 6.06.13), whether initially or as a replacement, B. Substitute Construction Methods or against whom Owner may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly furnish or perform any of the Work against whom required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may Contractor has reasonable objection. furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction approved by B. If the Supplementary Conditions require the Engineer. Contractor shall submit sufficient information identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other to allow Engineer, in Engineer's sole discretion, to individuals or entities to be submitted to Owner in determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to advance for acceptance by Owner by a specified date that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, and if requirements for review by Engineer will be similar to Contractor has submitted a list thereof in accordance those provided in Paragraph 6.05.A.2. with the Supplementary Conditions, Owner's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 23 thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection appropriate agreement between Contractor and the in the Bidding Documents or the Contract Documents)of Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and entity so identified may be revoked on the basis of conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of reasonable objection after due investigation. Contractor Owner and Engineer. Whenever any such agreement is shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as an Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, additional insured on the property insurance provided in and the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference Paragraph 5.06, the agreement between the Contractor in the cost occasioned by such replacement, and an and the Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions appropriate Change Order will be issued. No acceptance whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights by Owner of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other against Owner, Contractor, and Engineer, Engineer' individual or entity, whether initially or as a Consultants, and all other individuals or entities replacement, shall constitute a waiver of any right of identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as Owner or Engineer to reject defective Work. insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, C. Contractor shall be fully responsible to directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the subcontractors of each and any of them) for all losses Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or and damages caused by, arising out of, relating to, or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and by such policies and any other property insurance omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents: applicable to the Work. If the insurers on any such policies require separate waiver forms to be signed by 1, shall create for the benefit of any such any Subcontractor or Supplier, Contractor will obtain the Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any same. contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties entity,nor A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and 2. shall anything in the Contract Documents royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to performance of the Work or the incorporation in the pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Work of any invention, design, process, product, or Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights except as may otherwise be required by Laws and held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, Regulations. Owner or Engineer may furnish to any such product, or device is specified in the Contract Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization, Documents for use in the performance of the Work and to the extent practicable, information about amounts paid if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use to Contractor in accordance with Contractor's is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the Applications for Payment on account of the particular Subcontractor's, Suppliers, or other person's or other Payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the Subcontractor's, ion's Work existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in organithe Contract Documents. D. Contractor shall be solely responsible for B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or harmless Owner, and Engineer, Engineer's Consultants furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, contract with Contractor. consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them E. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals performing or furnishing any of the Work to and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution communicate with Engineer through Contractor. costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of F. The divisions and sections of the patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings performance of the Work or resulting from theincorporation in the Work of any invention, design, shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to Documents. be performed by any specific trade. G. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 24 6.08 Permits equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas A. Unless otherwise provided in the permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner construction equipment or other materials or equipment. shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the resulting from the performance of the Work. time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement. Owner shall pay all 2. Should any claim be made by any such owner charges of utility owners for connections for providing or occupant because of the performance of the Work, permanent service to the Work. Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration 6.09 Laws and Regulations or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. A. Contractor shall give all notices required by 3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold applicable to the performance of the Work. Except harmless Owner, and Engineer, Engineer's Consultants, where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages any Laws or Regulations. (including but not limited to all fees and charges of B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees legal or equitable,brought by any such owner or occupant and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other against Owner, Engineer, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute Contractor's performance of the Work. resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work. However, it shall not be Contractor's primary B. Removal of Debris During Per of responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and the Work: During the progress of the Work Contractor Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, shall keep the Site and other areas free from but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other obligations under Paragraph 3.03. debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known Laws and Regulations. at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of on the cost or time of performance of the Work sha,11 the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work may be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or and make it ready for utilization by Owner. At the Contract Times. If Owner and Contractor are unable to completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and any, of any such adjustment, a Claim may be made machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. original condition all property not designated for 6.10 Taxes alteration by the Contract Documents. D. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load A. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent of the place of the Project which are applicable during property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it, the performance of the Work. 6.12 Record Documents 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, 1. Contractor shall confine construction Field Orders, and written interpretations and 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 25 clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to Engineer for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered to Engineer for Owner. B. The cost of any additional work required of the Engineer to complete the record documents due to failure of the Contractor to maintain adequate record documents shall be calculated at the hourly rates specified in the Bid Form for unscheduled employment of the Engineer. Payment for such work shall be made by deduction from the monthly progress payments and the final payment as the costs are incurred. 6.13 Safety and Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 26 1.all persons on the Site or who may be affected posted safety rules, tailgate meetings and site inspections by the Work; by safety and other inspectors emploved by the Contractor. 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the F. The Contractor shall be responsible for and Site;and shall take necessary precautions and provide all material and equipment to protect shore brace support and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, maintain all underground work and facilities including including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, pipes, conduits, drains, sewers water mains gas mains roadways, structures,utilities, and Underground Facilities cables, etc., and other underground construction work not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in uncovered in the proximity, or otherwise affected by the the course of construction. construction work performed by him All pavement, surfacing,driveways,curbs,walks buildings grass areas B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable trees utility poles or guy wires damaged by the Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or Contractor's operations in the performance of this work shall be repaired and/or replaced to the satisfaction of the property, or to the protection of persons or property � from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and Owner, Engineer, and affected property owner at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall also be maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and responsible for all damage to streets roads highways protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent shoulders, ditches, embankments culverts bridges or property and of Underground Facilities and other utility other public or private ro e p p rty or facility, regardless of owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, location or character, which may be caused by the work and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, including moving, hauling or otherwise transporting relocation, and replacement of their property. equipment,materials,or men to and from the work or any part of the site thereof, whether by him or his C. All damage, injury, or loss to any property subcontractors. The Contractor shall make satisfactory referred to in Paragraph 6.13.A.2 or 6.13.A.3 caused, and acceptable arrangements with the owner of or the directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, agency or authority having jurisdiction over,the damaged any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or property or facility concerning its repair or replacement or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to payment of costs incurred in connection with said perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any damage. of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor G. The Contractor shall conduct his work so as (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of to interfere as little as possible with public travel whether Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of vehicular or pedestrian. Whenever it is necessary to Owner or Engineer or Engineer's Consultants , or cross, obstruct, or close roads driveways or walks anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for whose whether pubic or private the Contractor shall obtain acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, approval from the governing party and shall at his own directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or expense, provide and maintain suitable and safe bridges, negligence of Contractor or any Subcontractor, Supplier, detours, and other temporary expedients for the or other individual or entity directly or indirectly accommodation of public and private drives before interfering with them. Safety provisions must be entirely employed by any of them). adequate and meet with City or State and Federal D. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for regulations to protect the public on these streets and safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until roads. The provisions for temporary expedients will notbe required when the Contractor has obtained permission such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has from the owner and tenant of the private property,or from issued a notice to Owner and Contractor in accordance the authority having jurisdiction over public property with Paragraph 14.07.B that the Work is acceptable involved, to obstruct traffic at the designated point (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection 6.14 Safety Representative with Substantial Completion). E.It is expressly understood by the parties to this A. Contractor shall designate a qualified andexperienced safety representative at the Site whose duties Agreement that the Contractor is solely responsible For initiating, maintaining, and supervising safety precautions and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and programs in connection with the Work.While Owner and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and Engineer may have the right to observe and report or and programs. otherwise review the work, progress and operations of 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs Contractor and any subcontractors or suppliers this observation, report or review shall not relieve Contractor A. Contractor shall be responsible for from any of its covenants and obligations hereunder. coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets Contractor shall incorporate all safety requirements into or other hazard communication information required to be its construction progress and work schedules, including made available to or exchanged between or among preconstruction and regularly scheduled safety meetings 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 27 employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or 6.16 Emergencies Sample,Contractor shall have determined and verified: A. In emergencies affecting the safety or a. all field measurements, quantities,dimensions, protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site specified performance and design criteria, or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to installation requirements, materials, catalog prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor numbers, and similar information with respect shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor thereto; believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been b. the suitability of all materials with respect to caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, Engineer determines that a change in the Contract storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to Documents is required because of the action taken by the performance of the Work; Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work c. all information relative to Contractor's Change Directive or Change Order will be issued. responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; A. Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings and and Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accordance with the acceptable Schedule of Submittals d. shall also have reviewed and coordinated each (as required by Paragraph 2.07). Each submittal will be Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop identified as Engineer may require. Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract 1. Shop Drawings Documents. a. Submit number of copies specified in the 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific General Requirements. written certification that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents b. Data shown on the Shop Drawings will be with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, submittal. specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show Engineer the 3. With each submittal, Contractor shall give services, materials, and equipment Contractor Engineer specific written notice of any variations,that the proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to Shop Drawing or Sample may have from the requirements review the information for the limited purposes of the Contract Documents. This notice shall be both a required by Paragraph 6.17.D. written communication separate from the Shop Drawing's 2. Samples: Contractor shall also submit or Sample Submittal; and, in addition, by a specific Samples to Engineer for review and approval in notation made on each Shop Drawing or Sample accordance with the acceptable schedule of Shop submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each Drawings and Sample submittals. such variation. a. Submit number of Samples specified in the D. Engineer's Review Specifications. 1. Engineer will provide timely review of Shop b. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Drawings and Samples in accordance with the Schedule Supplier,pertinent data such as catalog numbers, of Submittals acceptable to Engineer. Engineer's review the use for which intended and other data as and approval will be only to determine if the items Engineer may require to enable Engineer to covered by the submittals will, after installation or review the submittal for the limited purposes incorporation in the Work, conform to the information required by Paragraph 6.17.D. given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a B. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Docu- required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of ments. Submittals, any related Work performed prior to Engineer's review and approval of the pertinent 2. Engineer's review and approval will not submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or Contractor. procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of C. Submittal Procedures construction is specifically and expressly called for by the 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and lab Building 10/29/2009 28 Contract Documents)or to safety precautions or programs I.observations by Engineer; incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in 2. recommendation by Engineer or payment by which the item functions. Owner of any progress or final payment; 3. Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.3 and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample.Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.1. E. Resubmittal Procedures 1. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit, as required, new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. 6.18 Continuing the Work A. Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with Owner. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by Paragraph 15.04 or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.19 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Engineer and its Related Entities shall be entitled to rely on representation of Contractor's warranty and guarantee. B. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible;or 2.normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 29 3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit Completion by Engineer or any payment related thereto acts, or other employee benefit acts. by Owner; D. E The indemnification obligations of Contractor under Paragraph 6.20.A shall not extend to 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultants or to thereof by Owner; the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, 5.any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or consultants and subcontractors arising out of: Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of 1.the preparation or approval of acceptability by Engineer; P P pp ,or the failure to prepare or approve, maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, 6.any inspection,test,or approval by others;or surveys,Change Orders,designs,or Specifications;or 7.any correction of defective Work by Owner. 2. giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or 6.20 Indemnification damage. A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and E. The exceptions to Contractor's Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold indemnification obligations under paragraph 6 20 D shall harmless Owner, and Engineer, Engineer's Consultants, not apply to any claim or demand against Engineer and and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, Engineers Consultants or to the officers directors consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them Partners, employees, agents and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them which is based on from and against all claims, demands, liability, costs, asserted liability for the reporting or failing to report of losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees matters relating to alleged health and safety violations in and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other connection with the work of Contractor and any professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute Subcontractor or Supplier. resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or relating to the performance of the Work, provided that any such 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services claim, demand, liability, cost, loss, or damage is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, mental A. Contractor will not be required to provide anguish, or death, or to injury to or destruction of professional design services unless such services are tangible property , including specifically required by the Contract Documents for a the loss of use resulting therefrom but only to the extent portion of the Work or unless such services are required caused by any negl-igetrt act or omission of Contractor, to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to Contractor shall not be required to provide professional perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose services in violation of applicable law. acts any of them may be liable . B. If professional design services or B. While Owner and Engineer may have the certifications by a design professional related to systems, right to observe or otherwise review the work, progress materials or equipment are specifically required of and operations of the Contractor, and any Subcontractors Contractor by the Contract Documents, Owner and or Suppliers, it is expressly understood and agreed that Engineer will specify all performance and design criteria this observation, report or review shall not relieve the that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause Contractor from any of its covenants and obligations such services or certifications to be provided by a hereunder. properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal C. B. In any and all claims against Owner or shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals officers, directors, partners, or employees by any Prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other employee (or the survivor or personal representative of submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly professional's written approval when submitted to employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of Engineer. the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Paragraph C. Owner and Engineer shall be entitled to rely 6.20.A shall not be limited in any way by any limitation upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or services, certifications or approvals performed by such benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such design professionals, provided Owner and Engineer have Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity specified to Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Adminishation and lab Building 10/29/2009 30 D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 6.21, Engineer's review and approval of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and other submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 6.17.13.1. E. Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 7- OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 7.01 Related Work at Site A. Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with Owner's employees, or via other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then: 1. written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work;and 2. if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of such other work, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility owner and Owner, if Owner is performing other work with Owner's employees, proper and safe access to the Site, a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and shall properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this Paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and other contractors. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 31 C. If the proper execution or results of any part 8.02 Replacement of Engineer of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such A. In case of termination of the employment of other work and promptly report to Engineer in writing Engineer, Owner shall appoint an engineer to whom any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work Contractor makes no reasonable objection, whose status that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former execution and results of Contractor's Work. Contractor's Engineer. failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such 8.03 Furnish Data other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's Work except for latent defects and A. Owner shall promptly furnish the data deficiencies in such other work, required of Owner under the Contract Documents. 7.02 Coordination 8.04 Pay When Due A. If Owner intends to contract with others for A. Owner shall make payments to Contractor when they are due as provided in Paragraphs 14.02.0 the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, and 14.07.C. the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: 8.05 Lands and Easements;Reports and Tests 1. the individual or entity who will have A. Owner's duties in respect of providing lands authority and responsibility for coordination of the and easements and providing engineering surveys to activities among the various contractors will be identified; establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 2. the specific matters to be covered by such 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to Owner's authority and responsibility will be itemized; and identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions 3. the extent of such authority and and drawings of physical conditions in or relating to responsibilities will be provided. existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized by Engineer in B. Unless otherwise provided in the preparing the Contract Documents. Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility for such coordination. 8.06 Insurance 7.03 Legal Relationships A. Owner's responsibilities, if any, in respect to purchasing and maintaining liability and property A. Paragraphs 7.01.A and 7.02 are not insurance are set forth in Article 5. applicable for utilities not under the control of Owner. 8.07 Change Orders B. Each other direct contract of Owner under A.Paragraph 7.OLA shall provide that the other contractor Orders as i Owner is obligated to execute Change is liable to Owner and Contractor for the reasonable indicated in Paragraph 10.03. direct delay and disruption costs incurred by Contractor 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals as a result of the other contractor's actions or inactions. A. Owner's responsibility in respect to certain C. Contractor shall be liable to Owner and any inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph other contractor for the reasonable direct delay and 13.03.13. disruption costs incurred by such other contractor as a result of Contractor's action or inactions. 8.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities A. The Owner shall not supervise, direct, or ARTICLE 8 -OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and 8.01 Communications to Contractor programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations A. Except as otherwise provided in these applicable to the performance of the Work. Owner will General Conditions, Owner shall issue all not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the communications to Contractor through Engineer. Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 32 Condition A. Owner's responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Paragraph 4.06. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 33 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements A. If Owner and Engineer agree, Engineer will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist A. If and to the extent Owner has agreed to Engineer in providing more extensive observation of the furnish Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy Owner's Work. The authority and responsibilities of any such obligations under the Contract Documents, Owner's Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions, and responsibility in respect thereof will be as set forth in the limitations on the responsibilities thereof will be as Supplementary Conditions. provided in Paragraph 9.09. If Owner designates another representative or agent to represent Owner at the Site who is not Engineer's consultant, agent or employee, the ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of CONSTRUCTION such other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 9.01 Owner's Representative 9.04 Authorized Variations in Work A. Engineer will be Owner's representative A. Engineer may authorize minor variations in during the construction period. The duties and the Work from the requirements of the Contract responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Engineer as Owner's representative during construction Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible are set forth in the Contract Documents and will not be with the design concept of the completed Project as a changed without written consent of Owner and Engineer. functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field 9.02 Visits to Site Order and will be binding on Owner and also on A. Engineer will make visits to the Site at Contractor, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If Owner or Contractor believes that a Field intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or as Engineer deems necessary in order to observe as an Contract Times, or both, and the parties are unable to experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if various aspects of Contractor's executed Work. Based on any, of any such adjustment, a Claim may be madetherefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. information obtained during such visits and observations, Engineer, for the benefit of Owner, will determine, in B. However there will be no relaxing, general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with substituting or qualifying any portion of the the Contract Documents. Engineer will not be required Specifications, unless such change is approved in writing to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site by the Engineer and Owner to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Engineer's efforts will be directed toward providing for Owner a 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On A. Engineer will have authority to reject Work the basis of such visits and observations, Engineer will which Engineer believes to be defective, or that keep Owner informed of the progress of the Work and Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project will endeavor to guard Owner against defective Work. that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the B. Engineer's visits and observations are subject completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by to all the limitations on Engineer's authority and the Contract Documents. Engineer will also have responsibility set forth in Paragraph 9.09. Particularly, authority to require special inspection or testing of the but without limitation, during or as a result of Engineer's Work as provided in Paragraph 13.04, whether or not visits or observations of Contractor's Work Engineer the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, 9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or A. In connection with Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to Shop Drawings and Samples, for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. see Paragraph 6.17. B. In connection with Engineer's authority, and 9.03 Project Representative limitations thereof, as to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services, if any, see Paragraph 6.21. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 34 made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or not C. In connection with Engineer's authority as to exercise such authority or responsibility or the Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12. undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority D. In connection with Engineer's authority as to or responsibility by Engineer shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed Applications for Payment, see Article 14. by Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety 9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work for or employee or agent of any of them. A. Engineer will determine the actual quantities B. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's Contractor. Engineer will review with Contractor the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures Engineer's preliminary determinations on such matters of construction, or the safety precautions and programs before rendering a written decision thereon (by incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to recommendation of an Application for Payment or comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the otherwise). Engineer's written decision thereon will be performance of the Work. Engineer will not be final and binding (except as modified by Engineer to responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) in accordance with the Contract Documents. upon Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. C. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Documents and Acceptability of Work Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any of the Work. A. Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of D. Engineer's review of the final Application the acceptability of the Work thereunder. All matters in for Payment and accompanying documentation and all question and other matters between Owner and maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, Contractor arising prior to the date final payment is due guarantees, bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and relating to the acceptability of the Work, and the approvals, and other documentation required to be interpretation of the requirements of the Contract delivered by Paragraph 14.07.A will only be to Documents pertaining to the performance of the Work, determine generally that their content complies with the will be referred initially to Engineer in writing within 30 requirements of, and in the case of certificates of days of the event giving rise to the question. inspections, tests, and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Engineer will, with reasonable promptness, render a written decision on the issue referred. If Owner E. The limitations upon authority and or Contractor believe that any such decision entitles them responsibility set forth in this Paragraph 9.09 shall also to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times apply to Engineer's Consultants, if any, the Resident or both, a Claim may be made under Paragraph 10.05. Project Representative, if any, and assistants, if any. The date of Engineer's decision shall be the date of the event giving rise to the issues referenced for the purposes of Paragraph 10.05.B. ARTICLE 10- CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS C. Engineer's written decision on the issue referred will be final and binding on Owner and 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. A. Without invalidating the Contract and D. When functioning as interpreter and judge without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or under this Paragraph 9.08, Engineer will not show from time to time, order additions, deletions, or partiality to Owner or Contractor and will not be liable revisions in the Work by a Change Order, or a Work in connection with any interpretation or decision Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, rendered in good faith in such capacity. Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable 9.09 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and conditions of the Contract Documents (except as Responsibilities otherwise specifically provided). A. Neither Engineer's authority or B. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, of provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 35 or both, that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 36 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work Documents or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Claims. A. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the B. Notice. Written notice stating the general Contract Times with respect to any work performed that nature of each Claim, shall be delivered by the claimant is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, to Engineer and the other party to the Contract promptly modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the 3.04, except in the case of an emergency as provided in event giving rise thereto. The responsibility to Paragraph 6.16 or in the case of uncovering Work as substantiate a Claim shall rest with the party making the provided in Paragraph 13.04.B. Claim. Notice of the amount or extent of the Claim, with supporting data shall be delivered to the Engineer and 10.03 Execution of Change Orders the other party to the Contract within 60 days after the start of such event (unless Engineer allows additional A. Owner and Contractor shall execute time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate appropriate Change Orders recommended by Engineer data in support of such Claim). A Claim for an covering: adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.01.13. A 1. changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be Owner pursuant to Paragraph 10.01.A, (ii) required prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph because of acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 12.02.13. Each Claim shall be accompanied by claimant's 13.08.A or Owner's correction of defective Work under written statement that the adjustment claimed is the Paragraph 13.09,or(iii)agreed to by the parties; entire adjustment to which the claimant believes it is 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract entitled as a result of said event. The opposing party Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any shall submit any response to Engineer and the claimant undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually within 30 days after receipt of the claimant's last performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; submittal (unless Engineer allows additional time). and C. Engineer's Action: Engineer will review 3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract each Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the last Times which embody the substance of any written submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to Paragraph opposing party, if any, take one of the following actions 10.05; provided that, in lieu of executing any such in writing: Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract 1.deny the Claim in whole or in part, Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the 2.approve the Claim,or Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule as provided in Paragraph 6.18.A. 3.notify the parties that the Engineer is unable to resolve the Claim if, in the Engineer's sole discretion, it 10.04 Notification to Surety would be inappropriate for the Engineer to do so. For purposes of further resolution of the Claim, such notice A. If notice of any change affecting the general shall be deemed a denial. scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price D. In the event that Engineer does not take or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any action on a Claim within said 30 days, the Claim shall be bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such deemed denied. notice will be Contractor's responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect E. Engineer's written action under Paragraph of any such change. 10.05.0 or denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C.3 or 10.05.D will be final and binding upon Owner and 10.05 Claims Contractor, unless Owner or Contractor invoke the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Article 16 A. Engineer's Decision Required: All Claims, within 30 days of such action or denial. except those waived pursuant to Paragraph 14.09, shall be referred to the Engineer for decision. A decision by F. No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Engineer shall be required as a condition precedent to Price or Contract Times will be valid if not submitted in any exercise by Owner or Contractor of any rights or accordance with this Paragraph 10.05. remedies either may otherwise have under the Contract 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 37 ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; and fee shall be determined in the same manner as ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 11.01. 11.01 Cost of the Work 4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, A. Costs Included. The term Cost of the Work surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for means the sum of all costs, except those excluded in services specifically related to the Work. Paragraph 11.01.13, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the Work. 5. Supplemental costs including the following: When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order a. The of necessary or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is proportion ar3' transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, the costs to employees incurred in discharge of duties be reimbursed to Contractor will be only those additional connected with the Work. or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the b. Cost, including transportation and Claim. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing maintenance, of all materials, supplies, by Owner, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools include only the following items, and shall not include not owned by the workers, which are consumed any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 11.01.13. in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct consumed which remain the property of employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work Contractor. under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and Contractor. Such employees shall include, c. Rentals of all construction equipment and without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented personnel employed full time at the Site. Payroll costs for from Contractor or others in accordance with employees not employed full time on the Work shall be rental agreements approved by Owner with the apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. advice of Engineer, and the costs of Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs include social security contributions, unemployment, shall be in accordance with the terms of said excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health rental agreements. The rental of any such and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of the use thereof is no longer necessary for the performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Work Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by Owner. d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Contractor is 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished liable,imposed by Laws and Regulations. and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence services required in connection therewith. All cash of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone discounts shall accrue to Contractor unless Owner directly or indirectly employed by any of them or deposits funds with Contractor with which to make for whose acts any of them may be Iiable, and payments,in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to royalty payments and fees for permits and Owner. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and licenses. returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to Owner,and Contractor shall make provisions so f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) that they may be obtained. caused by damage to the Work,not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by 3. Payments made by Contractor to Contractor in connection with the performance Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If of the Work(except losses and damages within required by Owner, Contractor shall obtain competitive the deductible amounts of property insurance bids from subcontractors acceptable to Owner and established in accordance with Paragraph Contractor and shall deliver such bids to Owner,who will 5.06.1)),provided such losses and damages have then determine, with the advice of Engineer, which bids, resulted from causes other than the negligence of if any,will be acceptable.If any subcontract provides that Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the directly or indirectly employed by any of them or Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 38 losses shall include settlements made with the Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in written consent and approval of Owner.No such Paragraph 12.01.C. losses, damages, and expenses shall be included D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to determining Contractor's fee. Paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.0l.B, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a facilities at the Site. form acceptable to Engineer an itemized cost breakdown h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long together with supporting data. distance telephone calls, telephone service at the 11.02 Allowances Site, expresses, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. A. It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the i. The costs of premiums for all bonds and Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so insurance Contractor is required by the Contract covered to be performed for such sums and by such Documents to purchase and maintain. persons or entities as may be acceptable to Owner and B. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work Engineer. shall not include any of the following items: B. Cash Allowances 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of 1.Contractor agrees that: Contractor's officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, a. the cash allowances include the cost to safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and of materials and equipment required by the contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the applicable taxes;and Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically b. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications on the Site, labor, installation , overhead, profit, referred to in Paragraph 11.0I.A.1 or specifically covered and other expenses contemplated for the cash by Paragraph 11.0LAA,all of which are to be considered allowances have been included in the Contract administrative costs covered by the Contractor's fee. Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the 2.Expenses of Contractor's principal and branch foregoing will be valid. offices other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, C. Contingency Allowance including interest on Contractor's capital employed for I. Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent is for the sole use of Owner to cover unanticipated costs. payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor,any D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed Change Order will be issued as recommended by by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on liable, including but not limited to, the correction of account of Work covered by allowances, and the defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to 11.03 Unit Price Work property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of A. Where the Contract Documents provide that any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially expressly included in Paragraphs 11.0 LA and 11.0I.B. the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price C. Contractor's Fee: When all the Work is for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work performed on the basis of cost-plus, Contractor's fee times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the Agreement. the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial 00...60746 Bozeman VW Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 39 Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities 2. where the Work involved is not covered by and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a Contractor will be made by Engineer subject to the mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an provisions of Paragraph 9.07. allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an accordance with Paragraph 12.0l.C.2);or amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover 3. where the Work involved is not covered by Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and identified item. agreement to a lump sum is not reached under Paragraph 12.01.13.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work D. Owner or Contractor may make a Claim for (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.01) plus a an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Contractor's fee for overhead and profit (determined as Paragraph 10.05 if: provided in Paragraph 12.0 LC). 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work C. Contractor's Fee: The Contractor's fee for performed by Contractor differs materially and overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement;and 1.a mutually acceptable fixed fee;or 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee respect any other item of Work;and based on the following percentages of the various portions 1. the quantity of a particular item of Unit Price of the Cost of the Work: Work performed by Contractor differs by more than 25 percent from the estimated quantity of such item indicated a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs all b 1 and 11.O1.A.2, the Contractor's fee shall be 5 in the Agreement;and percent; 2. the total cost of the particular individual item of Unit Price Work amounts to 10 percent or more of the b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 11.01.A.3, Contract Price which is the total sum of all schedules (if the Contractor's fee shall be five percent; an • and c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on 3. Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraph incurred additional expense or Owner believes that Owner 12.0l.C.2.a is that the Subcontractor who is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties actually performs the Work,at whatever tier,will are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred or decrease. by such Subcontractor under Paragraphs 11.0LA,I and 11.0I.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and Contractor will each be paid a ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; fee of five percent of the amount paid to the next CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES lower tier Subcontractor; d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs 12.01 Change of Contract Price itemized under Paragraphs 11.0I.A.4, 11.0I.A.5, and 11.01.13; A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the e. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contract Price shall be based on written notice submitted Contractor to Owner for any change which by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the results in a net decrease in cost will be the other party to the Contract in accordance with the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a provisions of Paragraph 10.05. deduction in Contractor's fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease;and B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract f. when both additions and credits are involved Price will be determined as follows: in any one change, the adjustment in Contractor's fee shall be computed on the basis 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit of the net change in accordance with Paragraphs prices contained in the Contract Documents, by 12.0l.C.2.a through 12.01.C.2.e,inclusive. application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph D.Lump sum quotations for modifications to the 11.03);or Work shall include substantiating documentation with an itemized breakdown of direct project related Contractor 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 40 and Subcontractor costs, including labor, materials, D. Owner, Engineer and the Related Entities of rentals, and approved services as summarized in each of them shall not be liable to Contractor for any paragraphs 11.01A.1 through 11.0l.A.4, and overhead claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not and profit(fixed fee)as defined in paragraph 12.01.C. limited to all fees and charges of Engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or 12.02 Change of Contract Times arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or A. The Contract Times may only be changed by anticipated project. a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall be based on written notice E. Contractor shall not be entitled to an submitted by the party making the Claim to the Engineer adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for and the other party to the Contract in accordance with delays within the control of Contractor. Delays the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the B. Any adjustment of the Contract Times control of Contractor. covered by a Change Order or any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times will be determined in F. Should the Contractor request a construction accordance with the provisions of this Article 12. shutdown due to the reasons listed in paragraph 12 03 A and should a shutdown be approved by the Engineer and 12.03 Delays Owner, all work on the project shall cease. The Engineer will not be available for work inspection during such A. Where Contractor is prevented from shutdowns and any work completed by the Contractor completing any part of the Work within the Contract during such shutdown will not be accepted by the Times due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Engineer or Owner. Contract Times will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Claim is made ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS therefor as provided in Paragraph 12.02.A. Delays > beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF be limited to, acts or neglect by Owner, acts or neglect DEFECTIVE WORK of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. 13.01 Notice of Defects B. If Owner, Engineer, or other contractors or A. Prompt notice of all defective Work of utility owners performing other work for Owner as which Owner or Engineer has actual knowledge will be contemplated by Article 7, or anyone for whom Owner given to Contractor. All defective Work may be is responsible, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this performance or progress of the Work, then Contractor Article 13. shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the 13.02 Access to Work Contract Price or the Contract Times , or both. Contractor's entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential A. Owner, Engineer, their consultants and other representatives and personnel of Owner, independent to Contractors ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and C. If Contractor is delayed in the performance the Work at reasonable times for their observation, or progress of the Work by fire, flood, epidemic, inspecting, and testing. Contractor shall provide them abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, acts or proper and safe conditions for such access and advise failures to act of utility owners not under the control of them of Contractor's Site safety procedures and Owner, or other causes not the fault of and beyond programs so that they may comply therewith as control of Owner and Contractor, then Contractor shall applicable. be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Times, 13.03 Tests and Inspections if such adjustment is essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. Such an A. Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice adjustment shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays described in this Paragraph of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, 12.03.C. tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 41 available for observation, inspection, or testing as B. Owner shall employ and pay for the services Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in of an independent testing laboratory to perform all question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract equipment. Documents except: C. If it is found that the uncovered Work is 1. for inspections, tests, or approvals covered by defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, Paragraphs 13.03.0 and 13.03.13 below; and damages (including but not limited to all fees and 2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other inspections conducted pursuant to Paragraph 13.04.13 professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute shall be paid as provided in said Paragraph 13.04.C;and resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and 3. as otherwise specifically provided in the testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction Contract Documents. (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and Owner shall be C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided employee or other representative of such public body, in Paragraph 10.05. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging D. If, the uncovered Work is not found to be and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or the required certificates of inspection or approval. both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and D. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a Claim any inspections, tests, or approvals required for Owner's therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the A. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails Work. Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials performed by organizations acceptable to Owner and or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a Engineer. way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Owner may order Contractor to E. If any Work(or the work of others) that is to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, it Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit observation. of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee F. Uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph or agent of any of them. 13.03.E shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work Contractor's intention to cover the same and Engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to A. Promptly after receipt of notice, Contractor such notice. shall correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has 13.04 Uncovering Work been rejected by Engineer, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor A. If any Work is covered contrary to the shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages written request of Engineer, it must, if requested by (including but not limited to all fees and charges of Engineer, be uncovered for Engineer's observation and engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals replaced at Contractor's expense. and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or B. If Engineer considers it necessary or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or or replacement of work of others). inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer's request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 42 B. When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 13.06 or Paragraph 13.07, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner's special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. 13.07 Correction Period A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents) or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for Contractor's use by Owner or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in Paragraph 6.11.A is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner's written instructions: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 43 1.repair such defective land or areas;or and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness) 2.correct such defective Work;or and the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor pursuant to this sentence. 3. if the defective Work has been rejected by If any such acceptance occurs prior to Engineer's Owner, remove it from the Project and replace it with recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will Work that is not defective,and be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work or other land or areas resulting therefrom. so accepted. If the parties are unable to agree as to the B. If Contractor does not promptly comply amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as with the terms of Owner's written instructions, or in an provided in Paragraph 10.05. If the acceptance occurs emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will or damage, Owner may have the defective Work be paid by Contractor to Owner. corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work removed and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other after written notice from Engineer to correct defective professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such required by Engineer in accordance with Paragraph correction or repair or such removal and replacement 13.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in (including but not limited to all costs of repair or accordance with the Contract Documents, or if replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of Contractor. the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven days written notice to Contractor, correct or remedy any such C. In special circumstances where a particular deficiency. item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction B. In exercising the rights and remedies under period for that item may start to run from an earlier date this Paragraph 13.09, Owner shall proceed if so provided in the Specifications, expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all D. Where defective Work(and damage to other or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or Work and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, removed and replaced under this Paragraph 13.07, the take possession of Contractor's tools, appliances, correction period hereunder with respect to such Work construction equipment and machinery at the Site, and will be extended for an additional period of one year incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment after such correction or removal and replacement has stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid been satisfactorily completed. Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's representatives, agents and E. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph employees, Owner's other contractors, and Engineer and 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or Engineer's consultants access to the Site to enable Owner warranty. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.07 shall to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph. not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages repose. (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09 will be and replacement of defective Work, Owner (and, prior charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be to Engineer's recommendation of final payment, issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Engineer) prefers to accept it, Owner may do so. Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the damages (including but not limited to all fees and Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other the amount of the adjustment, Owner may make a Claim professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. Such claims, resolution costs) attributable to Owner's evaluation of costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 44 to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. r-eeeived en areaunt of the WE)FIE have been applied on D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of any delay in thepayment. performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09. progress payments m4li be as stiptil—A ^r --din the Agreement-. ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 2.Each application for progress payment shall be accompanied by Contractor's updated schedule of operations, or progress ss report, with such shop drawings 14.01 Schedule of Values schedules, procurement schedules value of materials on hand included in application and other data specified A. The Schedule of Values established as herein or reasonably required by Owner or Engineer. The provided in Paragraph 2.07.A will serve as the basis for Owner reserves the right to require submission of monthly progress payments and will be incorporated into a form certified payrolls by the Contractor. After the first progress payment which requests payment for materials in of Application for Payment acceptable to Engineer. storage has been made by the Contractor to the Owner Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will the Contractor must submit with the following month's be based on the number of units completed. payment request, evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such material has been paid for Failure to provide this 14.02 Progress Payments evidence with the first request and subsequent requests will result in withholding from subsequent progress A. Applications for Payments payments the amount in dispute requested for materials in 1. At least 20 days before the date storage in accordance with Paragraph 14 0213 established in the Agreement for each progress 3.The Owner may retain a portion of the amount payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review an otherwise due the Contractor. Except as state law otherwise provides. the amount retained by the Owner Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the shall be as stipulated in the Agreement In accordance date of the Application and accompanied by such with state law the Owner may accept deposited securities supporting documentation as is required by the in lieu of cash retainage. Retainage may be used by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the Owner to offset costs for any of the losses enumerated in basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in Paragraphs 14.02.B.5.a through 14 02 B 5 d inclusive the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site 14.02.D.La through 14.02.D.I A inclusive or 15 02 C In or at another location agreed to in writing, the addition, retainage may be used by the Owner to protect Application for Payment shall also be accompanied against loss from failure by the Contractor to complete by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation necessary work and to offset any liquidated damages due warranting that Owner has received the materials and Owner. equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence 4. Liquidated damages for unscheduled that the materials and equipment are covered by employment of the Engineer shall be calculated at the appropriate property insurance or other arrangements hourly rates indicated in the Bid Form Liquidated to protect Owner's interest therein, all of which must damages shall be paid by deduction from monthly progress be satisfactory to Owner. Payments for materials in pay estimates and the final pay estimate as the liquidated storage shall be based only upon the actual cost of damages are incurred. the materials and equipment to Contractor and shall not include any overhead or profit. Bill of Sale 5.Each application for progress payment shall be invoice or other document warranting clear title for accompanied by a statement of certification by the materials in storage will be waived for the material in Contractor that no claim exists against the Owner or storage included in the first Progress payment Engineer unless expressly stated otherwise; that the application. However. proof of payment and clear payment claimed represents the actual value of the work title must be submitted with Application No. 2 for all accomplished: that the work accomplished and materials material included in Application No. 1. Without supplied are in accordance with the Contract Documents-, such documentation amounts paid for materials in that the quantities claimed were properly determined-, and storage will bg deducted from subsequent payments that all labor provisions have been complied with in full Beginning with the second application all requests for payment for materials in storage shall be B.Review of Applications accompanied by Bill of Sale, invoice or other document warranting clear title as required above. I. Engineer will, within 10 days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 45 recommendation of payment and present the Application safety precautions and programs incident thereto, to Owner or return the Application to Contractor or indicating in writing Engineer's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may C. for Contractor's failure to comply with Laws make the necessary corrections and resubmit the and Regulations applicable to Contractor's Application. performance of the Work,or 2. Engineer's recommendation of any payment d. to make any examination to ascertain how or requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a for what purposes Contractor has used the representation by Engineer to Owner,based on Engineer's moneys paid on account of the Contract Price,or observations on the Site of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional and on e. to determine that title to any of the Work Engineer's review of the Application for Payment and the materials,or equipment has passed to Owner free accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of and clear of any Liens. Engineer's knowledge,information and belief- a. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole i the Work has progressed to the point or any part of any payment if, in Engineer's opinion, it indicated; would be incorrect to make the representations to Owner b. the quality of the Work is generally in stated in Paragraph 14.02.B.2. Engineer may also refuse accordance with the Contract Documents to recommend any such payment or, because of (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a subsequently discovered evidence or the results of functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial subsequent inspections or tests,revise or revoke any such Completion, to the results of any subsequent payment recommendation previously made,to such extent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a as may be necessary in Engineer's opinion to protect final determination of quantities and Owner from loss because: classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraph 9.07, and to any other qualifications a. the Work is defective, or completed Work has stated in the recommendation);and been damaged, requiring correction or replacement; c. the conditions precedent to Contractor's being entitled to such payment appear to have been b. the Contract Price has been reduced by fulfilled in so far as it is Engineer's Change Orders; responsibility to observe the Work. c. Owner has been required to correct defective 3.By recommending any such payment Engineer Work or complete Work in accordance with will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: Paragraph 13.09;or a. inspections made to check the quality or the d. Engineer has actual knowledge of the quantity of the Work as it has been performed occurrence of any of the events enumerated in have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect Paragraph 15.02.A. of the Work in progress, or involved detailed Y C.Payment Becomes Due inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to Engineer 1. Ten daysafter presentation of the Application in the Contract Documents;or for Payment to Owner with Engineer's recommendation, b. that there may not be other matters or issues the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions between the parties that might entitle Contractor of Paragraph 14.02.D)become due, and when due will be to be paid additionally by Owner or entitle paid by Owner to Contractor. Owner to withhold payment to Contractor. D.Reduction in Payment 4. Neither Engineer's review of Contractor's 1.Owner may refuse to make payment of the full Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor y p yin Engineer's recommendation of any payment, including amount recommended by Engineer because: final payment,will impose responsibility on Engineer. a. claims have been made against Owner on a.to supervise,direct,or control the Work,or account of Contractor's performance or fiumishing of the Work; b. for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the b. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 46 specific bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the B. Promptly after Contractor's notification, satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of c. there are other items entitling Owner to a completion. If Engineer does not consider the Work set-off against the amount recommended, substantially complete, Engineer will notify Contractor including liquidated damages, or in writing giving the reasons therefor. d.Owner has actual knowledge of the occurrence C. If Engineer considers the Work substantially of any of the events enumerated in Paragraphs complete, Engineer will deliver to Owner a tentative 14.02.B.5.a through 14.02.B.5.c or Paragraph certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the 15.02.A. date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached 2. If Owner refuses to make payment of the full to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed amount recommended by Engineer, Owner will give or corrected before final payment. Owner shall have Contractor immediate written notice (with a copy to seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during Engineer)stating the reasons for such action and promptly which to make written objection to Engineer as to any pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of provisions of the certificate or attached Iist. If, after the amount so withheld. Owner shall promptly pay considering such objections, Engineer concludes that the Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment Work is not substantially complete, Engineer will within thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, when 14 days after submission of the tentative certificate to Contractor corrects to Owner's satisfaction the reasons for Owner notify Contractor in writing, stating the reasons such action. therefor. If, after consideration of Owner's objections, Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, 3. If it is subsequently determined that Owner's Engineer will within said 14 days execute and deliver to refusal of payment was not justified, the amount Owner and Contractor a definitive certificate of wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of determined by Paragraph 14.02.C.1. items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title changes from the tentative ' certificate as Engineer A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title believes justified after consideration of any objections from Owner. to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the D. At the time of delivery of the tentative Project or not, will pass to Owner no later than the time certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer will of payment free and clear of all Liens. deliver to Owner and Contractor a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities B. Neither recommendation of any progress pending final payment between Owner and Contractor payment by Engineer, nor payment by the Owner to ct Contractor, nor any use or occupancywith respect to security,of the Work or a� operation, safety, and protection part thereof will release the Contractor from complying of the Work, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance, and with the Contract Documents. Specifically the Contractor warranties and guarantees. Unless Owner and Contractor shall maintain in accordance with Article 5, property agree otherwise in writing and so inform Engineer in insurance on all Work materials, and equipment whether writing prior to Engineer's issuing the definitive incorporated in the project or not and whether included in certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer's an application for payment or not, for the full insurable aforesaid recommendation will be binding on Owner and value thereof. Passing title to Owner for materials and Contractor until final payment. equipment included in an application for payment does not relieve the Contractor of the Contractor's obligation to E. Owner shall have the right to exclude provide insurance (including property insurance), as Contractor from the Site after the date of Substantial required in Article 5 of these General Conditions and the Completion subject to allowing Contractor reasonable Supplementary Conditions. All insurance shall remain in access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. effect as provided in Article 5. 14.04 Substantial Completion 14.05 Partial Utilization A. When Contractor considers the entire Work A. Prior to Substantial Completion of all the ready for its intended use Contractor shall notify Owner Work, Owner may use or occupy any substantially and Engineer in writing that the entire Work is completed part of the Work which has specifically been substantially complete (except for items specifically identified in the Contract Documents, or which Owner, listed by Contractor as incomplete) and request that Engineer, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately Engineer issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 47 interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, subject to the following conditions. 1. Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit Owner to use or occupy any such part of the Work which Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If and when Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 48 2. Contractor at any time may notify Owner and that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to part of the Work ready for its intended use and complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the B.After Contractor has remedied all deficiencies Work. to the satisfaction of the Owner and Engineer and delivered all construction records maintenance and 3. Within a reasonable time after either such operating instructions, schedules guarantees bonds request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an certificates of inspection, and other documents (all as inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status required by the Contract Documents) Owner and of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of Contractor shall be promptly notified in writing by the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will Engineer that the work is acceptable. notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor.If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be 14.07 Final Payment substantially complete, the provisions of Paragraph 14.04 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial A. Application for Payment Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 1. After Contractor has, in the opinion of Engineer, satisfactorily completed all corrections 4. No use or occupancy or separate operation of identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the accordance with the Contract Documents,all maintenance requirements of Paragraph 5.10 regarding property and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, insurance. certificates or other evidence of insurance certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents (as provided in B. Owner has the right to take possession of or Paragraph 6.12), and other documents, Contractor may use any completed or substantially completed portions of make application for final payment following the the work at any time, but such taking possession or use procedure for progress payments. will not be deemed an acceptance of any work not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, 2. The final Application for Payment shall be Owner's use of any facilities so identified in the Contract accompanied(except as previously delivered)by: Documents will not be grounds for extension of the contract time or change in the contract price. Owner's a. all documentation called for in the Contract use of any facilities not specifically identified in the Documents, including but not limited to the Contract Documents will be in accordance with evidence of insurance required by Paragraph conditions agreed to prior to such use, and any extra costs 5.043.7; or delays in completion incurred and properly claimed by Contractor will be equitably adjusted with a Change b.consent of the surety,if any,to final payment; Order. Facilities substantially completed in accordance with the Contract Documents which are occupied or used c. a list of all Claims against Owner that by Owner prior to substantial completion of the entire Contractor believes are unsettled; and work will be done in accordance with Article 14.04. Guarantee periods for accepted or substantially completed work including mechanical and electrical equipment will d. complete and legally effective releases or commence upon the start of continuous use by Owner. waivers (satisfactory to Owner)of all Lien rights All tests and instruction of Owner's personnel must be arising out of or Liens filed in connection with satisfactorily completed, and Owner shall assume the Work responsibility for and operation of all facilities occupied 3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens or used except as may arise through portions of work not specified yet completed by Contractor. If the work has been fied in Paragraph 14.07.A.2 and as approved by substantially completed and the Engineer certifies that full Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and of the Contractor, the Owner shall, without terminating receipts include all labor, services, material, and the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for the equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (ii) all portion of the work fully completed and accepted. payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner 14.06 Final Inspection or Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral Engineer will promptly make a final inspection with satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in Lien. writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 49 B. Engineer's Review of Application and 1. a waiver of all Claims by Owner against Acceptance Contractor, except Claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection 1. If, on the basis of Engineer's observation of pursuant to Paragraph 14.06, from failure to comply with the Work during construction and final inspection, and the Contract Documents or the terms of any special Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's and accompanying documentation as required by the continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work and has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, 2. a waiver of all Claims by Contractor against Engineer will, within ten days after receipt of the final Owner other than those previously made in accordance Application for Payment, indicate in writing Engineer's with the requirements herein and expressly acknowledged recommendation of payment and present the Application by Owner in writing as still unsettled. for Payment to Owner for payment. At the same time Engineer will also give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND provisions of Paragraph 14.09. Otherwise, Engineer will TERMINATION return the Application for Payment to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall 15.0I Owner May Suspend Work make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. A. At any time and without cause, Owner may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of C. Payment Becomes Due not more than 90 consecutive days by notice in writing to Contractor and Engineer which will fix the date on 1. Thirty days after the presentation to Owner of which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Application for Payment and accompanying the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be documentation, the amount recommended by Engineer, granted an adjustment in the Contract Price or an less any sum Owner is entitled to set off against extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly Engineer's recommendation, including but not limited to attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes a liquidated damages,will become due and,will be paid by Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. Owner to Contractor. 14.08 Final Completion Delayed 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. If the Contractor fails to complete the work A. If, through no fault of Contractor, final required by the Contract Documents or upon The completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if occurrence of any one or more of the following events, Engineer so confirms, Owner shall, upon receipt of the Owner may terminate the Contractor's final Application for Payment (for Work Agreement relating to the whole Work or any portion fully completed and accepted) and recommendation of thereof for cause: Engineer, and without terminating the Contract, make of the balance due for that I. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the payment portion of the Work Work in accordance with the Contract Documents fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient to be held by Owner for Work not fully completed or skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule established Agreement, and if bonds have been furnished as required under Paragraph 2.07 as adjusted from time to time in Paragraph 5.01, the written consent of the surety to pursuant to Paragraph 6.04); the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by 2. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations Contractor to Engineer with the Application for such of any public body having jurisdiction; payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it 3. Contractor's disregard of the authority of shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. Engineer,or 14.09 Waiver of Claims 4. Contractor's violation in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract Documents. A. The making and acceptance of final payment B. If one or more of the events identified in will constitute: Paragraph 15.02.A occur, Owner may, after giving 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 50 Contractor (and surety) seven days written notice of its A. Upon seven days written notice to intent to terminate the services of Contractor: Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of 1. exclude Contractor from the Site, and take Owner, terminate the Contract. In such case, Contractor possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, shall be paid for(without duplication of any items): appliances, construction equipment, and machinery at the Site, and use the same to the full extent they could be 1. completed and acceptable Work executed in used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the trespass or conversion), effective date of termination, including fair and 2. incorporate in the Work all materials and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid 2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date Contractor but which are stored elsewhere,and of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract 3. complete the Work as Owner may deem Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus expedient. fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such C. If Owner proceeds as provided in Paragraph expenses; 15.02.13, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any 3. all claims, costs, losses, and damages further payment until the Work is completed. If the (including but not limited to all fees and charges of unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, costs) incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with and other professionals and all court or arbitration or Subcontractors,Suppliers,and others;and other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Owner arising out of or relating to completing the Work, such 4, reasonable expenses directly attributable to excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, termination. losses, and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Such B. Contractor shall not be paid on account of claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. and, when so approved by Engineer, incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate under this Paragraph Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. A. If, through no act or fault of Contractor, (i) the Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive D. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 15.02.11 and days by Owner or under an order of court or other 15.02.C, Contractor's services will not be terminated if public authority, or (ii) Engineer fails to act on any Contractor begins within seven days of receipt of notice Application for Payment within 30 days after it is of intent to terminate to correct its failure to perform and submitted, or (iii) Owner fails for 30 days to pay proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then than 30 days of receipt of said notice. Contractor may, upon seven days written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer E. Where Contractor's services have been so do not remedy such suspension or failure within that terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any time, terminate the Contract and recover from Owner rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then payment on the same terms as provided in Paragraph existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention 15.03. or payment of moneys due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability. B. In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if F. If and to the extent that Contractor has Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment provided a performance bond under the provisions of within 30 days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed Paragraph 5.0I.A, the termination procedures of that for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally bond shall supersede the provisions of Paragraphs determined to be due, Contractor may, seven days after 15.02.13 and 15.02.C. written notice to Owner and Engineer, stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience Contractor, including interest thereon. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.04 are not intended to preclude Contractor from making a Claim under Paragraph 10.05 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 5I for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or whom it is intended,or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping the Work as permitted by this 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified Paragraph. mail,postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.01 Methods and Procedures A. Either Owner or Contractor may request mediation of any Claim submitted to Engineer for a decision under Paragraph 10.05 before such decision becomes final and binding. The mediation will be governed by the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect as of the Effective Date of the Agreement. The request for mediation shall be submitted in writing to the American Arbitration Association and the other party to the Contract. Timely submission of the request shall stay the effect of Paragraph 10.05.E. B. Owner and Contractor shall participate in the mediation process in good faith. The process shall be concluded within 60 days of filing of the request. The date of termination of the mediation shall be determined by application of the mediation rules referenced above. C. If the Claim is not resolved by mediation, Engineer's action under Paragraph 10.05.0 or a denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C.3 or 10.05.D shall become final and binding 30 days after termination of the mediation unless, within that time period, Owner or Contractor: 1. elects in writing to invoke any dispute resolution process provided for in the Supplementary Conditions,or 2. agrees with the other party to submit the Claim to another dispute resolution process,or 3. gives written notice to the other party of their intent to submit the Claim to a court of competent jurisdiction. ARTICLE 17-MISCELLANEOUS 17.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if: 1. delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building L 0/29/2009 52 B. The business address for giving notices of other provisions of the Contract Documents. The Contractor given in the Agreement is hereby designated provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if as the place to which all notices, letters, and other repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in communication to Contractor will be mailed or delivered. connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, The address for giving notices to Owner given in the and remedy to which they apply. Agreement is hereby designated as the place to which all notices, letters, and other communication to Owner shall 17.04 Survival of Obligations be mailed or delivered. Either party may change its address at any time by an instrument in writing delivered to Engineer and to the other party. A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or 17.02 Computation of Times given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination exclude the first and include the last day of such period. or completion of the Contract or termination of the If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or services of Contractor. Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from 17.05 Controlling Law the computation. A. This Contract is to be governed by the law 17.03 Cumulative Remedies of the state in which the Project is located. A. The duties and obligations imposed by these 17.06 Headings General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are A. Article and paragraph headings are inserted not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these rights and remedies available to any or all of them which General Conditions. are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/29/2009 53 SECTION 00801 EXHIBIT B (PROJECT SIGN DETAILS) This exhibit includes general details for one(1)project sign.The sign is to be used for SRF financed projects; 1. In accordance with Section 1.02.6 of Section 00811,ensure that a statement indicating all agencies participating in the funding of the project is included on the sign. 2. Modify the wording"Driniting Water Facilities"to read"Water Reclamation Facilities." 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Tab Building 9/24/2009 00801-1 a - M O p w N 4-,, 0 E � � E " . `� . . j CD Y CL ( a x v a— ® C �. cn m OQ aZO ❑ (DZ Un f) J (� X W R Z5 W . ❑ N WWw LJ J Opd > m . 0 Z W U • . WU)mD J Z Q W W • ' QXZ � 4 WOIQ- W wmcnd WZWO • ❑ g W W • O X O Q • • a- 0 IL mco LU Q 0 m .00 ' m W Q • W~ Z • w ' • OOz • . WpU) 0 LL o o � o � T z ' � �� � h - w ; F- ujQ w ¢ -v Y ' z 5 � Q X m ww JZ L cv XOm �— ` Yw w — x '""' U cN � a} WUQ � ❑ FW - W W W I SECTION 00810 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS These Supplementary Conditions to the General Conditions amend or supplement the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract(No.C-700,2002 Edition)and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions which are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the General Conditions have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings indicated below,which are applicable in both the singular and plural thereof. Index of Supplementary Conditions to the General Conditions Article or Paragraph No. Title or Subject Matter SC-1.01.A.20 Engineer's Consultants SC-1.01.A.55 Day SC-2.01 Delivery of Bonds SC-2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules SC-3.03.B.1.c Resolving Discrepancies SC-4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions-Technical Data SC-4.04.A.3 Underground Facilities SC-4.05 Reference Points SC4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site-"Technical Data" SC-5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers SC-5.03 Certificates of Insurance SC-5.04 Contractor's Liability Insurance SC-5.06 Property Insurance-Purchased by Contractor SC-6.02 Labor;Working Hours SC-6.03 Services,Materials,and Equipment SC-6.06 Concerning Subcontractors,Suppliers and Others SC-6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples SC-7.01 Related Work at the Site SC-9.03 Project Representative SC-11.0l.A.5.c Equipment Rental Rates-Use of Blue Book SC-12.03 Delays SC-13.03 Tests and Inspections SC-13.13.B Safety and Protection SC-14.02.B Progress Payments-Whole or Partial Payment Refused by Engineer SC-14.02.0 Progress Payments—Payment Becomes Due SC-14.02.13 Progress Payments-Full Payment Refusal by Owner SC-14.07.13 Final Payment-Refusal by Engineer SC-14.07.0 Final Payment-Payment Becomes Due SC-16.01 Dispute Resolution-Mediation SC-17.04.B Survival of Obligation-Statutes of Limitation SC-1.01.A.20 ENGINEER'S CONSULTANTS SC-1.01.A.20 Engineer's Consultants-The following persons, firms or corporations have provided or will provide professional services to the Engineer for the Project: Service Company Name Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab HDR Engineering,Inc. Building Field Engineering. Morrison-Maierle,Inc. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00810-1 SC-1.01.A.55 DAY Add a paragraph immediately after paragraph SC-1.01.A.54. to read as follows: 55.Day-A"calendar day"unless otherwise directed within these Contract Documents. SC-2.01 DELIVERY OF BONDS Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 2.01.A of the General Conditions which is to read: "B. Engineer shall furnish to Contractor six copies of the Agreement and other Contract Documents bound therewith. Contractor shall execute the Agreement, insert executed copies of the required Bonds and Power of Attorney and Certificates of Insurance and submit all copies to the Owner. Owner shall execute all copies and return two copies to the Contractor who shall promptly deliver one copy to his Surety. Owner shall also furnish a counterpart or conformed copy to the Engineer and MDEQ and shall retain two copies." SC-2.07 INITIAL ACCEPTANCE OF SCHEDULES Delete the fast paragraph of 2.07.A of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "A. Prior to the first application for payment all schedules and documents identified in paragraph 2.05.A of these General Conditions shall be finalized and submitted to the Engineer and Owner. Until acceptable schedules are submitted to Engineer and Owner as provided below,Owner may withhold an amount from a progress payment that is sufficient to pay the direct expenses that Owner may reasonably expect will be necessary to correct any problems based on Contractor's failure to submit acceptable schedules. The progress schedule shall be CPM form or other acceptable format that shows estimated time for each work item,and starting and completion dates for each part of the Work. Acceptance of these schedules and documents by either Engineer or Owner will neither impose on Engineer or Owner responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work, and will not interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor's full responsibility therefore." SC-3.03.11 RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 3.0.3.B.Lb of the General Conditions which is to read: "c. In the event that any provision of the Contract Documents conflicts with another provision of the Contract Documents, the provision in the Contract Documents first listed below shall generally govern except as otherwise specifically stated: 1. Standard Form of Agreement 2. Performance and Payment Bond 3. Addenda to Contract Documents 4. Legal and Procedural Documents: a. Proposal b. Proposal Guaranty c. Instructions to Bidders d. Invitation to Bid 5, Special Provisions 6. Drawings 7, Detailed Specifications Requirements(Technical Specifications) 8. Supplementary Conditions 9. General Conditions" SC-4.02 SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS-TECHNICAL DATA Add the following new paragraph(s)immediately after paragraph 4.02.13 of the General Conditions: "C. In the preparation of Drawings and Specifications,Engineer or Engineer's Consultants relied upon the following drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface structures 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00810-2 (except Underground Facilities)which are at or contiguous to the site of the Work: 1. Drawings dated 1969 prepared by Thomas Dean, and Hoskins, Inc., Great Falls and Bozeman, Montana,entitled Bozeman,Montana Wastewater Treatment Plant consisting of 38 drawing sheets. 2. Drawings dated 1981 prepared by Thomas, Dean, and Hoskins, Inc., Great Falls, Bozeman, and Kalispell, Montana, entitled Construction Drawings, Bozeman, Montana Wastewater Treatment Plant, Phase 1 consisting of 94 drawing sheets. 3. Specifications and Drawings dated May 2002, prepared by Morrison-Maierle, Inc., entitled Wastewater Treatment Modifications,Bozeman,Montana,57 drawing sheets. 4. Specifications and Drawings dated February 2004, prepared by Morrison-Maierle, Inc. entitled Wastewater Treatment Improvements,Bozeman,Montana,76 drawing sheets. 5. Geotechnical Evaluation Report for the Proposed Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion, Bozeman, Montana, prepared by SK Geotechnical, January 28, 2008. Refer to Section 00200 — Soil Investigation Data for a copy of the report D. Copies of reports and drawings itemized in SC4.02.0 and SC4.02-D that are not included with Bidding documents may be examined at HDR Engineering, Inc's Missoula office and at Morrison-Maierle, Inc.'s Helena Office or the Bozeman City Office during regular business hours. These reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents, but the "technical data' contained therein upon which Contractor is entitled to rely as identified and established above are incorporated therein by reference. Contractor is not entitled to rely upon other information and data utilized by Engineer and Engineer's Consultants in the preparation of Drawings and specifications." SC4.04 UNDERGROUND FACILITIES Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 4.04.A.2 of the General Conditions: "3. At least 2 but not more than 10 business days before beginning any excavation, the Contractor shall, according to MCA 69-4-501, notify all owners of underground facilities and coordinate the Work with the owners of such underground facilities. The information shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing underground facilities is based on information and data obtained from the owners of the facilities without field exploration, and as such, Owner and Engineer are not responsible for the accuracy or completeness of such information or data." SC-4.05 REFERENCE POINTS Add the following paragraphs immediately after paragraph 4.05.A of the General Conditions which are to read: "B. Owner will provide required field surveying and staking for facility construction. Field survey information will be developed and stakes provided for project components to provide the Contractor with reasonable information to compete the work. "C Owner has established a horizontal and vertical survey control network around the project site. Existing facilities are located with respect to this control. Using the existing control,HDR/MMI will establish one set of stakes for the Contractor to use in performance of the work Generally, staking will include pipelines,utility corridors,buildings,structures,access roads,parking areas,site grading,and fencing. Further,elevation control will be established at multiple points on the job site. HDR/MMI will provide the following stakes: 1. New Building Improvements(Building corners). 2. Elevation Control Improvements(20 points across job site). "D. Owner will provide the above-described staking one time only. Any re-staking or additional staking needed by the Contractor to complete the work shall be done solely at the Contractor's Expense. If lost or destroyed by the Contractor, the baselines and benchmarks will be re-established by the Engineer. The cost of re- establishing disturbed baselines or benchmarks shall be calculated at the hourly rates specified in the Bid Form for 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and lab Building 9/24/2009 00810-3 unscheduled employment of the Engineer. Payment for such work shall be made by deduction from the monthly progress payments and the final payment as the costs are incurred. E. All other staking required by the Contractor to complete the work, including line and/or grade stakes,slope stakes,bluetops,etc.,shall be provided by the Contractor. F. Construction surveys shall be done under the direction of a Registered Professional Engineer or Land Surveyor experienced in construction layout work. G. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any discrepancies between plan locations and verified field locations or dimensions. All connections of new facilities to existing facilities (concrete and other critical horizontal or vertical dimensions) shall be verified by the Contractor prior to starting construction. Any differences between the plans and field construction surveys will be resolved by the Engineer. H. When required, the Contractor shall provide a survey crew during normal working hours to assist the Engineer in checking lines and elevations in the Contractor's layout and for measuring quantities for payment purposes as the work proceeds. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Engineer so that the checking and measuring may be accomplished with the least interference to the Contractor's operations." SC-5.02 LICENSED SURETIES AND INSURERS Add the following immediately after paragraph 5.02.A of the General Conditions: "B. Without limiting any of the other obligations or liabilities of the Contractor, Contractor shall secure and maintain such insurance from an insurance company(or companies) authorized to write insurance in the state of the project location,with minimum"A.M.Best Rating"of A-,VI,as will protect the Contractor,the vicarious acts of subcontractors, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultants, and the respective directors, officers, partners, agents, employees and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds from claims for bodily injury (including sickness, disease and mental anguish), death, and property damage which may arise from operations and completed operations under this Agreement. Contractor shall not commence work under this Agreement until such insurance has been obtained and certificates of insurance, with binders, or certified copies of the insurance policy shall have been filed with the Owner and the Engineer." SC-5.03 CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE Add the following paragraphs immediately after paragraph 5.033 of the General Conditions: "C. Failure of Owner to demand such certificates or other evidence of full compliance with these insurance requirements or failure of Owner to identify a deficiency from evidence provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's obligations to maintain such insurance. D. By requiring such insurance and insurance limits herein, Owner does not represent that coverage and limits will necessarily be adequate to protect Contractor, and such coverage and limits shall not be deemed as a limitation on Contractor's liability under the indemnities granted to Owner in the Contract Documents." SC-5.04 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 5.04.B of the General Conditions: "C. The limits of liability for the insurance required by paragraph 5.04 of the General Conditions shall provide coverages for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by Law or Regulations: 1. Workers' Compensation and Related Coverages under Paragraphs 5.04.A.1 and 5.04.A.2 of the General Conditions: a. State Statutory 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 00810-4 b. Applicable Federal(e.g. Longshoremen) Statutory C. Employer's Liability $1,000,000.00 2. General Liability: Contractor's General Liability Insurance under paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 of the General Conditions, which shall also include premises-operations; independent contractor's operation protection; contractual liability; personal injury; broad form property damage (including explosion, collapse, blasting and underground damage, where applicable); and completed operation and product liability coverages. The General Aggregate Limit shall apply separately to each of the Contractor's projects. a. GENERAL AGGREGATE PER PROJECT $5,000,000.00 b. Products-Completed Operations Aggregate $5,000,000.00 C. Personal and Advertising Injury(Each Occurrence) $5,000,000.00 d. Bodily Injury and Property Damage(Each Occurrence) 15,000,000.00 e. Contractor's Liability Insurance under 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 may be satisfied by primary insurance or a combination of primary and excess or umbrella insurance. Primary occurrence limit cannot be less than$1,000,000.00. The deductible, if any,may not exceed$5,000.00 per occurrence. f. In the event the General Aggregate Limit is diminished by an amount greater than $500,000, Contractor shall provide notice to Owner of this fact, and shall again provide such notice on each subsequent occasion on which the General Aggregate Limit is again diminished by an amount greater than$500,000. g. In addition to other requirement in the General Conditions, coverage will include the following at a minimum: Premises—Operations, Operations of Independent Contractor, Contractual Liability, Personal Injury, Product and Completed Operations, Broad Form Property Damage (to include explosion, collapse, blasting, and underground where applicable),and Per Project Aggregate Endorsement. 3. Automobile Liability under paragraph 5.04.A.6 of the General Conditions: a. Combined Single Limit(bodily injury and property damage) Each Accident $ 5,000,000.00 b. Coverage to be written on a Symbol 1 (one) any auto basis, to include all owned, hired, and non-owned vehicles. C. Contractor's Automobile Liability Insurance under 5.04.A,6 may be satisfied by primary insurance or a combination of primary and excess or umbrella insurance. Primary occurrence limit can not be less than $1,000,000.00. The deductible, if any, may not exceed$5,000.00 per accident. 4. The Contractual Liability Coverage required by Paragraph 5.04.13.4 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts: a. General Aggregate Per Project $ 5,000,000.00 00---60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00810-5 b. Each Occurrence $ 5,000,000.00 (Bodily Injury and Property Damage) 5. OWNERS and CONTRACTORS Protective Policy-Purchased By CONTRACTOR: In addition to the insurance required to be provided by Contractor under paragraph 5.04.A.1 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, Contractor shall purchase and maintain a separate Owners and Contractors Protective Policy (OCP) to protect Owner against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents, with limits of liability as specified below. This liability insurance shall include as additional insureds the Engineer and the Engineer's Consultants, and include coverage for the respective directors, officers, partners, employees, agents and other consultants and subcontractors of all such additional insureds. a. General Aggregate $2,000,000.00 b. Each Occurrence $1,000,000.00 (Bodily Injury and Property Damage) The insurance policy will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be cancelled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least forty-five (45) days prior written notice has been given to Owner and to each other additional insured (and the certificates of insurance furnished to Owner and each other additional insured will so provide). 6. Additional Insureds: a. With respect to insurance required by paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6, inclusive, include the following as additional insureds. Use Additional Insured Endorsement CG 20 32,or equivalent acceptable to the Owner and Engineer. OWNER-City of Bozeman,Montana ENGINEER—HDR Engineering,Inc. ENGINEER'S Consultants-Morrison-Maierle,Inc. b. With respect to the Owner's and Contractor's Protective Policy(OPC)insurance required by paragraph SC-5.0.4.C.5, include the following as additional insureds. Use Additional Insured Endorsement CG 20 32,or equivalent acceptable to the Owner or Engineer. ENGINEER—HDR Engineering,Inc. ENGINEER'S Consultants—Morrison-Maierle,Inc." SC-5.06 PROPERTY INSURANCE-PURCHASED BY CONTRACTOR A. With respect to the Contractor's property insurance coverage required by paragraph 5.06.A of the General Conditions,include the following as an insured or additional insured: "OWNER: City of Bozeman,Montana SUBCONTRACTORS: (Contractor to list Subcontractors) ENGINEER:HDR Engineering,Inc. ENGINEER'S Consultants:Morrison-Maierle,Inc." B. Deductible may not exceed$5,000 unless approved by appropriate Change Order. SC-6.02 LABOR;WORIONNG HOURS Add the following new paragraphs immediately after paragraph 6.02.13 of the General Conditions: "C. Working hours for the Contractor shall be limited to the hours between 7:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. and shall not exceed 10 hours per day with authorized overtime. With Owner and Engineer approval the Contractor 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00810-6 may work a four day, ten hour per day work week. The Contractor must notify the Owner and Engineer in writing three (3) days in advance of his intention to work during other periods to allow assignment of additional inspection personnel when they are reasonably available. Emergency work may be done without prior permission. D. If a resident project representative is reasonably available, the Engineer may authorize the Contractor to perform work during periods other than normal working hours and/or days. The cost of this inspection will be calculated at the hourly rate specified in the Bid Form for unscheduled employment of the Engineer and will be deducted from the monthly progress payments and final payment as the costs are incurred." SC-6.03 SERVICES,MATERIALS,AND EQUIPMENT Add the following paragraphs immediately after paragraph 6.03.0 of the General Conditions which are to read as follows: "D. To ensure standardization and uniformity in all parts of the work under this Contract,like items of equipment shall be the products of one manufacturer. Like items of certain materials shall be the products of one manufacturer. E. Uniformity in like equipment items is required in order to provide the Owner with interchangeability capabilities, simplified spare parts inventory, and standardized maintenance programs and manufacturer's services. F. Uniformity in certain like material items is required in order to provide the Owner with a simplified spare materials inventory, continuity in patterns, color, and texture; and a standardized procedure for maintenance care and manufacturer's services. G. Visible architectural items such as exterior finishes, floor and wall covering, ceiling materials, doors,windows,cabinetwork,paint,and miscellaneous appurtenances,when specified alike shall be standardized. H. Generally, material items exempt from standardization include structural steel, reinforcing steel, building insulation, roofing materials, sheet metal, materials specified only by reference to a recognized standard, and items hidden from view where interchangeability, color, and texture is not a significant factor for standardization. I. The Contractor shall inform his suppliers and subcontractors of these requirements, and shall provide the necessary coordination to accomplish the standardization specified." SC-6.06 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS,SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS The following provisions supplement paragraphs 6.06.A and 6.06.13 of the General Conditions and paragraph 12.01 of the Instructions to Bidders: "A. The Contractor shall not sublet any part of the work embraced within this contract without the consent of the Owner,and the Owner reserves the right to withdraw at any time from any subcontractor whose work has proven unsatisfactory, the right to be engaged in or employed upon any part of the work. The amount of the work sublet on this project shall not exceed 50 percent. B. In accordance with Instruction to Bidders, paragraph 12.01, within seven (7) days after bids are opened, the apparent low bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall submit a list of all Subcontractors, Suppliers,or other persons or organizations(including those who are to furnish the principal items of materials and equipment)to Owner. An experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each named Subcontractor, Supplier and other persons or organizations shall be furnished. Acceptance and substitution of proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or organization prior to Notice of Award is governed by Instructions to Bidders paragraph 12.01. The Contractor may not change Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons and organizations accepted by Owner prior to the Notice of Award without the written permission of the Owner. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 00810-7 C. Revocation of Subcontractor, Supplier, or other persons or organizations acceptance after the Effective Date of the Agreement is governed by General Condition 6.06.B." SC-6.13 SAFETY AND PROTECTION Add new paragraph to the end of paragraph 6.13.13 of the General Conditions as follows: "It is expressly understood by the parties to this Agreement that the CONTRACTOR is solely responsible for initiating,maintaining,and supervising safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. The right of the OWNER and ENGINEER to observe or otherwise review the Work and operations shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from any of his covenants and obligations hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall incorporate all safety requirements into his construction progress and work schedules including preconstruction and scheduled monthly safety meetings, posted safety rules, tailgate meetings and site inspections by safety and other inspectors employed by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for and shall take necessary precautions and provide all material and equipment to protect, shore,brace, support and maintain all underground pipes, conduits, drains, sewers, water mains,gas mains,cables,etc.,and other underground construction uncovered in the proximity,or otherwise affected by the construction work performed by him. All pavement, surfacing, driveways, curbs, walks, buildings, grass areas,trees,utility poles or guy wires damaged by the CONTRACTOR'S operations in the performance of this work shall be repaired and/or replaced to the satisfaction of the OWNER, ENGINEER, and affected property owner at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. The CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for all damage to streets, roads, highways, shoulders, ditches, embankments, culverts, bridges, or other public or private property or facility, regardless of location or character,which may be caused by moving, hauling, or otherwise transporting equipment, materials, or men to and from the work or any part of site thereof, whether by him or his subcontractors. The CONTRACTOR shall make satisfactory and acceptable arrangements with owner of, or the agency or authority having jurisdiction over,the damaged property or facility concerning its repair or replacement or payment of costs incurred in connection with said damage. The CONTRACTOR shall conduct his work so as to interfere as little as possible with public travel, whether vehicular or pedestrian. Whenever it is necessary to cross, obstruct, or close roads, driveways, and walks, whether public or private,the CONTACTOR shall obtain approval from the governing party and shall, at his own expense, provide and maintain suitable and safe bridges, detours, and other temporary expedients for the accommodation of public and private drives before interfering with them. The provisions for temporary expedients will not be required when the CONTRACTOR has obtained permission from the owner and tenant of the private property,or from the authority having jurisdiction over public property involved,to obstruct traffic at the designated point. Safety provisions must be entirely adequate and meet with City or State and Federal regulations to protect the public on these streets and roads." SC-6.17 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES Add the following paragraphs immediately after paragraph 6.17.E of the General Conditions: 'T. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with sufficient information and accuracy in order to obtain required approval of an item with no more than three submittals. Engineer will record Engineer's time for reviewing subsequent submittals of Shop Drawings, samples or other items requiring approval and Contractor shall reimburse Owner for Engineer's charges for such time. G. In the event that Contractor requests a substitution for a previously approved item, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for Engineer's charges for such time unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of Contractor. SC-7.01 RELATED WORK AT SITE 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00810-8 Work by others at the site and other coordination issues are defined in Section 01010, SUMMARY OF WORK in these Contract documents." SC-9.03 PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE Change the second sentence of paragraph GC-9.03.A to read as follows: "The responsibilities and authority and limitations theron of any such Resident Project Representative and assistance will be provided in paragraph 9.10,the Supplementary Conditions,and Specification Section 0082 L" Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph GC-9.03.A,which is to read as follows: "ENGINEER's Resident Project Representative(s)shall not authorize any deviation from the Contract Documents or substitutions of materials or equipment,unless authorized by ENGINEER." SC-11.01.A.5.c.EQUIPMENT RENTAL RATES-USE OF BLUE BOOK Delete paragraph 11.01.A.5.c.of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "11.01.A.5.c The cost for the use of all construction equipment and machinery and parts thereof whether owned by the Contractor or rented by others shall be calculated as follows. Cost will include the costs of transportation, loading,unloading, assembly, dismantling and removal thereof for equipment involved only in the changed portion of the work covered under the cost of the Work method. Transportation, loading, and assembly costs will not be included for equipment already on the site which is being used for other portions of the Work. The cost of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. Hourly equipment and machinery rates may be calculated from the Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment,and the Equipment List submitted according to GC-2.05.A.4 and GC-2.07.A,and as follows: 1. For working equipment, the hourly rate shall be the monthly rental rate divided by 176 hours per month plus the hourly operating cost. 2. For equipment on standby,the hourly rate shall be 50 percent of the monthly rental rate divided by 176 hours per month,and the hourly operating cost shall not be applied. 3. For specialized equipment rented for a short duration used for change order work or additional work not part of the scope of work bid, the equipment rental rates will be negotiated prior to the work being performed. 4. Use of Blue Book rates, and review and approval of equipment rates associated with equipment lists submitted according to GC-2.05.A.4 and GC-2.07.A shall not extend to the settlement of any claim submitted under GC-10.05 and GC-12.01. In claim settlements, actual costs are recoverable, not blue book rates or rates approved with submittals of schedules of value or equipment lists." SC-12.03.DELAYS In the second sentence of General Conditions 12.03. after the words "or acts of God" add: "but shall not include strikes or labor disputes." Add a new paragraph after paragraph GC 12.03.A which is to read as follows: "Time extensions will not be granted for rain, wind,flood, or other natural phenomena of normal intensity for the locality where Work is performed. For purposes of determining extent of delay attributable to unusual whether phenomena, a determination shall be made by comparing the weather for a minimum continuous period of at least one-fourth of the Contract Time involved with the average of the preceding 5 —year climatic range during the same time interval based on U.S. Weather Bureau statistics for the locality where the Work is performed." 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 008I0-9 G. The Contractor shall schedule the Work to be completed within the Contract Time(s) stipulated in the Agreement,including an allowance for time lost due to abnormally cold weather,abnormal precipitation,or other natural phenomena that is abnormal for south western Montana. Such events will not constitute justification for an extension of the Contract Time(s) unless 1) they are considered outside the normal natural weather patterns for the project area, 2) the occurrence is agreed upon by both the Engineer and Contractor during the event, and 3) the total number of working days lost to such events exceeds five percent of the total Contract Time(s). Any claim by the Contractor for an extension of the Contract Times(s) due to abnormal weather conditions must be submitted to the Engineer within two business days of the occurrence of the abnormal weather condition to be considered by the Engineer for an adjustment to the Contract Time(s). Once the total number of working days exceeds five percent of the Contract Time(s), the Contract Time(s)will be adjusted by the actual number of working days affected." SC-13.03 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS Replace paragraph 13.03.13 of the General Conditions with the following: "B. All quality control and compliance testing of work accomplished will be performed by the Contractor, or designated representative, where specified at no additional cost to the Owner. Where the specifications state that certain tests will be performed by the Owner, these tests will be done at no cost to the Contractor except all tests for work or materials that fail to meet specified requirements shall be borne by the Contractor and shall be deducted from his progress payments. Where the specifications require that certain materials are to be tested for suitability or in final position by the Contractor,the Contractor shall provide at his own expense by retaining the services of a certified independent testing laboratory. The Engineer will direct where and when tests are performed." SC-14.02.11 PROGRESS PAYMENTS—WIIOLE OR PARTIAL PAYMENT REFUSAL BY ENGINEER Add the following paragraph 14.02.B.6 to the General Conditions: "6. Engineer may also refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in Engineer's opinion,there exists: a. Unsatisfactory progress of the Work; b. Failure to remedy defective Work or materials; C. Disputed Work or materials; d. Failure to comply with material provisions of the Contract Documents; e. Failure of the Contractor to make timely payment upon request, including but not limited to payment for labor, equipment, materials, subcontracts, taxes, fees, professional services,rent,and royalties; f. Damage to the Owner;or g. The existence of reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Price." SC-14.02.0 PROGRESS PAYMENTS—PAYMENT BECOMES DUE Delete paragraph 14.02.C.I of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 14 1. The Owner will, upon presentation to him of the Contractor's Application for Payment, with Engineer's recommendation,review and act upon said payment request once each month on or about the day of each month stipulated by the Owner at the preconstruction conference Payment will become due 21 days after the Owner 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24t2009 00810-10 approves the application for payment and will be paid by Owner to Contractor within 30 days after actual receipt of the Application for Payment by Engineer subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.02.D.I." SC-14.02.D PROGRESS PAYMENTS-FULL PAYMENT REFUSAL BY OWNER Add the following paragraph 14.02.D.Le.to the General Conditions: "e. there exists: i. Unsatisfactory progress of the Work; ii. Failure to remedy defective Work or materials; iii. Disputed Work or materials; iv. Failure to comply with material provisions of the Contract Documents. V. Failure of the Contractor to make timely payment upon request,including but not limited to payment for labor, equipment, materials, subcontracts, taxes, fees, professional services,rent,and royalties; vi. Damage to the Owner;or vii. The existence of reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Price." Delete Paragraph 14.02.D.2.of the General Conditions in its entirety and replace it with the following: "2. If Owner refuses to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer,Owner will give Contractor written notice(with a copy to Engineer) within 30 days of actual receipt of the Application for Payment by Engineer,stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. Owner may only withhold an amount from a payment that is sufficient to pay the direct expenses that the Owner may reasonably expect will be necessary to correct any problems created by the items listed in Paragraph 14.02.D.1. Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor,when Contractor corrects to Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action." SC-14.07.B FINAL PAYMENT-REFUSAL BY ENGINEER Add the following sentence to the end of Paragraph 14.07.B.1 of the General Conditions: "Engineer may refuse to recommend final payment if,in Engineer's opinion,there exists: a. Unsatisfactory progress of the Work; b. Failure to remedy defective Work or materials; C. Disputed Work or materials; d. Failure of the Contractor to make timely payment upon request, including but not limited to payment for labor, equipment, materials, subcontracts, taxes, fees,professional services,rent, and royalties; e. Damage to the Owner;or f. The existence of reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Price." 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00810-11 SC-14.07.0 FINAL PAYMENT-PAYMENT BECOMES DUE Delete Paragraph 14.07.C.1.of the General Conditions in its entirety and replace it with the following: 111. Thirty-days (30) days after the Engineer actually receives the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, the amount recommended by Engineer (subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 14.02.D. and 14.07.B. of these General Conditions), will become due, and when due will be paid by Owner to Contractor within Twenty one(21)days." SC-16.01 DISPUTE RESOLUTION-MEDIATION Replace Section 16.01 of the General Conditions with the following: 16.01 Methods and Procedures A. Either Owner or Contractor may request mediation of any Claim submitted to Engineer for a decision under Paragraph 10.05 before such decision becomes final and binding. Notice of the demand for mediation will be fled in writing with the other party to the Agreement and a copy will be sent to Engineer for information. Once the other party receives the request for mediation they must notify the requestor if they desire to participate in mediation. If both parties agree to participate in mediation the parties shall establish mutually agreeable rules to abide by during the mediation process. Owner or Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute that is not agreed upon during mediation. B. Except as provided in paragraph SC-16.02.C.below,no mediation arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include by consolidation, joinder, or in any other manner any other person or entity (including Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, agents, employees or consultants of any of them)who is not a party to this contract unless: 1. the inclusion of such other individual or entity is necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those who are already parties to the mediation;and 2. such other individual or entity is substantially involved in a question of law or fact which is common to those who are already parties to the mediation, and which will arise in such proceedings;and 3. the written consent of the other individual or entity sought to be included and of Owner and Contractor has been obtained for such inclusion, which consent shall make specific reference to this paragraph; but no such consent shall constitute consent to mediation of any dispute not specifically described in such consent or to mediation with any party not specifically identified in such consent. C. Notwithstanding paragraph SC-16.02.13, if a Claim or counterclaim, dispute or other matter in question between Owner and Contractor involves the Work of a Subcontractor,either Owner or Contractor may join such Subcontractor as a party to the mediation between Owner and Contractor hereunder. Contractor shall include in all subcontracts required by paragraph GC-6.06.G specific provision whereby the Subcontractor consents to being joined in mediation between Owner and Contractor involving the work of such Subcontractor. Nothing in this paragraph SC-16.02.0 nor in the provision of such subcontract consenting to joinder shall create any claim,right or cause of action in favor of Subcontractor and against Owner, Engineer or Engineer's Consultants that does not otherwise exist. SC-17.04 SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATIONS-STATUTES OF LIMITATIONS Add the following new paragraph immediately after 17.04.A.of the General Conditions: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00810-12 "13. Causes of action between the parties or the Engineer pertaining to acts or failures to act shall be deemed to have accrued and the applicable statutes of limitations shall commence to run in any and all events not later than the date of final payment to the Contractor. The Contractor shall include this provision in all contracts he enters into with subcontractors, consultants and suppliers who provide any work, products or services for this project." END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00810-13 SECTION 00821 DUTIES, RESPONSIBILITIES AND LIMITATIONS OF THE RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE PART 1 - GENERAL: 1.1 SUMMARY A. Resident Project Representative is Engineer's agent and shall act as directed by and under the supervision of Engineer. He shall confer with Engineer regarding his actions. His dealings in matters pertaining to the on-site Work will in general be only with Engineer and Contractor. His dealings with subcontractors will only be through or with the full knowledge of Contractor or his superintendent. He shall generally communicate with Owner only through or as directed by Engineer. B. Duties and Responsibilities: The Resident Project Representative is responsible to serve as the Owner's and Engineer's liaison with the Contractor. The Resident Project Representative is responsible for: 1. Schedules: Review the progress schedule,schedule of Shop Drawing submission,schedule of values and other schedules prepared by Contractor and consult with Engineer concerning their acceptability. 2. Conferences: Attend preconstruction conferences. Arrange schedule of progress meetings and other job conferences as required in consultation with Engineer and notify in advance those expected to attend. Attend meetings and maintain copies of minutes thereof. 3. Liaison: a. Serve as Engineer's liaison with Contractor,working principally through Contractor's superintendent and assist him in understanding the intent of the Contract Documents. Assist Engineer in serving as Owner's liaison with Contractor when Contractor's operations affect Owner's on-site operations. b. As requested by Engineer assist in obtaining from Owner additional details or information, when required at the jobsite for proper execution of the Work c. In the interest of preserving the proper channels of communication,advise Engineer of any direct communication between Owner and Contractor. 4. Shop Drawings and Samples: a. Receive and record date of receipt of Shop Drawings and samples which have been reviewed by Engineer. b. Receive samples which are furnished at the site by Contractor for Engineer's review,and notify Engineer of their availability for examination. c. Advise Engineer and Contractor or his superintendent immediately after becoming aware of the commencement of any Work requiring a Shop Drawing or sample submission if the submission has not been accepted by Engineer. 5. Review of Work,Rejection of Defective Work,Inspections and Tests: a. Conduct on-site observations of the Work in progress to assist Engineer in determining that the Project is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents and the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents. b. Report to Engineer whenever he believes that any Work is unsatisfactory,faulty or defective or does not conform to the Contract Documents;or has been damaged;or does not meet the requirements of any required inspections,tests or approvals and advise Engineer when he believes Work should be corrected or rejected,or should be uncovered for observation,or requires special testing or inspection. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00821-1 c. Verify that tests,equipment and systems startups and operating and maintenance instructions are conducted as required by the Contract Documents and in presence of the required personnel,and that Contractor maintains adequate records thereof;observe, record,and report to Engineer appropriate details relative to the test procedures and startups. d. Accompany Owner and visiting inspectors representing public or other agencies having jurisdiction over the Project,record the outcome of these inspections, and report to Engineer. 6. Interpretation of Contract Documents: Transmit to Contractor clarification and interpretation of the Contract Documents as issued by Engineer. 7. Modifications: Consider and evaluate Contractor's suggestions for modifications in Drawings and Specifications and report them with recommendations to Engineer. 8. Records: a. Maintain at the jobsite orderly files for correspondence;reports of job conferences; Shop Drawings and sample submissions;reproductions of original Contract Documents including all addenda,change orders,field orders,and additional Drawings issued subsequent to the execution of the Contract,Engineer's clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents,progress reports and other Project-related documents. b. Keep a diary or daily log book,recording hours on the jobsite,weather conditions,data relative to questions of extras or deductions,list of principal visitors,daily activities, decisions,observations in general and specific observations in more detail as in the case of observing test procedures. Send copies to Engineer. c. Record names,addresses and telephone numbers of all contractors,subcontractors and major suppliers of equipment and materials. d, Advise Engineer whenever Contractor is not currently maintaining an up-to-date copy of Record Drawings at the site. e. Perform a cursory check of Contractor's record drawing set at least bi-weekly and prior to approval of each progress payment. f. Contractor is advised that Engineer's jobsite records will not be routinely available to Contractor and that Engineer's jobsite recordkeeping and review efforts shall not diminish Contractor's obligations. 9. Reports: a. Furnish Engineer periodic reports,as required,of progress of the Work and of Contractor's compliance with the approved progress schedule,schedule of Shop Drawing submissions and other schedules. b. Consult with Engineer before scheduled major tests,inspections,or start of important phases of the Work. 10. Payment Requisitions: Review Applications for Payment with Contractor for compliance with the established procedure for their submission and forward them with recommendations to Engineer,noting particularly their relation to the schedule of values,work completed,and materials and equipment delivered at the site. It. Guarantees,Certificates,Operating and Maintenance Manuals:During the course of the Work, verify that guarantees,certificates,Operation and Maintenance manuals and other data required to be assembled and furnished by Contractor are applicable to the items actually installed;and deliver these data to Engineer for his review and forwarding to Owner prior to final acceptance of the Work. 12. Completion: a. Before Engineer issues a Certificate of Substantial Completion,submit to Contractor a list of observed items requiring correction. b. Conduct final inspection in the company of Engineer,Owner,and Contractor and prepare a final list of items to be corrected. c. Verify that all items on final list have been corrected and make recommendations to Engineer concerning acceptance. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00821-2 C. Limitation of Authority: Except upon written instructions of Engineer,Resident Project Representative: 1. Shall not authorize any deviation from the Contract Documents or approve any substitute materials or equipment. 2. Shall not undertake any of the responsibilities of Contractor, Subcontractor,or Contractor's superintendent. 3. Shall not expedite Work for the Contractor. 4. Shall not advise on or issue directions relative to any aspect of the means,methods,techniques, sequences or procedures of construction unless such is specifically called for in the Contract Documents. 5. Shall not advise on,issue directions,or enforce any regulation as to safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. 6. Shall not authorize Owner to occupy the Project in whole or in part. 7. Shall not participate in specialized field or laboratory tests or inspections conducted by others. 8. Shall not assist Contractor in maintaining up-to-date copy of Drawings. 9. Shall not authorize any deviation from the Contract Documents unless written instruction of the ENGINEER and OWNER are received. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/242009 00821-3 SECTION 00825 FEDERAL PREVAILING WAGE RATE DETERMINATION (DAVIS BACON RATES FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS IN MONTANA) 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/26,2009 00825-1 FEDERAL PREVQ UMG VAgAGE RATE DETERMNATM BULDNG file:///Cl/Documents%20and%2O Settings/dbesseW Desktop/Building.txt ENERAL DECISION: MT20080034 10/09/2009 MT34 Date: October 9, 2009 General Decision Number: MT20080034 10/09/2009 Superseded General Decision Number: MT20070034 State: Montana Construction Type: Building County: Gallatin County in Montana. BUILD CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (Does not include residential construction consisting of single family homes and apartments up to and including 4 stories) Modification Number Publication Date 0 02/08/2008 1 06/20/2008 2 08/15/2008 3 06/26/2009 4 10/09/2009 ELEC0532-004 06/01/2009 Rates Fringes ELECTRICIAN (Excluding Fiber Optics and HVAC Control Wiring)..........................$ 26.61 4.75%+9.00 ---------------------------------------------------------------- * PLUM0041-005 07/01/2009 Rates Fringes PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER (Including HVAC Piping, and Set unit).......$ 28.60 10.75 ---------------------------------------------------------------- "UMT 1999-006 02/23/1999 file:///C;iDocuments%20and°'o2OSettingsidbessett/Desktop/Building.txt(1 of 3)[11/312009 9:43:19 AM] file:///Cl/Documents%20and°620Settings/dbessetVDesktop/Building.txt Rates Fringes CARPENTER (Acoustical Ceilings only)...................$ 15.00 3.50 CARPENTER (Carpenter including Drywall Hanging and Form Work; excluding Acoustical Ceilings and Cabinets)........................$ 12.90 3.37 IRONWORKER, REINFORCING..........$ 16.01 6.14 Laborer, General.................$ 10.91 3.10 PAINTER..........................$ 14.00 Power Equipment Operator Loader......................$ 16.07 4.07 TRUCK DRIVER Tandem Dump.................$ 16.13 3.87 ---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). ---------------------------------------------------------------- In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing. ---------------------------------------------------------------- file:///Cl/Documents°o20and%20Settings/dbessetvDesktop/Building.txt(2 of 3)[11/3/2009 9:43:19 AM] file:///C{/Documents%20and°'o20Settings/dbessett/Desktop/Building.txt WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can oe: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer file:///C!/Documents%20and%2OSettings/dbessett)DesktopJBuilding.txt(3 of 3)[11/32009 9:43:19 AM] SECTION 00900 (Includes Special Provisions for State Revolving Fund—American Recovery And Reinvestment Act Of 2009 Funds) FUNDING AGENCY SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR MONTANA PUBLIC FACILITY PROJECTS This section supplements the Montana Public Works Standard Specifications, Division 0. The Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract must be replaced with the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Funding Agency Edition. This section includes supplemental general conditions that are required by Montana public facility funding programs or agencies listed in' 1.01 below and are not included in the Montana Public Works Standard Specifications, Division 0. ARTICLE 1. Special Provisions 1.01 Funding Agencies This project is being funded with funds from one or more of the following public facility funding programs or agencies: Renewable Resource Grant and Loan Program (RRGL) Treasure State Endowment Program (TSEP) United States Department of Agriculture Rural Development(USDA/RD) Community Development Block Grant Program (CDBG) Drinking Water or Water Pollution Control State Revolving Fund Loan Program (SRF) 1.01.1 Applicable Funding Agency Special Provisions In addition to Section 1.02 below, the following sections also apply as indicated: Section 1.03 (Additional USDA/RD Requirements) Section 1.04 (Additional CDBG Requirements) X Section 1.05 (Additional SRF Requirements) X Exhibit C (Federal Labor Standards Provisions) X Exhibit D (Buy American Requirement) 1.02 Special Provisions for All Funding Agencies The following requirements pertain to all of the funding programs or agencies listed in 1.01 above. If project funding sources include any of the programs or agencies listed, the following general requirements must be met in addition to those required in the Montana Public Works Standard Specifications, Division 0: 1.02.1 Reports, Information, and Access to Records The contractor, at such times and in such form as required by the owner(defined herein as the entity for which the project is being constructed) shall furnish reports pertaining to the work or services undertaken pursuant to this contract, the costs and obligations incurred or to be incurred in connection therewith, and any other matters covered by this contract. The owner and any federal, state or local governmental agency having a valid interest in this project shall be permitted by the contractor to have full access to and the right to examine pertinent documents of the contractor involving transactions related to this contract during the period of the project and for three (3)years from the 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/242009 00900-I date of final payment or until all findings have been resolved to the satisfaction of the funding agencies. 1.02.2 Contractor Eligibility and Certification Regarding Debarment The contractor certifies that the contractor's firm and the firm's principals are not debarred, suspended, or otherwise ineligible to receive any Montana public works contracts or subcontracts pursuant to 18-2-432 (2), MCA. For federally funded projects, the contractor certifies that the contractor's firm and the firm's principals are not debarred, suspended, voluntarily excluded, or otherwise ineligible for participation in federally assisted contracts under Executive Order 12549, "Debarment and Suspension" (24 CFR 24.505). 1.02.3 Contractor Registration and Worker's Compensation Requirements Title 39, Chapter 9, Parts 1 and 2 MCA stipulate contractor registration requirements for the State of Montana. Pursuant to 39-9-201 MCA, each construction contractor must be registered with the Montana Department of Labor and Industry. In accordance with 39-9-102 MCA, "construction contractor" means a person, firm, or corporation that, in the pursuit of an independent business, offers to undertake, undertakes, or submits a bid for construction. No bid shall be considered that does not carry the bidder's Montana Contractor's Registration Number on the bid form. Registration forms and additional information may be obtained by contacting the Montana Department of Labor and Industry, 1805 Prospect Ave., P.O. Box 8011, Helena, MT 59604-8011, or by calling 406-444-7734. The contractor must provide certification that workers'compensation insurance will be maintained as required by the Montana Workers' Compensation Act(39-71-101 MCA). 1.02.4 Minimum Wage Requirements Unless superseded by federal law, 18-2-401 MCA and 18-2-402 MCA require that each employer pay, as a minimum, the rate of wages, including fringe benefits and zone pay applicable for the work being performed, as provided in the current Montana Prevailing Wage Requirements as determined by the Montana Department of Labor and Industry. The current wage determination must be included in the contract documents. If the CDBG Program is funding the project in whole or in part, federal law requires that each employer pay, as a minimum, prevailing wages in accordance with the Federal Labor Standards Provisions (Davis-Bacon). HUD Form 4010-Federal Labor Standards Provisions (Exhibit A) must be included in the contract documents for projects being funded in whole or in part by the CDBG Program. If Exhibit C is indicated above, federal law requires that each employer pay, as a minimum, prevailing wages in accordance with the Federal Labor Standards Provisions (Davis-Bacon). Refer to Exhibit C. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-2 1.02.5 Compliance With State and Federal Laws and Regulations All applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction over construction of the project shall apply to the contract throughout. The contractor must comply with all applicable state and federal occupational disease and health and safety laws and regulations. 1.02.6 Project Sign All projects will have a sign erected at a prominent location near the major portion of the work in plain view of the general public prior to submittal of the first pay estimate. The sign will generally conform to the following: "The CONTRACTOR, or such contractor as the ENGINEER may designate, when construction begins, shall erect a sign constructed of 4'X8'X1/4" exterior plywood (A-B) and shall be supported by and bolted to two (2)4"X4" posts with the bottom of the sign at a point at least two(2)feet above the ground line. The project sign shall be maintained in a good condition until project completion. The sign will be edged, painted and lettered as shown on Exhibit B. The letters shall be approximately three (3) inches in height. The cost of the sign is incidental to the contract price. The sign shall remain the property of the owner. A statement indicating all agencies participating in the financing of the project shall be included on the sign. The sign shall be subject to agency approval prior to being erected. 1.02.7 Gross Receipts Withholding Requirements Pursuant to Section 15-50-206(2)(3), MCA, the owner is required to withhold one percent (1%) of all payments due the contractor and is required to transmit such moneys to the Montana Department of Revenue as part of the public contractor's license fee. In like fashion, the contractor is required to withhold one percent (1%) from payments to subcontractors. 1.02.8 Exceptions or Corrections to the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Funding Agency Edition Replace Paragraph 18.08.A with the following: If this Contract exceeds $100,000, Contractor shall comply with all applicable standards, orders or requirements issued under Section 306 of the Clean Air Act(42 USC 1857(h)); Section 508 of the Clean Water Act(33 USC 1368); Executive Order 11738; and Environmental Protection Agency Regulations (40 CFR Part 15). 1.03 Additional Special Provisions for USDA/RD 1.03.1 The following documents shall be attached to and made a condition of the contract documents for any project funded, in whole or in part, by Rural Development: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-3 If the bid amount exceeds $10,000, signed Compliance Statement(RD 400-6). Refer to specific equal opportunity requirements set forth in paragraph 18.10 of the General Conditions; If the bid amount exceeds $25,000, signed Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion - Lower Tier Covered Transactions (AD-1048); and If the bid amount exceeds $100,000, signed RD Instruction 1940-Q, Exhibit A-1, Certification for Contracts, Grants, and Loans. Refer to paragraph 18.11 of the General Conditions. 1.03.2 Free and Open Competition All procurement transactions will be conducted in a manner that provides maximum free and open competition. Examples of what are considered to be restrictive of competition include but are not limited to: employment preferences to Montana Bidders or Montana Contractors and Montana residents. 1.03.3 Contractor's Retainage No payments will be made that would deplete the retainage nor place in escrow any funds that are required for retainage or invest the retainage for the benefit of the contractor. 1.04 Additional Special Provisions for CDBG 1.04.1 Equal Employment Opportunity Provisions 1.04.1.A Equal Employment Opportunity (Executive Order 11246). During the performance of this contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: i. The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. The contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection of training, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. ii. The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin. iii. The contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which it has a collective 00...60746 Bozeman WRP Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-4 bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided by the Department's contracting officer advising the labor union or workers' representative of the contractor's commitments under Section 202 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. iv. The contractor will comply with all of the provision of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. V. The contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by the rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to its books, records and accounts by the Department and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations and orders. vi. In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the non- discrimination clauses of this contract or with any of such rules, regulations or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated or suspended in whole or in part and the contractor may be declared ineligible for further government contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rules, regulations, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. vii. The contractor will include the provisions of paragraphs 1 through 7 in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that each provision will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the Department may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance. Provided, however, that in the event the contractor becomes involved in or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the Department, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interest of the United States. 1.04.1.E Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964. Provides that no person shall, on the grounds of race, color, or national origin, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity receiving federal financial assistance. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Cab Building 9/242009 00900-5 1.04.1.0 Section 109 of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974. "No person in the United States shall on the ground of race, color, national origin or sex be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity funded in whole or in part with funds available under this title. Any prohibition against discrimination on the basis of age under the Age Discrimination Act of 1975 or with respect to an otherwise qualified handicapped individual as provided in Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 shall also apply to any such program or activity." 1.04.1.D Section 3 of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1968. The contractor will ensure that to the greatest extent feasible opportunities for training and employment arising in connection with this CDBG-assisted project will be extended to project area residents. Further, the contractor will, to the greatest extent feasible, utilize business concerns located in or substantially owned by residents of the project area, in the award of contracts and purchase of services and supplies. 1.04.1.E Minority Business Enterprise. Under the provisions of Executive Order 11246 contractors on federally-funded projects are required to take affirmative steps to assure that minority businesses are used when possible as sources of supplies, equipment, construction and services. Additionally, the contractor must document all affirmative steps taken to solicit minority businesses and forward this documentation along with the names of the minority subcontractors and suppliers to the owner upon request. 1.04.1.E Nondiscrimination Provision in all Public Contracts Pursuant to Section 49-3-207, MCA, the Contractor certifies that all hiring will be on the basis of merit and qualifications and there will be no discrimination on the basis of race, color, religion, creed, political ideas, sex, age, marital status, physical or mental handicap, or national origin. 1.04.2 Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (UFAS) All design specifications for the construction of any building shall provide access to the physically handicapped in accordance with the Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards and HUD regulations 24 CFR Part 8, "Nondiscrimination Based on Handicap in Federally Assisted Programs and Activities of HUD". 1.05 Additional Special Provisions for SRF 1.05.1 Equal Employment Opportunity and Affirmative Action Requirements on Federally Assisted Construction Contracts NOTICE OF REQUIREMENT FOR AFFIRMATIVE ACTION TO ENSURE EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY(EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246) 1.The Offeror's or Bidder's attention is called to the"Equal Opportunity Clause"and the "Standard Federal Equal Employment Specifications" set forth herein. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-6 2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate workforce in each trade on all construction work in the covered area, are as follows: Goals for minority participation in each trade 3.3% Goals for female participation in each trade 6.9% These goals are applicable to all the contractor's construction work(whether or not it is Federal or Federally assisted) performed in the covered area. If the contractor performs construction work in a geographical area located outside of the covered area, it shall apply the goals established for such geographical area where the work is actually performed. With regard to this second area, the contractor also is subject to the goals for both its federally involved and nonfederally involved construction. The Contractor's compliance with the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4 shall be based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by the specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60-4.3(a), and its efforts to meet the goals.The hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the contract, and in each trade, and the contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from contractor to contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the contractor's goals shall be a violation of the contract, the Executive Order, and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed. 3. The contractor shall provide written notification to the Director of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs within 10 working days of award of any construction subcontract in excess of$10,000 at any tier for construction work under the contract resulting from this solicitation. The notification shall list the name, address and telephone number for the subcontractor; employer identification number of the subcontractor, estimated dollar amount of the subcontract; estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract; and the geographical area in which the contract is to be performed (see form on page 13). 4. As used in this Notice, and in the contract resulting from this solicitation, the "covered area" is the Billings Economic Area. This notice shall be included in, and shall be a part of,all solicitations for offers and bids on all federal and federally assisted construction contracts or subcontracts. EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE The Equal Opportunity Clause published at 41 CFR Part 60-1.4(b) is required to be included in, and is part of, all nonexempt federally assisted construction contracts and subcontracts. The Equal Opportunity Clause shall be considered to be a part of every contract and subcontract required by the regulations in this part to include such a clause, whether or not it is physically incorporated in such contracts. In addition to the clause described above, all federal contracting officers, all applicants, and all non-construction contractors, as applicable, shall include the specifications set forth in this section in all federal and federally assisted construction contracts in excess of$10,000 to be performed in geographical areas designated by the Director pursuant to§60-4.6 of this part and in construction subcontracts in excess of$10,000 necessary in whole or in part to the performance of non-construction Federal contracts and subcontracts covered under the Executive Order. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-7 STANDARD FEDERAL EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS (EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246) 1. As used in these specifications: a. "Covered Area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract resulted; b. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, United States Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority; c. "Employer identification number" means the Federal Social Security number used on the employer's quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941. d. "Minority" includes: (i) Black (all persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin); (ii) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American or other Spanish Culture or origin, regardless of race); (iii)Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); (iv)American Indian or Alaskan Native(all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identification). 2. Whenever the contractor, or any subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of$10,000 the provisions of these specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. 3. If the contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the Plan area, (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with that Plan for those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors must be able to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each contractor or subcontractor participating in an approved Plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause, and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other contractors or subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered contractor's or subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan goals and timetables. 4. The contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs (7)(a) through (p) of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the contractor should reasonably by able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Covered Construction contractors performing construction work in geographical areas where they do not have a Federal or federally assisted construction contract shall apply the minority and female goals established for the geographical area where the work is being performed. Goals are published periodically in the federal register in notice form, and such notices may be 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-8 obtained from any Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs office or from Federal procurement contracting officers. The contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress toward its goals in each craft during the period specified. 5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a union with whom the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the contractor's obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. 6. In order for the non-working training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the contractor during the training period, and the contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor. 7. The contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment opportunity. The evaluation of the contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The contractor shall document these efforts fully, and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following: a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the contractor's employees are assigned to work. The contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other on-site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities. b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses. c. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of each minority and female off-the-street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed by the contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefor, along with whatever additional actions the contractor may have taken. d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations. e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the areas which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The contractor shall 00...60746 Bozernan WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 00900-9 provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under (7)(b) above. f. Disseminate the contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. g. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with on-site supervisory personnel such as superintendents, general foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter. h. Disseminate the contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the contractor's EEO policy with other contractors and subcontractors with whom the contractor does or anticipates doing business. i. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and community organizations, to schools with minority and female students and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving the contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the contractor shall send written notification to organizations such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection process. j. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and, where reasonable, provide after school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a contractor's workforce. k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3. I. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and female personnel for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities. m. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other personnel practices, do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are nonsegregated except that separate or single-user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associations and other business associations_ 00.._60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 00900-10 p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisor's adherence to and performance under the contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations. 8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (7)(a) through (p). The efforts of a contractor association, joint contractor-union, contractor-community, or other similar group of which the contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under (7)(a) through (p) of these specifications provided that the contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the contractor's minority and female workforce participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the contractor's noncompliance. 9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The contractor, however, is required to provide equal employment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non-minority. Consequently, the contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner(for example, even though the contractor has achieved its goals for women generally, the contractor may be in violation of the Executive order if a specific minority group of women is under- utilized). 10. The contractor shall not use the goals and timetables of affirmative action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. 11. The contractor shall not enter into any subcontract with any person or firm debarred from government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246. 12. The contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing regulations, by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs.Any contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended. 13. The contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph (7)of these specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order, the implementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8. 14. The contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the government and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each employee 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-11 the name, address, telephone numbers, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records. 15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program) 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-12 § % § f ® / 2 / \ / a g 2 y \ / / \ p \ / / LO / � 1o0 » O / M C) \ \ $ \ \ m owomxo 2 / 2 [ oG ± co � J % nO _ / co \ 5 a S / ƒ / 0 \ / / / / 7 w G / � \ S / 12 e \ £ / / \ C \ Im 3 0 & / 2 \ ] \ 0 L ® @e z [ /ƒ j\ 0 ® \ \ 2 k )� < O e \ % U. 2 / E \ E § D 2 2 / ® 2 O g7 Z 0 m 0 - 0/ w k ® / \ ® 2 w 2 qCO \ / f ƒ w b $ < 0 a 22 \ ± R @ c = � \ m / 0 / k / ƒ \ E / / 2 / f ƒ w < \ / / ƒ / ƒ 0 1.05.2 Guidance for Utilization of Small, Minority and Women Business Enterprises (DBE) Requirements of 40 CFR 35.3145(d) A. REQUIREMENTS 1. The recipient and prime contractor will exercise good faith efforts to attract and utilize small, minority, and women's business (DBEs) enterprises primarily through outreach, recruitment, and race/gender neutral activities. At a minimum, the recipient and project bidders will follow the six affirmative steps below. a. Ensure DBEs are made aware of contracting opportunities to the fullest extent practicable through outreach and recruitment activities including placing DBEs on solicitation lists and soliciting them whenever they are potential sources; b. Make information on forthcoming opportunities available to DBEs and arrange time frames and establish delivery schedules, when the requirements of the work permit, which will encourage participation by DBEs; c. Consider in the contracting process whether firms competing for large contracts could subcontract with DBEs; including dividing total requirements, when economically feasible, into small tasks or quantities to permit maximum participation by DBEs; d. Encourage contracting with a consortium of DBEs when a contract is too large for one of these firms to handle individually; e. Using the services of the Small Business Administration and the Office of Minority Business Enterprise of the U.S. Department of Commerce, as appropriate; and f. Require a. through e. to be taken if subcontracts are awarded. B. FAIR SHARE OBJECTIVE 1. The fair share objective for this project is 2 %MBE's and 3 % WBE`s. C. DEFINITIONS 1. Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) is a business concern which is: a. Certified as socially and economically disadvantaged by the Small Business Administration; (1)Socially disadvantaged individuals are those who have been subjected to racial or ethnic prejudice or cultural bias because of their identity as a member of a group without regard to their individual qualities. (2) Economically disadvantaged individuals are those socially disadvantaged individuals whose ability to compete in the free enterprise system is impaired due to diminished capital and credit opportunities, as compared to others in the same business area who are not socially disadvantaged. In determining the degree of diminished credit and capital opportunities, the Small Business Administration shall consider, but not be limited to, the assets and net worth of such socially disadvantaged individuals. Individuals who certify that they are members of named groups (Black Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, Asian-Pacific Americans, Asian-Indian Americans), are to be considered socially and economically disadvantaged. Economically and socially disadvantaged individuals are deemed to include women. b. Certified as a minority business enterprise by a State or Federal agency; or c. An independent business concern which is at least 51 percent owned and controlled by minority group member(s). 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-14 (1) A minority group member is an individual who is a citizen of the United States and one of the following: (a) Black American: (b) Hispanic American (with origins from Puerto Rico, Mexico, Cuba, South or Central America) (c) Native American (American Indian, Eskimo, Aleut, native Hawaiian); or (d)Asian-Pacific American (with origins from Japan, China, the Philippines, Vietnam, Korea, Samoa, Guam, the U.S.Trust Territories of the Pacific, Northern Marianas, Laos, Cambodia, Taiwan or the Indian subcontinent). (2) In order to satisfy the third criteria of the MBE definition, the minority ownership's interest must be real, substantial and continuing. Such interest is characterized by: (a) Risk of loss/share of profit commensurate with the proportional ownership; and (b) Receipt of the customary incidents of ownership, such as compensation (i.e. salary and other personnel compensation). (3)A minority owner must have and exercise control of the business decisions. Characteristics of control include, but are not limited to: (a)Authority to sign bids and contracts; (b) Decisions in price negotiations; (c) Incurring liabilities for the firm; (d) Final staffing decisions; (e) Policy-making; and (f)General company management decisions. (4) Only those firms performing a useful business function according to custom and practice in the industry are qualified as MBEs. Acting merely as a passive conduit of funds to some other firm where such activity is unnecessary to accomplish the project does not constitute a "useful business function according to custom and practice in the industry."The purpose of this approach is to discourage the use of MBE "fronts" and limit the creation of an artificial supplier and broker marketplace. 2.Women's Business Enterprise (WBE) is a business which is certified as such by a State or Federal agency, or which meets the following definition: "A women's business enterprise is an independent business concern which is at least 51 percent owned by a woman or women, who also control and operate it. Determination of whether a business is at least 51 percent owned by a woman or otherwise qualified WBE which is 51 percent owned by a married woman in a community property State will not be disqualified because her husband has a 50 percent interest in her share. Similarly, a business which is 51 percent owned by a married man and 49 percent owned by an unmarried woman will not become a qualified WBE by virtue of his wife's 50 percent interest in his share of the business." As in the case of a MBE, only United States citizens will be deemed to be WBEs. Similar to the MBE criteria, WBE should meet the criteria cited in subparagraphs CA.c.(2), (3), and (4). 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-15 3. Fair Share or Fair Share Obiective A fair share or a fair share objective is an amount of funds reasonably commensurate with the total project funding and the availability of qualified MBEs and WBEs, taking into account experience on EPA-funded projects and other comparable projects in the area. A fair share objective does not constitute an absolute requirement, but a commitment on the part of the bidder to exercise good faith efforts as defined in this section to use MBEs and WBEs to achieve the fair share objective. 4. Small Business (SBE)._Any business entity, including its affiliates, that is independently owned and operated, and not dominant in its field of operations in which it is bidding on Government contracts, and qualified as a small business under the criteria and size standards set forth in 13 CFR Part 121. 5. Small Business in a Rural Area.A small business in a rural area(SBRA) is a business entity meeting the definition of a small business, and is located and conducts its principal operations in a geographical area(county) listed in the Small Business Administration's Listing of Non-Metropolitan Counties by State. 6. Recipient.A party receiving SRF financial assistance. 7. Project.The work financed through an SRF loan. 8. Bidder.A party seeking to obtain a contract with a recipient through a competitive, advertised, sealed bid process. 9. Offeror.A party seeking to obtain a contract with a recipient through a negotiative procurement process. 10. Prime Contractor. A party that has obtained a contract with a recipient through a competitive, advertised, sealed bid process. 11. Good Faith Efforts. Good faith efforts by a recipient, prime contractor, and/or bidder/offeror means efforts to attract and utilize SBEs, MBEs, and WBEs (DBEs)primarily through outreach, recruitment, and race/gender neutral activities.The following are examples of activities to assist recipients, prime contractors and/or bidders/offerors to comply with good faith efforts. A. Include qualified SBEs, MBEs, and WBEs on solicitation lists. 1. Maintain and update a listing of qualified SBEs, MBEs, and WBEs and SBRAs that can be solicited for supplies, construction and/or services. 2. Provide listings to all interested parties who requested copies of the bidding or proposing documents. 3. Contact appropriate sources within your geographic area and State to identify qualified MBEs and WBEs for placement on your minority and women's business listings. 4. Utilize other MBENVBE listings such as those of the State's Minority Business Office, the Small Business Administration, Minority Business Development Agency, US EPA-Office of Small and Disadvantaged Business Utilization (OSDBU)and the Department of Transportation. 5. Have the State environmental agency personnel review this solicitation list. B. Ensure that SBEs, MBEs, and WBEs are solicited. 1. Conduct meetings, conferences, and follow-ups with SBEs, MBEs, WBEs, and SBRAs, small, minority and/or women's business associations, minority media, etc.,to inform these groups of opportunities to provide supplies, services, and construction. 2. MBE utilization is facilitated if the recipient or prime contractor advertises through the minority media. Such advertisements may include, but are not 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-16 limited to, contracting and subcontracting opportunities, hiring and employment, or any other matter related to the project. 3. Conduct pre bid, pre-solicitation, and post-award conferences to ensure that consultants, suppliers, and builders solicit SBEs, MBEs, WBEs, and SBRAs. 4. Provide bidders and offerors with listings of qualified SBEs, MBEs, WBEs, and SBRAs and establish that a fair share of contracts/procurements should be awarded to these groups. 5. Advertise in general circulation, trade publications, State agency publications of identified source, minority or women's business focused media, etc., concerning contracting opportunities on your projects. Maintain a list of minority or women's business-focused publications that may be utilized to solicit MBEs or WBEs. 6. Provide interested SBEs, MBEs,WBEs, or SBRAs with adequate information about plans, specifications, timing and other requirements of the proposed projects. 7. Provide SBE, SBRA, MBE or WBE trade organizations with succinct summaries of solicitations. 8. Notify SBEs, MBEs, WBEs, or SBRAs of future procurement opportunities so that they may establish bidding solicitations and procurement plans. C. Make information on forthcoming opportunities available to DBEs and arrange time frames and establish delivery schedules, where requirements of the work permit, which will encourage participation by SBEs, MBEs, WBEs and SBRAs. 1. Consider lead times and scheduling requirements often needed by SBE, MBE, WBE or SBRA participation. 2. Develop realistic delivery schedules which may provide for greater SBE, MBE, WBE or SBRA participation. 3.Whenever possible, post solicitations for bids or proposals for a minimum of 30 calendar days before the bid or proposal closing date D. Consider in the contracting process whether firms competing for large contracts could subcontract with DBEs; including dividing total requirements when economically feasible, into small tasks or quantities to permit maximum participation of SBEs, MBEs, WBEs and SBRAs. 1. Perform an analysis to identify portions of work that can be divided and performed by qualified SBEs, MBEs,WBEs and SBRAs. 2. Scrutinize the elements of the total project to develop economically feasible units of work that are within the bonding range of SBEs, MBEs, WBEs and SBRAs. 3. Analyze bid packages for compliance with the good faith efforts to afford SBEs, MBEs, WBEs and SBRAs maximum participation. 4. Encourage contracting with a consortium of SBEs, MBEs,WBEs, and SBRAs when a contract is too large for one of these firms to handle individually E. Use the services and assistance of the Small Business Administration and the Minority Business Development Agency of the US Department of Commerce, as appropriate. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-17 1. Use the services of outreach programs sponsored by the Minority Business Development Agency and/or the Small Business Administration to recruit bona fide firms for placement on SBEs', MBEs', WBEs', or SBRAs' bidders lists to assist these firms in the development of bid packaging. 2. Seek out Minority Business Development Centers (MBDCs)to assist recipients and prime contractors in identifying MBEs for potential work opportunities on this project. F. If the prime contractor awards subcontracts, require the prime contractor to take the steps in paragraphs (A)through (E) of this section. D. ADDITIONAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS (New Requirements) 1. The prime contractor must pay its subcontractors for satisfactory performance no more than 30 days from the prime contractor's receipt of payment from the owner. 2. The prime contractor must notify the owner in writing prior to any termination of a DBE subcontractor for convenience. 3. If a DBE subcontractor fails to complete work under the subcontract for any reason, the prime contractor must employ the six good faith efforts if soliciting a replacement subcontractor, even if the fair share objectives have already been achieved. 4. The prime contractor must distribute EPA Form 6100-2—DBE Program Subcontractor Participation Form (copy attached)to all of its DBE subcontractors. The subcontractors can submit completed forms to the EPA DBE Coordinator(address included on the form). 5. The prime contractor must have its DBE subcontractors complete EPA Form 6100-3—DBE Program Subcontractor Performance Form (copy attached) and include completed forms in its bid/ proposal package or submit the form within seven (7) calendar days of the bid opening. 6. The prime contractor must complete EPA Form 6100-4—DBE Program Subcontractor Utilization Form (copy attached) and submit as part of its bid or proposal package or submit the form within seven (7) calendar days of the bid opening. 7. Failure to submit the requested information (Form 6100-3 and Form 6100-4) within seven (7) calendar days of the bid opening may be viewed as non- responsive. Additional DBE forms can be downloaded at http://www.epa.gov/osdbu/arant.htm E. REPORTING 1. Bidders/offerors shall demonstrate compliance with good faith efforts in order to be deemed responsible.At a minimum this will include completing EPA forms 6100-3 and 6100-4 as discussed above. Additional efforts could include maintaing phone/mail logs (see attached MBE/WBE Subcontractor Solicitation Sheet), submitting proof of DBE solicitation advertisements, etc.. The owner may specify other methods of demonstrating compliance. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-18 L L LLJ m O co i U O (p w O C O U W m 7 C � � C �. O C m n m m c O C, o cn " m v m — m > N C3 o m w L ~ m o w Z o Z co O 0 F- Q 0 c m o w o . O o � o L- E Z Q `o (� °' a)Z 70 r O m _0 v Q m L m m w C C o m o O o 3 0 m ro a� 00 a) O c`n m to Qj ' M o m yo o LL_ � .� U O o V 3 Z _0 pa O O m E U c N ca .a U oa W U) ` ca >O W ca U m 7 C 0) U) m m �O U o m o C m m U m � m C L C-6 o m m U m m c m o O o o O Q Z C m N m O m E O L N Za- U) r OMB Control No: 2090-0030 Approved: 05/01/2008 Approval Expires: 01/31/2011 �� Environmental� Protection Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Coordinator 1595 Wynkoop Street(8P-W-TF) DBE 5ubcontracbnr Participation Form Denver, CO 80202 NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR PROJECT NAM$ ADDRESS CONTRACT NO. TELEPHONE NO. EMAIL ADDRESS PRIME CONTRACTOR NAME Please use the space below to report any concerns regarding the above EPA-funded project(t,&reason for termination by prime contractor,late payment{etc.). AMOUNT CONTRACT ITEM OF WORK ORDESCRIPTION OF'SERVICES RECEIVED FROM SUBCONTRACTOR rIEM NO. THE PRIME CONTRACTOR WAS PAID BY PRIME CONTRACTOR Subcontractor Signature Title/Date Subcontractor is defined as a company,firm,joint venture or Individual who enters into an agreement with a contractor to provide services pursuant to an EPA award of financial assistance EPA FORM 6100.2(DBE subcontractor Partiapation Form) 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-20 OMB ControlNo: 2090-0030 Approved: 05/01/2008 A Approval Expires: 01/31/2011 Environmental Protection Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Participation Form The public reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection of information is estimated to average fifteen (15) minutes. Burden means the total time, effort, or financial resources expended by persons to generate, maintain,retain,or disclose or provide information to or for a Federal agency. This includes the time needed to review instrt ons;develop,acquire,install,and utilize technology and systems for the purposes of collecting, validating, and verifying information, processing and maintaining information,and disclosing and providing information; adjust the existing ways to comply with any previously applicable instructions and requirements; train personnel to be able to respond to a collection of information;search data sources;complete and review the collection of information; and transmit or otherwise disclose the information An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. Sena comments on the Agency's need for this information,the accuracy of the provided burden estimates,and any suggested methods for minimizing respondent burden,including the use of automated collection techniques to the Director, Collection Strategies Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (2822), 1200 Pennsylvania Ave.,NW,Washington,D.C.20460,Include the OMB control number in any correspondence. Do not send the completed EPA DBE Subcontractor Participation Form to this address. EPA FORM 6100-2(I)BE Subcontractor Participation Form) 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-21 OMB Control No: Approved:- Approval Expires: r�r Environmental Protection Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Performance Form NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR PROJECT NAME ADDRESS BIll/PROPOSAL NO. TELEPHONE NO. E-MAIL ADDRESS PRIME CONTRACTOR NAME CONTRACT 11EM OF WORK OR DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES PRICE OF WORK ITEM NO. BIT)TO PRIME SUBMITTED TO PRMW CONTRACTOR Currently certified as an WE or WBE under EPXs DBE Pro grain? Yes No Signature of Prime Contractor Date Print Name Title Signature of Subcontractor Date Print Name Title 'Subcontractor is defined as a company,firm,joint venture,or individual who enters into an agreementwrth a contractor to provide services pursuant to an EPA award of financial assistance EPA FORM 6100-3(DBE Subcontractor Performance Form) 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-22 OMB Control No: Approved: Approval Expires: Environmental Protection Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Performance Form The public reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection of information is estimated to average fifteen (15)minutes. Burden means the total time, effort, or financial resources expended by persons to generate, maintain,retain,or disclose or provide information to or for a Federal agency. This includes the time needed to review instructions;develop,acquire,install,and utilize technology and systems for the purposes of collecting, validating, and verifying information,processing and maintaining information, and disclosing and providing information;adjustthe existing waysto comply with any previously applicable instructions andregtiirements;train personnel to be able to respond to a collection of information;search data sources; complete and review the collection of information; and transmit or otherwise disclose the information. An agency may not conduct or sponsor,and a person is not required to respond to,acollection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. Sendcomments on the Agency's need for thus information,the accuracy of theprovided burden estimates,and any su ggested methods for minimizing respondent burden,including the use of automated collection techniques to the Director,Collection Strategies Division,U.S.Environmental Protection Agency(2822),1.200Pennsylvania Ave., NW, Washington, D.C. 20460. Include the OMB control number in any correspondence. Do not send the completed EPA DBE Subcontractor Performance Form to this address. EPA FORM 6100-3(DBE Subcontractor performance Fort) 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-23 OMB Control No: 2090-0030 Approved: 05/01/2008 Approval Expires: 01/31/2MI Environmental '4h" 'W Protection Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form BID/PROPOSAL NO. PROJECT NAME NAME OF PRIME BIDDER/PROPOSER E-MAIL ADDRESS ADDRESS TELEPHONE NO. FAX NO. The following subcontractors will be used on thisproject' COMPANY NAME,ADDRESS,PHONE TYPE OF WORT{TO BE ESTIMATED CURRENTLY NUMBER,AND E-MAIL ADDRESS PERFORMED DOLLAR CERTIFIED AMOUNT AS AN MBE OR WBE? I certify under penalty of perjury that the forgoing statements are true and correct. In the event of a replacement of a subcontractor,I will adhere to the replacement requirements set forth in 40 CFR Part 33 Section 33.302(c) Signature of Prima Contractor Date Print Name Title 'Subcontractor Is defined as a company,firm,joint venture,or individual who enters into an agreement with a contractor to provide services pursaant to an EPA award of financial assistance. EPA FORM 61004(DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form) 00900-24 OMB Control No: 2090-0030 Approved 05/01/2006 AM Environmental ApprovalExpires: 01/31/2011 Protection Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form The public reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection of information is estimated to average fifteen (15) minutes. Burden means the total time, effort, or financial resources expended by persons to generate, maintain,retain,or disclose or provide information to or for a Federal agency. This includes the time needed to review instructions;develop,acquire,install, and utilize technology and systems for the purposes of collecting, validating, and verifying information,processing and maintaining information, and disclosing and providing information;adjust the existing ways to comply with any previously applicable instructions and requirements; train personnel to be able to respond to a collection of information;search data sources;complete and review the collection of information;and transmit or otherwise disclose the information. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. Send comments on the Agency's need for this information,the accuracy of the provided burden estimates, and any suggested methods for minimizing respondent burden,including the use of automated collection techniques to the Director,Collection Strategies Division,U.S.Environmental Protection Agency(2822),1200 Pennsylvania Ave.,NW,Washington,D.C. 20460. Include the OMB control number in any correspondence. Do not send the completed EPA DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form to this address. EPA FORM 6100-4(DBE Subcontractor Utilization Focm) 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-25 1.05.3 Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension and Other Responsibility Matters A. INSTRUCTIONS Under Executive Order 12549, an individual or organization debarred or excluded from participation in Federal assistance or benefit programs may not receive any assistance award under a Federal program, or a subagreement thereunder for $25,000 or more. The status of prospective individuals or organizations can be checked at: http://epis.arnet..qov/ A prospective prime contractor must submit a completed certification (see form on the following page) or explanation to the project owner for the project. Each prospective subcontractor must submit a completed certification or explanation to the prime contractor for the project. B. HOW TO OBTAIN FORMS Additional forms may be obtained from the State or may be reproduced. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-26 SRF Project Number United States Environmental Protection Agency Washington, DC 20460 Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, and Other Responsibility Matters The prospective participant certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief that it and its principals: (a)Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any Federal department or agency; (b) Have not within a three year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State, or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property; (c) Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a government entity (Federal, State, or local)with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (1)(b) of this certification; and (d) Have not within a three-year period preceding this application/proposal had one or more public transactions (Federal, State, or local) terminated for cause or default. I understand that a false statement on this certification may be grounds for rejection of this proposal or termination of the award. In addition, under 18 USC Sec. 1001, a false statement may result in a fine of up to $10,000 or imprisonment for up to 5 years, or both. Typed Name & Title of Authorized Representative Vn�-- , kX Signature of Aut on d Representative Date I am unable to certify to the above statements. My explanation is attached. 00.__60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-27 1.05.4 Prohibition Against Listed Violated Facilities A. REQUIREMENTS (1) To comply with all the requirements of section 114 of the Clean Air Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 1857, et seq., as amended by Pub. L. 92-604) and section 308 of the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. 1251, as amended), respectively, which relate to inspection, monitoring, entry, reports, and information, as well as other requirements specified in section 114 and section 308 of the Air Act and the Water Act, respectively, and all regulations and guidelines issued thereunder before the award of this contract. (2) That no portion of the work required by this prime contract will be performed in a facility listed on the Environmental Protection Agency list of violating facilities on the date when this contract was awarded unless and until the EPA eliminates the name of such facility or facilities from the listing. (3)To use his best efforts to comply with clean air and clean water standards at the facilities in which the contract is being performed. (4)To insert the substance of the provisions of this clause, including this paragraph (4), in any nonexempt subcontract. B. DEFINITIONS (1)Air Act means the Clean Air Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 1857 et seq.). (2)Water Act means the Clean Water Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.). (3) Clean Air Standards means any enforceable rules, regulations, guidelines, standards, limitations, orders, controls, prohibitions, or other requirements which are contained in, issued under, or otherwise adopted under the Air Act or Executive Order 11738, an applicable implementation plan as described in section 110 (d) of the Air Act (42 U.S.C. 1857c-5(d)), an approved implementation procedure or plan under section 111 (c) or section 111(d), or an approved implementation procedure under section 112(d) of the Air Act (42 U.S.C. 1857c-7(d)). (4) Clean Water Standards means any enforceable limitation, control, condition, prohibition, standard, or other requirement which is promulgated under the Water Act or contained in a permit issued to a discharger by the Environmental Protection Agency or by a State under an approved program, as authorized by section 402 of the Water Act (33 U.S.C. 1342), or by a local government to ensure compliance with pretreatment regulations as required by section 307 of Water Act (33 U.S.C. 1317). (5) Compliance means compliance with clean air or water standards. Compliance shall also mean compliance with a schedule or plan ordered or approved by a court of competent jurisdiction, the Environmental Protection Agency in accordance with the requirements of the Air Act or Water Act and regulations. 6) Facility means any building, plant, installation, structure, mine, vessel, or other floating craft, location, or site of operations, owned, leased, or supervised by a contractor or subcontractor, to be used in the performance of a contract or subcontract.Where a location or site of operations contains or includes more than one building, plant, installation, or structure, the entire location or site shall be deemed to be a facility except where the Director, Office of Federal Activities, Environmental Protection Agency, determines that independent facilities are located in one geographical area. 00_..60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-28 1.05.5 Discovery of Archaeological and other Historical Items In the event of an archaeological find during any phase of construction, the following procedure will be followed: (1) Construction shall be halted, with as little disruption to the archaeological site as possible. (2)The Contractor shall notify the Owner who shall contact the State Historical Preservation Officer. (3)The State Historical Preservation Officer may decide to have an archaeologist inspect the site and make recommendations about the steps needed to protect the site, before construction is resumed. (4)The entire event should be handled as expediently as possible in order to hold the loss in construction time to a minimum while still protecting archaeological finds. A similar procedure should be followed with regard to more recent historical resources. Should any artifacts, housing sites, etc., be uncovered, the same procedure should be followed as for an archaeological find. In the event archaeological/historical data are evaluated to meet National Register criteria, the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation may be notified and asked to comment. 1.05.6 Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 A. AUTHORITY (1)The contractor is subject to the provisions of the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970. (2)These construction documents and the joint and several phases of construction hereby contemplated are to be governed, at all times, by applicable provisions of the Federal law(s) , including but not limited to the latest amendment of the following: a. Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, Public Law 94-596; b. Part 1910 - Occupational Safety and Health Standards, Chapter XVII of Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations; c. Part 1926 - Safety and Health Regulations for Construction, Chapter XVII of Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations. B. SAFETY AND HEALTH PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (1)This project, its prime contractor and its subcontractors, shall at all times be governed by Chapter XVII of Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1926 - Safety and Health Regulations for Construction (29 CFR 22801), as amended to date. (2)To implement the program and to provide safe and healthful working conditions for all persons, general project safety meetings will be conducted at the site at least once each month during the course of construction, by the construction superintendent or his/her designated safety officer. Notice of such meeting shall be issued not less than 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-29 three (3) days prior, stating the exact time, location, and agenda to be included. Attendance by the owner, architect, general foreman, shop steward(s), and trades, or their designated representatives, witnessed in writing as such, shall be mandatory. (3)To further implement the program, each trade shall conduct a short gang meeting, not less than once a week, to review project safety requirements mandatory for all persons during the coming week. The gang foreman shall report the agenda and specific items covered to the project superintendent, who shall incorporate these items in his/her daily log or report. (4) The prime contractor and all subcontractors shall immediately report all accidents, injuries, or health hazards to the owner and architect, or their designated representatives, in writing. This shall not obviate any mandatory reporting under the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Heath Act of 1970. (5)This program shall become a part of the contract documents and the contract between the owner and prime contractor, prime contractor and all subcontractors, as though fully written therein 1.05.7 Wage Determination 1. If the sole source of funding for the project, excluding recipient contributions, is the State Revolving Fund, the contractor shall meet the requirements of Title 18, Chapter 2, Part 4, Montana Code Annotated, regarding standard prevailing wages, including posting the wage scale and paying the appropriate wages. Bid specifications and contracts must contain the prevailing wage rates and provisions for payroll record keeping in accordance with 18-2-422 MCA. 2. If there are other sources of funding for the project that require federal Davis-Bacon wage rates then the contractor may satisfy the SRF wage rate requirements by meeting federal Davis-Bacon requirements. 1.05.8 Access 1. The recipient must insure that representatives of the Environmental Protection Agency and the State will have access to project records and the project work whenever it is in preparation or progress and must provide proper facilities for such access and inspection. The recipient must allow the Regional Administrator, the Comptroller General of the United States, the State agency, or any authorized representative, to have access to any books, documents, plans, reports, papers, including records of contractors which are pertinent to the project for the purpose of making audit, examination, excerpts, copies, and transcriptions thereof. The recipient must insure that a party to a subagreement will afford access to such project work, sites, documents, and records. 1.05.9 Construction Site Erosion and Sediment Control Measures Every effort shall be made by the contractors and subcontractors to prevent and correct problems associated with erosion and runoff processes which could occur during and after project construction. The efforts should be consistent with applicable local ordinances, the EPA Nonpoint Source Pollution Control Guidance and Department of Environmental Quality Stormwater Management Plan. Wherever appropriate, the contractor's efforts shall reflect the following engineering principles: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Cab Building 9/24/2009 00900-30 1.When appropriate, land grading and excavating should be kept at a minimum to reduce the possibility of creating runoff and erosion problems which require extensive control measures. 2.Whenever possible, topsoil should be removed and stockpiled before grading begins. 3. Land exposure should be minimized in terms of area and time. 4. Exposed areas subject to erosion should be covered as quickly as possible by means of mulching or vegetation. 5. Natural vegetation should be retained whenever feasible. 6.Appropriate structural or agronomic practices to control runoff and sedimentation should be provided during and after construction. 7. Early completion of stabilized drainage systems(temporary and permanent systems)will substantially reduce erosion potential. 8. Roadways and parking lots should be paved or otherwise stabilized as soon as feasible. 9. Clearing and grading should not be started until a firm construction schedule is known and can be effectively coordinated with the grading and clearing activity. 1.06 Exhibits 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-31 EXHIBIT C Federal Labor Standards Provisions For Federally Assisted Construction Contracts United States Department of Labor CFR Code of Federal Regulations Pertaining to ESA (Federal Davis-Bacon Wages) Title 29, Chapter I, Part 5, Subpart A(29 CFR 5.5 ) Section Name: Contract provisions and related matters. (a) The Agency head shall cause or require the contracting officer to insert in full in any contract in excess of$2,000 which is entered into for the actual construction, alteration and/or repair, including painting and decorating, of a public building or public work, or building or work financed in whole or in part from Federal funds or in accordance with guarantees of a Federal agency or financed from funds obtained by pledge of any contract of a Federal agency to make a loan, grant or annual contribution (except where a different meaning is expressly indicated), and which is subject to the labor standards provisions of any of the acts listed in Sec. 5.1, the following clauses (or any modifications thereof to meet the particular needs of the agency, provided, that such modifications are first approved by the Department of Labor): (1) Minimum wages. (i)All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949 in the construction or development of the project), will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account(except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act(29 CFR part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof)due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in Sec. 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided, that the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under paragraph (a)(1)(ii)of this section) and the Davis-Bacon poster(WH-1321)shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. (ii)(A)The contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met: (1)The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and (2)The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and (3)The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-32 (B) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, DC 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (C) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (D)The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate)determined pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1)(ii)(B)or(C)of this section, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. (iii)Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. (iv) If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, Provided, That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. (2) Withholding. The (write in name of Federal Agency or the loan or grant recipient)shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor under this contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of the work(or under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949 in the construction or development of the project), all or part of the wages required by the contract, the (Agency)may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. (3) Payrolls and basic records. (i) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work(or under the United States Housing Act of 1937, or under the Housing Act of 1949, in the construction or development of the project). Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in section 1(b)(2)(B)of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid.Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv)that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-33 affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. (ii)(A)The contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any contract work is performed a copy of all payrolls to the (write in name of appropriate federal agency) if the agency is a party to the contract, but if the agency is not such a party, the contractor will submit the payrolls to the applicant, sponsor, or owner, as the case may be, for transmission to the(write in name of agency). The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i), except that full social security numbers and home addresses shall not be included on weekly transmittals. Instead the payrolls shall only need to include an individually identifying number for each employee (e.g., the last four digits of the employee's social security number). The required weekly payroll information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this purpose from the Wage and Hour Division Web site at http://www.dol_gov/esa/whd/forms/wh347instr.htm or its successor site.The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. Contractors and subcontractors shall maintain the full social security number and current address of each covered worker, and shall provide them upon request to the(write in name of appropriate federal agency) if the agency is a party to the contract, but if the agency is not such a party, the contractor will submit them to the applicant, sponsor, or owner, as the case may be,for transmission to the(write in name of agency), the contractor, or the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor for purposes of an investigation or audit of compliance with prevailing wage requirements. It is not a violation of this section for a prime contractor to require a subcontractor to provide addresses and social security numbers to the prime contractor for its own records, without weekly submission to the sponsoring government agency(or the applicant, sponsor, or owner). (B) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following: (1)That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be provided under Sec. 5.5 (a)(3)(ii) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5,the appropriate information is being maintained under Sec. 5.5 (a)(3)(i)of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, and that such information is correct and complete; (2)That each laborer or mechanic(including each helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations, 29 CFR part 3; (3)That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. (C)The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph (a)(3)(ii)(B)of this section. (D)The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under section 1001 of title 18 and section 231 of title 31 of the United States Code. (iii)The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph (a)(3)(i)of this section available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the(write the name of the agency) or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the Federal agency may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. (4) Apprentices and trainees 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-34 --(i) Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Office, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services or a State Apprenticeship Agency(where appropriate)to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed.Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Office, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (ii) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rateon the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (iii) Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR part 30. (5) Compliance with Copeland Act requirements. The contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR part 3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/2442009 00900-35 (6) Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)through (10) and such other clauses as the(write in the name of the Federal agency) may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5. (7) Contract termination: debarment. A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12. (8) Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Act requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. (9) Disputes concerning labor standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor(or any of its subcontractors)and the contracting agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. (10) Certification of eligibility. (i) By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of section 3(a)of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). (ii) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). (iii)The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001. (b) Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. The Agency Head shall cause or require the contracting officer to insert the following clauses set forth in paragraphs (b)(1), (2), (3), and (4) of this section in full in any contract in an amount in excess of$100,000 and subject to the overtime provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. These clauses shall be inserted in addition to the clauses required by Sec. 5.5(a) or 4.6 of part 4 of this title. As used in this paragraph, the terms laborers and mechanics include watchmen and guards. (1) Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. (2)Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (b)(1)of this section the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States(in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (b)(1)of this section, in the sum of$10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph (b)(1)of this section. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-36 (3)Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. The(write in the name of the Federal agency or the loan or grant recipient)shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld,from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph(b)(2)of this section. (4)Subcontracts.The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraph(b)(1)through (4) of this section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts.The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs (b)(1)through (4)of this section. (c) In addition to the clauses contained in paragraph (b), in any contract subject only to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act and not to any of the other statutes cited in Sec. 5.1,the Agency Head shall cause or require the contracting officer to insert a clause requiring that the contractor or subcontractor shall maintain payrolls and basic payroll records during the course of the work and shall preserve them for a period of three years from the completion of the contract for all laborers and mechanics, including guards and watchmen,working on the contract.Such records shall contain the name and address of each such employee, social security number, correct classifications, hourly rates of wages paid, daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made, and actual wages paid. Further, the Agency Head shall cause or require the contracting officer to insert in any such contract a clause providing that the records to be maintained under this paragraph shall be made available by the contractor or subcontractor for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the (write the name of agency)and the Department of Labor, and the contractor or subcontractor will permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. http://www.dol.govIdol/alicfr/ESA[Title 29/Part 5/29CFR5.5.htm 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-37 EXHIBIT D BUY AMERICAN REQUIREMENT BUY AMERICAN -AMERICAN RECOVERY AND REINVESTMENT ACT OF 2009(ARRA) SECTION 1605. USE OF AMERICAN IRON, STEEL, AND MANUFACTURED GOODS. Section 1605 of the ARRA requires that none of the appropriated funds may be used for the construction, alteration, maintenance, or repair of a public building or public work unless all of the iron, steel, and manufactured goods used in the project is produced in the United States unless (a)a waiver is provided to the recipient by EPA or(b) compliance would be inconsistent with United States obligations under international agreements. Definitions The following terms are critical to the interpretation and implementation of the Buy American provisions of the ARRA: Steel: An alloy that includes at least 50 percent iron, between .02 and 2 percent carbon, and may include other elements. Production in the United States of the iron or steel used in the project requires that all manufacturing processes must take place in the United States, except metallurgical processes involving refinement of steel additives. These requirements do not apply to iron or steel used as components or subcomponents of manufactured goods used in the project. Manufactured Good: "Manufactured good" means a good brought to the construction site for incorporation into the building or work that has been- 1. Processed into a specific form and shape; or 2. Combined with other raw material to create a material that has different properties than the properties of the individual raw materials. There is no requirement with regard to the origin of components or subcomponents in manufactured goods, as long as the manufacture of the goods occurs in the United States. Reasonably Available Quantity: The quantity of iron, steel, or the relevant manufactured good is available or will be available at the time needed and place needed, and in the proper form or specification as specified in the project plans and design. Satisfactory Quality: The quality of iron, steel, or the relevant manufactured good as specified in the project plans and designs. Domestic construction material means-- 1. An unmanufactured construction material mined or produced in the United States; or 2.A construction material manufactured in the United States. Foreign construction material means--a construction material other than a domestic construction material. For other definitions, see OMB Guidance (2 CFR Part 176, Appendix 9). Waiver In order to fulfill the requirements of the ARRA, the contractor must, in good faith, solicit bids for construction with American made iron, steel, and manufactured goods. The contractor may request a waiver from the Buy American provisions of the ARRA after the bid process, but only if one of three conditions is met: 00-60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-38 1. Iron, steel, and the relevant manufactured goods are not produced in the United States in sufficient and reasonably available quantities and of a satisfactory quality; 2. Inclusion of iron, steel, and manufactured goods produced in the United States will increase the cost of the overall project by more than 25 percent; or 3. Applying the Buy American requirements of ARRA would be inconsistent with the public interest. This potential basis for a waiver will only be available for individual waiver requests sent to an EPA Regional office in particular categories of cases where EPA has defined in national policy or guidance the applicable conditions and the specific elements of the individual justification that must be provided. Noncompliance If a contactor or subcontractor utilizes foreign construction material without authorization the following action(s) may be taken: 1. Require removal and replacement of the foreign construction material; 2. Reducing the contract amount, withholding payment, or suspending or termination of the contract for default; 3. Suspension or debarment of contractor, subcontractor, or supplier for violation of section 1605 of the Recovery Act or the Buy American Act; 4. If fraudulent, then a criminal investigation may be undertaken. Waiver Process When the Buy American provision cannot be met, the Contractor must submit proper and sufficient documentation to the Owner who will submit any waiver requests to EPA for a determination. EPA will make a determination within 10 working days of the date they receive a submittal. Documentation must include the following: A) A description of the foreign and domestic construction materials; B) Unit of measure; C) Quantity; D) Cost; E) Time of delivery or availability; F) Location of the construction project; G) Name and address of the proposed supplier; and H) A detailed justification for the use of foreign construction materials a. Requests based on unreasonable costs must include: i. A completed Price Comparison Worksheet(Table 1 attached); and ii. Supporting documentation to show that the contractor made a reasonable survey of the market(e.g., a description of the process used for identifying suppliers and a list of suppliers contacted) b. Requests based on availability, quantity, and/or quality of materials must include: i. Pricing information from a reasonable number of domestic suppliers indicating availability/delivery date for construction materials ii. Documentation of the effort to find available domestic sources(e.g., a description of the process used for identifying suppliers and a list of suppliers contacted) iii. The project schedule; and iv. Relevant excerpts from project plans, specifications, and permits indicating the required quantity or quality of construction materials. Buy American Certification 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-39 All MANUFACTURERS/SUPPLIERS providing manufactured goods to be incorporated into the project are required to provide the attached Manufacturer/Supplier Certification Form to the CONTRACTOR and OWNER certifying that the goods provided comply with the requirements of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. The CONTRACTOR will be required to complete the attached Contractor Certification Form and submit it with the bid documents certifying that the goods provided comply with the requirements of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-40 MAN UFACTURER/SUPPLIER CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH AMERICAN RECOVERY AND REINVESTMENT ACT OF 2009 Project: Location: The manufacturer/supplier of this equipment is aware that the Owner has received Federal Funds for the Project under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (Pub. L. No. 111-5)and said Act and published OMB Guidance (2 CFR Part 176, Appendix 9) contain the following requirements: "None of the funds appropriated or otherwise made available by the Recovery Act may be used for a project for the construction, alteration, maintenance, or repair of a public building or public work unless (1)the public building or public work is located in the United States; and (2)All of the iron, steel, and manufactured goods used in the project are produced or manufactured in the United States. (i) Production in the United States of the iron and steel used in the project requires that all manufacturing processes must take place in the United States, except metallurgical processes involving refinement of steel additives. These requirements to not apply to iron or steel used as components or subcomponents of manufactured goods used in the project. (ii)There is no requirement with regard to the origin of the components or subcomponents in manufactured goods used in the project, as long as the manufacturing occurs in the United States." This certification applies to the following specific equipment items to be incorporated into this project: Manufacturer Name: Equipment Description: Equipment Model #s: Quantity: Location of factory where this equipment will be manufactured: The undersigned must be an officer of the company with full authority to provide this certification on behalf of the company. The undersigned hereby certifies that this equipment complies with all applicable provisions of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 and that the bid price supplied to the Contractor is based on full compliance with the Act. Signature: Company: Name: Address: Title: Date: Phone: E-mail: Fax: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-4l CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH AMERICAN RECOVERY AND REINVESTMENT ACT OF 2009 The CONTRACTOR acknowledges to and for the benefit of the ("Owner")for the ("Project') that it understands the goods and services under this Agreement are being funded in part with monies made available by the federal American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (Pub. L. No. 111-5). The Act contains provisions commonly known as the "Buy American" requirements which as specified in OMB Guidance(2 CFR Part 176,Appendix 9)requires that all of the iron,steel,and manufactured goods used in the project be produced, manufactured, or assembled in the United States of America. The CONTRACTOR hereby represents and warrants to and for the benefit of the owner that(a)the CONTRACTOR has reviewed and understands the Buy American requirements(b)all of the iron,steel, and manufactured goods used in the project will be or have been produced in the United States in a manner that complies with the Buy American requirements unless a waiver of the requirements is requested by the OWNER and approved by EPA, (c) the CONTRACTOR will provide any information, certification or assurance for verification of compliance with the Buy American requirements, or information necessary to support a waiver of the Buy American requirements,as may be requested by the owner or the State and (d) there is no requirement with regard to the origin of the components or subcomponents in manufactured goods used in the project, as long as the manufacturing occurs in the United States." The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the equipment incorporated into this project must meet the Buy American requirements of the Act, that to the best of our knowledge the equipment (manufactured goods) utilized in this project will meet the Buy American requirements of the Act, and that all required Manufacturer/Supplier Certification Statements and/or equipment waivers from EPA will be obtained to document compliance with the Buy American requirements of the Act. Name: Date: Title: Organization: Address: Signature: Phone: E-mail: Fax: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-42 CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH AMERICAN RECOVERY AND REINVESTMENT ACT OF 2009 The CONTRACTOR acknowledges to and for the benefit of the City of Bozenan ("Owner") for the Bozamn VPF Adninistration and lab Suildirg'Project") that it understands the goods and services under this Agreement are being funded in part with monies made available by the federal American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (Pub. L No. 111-5). The Act contains provisions commonly known as the "Buy American" requirements which as specified in OMB Guidance(2 CFR Part 176,Appendix 9)requires that all of the iron,steel,and manufactured goods used in the project be produced, manufactured,or assembled in the United States of America. The CONTRACTOR hereby represents and warrants to and for the benefit of the owner that(a)the CONTRACTOR has reviewed and understands the Buy American requirements(b)all of the iron,steel,and manufactured goods used in the project will be or have been produced in the United States in a manner that complies with the Buy American requirements unless a waiver of the requirements is requested by the OWNER and approved by EPA, (c) the CONTRACTOR will provide any information, certification or assurance for verification of compliance with the Buy American requirements,or information necessary to support a waiver of the Buy American requirements,as may be requested by the owner or the State and (d) there is no requirement with regard to the origin of the components or subcomponents in manufactured goods used in the project, as long as the manufacturing occurs in the United States." The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the equipment incorporated into this project must meet the Buy American requirements of the Act, that to the best of our knowledge the equipment (manufactured goods) utilized in this project will meet the Buy American requirements of the Act, and that all required Manufacturer!Supplier Certification Statements and/or equipment waivers from EPA will be obtained to document compliance with the Buy American requirements of the Act. Name: John D Williams Date: 12/15/09 Title. General Manager Organization: Williams Brother Constuction LLC Address. 1035 Cerise Rd Billings, MT 59101 Signature Phone: C- tr-„ 406/259-9395 : � � � ) E-mai!: wbc7bil@mcn.net 406/248-6695 Fax: rn, hi'y t3, V'Ri bi ,r,:.hat I.� l�.i •Il; 1 lU ni19 Table 1: Foreign and Domestic Construction Materials Price Comparison Worksheet Instructions: To be completed by the prime contractor. In column a), enter all construction materials and manufactured goods required to build the project as designed. In column b)enter the cost estimate for each component as supplied by domestic sources. In column c)enter the cost estimate for each component for which waivers are requested, as supplied by foreign sources. (a) Construction Unit of Quantity (b) Price—Domestic (c)—Price—Foreign Material Measure Material* Material* (d)Total Domestic (e)Total Foreign Project Cost: Project Cost: *Include all delivery costs to the construction site 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 00900-43 MISCELLANEOUS FORMS J . MORRISON REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) ZiA MMRLE,INC PROJECT: Administration and Lab Building RFI NO.: Bozeman Water Reclamation Facility HDR PROJECT NO.: 00...60746-00123 DATE: Owner Contractor HDR Engineering, Inc. Signature REPLY: DATE: Owner Contractor HDR Engineering, Inc. Signature MORRISON CHANGE PROPOSAL REQUEST ail MAIERLE,INC (Nota Change Order) Project: Bozeman WRF Admin and Lab Building CPR No.: CPR Date: Date Sent to Contractor: Date Rec'd from Contractor: TO: Contractor Please furnish your proposal for executing the following change(s): HDR/MMI Date: TO: HDR Engineering, Inc./Morrison Maierle, Inc. Proposal: Cost Credit (A time extension is not required for this modification unless othenmise detailed and justified:) Contractor Date TO: Recommend Acceptance HDR/MMI: Date MaRMSON CHANGE ORDER -� ii RMEM,Lw- No. DATE OF ISSUANCE EFFECTIVE DATE OWNER CONTRACTOR Contract: Project: OWNER's Contract No. ENGINEER ENGINEER's Contract No. You are directed to make the following changes in the Contract Documents: Description: Reason for Change Order: Attachments: (List documents supporting change) CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE: CHANGE IN CONTRACT TIMES: Original Contract Price Original Contract Times: Substantial Completion: $ Ready for final payment: (days or dates Net Increase(Decrease)from previous Change Net change from previous Change Orders No. to Orders No._to_ No._ Substantial Completion: $ Ready for final payment: (days) Contract Price prior to this Change Order: Contract Times prior to this Change Order: Substantial Completion: $ Ready for final payment: (days or dates Net increase(decrease)of this Change Order: Net increase(decrease)this Change Order: Substantial Completion: $ Ready for final payment: (days) Contract Price with all approved Change Orders: Contract Times with all approved Change Orders: Substantial Completion: $ Ready for final payment: (days or dates) Contractor certifies and agrees that there are no additional costs or claims for extra work, additional time, delays or omitted items, of any nature whatsoever, associated with the subject change order items, except as identified and set forth herein and unless expressly stated otherwise in the Change Order. And further,that the price agreed-upon herein represents the full cost and value for the subject work performed and the materials supplied under the terms of the contract and that the work quantities and value were properly determined and are correct. CONTRACTOR(Authorized Signature) Date RECOMMENDED BY: APPROVED BY: (ENGINEER-Signature) Date OWNER(Authorized Signature) Date EJCDC 1910-8-B (1996 Edition Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America and the Construction Specifications Institute. CHANGE ORDER INSTRUCTIONS A. GENERAL INFORMATION This document was developed to provide a uniform format for handling contract changes that affect Contract Price or Contract Times. Changes that have been initiated by a Work Change Directive must be incorporated into a subsequent Change Order if they affect Price or Times. Changes that affect Contract Price or Contract Times should be promptly covered by a Change Order. The practice of accumulating Change Orders to reduce the administrative burden may lead to unnecessary disputes. If Milestones have been listed in the Agreement, any effect of a Change Order thereon should be addressed. For supplemental instructions and minor changes not involving a change in the Contract Price or Contract Times,a Field Order should be used. B. COMPLETING THE CHANGE ORDER FORM Engineer normally initiates the form, including a description of the changes involved and attachments based upon documents and proposals submitted by Contractor, or requests from Owner, or both. Once Engineer has completed and signed the form,all copies should be sent to Owner or Contractor for approval, depending on whether the Change Order is a true order to the Contractor or the formalization of a negotiated agreement for a previously performed change. After approval by one contracting party, all copies should be sent to the other party for approval. Engineer should make distribution of executed copies after approval by both parties. If a change only applies to price or to times, cross out the part of the tabulation that does not apply. al Field Order MORRISON Wi0 MATRM,INC- No. Date of Issuance: Effective Date: Project.Bozeman WRF Administration and Owner's Contract No Lab Building City of Bozeman Contract: Date of Contract: Contractor. Engineer's Project No.: 00...60746-00123 Attention: You are hereby directed to promptly execute this Field Order issued in accordance with General Conditions Paragraph 9.05A.,for minor changes in the Work without changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. If you consider that a change in Contract Price or Contract Times is required,please notify the Engineer immediately and before proceeding with this Work. Reference: (Specification Section(s)) (Drawing(s)/Detail(s)) Description: Attachments: Engineer: Receipt Acknowledged by(Contractor): Date: Copy to Owner fal Work Change Directive MORRISON No. AM MAIERLE,JNC Date of Issuance: Effective Date: Project:Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building Owner. Owners Contrail No. City of Bozeman Contract: Date of Contrail; Contractor. Engineer's Project No.: 00...60747-00123 You are directed to proceed promptly with the following change(s): Item No Description Attachments(list documents supporting change): Purpose for Work Change Directive: Authorization for Work described herein to proceed on the basis of Cost of the Work due to: Nonagreement on pricing of proposed change. Necessity to expedite Work described herein prior to agreeing to changes on Contract Price and Contract Time. Estimated change in Contract Price and Contract Times: Contract Price$ (Increase/decrease) Contract Time (increase/decrease) days If the change involves an increase,the estimated amounts are not to be exceeded without further authorization. Recommended forApproval by Engineer. Date Authorized for Owner by: Date Accepted for Contractor by: Date Approved by Funding Agency(if applicable): Date: a ORDER TO CONTRACTOR TO SUSPEND WORK j MORRISON 1_ MAIERLE,wra Federal/State Project Number Suspend Work Order No. DATE: HDR Engineering Inc., 00...60746-00123 TO: PROJECT AND LOCATION OWNER: By reason of which renders it impracticable for you to secure specified results on the work required by your contract, you are hereby directed to suspend work(minor operations excepted), at the close of work on . You will resume major operations only when authorized to do so in writing by a Resume Work Order. Under the terms of your contract for the above subject project, Contract Time will (will not) continue to be charged during the period work is suspended. (See General Conditions, Articles 12 and 15 and applicable Supplementary Conditions). calendar days are allowed to complete this project and calendar days have been allowed for approved extra and/or additional work. At the close of work o_n the date specified above, of the calendar days have been used and there remain calendar days in which to complete the contract. Please sign all five copies in the space provided and return them to this office. One approved copy will be returned for your files. CONTRACTOR OWNER Receipt Acknowledged, Date: BY: BY: TITLE: TITLE: Address for Correspondence: cc: HDR Engineering, Inc.. Morrison-Maierle, Inc. I � MORRISON ORDER TO CONTRACTOR TO RESUME WORK ,i MMRLE,the Federal/State Project Number Resume Work Order No. 00...60746-00123 DATE: HDR Engineering, Inc. Project Number TO: PROJECT AND LOCATION OWNER: The Suspend Work Order, dated directed you to suspend work on your contract, for the reasons and conditions described therein. Conditions are now favorable to the continuation of the work, you are hereby directed to resume major operations on this project effective Under the terms of your contract for this project, Contract Time was (was not) charged during the period work was suspended. At the close of work on the date specified in the last Suspend Work Order, of the calendar days Contract Time had been used. calendar days were charged during the period work was suspended, therefore, on the date this resume work order is effective, calendar days of Contract Time remain. The (revised) contract completion date is 20 Please sign all five copies in the space provided and return them to this office. One approved copy will be returned for your file. CONTRACTOR OWNER Receipt Acknowledged, Date: BY: BY: TITLE: TITLE: Address for Correspondence: cc: HDR Engineering, Inc. 4=1 m o m ca CL 2� CL C.) U ® 4=0 O 00 a— m Uj U m � m in 0 •�' �- m c ro s z m E !CD O C �' v c U E �./ o c o •Q� Q _ ct Q o 0. w J O U _ m ,*+ _ LLI Q s n m E w (CO N _'c N O O O . ® ^ n +1 ►' 0 = r u5 ¢ r o v cc o c cc w m c �Q�.. y� — 0 m F- N 3 ~ 2 m g m w v~i E o v 1w- y cai y E cA O Q Z L] F- 0 w a ui C m t ►F- Qw Q r ao a o W6 y tm a2 N Co`y7 Cc U to o cnZEnCLjO a a m a0 m U o CU 0 O W� O Q U Z z E mwQ E Z 0 cn 0 ) E CC o a g cn o > p O z 0 � U O CrIn Q _,j r N m It ui (0 r� 00 O) r m 0 a0 '0 Z m c m m ; t m m 7 O � 3 a u a o 11 a a Z C O W m C C C Y L t m .m c p « c O u C .. m e f'L E :s E c U. L) ¢ W E >. o 0 IL W lC L o c - y o 4 O U c r O L o f C •- O. m w « � < E (D L L O q U « a p 7 « O > O O « d U > r Ca `_ 0 p L Q o o U su In m _ < w ° O « 0 co>, E o 0 3 - m t� o; ~ 0 Z m o « S C � > o w ' U E C� d m m > �' m c 5 CS C Q E o n Z V m O ZO ao O N O y0.. cn ] o Q cn> C Vv`O-O • W°L � O ` O0 c ao Omi *� aC mco � a cc) m ° 0 .. aw N = " a c m � = Emmet c FH -� FO- UNDO o Q U Li z' z Qt � o > a o r a OF- ._ Uaa U my M N O m LL CP m +0+ a m �q U V1 CLL m LLm m W ® LL m O + E m p 0 U M/ 0 F- L) p T O cU c m N c b w *=a m N c U O E z a 2 O p 0 0 _ 0 qq_ m CL U U � a n a N Q Q O U 0 m LIU 7� U m 50 �Y O _U oa a m � m m m L � U l0 N O O a m Y O T� m Q m a W c o a a 4 m c m � a O U o a a T L Q 0 U fM b O cu f0 N CD m 07 O_ W_� 0O Efn Ca m Em's s_ o C O 0 �+ EN f� m a m U C � mC � O H d W C YO N � o a m c c O O C u C U U � n n � O > ELT m W O m L m C O O N M wa m U �N m R O OC �tb � LO W rCi ? o oo°. U O a � T o �U 1�U61 MORRISON ]--J?J MMRLE'INC CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATE AND RELEASE FROM: (Name of Contractor) TO: City of Bozeman 20 E. Olive Bozeman, MT 59715 REFERENCE CONTRACT NUMBER entered into the day of 20 between the City of Bozeman and (Name of Contractor) of for the purpose of (City) (State) (Type of Operation) within the limits of the City of Bozeman. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: 1. The undersigned hereby certifies that there is due from and payable by the City of Bozeman to the Contractor under the Contract and duly approved Change Orders and modifications the balance of 2. The undersigned further certifies that in addition to the amount set forth in Paragraph I, there are outstanding and unsettled the following items which he claims are just and due owing by the City of Bozeman: (a) (b) (c) (d) (Itemize claims and amounts due. If none, so state) 3. The undersigned further certifies that all work required under this Contract including work required under Change Orders numbered: _ _ _ and_, has been performed in accordance with the terms thereof, and that there are no unpaid claims for materials, supplies or equipment and no claims of laborers or mechanics for unpaid wages arising out of the performance of this Contract,and that the wage rates paid by the Contractor and all Subcontractors were in conformity with the Contract provisions relating to said wage rates. 4. Except for the amounts stated under Paragraphs I and II hereof, the undersigned has received from the City of Bozeman all sums of money payable to the undersigned under or pursuant to the above- mentioned Contract or any modification or change thereof. 5. That in consideration of the payment of the amount stated in Paragraph I hereof the undersigned does hereby release the City of Bozeman from any and all claims arising under or by virtue of this Contract, except the amount listed in Paragraph II hereof, provided, however, that if for any reason the City of Bozeman does not pay in full the amount stated in Paragraph I hereof,said deduction shall be automatically included under Paragraph II as an amount which the Contractor has not released but will release the City of Bozeman from any and all claims of any nature whatsoever arising out of said Contract or modification thereof, and will execute such further releases or assurances as the City of Bozeman may request. Further, in consideration of the payment of the amount stated in Paragraph I hereof,the undersigned agrees to hold the City of Bozeman harmless from any and all costs, liability or expense of any kind in any way arising out of the contract referenced herein, or any subcontracts awarded pursuant thereto. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has signed and sealed this instrument this day of 20 (Contractor) (Signature) (Title) being first duly sworn on oath,deposes and says,first,that he is the of the (Title) (Name of Company) second, that he has read the foregoing certificate by him subscribed as (Title) of the (Name of Company) Affiant further states that the matters and things stated therein are, to the best of his knowledge and belief, true. (Signature) Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20 My commission expires (Notary) DEACTIVATION REQUEST MORRISON No. TO: HDR ENGINEERING Request that we have permission to remove the following described equipment/pipe/conduit from service: Equipment/pipe/conduit name: Shown on Sheet Date requested for deactivation Length of out of service time Phase Provide xerox copy of Plan Sheet effected equipment Contractor Date TO: Temporary piping/wiring does not need to be installed to maintain process flow. Scheduled down time will not affect treatment and this equipment/pipeline/wiring is not critical to treatment process. Request approved/denied Bozeman,MT Date HDR Date DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. General work included in this section: I. Furnish all labor,materials,and equipment required in accordance with provisions of the Contract Documents. 2. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades. 3. Although such work may not be specifically indicated,fumish and install all miscellaneous items incidental to or necessary. B. Related sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division I—General Requirements. 1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT A. Work to be performed includes: 1. Construction of a new 5,800 square foot Administration and Laboratory Building at the northeast comer of the existing facility site,adjacent to Springhill Road and the East Gallatin River floodplain.The visitor's entrance to the new facility will be accessed from Springhill Road. 2. Connection of utilities to utilities provided by Phase I Contractor. 3. The HMI system will be relocated to the new Administration/Laboratory Building and upgraded to allow for greater operational control. The Owner's Engineer will perform all final process programming. B. Bid Alternate A 1. Bid Alternate A is the net adder or deduct for furnishing a Scroll Chiller instead of an Absorption Chiller including taking into consideration all ancillary components associated with each chiller system. 1.3 WORK UNDER OTHER CITY CONTRACTS A. Phase I Construction Coordination 1. The Phase I Construction Contract will be ongoing throughout the Administration and Lab Building Contract.The Phase I Contractor will be responsible for the following: a. Permanent power feeds to the new MCC 1300-MCC-01. 1) Administration and Lab Contractor to provide electrical handhole on north side of Administration and Lab Building and conduit from 1300-MCC-0I to handhole b. Fiber optic lines to the Electronic Rack Cabinet. 1) Administration and Lab Contractor to provide conduits from Electronic Rack Cabinet to electrical handhole. c. All other utilities to within fifteen feet of Administration and Lab Building. 1) Engineer will coordinate with Phase I Contractor so that utilities will be available in a timely manner. d. SCADA software and hardware for all programming except as noted. e. All site work except as noted and shown on the Drawings. 1) Administration and Lab Contractor is responsible for returning their own staging area to pre-construction condition unless otherwise coordinated with Phase I contractor. B. Solids Handling Contractor 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/242009 01010-1 1. A third project is anticipated to be awarded shortly after the Administration and Lab Project. The Solids Handling project will be located in the northwest part of the plant.Minimal interface is anticipated between this project and the Administration and Lab Contract. 1.4 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A. Contractor shall limit his use of the premises for Work and storage and allow for: 1. Owner occupancy. 2. Uninterrupted operation of existing adjacent facilities. B. Coordinate use of premises under direction of Owner and Engineer. C. Contractor assumes full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products and materials Contractor has stored on or off of the site. D. Contractor shall move any stored products,or materials,under Contractor's responsibility,which interfere with operations of Owner or separate contractor/subcontractor. E. Contractor shall obtain and pay for the use of any additional storage or work areas if needed for Contractor operations. F. Contractor shall confine all materials storage,equipment storage and employee and subcontractor parking to the areas designated in the Contract Documents. Contractor shall not store materials or equipment,nor shall employees of the Contractor or subcontractors park automobiles in a manner that hinders Owner's access to the facility. G. Contractor shall restore any areas used for materials storage,trailers,offices,equipment storage,or employee and subcontractor parking to their original condition or better. 1.5 WORKING HOURS A. Contractor shall conduct all on-site work during regular working hours which are defined as weekdays,7:00 a.m.to 7:00 p.m.,holidays excluded. Contractor may apply to work outside of regular working hours as provided in the General Conditions. 1.6 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. Owner will occupy the premises during the entire period of construction for the conduct of normal operations. B. Contractor shall coordinate with Owner in all construction operations to minimize conflicts and to facilitate Owner usage. 1.7 PARTIAL OWNER OCCUPANCY A. Pending sequencing associated with the Phase I Contract,the Owner may partially occupy,at a minimum,the Control Room and SCADA Room prior to substantial completion of the entire building. B. Owner will occupy new facilities for the purpose of conducting normal operations. C. Immediately prior to Owner occupancy of new facilities,Engineer shall issue a certificate of Partial Utilization,designating a date of occupancy and defining the area occupied: 1. Contractor's responsibilities: a. Allow access for Owner's personnel. b. Allow operation of equipment and processes to remain in service during the course of the work. 2. Owner's responsibilities: C. Assume responsibility for property insurance on occupied areas. d. Assume responsibility for security and fire protection in occupied areas,but not extending to protection of Contractor's materials and equipment in occupied areas. e. Operate and maintain equipment and processes to remain in service during the course of the work 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 01010-2 3. Other conditions of occupancy: a. The correction period for the occupied Work shall commence at the date of occupancy. 1.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. For the purposes of establishing when the Project is substantially complete and suitable for its intended purpose,all components and work elements described in Paragraph 1.2 shall be completed as outlined within Section 01650 on or before the dates provided in the Agreement(Section 00500). Additional requirements of Substantial Completion Include: 1. Correction of all state,local,and other regulatory agencies defective Work lists. 2. Submittals have been received and approved by the Engineer including,but not necessarily limited to,the following: a. Record and test documents. b. Pipe and manhole submittals. 3. All additional warranty or insurance coverage requirements have been provided. B. Final completion of total project: Additional work elements that shall be completed include: 1. Any required repairs to Contractor staging and storage areas. 2. Clean up. 3. Items outlined within Section 00700 and Section 01650. 4. Record drawings. 1.9 LINES AND GRADES A. Construct all Work to the lines,grades and elevations indicated on the Drawings: 1. Remove and reconstruct improperly located work. 2. Field verify elevations of existing grade and facilities,including but not limited to pipe, equipment,conduits,ductbanks,manholes,and structures near and at locations where new work connects or crosses. Notify Engineer if existing elevations differ from those shown on the Contract Drawings. 3. Provide all additional survey, layout,and measurement work required 4. Locate and protect control points prior to starting site work,and preserve all permanent reference points during construction: a. Make no changes or relocations without prior written notice to Engineer b. Report to Engineer when any reference point is lost or destroyed,or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations C. Require surveyor to replace Project control points and all Federal,State,City,County and private land monuments that may be lost or destroyed: 1) Establish replacements based on original survey control 2) Comply with local and State requirements for monument replacement and restoration. 2. Maintain a complete,accurate log of all control and survey work as it progresses. 1.10 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with all Federal,State,and local laws,regulations,codes,and ordinance applicable to the Work. B. References in the Contract Documents to local codes shall mean State of Montana,City of Bozeman and Gallatin County,Montana. C. Other standards and codes that apply to the Work are designated in the Specifications. 1.11 ACCESS BY GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS A. Authorized representatives of governmental agencies shall at all times have access to the Work where it is in preparation or progress. Contractor shall provide proper facilities for access and inspection. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 01010-3 1.12 EASEMENTS AND RIGHTS-OF-WAY A. Confine construction operations to the immediate vicinity of the location indicated on Drawings and use due care in placing construction tools,equipment,excavated materials,and pipeline materials and supplies,so as to cause the least possible damage to property and interference with traffic. 1.13 FENCES A. Remove and re-install all fences affected by the Work until completion of the Work. 1.14 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROPERTY A. Protect,shore,brace,support,and maintain underground pipes,conduits,drains,and other underground construction uncovered or otherwise affected by construction operations. B. Restore to their original condition,pavement,surfacing,driveways,curbs,walks,buildings,utility poles,guy wires,fences,and other surface structures affected by construction operations,together with sod and shrubs,whether within or outside the easement or facility site. C. Use new materials for replacements of all items,unless shown or stated otherwise on drawings and specifications. D. Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to streets,roads,highways,shoulders,ditches, embankments,culverts,bridges,and other public or private property,regardless of location or character,that may be caused by transporting equipment,materials,or workers to or from the Work or any part or site thereof,whether by Contractor or Contractor's subcontractors or suppliers. E. Make satisfactory and acceptable arrangements with the owner of,or the agency or authority having jurisdiction over,any damaged property concerning its repair,replacement,or payment of costs incurred in connection with the damage. F. Keep fire hydrants and water control valves free from obstruction and available for use at all times. G. In areas where the Contractor's operations are adjacent to or near a utility and such operations may cause damage which might result in expense,loss,and inconvenience, the operation shall be suspended until all arrangements necessary for the protection thereof have been made by the Contractor. H. Notify all utility offices which may be affected by the construction operation at least 48 hours in advance. Before exposing any utility,the utility having jurisdiction shall grant permission and may oversee the operation. Should service of any utility be interrupted due to the Contractor's operation, the proper authority shall be notified immediately. Contractor shall cooperate with the said authority in restoring the service as promptly as possible and shall bear any costs incurred. 1.15 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC A. Maintain neighborhood and facility access roads affected by the project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01010-4 SECTION 01060 SPECIAL CONDITIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for: a. Preconstruction Conference. b. Project signs. c. Contractor's Superintendent's Field Office. d. Engineer's Field Office. e. Drawings and Contract Documents for Contractor use. f. Project photographs. g. Testing. h. Schedule of Values. i. Order of Construction and Construction Schedule. j. Contractor Coordination. k. Project meetings. 1. Special considerations related to adjacent properties and facilities. in. Historical and archaeological finds. n. Permits and City Required Specific Inspections. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. A preconstruction conference shall be held at the WRF facility,255 Moss Bridge Road after award of Contract: 1. Engineer will notify the Contractor as to the date and time of the conference two(2)weeks in advance of the proposed date. 2. Contractor's Project Manager and Project Superintendent and Contractor's Subcontractor Representatives shall attend. 1.3 PROJECT SIGNS A. Furnish and install one(1)of each of the following signs: 1. Contractor's standard sign approved by Owner. 2. SRF Funding Agency Project Sign as detailed in Section 00801. B. Install in location approved by Owner. C. Signs not listed in this Specification permitted only upon approval of Owner. 1.4 CONTRACTOR'S SUPERINTENDENT'S FIELD OFFICE A. Establish at site of Project. B. Equipment: Telephone,telecopy,mailing address,and sanitary facilities. C. Assure attendance at this office during the normal working day. D. At this office,maintain complete field file of Shop Drawings,posted Contract Drawings and Specifications,and other files of field operations including provisions for maintaining"As Recorded Drawings." 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/28/2009 01060-1 E. Remove field office from site upon acceptance of the entire work by the Owner. 1.5 DRAWINGS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONTRACTOR USE A. Refer to General Conditions. B. Contractor shall pick up all"no-charge"documents within 10 days from date of Notice to Proceed. C. Additional documents after"no-charge"documents will be furnished to Contractor at cost. 1.6 JOB CONDITIONS A. Prior to installation of material,equipment and other work,verify with subcontractors,material or equipment manufacturers,and installers that the substrate or surface to which those materials attach is acceptable for installation of those materials or equipment(Substrate is defined as building surfaces to which materials or equipment is attached to,i.e.floors,walls,ceilings,etc.) B. Correct unacceptable substrate until acceptable for installation of equipment or materials. 1.7 TESTING A. Payment for Soil,Concrete and Other Testing: 1. Soils and concrete testing: a. The Owner will provide and pay for"Passing"soils,"Passing" concrete tests on the Project as identified in the associated technical specifications. b. Provision and costs of corrective action,costs of"Failing"soils and concrete tests,and cost of testing associated with establishment of mix designs are the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 2. Other testing: Coordination of required testing,testing procedures,reports,certificates,and costs associated with all phases of securing required satisfactory test information which may be required by individual sections of Specifications or Drawings are the full responsibility of the Contractor. 1.8 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Where a Contract is awarded on a lump sum basis,the Contractor shall file with the Engineer a balanced price segregation of his lump sum bid into items similar to the various subdivisions of the general and detailed specifications, the sum of which shall equal the lump sum bid. 1. The cost of various materials shall be furnished upon request of the Engineer,and such data will then be used as a basis for making progress estimates. 2. Breakdown cost itemized Specification Section ad trade,and distribute cost to individual applicable units and structures. 3. Where structures,units,equipment or other components are identified by a specific series or,identification number,utilize said designation throughout cost breakdown. 4. Provide detailed breakdown for individual yard piping or conduit runs and identify approximate quantities involved to satisfaction of the Engineer. 5. Provide separate breakdown for change order items requested. 6. Provide an additional breakdown sheet,equivalent to AIA document G703,showing the tabulation format for stored materials. 7. Submit this sheet each month with Contractor's pay request breakdown. 8. The detail and format of cost breakdown and stored materials tabulation sheet shall be frilly approved by Engineer. B. A reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to the component parts of the Work will be approved if component parts of the Work have values assigned to them that are well-balanced with respect to relative values for similar work established by published estimating guides. 1. Unless otherwise agreed to at the Preconstruction Conference,Means Estimator Guide or other similar nationally recognized estimating guide shall be used for resolving differences between Engineer's and Contractor's opinions of allocation of values. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/28/2009 01060-2 2. Consent of Surety: If Contractor and Engineer cannot mutually agree on a Schedule of Values,Engineer will approve a Schedule of Values approved by the Surety providing the Performance Bond. C. Contractor's costs shall not govern the allocation of values when application of Contractor's costs to a component part of the Work results in any other component part or combination of component parts being under-valued in relation to conventional estimating guides. D. Schedule of Values shall be agreed upon prior to fast Application for Payment. 1.9 ORDER OF CONSTRUCTION AND CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Construction operations will be scheduled to allow the Owner uninterrupted operation of existing adjacent facilities. 1. Coordinate connections with existing work to ensure timely completion of interfaced items. B. At no time shall Contractor or his employees modify operation of the existing facilities or start construction modifications without approval of the Owner except in emergency to prevent or minimize damage. C. Within 10 days after award of Contract,submit for approval a critical path type schedule. 1. Account for schedule of Subcontracts. a. Include proper sequence of construction,various crafts,purchasing time,Shop Drawing approval,material delivery,equipment fabrication,start-up,demonstration,and similar time consuming factors. 2. Show on schedule as a minimum,earliest starting,earliest completion,latest starting,latest finish,and free and total float for each task or item. D. Evaluate schedule no less than monthly. 1. Update,correct,and rerun schedule and submit to Engineer in triplicate with pay application to show rescheduling necessary to reflect true job conditions. Payment shall not occur without updated schedule. 2. When shortening of various time intervals is necessary to correct for behind schedule conditions,indicate actions to implement to accomplish work in shorter duration. 3. Information shall be submitted to Engineer in writing with revised schedule. E. If Contractor does not take necessary action to accomplish work according to schedule, Contractor may be ordered by Owner in writing to take necessary and timely action to improve work progress. I. Owner may require increased work forces,extra equipment,extra shifts or other action as necessary. 2. Should Contractor refuse or neglect to take such action authorized,under provisions of this contract,Owner may take necessary actions including,but not necessarily limited to, withholding of payment and termination of Contract. F. Upon receipt of approved"Work Schedule,"within 10 days,submit to Engineer an estimated payment schedule by each month of project duration. 1. Include a composite curve to show estimated value of work complete and stored materials less specified retainage. 2. Establish key months when work will be 50,80,90,and 100 percent complete. 3. During the course of work,update with new composite curves at key months or whenever variation is expected to be more than plus or minus 10 percent. 4. Retain original or previous composite curves as dashed curves on all updates. 5. Include a heavy plotted curve to show ACTUAL payment curve on all updates. G. Acceptable software formats for schedule submission are as follows: 1. Primavera P-3 or P-6. 2. Primavera Suretrak. 3. Microsoft Project. 1.10 PROJECT MEETINGS 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/28/2009 01060-3 A. Construction Meetings: 1. The Engineer will conduct construction meetings involving: a. Contractor's project manager. b. Contractor's project superintendent. c. Owner's designated representative(s). d. Engineer's designated representative(s). e. Contractor's subcontractors as appropriate to the Work in progress. f. Owner's Construction Quality Control Consultant. 2. Meetings will be conducted every two(2)weeks. 3. The Engineer will take meeting minutes and submit copies of meeting minutes to participants and designated recipients identified at the Preconstruction Conference. a. Corrections,additions or deletions to the minutes shall be noted and addressed at the following meeting. 4. The Engineer will schedule meetings for most convenient time frame. 5. The Engineer will have available at each meeting full chronological files of all previous meeting minutes. 6. The Contractor shall have available at each meeting up-to-date record drawings. B. Pre-Installation Conferences: 1. Coordinate and schedule with Resident Project Representative and Engineer for each material,product or system specified. a. Conferences to be held prior to initiating installation,but not more than two(2)weeks before scheduled initiation of installation. b. Conferences may be combined if installation schedule of multiple components occurs within the same two(2)week interval. c. Review manufacturers recommendations and Contract Documents Specifications. 2. Contractor's Superintendent and individual who will actually act as foreman of the installation crew(installer),if other than the Superintendent,shall attend. C. General agenda for meetings: 1. Review and approval of previous meeting minutes. 2. Review progress on action items from prior meetings. 3. Review work progress since last meeting. 4. Note field observations,problems and decisions. 5. Identify problems that impede planned progress. 6. Review environmental management. 7. Erosion and sediment controls. 8. Review site water discharge and permit adherence. 9. Contractor needs list to allow the construction schedule to be met. 10. Review off-site fabrication status and problems. 11. Discuss corrective measures and procedures to meet schedule. 12. Review construction schedule. 13. Review planned work during next scheduled look-ahead period. 14. Coordinate projected work with other contractors. 15. Review submittal schedules and status of outstanding submittals. 16. Discuss maintaining quality and work standards. 17. Review changes for: a. Effect on construction schedule. b. Effect on all dates required by the work sequence. 18. Review status and action required for changes. 19. Contractor to discuss all issues which the Contractor considers additional;scope,cost,or impact to the Contract. 20. Review safety measures. Identify and discuss areas of concern. 21. Community relation issues. 22. Other items as required. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/28/2009 01060-4 1.11 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS RELATED TO ADJACENT PROPERTIES AND FACILITIES A. Contractor shall be responsible for negotiations of any waivers or alternate arrangements required to enable transportation of materials to the site. B. Maintain conditions of access road to site such that access is not hindered as the result of construction related deterioration. 1. Provide daily sweeping of hard-surface roadways to remove soils tracked onto roadway. 1.12 HISTORICAL AND ARCHAEOLOGICAL A. If during the course of construction,evidence of deposits of historical or archeological interest is found, the Contractor shall cease operations affecting the find and shall notify Owner. 1. No further disturbance of the deposits shall ensue until the Contractor has been notified by Owner that Contractor may proceed. 2. Owner will issue a notice to proceed after appropriate authorities have surveyed the find and made a determination to Owner. 3. Compensation to the Contractor,if any,for lost time or changes in construction resulting from the find,shall be determined in accordance with changed or extra work provisions of the Contract Documents. 4. The site has been previously investigated and has no known history of historical or archaeological finds. 1.13 MAINTENANCE OF ROADWAYS AND DRAINAGES A. Contractor is required to maintain existing roadways in usable condition during construction to allow city personnel access to all parts of the water reclamation facility. B. Contractor is required to maintain existing drainages and not allow stormwater flooding due to any construction activity. 1.14 BUILDING PERMITS A. Contractor is required to obtain all local building permits and to notify local authorities of the need for building permit inspections. B. Contractor shall obtain and be responsible for a City Building Permit for the Work. The Owner will apply for and pay for the building permit and plan check fees.A demolition permit will be required. C. The Contractor or their subcontractors shall obtain and pay for a City of Bozeman Electrical permit. Before a permit is issued,the Contractor or their subcontractors must have a valid State of Montana Electrical Contractor's License. D. The Contractor of their subcontractors shall obtain and pay for a City of Bozeman Mechanical Permit issued by the City Building Official. If the Work includes fuel gas system(s),the Contractor or their subcontractors must have a valid State of Montana Gas Installer's License and Work must be performed by a gas fitter licensed by the State of Montana. E. The Contractor or their subcontractor shall obtain and pay for a City of Bozeman Plumbing permit issued by the City Building Official. Before a permit is issued,the Contractor or their subcontractors must have a valid Plumbing Contractor's License issued by the State of Montana. F. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for the City of Bozeman Sign Permits for any signs used at the Contractor's office areas. G. Contractor will be responsible to acquire all permits necessary and to pay charges for such, unless otherwise specified. This includes: 1. MPDES Stormwater Discharge Permit. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/28/2009 01060-5 a. For construction activities,contact the Department of Environmental Quality Water Protection Bureau at 406444-4626. Contact person is Jeff Ryan.The permit fee is $450 for an application review and$450 a year until the project is completed. b. The Contractor will be required to submit a soil erosion and sediment control plan to receive the permit. See Section 02270—Soil Erosion and Sediment Control for details on permit submittal requirements. The Contractor will be responsible for obtaining the permit from MDEQ on behalf of the City of Bozeman. 1.15 CITY REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS A. Special Inspections,as defined by the 2006 International Building Code,will be required for the project as a stipulation of the City Building Permit. The City Building official may require,as a minimum,the following Special Inspections to be conducted in accordance with Chapter 17 of the 2006 IBC: 1. Special Inspections(1704): a. Inspection of Fabricators(1704.2). b. Steel Construction(1704.3). c. Concrete Construction(1704.4). d. Masonry Construction(1704.5). e. Soils(1704.7). f. Pier Foundations(1704.9). g. Sprayed Fire-Resistant Materials(1704.10). h. Mastic and Intumescent Fire-Resistance Coating(1704.11). i. Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems(EIFS)(1704.12). j. Special Cases(1704.13). k. Special Inspection for Smoke Control(1704.14). 2. Special Inspections for Seismic Resistance(1707): a. Structural Steel(1707.2). b. Structural Wood(1707.3). c. Cold-Formed Steel Framing(1707.4). d. Pier Foundations(1707.5). e. Storage Racks and Access Floors(1707.6). f. Architectural Components(1707.7). g. Mechanical and Electrical Components(1707.8). 3. Structural Testing for Seismic Resistance(1708): a. Masonry(1708.1). b. Reinforcing and Prestressing Steel(1708.3) c. Structural Steel(1708.4). d. Mechanical and Electrical Equipment(1708.5). B. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of all required inspections performed. The Owner's Engineer will be responsible for completing the required inspections and submittal of special inspection certifications unless noted otherwise.The Contractor shall be responsible for assistance to the Engineer in coordinating special inspection schedules and ensuring the facilities are made available for inspection. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing special inspection certification for the off-site steel fabrication,including welding in accordance with Section 05505—Metal Fabrications. The Contractor shall submit qualifications of proposed inspection personnel to the City Building Department for review and approval prior to fabrication of off-site steel fabrications. The Engineer,or their designated sub-consultants,will serve as the City's special inspector for on- site steel construction and fabrication. 1.16 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Contractor shall be responsible for temporary facilities in the staging area. The Contractor shall coordinate and work with the following: 1. City of Bozeman for sanitary sewer and water facilities. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/28/2009 01060-6 2. Northwestern Energy for electrical power. 3. Qwest for telecommunications. PART 2- PRODUCTS - (NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS SECTION) PART 3- EXECUTION - (NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS SECTION) END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 10/28/2009 01060-7 SECTION 01150 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 - APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 1.1 GENERAL A. Submit applications for payment to Owner in accordance with the schedule established by Conditions of the Contract and Agreement between Owner and Contractor. B. Additional requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Lump Sum Price:Agreement. 2. Progress Payments,Retainages,and Final Payment:Conditions of the Contract and Agreement. 3. Schedule of Values: Section 01370. 1.2 FORMAT AND DATA REQUIRED A. Submit applications typed on attached Contractor's Application and Certificate of Payment,or a similar form,with itemized data typed on 8-1/2 inches x 11 inches white paper continuation sheets. B. Provide itemized data on continuation sheet: 1. Format,schedules,line items,and values:Those of the Schedule of Values. 1.3 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR EACH PROGRESS PAYMENT A. Application form: 1. Fill in required information,including that for Change Orders executed prior to the date of submittal application. 2. Fill in summary of dollar values to agree with the respective totals indicated on the continuation sheets. 3. Execute certification with the signature of a responsible officer of the Contractor's firm. B. Continuation sheets: 1. Fill in total list of all scheduled component items of Work,with item number and the scheduled dollar value for each item. 2. Fill in the dollar value in each column for each scheduled line item when work has been performed or products stored,rounding off values to nearest dollar. 3. List each Change Order executed prior to the date of submission at the end of the continuation sheets. a. List by Change Order number and description,as for an original component item of work. 1.4 SUBSTANTIATING DATA FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. When Owner requires substantiating data,Contractor shall submit suitable information,with a cover letter identifying: 1. Project. 2. Application number and date. 3. Detailed list of enclosures. 4. For stored products: a. Item number and identification as shown on application. b. Description of specific material stored at the site(upon verification of payment from supplier). B. Submit one copy of data and cover letter for each copy of application. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01150-1 C. Project record drawings will be reviewed for updates prior to approval of the payment application. 1.5 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT A. Fill in application form as specified for progress payments. 1.6 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE A. Applications for payment must be agreed upon by the Contractor and Owner and submitted to Owner on or before the first Monday of each month. If statement is not received in final form prior to this date,the application may not be processed until the following payment period. B. Number:Five(5)copies of each application. C. When Owner finds the application properly completed and correct,he will finalize a Certificate for Payment,with a copy to Contractor. PART 2 - PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01150-2 SECTION 01340 SUBMITTALS PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Mechanics and administration of the submittal process for: a. Shop Drawings. b. Samples. c. Miscellaneous submittals. d. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 2. General content requirements for Shop Drawings. 3. Content requirements for Operation and Maintenance Manuals. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Sections in Divisions 2 through 16 identifying required submittals. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See General Conditions. 2. Product data and samples are Shop Drawing information. B. Operation and Maintenance(O&M)Manuals: 1. Data collected for the Owner's use. 2. Contain information related to the operation and maintenance of equipment and packaged systems. C. Miscellaneous Submittals: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Submittals other than Shop Drawings and O&M Manuals. 3. Representative types of miscellaneous submittal items include but are not limited to: a. Construction schedule. b. Concrete,soil compaction,and pressure test reports. c. HVAC test and balance reports. d. Installed equipment and systems performance test reports. e. Manufacturer's installation certification letters. f. Instrumentation and control commissioning reports. g. Warranties. h. Service agreements. i. Construction photographs. j. Survey data. k. Cost breakdown(Schedule of Values). 1.3 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Schedule of Shop Drawings: 1. Submitted and approved within 20 days of receipt of Notice to Proceed. 2. Account for multiple transmittals under any specification section where partial submittals will be transmitted. B. Shop Drawings: Submittal and approval of all submittals prior to 50 percent of project completion and prior to individual equipment and materials installation. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01340-1 C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals and Equipment Record Sheets: Initial submittal within 60 days after date Shop Drawings are approved. 1.4 PREPARATION OF SUBMITTALS A. General: 1. All submittals and all pages of all copies of a submittal shall be completely legible. 2. Submittals which,in the Engineer's sole opinion,are illegible will be returned without review. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Scope of any submittal and letter of transmittal: a. Limited to one specification section. b. Do not submit under any specification section entitled(in part)"Basic Requirements" unless the product or material submitted is specified in a"Basic Requirements"section. 2. Numbering letter of transmittal: a. Include as prefix the specification section number followed by a series number, "-xx", beginning with"01"and increasing sequentially with each additional transmittal. b. If more than one submittal under any specification section,assign consecutive series numbers to subsequent transmittal letters. 3. Describing transmittal contents: a. Provide listing of each component or item in submittal capable of receiving an independent review action. b. Identify for each item: 1) Manufacturer and Manufacturer's drawing or data number. 2) Contract Document tag number(s). 3) Unique page numbers for each page of each separate item. c. When submitting"or-equal"items that are not the products of named manufacturers, include the words"or-equal" in the item description. 4. Contractor stamping: a. General: 1) Contractor's review and approval stamp shall be applied either to the letter of transmittal or a separate sheet preceding each independent item in the submittal: a) Contractor's signature and date shall be original ink signature. b) Shop Drawing submittal stamp shall read"(Contractor's Name)has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval as stipulated under General Conditions Paragraph 6.17D." c) Letters of transmittal may be stamped only when the scope of the submittal is one item. 2) Submittals containing multiple independent items shall be prepared with an index sheet for each item listing the discrete page numbers for each page of that item, which shall be stamped with the Contractor's review and approval stamp: a) Individual pages or sheets of independent items shall be numbered in a manner that permits Contractor's review and approval stamp to be associated with the entire contents of a particular item. b. Electronic stamps: 1) Contractor may electronically embed Contractor's review and approval stamp to either the letter of transmittal or a separate index sheet preceding each independent item in the submittal. 2) Contractor's signature and date on electronically applied stamps shall be original ink signature. 5. Resubmittals: a. Number with original root number and a suffix letter starting with"A"on a(new) duplicate transmittal form. b. Do not increase the scope of any prior transmittal. c. Account for all components of prior transmittal. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01340-2 1) If items in prior transmittal received"A" or"B"Action code, list them and indicate "A" or"B"as appropriate: a) Do not include submittal information for items listed with prior"A" or"B" Action in resubmittal. 2) Indicate"Outstanding-To Be Resubmitted At a Later Date" for any prior"C"or "D" Action item not included in resubmittal: a) Obtain Engineer's approval to exclude items. 6. For 8-1/2 x 11 IN,8-1/2 x 14 IN,and l I x 17 IN size sheets,provide five(5)copies of each page for Engineer plus the number required by the Contractor: a. The number of copies required by the Contractor will be defined at the Preconstruction Conference,but shall not exceed 5. b. All other size sheets: 1) Submit one(1)reproducible transparency or high resolution print and one(1) additional print of each drawing until approval is obtained. 2) Utilize mailing tube;do not fold. 3) The Engineer will mark and return the reproducible to the Contractor for his reproduction and distribution. 7. Provide clear space(3 IN SQ)for Engineer stamping of each component defined in PREPARATION OF SUBMITTALS—Contractor Stamping. 8. Contractor shall not use red color for marks on transmittals: a. Duplicate all marks on all copies transmitted,and ensure marks are photocopy reproducible. b. Outline Contractor marks on reproducible transparencies with a rectangular box. 9. Transmittal contents: a. Coordinate and identify Shop Drawing contents so that all items can be easily verified by the Engineer. b. Identify equipment or material use,tag number,drawing detail reference,weight,and other project specific information. c. Provide sufficient information together with technical cuts and technical data to allow an evaluation to be made to determine that the item submitted is in compliance with the Contract Documents. d. Submit items such as equipment brochures,cuts of fixtures,product data sheets or catalog sheets on 8-1/2 x 11 IN pages: 1) Indicate exact item or model and all options proposed. c. When a Shop Drawing submittal is called for in any specification section,include as appropriate,scaled details,sizes,dimensions,performance characteristics,capacities, test data,anchoring details,installation instructions,storage and handling instructions, color charts,layout drawings,rough-in diagrams,wiring diagrams,controls, weights and other pertinent data in addition to information specifically stipulated in the specification section: 1) Arrange data and performance information in format similar to that provided in Contract Documents. 2) Provide,at minimum,the detail specified in the Contract Documents. f. If proposed equipment or materials deviate from the Contract Drawings or Specifications in any way,clearly note the deviation and justify the said deviation in detail in a separate letter immediately following transmittal sheet. 10. Samples: a. Identification: 1) Identify sample as to transmittal number,manufacturer,item,use,type,project designation,tag number,standard specification section or drawing detail reference, color,range,texture,finish and other pertinent data. 2) If identifying information cannot be marked directly on sample without defacing or adversely altering samples,provide a durable tag with identifying information securely attached to the sample. b. Include application specific brochures,and installation instructions. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01340-3 c. Provide Contractor's stamp of approval on samples or transmittal form as indication of Contractor's checking and verification of dimensions and coordination with interrelated work. d. Resubmit samples of rejected items. C. Miscellaneous Submittals: 1. Prepare in the format and detail specified in specification requiring the miscellaneous submittal. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. Owner's use of manufacturer's Operation and Maintenance materials: a. Manufacturer's Operation and Maintenance materials are provided for Owner's use, reproduction and distribution within Owner's organization. b. Manufacturer's standard copyright notices applied to either hard copy materials or electronic media shall have no affect in limiting the Owner's use of materials furnished under this Contract. 2. Number each Operation and Maintenance Manual transmittal with the original root number of the associated Shop Drawing: a. Identify resubmittals with the original number plus a suffix letter starting with"A". 3. Submittal format: a. Interim submittals: Submit tow(2)paper copies until manual is approved. b. Final submittals: 1) Within 30 days of receipt of approval,submit one(1)additional paper copy and two(2)electronic PDF copies on CDs. a) CDs to be secured in jewel cases. 2) Electronic PDF copies will be reviewed for conformance with the approved paper copy and the requirements of this Specification, 3) Non-conforming CDs will be returned with comments: a) Provide final CDs within 30 days of receipt of comments. 4. Paper copy submittals: a. Submit Operation and Maintenance Manuals printed on 8-1/2 x 11 IN size heavy first quality paper with standard three-hole punching and bound in appropriately sized three- ring(or post) vinyl view binders with clear overlays front,spine and back: 1) Provide binders with titles inserted under clear overlay on front and on spine of each binder: a) As space allows,binder titles shall include,but not necessarily be limited to, Project Name,related Specification Number,Equipment Name(s)and Project Equipment Tag Numbers. 2) Provide a Cover Page for each manual with the following information: a) Manufacturer(s). b) Date. c) Project Owner and Project Name. d) Specification Section. e) Project Equipment Tag Numbers. f) Model Numbers. g) Engineer. h) Contractor. 3) Provide a Table of Contents or Index for each manual. 4) Use plastic-coated dividers to tab each section of each manual per the manual's Table of Contents/Index for easy reference. 5) Provide plastic sheet lifters prior to fast page and following last page. b. Reduce Drawings or diagrams bound in manuals to an 8-1/2 x 11 IN or 11 x 17 IN size: 1) Where reduction is not practical to ensure readability,fold larger Drawings separately and place in vinyl envelopes which are bound into the binder. 2) Identify vinyl envelopes with Drawing numbers. c. Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts and data applicable to the installation for the Project: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/ Q009 01340-4 1) Delete or cross out information that does not specifically apply to the Project, 5. Electronic copy submittals: a. Electronic copies of the approved paper copy Operation and Maintenance Manuals are to be produced in Adobe Acrobat's PDF Version 7.0 or higher. b. Do not password protect and/or lock the PDF document. c. Create one(1)PDF document for each equipment O&M Manual. d. Drawings or other graphics must be converted to PDF format and made part of the one (1)PDF document: 1) Scanning to be used only where actual file conversion is not possible. e. Rotate pages that must be viewed in landscape to the appropriate position for easy reading. f. Images only shall be scanned at a resolution of 300 dpi or greater: 1) Perform Optical Character Recognition(OCR)capture on all images. 2) Achieve OCR with the'original image with hidden text"option. 3) Word searches of the PDF document must operate successfully to demonstrate OCR compliance. g. Create bookmarks in the navigation frame,for each entry in the Table of Contents/Index, 1) Normally three(3)levels deep(i.e.,"Chapter," "Section,""Sub-section"). h. Thumbnails must be generated for each PDF file. i. Set the opening view for PDF files as follows: 1) Initial view: Bookmarks and Page. 2) Magnification: Fit in Window. 3) Page layout: Single page. 4) Set the file to open to the cover page of the manual with bookmarks to the left,and the first bookmark linked to the cover page. j. All PDF documents shall be set with the option"Fast Web View"to open the first pages of the document for the viewer while the rest of the document continues to load. k. File naming conventions: 1) File names shall use a"ten dot three"convention(XXXXX-YY-Z.PDF)where XXXXX is the Specification Section number,YY is the Shop Drawing Root number and Z is an ID number used to designate the associated volume: a) Example 1: (1) Two(2)pumps submitted as separate Shop Drawings under the same Specification Section: (a) Pump I= 11061-01-l.pdf. (b) Pump 2= 1 1061-02-1.pdf. b) Example 2: (1) Control system submitted as one(1)Shop Drawing but separated into two (2)O&M volumes: (a) Volume 1 = 13440-01-l.pdf. (b) Volume 2= 13440-01-2.pdf. 1. Labeling: 1) As a minimum,include the following labeling on all CD-ROM discs and jewel cases: a) Project Name. b) Equipment Name and Project Tag Number. c) Project Specification Section. d) Manufacturer Name. e) Vendor Name. in. Binding: 1) Include labeled CD(s)in labeled jewel case(s): a) Bind jewel cases in standard three-ring binder Jewel Case Page(s),inserted at the front of the Final paper copy submittal. b) Jewel Case Page(s)to have means for securing Jewel Case(s)to prevent loss (e.g.,flap and strap). 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/2412009 01340-5 6. Operation and Maintenance Manuals for Materials and Finishes: a. Building Products,Applied Materials and Finishes: 1) Include product data,with catalog number,size,composition and color and texture designations. 2) Provide information for re-ordering custom manufactured products. b. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: 1) Include manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental agents and methods and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. c. Moisture Protection and Weather Exposed Products: 1) Include product data listing,applicable reference standards,chemical composition, and details of installation. 2) Provide recommendations for inspections,maintenance and repair. d. Additional requirements as specified in individual product specifications. 7. Operation and Maintenance Manuals for Equipment and Systems: a. Submission of Operation and Maintenance Manuals for equipment and systems is applicable but not necessarily limited to: 1) Major equipment. 2) Equipment powered by electrical,pneumatic or hydraulic systems. 3) Specialized equipment and systems including instrumentation and control systems and system components for HVAC process system control. 4) Valves and water control gates. b. Equipment and Systems Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall include,but not necessarily be limited to,the following completed forms and detailed information,as applicable: 1) Fully completed type-written copies of the associated Equipment Record(s), Exhibits C1,C2 and C3,shall be included under the fast tab following the Table of Contents of each Operation and Maintenance Manual: a) Each section of the Equipment Record must be completed in detail: (1) Simply referencing the related manual for nameplate,maintenance,spare parts or lubricant information is not acceptable. b) For equipment items involving components or subunits,a fully completed Equipment Record Form is required for each operating component or subunit. c) Submittals that do not include the associated Equipment Record(s)will be rejected without further content review. d) Electronic copies of the Exhibits may be obtained by contacting the Project Manager. 2) Equipment function,normal operating characteristics,limiting operations. 3) Assembly,disassembly,installation,alignment,adjustment,and checking instructions. 4) Operating instructions for start-up,normal operation,control,shutdown,and emergency conditions. 5) Lubrication and maintenance instructions. 6) Troubleshooting guide. 7) Parts lists: a) Comprehensive parts and parts price lists. b) A list of recommended spare parts. c) List of spare parts provided as specified in the associated Specification Section. 8) Outline,cross-section,and assembly Drawings;engineering data;and electrical diagrams,including elementary diagrams,wiring diagrams,connection diagrams, word description of wiring diagrams and interconnection diagrams. 9) Test data and performance curves. 10) As-constructed fabrication or layout Drawings and wiring diagrams. 11) Instrumentation or tag numbers assigned to the equipment by the Contract Documents are to be used to identify equipment and system components. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01340-6 12) Additional information as specified in the associated equipment or system Specification Section. E. Record drawings will be maintained by the contractor. 1. One clean,full-sized set of drawings and specifications will include all physical changes to the work and be annotated with approved CPR's and Change Orders,Field Orders,and non- cost RFI work. Changes will be noted in red pen,drawn to scale on appropriate sheet. The Contractor may obtain an electronic file copy of the drawings and make all changes by utilization of a compatible CAD system. 1.5 TRANSMITTAL OF SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings,Samples and Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. Transmit all submittals to: HDR 1715 S.Reserve Street,Suite C Missoula,Montana 59801 Attn: Dan Harmon 2. Utilize two(2)copies of attached Exhibit"A"to transmit all Shop Drawings and samples. 3. Utilize two(2)copies of attached Exhibit"B"to transmit all Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 4. All submittals must be from Contractor: a. Submittals will not be received from or returned to subcontractors. b. Operation and Maintenance Manual submittal stamp may be Contractor's standard approval stamp. 5. Provide submittal information defining specific equipment or materials utilized on the project: a. Generalized product information,not clearly defining specific equipment or materials to be provided,will be rejected. B. Miscellaneous Submittals: 1. Transmit under Contractor's standard letter of transmittal or letterhead. 2. Submit in triplicate or as specified in individual specification section. 3. Transmit to: HDR 1715 S.Reserve Street,Suite C Missoula,Montana 59801 Attn: Dan Harmon 4. Provide copy of letter of transmittal with a single copy of attachments to Engineer's Resident Project Representative: a. Exception for concrete,soils compaction and pressure test reports: 1) Transmit one copy of test reports to Resident Project Engineer. 2) Transmit one copy of test reports to location and individual indicated above for other miscellaneous submittals. C. Expedited Return Delivery: 1. Include prepaid express envelope or airbill in submittal transmittal package for any submittals Contractor expects or requires express return mail. 2. Inclusion of prepaid express envelope or airbill does not obligate Engineer to conduct expedited review of submittal. D. Electronic submittals will not be accepted except for approved Operation and Maintenance Manuals as required by this Specification. E. Fax Transmittals: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building T24/2009 01340-7 1. Permitted on a case-by-case basis to expedite review when approved by Engineer. 2. Requires hard copy transmittal to immediately follow: a. Engineer will proceed with review of fax transmittal. b. Engineer's approval or rejection comments will be recorded and returned on hard copy transmittal. 3. Provisions apply to both: a. Initial transmittal contents. b. Supplemental information required to make initial transmittal contents complete. 1.6 ENGINEER'S REVIEW ACTION A. Shop Drawings and Samples: 1. Items within transmittals will be reviewed for overall design intent and will receive one of the following actions: a. A-FURNISH AS SUBMITTED. b. B-FURNISH AS NOTED(BY ENGINEER). c. C-REVISE AND RESUBMIT. d. D-REJECTED. e. E-ENGINEER'S REVIEW NOT REQUIRED, 2. Submittals received will be initially reviewed to ascertain inclusion of Contractor's approval stamp: a. Submittals not stamped by the Contractor or stamped with a stamp containing language other than that specified herein will not be reviewed for technical content and will be returned without any action. 3. In relying on the representation on the Contractor's review and approval stamp,Owner and Engineer reserve the right to review and process poorly organized and poorly described submittals as follows: a. Submittals transmitted with a description identifying a single item and found to contain multiple independent items: 1) Review and approval will be limited to the single item described on the transmittal letter. 2) Other items identified in the submittal will: a) Not be logged as received by the Engineer. b) Be removed from the submittal package and returned without review and comment to the Contractor for coordination,description and stamping. c) Be submitted by the Contractor as a new series number,not as a re-submittal number. b. Engineer,at Engineer's discretion,may revise the transmittal letter item list and descriptions,and conduct review: 1) Unless Contractor notifies Engineer in writing that the Engineer's revision of the transmittal letter item list and descriptions was in error,Contractor's review and approval stamp will be deemed to have applied to the entire contents of the submittal package. 4. Submittals returned with Action"A"or"B"are considered ready for fabrication and installation: a. If for any reason a submittal that has an"A" or"B"Action is resubmitted,it must be accompanied by a letter defining the changes that have been made and the reason for the resubmittal. b. Destroy or conspicuously mark"SUPERSEDED"all documents having previously received"A" or"B"Action that are superseded by a resubmittal. 5. Submittals with Action"A" or"B"combined with Action"C"(Revise and Resubmit)or "D"(Rejected)will be individually analyzed giving consideration as follows: a. The portion of the submittal given"C"or"D"will not be distributed(unless previously agreed to otherwise at the Preconstruction Conference): 1) One copy or the one transparency of the"C"or"D"drawings will be marked up and returned to the Contractor. a) Correct and resubmit items so marked. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01340-8 b. Items marked"A"or"B"will be fully distributed. c. If a portion of the items or system proposed are acceptable,however,the major part of the individual drawings or documents are incomplete or require revision,the entire submittal maybe given"C"or"D"Action: 1) This is at the sole discretion of the Engineer. 2) In this case,some drawings may contain relatively few or no comments or the statement,"Resubmit to maintain a complete package." 3) Distribution to the Owner and field will not be made(unless previously agreed to otherwise). 6. Failure to include any specific information specified under the submittal paragraphs of the Specifications will result in the submittal being returned to the Contractor with"C"or"D" Action. 7. Calculations required in individual specification sections will be received for information purposes only,as evidence calculations have been performed by individuals meeting specified qualifications,and will be returned stamped"E.Engineer's Review Not Required" to acknowledge receipt. 8. Transmittals of submittals which the Engineer considers as"Not Required" submittal information,which is supplemental to but not essential to prior submitted information,or items of information in a transmittal which have been reviewed and received"A"or"B" Action in a prior submittal,will be returned with Action"E.Engineer's Review Not Required." 9. Samples may be retained for comparison purposes: a. Remove samples when directed. Include in bid all costs of furnishing and removing samples. 10. Approved samples submitted or constructed,constitute criteria for judging completed work: a. Finished work or items not equal to samples will be rejected. B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. Engineer will review and indicate one of the following review actions: a. ACCEPTABLE. b. FURNISH AS NOTED. c. REVISE AND RESUBMIT. d. REJECTED. 2. Acceptable submittals will be retained with the transmittal form returned with a request for five additional copies. 3. Deficient submittals will be returned along with the transmittal form which will be marked to indicate deficient areas. PART 2 - SCHEDULES 2.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS SECTION DESCRIPTION NO. 07422 ALUMINUM COMPOSITE MATERIAL(ACM)SYSTEM 07534 ADHERED ELASTOMERIC(EPDM)SHEET ROOFING 07550 ELASTOMERIC ROOF DECK COATING 11610 LABORATORY FUME HOODS 13440 INSTRUMENTATION FOR PROCESS CONTROL: BASIC REQUIREMENTS 13442 PRIMARY ELEMENTS AND TRANSMITTERS 13850 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 15515 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01340-9 SECTION DESCRIPTION NO. 15605 HVAC-EQUIPMENT 15661 SCROLL CHILLER OR 15685 ABSORPTION CHILLER 15970 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 16010 ELECTRICAL:BASIC REQUIREMENTS 16265 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES—LOW VOLTAGE 16410 SAFETY SWITCHES 16411 TRANSFER SWITCHES 16440 SWITCHBOARDS 16441 PANELBOARDS 16442 MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT 16460 DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS 16490 OVERCURRENT AND SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 16491 LOW VOLTAGE SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES (SPD) 16492 ELECTRICAL METERING DEVICES 16493 CONTROL EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES 16500 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR LIGHTING 16510 LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING 16711 PASSIVE TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM PART 3 - PRODUCTS- NOT USED END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01340-10 f a T EXHIBIT A MORMSON Shop Drawing Transmittal No. -_ �ilA MAIEM,Ric (Spec Section) (Series) Project Name: Bozeman WRF Phase 1 Improvements Project Date Received: Project Owner. City of Bozeman Checked By: Contractor. Owner.City of Bozeman Log Page: Address: Address.1715 S.Reserve St.,Ste.C HDR No: Missoula,MT 59801 Spec Section: Drawing/Detail No.: AttuAttn: Dan Harmon 1st.Sub ReSub. Date Transmitted: Previous Transmittal Date: Item No. Description No. Copies p Manufacturer MfrNendor Dwg or Data No. Action Taken' Remarks: The Action Designated Above is in Accordance with the Following Legend: A-Furnish as Submitted D-Rejected B-Furnish as Noted E-Engineer's review not required 1. Submittal not required. C-Revise and Submit 2. Supplemental Information. Submittal retained for 1. Not enough information for review. informational purposes only. 2. No reproducibles submitted. 3. Information reviewed and approved on prior 3. Copies illegible. submittal. 4. Not enough copies submitted. 4. See comments. 5. Wrong sequence number. 6. Wrong resubmittal number. 7. Wrong spec.section. 8. Wrong form used. 9. See comments. Comments: By Date Distribution: Contractor" File " Field " Owner" Other" 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Adminisbation and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01340-11 I-al EXHIBIT B MosoN O&M Manual Transmittal No. - Am MAIERLE,m (Spec Section) (Series) Project Name: Bozeman WRF Phase 1 Improvements Project Date Received: Project Owner. City of Bozeman Checked By: Contractor. Owner. City of Bozeman Log Page: Address: Address: 1715 S.Reserve St.,Ste C HDR No.: Missoula,MT 59801 Attn: Attn: Dan Hannon 1st.Sub. ReSub. Date Transmitted. Previous Transmittal Date: No. Description of Item Manufacturer Dwg.or Data No. Action Taken' Copies Remarks: To: From: Morrison Maierle,Inc. Date: The Action designated above is in accordance with the following legend: A-Acceptable,provide two additional copies and final electronic copy 5. Lubrication&maintenance instructions. 6. Troubleshooting guide. B-Furnish as Noted 7. Parts list and ordering instructions. C-Revise and Resubmit 8. Organization(index and tabbing).This Operation and Maintenance Manual Submittal is deficient in 9. Wiring diagrams&schematics specific to installation. 10. Outline,cross section&assembly rams.dia the following area: g 1. Equipment record sheets. 11. Test data&performance curves. Ta 2. Functional description. 12. 9 or equipment identification numbers. 3. Assembly,disassembly,installation,alignment, 13. Other-see comments. adjustment&checkout instructions. D-Rejected 4. Operating instructions. Comments: 1 By Date Distribution: Contractor U File U Field U Owner U Other U 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01340-12 lulk MoRMSON EXHIBIT C1 Equipment Record AA MNERLE, Page 1 of 2 Equipment Maintenance Data Summa Project Name. Bozeman W RF ry— Phase 1 Improvements Project Page of Equip.Description Date Installed Date Started Equip.Location Cost Estimated Life Project Equip.Tag No. Shop Dwg.Trans.No. pec.Sec. Equip.Manuf. Manuf.Address Phone Local Vendor Vendor Address Phone BREAK-IN MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS INITIAL OIL CHANGES,ETC. D w M Q s A Hours PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS D w M Q s A Hours RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS ELECTRICAL NAMEPLATE DATA Part No. Part Name Quantity Equip. Make enal No. ID No. Model No. Frame No. HP Amp. HZ PH RPM SF 0 uty Code Ins.CI. Des, ema C Amb. Temp,Rise Rating Misc. MECHANICAL NAMEPLATE DATA Eui . Make Serial No. ID No. Model No, Frame No. HP RPM CaSize DH JImp.Sz Des. CFM PSI .No. Case No. -Misc. Lubricant information on following page 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and lab Building 9/24/2009 01340-13 fall MORRISON EXHIBITC2 Equipment Rece-4 PagE MAIERLE,we Lubrication Summary -Equipment Description Project Equip.Tag No. Page of Lubricant Point Manufacturer Product AGMA# SAE# ISO � 1 r F- G 2 n 3 J 4 5 Lubricant Point Manufacturer Product AGMA# SAE# ISO m 1 T r c 2 a 3 J 4 5 Lubricant Point Manufacturer Product AGMA# SAE# ISO � 1 T F- c 2 3 J 4 5 Lubricant Point Manufacturer Product AGMA# SAE# ISO � 1 T c 2 n 3 J 4 5 Lubricant Point Manufacturer Product AGMA# SAE# ISO CL m 1 H c 2 3 J 4 5 Lubricant Point Manufacturer Product AGMA# SAE# ISO � 1 F- c 2 3 J 4 5 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01340-14 SECTION 01370 SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Submit to Owner a Schedule of Values allocated to the various portions of the Work within ten (10)days after Effective Date of Agreement. B. Upon request of Owner,support the values with data that will substantiate correctness. C. An unbalanced Schedule of Values providing overpayment of Contractor on items of the Work that will be performed early will not be accepted. D. Revise and resubmit the Schedule of Values until acceptable to Owner. No Applications for Payment shall be submitted until Schedule of Values is accepted. E. The Schedule of Values,when accepted by Owner,shall be used only as the basis for the Contractor's Applications for Payment. F. Additional requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01150: Measurement and Payment. 1.2 FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Type schedule on 8-1/2 IN by 11 IN white paper in a format indicated to page 2 of 3 of Contractor's Application and Certificate of Payment;Contractor's standard forms and automated printout will be considered for approval by Engineer upon Contractor's request.Identify schedule with: 1. Title of Project and location. 2. Engineer and Project number. 3. Name and address of Contractor. 4. Contract designation. 5. Date of submission. B. Schedule shall list the installed value of the component parts of the Work in sufficient detail to serve as a basis for computing values for progress payments during construction. C. Follow the Table of Contents of this Project Manual as the format for listing component items: 1. Breakdown shall be by specification section. 2. Identify each line item with the number and title of the respective major section of the Specifications. D. For each major line item list subvalues of major products or operations under the item. E. Such items as bond and insurance premiums,temporary construction facilities,and job mobilization and demobilization shall be listed separately: 1. Bonds and insurance premiums will be paid in the fast application for payment. Contractor shall submit invoice from surety and insurance company(ies). 2. If Contractor elects to be paid for temporary construction facilities, this will be paid on a monthly basis based upon the monthly lease or rent payments. 3. If the Contractor elects to be paid for mobilization he shall also enter a cost for demobilization: a. Mobilization/demobilization cost shall not exceed 2 percent of the bid. b. Demobilization costs shall not be less than 50 percent of mobilization costs. 4. Mobilization,Bonds and Insurance and temporary facilities may be included in first pay application provided Contractor is on-site and performing work and actual incurred costs can be appropriately verified and justified by the Contractor. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01370-1 5. Demobilization shall only be paid after all work is complete,punch list and warranty items are resolved,and all items listed in Section 01010 for substantial and final completion are completed. F. For the various portions of the Work: 1. Each item shall include a directly proportional amount of the Contractor's overhead and profit. 2. For items on which progress payments will be requested for stored materials,break down the value into: a. The cost of the materials,delivered and unloaded. b. The total value of labor for installing the material,including Contractor's overhead and profit. 3. Cost of preparing and submitting Shop Drawings shall be included in each item. Shop Drawings will not be a separate payment item. G. The sum of all values listed in the schedule shall equal the total Contract Price. 1.3 SUBSCHEDULE OF UNIT MATERIAL VALUES A. Submit a subschedule of unit costs and quantities for: 1. Products on which progress payments will be requested for stored products. B. The form of submittal shall parallel that of the Schedule of Values,with each item identified the same as the line item in the Schedule of Values. C. The unit quantity for bulk materials shall include an allowance for normal waste. D. The unit values for the materials shall be broken down into: 1. Cost of the material,delivered and unloaded at the site,with taxes paid. 2. Installation costs,including Contractor's overhead and profit. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01370-2 SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. Contractor will coordinate with the manufacturer's representative for provision of manufacturer's held services. 1.2 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Control the quality of work produced and verify that the work performed meets the standards of quality established in the Contract Documents: 1. Inspect the work performed by the Contractor,subcontractors and suppliers. Correct defective work. 2. Inspect products to be incorporated into the project. Provide only those products that comply with the Contract Documents. 3. Verify conformance of the work and products with the Contract Documents before notifying the Engineer of need for testing. 4. Provide consumable construction materials of adequate quality to provide a finished product that complies with the Contract Documents. 5. Provide and pay for the services of an approved professional materials testing laboratory to insure that products proposed for use fully comply with the Contract Documents.Owner will provide materials testing for concrete strength,soil compaction and gradation/classification on work in place. Contractor is to pay for interim testing required to provide guidance during the performance of the work so that the finished work in place will meet specified requirements. 6. Perform tests as indicated in this and other sections of the specifications. Schedule the time and sequence of testing with the Engineer.Testing is to be observed by the Engineer. 7. Provide labor,materials,tools,equipment,and related items for testing by the Engineer including,but not limited to temporary construction required for testing and operation of new and existing utilities. B. Provide Certified Test Reports on products or constructed works to be incorporated into the project as required by Section 01340-Submittals.Reports are to indicate that products or constructed works are in compliance with the Contract Documents. C. Designate Quality Control personnel per Section 1.3 at the start of the project. These personnel shall have the authority to monitor the work effectively and to implement and enforce the Quality Control Program. D. Provide and implement a written Quality Control Program that establishes the methods of assuring compliance with the Contract Documents per Section 1.4 E. Remove and replace defective work Submit a corrective action plan if defective work is not corrected immediately. Address the following in the corrective action plan: 1. Describe in detail how the defective work is to be corrected including materials to be used and actions to be taken. 2. Provide a schedule of when defective work is to be corrected. 3. Describe the impact that implementation of the corrective action plan will have on the project schedule,including impacts on related work. F. Assist the Engineer's testing organization to perform quality assurance activities: 1. Provide access to the work and to the Manufacturer's operations at all times work is in progress. 2. Cooperate fully in the performance of sampling,inspection and testing. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01400-1 3. Furnish labor and facilities to: a. Provide access to the work to be tested. b. Obtain and handle samples for testing at the project site or at the source of the product to be tested. c. Facilitate inspections and tests. d. Store and cure test samples. 4. Furnish copies of the tests performed on products. 5. Provide adequate quantities of representative product to be tested to the laboratory at the designated location. 6. Give the Engineer adequate notice before proceeding with work that would interfere with testing. 7. Notify the Engineer and the testing laboratory prior to the time that testing is required. 8. Do not proceed with any work until testing services have been performed and results of tests indicate that the work is acceptable. 9. Provide complete access to the site and make Contract Documents available. 10. Provide personnel and equipment needed to perform sampling or to assist in making the field tests. 11. Initial testing performed on concrete strength and soils compaction by the Engineer will be paid for by the Engineer. G. Provide a recognized testing laboratory capable of performing a full range of testing procedures complying with the standards or testing procedures specified. Obtain Engineer's approval for the testing laboratory before testing is performed. H. Provide personnel certified to perform the test required. 1. Should requirements of this Section of the specification conflict with the requirements of the technical specifications,the technical specifications shall govern. 1.3 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL MANAGER A. Provide a quality control manager to manage the Contractor's Quality Control Program: 1. Provide a quality control manager with a minimum ten years combined experience as project superintendent,inspector,project manager,quality control manager or construction manager on projects of similar size and type: a. Provide assistance as required to provide quality control services for technical areas outside the experience of the quality control manager. b. Designate a second individual to serve in the temporary absence of the quality control manager. c. Do not change quality control manager without the approval of the Engineer or Owner. 2. The project superintendent may not serve as the quality control manager. The quality control manager may provide other duties on the project,provided they do not interfere with the performance of the duties and responsibilities as quality control manager. 3. The quality control manager is to report to the project manager or higher level of Contractor's management structure. The quality control manager may not be subordinate to the project superintendent and is to be in a position to require changes in the Contractor's operations that are needed to ensure quality work. 4. The quality control manager is to prepare the Contractor's quality control program and monitor its implementation. 5. The quality control manager is to manage materials testing on the project. 6. The quality control manager is to manage equipment installation,start-up and training on the project. 7. The quality control manager is to prepare or manage the preparation of all corrective action plans. 8. The quality control manager is to maintain data on all defective work not covered by a corrective action plan and track work to ensure that all defective work is corrected to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Cab Building 9/24/2009 01400-2 9. Quality control manager is to attend all coordination meetings and report on issues related to the implementation of the quality control program,status of corrective action plans and other quality related issues. 1.4 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM A. Provide a detailed written quality control manual outlining the Contractor's program for controlling quality for the project. The manual is to include the following as a minimum: 1. Description of Contractor's organizational structure and lines of authority for implementation of the quality control program: a. Provide names,qualifications(in the form of resumes),duties,responsibilities and authorizations of each person assigned a quality control function. b. Include plans for subcontractors,vendors and testing agencies and laboratories. c. Authorizations for the quality control manager must include the ability to stop work that is not in compliance with the Contract Documents. 2. Detailed schedules of testing,measurements,and other procedures required to verify that the Work complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 3. Detailed schedules for quality control activities for equipment: a. Schedule for specified factory witness testing. b. Equipment installation reports. c. Calibration testing reports. d. Verification of training. B. Testing plan,data management and reporting requirements: 1. Develop a detailed plan for quality control testing required in this Section and other specification sections to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents and verify that Work on the project fully complies with the requirements of the Contact Documents. Include the work of all subcontractors or vendors. 2. Organize the manual to correspond with the specification sections in the Contract Documents and include the following for each specification section where applicable: a. Materials testing requirements. b. Protective coating testing. c. Pressure tests for piping. d. Hydraulic testing for structures and piping. e. Testing of electrical systems and components. f. Calibration and testing to verify conformance with specified performance criteria. 3. Develop and maintain a database for testing records. Incorporate results of tests performed by the Owner or Engineer or their materials testing laboratories from the test reports they provide. Database,as a minimum,will record: a. Tests required by Contract Documents and Contractor's quality control program. b. Records of tests performed. c. Standards required by Contract Document for each test as acceptable results. d. Results of tests performed with an indication that Work met or failed to meet requirements. e. Follow-up action for all failed tests to confirm that defective work has been corrected. 4. Provide an up to date report at monthly coordination meetings: a. Present report on materials testing and report status on proposed actions to correct defective work. b. Present report on testing required to comply with quality control manual and the Contract Documents. Report on status of corrective action on failed tests. c. Present report on current status of individual convective action plans. d. Present report on current status of equipment start up and training. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9r24/2009 01400-3 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE ACTIVITIES BY THE ENGINEER A. Quality assurance activities of the Engineer through their own forces or through contracts with materials testing laboratories and survey crews are for the purpose of monitoring the results of the Contractor's work to see that it is in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: 1. Quality assurance activities of the Engineer in no way relieve the Contractor of the obligation to perform work and Punish products and constructed work conforming to the Contract Documents. 2. Failure on the part of the Engineer to perform or test products or constructed works in no way relieves the Contractor of the obligation to perform work and furnish materials conforming to the Contract Documents. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01340-Submittals and shall include: 1. The name of the proposed testing laboratory along with documentation of qualifications,a list of tests that can be performed,and a list of recent projects for which testing has been performed with references from those projects. 2. Test reports per Paragraph 1.10,Test Reports of this specification. 1.7 STANDARDS A. Provide a testing laboratory that complies with the ACIL(American Council of Independent Laboratories)"Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualifications." B. Perform testing per recognized test procedures as listed in the various sections of the specification,standards of the State Department of Highways and Public Transportation, American Society of Testing Materials(ASTM),or other testing associations. Perform tests in accordance with published procedures for testing issued by these organizations. 1.8 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Handle and protect test specimens of products and construction materials at the construction site in accordance with recognized test procedures. 1.9 VERIFICATION TESTING A. Provide verification testing when tests indicate that materials or the results of construction activities are not in conformance with Contract Documents. B. Verification testing is to be provided at the Contractor's expense to verify products or constructed works are in compliance after corrections have been made. C. Tests must comply with recognized methods or with methods recommended by the Engineer's testing laboratory and approved by the Engineer. 1.10 TEST REPORTS A. Test reports are to be prepared for all tests: 1. Tests performed by testing laboratories may be submitted on their standard test report forms. These reports must include the following: a. Name of the Owner,project title and number,equipment installer and general contractor. b. Name of the laboratory address,and telephone number. c. Name and signature of the laboratory personnel performing the test. d. Description of the product being sampled or tested. e. Date and time of sampling,inspection,and testing. f. Date the report was issued. g. Description of the test performed. h. Weather conditions and temperature at time of test or sampling. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 01400-4 i. Location at the site or structure where the test was taken. j. Standard or test procedure used in making the test. k. A description of the results. 1. Statement of compliance or non-compliance with the Contract Documents. in. Interpretations of test results,if appropriate. 2. Submit reports on tests performed by Contractor or Contractor's suppliers or vendors on the forms provided in Section 00810-Supplementary General Conditions to the General Conditions. B. Distribute copies of the test reports to: 1. Owner:Two(2)copies. 2. Resident Project Representative:One(1)copy. 3. Engineer: One(1)copy. 4. Contractor:One(1)copy. 1.11 NON-CONFORMING WORK A. Immediately correct any work that is not in compliance with the Contract Documents or submit a corrective action plan explaining why the work is not to be corrected immediately and when the corrective work will be performed. B. Payment for non-conforming work shall be withheld until work is brought into compliance with the Contract Documents. 1.12 LIMITATION OF AUTHORITY OF THE TESTING LABORATORY A. The testing laboratory representatives are limited to providing consultation on the test performed and in an advisory capacity. B. The testing laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Alter the requirements of the Contract Documents 2. Accept or reject any portion of the work. 3. Perform any of the duties of the Contractor. 4. Modify the Contract Documents. 5. Stop the work. PART 2 - MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES 2.1 GENERAL A. Contractor shall pay for the services of manufacturer's representatives to perform the specified services,or identified in the associated technical specifications. B. Contractor shall schedule manufacturer's field services to avoid conflicting with other field work C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Inspections and testing required by laws,ordinances,rules,regulations,orders,or approvals of public authorities:Conditions of the Contract. 2.2 QUALIFICATION OF MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. Authorized representative of the manufacturer. B. Experienced in the application and installation of the subject equipment and capable of providing a quality training program to Owner staff. 2.3 SERVICES PROVIDED BY REPRESENTATIVE A. Manufacturer's representative to perform installation and pre-operation check: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01400-5 1. Inspect,check,and adjust equipment as required and approve installation. 2. Be present when equipment is placed in operation. 3. Check for proper operation. 4. Check for motor overloads by measuring amperage and voltage on each phase. 5. Revisit the site as often as required to correct all problems and until equipment installation and operation are acceptable to Engineer. B. Instruct Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance of the equipment. C. Furnish 5 copies of completed Manufacturer's Field Service Report(enclosed at end of this Section)to Engineer,through Contractor,certifying that: 1. Equipment is properly installed and lubricated. 2. Equipment is in accurate alignment. 3. Equipment is free from any undue stress imposed by connecting piping and anchor bolts. 4. Equipment has operated satisfactorily under design conditions. D. Instructions of Owner's Personnel: 1. Prior to final inspection or acceptance,fully instruct Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel in the operation,adjustment and maintenance of all products, equipment and systems. 2. Operation and maintenance information shall constitute the basis of instruction. Review contents of information with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance. 3. Training must be scheduled minimum thirty(30)days in advance with the Owner. Prior to scheduling training,an agenda that lists the topics to be covered and time that will be spent on each topic must be submitted and approved by Engineer. Trainer shall be available to Owner for a minimum period of 8 consecutive hours between 7:00 a.m.and 5:00 p.m.local time. PART 3 - FIELD TESTING 3.1 GENERAL A. Contractor shall schedule all field testing to avoid conflicting with other manufacturer's field services and other field testing. B. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Inspection and testing required by laws,ordinances,rules,regulations,orders,or approvals of public authorities: Conditions of the Contract. 3.2 TESTING A. Provide all required materials,labor,equipment,water,and power required for testing: 1. Owner shall provide water required for testing water reservoir for water tightness and piping leakage testing. B. Perform all tests in presence of Engineer. C. Prepare and submit to Engineer 5 copies of Manufacturer's Field Service Report detailing the results of the tests and identifying corrective action for materials and equipment that fail to pass field tests. D. Repair all materials and equipment that fail during testing with no additional compensation. PART 4- SCHEDULES 4.1 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES �a A. Manufacturer's field services shall be provided for the following Contractor supplied equipment: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01400-6 SECTION DESCRIPTION 07534 ADHERED ELASTOMERIC(EPDM) SHEET ROOFING 07550 ELASTOMERIC ROOF DECK COATING 11610 LABORATORY FUME HOODS 13440 INSTRUMENTATION FOR PROCESS CONTROL: BASIC REQUIREMENTS 13850 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 15515 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES 15605 HVAC-EQUIPMENT 15661 SCROLL CHILLER OR 15685 ABSORPTION CHILLER 15970 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 16010 ELECTRICAL:BASIC REQUIREMENTS 16265 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES—LOW VOLTAGE 16410 SAFETY SWITCHES 16411 TRANSFER SWITCHES 16440 SWITCHBOARDS 16441 PANELBOARDS 16442 MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT 16445 AUTOMATIC THROWOVER SYSTEM 16460 DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS 16490 OVERCURRENT AND SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 16491 LOW VOLTAGE SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES(SPD) 16492 ELECTRICAL METERING DEVICES 16493 CONTROL EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES 16711 PASSIVE TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM PART 5- PRODUCTS 5.1 TESTING APPARATUS A. Furnish testing apparatus and related accessories necessary to perform the tests. PART 6- EXECUTION 6.1 PROTECTIVE COATINGS A. Test protective coatings per Section 09905-Painting and Protective Coatings. 6.2 PIPING SYSTEMS A. Test Requirements: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01400-7 1. Perform test on piping systems including piping installed between or connected to existing pipe. 2. Conduct tests on buried pipe to be hydrostatically tested after the trench is completely backfilled. If field conditions permit and if approved by the Engineer,partially backfill the trench and leave the joints open for inspection and for conducting the initial service leak test. Do not conduct the acceptance test until backfilling is complete. 3. Conduct the test on exposed piping after the piping is completely installed,including supports,hangers,and anchors,but prior to insulation and coating application. 4. Determine and remedy the cause of the excessive leakage for any pipe failing to meet the specified requirements for water tightness. 5. Tests must be successfully completed and reports filled before piping is accepted. File test reports on forms provided by the Engineer. 6. Submit a comprehensive plan and schedule for testing to the Engineer for review at least 10 days prior to starting each type of testing. 7. Remove and dispose of temporary blocking material and equipment after completion and acceptance of the piping test. 8. Repair any damage to the pipe coating. 9. Clean pipelines so they are totally free flowing prior to final acceptance. 10. Test piping independently from tests on structures. 11. Test method and test pressure depend upon the application of the piping: a. Pressure pipe is defined as piping that is part of a pumped or pressurized system. Perform test for pressure pipe per the procedures indicated in Paragraph B of the section. b. Gravity pipe is defined as piping that depends upon the force of gravity for flow through the pipe,with the exception of process piping described in paragraph d. Perform test for gravity pipe per the procedures indicated in Paragraph C,D or E of this section. c. Process piping between hydraulic structures is to be considered as pressure pipe. Perfonn the test for this pipe per Paragraph B of this section. The test pressure is to be the maximum hydrostatic head plus 10 FT. The maximum hydrostatic head is the difference in elevation of the pipe at its lowest point and the maximum top of the wall. B. Pressure and Leakage Tests of Pressure Piping: 1. Perform hydrostatic pressure and leakage tests using methods and per performance requirements of Section 4 of AWWA C-600(regardless of pipe material tested): a. The pressure required for hydrostatic pressure test shall be 50 percent above the normal working pressure. The working pressure for all pipes except the High Service Pump discharge shall be 75 psi. The working pressure of the High Service Pump Discharge shall be 150 psi. If the normal working pressure cannot be determined,use the pipe pressure rating as the normal working pressure. b. Provide temporary plugs and blocking necessary to maintain the required test pressure. Where piping is cast in the walls for a structure,brace the walls prior to testing as required to prevent load of test pressure from being imposed upon the structure. c. Provide corporation cocks at least%IN DIA,pipe riser,and angle globe valves at each pipe dead-end in order to bleed air from the line. d. Duration of pressure test shall be at least 24 hours. 2. Perform a separate leakage test after the pressure test: a. Perform test at maximum operating pressure as determined by the Engineer for a duration of not less than two(2)hours. b. Repair any visible leaks regardless of the total leakage shown by the test. c. Repair pipelines which fail to meet the test and retest as necessary until the results conform to the test requirements. d. Remove and replace defective materials,pipes,valves,and accessories. e. Test the pipelines in sections by shutting valves or installing temporary plugs as necessary. f. Fill the pipeline with water and remove the air. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01400-8 g. Maintain the test pressure in the pipe for the entire test period by means of a force PUMP- h. Accurately measure the water required to maintain the pressure.The amount of water required is a measure of the leakage. 3. The maximum allowable leakage is determined by the following formula: LT SD(P) 133,200 L is the allowable leakage in gallons per hour; S is the length of pipe tested in feet;D is the nominal diameter of the pipe in inches;and P is the test pressure in pounds per square inch gauge. Leakage is defined as the volume of water provided to maintain the test pressure after the pipe has been filled with water,the air expelled and the pipe brought to test pressure. 4. Pipe with visible leaks or leakage exceeding the maximum allowable leakage is considered defective and must be corrected. C. Hydrostatic Leak Test: 1. Perform hydrostatic leak tests after backfilling. 2. The length of the pipe to be tested shall be such that the head over the crown of the upstream end is not less than 2 FT or 2 FT above the ground water level,whichever is higher,and the head over the downstream crown is not more than 6 FT. 3. Plug the pipe by pneumatic bags or mechanical plugs so the air can be released from the pipe while it is being filled with water. 4. Continue the test for one(1)hour and make provisions for measuring the amount of water required to maintain the water at a constant level during this period. 5. Remove the jointing material,and remake the joint if any joint shows any visible leakage or infiltration. 6. Remove and replace any defective or broken pipes. 7. Determine the maximum allowable leakage or infiltration by the following formula: L=C DS 126,720 L is the allowable leakage in gallons per hour; S is the length of pipe tested in feet;D is the nominal diameter of the pipe in inches;C is infiltration/exfiltration rate. Use 50 for C outside of 25 year floodplain,and 10 for C within 25 year floodplain. 8. Determine the rates of infiltration by means of V-Notch weirs,pipe spigot,or plugs in the end of the pipe.Methods,times,and locations are subject to the Engineer's approval. 9. Pipe with visible leaks or infiltration or exceeds the maximum allowable leakage or infiltration is considered defective and must be corrected. D. Tests for Plumbing Drainage and Vent Systems: 1. Plug openings as necessary. 2. Test drainage and venting systems by filling piping with water to the level of the highest vent stack for 30 minutes. 3. Make the examination for leakage at joints and connections. 4. There shall be no drop in water level. 6.3 ELECTRICAL TESTING A. Qualifications: 1. Unless otherwise specified,testing shall be performed by qualified personnel with a minimum of five(5)years experience installing and testing electrical equipment and machinery. 2. Except as permitted by the Engineer,the firm and individuals performing the tests shall be "third party,"not providing other services or materials,or otherwise related or affiliated with other contractors or suppliers for this project. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01400-9 B. Report Forms: 1. Complete appropriate test report neatly and in ink for the items being tested. Listed data that is not applicable or cannot be obtained shall be noted"N/A"or documented with an explanation for the omission. Incomplete test forms will not be witnessed by the Engineer or his representative and the test shall be required to be repeated before acceptance is granted. Substitute forms,when provided by the Engineer,shall require recording similar data and test equipment as that specified. C. Test Equipment; 1. The testing firm or individuals shall provide and test equipment and materials necessary to perform the requested tests. 2. Test equipment and apparatus shall be appropriate for the full range and duration of the test to be performed. 3. The test operator shall demonstrate to the Engineer or the Engineer's representative that the test equipment is functioning properly,prior to the commencement of the test. If a failure of the test equipment should occur during any portion of a test, the test shall be suspended and the equipment repaired or replaced. The test shall then be repeated in its entirety or as otherwise required by the Engineer or his representative. 4. A copy of the test equipment calibration certificate shall be provided to the Engineer prior to the commencement of the test. Most recent test equipment calibration dates shall not exceed six(6)months prior to the date of the test,and accuracy shall be traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology. D. Execution: 1. If the circuit,equipment or machinery being tested does not pass,appropriate repairs or replacements shall be made and the test shall be repeated as directed by the Engineer or his representative. 2. The general provisions of Section 01400.1.0 and other applicable sections of these specifications and plans regarding testing,shall apply to all tests. If test procedures or equipment conflicts occur between the various sections and/or Manufacturer's recommendations, the more rigid requirement shall prevail. E. Electrical Cable: 1. Communication Cable and Conductors: a. Test forms shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be submitted for the Engineer's approval prior to performing the following tests: 1) Shielded pair,telephone,paging,signaling and computer cables shall be tested for continuity,short circuits and grounds with a low voltage source,not to exceed the insulation rating of the conductors or jacket. 2) Fiber-optic cable shall be tested,per the Manufacturer's recommendation,between terminating ends for each circuit. Cables,splices(where permitted),and connectors shall be tested for continuity,band width(maximum),and attenuation losses. b. 600 Volt Cable and Conductors: 1) Power and control conductors rated at 600 bolts shall be tested with an insulation resistance tester at 1,000 volts,with respect to ground,and at 1.000 volts with respect to all other conductors in each circuit. Suitable ground connections shall be verified and maintained throughout the test. The test shall be performed and recorded as required by the"600 Volt Cable Test Report"or form provided by the Engineer. Each circuit shall be tested and recorded for continuity between terminating ends,with a low voltage source. F. Switchgear: 1. Electrical switchgear and electrical devices and controls mounted on or in the switchgear shall be tested in accordance with the"Switchgear Test Report'or form provided by the Engineer. 2. Record the following information and attach to the test report: a. Resistance reading across joints of each horizontal and vertical bus. b. Verify proper operation of electrical,mechanical and keyed interlocking systems. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/242009 01400-10 c. Operate devices to both their open and close states. Operate stored energy devices mechanically and electrically as applicable. Operate remotely controlled devices from their remote location. d. Verify proper operation of draw-out circuit breakers and switches. Remove and re- install each unit. Verify proper operation of shutters and barriers. e. Disconnect electrical and electronic sensing and protective devices not rated to withstand insulation resistance test potentials. Reconnect the devices before energizing the switchgear. f. Perform insulation resistance tests at the test voltages shown below for the following equipment. In no case shall the Manufacturer's recommended maximum test values or procedures be exceeded. EQUIPMENT RATING TEST VOLTAGE 0-250 BOLTS 500 VOLTS 251-600 VOLTS 1,000 VOLTS 601-5,000 VOLTS 2,500 VOLTS 5,001-15,000 VOLTS 2,500 VOLTS 15,001-39,000 VOLTS 5,000 VOLTS g. Provide additional tests and checks as recommended by the Manufacturer before energizing. h. Energize switchgear. Measure and record instrument indications for no load and connected load conditions. G. Transformers: 1. Single and 3-phase,liquid-filled and dry transformers rated 5KVA and larger,shall be tested in accordance with the"Transformer Test Report,"or form provided by the Engineer. 2. Record the following information and attach to the test report: a. Verify proper operation of all fans,alarms,and other auxiliary and monitoring devices. b. Verify"tap changer"operation,if applicable,in all positions. Set and secure"tap changer"to position recommended by the Engineer. c. Obtain insulating liquid sample from all liquid-filled transformers. Submit sample to testing laboratory,approved by the Engineer for analysis. Standard insulating liquid test,as required by the Engineer,shall be performed. Test results shall be delivered to the Engineer within 30 days from sampling. d. Perform insulation resistance tests at the test values shown below for the following equipment. e. Tests shall be performed from each winding to ground and winding to winding. Primary and secondary sections shall be tested separately. f. In no case shall the Manufacturer's recommended maximum test values or procedures be exceeded. TRANSFORMER COIL TEST VOLTAGE RATING 0-600 VOLTS 1,000 VOLTS 601-5,000 VOLTS 2,500 VOLTS 5,001-15,000 VOLTS 5,000 VOLTS 15,001-39,000 VOLTS 10,000 VOLTS g. Provide additional tests and checks as recommended by the Manufacturer before energizing. h. Energize transformer:Measure and record primary and secondary volts and amps under no load and connected load conditions. H. Motors: 1. Electric motors shall be tested in accordance with the"Motor Start-up Report"or form provided by the Engineer. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01400-11 2. With a low voltage source,check and record motor winding continuity phase to phase. 3. Check and record motor winding insulation resistance,each phase with respect to ground,at the test values shown below for A.C. induction motors per REF.IEEE Standard 43. 4. In no case shall the Manufacturer's recommended maximum test values or procedures be exceeded. MOTOR VOLTAGE TEST VOLTAGE RATING(volts) 250 V and below 500 Above 250 V 1,000 2,360 Volt—3 Phase Per Manufacturer's start-up instructions or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. 4,160 Volt—3 Phase Per Manufacturer's start-up instructions or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. 5. Check and record motor circuit voltage before starting motor. 6. Verify operation of motor space heater if applicable. 7. Provide additional tests and checks as recommended by the Manufacturer before energizing. 8. Start motor and verify immediately correct shaft rotation. 9. Check and record motor running volts and amps. 10. Verify correct operation of all interlocking and protective devices. I. Infrared Thennography: 1. Infrared thermography is required on all switchboards,MCC's,disconnects,and motor lead connections. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01400-12 MANUFACTURER FIELD SERVICE REPORT CONTRACT: City of Bozeman WRF Phase 1 Improvements Project I. Description A. Specification Section Number: B. Manufacturer: C. Representative: D. Type of Service: Initial Interim Final II. General Review A. The above referenced equipment/material/supplies have been inspected,checked,and adjusted. Yes_ No (please explain) B. The above referenced equipment/material/supplies were placed upon properly prepared or suitable substrate. DNA Yes No (please explain) C. The above referenced equipment/material/supplies are free from any undue stress imposed by any connected piping,anchor bolts or any other load. DNA Yes` No_ (please explain) D. The above referenced equipment/material/supplies have operated under design conditions. DNA_ Yes— No_ (please explain) E. The above referenced equipment/material/supplies have been installed per the manufacturer's recommendations and the Procurement Documents,are approved,and require no corrective work. Yes—No— (please explain) 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01400-13 F. The above referenced equipment/material/supplies are acceptable to the manufacturer as installed providing the following corrective action is performed(please list): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. III. Inspection Checklist Item OK Readings or Comments A. Bearings B. Belts C. Lubrication Levels D. Vibration(Report attached) E. AMPS F. Volts G. Rotation H. Alignment I. Anchor Bolts J. Grout K. Substrate Approval L. Other 1. Motor Megger Test See attached Motor Insulation Resistance Test 2. 3. IV. O&M Manuals The O&M manual as presented contains all information required for proper operation, maintenance,and instruction of this system. DNA Yes No (please explain) V. Preventive Maintenance The preventive maintenance summary outlined in the O&M manual is acceptable for operation of the system throughout the warranty period. DNA Yes_ No 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01400-14 (please explain) VI. Spare Parts All spare parts specified with the system are in new condition and are available on-site for transfer to the Owner. DNA Yes No (please explain) VII. Operator Training/Classroom Instruction Operator training and classroom instruction has been performed per the requirements of the Procurement Documents. DNA Yes No (please explain) VIII. Remarks: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9242009 01400-15 IX. Certification I hereby certify,that I, ,am a duly authorized representative of the manufacturer,that I am empowered by the manufacturer to inspect,approve,and operate his equipment. That I am authorized to make recommendations required to assure that the equipment furnished by the manufacturer is complete and operational,except as modified herein. I also certify that all information contained herein is true and accurate. By: Authorized Representative For: Date: X. Acknowledgements By: For: (Contractor) Date: By: For: HDR Engineering,Inc./Morrison Maierle,Inc. (Engineer) Date: END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01400-I6 SECTION 01560 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND SPECIAL CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Addresses: 1. Minimizing the pollution of air,water,or land;control of noise,the disposal of solid waste materials,and protection of deposits of historical or archaeological interest. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Prior to the start of any construction activities submit: a. A detailed proposal of all methods of control and preventive measures to be utilized for environmental protection. b. A drawing of the work area,haul routes,storage areas,access routes and current land conditions including trees and vegetation. c. A copy of the NPDES Construction General Permit(CGP)for storm water discharges from construction activities. d. A copy of the approved pollution prevention plan. See USEPA Region 8 guidelines. e. A copy of the Notice of Intent(NOI) form for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - (NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS SECTION) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Employ and utilize environmental protection methods,obtain all necessary permits,and fully observe all local,state,and federal regulations. B. Land Protection: 1. Except for any work or storage area and access routes specifically assigned for the use of the Contractor,the land areas outside the limits of construction shall be preserved in their present condition.Contractor shall confine his construction activities to areas defined for work within the Contract Documents. 2. Manage and control all borrow areas,work or storage areas,access routes and embankments to prevent sediment from entering nearby water or land adjacent to the work site. 3. Restore all disturbed areas including borrow and haul areas and establish permanent type of locally adaptable vegetative cover. 4. Unless earthwork is immediately paved or surfaced,protect all side slopes and backslopes immediately upon completion of final grading. 5. Plan and execute earthwork in a manner to minimize duration of exposure of unprotected soils. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01560-1 6. Except for areas designated by the Contract Documents to be cleared and grubbed,the Contractor shall not deface,injure or destroy trees and vegetation,nor remove,cut,or disturb them without approval of the Engineer.Any damage caused by the Contractor's equipment or operations shall be restored as nearly as possible to its original condition at the Contractor's expense. C. Surface Water Protection: 1. Utilize,as necessary, erosion control methods to protect side and backslopes,minimize and the discharge of sediment to the surface water leaving the construction site as soon as rough grading is complete.These controls shall be maintained until the site is ready for final grading and landscaping or until they are no longer warranted and concurrence is received from the Engineer.Physically retard the rate and volume of nun-on and runoff by: a. Implementing structural practices such as diversion swales,terraces,straw bales,silt fences,berms,storm drain inlet protection,rocked outlet protection,sediment traps and temporary basins. b. Implementing vegetative practices such as temporary seeding,permanent seeding, mulching,sod stabilization,vegetative buffers,hydroseeding, anchored erosion control blankets,sodding,vegetated swales or a combination of these methods. c. Providing Construction sites with graveled or rocked access entrance and exit drives and parking areas to reduce the tracking of sediment onto public or private roads. 2. Discharges from the construction site shall not contain pollutants at concentrations that produce objectionable films,colors,turbidity,deposits or noxious odors in the receiving stream or waterway. The Contractor shall formally request to the City of Bozeman for dewatering wastewater disposal to the City treatment facility. All reasonable requests will be considered. Plant site groundwater has in the past tested positive for coliform,especially in the area of the primary effluent pipelines. The Contractor is advised that the NPW and groundwater discharges may have wastewater bacterial contamination and will require disinfection prior to discharge to state waters. D. Solid Waste Disposal: 1. Collect solid waste on a daily basis. 2. Provide disposal of degradable solid waste to an approved solid waste disposal site. 3. Provide disposal of nondegradable solid waste to an approved solid waste disposal site or in an alternate manner approved by Engineer and regulatory agencies. 4. No building materials wastes or unused building materials shall be buried,dumped,or disposed of on the site. E. Fuel and Chemical Handling: 1. Store and dispose of chemical wastes in a manner approved by regulatory agencies. 2. Take special measures to prevent chemicals,fuels,oils,greases,herbicides,and insecticides from entering drainage ways. 3. Do not allow water used in onsite material processing,concrete curing,cleanup,and other waste waters to enter a drainage way(s)or stream. 4. The Contractor shall provide containment around fueling and chemical storage areas to ensure that spills in these areas do not reach waters of the state. F. Control of Dust: 1. The control of dust shall mean that no construction activity shall take place without applying all such reasonable measures as may be required to prevent particulate matter from becoming airborne so that it remains visible beyond the limits of construction.Reasonable measures may include paving,frequent road cleaning,planting vegetative groundcover, application of water or application of chemical dust suppressants.The use of chemical agents such as calcium chloride must be approved by the State of Montana DOT. 2. Utilize methods and practices of construction to eliminate dust in full observance of agency regulations. 3. The Engineer will determine the effectiveness of the dust control program and may request the Contractor to provide additional measures,at no additional cost to Owner. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24M09 01560-2 G. Burning: 1. Do not bum material on the site.If the Contractor elects to dispose of waste materials by burning,make arrangements for an off-site burning area and conform to all agency regulations. H. Control of Noise: 1. Control noise by fitting equipment with appropriate mufflers. I. Completion of Work: 1. Upon completion of work,leave area in a clean,natural looking condition. 2. Ensure all signs of temporary construction and activities incidental to construction of required permanent work are removed. J. Historical Protection: 1. If during the course of construction,evidence of deposits of historical or archaeological interests is found,cease work affecting find and notify Engineer.Do not disturb deposits until written notice from Engineer is given to proceed. 2. The Contractor will be compensated for lost time or changes in construction to avoid the find based upon normal change order procedures. K. Agency Permits: 1. The Owner applied for,and received permits for the project from the City of Bozeman, Montana Fish,Wildlife and Parks,The Montana Department of Environmental Quality and Department of the Army(USACOE).The conditions of these permits,included in the Agency Approval letters appended at the end of this Section,shall also become the responsibility of the Contractor throughout the full contract period.Applications for the permits can be reviewed at the Bozeman Office of Morrison-Mairele,Inc. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01560-3 1 i THE CITY OF BOZEMAN u 9,� 20 E OLIVE•P O BOX 1230 i * BOZEMAN MONTANA 59771-1230 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT q47N Co �0 PHONE(406)582-2280 • FAX:(406)582-2263 July 21,2008 Steve M Laufenberg Morrison Maierle,Inc. i 2880 Technology Blvd,W, 1! P.O.Box 1113 i Bozeman,MT 59771 Re: Flood Plain Development Permit Bozeman Wastewater Treatment Plant Facilities Upgrade Dear Steve: Ihis letter shall serve as formal written approval of the June 25,2008 application for a Flood Plain Development Permit for the above-referenced project The issuance of this Flood Plain Development Permit is subject to the following provisions The project work must conform to the approved project plans and specifications. Any change in the approved plans and specifications shall be submitted to the City Engineer's office for review and approval prior to construction. the project engineer or architect shall provide adequate project construction inspection and within 90 days of completion of the permitted work shall certify to the City Engineer that the i project was completed in accordance with the approved plans- i 1 1 This approval is given with the understanding that the work within the 100 year floodplain will be initiated within two years of the date of this letter. If more than two years elapses before initiation of this project,it shall be necessary to resubmit the project plans for re-approval before beginning construction. Any required permits from the Corps of Engineers,Fish Wildlife&Parks,Department of' Environmental Quality,SCS,or other regulator agencies shall be obtained prior to initiation of the j work i One set of plans bearing the City's approval is enclosed. I Please contact me if"you have any questions- f� iHixson, rely, [ PE City Engineer I cc: Debra H,Arkell,Director of Public Service i Karl Christians,DNRC Floodplain Manager,PO Box 201601,Helena,MI 59620-1601 Project File G ERF j I HOME OF MONTANA STATE UNIVERSITY GATEWAY TO YELLOWSTONE PARK 1 !I i i cat an Revised; 09/24ro3 AGENCY USE ONLY. Application# Date Received Farm may be downloaded from www dnrc sb W mt v;/petmit html Date Accepted Date Forwarded to DF WP c JOINT APPLICATION FOR PROPOSED WORK IN MONTANA'S STREAMS,WEILANDS, FLOODPLAINS,AND OTHER WATER BODIES use"form to apply for one or all of the local,state,or federal permits listed below_ the Insert titled"Information to i Applicant"includes agency contact information and instructions on haw to complete this application. After completing the form, ! make the required number of copies and sign each copy. Send the copies,with original signatures and additional information i required,directly to each applicable agency To expedite your application,be sure all required information,including a project site map and drawings are included Incomplete applications will be rejected Note: other laws may apply It is your responsibility to obtain all permits and landowncr permission,if applicable,before beginning work i lAM- om Taw own md=-=ton been MVmVd iflr j ,ss Bridge nd alMM 11511"by Cpplmad. Tt1'3 rt.ange 5 East, 910t ► opm l�tf txI tN) prc7 � by t o ftai8 AM VSkmoing design +mod COl pW*MYsWm are the reqkjgM 000 t l OW ft to I rdy where the project will '- X"representing the exact ' } I wing figures for,the proposed Bozeman 1 k y and Topographic Map A Map ails Map NWI Map ,ant Wetland Delineation Map I AOJECT INFORMATION t .'ested below, a PLAN OR DRAWING of the proposed project MUST be include:1)a plan view(looking atthe project from above,2)an elevation view ne right or left;3)dimensions of the project;4)dimensions and location of fill or ,orage or stockpile materials;6)location of existing or proposed structures,such as ` .ridges; 7)drainage facilities;8)an arrow indicating north Floodplain permit applicants .ocally since additional information is usually required Mgs are attached, depicting plan and profile project design details: t Bozeman WWTP Streambank and Wetland Impact Exhibit Index Sheet .tg 2 Bozeman WWTP Streambank and Wetland Impact Exhibit Plan and Profile Sheet l i Moqfanff T.S , WdWe OD. ftriCs 1 June 16, 2008 Mr.. Tom Adams City of'Bozeman Water Reclamation Facility 255 Moss Bridge Road Bozeman,MI 59719 SUBJECI: Permit No GALCO-08-09 Water body:East Gallatin River Water code:09-1710 Project: Effluent outfall structure and drain pipe placement Dear Mr Adams, In accordance with the Montana Stream Protection Act,I reviewed your proposal dated June 2, 2008 to install a new effluent outfall structure and associated stormwater•drains which will impact the East Gallatin River and East Catron Creek Authorization for this work is approved provided that all work is carried out in compliance with the following conditions: 1 All work shall remain within the scope of work anticipated by descriptions in your Stream Preservation Act Permit Application dated Tune 2, 2008. 2 All work shall be conducted in a manner that minimizes turbidity. 3. I o prevent the inadvertent introduction ofpetroleum products into the waterway,no defective equipment shall be operated in the streams or in adjacent areas capable of contributing surface flow to the local drainage. { 4 All streambank and adjacent areas disturbed by the construction activity shall be protected with temporary erosion control measures during the construction activities � These areas shall be reclaimed with long-term erosion control measures and revegetated immediately after construction, i 5 Any excess material generated from this project must be disposed of above the ` ordinary high water mark and not in an area classified as a wetland NOTE: Ihis permit is valid through September of2011, I have reviewed the above project on behalf of the Montana Department of Environmental Quality I (DEQ)pursuant to the Montana Water Quality Act Short-term Water Quality Standards for Turbidity 75-5-318 MCA: Impacts to the physical and biological environment from turbidity generated as a result of this project are uncertain. Ihetr=fore, the applicant must contact the Montana Department of Environmental Quality, 1520 East Sixth Avenue,Box 200901,Helena, MI 59620-0901, (406 4443080)to determine project specific narrative conditions required to meet short-term water II quality standards and protect aquatic biota Sincerely, Michael Vaughn Madison-Gallatin Fisheries Biologist r Montana Fish,Wildlife&Parks 1400 S I9'h Bozeman,MT 59718 406-994-6938 mvaughngov C: Pat Flowers,FWP Region Three Supervisor Bruce Rich, FWP Region Three Fisheries Manager Steve L aufenberg,Monison Maierle,Inc. r t 1 3 Rug 25 08 03: 11p Bozeman WWTP 406-586-7017 p-2 - i I I 7�Mo;ntana Departar;tex>tt oil Fma Britrn Schlreirzer,Go-.ernor P..O- Box 200901 Hclenn, N7T 59620-0902 (406) 444-2544 - w�titi�.drq.mr env s August 21, 2008 i Tom Adams City of Bozeman, Wastewater Treatment Plant I 255 Moss Bridge Road Bozeman, MT 59718 i RE Authorization No, MTBO 13908 Short-Term Water Quality Standard for Turbidity Related to Construction Activity Pursuant to 75-5-�316, MCA L VALID Se tember 9 2008 through August 31,200g i ; Dear Mr.Adams: i The Montana Department of Environmental Quality(DEQ) Water Protection Bureau has �completed our review of your application for activity on the East Gallatin River and tributaries (Sec 26, TTS, R5E)in Gallatin County. This activity herewith is qualified for a temporary surface water quarrty turbidity standard if it is carried out in accordance with the foil owing conditions: (1) Construction activities in or near the watercourse are to be limited to the minimum area necessary,and conducted so as to minimize increases In suspended solids and turbidity which may degrade water quality and damage aquatic life outside l the immediate area of operation, (2) The use of machinery in the watercourse shall be avoided unless absolutely necessary, To prevent leaks of petroleum products into waterways, no defective equipment shall be operated in the watercourse or adjacent areas capable of contributing surface flow to the watercourse, (3) Precautions shall be taken to prevent spillage of any petroleum products, chemicals or other deleterious material in or near the watercourse, and no j equipment shall be fueled or serviced in adjacent areas capable of contributing t surface tlowto the watercourse, (4) All disturbed areas on the streambank and adjacent areas created by the, construction activity shall be protected with temporary erosion control during construction activities. These areas shall be reclaimed with appropriate erosion control measures and revegetated to provide long-term erosion control, (5) Any excess material generated from this project must be disposed of above the 9 ordinary high water mark, not classifed as a wetland, and in a position not to cause pollution to Statewaters, (6) Clearing of vegetation will be limited to that which is absolutely necessary for i construction of the project, I PcrarrfLing&Compli�neeDivrslon finrorcrmtltDivitioa PI:tnning.Prcv�anon R Aemlaa[t pivisinn Rcmcdrltian Dfv7s(op [r I { RUZ 25 06 03: 11p Bozeman WUTP 406-588-7017 p.3 (7) The use of asphalt or petroleum-based products as riprap is strictly prohibited Its use as frli material is also prohibited if it is placed in a location where It is likely to cause pollution of State waters, (8) This authorization does not authorize a point source surface water discharge_ A MPDES permit is required for said discharge, and (9) The applicant must conduct all activities in full and complete compliance with all Perms and conditions of any permit for this activity issued pursuant to the Montana Natural Streambed and !_and Preservation Act(310 permit)or the Montatia Stream Protection Act(124 permit), and any valid Memorandum of Agreement and Authorization (MAA) negotiated for this activity, (10) Precautions shall be taken to prevent spillage of any petroleum products, chemicals or other deleterious material in or near the watercourse, and no equlpmerrt shall be fueled or serviced in adjacent areas capable of contitbuting surface flow to the watercourse. A spill containment kit must be available at the work site. (11) Since DEQ is currently con.-5idering a modification to the effluent outfall noted in i this 8pplication, no construction should commence on the outfall structure until DEQ approves the modification.The DEQ approved outfall design will be considered an acceptable modification of this authorization (This is not a condition of the authorization, but one or two digital pictures of the completed project sent to ieryan(c�mt.gov, would be appreciated_) i This authorization is valid for the period noted above only No authorization is valid for more than a one-year period of time i Any violations of the conditions of this authorization may be.subject to an enforcement action 1 pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Montana Water Quality Act. ; i This authorization is granted pursuant to 75-5-318, MCA, and only applies to the activity described by your application Any modification of the activity described in your application which may result in additional turbidity in the stream must receive prior approval from the i Department. You may contact me at(405)444-4626 or ieryanCa�mt.gov k Sincerely, Jeff an Water Qualify Specialist Water Protection Bureau 'i DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS,OMAHA DISTRICT BiB REGULATORY OFFICE FIRST i, 2602 FIRSTAVENLIE NORTH,ROOM 309 POST OFFICE BOX2258 -RECEIVED BfLUNGS MT 59103 RCP LY TO AITEN'f10NOF July 15,2009 f Billings Regulatory Office Phone: (406)65 7-5910 Fax: (406)657 5911 RE: Bozeman WUpgradeI astewater Treatment Plant Facilities ! Corps File No.NWO-2007-339-NM I City of'Bozeman Attn:Tom Adams 255 Moss Bridge Road Bozeman,Montana 59 718 Dear Nfr Adams: J We have reviewed the Montana joint application submitted on your behalf by Monson Maierle, Inc_for Department of the Army authorization to construct a stormwater drainage outlet into East Carron f Creek and to construct an effluent outfall structure and two storm pipes terminating at the Fast Gallatin River. The project is located in Section 26,Township 1 South,Range 5 East,in Gallatin County, Montana. Specifically,you requested to do the following work I_ At Site 1,a drainage Swale will be constructed to terminate into East Catron Creek. The Swale will be reinforced with riprap at the confluence with East Catron Creek Approximately 0.001 acres of fringe wetland and 12 linear feet of bank will be impacted by this portion of the project. 2_ At Site 2,an I8-inch RCP storrnwater dram pipe,a 12-inch RCP stonnwata drain pipe,and an effluent nutlet structure terminating at the Fast Gallatin River will be installed. Ilse amount of stiEam bank impacts associated with this work will be approximately 130 linear feet. No wetlands will be impacted, 3. Areas that are disturbed by the construction activities will be revegetated with a site-appropriate perennial grass seed mix, ! 4. At the request of'Montana F ish,Wildlife,and Parks,disturbance of a mature willow located near the 12-inch RCP storm drain pipe outfall will be avoided during construction, i Under the authority of Section 404 of the Clean Water Act,Department of the Aunty permits are required for the discharge of fill material into waters of the United States. Waters of the United States include the area below the ordinary high water mark of stream channels and lakes or ponds connected to the tributary system,and wetlands adjacent to these waters. Isolated waters and wetlands,as well as man- made channels and ditches,may be waters of the United States,which must be determined on a case-by- case basis. The Corps has prepared a preliminary jurisdictional determination(ID)for the site,which is a written indication that waterways and wetlands within your'project area may be waters of the United States. These waters were treated as jurisdictional waters of the U.S for the purposes of determining pt'14cmd on Q%--i ded Pep.- e I -2_ project impacts and compensatory mitigation requirements If you agree with the findings of the enclosed preliminary JD,please sign it and return it to the letterhead address within two weeks.. If you believe the preliminary ID is inaccuiatc,you may request this office complete an approved JD prior to.your commencement of any work in a Water of the U S. An approved.ID is an official determination regarding the presence or absence of Waters of the US Completion of an approved JD may require coordination with the U.S Environmental Protection Agency. ` If you do not want the Corps to complete an approved ID,you may proceed with the proposed project in accordance with the terms and conditions of Department of'the Army Nationwide Permit No. 39 found in the March 12,2007 Federal Register(72 FR 11092),Reigsuance ofNationwide Permits Enclosed is a fact sheet that fully describes this Nationwide Permit and lists the General and Regional Conditions that must be complied with In addition to conditions referenced above,the following Special Conditions apply: 1. Perform all in-channel work during periods of low flow or in the dry. 2.. Completely r emove all waste material generated by the project or encountered during construction to a suitable upland disposal site. 3. All erosion and sediment control practices shall be in place prior to any gruding or filling operations and installation of'proposed sfructures. They shall remain in place and maintained until construction is completed and the area is stabilized. Although an Individual Department of the Army permit involving a public interest review will not be required for the project,this does not eliminate the requirement that you obtain any other applicable Feder al, state,tribal,and local permits as required. E The Montana Department of Environmental Quality has issued water quality certification for this Nationwide Permit(see General Condition 21 on the enclosed fad sheet)_ However,this does not eliminate the need to obtain other permits that may be required by that agency- In accordance with the teams and conditions of the Nationwide Permit,you are responsible for all work accomplished. If a contractor or other authorized representative will be accomplishing the work authorized by the Nationwide Permit on your behalf,it is strongly recommended that they be provided a copy of this letter and the attached editions so that they are aware of the limitations of the applicable Nationwide Permit. Any activity that fails to comply with all of the terms and conditions of the Nationwide Permit will be considered unauthorized and subject to appropriate enforcement action. t In compliance with General Condition 26 of the fact sheet,the attached Compliance Certification foram must be signed and returned to this office upon completion of the authorized work and any required mitigation. This verification will be valid until July 15,2010 Should you at any time become aware that either an endangered and/or threatened species or its critical habitat exists within the project area,you must immediately notify this office. f NrNm an P-'yz f Peps t i ` 5 1 3- I 1 1 Ifyou have auy qucstions coneemmg this determination,please contact Cathy 7uhas at(406)657-5910 and reference Corps FHe No NWO-2007-339-MTB I 1 Sincerely, ' f I l Allan Steinle Montana Program Manager Enclosures; j Prelim:naJurisdictional Determination NW 39 Fact Sheet with Regional Conditions Compliance Certification Copies Famished,without enclosures: Morrison Maierle,Inc Attn:Steve Laufenbmg Post Office Boa 1113 Bozeman,Montana 59771 r Prhtted onJAM Racycwd pager . : I . . Ld hS 14 t - • � t } � i ,r N < a ¢ LU x W 3 Z Ca K Z a Y 4� H tx�f Q �a W NO co O I a R 1 o t I i I i i w r U I I I 6 ! _ i i -4- i i i COAULIANCE CERTIFICATION I E Permit Number: NWO-20W-339-MTB Name ofPeimittee: City of Bozeman County, Gallatin 1 Date: July 15,2008 i Corps Project Manager: Cathy Juhas Upon completion of the activity authorized by this permit and any mitigation required by the permit, sign this certification and return it to the following address: US Army Corps of Engineers Helena Regulatory Office 10 West 15'Street,Suite 2200 Helena,MT 59626 Please note that your permitted activity is subject to a compliance inspection by a U.S,Army Corps of Engineers zepresentative. If you fail to comply with the conditions of this permit,you air,subject to perurit suspension,modification,oTrevocation. I hereby certify that the work authorized by the above referenced permit has been completed in accordance with the terms and conditions of the said permit,and required mitigation was completed in accordance with the permit conditions. t Signature of Permittee i Date I FYM.ae on P—ptedPM— {i i I PRELIMINARY JURISDIC77ONAL DETERMINATION FORM This preliminary JD finds that there"may be"waters of the United States on the I subject project site,and identifies all aquatic features on the site that could be affected by the proposed activity,based on the following information: A, Report Completion Date for Preliminary Jurisdictional Determination(JD): 11-July-2008 B. Name and Address of Person Requesting Preliminary JD: City of Bozeman Tom Adams 255 Moss Bridge Road Bozeman,Montana 59718 C. District Office,Fde Name,and Number. Omaha District,Billings Rebgulatmy Office,City of Bozeman Wastewater Treatment Plant E Facilities Upgrade,NWO-200 7-3 39-MTB D. PROJECT LOCATION(S),BACKGROUND INFORMATION,AND WATERS: I! State, Montana Ii City: Bozeman ! County: Gallatin Name of ueurest wattibody: East Gallatin,River 1 Idcntify amount of waters in the review area:Approximately 375 linear feet of East Gallatin +� River(Site 1),250 linear feet of East Cation Creek(Site 2),and 0 03 acres of fringe wetland (Site 3). See Table L Name of any water bodies on the site that have been identified as Section 10 waters: Tidal: NorrTidah Table 1-Waters of the U.S. t Estimated Estimated Cowardin amount of amount of Class of Site# Latitude Longitude Stream Class aquatic aquatic aquatic Flow resources in resource resource review area im act 1 45.7235 -111.0696 Perennial Riverine 375 linear 130 hnean .Non-tidal feet feet 2 453248 -111072-6 Perennial Riverine 250linear 12linear Non-tidal feet feet 3 45.7246 -111,0726 F ge wetland Riverine 0.03 acres 0.001 acres Non tidal 1 l ! 1 E. REVIEW PERFORMED FOR SITE EVALUATION(CHECK ALL THAT APPLY): ® Office(Desk)Detemunation. Date: I I-July-2008 i ❑ Field Determination. Date(s): t F. SUPPORTING DATA: Data reviewed for preliminary JD(check all that apply-checked items should be included in case file and,where checked and requested,appropriately reference sources below): ® Maps,plans,plots or plat submitted by or on behalf'of the applicant/consultant:Jacobs f Engineering Group. Data sheets prepared/submitted by or on behalf of the applicant/consultant Office concrus with data sheets/delineation report_ ❑Office does not concur with data sheeWdelineation report. ❑ Data sheets prepared by the Corps: ❑ Corps navigable waters'study: _ ❑ U S.Geological Survey Hydrologic Atlas: ❑USGS NHD data. ❑USGS 8 and 12 digit HUC maps. ® U,S.Geological Survey map(s).Cite quad name: Bozeman_ ❑ USDA Natural Resources Conservation Service Soil Survey. Citation:GIS_ ❑ National wetlands inventory map(s). Cite name:GIS. ❑ State./Local wetland inventory map(s): ❑ FEMA/FIRM maps: E ❑ I00-year Floodplain Blevation is: (National(3eodectie Vertical Datum of 1929) ® Photographs:0 Aerial(Name&Date): Z1 May-2008_ or® Other(Name&Date): April-2008 ❑ Previous determinstion(s). File no.and date of response letter. ❑ Other information(please specify): r IMPORTANT NOTE:The information recorded on this form has not necessnrr`ly been verified by the Corps and should not he relied upon for later jurisdictional determinations. t 1 Signature and date of Signature and date of Regulatory Project Manager person requesting preliininazy JD (REQURZED) (REQUIRED,unless obtaining the signature is impracticable) 2 i I G.FMLANATTON OF PRELIMINARY AND APPROFED JURISDICTIONAL DETERMINATIONS: 1. The Corps of Engineers believes that there may e b " isdictional waters of the Jm United States on the subject site, and the permit applicant or other affected party who requested this preliminary JD is hereby advised of his or her option to request and obtain an I approved jurisdictional determination(JD)for that site_ Nevertheless,the permit applicant or other person who requested this preliminary JD has declined to exercise the option to obtain an approved JD in this instance and at this time. 2• In any circumstance where a permit applicant obtains an individual permit,or a Nationwide General Permit(NWP)or other general permit verification requiring"pre- construction notification"(PCN), or requests vezification for a non-reporting NWP or other general permit, and the permit applicant has not requested an approved JD for the activity,the permit applicant is hereby made aware of the following. (1)the permit applicant has elected to seek a permit authorization based on a preliminary JD,which does not make an official determination of jurisdictional waters;(2)that the applicant has the option to request an approved JD before accepting the tern s and conditions of the permit authorization, and that basing a permit authorization on an approved JD could possibly result in less compensatory mitigation being required or different special conditions; (3)that the applicant has the right to request an individual permit rather than accepting the terms and conditions of the NWP or other general permit authorization;(4) that the applicant can accept apermit authorization and thereby agree to comply with all the terms and conditions of that permit,including whatever mitigation requirements the Corps has determined to be necessary; (5)that undertaking any activity in reliance upon the subject permit authorization without requesting an approved JD constitutes the applicant's acceptance of the use of the preliminary JD,but that either form of JD will be processed as soon as is practicable; (6)accepting a permit authorization(e g.,signing a proffered individual permit)or undertaking any activity in reliance on any form of Corps permit authorization based on a preliminary JD constitutes agreement that all wetlands and other water bodies on the site affected in any way by that activity are jurisdictional waters of the United States, and precludes any challenge to such jurisdiction in any administrative or Judicial compliance or enforcement action, or in any administrative appeal or in any Federal court; and(7)whether the applicant elects to use either an 1 approved JD or a preliminary JD,that JD will be processed as soon as is practicable. Further,an approved JD, a proffered individual permit(and all terms and conditions } contained therein),or individual permit denial can be administratively appealed pursuant to 33 C.F-R.Part 331, and that in any administrative appeal,jurisdictional issues can be raised(see 33 C F_R..331.5(a)(2)), If, during that administrative appeal,it becomes necessary to make an official determination whether CWA jurisdiction exists over a site, or to provide an official delineation of jurisdictional waters on the site,the Corps will provide an approved JD to accomplish that result, as soon as is practicable. i 3 SECTION 01600 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Scheduling of product delivery. 2. Packaging of products for delivery. 3. Protection of products against damage from: a. Handling. b. Exposure to elements or harsh environments. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. C. Payment: 1. No payment will be made to Contractor for equipment or materials not properly stored and insured or without approved shop drawings: a. Previous payments for items will be deducted from subsequent progress estimate(s)if proper storage procedures are not observed. 1.2 DELIVERY A. Scheduling: 1. Schedule delivery of products or equipment as required to allow timely installation and to avoid prolonged storage. B. Packaging: 1. Deliver products or equipment in manufacturer's original unbroken cartons or other containers designed and constructed to protect the contents from physical or environmental damage. C. Identification: 1. Clearly and fully mark and identify as to manufacturer,item,and installation location. D. Protection and Handling: 1. Provide manufacturer's instructions for storage and handling. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - (NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS SECTION) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PROTECTION,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Manufacturer's Instruction: 1. Protect all products or equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written directions: a. Store products or equipment in location to avoid physical damage to items while in storage. b. Handle products or equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. 2. Protect equipment from exposure to elements and keep thoroughly dry. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building W24/2009 01600-1 3. When space heaters are provided in equipment,connect and operate heaters during storage until equipment is placed in service. 3.2 STORAGE FACILITIES A. Temporary Storage Building: 1. Provide a weatherproof temporary storage building specifically for the purpose of providing for protection of products and equipment. Size building to accommodate anticipated storage items. 2. Equip building with lockable doors and lighting,and provide electrical service for equipment space heaters and heating or ventilation as necessary to provide storage environments acceptable to specified manufacturers. 3. Provide methods of storage of products and equipment off the ground. 4. Provide this structure within 60 days after Notice to Proceed.Locate building on-site where shown on the Drawings or in location approved by Engineer.Remove building from site prior to startup and demonstration period. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect Deliveries: 1. Inspect all products or equipment delivered to the site prior to unloading.Reject all products or equipment that are damaged,used,or in any other way unsatisfactory for use on Project. B. Monitor Storage Area: 1. Monitor storage area to ensure suitable temperature and moisture conditions are maintained. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01600-2 SECTION 01640 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. The procedure for requesting substitution approval for a product which is specified by descriptive or performance criteria or defined by reference to one or more of the following: a. Name of manufacturer. b. Name of vendor. c. Trade name. d. Catalog number. 2. This Section also addresses substitutions for major equipment. See Specification Section 00100.11. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. C. Requests for Substitution-General: 1. Base all bids on materials,equipment,and procedures specified. 2. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in specifications by means of references to names of manufacturers and vendors,trade names,or catalog numbers.When this method of specifying is used,it is not intended to exclude from consideration other products bearing other manufacturer's or vendor's names,trade names,or catalog numbers, provided said products are capable of accomplishing the same tasks as the products specifically indicated. 3. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. In making request for substitution or in using an approved product,Contractor represents: 1. He has investigated proposed product,and has determined that it is adequate or superior in all respects to that specified,and that it will perform function for which it is intended. 2. He will provide same guarantee for substitute item as for product specified. 3. He will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into work,to include building modifications if necessary,making such changes as may be required for work to be complete in all respects. 4. He waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which subsequently arise. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Product: Manufactured material or equipment. 1.4 PROCEDURE FOR REQUESTING SUBSTITUTION A. Considered after award of Contract: 1. Considered only if. a. Or-equals are unavailable due to strike,discontinued production of products meeting specified requirements,or other factors beyond control of Contractor;or, b. Contractor proposes a cost reduction incentive to the Owner. B. Written requests through Contractor only. C. Transmittal Mechanics: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 01640-1 1. Follow the transmittal mechanics prescribed for Shop Drawings in Section 01340.Product substitution will be treated in a manner similar to"deviations," as described in Paragraph 1.4A.9.f.of Section 01340.List the letter describing the deviation and justifications on the transmittal form in the space provided under the column with the heading "DESCRIPTION."Include in the transmittal letter,either directly or as a clearly marked attachment,the items listed in Paragraph D below. D. Transmittal Contents: 1. Product identification: a. Manufacturer's name. b. Telephone number and representative contact name. c. Specification section or drawing reference of originally specified product,including discrete name or tag number assigned to original product in the Contract Documents. 2. Manufacturer's literature clearly marked to show compliance of proposed product with Contract Documents. 3. Itemized comparison of original and proposed product addressing product characteristics including but not necessarily limited to: a. Size. b. Composition or materials of construction. c. Weight. d. Electrical or mechanical requirements. 4. Product experience: a. Location of past projects utilizing product. b. Name and telephone number of persons associated with referenced projects knowledgeable concerning proposed product. c. Available field data and reports associated with proposed product. 5. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. 6. Data relating to changes in cost. 7. Samples: a. At request of Engineer. b. Full size if requested by Engineer. c. Held until substantial completion. d. Engineer not responsible for loss or damage to samples. 1.5 APPROVAL OR REJECTION A. Written approval or rejection of substitution given by the Engineer. B. Engineer reserves the right to require proposed product to comply with color and pattern of specified product if necessary to secure design intent. C. In event substitution results in a change of Contract price or time,provisions in General Conditions will be applied for adjustment. D. Substitutions will be rejected if 1. Submittal is not through the Contractor with his stamp of approval. 2. Requests are not made in accordance with this Section. 3. In the Engineer's opinion,acceptance will require substantial revision of the original design. 4. In the Engineer's opinion,substitution will not perform adequately the function consistent with the design intent. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - (NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS SECTION) PART 3 - EXECUTION - (NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS SECTION) END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/242009 01640-2 SECTION 01650 FACILITY START-UP PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Procedures and actions,required of the Contractor,which are necessary to achieve and demonstrate Substantial Completion. 2. Requirements for Substantial Completion Submittals. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 11005-Equipment: Basic Requirements. 4. Section 13440-Instrumentation for Process Control: Basic Requirements. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Project Classified System(PCS): A defined part of the Project,consisting of an arrangement of items,such as equipment,structures,components,piping,wiring,materials,or incidentals,so related or connected to form an identifiable,unified,functional,operational,safe,and independent system. B. Pre-Demonstration Period: The period of time,of unspecified duration after initial construction and installation activities during which Contractor,with assistance from manufacturer's representatives,performs in the following sequence: 1. Finishing type construction work to ensure the Project each PCS has reached a state of Substantial Completion. 2. Equipment start-up. 3. Personnel training. C. Demonstration Period: A period of time,of specified duration,following the Pre-Demonstration Period,during which the Contractor initiates process flow through the Project Classified System and starts up and operates the Project Classified System,without exceeding specified downtime limitations,to prove the functional integrity of the mechanical and electrical equipment and components and the control interfaces of the respective equipment and components comprising the Project Classified System as evidence of Substantial Completion. D. Substantial Completion: See Division 0,General Conditions. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. B. Submit in the chronological order listed below prior to the completion of the Pre-Demonstration Period, 1. Master operation and maintenance training schedule: a. Submit 30 days(minimum)prior to first training session for Owner's personnel. b. Schedule to include: 1) Target date and time for Owner witnessing of each system initial start-up. 2) Target date and time for Operation and Maintenance training for each system,both field and classroom. 3) Target date for initiation of Demonstration Period. c. Submit for review and approval by Owner. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01650-1 d. Include holidays observed by Owner. e. Attend a schedule planning and coordination meeting 45 calendar days prior to first anticipated training session: 1) Provide a status report and schedule-to-complete for requirements prerequisite to manufacturer's training. 2) Identify initial target dates for individual manufacturer's training sessions. f. Owner reserves the right to insist on a minimum 7 calendar days'notice of rescheduled training session not conducted on master schedule target date for any reason. g. Schedule to be resubmitted until approved. 2. Substantial Completion Submittal: a. File Contractor's Notice of Substantial Completion and Request for Inspection. b. Approved Operation and Maintenance manuals received by Engineer minimum 1 week prior to scheduled training. c. Written request for Owner to witness each system pre-demonstration start-up.Request to be received by Owner minimum 1 week before scheduled training of Owner's personnel on that system. d. Equipment installation and pre-demonstration start-up certifications. e. Letter verifying completion of all pre-demonstration start-up activities including receipt of all specified items from manufacturers or suppliers as final item prior to initiation of Demonstration Period. 1.4 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Project Classified Systems(PCS's)shall be considered as completion of the following items of Work. Items shown are not necessarily all inclusive but are intended to represent a complete and operational system. 1. PCS#1: a. Construction of the new Administration and Laboratory Building,including: 1) Structural and architectural elements of the new building. 2) Equipment,including: a) Laboratory casework and fume hoods. b) Heating and ventilation system,including absorption chiller unit. c) Heat loop pumps and heat exchangers. d) Hot water pumps. 3) Electrical and instrumentation systems,including SCADA system. B. Phased Construction: See Section 01010. C. Schedule of Events: See Section 01010. 1.5 COST OF START-UP A. Contractor to pay all costs associated with Facility start-up. PART 2- PRODUCTS- (NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS SECTION) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Facility Start-up Divided into Two Periods: 1. Pre-Demonstration Period including: a. Completion of construction work to bring Project to a state of Substantial Completion. b. Start-up of Equipment. c. Training of Personnel. d. Completion of the filing of all required submittals. e. Filing of Contractor's Notice of Substantial Completion and Request for Inspection. s 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01650-2 2. Demonstration Period including: a. Demonstration of functional integrity of facility or PCS. 3.2 PRE-DEMONSTRATION PERIOD A. Completion of Construction Work: 1. Complete the work to bring the Project to a state of substantial completion. B. Equipment Start-up: 1. Requirements for individual items of equipment are included in Divisions 2 through 16 of these Specifications. 2. Prepare the equipment so it will operate properly and safely and be ready to demonstrate functional integrity during the Demonstration Period. 3. Perform Equipment Start-up,to extent possible,without introducing product flow. 4. Procedures include but are not necessarily limited to the following: a. Test or check and correct deficiencies of: 1) Power,control,and monitoring circuits for continuity prior to connection to power source. 2) Voltage of all circuits. 3) Phase sequence. 4) Cleanliness of connecting piping systems. 5) Alignment of connected machinery. 6) Vacuum and pressure of all closed systems. 7) Lubrication. 8) Valve orientation and position status for manual operating mode. 9) Tankage for integrity using clean water. 10) Pumping equipment using clean water from City PW system. 11) Instrumentation and control signal generation,transmission,reception, and response.See Section 13440. 12) Tagging and identification systems. 13) All equipment: Proper connections,alignment,calibration and adjustment. b. Calibrate all safety equipment. c. Manually rotate or move moving parts to assure freedom of movement. d. 'Bump"start electric motors to verify proper rotation. e. Perform other tests,checks,and activities required to make the equipment ready for Demonstration Period. f. Documentation: 1) Prepare a log showing each equipment item subject to this paragraph and listing what is to be accomplished during Equipment Start-up.Provide a place for the Contractor to record date and person accomplishing required work. Submit completed document before requesting inspection for Substantial Completion certification. 5. Obtain certifications,without restrictions or qualifications,and deliver to Engineer: a. Manufacturer's equipment installation check letters. b. Instrumentation Supplier's Instrumentation Installation Certificate. C. Personnel Training: 1. See individual equipment specification sections. 2. Conduct all personnel training after completion of Equipment Start-up for the equipment for which training is being conducted. a. Personnel training on individual equipment or systems will not be considered completed unless: 1) All pretraining deliverables are received and approved before commencement of training on the individual equipment or system. 2) No system malfunctions occur during training. 3) All provisions of field and classroom training specifications are met. b. Training not in compliance with the above will be performed again in its entirety by the manufacturer at no additional cost to Owner. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and tab Building 9/24/2009 01650-3 3. Field and classroom training requirements: a. Hold classroom training on-site. b. Notify each manufacturer specified for on-site training that the Owner reserves the right to video record any or all training sessions.Organize each training session in a format compatible with video recording. c. Training instructor: Factory trained and familiar with giving both classroom and "hands-on"instructions. d. Training instructors: Be at classes on time. Session beginning and ending times to be coordinated with the Owner and indicated on the master schedule.Normal time lengths for class periods can vary,but brief rest breaks should be scheduled and taken. e. Organize training sessions into maintenance verses operation topics and identify on schedule. f. Plan for minimum class attendance of 8 people at each session and provide sufficient classroom materials,samples,and handouts for those in attendance. g. Instructors to have a typed agenda and well prepared instructional material.The use of visual aids,e.g.,films,pictures,and slides is recommended for use during the classroom training programs.Deliver agendas to the Engineer a minimum of 7 days prior to the classroom training.Provide equipment required for presentation of films, slides,and other visual aids. h. In the on-site training sessions,cover the information required in the Operation and Maintenance manuals submitted according to Section 01340 and the following areas as applicable to PCS's. 1) Operation of equipment. 2) Lubrication of equipment. 3) Maintenance and repair of equipment. 4) Troubleshooting of equipment. 5) Preventive maintenance procedures. 6) Adjustments to equipment. 7) Inventory of spare parts. 8) Optimizing equipment performance. 9) Capabilities. 10) Operational safety. 11) Emergency situation response. 12) Takedown procedures(disassembly and assembly). i. Address above Paragraphs 1),2),8),9), 10),and 11)in the operation sessions. Address above Paragraphs 3),4),5),6),7),and 12)in the maintenance sessions. j. Maintain a log of classroom training provided including: Instructors,topics,dates, time,and attendance. D. Complete the filing of all required submittals: 1. Shop Drawings. 2. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 3. Training material. E. Filing of Contractor's Notice of Substantial Completion and Request for Inspection of Project or PCs: 1. File the notice when the following have been completed: a. Construction work(brought to state of Substantial Completion). b. Equipment Start-up. c. Personnel Training. d. Submittal of required documents. 2. Engineer will review required submittals for completeness within 5 calendar days of Contractor's notice.If complete,Engineer will complete inspection of the Work,within 10 calendar days of Contractor's notice. 3. Engineer will inform Contractor in writing of the status of the Work reviewed,within 14 calendar days of Contractor's notice. a. Work determined not meeting state of Substantial Completion: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01650-4 1) Contractor: Correct deficiencies noted or submit plan of action for correction within 10 calendar days of Engineer's determination. 2) Engineer: Reinspect work within 10 calendar days of Contractor's notice of correction of deficiencies. 3) Reinspection costs incurred by Engineer will be billed to Owner who will deduct them from final payment due Contractor. b. Work determined to be in state of tentative Substantial Completion: Engineer to prepare tentative"Engineer's Certificate of Substantial Completion." c. Engineer's Certificate of Substantial Completion: 1) Certificate tentatively issued subject to successful Demonstration of functional integrity. 2) Issued for Project as a whole or for one or more PCS. 3) Issued subject to completion or correction of items cited in the certificate(punch list). 4) Issued with responsibilities of Owner and Contractor cited. 5) Executed by Engineer. 6) Accepted by Owner. 7) Accepted by Contractor. d. Upon successful completion of Demonstration Period,Engineer will endorse certificate attesting to the successful demonstration,and citing the hour and date of ending the successful Demonstration Period of functional integrity as the effective date of Substantial Completion. 3.3 DEMONSTRATION PERIOD A. General: 1. Demonstrate the functional integrity of the mechanical,electrical,and control interfaces of the respective equipment and components comprising the PCS as evidence of Substantial Completion. 2. Duration of Demonstration Period of HVAC System: 48 consecutive hours of in season system.4 consecutive hours of out of season system. 3. If,during the Demonstration Period,the aggregate amount of time used for repair, alteration,or unscheduled adjustments to any equipment or systems that renders the affected equipment or system inoperative exceed 10 percent of the Demonstration Period,the demonstration of functional integrity will be deemed to have failed.In the event of failure,a new Demonstration Period will recommence after correction of the cause of failure.The new Demonstration Period shall have the same requirements and duration as the Demonstration Period previously conducted. 4. Conduct the demonstration of functional integrity under full operational conditions. 5. Owner will provide operational personnel to provide process decisions affecting plant performance.Owner's assistance will be available only for process decisions.Contractor will perform all other functions including but not limited to equipment operation and maintenance until successful completion of the Demonstration Period. 6. Owner reserves the right to simulate operational variables,equipment failures,routine maintenance scenarios,etc.,to verify the functional integrity of automatic and manual backup systems and alternate operating modes. 7. Time of beginning and ending any Demonstration Period shall be agreed upon by Contractor,Owner,and Engineer in advance of initiating Demonstration Period. 8. Provide all labor,supervision,utilities,chemicals,maintenance,equipment,vehicles or any other item necessary to operate and demonstrate all systems being demonstrated. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01650-5 SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Description of procedures to be followed and related work required to accomplish an orderly transfer of Project deliverables from the Contractor to the City. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Punch List: The stated qualification accompanying the Owner's Certificate of Substantial Completion or any list of construction items found to be deficient or incomplete through review of the Work by Owner and communicated in writing to Contractor at any time during the Contract Period. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Final Completion: 1. After compliance with Substantial Completion and Punchlist,Contractor to notify Owner that the Contractor considers the entire Work to have progressed to Final Completion and provide the following: a. Lien waivers; b. Evidence of payments,if required by City; c. Warranties. d. Record Drawings. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS A. All construction products not used must be removed from the site in their entirety or, arrangements shall be made with City for final disposition on site. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION FOR FINAL ACCEPTANCE AND PAYMENT A. When the items of Work on the Punch List(s)have been completed,and Owner considers the Work of the entire Project is complete,Contractor shall submit written certification that: 1. Contract Documents have been reviewed. 2. Work has been inspected by Owner for compliance with Contract Documents. 3. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents. 4. Work has received Final Cleaning: Section 01710. 5. Work is completed and ready for final inspection. B. Owner will make an inspection with the Contractor to verify the status of completion within 10 working days after receipt of such certification. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 01700-1 C. Should Owner consider that the Work is incomplete or defective: 1. Owner: Notify the Contractor in writing within 5 working days,listing the incomplete or defective work. 2. Contractor: Remedy the stated deficiencies within 10 working days,and send a second written certification to Owner that the Work is complete. 3. Owner will reinspect the Work after he has been notified by Contractor. D. When Owner finds the Work acceptable in accordance with the Contract Documents: Owner requests Contractor to make closeout submittals. E. Reinspection costs incurred by the Owner related to reinspection or rework will be billed and deducted by the Owner from the final payment to the Contractor not limited to Owner, architects,attorney and other professional costs. 3.2 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Complete demobilization prior to submitting final application for payment. B. Submit final application for payment in accordance with procedures and requirements stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C. Prior to the acceptance of the Work and final payment,the City will require from the Contractor a certificate in form substantially as follows: "I(We)hereby certify that all Work has been performed and materials supplied in accordance with the Contract Documents for the above Work,and that: 1. There have been no unauthorized substitutions of subcontractors;nor have any subcontracts been entered into without the names of the subcontractors having been submitted to the City prior to the start of such subcontracted Work; 2. No subcontract was assigned or transferred or performed by any subcontractor other than the original subcontractor,without prior notice having been submitted to the City together with the names of all subcontractors; 3. All claims for material and labor and other services performed in connection with these specifications have been paid." D. See Section 00500 for additional requirements. Submit lien releases from all subcontractors and suppliers. Submit consent of surety for final payment. E. Owner will review application and recommend final payment within 10 working days of receipt of application. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01700-2 SECTION 01710 CLEANING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Intermediate and final cleaning of Work not including special cleaning of closed systems specified elsewhere. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store cleaning products and cleaning wastes in containers specifically designed for those materials. 1.3 SCHEDULING A. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants disturbed by cleaning process will not fall on newly painted surfaces. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: 1. Compatible with surface being cleaned. 2. New and uncontaminated. 3. For Manufactured Surfaces: Material recommended by manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 31 CLEANING-GENERAL A. Prevent accumulation of wastes that create hazardous conditions. B. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with laws and safety orders of governing authorities. C. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits,oil,or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains or sewers. D. Dispose of degradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site. E. Dispose of nondegradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site or in an alternate manner approved by Engineer and regulatory agencies. F. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible. G. Do not drop or throw materials from heights greater than 4 FT or less than 4 FT if conditions warrant greater care. H. On completion of work,leave area in a clean,natural looking condition. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/7009 01710-1 1. Remove all signs of temporary construction and activities incidental to construction of required permanent Work. I. Do not burn on-site. 3.2 INTERIOR CLEANING A. Cleaning During Construction: 1. Keep work areas clean so as not to hinder health,safety or convenience of personnel in existing facility operations. 2. At maximum weekly intervals,dispose of waste materials,debris,and rubbish. 3. Vacuum clean interior areas when ready to receive finish painting. a. Continue vacuum cleaning on an as-needed basis,until substantial completion. B. Final Cleaning: 1. Complete immediately prior to Demonstration Period. 2. Remove grease,mastic,adhesives,dust,dirt,stains,fingerprints,labels,and other foreign materials from sight-exposed surfaces. 3. Wipe all lighting fixture reflectors,lenses, lamps and trims clean. 4. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors. 5. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine. 6. VentiIating systems: a. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated during construction. b. Clean ducts,blowers and coils if units were operated without filters during construction. 7. Replace all burned out lamps. 8. Broom clean process area floors. 9. Mop office and control room floors. 3.3 EXTERIOR(SITE)CLEANING A. Cleaning During Construction: 1. Construction debris: a. Confine in strategically located container(s): 1) Cover to prevent blowing by wind. 2) Haul from site minimum once a week. b. Remove from work area to container daily. 2. Vegetation: Keep weeds and other vegetation trimmed to 3 IN maximum height. 3. Soils,sand,and gravel deposited on paved areas and walks: a. Remove as required to prevent muddy or dusty conditions. b. Do not flush into storm sewer system. B. Final Cleaning: 1. Remove trash and debris containers from site. a. Re-seed areas disturbed by location of trash and debris containers. 2. Clean paved roadways. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Immediately prior to Demonstration Period,conduct an inspection with Engineer to verify condition of all work areas. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01710-2 SECTION 01800 OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS IN CONSTRUCTION PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. All openings and penetrations in construction. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements, 3. Section 07840-Firestopping. 4. Section 07600-Flashing and Sheet Metal. 5. Section 07900-Joint Sealants. 6, Section 09905-Painting and Protective Coatings. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American Concrete Institute(ACI): a. 318,Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 2. ASTM International(ASTM): a. A36,Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. b. A53,Standard Specification for Pipe,Steel,Black and Hot-Dipped,Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. 3. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): a. 70,National Electrical Code(NEC). b. 90A,Standard for Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 4. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors'National Association(SMACNA). B. Assure all firestopping materials are in full compliance with Section 07840. C. Obtain prior approval from Engineer when any opening larger than 100 SQ IN must be made in existing or newly completed construction. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Hazardous Areas: Areas shown in the Contract Documents as having Class I or Class II area classifications. B. Washdown Areas: Areas having floor drains or hose bibs. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. For each structure provide dimensioned or scaled(minimum 1/8 IN= 1 FT)plan view drawings containing the following information- a. Vertical and horizontal location of all required openings and penetrations. b. Size of all openings and penetrations. c. Opening type. d. Seal type. 3. Manufacturer's installation instructions for standard manufactured products. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/242009 01800-1 1.5 CONDITIONS A. For purposes of this Project,water table level is 4 to 6 feet below ground surface. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Pipe Sleeves: Steel,ASTM A53,Schedule 40,black B. Pipe Sleeves Penetrating into Corrosive Areas: Stainless steel, 1/4 IN minimum thickness. C. Backing Rod and Sealant: See Section 07900. D. Modular Mechanical Seals: 1. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Link-Seal. 2. 316 stainless steel bolts,nuts and washers. E. Firestopping Material: See Section 07840. F. Sheet Metal Sleeves: Steel,ASTM A36, 12 GA. G. Commercial Wall Castings: 1. For unclassified areas both sides of penetration: a. Ductile iron,class equal to connecting piping system. 2. For wet/corrosive areas either side of penetration: a. Stainless steel,304L. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION AND APPLICATION A. Perform HVAC penetrations in accordance with NFPA 90A. B. Perform electrical penetrations in accordance with NFPA 70,Article 501. C. Install sleeves and castings in accordance with ACI 318,Chapter#6. D. Hot dip galvanize(or paint in accordance with Section 09905)all steel sleeves installed. E. When mechanical or electrical work cannot be installed as structure is being erected,provide and arrange for building-in of boxes,sleeves,insets,fixtures or devices necessary to permit installation later.Lay out chases,holes or other openings which must be provided in masonry, concrete or other work F. Where pipes,conduits or ducts pass through floors in washdown areas,install sleeves with top 3 IN above finish floors.In non-washdown areas,install sleeves with ends flush with finished surfaces. G. Size sleeves,blockouts and cutouts which will receive sealant seal such that free area to receive sealant is minimised and seal integrity may be obtained. H. For insulated piping and ducts,size sleeves,blockouts and cutouts large enough to accommodate full thickness of insulation. I. Do not cut into or core drill any beams,joists,or columns. J. Do not install sleeves in beams,joists,or columns. K. Do not install recesses in beams,joists,columns,or slabs. L. Field Cutting and Coring: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01800-2 1. Saw or core drill with non-impact type equipment. 2. Mark opening and drill small 3/4 IN or less holes through structure following opening outline. 3. Sawcut opening outline on both surfaces.Knock out within sawcuts using impact type equipment.Do not chip or spall face of surface to remain intact. Do not allow any overcut with saw kerf. M. Precast-Prestressed Concrete Construction: 1. Do not cut openings nor core drill vertically or horizontally through stems of members. 2. Do not locate or install sleeves or recess sleeves vertically or horizontally through or in stems of members. 3. Cast openings and sleeves into flanges of units. 4. Cast openings larger than 6 IN in diameter or 6 IN maximum dimension in units at time of manufacture. 5. Cast openings smaller than 6 IN in diameter or 6 IN maximum dimensions in flanges of units at time of manufacture or field cut. N. Where alterations are necessary or where new and old work join,restore adjacent surfaces to their condition existing prior to start of work. O. Provide waterstop plate/anchor flange for piping,ducts,castings and sleeves cast-in-place in concrete: 1. For fabricated units,weld plate to sleeve,pipe,or ductwork. 2. For commercial castings,cast water stop/anchor with wall pipe. 3. Plate is to be same thickness as sleeve,pipe,casting or ductwork. 4. For fabricated units,diameter of plate or flange to be 4 IN larger than outside diameter of sleeve,pipe or ductwork. 5. For commercial castings,waterstop/anchor size to be manufacturer standard. 6. Provide continuous around entire circumference of sleeve,pipe,or ductwork. P. Where area is blocked out to receive sheet metal sleeve at later date: 1. If blockout size is sufficient to allow placement,utilize dowels for interface of initially placed concrete and sleeve encasement concrete which is placed later: a. Size blockout based on sleeve size required plus 4 to 6 IN each side of sleeve for concrete encasement. b. Provide#4 dowels at 12 IN spacing along each side of blockout with minimum of two dowels required per side. 2. If blockout size is not sufficient to allow placement of dowels,provide keyway along all sides of blockout: a. Size blockout based on sleeve size required plus 2 to 4 IN each side of sleeve for concrete encasement. Q. For interior wall applications where backer rod and sealant are specified,provide backer rod and sealant at each side of wall. R. Refer to Drawings for location of fire-rated walls,floors,and ceilings.Utilize firestopping materials and procedures specified in Section 07840 in conjunction with scheduled opening type to produce the required fire rating. S. Use full depth expanding foam sealant for seal applications into hazardous areas and applications where multiple pipes,conduits,etc.pass through single sleeve. Use full depth compressible sealant for applications involving single components passing through sleeves and for penetrations into non hazardous area. T. Do not make duct or conduit penetrations below high water levels when entering or leaving tankage,wet wells,or other water holding structures. U. Modular Mechanical Seals: 1. Utilize one seal for concrete thickness less than 8 IN and two seals for concrete,8 IN thick or greater. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01800-3 2. Utilize two seals for piping 16 IN diameter and larger if concrete thickness permits. 3. Install seals such that bolt heads are located on the most accessible side of the penetration. V. Backer Rod and Sealant: 1. Install in accordance with Section 07900. 2. Provide backer rod and sealant for modular mechanical seal applications.Apply on top side of slab penetrations and on interior,dry side wall penetrations. 3.2 SCHEDULES A. General Schedule of Penetrations through Floors,Roofs,Foundation Base Slabs,Foundation Walls,Foundation Footings,Partitions and Walls for Ductwork,Piping,and Conduit: 1. Provide the following opening and penetration types: a. Type A-Block out 2 IN larger than outside dimensions of duct,pipe,or conduits. b. Type B-Saw cut or line-drill opening.Place new concrete with integrally cast sheet metal or pipe sleeve. c. Type C-Fabricated sheet metal sleeve or pipe sleeve cast-in-place. Provide pipe sleeve with water ring for wet and/or washdown areas. d. Type D-Commercial type casting or fabrication. e. Type E-Saw cut or line-drill opening.Place new concrete with integrally cast pipe, duct or conduit spools. f. Type F-Integrally cast pipe,duct or conduit. g. Type G-Saw cut or line-drill and remove area 1 IN larger than outside dimensions of duct,pipe or conduit. h. Type H-Core drill. i. Type I-Block out area.At later date,place new concrete with integrally cast sheet metal or pipe sleeve. 2. Provide seals of material and method described as follows: a. Category 1 -Modular Mechanical Seal. b. Category 2-Roof curb and flashing according to SMACNA specifications unless otherwise noted on Drawings.Refer to Section 07600 and roofing specification sections for additional requirements. c. Category 3 - 12 GA sheet metal drip sleeve set in bed of silicon sealant with backing rod and sealant used in sleeve annullus. d. Category 4-Backer rod and sealant. e. Category 5-Full depth compressible sealant with escutcheons on both sides of opening. £ Category 6-Full depth compressible sealant and flanges on both sides of opening. Flanges constructed of same material as duct,fastened to duct and minimum 1/2 IN larger than opening. g. Category 7-Full depth compressible sealant and finish sealant or full depth expanding foam sealant depending on application. 3. Furnish openings and sealing materials through new floors,roofs,partitions and walls in accordance with Schedule A,Openings and Penetrations for New Construction. 4. Furnish openings and sealing materials through existing floors,roofs,partitions and walls in accordance with Schedule B,Openings and Penetrations for Existing Construction. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Tab Building 9/24/2009 01800-4 SCHEDULE A.OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS SCHEDULE FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION DUCTS PIPING CONDUIT APPLICATIONS OPENING SEAL OPENING SEAL OPENING SEAL TYPE CATEGORY TYPE CATEGORY TYPE CATEGORY Through floors with C 7 D Not Req C 7 bottom side a F Not Req F Not Req F Not Req hazardous location I 7 I(1) 7 Through floors on C 4 C 7 C 4 grade above water F Not Req F Not Req F Not Req table I 4 I(1) 7 I(1) 7 Through slab on F Not Req F Not Req F Not Req grade below water table Through floors in C 4 C 4 F Not Req washdown areas I 4 H(2) 3 H(2) 3 I(1) 4 I(1) 7 Through walls where C 7 D Not Req C 7 one side is a F Not Req F Not Req F Not Req hazardous area I 7 1(1) 7 Through exterior wall C 7 C 1 q F Not Re below grade above F Not Req D Not Req I(1) 7 water table I 7 F Not Req 1(1) 1 Through wall from C 7 C 1 C 7 tankage or wet well F Not Req D Not Req F Not Req (above high water I 7 F Not Req H(2) 7 level)to dry well or H(2) 1 I(r) 7 dry area Through wall from F Not Req F Not Req F Not Req tankage or wet well (below high water level)to dry well or dry area Through exterior wall A 6 A 5 C 5 above grade B 6 B 5 H(2) 4 C 6 D Not Req H(2) 5 Roof penetrations A 2 A 2 A 2 Through interior A 4 A 4 A 4 walls and slabs not C 4 C 4 C 4 covered by the above F Not Req applications 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01800-5 SCHEDULE B.OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS SCHEDULE FOR EXISTING CONSTRUCTION DUCTS PIPING CONDUIT APPLICATIONS OPENING SEAL OPENING SEAL OPENING SEAL TYPE CATEGORY TYPE CATEGORY TYPE CATEGORY Through floors with B 7 B(1) 7 B(1) 7 bottom side a E Not Req E(3) Not Req E(3) Not Req hazardous location H(2) 7 H(2) 7 Through floors on B 7 B 7 B 7 grade above water table Through slab on E Not Req E Not Req E Not Req grade below water table Through floors in G 3 G 3 G 3 washdown areas H(2) 3 H(2) 3 Through walls where B 7 B(1) 7 B(1)(3) 7 one side is a E Not Req B (3)_ 1 E Not Req hazardous area E Not Req H(2) 7 H(2) 7 Through exterior wall B 7 B(1) 7 B(1)(3) 7 below grade above B(3) 1 H(2) 7 water table H(2) 7 Through wall from B 7 B 1 B(1)(3) 7 tankage or wet well E Not Req E Not Req E Not Req (above high water H(2) 1 H(2) 7 level)to dry well or dry area Through wall from E Not Req E Not Req E Not Req tankage or wet well (below high water level)to dry well or dry area Through exterior wall G 6 G(1)(3) 5 G(1)(3) 5 above grade H(2) 5 H(2) 7 Roof penetrations G 2 G(1)(3) 2 G 2 H(2) Through interior G 4 G(1)(3) 4 G(1)(3) 4 walls and slabs not H(2) 4 H(2) 4 covered by the above applications (1) Multiple piping 3 IN and smaller or multiple conduits. (2) Single pipe 3 IN and smaller or single conduit. (3) Single pipe or conduit larger than 3 IN. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 01800-6 DIVISION 2 SITE WORK SECTION 02110 SITE CLEARING PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Site clearing,tree protection,stripping topsoil. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 01560—Environmental Protection and Special Controls. 4. Section 02200-Earthwork. 5. Section 02260-Topsoiling and Finished Grading. 6. Section 02270-Soil Erosion and Sediment Control. 1.2 {SITE} CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall confirm an acceptable method of disposal with the Owner and state and local agencies before proceeding. No burning of debris is allowed on site. Also see Section 01560—Environmental Protection and Special Controls. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - (NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS SECTION) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect existing trees,shrubbery and other vegetation to remain against damage. 1. Cut and remove branches only where,in the opinion of the Engineer and Owner,such cutting is necessary for construction and remove additional branches to provide a balanced appearance as required and approved. Treat tree scars due to removal or other work with an approved tree sealant. 2. Do not smother trees by stockpiling construction materials or excavated materials within drip line. 3. Avoid foot or vehicular traffic or parking of vehicles within drip line. 4. Provide temporary protection as required. B. Repair or replace trees and vegetation damaged by construction operations. 1. Repair to be performed by a qualified tree surgeon. 2. Remove trees which cannot be repaired and restored to full-growth status and replace with new trees of minimum 4 IN caliper. C. Owner will obtain authority for removal and alteration work on adjoining property. 3.2 SITE CLEARING A. Topsoil Removal: 1. Strip topsoil to depths encountered. a. Remove heavy growths of grass before stripping. b. Stop topsoil stripping sufficient distance from trees to prevent damage to main root system. c. Separate from underlying subsoil or objectionable material. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 02110-1 d. Keep reasonably free of objects over 2 IN DIA,including weeds and roots. 2. Stockpile topsoil where directed by Engineer. a. Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water. b. Seed or cover storage piles to prevent erosion. 3. Do not strip topsoil in wooded areas where no change in grade occurs. 4. Borrow topsoil: Reasonably free of subsoil,objects over 2 IN DIA,weeds and roots. B. Clearing and Grubbing: 1. Clear from within limits of construction all trees not marked to remain. a. Include shrubs,brush,downed timber,rotten wood,heavy growth of grass and weeds, vines,rubbish,structures and debris. 2. Grub(remove)from within limits of construction all stumps,roots,root mats,logs and debris encountered. a. Totally grub under areas to be paved. b. Grubbing in lawn areas: 1) In cut areas, totally grub. 2) In fill areas,where fill is less than 3 FT totally grub ground. 3) Where fill is 3 FT or more in depth,stumps may be left no higher than 6 IN above existing ground surface. C. Protection: 1. Prior to beginning construction,fence trees and vegetation to remain 5 FT outside of dripline to protect both upper branches and root area from construction activities. a. Use 6 FT high metal"T"bar posts with orange construction fencing to designate preservation areas. b. Water within the fencing during construction to maintain healthy vegetation. 2. Protect plant growth and features remaining as final landscaping. 3. Protect benchmarks and existing improvements from damage or displacement. 4. Maintain traffic to designated site access routes and work areas. D. Disposal of Waste Materials: 1. Do not burn combustible materials on site. 2. Remove all waste materials from site. 3. Do not bury organic matter on site. 3.3 ACCEPTANCE A. Upon completion of the site clearing,obtain Engineer's acceptance of the extent of clearing, depth of stripping and rough grade. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and lab Building 9/24/2009 02110-2 SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Earthwork. 2. Pumping and dewatering. 3. Shoring,bracing and protection of the Work. 4. Appurtenant work. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. ASTM International(ASTM): a. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. b. D698,Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort(12,400 ft-lbf/ft). c. D 1557,Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort(56,000 ft-lbf/ft3(2,700 kN-m/m)). d. D3786,Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting Strength of Knitted Goods and Nonwoven Fabrics: Diaphragm. e. D4253,Standard Test Methods for Maximum Index Density of Soils Using a Vibratory Table. f. D4254,Standard Test Methods for Minimum Index Density of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density. g. D4632,Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 3. Certifications. 4. Test reports: a. Soils inspection and testing results. B. Samples: 1. Submit samples and source of fill and backfill materials proposed for use. 2. Submit samples and source of borrow materials proposed for use. C. Shoring,Groundwater Control: 1. Details,design calculations,specifications and installation procedures for shoring systems. 2. Details,design calculations,specifications and installation procedures for shoring systems and slurry wall. 3. Details,design calculations,specifications and installation procedures for dewatering system. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 02200-1 D. Samples: 1. Submit samples and source of fill and backfiIl materials proposed for use. 2. Submit samples and source of borrow materials proposed for use. E. Contractor's Qualifications: 1. Evidence of dewatering system and shoring systems designer and contractor competency. 2. Project references for shoring wall construction. 1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. The design,planning,installation and removal of all shoring,lagging,bracing,and dewatering shall be accomplished in such a manner as to maintain the required excavation or trench section and to maintain the undisturbed state of the soils below and adjacent to the excavation. B. The Contractor shall provide the design,prepared by a licensed professional structural engineer, for sheeting,shoring and bracing in accordance with OSHA Safety Standards,CRF 29, 1926, Subpart P. C. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the adequacy of shoring,bracing and other support utilized in this project. 1.5 CONTRACT QUALIFICATIONS A. Contractor for groundwater dewatering system and shoring systems shall have sufficient competent experience and experienced personnel to carry out the construction specified. B. Contractor shall have a minimum of three(3)project references in shoring walls similar to that specified. C. Shoring and dewatering systems are not shown on contract documents. Contractor shall be responsible for final design and construction of shoring and construction dewatering systems that complies with specified performance requirements(or better)and compatible with conditions found at the site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Fill and Backfill: Selected material approved by Soils Engineer from site excavation or from off site borrow. B. Granular Fill Under Building Floor Slabs-On-Grade: Clean,crushed,nonporous rock,crushed or uncrushed gravel complying with ASTM C33 gradation size No. 67,3/4 IN to No.4. C. Granular Fill Under Base Slabs with Pressure Relief Valves: 1. Drainage material: Conform to ASTM C33,Size No. 67. 2. Filter material: Conform to ASTM C33 requirements for fine aggregate. D. Geotextile Filter Fabric: 1. Nonwoven type. 2. Equivalent opening size: 50-100(U.S. Standard Sieve). 3. Permeability coefficient(cm/second): 0.07 minimum,0.30 maximum. 4. Grab strength: 90 LBS minimum in either direction in accordance with ASTM D4632 requirements. 5. Mullen burst strength: 125 psi minimum in accordance with ASTM D3786 requirements. E. Vapor Barrier: 1. Alumiseal Corporation,Fortifier Corporation,Griffolyn,or equal. 2. Aluminum/mylar sheet or kraft paper/glass fiber reinforcing/polyethylene sheet or polyethylene/nylon yam sheet. 3. Vapor transmission not exceeding 0.1 perm. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/242009 02200-2 4. Tear strength:Minimum 15 psi. 5. Vapor retarder tape as recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer. 6. Similar to: a. Amuniseal"Zero Perm." b. Fortifier"Moistop." c. Griffolyn"T-W." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PROTECTION A. Protect existing surface and subsurface features on-site and adjacent to site as follows: I. Provide barricades,coverings,or other types of protection necessary to prevent damage to existing items indicated to remain in place. 2. Protect and maintain bench marks,monuments or other established reference points and property comers: a. If disturbed or destroyed,replace at own expense to full satisfaction of Owner and controlling agency. 3. Verify location of utilities: a. Omission or inclusion of utility items does not constitute non-existence or definite location. b. Secure and examine local utility records for location data. c. Take necessary precautions to protect existing utilities from damage due to any construction activity. d. Repair damages to utility items at own expense. e. In case of damage,notify Engineer at once so required protective measures may be taken. 4. Maintain free of damage,existing sidewalks,structures,and pavement,not indicated to be removed: a. Any item known or unknown or not properly located that is inadvertently damaged shall be repaired to original condition. b. All repairs to be made and paid for by Contractor. 5. Provide full access to public and private premises,fire hydrants,street crossings,sidewalks and other points as designated by Owner to prevent serious interruption of travel. 6. Maintain stockpiles and excavations in such a manner to prevent inconvenience or damage to structures on-site or on adjoining property. 7. Avoid surcharge or excavation procedures which can result in heaving,caving,or slides. B. Salvageable Items: Carefully remove items to be salvaged,and store on Owner's premises unless otherwise directed. C. Dispose of waste materials,legally,off site: 1. Burning,as a means of waste disposal,is not permitted. 3.2 SITE EXCAVATION AND GRADING A. The work includes all operations in connection with excavation,borrow,construction of fills and embankments,rough grading,and disposal of excess materials in connection with the preparation of the site(s)for construction of the proposed facilities. B. Excavation and Grading: Perform as required by the Contract Drawings: 1. Contract Drawings may indicate both existing grade and finished grade required for construction of Project. a. Stake all units,structures,piping,roads,parking areas and walks and establish their elevations. b. Perform other layout work required. c. Replace property corner markers to original location if disturbed or destroyed. 2. Preparation of ground surface for embankments or fills: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9a4M09 02200-3 a. Before fill is started,scarify to a minimum depth of 6 IN in all proposed embankment and fill areas. b. Where ground surface is steeper than one vertical to four horizontal,plow surface in a manner to bench and break up surface so that fill material will bind with existing surface. 3. Protection of finish grade: a. During construction,shape and drain embankment and excavations. b. Maintain ditches and drains to provide drainage at all times. c. Protect graded areas against action of elements prior to acceptance of work. d. Reestablish grade where settlement or erosion occurs. C. Borrow: 1. Provide necessary amount of approved fill compacted to density equal to that indicated in this Specification. 2. Include cost of all borrow material in original proposal. 3. Fill material to be approved by Soils Engineer prior to placement. D. Construct embankments and fills as required by the Contract Drawings: 1. Construct embankments and fills at locations and to lines of grade indicated. a. Completed fill shall correspond to shape of typical cross section or contour indicated regardless of method used to show shape,size,and extent of line and grade of completed work. 2. Provide approved fill material which is free from roots,organic matter,trash,frozen material,and stones having maximum dimension greater than 6 IN: a. Ensure that stones larger than 4 IN are not placed in upper 6 IN of fill or embankment. b. Do not place material in layers greater than 8 IN loose thickness. c. Place layers horizontally and compact each layer prior to placing additional fill. 3. Compact by sheepsfoot,pneumatic rollers,vibrators,or by other equipment as required to obtain specified density: a. Control moisture for each layer necessary to meet requirements of compaction. E. At the proposed Administration and Laboratory Building Site,Contractor shall be responsible for subexcavation of all organic lean clay and inorganic lean clay below the Administration and Lab Building foundation and floors and replacement with granular fill. Subexcavation activities shall be performed in accordance with the recommendations presented in the Geotechnical Evaluation,Administration Building,Proposed Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion, Bozeman,Montana,completed by SK Geotechnical, September 2,2008. 3.3 ROCK EXCAVATION A. All rock excavation shall be under one classification: 1. This classification shall include solid ledge rock in its natural location that requires systematic quarrying,drilling and/or blasting for its removal and also boulders that exceed 1/2 CY in volume. B. When rock is encountered,strip free of earth: 1. Employ an independent surveyor to determine rock quantities before removal operation begins. 2. In computing the volumetric content of rock excavation for payment,the pay lines shall be taken as follows: a. For structures: 3 FT outside the exterior limits of foundations and from rock surface to 6 IN below bottom of foundations. b. For piping and utilities: A width 18 IN wider than the outside diameter of the pipe or conduit and from rock surface to 6 IN below bottom exterior surface of the pipe or conduit. c. For paving: 2 FT outside the exterior limits of paving and from rock surface to 6 IN below bottom of pavement subbase. 3.4 USE OF EXPLOSIVES 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 02200-4 A. Blasting with any type of explosive is prohibited. 3.5 CONSTRUCTION DEWATERING A. General: 1. Provide and maintain adequate,reliable dewatering equipment for all excavations. Locating well points and/or sumps is responsibility of Contractor. Contractor shall design locations in conjunction with shoring design to ensure complete working system is installed. 2. Capacity and location of dewatering facilities adequate to: a. Keep excavation dry continuously. b. Keep unconfined aquifer groundwater level at least 24 IN below bottom of excavation in all excavation locations. 3. Divert or otherwise prevent surface water from entering excavated areas or trenches, without damaging adjacent property. 4. Operate and monitor dewatering systems continuously during their use until all work is accepted by the Engineer. 5. Well construction/abandonment: a. Construct and abandon all dewatering wells in accordance with applicable state regulations. b. Obtain Engineer's approval before abandonment of wells on property. 6. Provisions for temporary electrical service for perimeter dewatering well points has not been made. Contractor shall arrange and pay for electrical services for construction. 7. Employ a dewatering specialist for selecting and operating dewatering system. 8. Shut off dewatering system at such a rate to prevent a quick upsurge of water that might weaken the subgrade. 9. Dispose of groundwater to the Owner's process facilities at the Secondary Flow Split Box. All surface water collected with total solids content in excess of 100 mg/L shall be discharged to the temporary sedimentations basin before pumped to the Owner's process facilities. Contractor may dispose of groundwater from dewatering extraction wells directly to the Owner's process facilities following their development,provided total solids content is less than 100 mg/L. No water shall be discharged directly to the East Gallatin River. B. Dewatering(Extraction)Wells: 1. Minimum number of wells required for achieving a groundwater zone at depression to maintain groundwater a minimum of 2 FT below excavation subgrade is to be determined by the Contractor. C. Existing Substructure Drain System 1. The existing substructure drain system is shown on the attached as-built drawing from the 1981 WWTP Improvements Project. 2. By providing the attached substructure drain system drawings,the City does not claim an impact will be realized on adjacent properties as a result of this system operating.The Contractor shall design and install their own dewatering system for the new project process units and yard piping. 3.6 SHORING,SHEETING,BRACING AND SLOPING A. Install and maintain shoring,sheeting,bracing and sloping necessary to support the side of the excavation,to keep and to prevent any movement which may damage adjacent pavements, pipelines,utilities,channels,trees,or structures,damage or delay work,or endanger life and health.. Install and maintain shoring,sheeting,bracing,and sloping as required by OSHA and other applicable governmental regulations and agencies. 3.7 EXCAVATION SAFETY A. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for making all excavations in a safe manner. Provide appropriate measures to retain excavation sideslopes and prevent rock falls to ensure that persons working in or near the excavation are protected. Any necessary trench excavation permits shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/242009 02200-5 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner and Contractor shall each provide and pay for certain testing services: 1. Owner shall retain the services of a qualified Testing Agency and/or Engineer to perform testing services for the following: a. Testing of soil compaction for compliance with the Contract Documents. b. Contractor shall give a minimum of 24 HR advance notice to Engineer when ready for compaction for sub-grade testing and inspection. 2. Contractor shall retain the services of a qualified Testing Agency and/or Soils Engineer to perform testing services for the following: a. Inspection services indicated herein for the dewatering system and shoring system design. b. Initial moisture density relations required for all materials to be compacted. c. Additional testing or retesting of compaction density or sub-grade inspection which fail to meet specification requirements. Contractor shall pay for all costs associated with corrective work. B. Shoring,and Bracing(Vertical Slope Restraint) 1. Comply with Montana Occupational Safety and Health Code,and 29CFR Chapter 17 and 29CFR Part 1926.650—652,Subpart P. 2. Provide proper and substantial sheeting,and bracing as required to prevent caving or sliding,to protect workers and the Work,and to protect existing structures and facilities. 3. Design and build shoring,and bracing to withstand all loads that might be caused by earth movement,earth/water pressure, and to be rigid,maintaining shape and position under all circumstances. 4. Do not pull trench sheeting before backfilling unless pipe strength is sufficient to carry trench loads based on trench width to the back of the sheeting. 5. Do not brace left in-place sheeting against the pipe or structure,but support it in a manner that precludes concentrated loads of horizontal thrusts on pipe or structures. 6. Cross braces installed above to support sheeting maybe removed after pipe and structure embedment is completed. 7. Provide shoring,and braving(Vertical Slope Restraint)in areas called for on the Drawings or as required to complete the Work. 8. Contractor shall be responsible for all design,installation and maintenance of the shoring systems(Vertical Slope Restraint)for the entire duration of the project. All systems installed shall be fully removed prior to project completion. 3.9 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Erosion Control: Conduct work to minimize erosion of site. Remove eroded material washed off site. Clean streets daily of any spillage of dirt,rocks or debris from equipment entering or leaving site. B. Cleanup: After completion of the backfill,all remaining excavated material and slurry from dewatering operations shall be dried,spread and places as direct by the Engineer. No slurry shall be left in temporary storage and sedimentation areas shall be pumped dry and backfilled. Dispose of excess sediments,backfill,and other materials in accordance will all applicable laws and regulations. 3.10 COMPACTION DENSITY REQUIREMENTS A. Obtain approval from Engineer with regard to suitability of soils and acceptable subgrade prior to subsequent operations. B. Provide dewatering system necessary to successfully complete compaction and construction requirements. C. Remove frozen,loose,wet,or soft material and replace with approved material as directed by Soils Engineer. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 02200-6 D. Stabilize subgrade with well graded granular materials as directed by Engineer. E. Assure by results of testing that compaction densities comply with the following requirements: 1. Sitework: LOCATION COMPACTION DENSITY Under Paved Areas,Sidewalks and Piping: Cohesive soils 98 percent per ASTM D698 Cohesionless soils 75 percent relative density per ASTM D4253 and ASTM D4254 Unpaved Areas: Cohesive soils 85 percent of ASTM D698 Cohesionless soils 60 percent relative density per ASTM D4253 and ASTM D4254 2. Structures: LOCATION COMPACTION DENSITY Inside of structures under foundations, 95 percent per ASTM D1557 under equipment support pads,under slabs- on-grade and scarified existing subgrade under fill material Outside structures next to walls,piers, 90 percent per ASTM D 1557 columns and any other structure exterior member 3. Specific areas: LOCATION COMPACTION DENSITY Outside structures under equipment support 95 percent per ASTM D1557 foundations Under void 85 percent per ASTM D 1557 Granular fill under base slabs with pressure 75 percent relative density per relief valves,and under building floor slabs- ASTM D4253 and ASTM D4254 on-grade 3.11 EXCAVATION,FILLING,AND BACKFILLING FOR STRUCTURES A. General: 1. In general,work includes,but is not necessarily limited to,excavation for structures and retaining walls,removal of underground obstructions and undesirable material,backftlling, filling,and fill,backfill,and subgrade compaction. 2. Obtain fill and backfill material necessary to produce grades required. a. Materials and source to be approved by Soils Engineer. b. Excavated material approved by Soils Engineer may also be used for fill and backfill. 3. In this Section of the Specifications,the word"foundations"includes footings,base slabs, foundation walls,mat foundations,grade beams,piers and any other support placed directly on soil. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 02200-7 4. In the paragraphs of this Section of the Specifications, the word"soil'also includes any type of rock subgrade that may be present at or below existing subgrade levels. B. Excavation Requirements for Structures: 1. General: a. Do not commence excavation for foundations for structures until Soils Engineer approves: 1) The removal of topsoil and other unsuitable and undesirable material from existing subgrade. 2) Density and moisture content of site area compacted fill material meets requirements of specifications. 3) Site surcharge or mass fill material can be removed from entire construction site or portion thereof. 4) Surcharge or mass fill material has been removed from construction area or portions thereof. b. Engineer grants approval to begin excavations. 2. Dimensions: a. Excavate to elevations and dimensions indicated or specified. b. Allow additional space as required for construction operations and inspection of foundations. 3. Removal of obstructions and undesirable materials in excavation includes,but is not necessarily limited to,removal of old foundations,existing construction,unsuitable subgrade soils,expansive type soils,and any other materials which may be concealed beneath present grade,as required to execute work indicated on Contract Drawings: a. If undesirable material and obstructions are encountered during excavation,remove material and replace as directed by Soils Engineer. 4. Level off bottoms of excavations to receive foundations,floor slabs,equipment support pads,or compacted fill: a. Remove loose materials and bring excavations into approved condition to receive concrete or fill material. b. Where compacted fill material must be placed to bring subgrade elevation up to underside of construction,scarify existing subgrade upon which fill material is to be placed to a depth of 6 IN and then compact to density stated in this Specification Section before fill material can be placed thereon. c. Do not carry excavations lower than shown for foundations except as directed by Soils Engineer or Engineer. d. If any part of excavations is carried below required depth without authorization, maintain excavation and start foundation from excavated level with concrete of same strength as required for superimposed foundation,and no extra compensation will be made to Contractor therefore. 5. Make excavations large enough for working space,forms,dampproofmg,waterproofing, and inspection. 6. Notify Soils Engineer and Engineer as soon as excavation is completed in order that subgrades may be inspected: a. Do not commence further construction until subgrade under compacted fill material, under foundations,under floor slabs-on-grade,under equipment support pads,and under retaining wall footings has been inspected and approved by the Soils Engineer as being free of undesirable material,being of compaction density required by this specification,and being capable of supporting the allowable foundation design bearing pressures and superimposed foundation,fill,and building loads to be placed thereon. b. Soils Engineer shall be given the opportunity to inspect subgrade below fill material both prior to and after subgrade compaction. c. Place fill material,foundations,retaining wall footings,floor slabs-on-grade,and equipment support pads as soon as weather conditions permit after excavation is completed,inspected,and approved and after forms and reinforcing are inspected and approved. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 02200-8 d. Before concrete or fill material is placed,protect approved subgrade from becoming loose,wet,frozen,or soft due to weather,construction operations,or other reasons. 7. Dewatering: a. Where groundwater is or is expected to be encountered during excavation,install a dewatering system to prevent softening and disturbance of subgrade below foundations and fill material,to allow foundations and fill material to be placed in the dry,and to maintain a stable excavation side slope. b. Groundwater shall be maintained at least 2 FT below the bottom of any excavation. c. Review soils investigation before beginning excavation and determine where groundwater is Iikely to be encountered during excavation. d. Employ dewatering specialist for selecting and operating dewatering system. e. Keep dewatering system in operation until dead load of structure exceeds possible buoyant uplift force on structure. f. Dispose of groundwater to an area which will not interfere with construction operations or damage existing construction. 1) Install groundwater monitoring wells as necessary. g. Shut off dewatering system at such a rate to prevent a quick upsurge of water that might weaken the subgrade. 8. Subgrade stabilization: a. If subgrade under foundations,fill material,floor slabs-on-grade,or equipment support pads is in a frozen,loose,wet,or soft condition before construction is placed thereon, remove frozen,loose,wet,or soft material and replace with approved compacted material as directed by Soils Engineer. b. Provide compaction density of replacement material as stated in this specification section. c. Loose,wet,or soft materials,when approved by Soils Engineer,may be stabilized by a compacted working mat of well graded crushed stone. d. Compact stone mat thoroughly into subgrade to avoid future migration of fines into the stone voids. e. Remove and replace frozen materials as directed by Soils Engineer. f. Method of stabilization shall be performed as directed by Soils Engineer. g. Do not place further construction on the repaired subgrades,until the subgrades have been approved by the Soils Engineer. 9. Do not place floor slabs-on-grade including equipment support pads until subgrade below has been approved,piping has been tested and approved,reinforcement placement has been approved,and Contractor receives approval to commence slab construction: a. Do not place building floor slabs-on-grade including equipment support pads when temperature of air surrounding the slab and pads is or is expected to be below 40 DegF before structure is completed and heated to a temperature of at least 50 DegF. 10. Protection of structures: a. Prevent new and existing structures from becoming damaged due to construction operations or other reasons. b. Prevent subgrade under new and existing foundations from becoming wet and undermined during construction due to presence of surface or subsurface water or due to construction operations. 11. Shoring: a. Shore,sheet pile,slope,or brace excavations as required to prevent them from collapsing. b. Remove shoring as backfilling progresses but only when banks are stable and safe from caving or collapse. 12. Drainage: a. Control grading around structures so that ground is pitched to prevent water from running into excavated areas or damaging structures. b. Maintain excavations where foundations,floor slabs,equipment support pads or fill material are to be placed free of water. c. Provide pumping required to keep excavated spaces clear of water during construction. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 02200-9 d. Should any water be encountered in the excavation,notify Engineer and Soils Engineer. e. Provide free discharge of water by trenches,pumps,wells,well points,or other means as necessary and drain to point of disposal that will not damage existing or new construction or interfere with construction operations. 13. Frost protection: a. Do not place foundations,slabs-on-grade,equipment support pads,or fill material on frozen ground. b. When freezing temperatures may be expected,do not excavate to full depth indicated, unless foundations,floor slabs,equipment support pads,or fill material can be placed immediately after excavation has been completed and approved. c. Protect excavation from frost if placing of concrete or fill is delayed. d. Where a concrete slab is a base slab-on-grade located under and within a structure that will not be heated,protect subgrade under the slab from becoming frozen until final acceptance of the Project by the Owner. e. Protect subgrade under foundations of a structure from becoming frozen until structure is completed and heated to a temperature of at least 50 DegF. C. Fill and Backfill Inside of Structure and Below Foundations,Base Slabs,Floor Slabs,Equipment Support Pads and Piping: 1. General: a. Subgrade to receive fill or backfill shall be free of undesirable material as determined by Soils Engineer and scarified to a depth of 6 IN and compacted to density specified herein. b. Surface may be stepped by at not more than 12 IN per step or may be sloped at not more than 2 percent. c. Do not place any fill or backfill material until subgrade under fill or backfill has been inspected and approved by Soils Engineer as being free of undesirable material and compacted to specified density. 2. Obtain approval of fill and backfill material and source from Soils Engineer prior to placing the material. 3. Granular fill under floor slabs-on-grade: Place all floor slabs-on-grade on a minimum of 6 IN of granular fill unless otherwise indicated. 4. Fill and backfill placement: a. Prior to placing fill and backfill material,optimum moisture and maximum density properties for proposed material shall be obtained from Soils Engineer. b. Place fill and backfill material in thin lifts as necessary to obtain required compaction density. c. Compact material by means of equipment of sufficient size and proper type to obtain specified density. d. Use hand operated equipment for filling and backfilling next to walls. e. Do not place fill and backfill when the temperature is less than 40 DegF and when subgrade to receive fill and backfill material is frozen,wet,loose,or soft. f. Use vibratory equipment to compact granular material;do not use water. 5. Where fill material is required below foundations,place fill material,conforming to the required density and moisture content,outside the exterior limits of foundations located around perimeter of structure the following horizontal distance whichever is greater: a. As required to provide fill material to indicated finished grade. b. 5 FT. c. Distance equal to depth of compacted fill below bottom of foundations. d. As directed by Soils Engineer. D. Filling and Backfilling Outside of Structures. 1. This paragraph of this Specification applies to fill and backfill placed outside of structures above bottom level of both foundations and piping but not under paving. 2. Provide material as approved by Soils Engineer for filling and backfilling outside of structures. 3. Fill and backfill placement: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 02200-10 a. Prior to placing fill and backfill material,obtain optimum moisture and maximum density properties for proposed material from Soils Engineer. b. Place fill and backfill material in thin lifts as necessary to obtain required compaction density. c. Compact material with equipment of proper type and size to obtain density specified. d. Use only hand operated equipment for filling and backfilling next to walls and retaining walls. e. Do not place fill or backfill material when temperature is less than 40 DegF and when subgrade to receive material is frozen,wet,loose,or soft. f. Use vibratory equipment for compacting granular material; do not use water. 4. Backfilling against walls: a. Do not backfill around any part of structures until each part has reached specified 28- day compressive strength and backfill material has been approved. b. Do not start backfilling until concrete forms have been removed,trash removed from excavations,pointing of masonry work,concrete finishing,dampproofmg and waterproofing have been completed. c. Do not place fills against walls until floor slabs at top,bottom,and at intermediate levels of walls are in place and have reached 28-day required compressive strength to prevent wall movement. d. Bring backfill and fill up uniformly around the structures and individual walls,piers,or columns. E. Backfilling Outside of Structures Under Piping or Paving: 1. When backfilling outside of structures requires placing backfill material under piping or paving,the material shall be placed from bottom of excavation to underside of piping or paving at the density required for fill under piping or paving as indicated in this Section. 2. This compacted material shall extend transversely to the centerline of piping or paving a horizontal distance each side of the exterior edges of piping or paving equal to the depth of backfill measured from bottom of excavation to underside of piping or paving. 3. Provide special compacted bedding or compacted subgrade material under piping or paving as required by other sections of these Specifications. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and lab Building 9/24/2009 02200-11 SUBSTRUCTURE DRAIN SYSTEM DRAWING 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 02200-12 ! a c� s ........1 W o : i l it TM Jv t eA ZRi Ol No Cav an 'AM 1 _ f4rTY l2Y 1 1 d ' cav - TOP uvA r- a: CXMFMG omixm TO A WIITY Otmm Rasa TIMt��cq '� 1 ' Qyr- i F SECTION 02260 TOPSOILING AND FINISHED GRADING PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Topsoiling and finished grading. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 02110-Site Clearing. 4. Section 02200-Earthwork. 5. Section 02270-Soil Erosion and Sediment Control. 6. Section 02930-Seeding,Sodding and Landscaping. C. Location of Work:All areas within limits of grading and all areas outside limits of grading which are disturbed in the course of the work. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Project Data: Test reports for furnished topsoil. 1.3 SITE CONDITIONS A. Verify amount of topsoil stockpiled and determine amount of additional topsoil, if necessary to complete work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. On-Site Topsoil: 1. Original surface soil typical of the area. 2. Existing topsoil stripped and stockpiled under Section 02110, 3. Capable of supporting native plant growth. B. Imported Topsoil: 1. Sandy Loam,from source approved by Engineer meeting,or improved to meet by adding and mechanically mixing sand,and/or peat or manure: Component Maximum Percentage Sand 65% Silt 50% Clay 25% 2. Friable and free of subsoils and objects over 2 IN diameter including clods,gravel,inert material,weeds and roots. 2.2 TOLERANCES A. Finish Grading Tolerance:0.1 FT plus/minus from required elevations. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 02260-t PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Correct,adjust and/or repair rough graded areas. 1. Cut off mounds and ridges. 2. Fill gullies and depressions. 3. Perform other necessary repairs. 4. Bring all sub-grades to specified contours,even and properly compacted. B. Loosen surface to depth of 2 IN,minimum. C. Remove all stones and debris over 3/4 IN in any dimension. 3.2 ROUGH GRADE REVIEW A. Reviewed by Engineer in Section 02110,Site Clearing. 3.3 PLACING TOPSOIL A. Do not place when subgrade is wet or frozen enough to cause clodding. B. Spread to minimum compacted depth of 6 IN for all disturbed earth areas. C. If topsoil stockpiled is less than amount required for work,finish additional topsoil at no cost to Owner. D. Provide finished surface free of stones,sticks,or other material 1 IN or more in any dimension. E. Provide finished surface smooth and true to required grades. F. Restore stockpile area to condition of rest of finished work. 3.4 ACCEPTANCE A. Upon completion of topsoiling,obtain Engineer's acceptance of grade and surface. B. Make test holes where directed to verify proper placement and thickness of topsoil. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 02260-2 SECTION 02270 SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMET CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Soil erosion and sediment control. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 01560—Environmental Protection and Special Controls 4. Section 02930—Seeding, Sodding and Landscaping. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. Erosion control standards: "Standards and Specifications for Soil Erosion and Sediment Control in Developing Areas"by the U.S.Department of Agriculture,Soil Conservation Service,College Park,Maryland. 1.3 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL PERMITS 1. Conduct all work in Waters of the U.S.(i.e.,wetlands and waterways)and in the FEMA Floodplain in compliance with the terms and provisions of the following Owner-provided permits: a. The Montana Department of Environmental Quality(MDEQ)SPA 124—Montana Stream Protection Permit. b. Federal 404—Federal Clean Water Act Permit. c. City of Bozeman Floodplain Permit. 2. Obtain,pay for,and conduct all work in compliance with following Montana Department of Environmental Quality(MDEQ)permits,as necessary: a. Storm Water Discharge Permit. b. Short Term Water Quality Standard for Turbidity Related to Construction Activity(318)Permit and/or Montana Pollution Discharge Elimination System Permit(Short Form C)for any construction dewatering discharge to an existing storm sewer system or into a stream,drainage,creek,or any State Waters. 3. Comply,at a minimum,with the requirements and measures specified in Parts 2 and 3 of this Section in addition to any MDEQ Storm Water Permit and associated Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. MDEQ Storm Water Discharge Permit(NOI,SWPPP,&NOT),MPDES Dewatering Permit (Short Form C)and/or MDEQ 318 Permit(Short Term Water Quality Turbidity); or written confirmation from MDEQ stating that said permit(s)is/are not required. B. Erosion Control Plan PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Straw bales,twine tied. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 02270-1 B. Silt fence and metal fence posts C. Pipe Riser and Barrel: 16 GA corrugated metal pipe(CMP)of size indicated. D. Stone for Stone Filter:2 IN graded gravel or crushed stone. E. Grass Seed: Annual ryegrass. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Prior to General Stripping Topsoil and Excavating: 1. Install perimeter dikes and swales. 2. Excavate and shape sediment basins and traps. 3. Construct pipe spillways and install stone filter where required. 4. Machine compact all berms,dikes and embankments for basins and traps. 5. Install straw bales and/or Silt Fence where indicated or as needed to intercept site runoff a. Provide two stakes per bale. b. First stake angled toward previously installed bale to keep ends tight against each other. B. Construct sediment traps where indicated on Drawings or as needed during rough grading. C. Temporarily seed basin slopes and topsoil stockpiles: 1. Rate: 1/2 LB/1000 SF. 2. Reseed as required until good stand of grass is achieved. 3.2 DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD A. Do not impair operation of existing systems. B. Maintain original site drainage wherever possible C. Maintain areas covered by the Contract and affected public properties free from accumulations of waste,debris,and rubbish caused by construction operations. Remove excavated materials from the site,or stockpile where shown or directed by Owner or Engineer. D. Prevent construction material,pavement,concrete,earth,sediment,volatile and corrosive wastes,and other debris and objectionable pollutants from entering sewers,pump stations,and other structures;or streams,flowing or drywater courses,and runoff from the project site. E. Maintain Basins,Dikes,Traps,Stone Filters,Straw Bales,Silt Fencing,Etc.: 1. Inspect regularly especially after rainstorms. 2. Repair or replace damaged or missing items. F. After rough grading,sow temporary grass cover over all exposed earth areas not draining into sediment basin or trap. G. Construct inlets as soon as possible: 1. Excavate and tightly secure straw bales completely around inlets as detailed on Drawings. H. Provide necessary swales and dikes to direct all water towards and into sediment basins and traps. I. Do not disturb existing vegetation(grass and trees). J. Excavate sediment out of basins and traps when capacity has been reduced by 50 percent: 1. Remove sediment from behind bales to prevent overtopping. K. Topsoil and Fine Grade Slopes and Swales,Etc.: 1. Seed and mulch as soon as areas become ready. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 02270-2 3.3 NEAR COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION A. Grade to finished or existing grades. B. Fine grade all remaining earth areas,then seed and mulch and sod as required. C. Following adequate restoration eliminate temporary control measures including basins,dikes, traps,straw bales,silt fencing,etc.; and remove all diversions,culverts,bridges and all other temporary work. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/2V2009 02270-3 SECTION 02930 SEEDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Seeding: a. Soil preparation,installation and planting. b. Native grass seeding. c. Preparation of a maintenance plan for Owner. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 02260-Topsoiling and Finished Grading. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American Nursery and Landscape Association/American National Standards Institute (ANLA/ANSI): a. Z60.1,American Standard for Nursery Stock. 2. AOAC International(AOAC). B. Qualifications: 1. Qualified Landscape Firm currently licensed and bonded in the state in which the work is to be performed,for a minimum of five(5)years: a. Work shall be performed by skilled persons with a minimum of two(2)years experience. 2. Submit names of three(3)projects completed in the last two(2)years. a. Include the following: 1) Name of project. 2) Location. 3) Owner. 4) Brief description of work and project manager's name. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. c. Signed copies of vendor`s statement for seed mixture required,stating botanical and common name,place of origin,strain,percentage of purity,percentage of germination, and amount of Pure Live Seed(PLS)per bag. d. Type of herbicide to be used during fast growing season to contain annual weeds and application rate. e. Source and location of sod,plants,and plant material,per Paragraphs 3.3A. 3. Certification that each container of seed delivered will be labeled in accordance with Federal and State Seed Laws and equals or exceeds Specification requirements. B. Miscellaneous Submittals: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 02930-1 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Copies of invoices for fertilizer used on Project showing grade famished,along with certification of quality and warranty. 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Furnish seed in sealed standard containers labeled with producer's name and seed analysis. 1. Remove from the site seed which has become wet,moldy,or otherwise damaged in transit. B. Furnish fertilizer uniform in composition,free flowing and suitable for application with approved equipment,delivered to site in bags or other containers,each fully labeled and bearing the name,and warranty of the producer. 1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Installation Schedule: 1. Show schedule of when grass areas are anticipated to be planted. B. Pre-installation Meeting: 1. Meet with Engineer or Landscape Architect and other parties as necessary to discuss schedule and methods,unless otherwise indicated by Engineer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Native Grass Seeding Mix: 1. Certified seed of locally adapted strains.,labeled in accordance with USDA.Rules and Regulations under the Federal Seed Act in effect on date of seed purchase. Seed which has become wet,moldy or otherwise damaged in transit or in storage will not be acceptable. Seed shall contain not less than eighty-five percent pure live seed and not more than 0.5 percent weed seed. 2. Tested within twelve months prior to the planting date by a State Seed Lab,Commercial Seed Testing Lab,or a registered member of the Society of Commercial Seed Analysts (Registered Seed technologist). Furnish the Engineer or Landscape Architect a certified test report prior to the start of seed operations. Seed not planted within the 12-month period shall be retested for dormant seed,hard seed and germination and a new certified test report furnished to the Engineer.Testing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 3. Labeling:Before seeding begins,the Engineer or Landscape Architect shall verify that each bag of seed delivered to the project bears a tag which shows the following information: a. Name and address of supplier. b. County and project number for which seed is to be used. c. Supplier's lot number for each kind of seed. d. Origin(where grown)for each kind of seed. e. Purity and germination for each kind of seed. f. Pounds of bulk seed of each kind of seed in bag. g. Pounds of pure live seed(PLS)in each bag. IL Dormant Seed and Hard Seed. 4. Native Grass Seed Mix:Field grass seed mixture shall be a dense nesting cover(DNC)mix of field grasses. Mixture in percent of PLS per pound: a. Slender Wheatgrass 20 percent. b. Western Wheatgrass:40 percent. c. Thickspike Wheatgrass 10 percent. d. Sheep Fescue 10 percent. e. Sherman Big Bluegrass percent. f. Mountain Brome 10 percent. B. Fertilizer: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 02930-2 1. Provide 17-17-17 dry standard commercial product conforming to Montana Fertilizer Law. Each brand and grade must be registered with the State Department of Agriculture. Each bag shall clearly show the net weight of contents,name and address of manufacturer,the brand,grade,and the guaranteed analysis of the contents showing the minimum percentages of total nitrogen available,phosphoric acid and water soluble potash,in that order. C. Mulch: 1. For seeded areas on slopes greater than 4:1: a. Clean,seed-free,threshed straw of oats,wheat,barley,rye,beans,peanuts,or other locally available mulch material which does not contain an excessive quantity of matured seeds of noxious weeds or other species that will grow or be detrimental to seeding,or provide a menace to surrounding land. b. Do not use material which is fresh or excessively brittle,or which is decomposed and will smother or retard growth of grass. 2. Native grass seeded areas: Weed-free hay,excluding brome or bluegrass hay,used on slopes 4:1 or greater. D. Herbicide: 1. Native grass areas: a. 2,4-D or Atrazine, 1/2 to 1 LB active ingredient per acre. E. Water: 1. Water free from substances harmful to grass or sod growth. 2. Provide water from source approved prior to use. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 SOIL PREPARATION A. General: 1. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted soon after. 2. Provide facilities to protect and safeguard all persons on or about premises. 3. Protect existing trees designated to remain. 4. Verify location and existence of all underground utilities: a. Take necessary precaution to protect existing utilities from damage due to construction activity. b. Repair all damages to utility items at sole expense. B. Preparation for Seeding: 1. Loosen surface to minimum depth of 4 IN. 2. Remove stones over 3/4 IN in any dimension and sticks,roots,rubbish,and other extraneous matter. 3. Prior to applying fertilizer,loosen areas to be seeded with a double disc or other suitable device if the soil has become hard or compacted. 4. Correct any surface irregularities in order to prevent pocket or low areas which will allow water to stand. 5. Remove stones or other substances from surface which will interfere with turf development or subsequent mowing operations. 6. Grade lawn areas to a smooth,even surface with a loose,uniformly fine texture: a. Roll and rake,remove ridges and fill depressions,as required to meet finish grades. b. Limit fine grading to areas which can be planted soon after preparation. 7. Restore lawn areas to specified condition if eroded or otherwise disturbed after fine grading and before planting. 8. Distribute fertilizer uniformly over seeded areas at a rate of 4 LB per 1000 SF. 9. Restore areas to specified condition if eroded or otherwise disturbed between fine grading and planting. C. Native Grass Seeding: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9l24/2009 02930-3 1. Seeding: a. Prepare area as per Section B. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Native Grass Seeding: 1. Plant Native Grass Seed Mix on all areas disturbed by construction that does not have a grass lawn and other areas identified on the plans for native grass seeding. 2. Do not use seed which is wet,moldy,or otherwise damaged. 3. Perform seeding work during times of the year when temperature and soil moisture are conducive to growth,generally in the spring when frost leaves the ground to May 31n and from September I'through October.,unless otherwise approved by Engineer or Landscape Architect. 4. Employ satisfactory methods of sowing using mechanical power-driven drills or seeders,or other equipment approved by the Owner,Landscape Architect or Engineer. Areas too steep for mechanical seeding shall be hydroseeded. 5. Distribute seed evenly over entire area at rate of application not less than 2 LBS(PLS)of seed per 1000 SF, 50 percent sown in one direction,remainder at right angles to first sowing. 6. Stop work when work extends beyond most favorable planting season for species designated,or when satisfactory results cannot be obtained because of drought,high winds excessive moisture,or other factors. a. Resume work only when favorable conditions develop. 7. Lightly rake seed into soil followed by light rolling or cultipacking. 8. Immediately protect seeded areas against erosion by mulching: a. Spread mulch in continuous blanket using 1-1/2 tons per acre to a depth of 4 or 5 straws. b. Protect new seeded or sodded areas from traffic by erecting a temporary fence of posts 4 FT high spaced 10 FT on center and strung with a single strand of No. 12 gauge wire marked with cloth strips at 3 foot intervals between posts,. 9. If hydroseeding is used,machinery must be approved,modern,properly equipped and operated by an experienced operator: a. Seed and fertilize at the rate specified. b. Use appropriate shields to protect adjacent site improvements. 3.3 MAINTENANCE AND REPLACEMENT A. General: 1. Provide any required maintenance for weed control in seeded areas during the warranty period. 2. No supplemental watering of seeded areas is required. 3. Begin maintenance of planted areas immediately after each portion is planted and continue until final acceptance or for a specific time period as stated below,whichever is the longer. 4. Protection of new materials: a. Provide barricades,coverings or other types of protection necessary to prevent damage to existing improvements indicated to remain. b. Repair and pay for all damaged items. 5. Replace unacceptable materials with materials and methods identical to the original specifications unless otherwise approved by the Engineer or Landscape Architect. B. Native Grass Seeding: 1. Maintain all seeded areas for 90 days after planting is complete. 2. Do not allow weeds to exceed a height of 8 IN. 3. Regrade and replant eroded or bare areas evident at end of 2-year period. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 02930-4 DIVISION 3 CONCRETE SECTION 03108 FORMWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Formwork requirements for concrete construction. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 03311 -Concrete Mixing,Placing,Jointing,and Curing. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American Concrete Institute(ACI): a. 116R,Cement and Concrete Terminology. b. 347R,Guide to Formwork for Concrete. 2. Building code: a. International Code Council(ICC): 1) International Building Code and associated standards,2006 Edition including all amendments,referred to herein as Building Code. B. Qualifications: 1. Formwork,shoring and reshoring to be designed by a professional structural engineer currently registered in the state where the Project is located and having a minimum of three(3)years'experience in this type of design work: a. Above qualifications apply to slabs and beams not cast on the ground,wall and column pours over 15 FT high. C. Miscellaneous: 1. Design and engineering of formwork,shoring and reshoring as well as its construction is the responsibility of the Contractor. 2. Design requirements: a. Design formwork for loads,lateral pressures and allowable stresses outlined in ACI 347R and for design considerations,wind loads,allowable stresses and other applicable requirements of the controlling local Building Code: 1) Where conflicts occur between the above two(2)standards,the more stringent requirements shall govern. b. Design formwork to limit maximum deflection of form facing materials reflected in concrete surfaces exposed to view to 1/240 of span between structural members. 3. For slabs and beams not cast on the ground,develop a procedure and schedule for removal of shores and for calculating the loads transferred to the structure during this process: a. Perform structural calculations as required to prove that all portions of the structure in combination with remaining forming and shoring system has sufficient strength to safely support its own weight plus the loads placed thereon. b. When developing procedure,schedule and structural calculations,consider the following at each stage of construction: 1) The structural system that exists. 2) Effects of all loads during construction. 3) Strength of concrete. 4) The influence of deformations of the structure and shoring system on the distribution of dead loads and construction loads. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03108-1 5) The strength and spacing of shores or shoring systems used,as well as the method of shoring,bracing,shore removal,and reshoring including the minimum time intervals between the various operations. 6) Any other loading or condition that affects the safety or serviceability of the structure during construction. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Words and terms used in these Specifications are defined in ACI 116R. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for the requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. c. Manufacturer and type of proposed form materials. d. Manufacturer and type of proposed form ties. e. Manufacturer and type of proposed form coating material. f. Manufacturer and type of void forms including compressive strength. 3. If requested,submit structural analysis and concrete strength data used in planning and implementing form removal and shoring. B. Samples: 1. A 12 IN SQ sample of each of the following form finishes: PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Void forms: a. SureVoid Products,Inc. b. Deslauriers,Inc. 2. Stay-in-place forms: a. Alabama Metal Industries Corporation. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Forms for Surfaces Exposed to View: 1. Wood forms: a. New 5/8 or 3/4 IN 5-ply structural plywood of concrete form grade. b. Built-in-place or prefabricated type panel. c. 4 x 8 FT sheets for built-in-place type except where smaller pieces will cover entire area. d. When approved,plywood may be reused. 2. Metal forms: a. Metal forms excluding aluminum may be used. b. Forms to be tight to prevent leakage,free of rust and straight without dents to provide members of uniform thickness. B. Forms for Surfaces Not Exposed to View: 1. Wood or metal sufficiently tight to prevent leakage. 2. Do not use aluminum forms. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03108-2 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Form Ties: 1. Commercially fabricated for use in form construction: a. Do not use wire ties. 2. Constructed so that ends or end fasteners can be removed without causing spalling at surfaces of the concrete. 3. 3/4 IN minimum to 1 IN maximum diameter cones on both ends. 4. Embedded portion of ties to be not less than 1-1/2 IN from face of concrete after ends have been removed. 5. Provide ties with built-in waterstops in all walls that will be in contact with process liquid during plant operation. 6. Through-wall ties that are designed to be entirely removed are not allowed in all walls that will be in contact with process liquid during plant operation. B. Void Forms: 1. Continuous void forms. 2. Specially designed and manufactured for the purpose of creating a void area directly under concrete members which will allow a space for soil vertical upward movement. 3. Able to support the weight of concrete and construction loads to be placed thereon with no decrease in required void form depth. 4. Constructed from double faced corrugated cardboard or fiberboard which is wax impregnated and laminated with moisture-resistant adhesive. 5. Capable of resisting moisture with no loss of load carrying strength or change in depth or configuration. C. Stay-In-Place Forms: 1. Ribbed expanded metal leave-in-place concrete forms commercially fabricated to provide an intentionally rougher surface. 2. Hot-dipped galvanized. 3. Similar to"Stay-Form"by Alabama Metal Industries Corporation. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Form Surface Treatment: 1. Before placing of either reinforcing steel or concrete,cover surfaces of forms with an approved coating material that will effectively prevent absorption of moisture and prevent bond with concrete,will not stain concrete or prevent bonding of future finishes: a. A field applied form release agent or sealer of approved type or a factory applied nonabsorptive liner may be used. 2. Do not allow excess form coating material to stand in puddles in forms nor in contact with hardened concrete against which fresh concrete is to be placed. B. Provide temporary openings at base of column and wall forms and at other points where necessary to facilitate cleaning and observation immediately before concrete is placed,and to limit height of free fall of concrete to prevent aggregate segregation: 1. Temporary openings to limit height of free fall of concrete shall be spaced no more than 8 FT apart. C. Clean surfaces of forms,reinforcing steel and other embedded materials of any accumulated mortar or grout from previous concreting and of all other foreign material before concrete is placed. 3.2 ERECTION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03108-3 B. Tolerances: 1. Variation from plumb: a. In lines and surfaces of columns,piers,walls,and in risers: 1) Maximum in any 10 FT of height: 1/4 IN. 2) Maximum for entire height: 1/2 IN. b. For exposed comer columns,control joint grooves,and other exposed to view lines: 1) Maximum in any 20 FT length: 1/4 IN. 2) Maximum for entire length: 1/2 IN. 2. Variation from level or from grades specified: a. In slab soffits,ceilings,beam soffits and in arises,measured before removal of supporting shores. 1) Maximum in any 10 FT of length: 1/4 IN. 2) Maximum in any bay or in any 20 FT length: 3/8 IN. 3) Maximum for entire length: 3/4 IN. b. In exposed lintels,sills,parapets,horizontal grooves,and other exposed to view lines: 1) Maximum in any bay or in 20 FT length: 1/4 IN. 2) Maximum for entire length: 1/2 IN. 3. Variation of linear structure lines from established position in plan and related position of columns,walls,and partitions: a. Maximum in any bay: 1/2 IN. b. Maximum in any 20 FT of length: 1/2 IN. c. Maximum for entire length: 1 IN. 4. Variation in sizes and location of sleeves,floor openings,and wall openings: Maximum of +1/2 IN. 5. Variation in horizontal plan location of beam,column and wall centerlines from required location: Maximum of+1/2 IN. 6. Variation in cross sectional dimensions of columns and beams and in thickness of slabs and walls: Maximum of-1/4 IN,+1/2 IN. 7. Footings and foundations: a. Variations in concrete dimensions in plan:-1/2 IN,+2 IN. b. Misplacement or eccentricity: 1) 2 percent of footing width in direction of misplacement but not more than 2 IN. c. Thickness: 1) Decrease in specified thickness: 5 percent. 2) Increase in specified thickness: No limit except that which may interfere with other construction. 8. Variation in steps: a. In a flight of stairs: 1) Rise: +1/8IN. 2) Tread: +1/4IN. b. In consecutive steps: 1) Rise: +1/16IN. 2) Tread: +1/8IN. 9. Establish and maintain in an undisturbed condition and until final completion and acceptance of Project,sufficient control points and bench marks to be used for reference purposes to check tolerances. 10. Regardless of tolerances listed allow no portion of structure to extend beyond legal boundary of Project. 11. To maintain specified tolerances,camber formwork to compensate for anticipated deflections in formwork prior to hardening of concrete. C. Make forms sufficiently tight to prevent loss of mortar from concrete. D. Place 3/4 IN chamfer strips in exposed to view corners of forms to produce 3/4 IN wide beveled edges. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03108-4 E. At construction joints,overlap contact surface of form sheathing for flush surfaces exposed to view over hardened concrete in previous placement by at least 1 IN: 1. Hold forms against hardened concrete to prevent offsets or loss of mortar at construction joint and to maintain a true surface. 2. Where possible,locate juncture of built-in-place wood or metal forms at architectural lines, control joints or at construction joints. F. Where circular walls are to be formed and forms made up of straight sections are proposed for use,provide straight lengths not exceeding 2 FT wide: 1. Brace and tie formwork to maintain correct position and shape of members. G. Construct wood forms for wall openings to facilitate loosening,if necessary,to counteract swelling. H. Anchor formwork to shores or other supporting surfaces or members so that movement of any part of formwork system is prevented during concrete placement. I. Provide runways for moving equipment with struts or legs,supported directly on formwork or structural member without resting on reinforcing steel. J. Provide positive means of adjustment(wedges or jacks)of shores and struts and take up all settlement during concrete placing operation: 1. SecureIy brace forms against lateral deflection. 2. Fasten wedges used for final adjustment of forms prior to concrete placement in position after final check. K. After void forms are in place and before concrete is placed thereon,cover joints between abutting form sections and cover ends of forms to prevent intrusion of soil,concrete or any other materials: 1. Install void forms in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. L. Stay-In-Place Forms: 1. Support stay-in-place forms as required to maintain the formwork in proper position. 2. Hold the edge of stay-in-place forms back a minimum of 2 IN from all smooth formed concrete surfaces. 3. Stay-in-place forms may be used at the Contractor's option at: a. Surfaces that will be backfilled with soil: 1) Maintain a minimum of 3 IN of concrete cover over all reinforcing. b. Roughened construction joints. c. Other locations approved by Engineer. 3.3 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. No construction loads shall be supported on,nor any shoring removed from,any part of the structure under construction except when that portion of the structure in combination with remaining forming and shoring system has sufficient strength to safely support its weight and loads places thereon. B. When required for concrete curing in hot weather,required for repair of surface defects or when finishing is required at an early age,remove forms as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal operations or lack of support. C. Remove top forms on sloping surfaces of concrete as soon as concrete has attained sufficient stiffness to prevent sagging: 1. Perform any needed repairs or treatment required on such sloping surfaces at once,followed by curing specified in Section 0331I. D. Loosen wood forms for wall openings as soon as this can be accomplished without damage to concrete. E. Formwork for columns,walls,sides of beams,and other parts not supporting weight of concrete may be removed as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03108-5 F. Where no reshoring is planned,leave forms and shoring used to support weight of concrete in place until concrete has attained its specified 28 day compressive strength: 1. Where a reshoring procedure is planned,supporting formwork may be removed when concrete has reached the concrete strength required by the formwork designer's structural calculations. G. When shores and other vertical supports are so arranged that non-load-carrying form facing material may be removed without loosening or disturbing shores and supports,facing material may be removed when concrete has sufficiently hardened to resist damage from removal. 3.4 RESHORING A. No construction loads shall be supported on,nor any shoring removed from, any part of the structure under construction except when that portion of the structure in combination with remaining forming and shoring system has sufficient strength to safely support its weight and loads placed thereon. B. While reshoring is underway,no superimposed dead or live loads shall be permitted on the new construction. C. During reshoring do not subject concrete in structural members to combined dead and construction loads in excess of loads that structural members can adequately support. D. Place reshores as soon as practicable after stripping operations are complete but in no case later than end of working day on which stripping occurs. E. Tighten reshores to carry their required loads without overstressing. F. Shoring,reshoring and supporting formwork may be removed when concrete has reached the concrete strength required by the formwork designer's structural calculations. G. For floors supporting shores under newly placed concrete leave original supporting shores in place or reshore: 1. Reshoring system shall have a capacity sufficient to resist anticipated loads. 2. Locate reshores directly under a shore position above. H. In multi-story buildings,extend reshoring over a sufficient number of stories to distribute weight of newly placed concrete,forms,and construction live loads in such a manner that design superimposed loads of floors supporting shores are not exceeded. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03108-6 SECTION 03208 REINFORCEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Reinforcing bar requirements for concrete construction. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American Concrete Institute(ACl): a. SP-66,ACI Detailing Manual. b. 318,Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 2. ASTM International(ASTM): a. A185,Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement,Plain,for Concrete. b. A497, Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement,Deformed,for Concrete. c. A615,Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. d. A706,Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. American Welding Society(AWS): a. D1.4,Structural Welding Code-Reinforcing Steel. 4. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute(CRSI): a. Manual of Standard Practice. B. Qualifications: 1. Welding operators,processes and procedures to be qualified in accordance with AWS DI A. 2. Welding operators to have been qualified during the previous 12 months prior to commencement of welding. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: I. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer`s installation instructions. c. Mill certificates for all reinforcing. d. Manufacture and type of proprietary rebar mechanical splices. e. Manufacturer and type of rebar adhesive anchor including installation instructions. 3. Qualifications of welding operators,welding processes and procedures. 4. Rebar number,sizes,spacing,dimensions,configurations,locations,mark numbers,lap splice lengths and locations,concrete cover and rebar supports. 5. Sufficient rebar details to permit installation of reinforcing. 6. Rebar details in accordance with ACI SP-66. 7. Locations where proprietary rebar mechanical splices are required or proposed for use. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03208-I 8. Shop Drawings shall be in sufficient detail to permit installation of reinforcing without reference to Contract Drawings: a. Shop Drawings shall not be prepared by reproducing the plans and details indicated on the Contract Drawings but shall consist of completely redrawn plans and details as necessary to indicate complete fabrication and installation of all reinforcing steel. 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Support and store all reinforcing above ground. B. Ship to jobsite with attached plastic or metal tags with permanent mark numbers which match the Shop Drawing mark numbers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURES A. Subject to compliance with Contract Documents,the following Manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Rebar adhesive anchors: a. HIT-HY150 System by HILTI FASTENING SYSTEMS,INC. b. Epcon Adhesive Anchoring System by ITW Ramset/Red Head. c. Power-Fast by Powers Fastening,Inc. 2. Rebar mechanical splices: a. Lenton Rebar Splicing by Erico,Inc. b. Richmond dowel bar splicer system by Richmond Screw and Anchor Co.,Inc. c. Bar-Grip Systems by Barsplice Products,Inc. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615,grade 60,deformed. B. Reinforcing Bars to be Welded: ASTM A706,grade 60,deformed. C. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185 or ASTM A497. D. Smooth Dowel Bars: ASTM A615,grade 60 with metal end cap to allow longitudinal movement equal to joint width plus 1 IN. E. Proprietary Rebar Mechanical Splices: To develop in tension and compression a minimum of 125 percent of the yield strength of the rebars being spliced. F. Welding Electrodes: 1. E90 meeting requirements of AWS D I A. G. Rebar Adhesive Anchors: 1. Manufactured for the specific purpose of embedding and developing 125 percent of the yield strength of rebars in hardened concrete. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Metal Chairs,Runners,Bolsters,Spacers,Hangers,and Other Rebar Supports: 1. Plastic-coated tips in contact with forms. 2. Plastic coating meeting requirements of CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. B. Protective plastic caps at mechanical splices. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Tolerances: 1. Sheared lengths:+I IN. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03208-2 2. Overall dimensions of stirrups, ties and spirals:+1/2 IN. 3. All other bends:+0 IN,-1/2 IN. B. Minimum diameter of bends measured on the inside of the rebar to be as indicated in ACI 318 Paragraph 7.2. C. Ship rebars to jobsite with attached plastic or metal tags. 1. Place on each tag the mark number of the rebar corresponding to the mark number indicated on the Shop Drawing. 2. Mark numbers on tags to be so placed that the numbers cannot be removed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Tolerances: 1. Rebar placement: a. Clear distance to formed surfaces:+1/4 IN. b. Minimum spacing between bars:-1/4 IN. c. Top bars in slabs and beams: 1) Members 8 IN deep or less:+1/4 IN. 2) Members between 8 IN and 2 FT deep:-1/4 IN,+1/2 IN. 3) Members more than 2 FT deep: -1/4 IN,+1 IN. d. Crosswise of members: Spaced evenly within+1 IN. e. Lengthwise of members:+2 IN. 2. Minimum clear distances between rebars: a. Beams,walls and slabs: Distance equal to rebar diameter or 1 IN,whichever is greater. b. Columns: Distance equal to 1-1/2 times the rebar diameter or 1-1/2 IN,whichever is greater. c. Beam and slab rebars shall be threaded through the column vertical rebars without displacing the column vertical rebars and still maintaining the clear distances required for the beam and slab rebars. B. Minimum concrete protective covering for reinforcement: As shown on Drawings. C. Unless indicated otherwise on Drawings,provide splice lengths for reinforcing as follows: 1. For rebars: Class B splice meeting the requirements of Paragraph 12.15 of ACI 318. 2. For welded wire fabric: Splice lap length measured between outermost cross wires of each fabric sheet shall not be less than 1 spacing of cross wires plus 2 IN,nor less than 1.5 x development length nor less than 6 IN.Development length shall be as required for the yield strength of the welded wire fabric in accordance with Paragraph 12.8 of ACI 318. 3. Provide splices of reinforcing not specifically indicated or specified subject to approval of Engineer.Mechanical proprietary splice connectors may only be used when approved or indicated on the Contract Drawings. D. Welding: 1. Obtain approval by the Engineer prior to welding reinforcing. 2. Perform welding of rebars in accordance with requirements of AWS D 1.4. 3. Have each welder place an approved identifying mark near each completed weld. E. Placing Rebars: 1. Assure that reinforcement at time concrete is placed is free of mud,oil or other materials that may affect or reduce bond. 2. Reinforcement with rust,mill scale or a combination of both will be accepted as being satisfactory without cleaning or brushing provided dimensions and weights including heights of deformations on a cleaned sample is not less than required by applicable ASTM specification that governs for the rebar supplied. 3. Rebar support: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03208-3 a. Uncoated rebar: 1) Support rebars and fasten together to prevent displacement by construction loads or placing of concrete. 2) On ground,provide supporting concrete blocks or metal bar supports with bottom plate. a) Do not use concrete blocks to support slab-on-grade reinforcing. 3) Over formwork,provide plastic-coated metal chairs,runners,bolsters,spacers, hangers and other rebar support.Only tips in contact with the forms need to be plastic coated. 4. Support rebars over cardboard void forms by means of concrete supports which will not puncture or damage the void forms during construction nor impair the strength of the concrete members in any way. 5. Where parallel horizontal reinforcement in beams is indicated to be placed in two or more layers,rebars in the upper layers shall be placed directly above rebars in the bottom layer with clear distance between layers to be 1 IN.Place spacer rebars at 3 FT maximum centers to maintain the required 1 IN clear distance between layers. 6. Extend reinforcement to within 2 IN of concrete perimeter edges.If perimeter edge is formed by earth,extend reinforcement to within 3 IN of the edge. 7. To assure proper placement,furnish templates for all column vertical bars and dowels. 8. Do not bend reinforcement after embedding in hardened concrete unless approved by Engineer.Do not bend reinforcing by means of heat. 9. Do not tack weld reinforcing. 10. Embed rebars into hardened concrete utilizing adhesive anchor system specifically manufactured for such installation: a. Drill hole in concrete with diameter and depth as required to develop 125 percent of the yield strength of the bar according to manufacturer's requirements. b. Place adhesive in drilled hole. c. Insert rebar into hole and adhesive in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Reinforcement Congestion and Interferences: 1. Notify Engineer whenever the specified clearances between rebars cannot be met. 2. Do not place any concrete until the Engineer submits a solution to rebar congestion problem. 3. Rebars may be moved as necessary to avoid interference with other reinforcing steel, conduits,or embedded items. 4. If rebars are moved more than one bar diameter,obtain Engineer's approval of resulting arrangement of rebars. 5. No cutting of rebars shall be done without written approval of Engineer. B. Owner will employ a testing laboratory to perform and report following when required: 1. Review and approve Contractor proposed welding procedures and processes for conformance with AWS D1.4. 2. Qualify welders in accord with AWS D I A. 3. Test three samples of each bar size and each type of weld in accord with AWS D 1.4.The tensile strength of each test shall be not less than 125 percent of the required yield strength of the rebar tested. 4. Conduct nondestructive field tests(radiographic or magnetic particle)on not less than one random sample for each 10 welds.In addition if any welds are found defective,test five previous welds performed by same welder. 5. Visually inspect each weld for presence of cracks,undercuts,inadequate size and other visible defects. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03208-4 SECTION 03308 CONCRETE, MATERIALS AND PROPORTIONING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Concrete materials,strengths and proportioning for concrete work. 2. Grouting: a. Base plates for columns and equipment. b. Dowels and anchors into concrete. c. Patching cavities in concrete. d. As specified and indicated in the Contract Document. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 03350-Testing. 4. Section 03431 -Precast and Prestressed Concrete. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American Concrete Institute(ACI): a. 116R,Cement and Concrete Terminology. b. 211.1,Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal,Heavyweight,and Mass Concrete. c. 212.3R,Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. d. 318,Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. e. 350,Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures. 2. ASTM International(ASTM): a. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. b. C39, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. c. C94,Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. d. C 150,Standard Specification for Portland Cement. e. C 157,Standard Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic-Cement, Mortar,and Concrete. f. C192,Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory. g. C260,Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. h. C494,Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. i. C618,Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete. 3. Corps of Engineers(COE): a. CRD-C621,Standard Specification for Packaged,Dry,Hydraulic-Cement Grout (NonShrink). 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Words and terms used in these Specifications are defined in ACI 116R. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03308-1 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's instructions. c. Concrete mix designs as required by Section 03350. d. Manufacture and type of proposed admixtures. e. Manufacturer and type of proposed non-shrink grout and grout cure/seal compound. 3. Certifications: a. Certification of standard deviation value in psi for ready mix plant supplying the concrete. b. Certification that the fly ash meets the quality requirements stated in this Section,and fly ash supplier's certified test reports for each shipment of fly ash delivered to concrete supplier. c. Certification that the class of coarse aggregate meets the requirements of ASTM C33 for type and location of concrete construction. d. Certification of aggregate gradation. 4. Test reports: Cement mill reports for all cement to be supplied. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Storage of Materials: 1. Store cement and pozzolan in weathertight buildings,bins,or silos which will exclude moisture and contaminants. 2. Arrange aggregate stockpiles and use in a manner to avoid excessive segregation and to prevent contamination with other materials or with other sizes of like aggregates. 3. Allow natural sand to drain until it has reached a relatively uniform moisture content before use. 4. Store admixtures in such a manner as to avoid contamination,evaporation,or damage: a. For those used in form of suspensions or non-stable solutions,provide agitating equipment to assure thorough distribution of ingredients. b. Protect liquid admixtures from freezing and temperature changes which would adversely affect their characteristics and performance. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Non-shrink grout: a. BASF Admixtures,Inc. b. Euclid Chemical Company. c. U.S.Grout. d. Upco. e. Set Products,Inc. f. L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc. g. Sika Corporation 2. Epoxy grout: a. Ceilcote. b. Exxon Chemical Company. c. Sika Corporation. d. U.S.Grout. e. Euclid Chemical Company. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03308-2 2.2 MATERIALS A. Cement: 1. ASTM C150,Type Il. 2. Cement type used shall correspond to that upon which selection of concrete proportions was based in the mix design. B. Fly Ash: 1. ASTM C618,Class F or Class C. 2. Non-staining. 3. Suited to provide hardened concrete of uniform light gray color. 4. Maximum loss on ignition: 4 percent. 5. Compatible with other concrete ingredients and having no deleterious effects on the hardened concrete. 6. Produced by source approved by the Montana Department of Transportation for use in concrete for bridges. 7. Cement and fly ash type used shall correspond to that upon which selection of concrete proportions was based in the mix design. C. Admixtures: 1. Air entraining: ASTM C260. 2. Water reducing,retarding, and accelerating: Conform to ASTM C494,Types A through E, and provisions of ACI 212.3R. 3. High range water reducers(superplasticizers): Conform to ASTM C494,Types F or G. 4. Pozzolanic:ASTM C618. 5. Admixtures to be chloride free: a. Do not use calcium chloride. 6. Provide admixtures of same type,manufacturer and quantity as used in establishing required concrete proportions in the mix design. D. Water: 1. Potable. 2. Clean and free from deleterious substances. 3. Free of oils,acids and organic matter. E. Aggregates for Normal Weight Concrete: 1. ASTM C33. 2. Fine and coarse aggregates to be regarded as separate ingredients. 3. Fine aggregates to be natural,not manufactured. 4. Coarse aggregate sieve analysis: a. For lean concrete,concrete topping,and integral wearing course: ASTM C33,size number 7(maximum 1/2 N. b. For all other concrete: ASTM C33,size number 57(maximum 1 Ili. 5. Provide aggregates approved for bridge construction by the State Highway Department in the State where the Project is located. 6. Pozzolan or other additives shall not be used to compensate for alkali reactivity of aggregates. F. Maximum total chloride ion content for concrete mix including all ingredients measured as a weight percent of cement: 1. 0.06 for prestressed concrete. 2. 0.10 for all other concrete. G. Sand Cement Grout: 1. Approximately three(3)parts sand,one(1)part portland cement,6+1 percent entrained air and water to produce a slump which allows grout to completely fill required areas and surround adjacent reinforcing: a. Provide sand in accordance with requirements for fine aggregate for concrete. 2. Minimum 28 day compressive strength: 3000 psi. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03308-3 H. Non-shrink Grout: 1. Non-shrink,non-metallic,non-corrosive,and non-staining. 2. Premixed with only water to be added in accordance with manufacturer's instructions at j obsite. 3. Grout to produce a positive but controlled expansion. a. Mass expansion shall not be created by gas liberation or by other means. 4. Minimum 28 day compressive strength: 6500 psi. 5. BASF Admixtures,Inc. "Masterflow,713 Plus";Euclid Chemical"NS Grout"; Sauereisen Cements"F-100 Level Fill Grout";U.S.Grout"Five Star Grout"; Set Products,Inc. "Set Non-Shrink Grout";The Upco Corp"Upcon";L&M"Crystex";Sika Corporation"Sika Grout 212"; or equal. 6. In accordance with COE CRD-C621. I. Epoxy Grout: 1. Three-component epoxy resin system: a. Two(2)liquid epoxy components. b. One(1)inert aggregate filler component. 2. Adhesive: a. BASF"Masterflow 648 CP". b. Exxon Chemical Company"Escoweld 2505." c. Sika"Sikadur Hi-Mod." d. U.S.Grout"Five Start Epoxy Grout." e. Euclid Chemical"E3-G." f. Or equal. 3. Aggregate: a. BASF"Masterflow 648 CP". b. Exxon Chemical Company"Escoweld 2510." c. Sika aggregate. d. U.S.Grout aggregate. e. Euclid Chemical"Euclid aggregate." f. Or equal. 4. Aggregate manufacturer shall be the same as the adhesive manufacturer. 5. The aggregate shall be compatible with the adhesive. 6. Each component furnished in separate package for mixing at jobsite. 2.3 MIXES A. General: 1. Provide concrete capable of being placed without aggregate segregation and,when cured,of developing all properties specified. 2. Ready-mixed concrete shall conform to ASTM C94. 3. All concrete to be normal weight concrete,weighing approximately 145 to 150 LBS per cubic foot at 28 days after placement. B. Minimum 28 Day Compressive Strengths: 1. Flowable concrete fill 1,000 psi 2. Normal weight concrete fill 3000 psi 3. Normal weight concrete topping 4000 psi 4. Normal weight all other concrete 4000 psi 5. Normal weight precast concrete 5000 psi C. Air Entrainment: 1. Provide air entrainment in all concrete resulting in a total air content percent by volume as follows: a. 1-1/2 IN maximum aggregate size: 4-1/2 to 6-1/2 percent total air content. b. 1 IN maximum aggregate size: 5 to 7 percent total air content. c. 3/4 IN maximum aggregate size: 5 to 7 percent total air content. d. 1/2 IN maximum aggregate size: 5-1/2 to 8 percent total air content. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Cab Building 924/2009 03308-4 e. Interior slabs and mats with power trowel finish: Maximum 3 percent total air content. D. Slump: 1. 4 IN maximum, 1 IN minimum measured at point of discharge into the concrete construction member. 2. Concrete of lower than minimum slump may be used provided it can be properly placed and consolidated. 3. Provide additional water or water reducing admixture at ready mix plant for concrete that is to be pumped to allow for slump loss due to pumping: a. Provide only enough additional water so that slump of concrete at discharge end of pump hose does not exceed maximum slump specified and the maximum specified water-cement ration is not exceeded. E. Proportioning: 1. General: a. Proportion ingredients to produce a mixture which will work readily into comers and angles of forms and around reinforcement by methods of placement and consolidation employed without permitting materials to segregate or excessive free water to collect on surface. b. Proportion ingredients to produce proper placability,durability,strength and other required properties. 2. Normal weight concrete minimum cement contents and maximum water cement ratios: SPECIFIED MINIMUM CEMENT MINIMUM MAXIMUM WATER STRENGTH CONTENT CEMENT CEMENT RATIO BY (PSI) (SACKS/CY) (LBS/CY) WEIGHT 3000 517* 0.45 4000 6-1/2 611* 0.45 5000 7 658* 0.45 *If fly ash is proposed for use,the weight of fly ash plus weight of portland cement shall equal these values. 3. Fly ash: a. For cast-in-place concrete only,a maximum of 25 percent by weight of portland cement content per cubic yard may be replaced with fly ash at a rate of 1 LB fly ash for 1 LB cement. b. If fly ash is used,the water to fly ash plus cement ratio not to exceed the maximum water cement ratio specified in this Section. c. Concrete containing fly ash shall not be used in the construction of the precast concrete units specified in Section 03431. 4. Water reducing,retarding,and accelerating admixtures: a. Use in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. b. Do not use unless required by these specifications or approved for use by Engineer. 5. High range water reducers(superplasticizers): a. Use in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. b. Do not use unless required by these Specifications or approved for use by Engineer. c. Maximum concrete slump before addition of admixture to be 3 IN. 1) Maximum slump after addition to be 8 IN. d. Maximum water-cement ratio of the concrete mix containing a high range water reducer to be 0.40. 6. Concrete mix proportioning methods for normal weight concrete: a. Method 1: 1) Used when combination of materials proposed is to be evaluated and proportions selected to be on a basis of trial mixes. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03308-5 2) Produce mixes having suitable proportions and consistencies based on ACI 211.1, using at least three(3)different water cement ratios or cement contents which will produce a range of compressive strengths encompassing the required average strength. 3) Design trial mixes to produce a slump within 0.75 IN of maximum specified,and for air entrained concrete,air content within 0.5 percent specified. 4) For each water cement ratio or cement content,make at least three(3)compression test cylinders for specified test age,and cure in accordance with ASTM C192. a) Test for strength at 28 days in accordance with ASTM C39. 5) From results of these tests,plot a curve showing relationship between water cement ratio or cement content and compressive strength. 6) From this curve select water cement ratio or cement content to be used to produce required average strength. 7) Use cement content and mixture proportions such that maximum water cement ratio is not exceeded when slump is maximum specified. 8) Base field control on maintenance of proper cement content,slump,air content and water cement ratio. 9) See paragraph hereafter for definition of required average strength. b. Method 2: 1) In lieu of trial mixes,field test records for concrete made with similar ingredients may be used. 2) Use of proposed concrete mix proportions based on field test records subject to approval by Engineer based on information contained in field test records and demonstrated ability to provide the required average strength. 3) Field test records to represent materials,proportions and conditions similar to those specified: a) Changes in the materials,proportions and conditions within the test records shall have not been more restricted than those for the proposed concrete mix. 4) Field test records to consist of less than 30 but not less than 10 consecutive tests provided the tests encompass a period of not less than 45 consecutive days. 5) Required concrete proportions may be established by interpolation between the strengths and proportions of two or more test records each of which meets the requirements of this Section. 7. Required average strength to exceed the specified 28 day compressive strength by the amount determined or calculated in accordance with Paragraph 5.3 of ACI 318 using the standard deviation of the proposed concrete production facility as described in Paragraphs 5.3.1 and 2 of ACI 318. F. Allowable Shrinkage: 0.048 percent per ASTM C 157. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. To assure stockpiles are not contaminated or materials are segregated,perform any test for determining conformance to requirements for cleanness and grading on samples secured from aggregates at point of batching. B. Do not use frozen or partially frozen aggregates. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform concrete tests per Section 03350. B. Perform strength test on any concrete to which water has been added at the jobsite. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03308-6 SECTION 03311 CONCRETE MIXING, PLACING, JOINTING, AND CURING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Mixing,placing,jointing, and curing of concrete construction. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 03108 -Formwork. 4. Section 03208-Reinforcement. 5. Section 03308-Concrete,Materials and Proportioning. 6. Section 03348-Concrete Finishing and Repair of Surface Defects. 7. Section 03350-Testing. 8. Section 07900-Joint Sealants. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American Concrete Institute(ACI): a. I I6R,Cement and Concrete Terminology. b. 304R,Guide for Measuring,Mixing,Transporting and Placing Concrete. c. 304.2R,Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods. d. 305R,Hot Weather Concreting. e. 306R,Cold Weather Concreting. f. 308,Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. g. 309R,Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. 2. ASTM International(ASTM): a. C94,Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. b. C171,Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. c. C309,Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. d. D994,Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type). e. D1056,Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials-Sponge or Expanded Rubber. f. D1751,Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction(Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). 3. Corps of Engineers(COE): a. CRD-0572,Specifications for Polyvinylchloride Waterstops. 4. National Ready Mixed Concrete Association(NRMCA): a. Checklist for Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities. B. Qualifications: 1. Ready Mixed Concrete Batch Plant: Certified by NRMCA. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Words and terms used in this Specification are defined in ACI 116R. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03311-1 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions: 1) Procedure for adding high-range water reducer at the jobsite. c. Scaled(minimum 1/8 IN per foot)drawings showing proposed locations of construction joints and joint keyway dimensions. d. Manufacturers and types: 1) Joint fillers. 2) Curing agents. 3) Construction joint bonding adhesive. 4) Pressure relief valves. 5) Waterstops. 3. Certifications: a. Ready mix concrete plant certification. b. Waterstops: Products shipped meet or exceed the physical properties specified. B. Miscellaneous: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Copies of concrete delivery tickets. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery: 1. Concrete: a. Prepare a delivery ticket for each load of ready mixed concrete. b. Truck operator shall hand ticket to Contractor at the time of delivery. c. Ticket to show: 1) Mix identification. 2) Quantity delivered. 3) Amount of material in each batch. 4) Outdoor temperature in the shade. 5) Time at which cement was added 6) Time of delivery. 7) Time of discharge. 8) Amount of water added. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 COMPONENTS A. Neoprene Expansion Joint Fillers: 1. Manufacturers: a. Permaglaze. b. Rubatex. c. Williams Products. 2. Materials: a. Closed cell neoprene. b. ASTM D1056,Class SC,2 to 5 psi compression deflection,Grade SCE41. B. Asphalt Expansion Joint Fillers: 1. Manufacturers: a. W R Meadows. b. J and P Petroleum Products. 2. Materials: ASTM D994. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03311-2 C. Fiber Expansion Joint Fillers: 1. Materials: ASTM D175I. D. Waterstops,PVC Type: 1. Manufacturers: a. Greenstreak Plastics Products. b. W R Meadows. 2. Materials: a. Virgin polyvinyl chloride compound not containing any scrap or reclaimed materials or pigment. b. Standard: COE CRD-0572. 3. In expansion joints: a. 9 IN wide x 3/8 IN thick tear web type waterstop. b. 2 IN minimum horizontal movement without rupturing. c. Similar to Greenstreak Plastic Products Style#700. 4. In all other joints: a. 6 IN wide x 3/8 IN serrated flat strip type. b. Similar to Greenstreak Plastics Products Style#679. 5. Provide hog rings or grommets at maximum 12 IN OC along the Iength of the waterstop. 6. Provide factory-made waterstop fabrications at all changes in direction,intersections and transitions,leaving only straight butt splices for the field. E. Waterstops,Preformed-Strip Type: 1. Manufacturers: a. Hydrotite CJ by Greenstreak Plastics,Inc. b. Synko Flex. c. Volclay Waterstop Rx. 2. Materials: a. Hydrophilic type waterstop manufactured solely for the purpose of preventing water from traveling through construction joints. b. Hydrotite type CJ-0725-3K or approved equal. F. Sand cement grout,non-shrink grout and epoxy grout: See Section 03308. G. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. General: 1. Complete formwork: a. See Section 03108. 2. Remove earth,snow,ice,water,and other foreign materials from areas that will receive concrete. 3. Secure reinforcement in place: a. See Section 03208. 4. Position expansion joint material,anchors and other embedded items. 5. Obtain approval of reinforcement erection and placement prior to placing concrete. 6. Do not place concrete during rain,sleet,or snow,unless adequate protection is provided and approval is obtained: a. Plan size of crews with due regard for effects of concrete temperature and atmospheric conditions on rate of hardening of concrete as required to obtain good surfaces and avoid unplanned cold joints. b. Do not allow rainwater to increase mixing water nor to damage surface finish. 7. Coat all construction joints with an approved bonding material,before new concrete is placed: a. Apply proprietary bonding adhesive in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03311-3 8. Remove hardened concrete and foreign materials from inner surfaces of conveying equipment and formwork. 9. Provide slabs and beams of minimum indicated required depth when sloping structural foundation base slabs and elevated slabs to drains: a. For floor slabs on grade,slope top of subgrade to provide slab of required uniform thickness. B. Preparation of Subgrade for Slabs on Ground: 1. Subgrade drained and of adequate and uniform load-bearing nature. 2. Obtain approval of subgrade compaction density prior to placing slabs on ground. 3. Maintain subgrade at a temperature above 32 DegF before concrete placing begins for a sufficient amount of time to remove frost. 4. Moisten subgrade to eliminate absorption: a. Keep subgrade moist at time of concreting. b. Allow no free-standing water on subgrade or soft or muddy spots when concrete is placed. C. Edge Forms and Screeds: 1. Set accurately to produce designated elevations and contours of finished surface. 2. Sufficiently strong to support vibrating screeds or roller pipe screeds,if required. 3. Use strike off templates,or approved vibrating type screeds,to align concrete surfaces to contours of screed strips. 3.2 CONCRETE MIXING A. General: 1. Provide all concrete from a central plant conforming to Checklist for Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities of the NRMCA. 2. Batch,mix,and transport in accordance with ASTM C94. B. Control of Admixtures: 1. Charge admixtures into mixer as solutions: a. Measure by means of an approved mechanical dispensing device. b. Liquid considered a part of mixing water. c. Admixtures that cannot be added in solution may be weighed or measured by volume if so recommended by manufacturer. 2. Add separately,when two or more admixtures are used in concrete,to avoid possible interaction that might interfere with efficiency of either admixture,or adversely affect concrete. 3. Complete addition of retarding admixtures within one minute after addition of water to cement has been completed,or prior to beginning of last three quarters of required mixing, whichever occurs first. C. Tempering and Control of Mixing Water: 1. Mix concrete only in quantities for immediate use. 2. Discard concrete which has set. 3. Discharge concrete from ready mix trucks within time limit and drum revolutions stated in ASTM C94. 4. Addition of water at the jobsite: a. See Section 03308 for specified water cement ratio and slump. b. Do not exceed maximum specified water cement ratio or slump. c. Incorporate water by additional mixing equal to at least half of total mixing required. d. Perform strength test on any concrete to which water has been added at the jobsite: 1) See Section 03350. 3.3 PLACING OF CONCRETE A. General: 1. Comply with ACI 304R and ACI 304.2R. 2. Deposit concrete: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 03311-4 a. Continuously to avoid cold joints. b. In layers of 12 to 18 IN. 3. Locate construction joints at locations approved by Engineer: a. Plan size of crews with due regard for effects of concrete temperature and atmosphere conditions to avoid unplanned cold joints. 4. Place concrete at such a rate that concrete,which is being integrated with fresh concrete, is still workable. 5. Do not deposit concrete which has partially hardened or has been contaminated by foreign materials. 6. Spreaders: a. Temporary: Remove as soon as concrete placing renders their function unnecessary. b. Embedded: 1) Obtain approval of Engineer. 2) Materials: Concrete or metal. 3) Ends of metal spreaders coated with plastic coating 2 IN from each end. 7. Do not begin placing of concrete in supported elements until concrete previously placed in supporting members is no longer plastic and has been in place at least a minimum of 2 HRS. 8. Deposit concrete as nearly as practicable in its final position to avoid segregation: a. Maximum free fall: 4 FT. b. Free fall exceeding 4 FT: 1) Place concrete by means of hopper,elephant trunk or tremie pipe extending down to within 4 FT of surface placed upon. 9. Perform the following operations before bleeding water has an opportunity to collect on surface: a. Spread. b. Consolidate. c. Straightedge. d. Darby or bull float. B. High-Range Water Reducers(Superplasticizers): 1. Add superplasticizer to the concrete in the truck mixer at the jobsite. 2. Perform concrete slump test at the jobsite both prior to and after addition of the admixture to the concrete. C. Cold Weather Concrete Placement: 1. Comply with ACI 306R. 2. Do not place concrete on substrates that are below 32 DegF or contain frozen material. 3. Maintain all materials,forms,reinforcement,subgrade and any other items which concrete will come in contact with free of frost,ice or snow at time of concrete placement. 4. Temperature of concrete when discharged at site: MINIMUM CONCRETE MINIMUM CONCRETE AIR TEMPERATURE,DEGF FOR TEMPERATURE,DEGF FOR TEMPERATURE SECTIONS WITH LEAST SECTIONS WITH LEAST DEGF DIMENSION LESS THAN 12 IN DIMENSION 12 IN OR GREATER 30 to 45 60 55 0 to 30 65 55 below 0 70 60 5. Heat subgrade,forms,and reinforcement so the temperature of the subgrade,forms,and reinforcement will be between 45 and 70 DegF,when temperature of surrounding air is 40 DegF or below at time concrete is placed: a. Remove all frost from subgrade,forms and reinforcement before concrete is placed. 6. Combine water with aggregate in mixer before cement is added,if water or aggregate is heated above 90 DegF. 7. Do not mix cement with water or with mixtures of water and aggregate having a temperature greater than 90 DegF. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Cab Building 9/24/2009 03311-5 8. Do not place slabs on ground if temperature is below 40 DegF or if temperature surrounding the slab will be below 40 DegF before structure is enclosed and heated. D. Hot Weather Concrete Placement: 1. Comply with ACI 305R. 2. Cool ingredients before mixing,or add flake ice or well crushed ice of a size that will melt completely during mixing for all or part of mixing water if high temperature,low slump, flash set,cold joints,or shrinkage cracks are encountered. 3. Temperature of concrete when placed: a. Not to exceed 90 DegF. b. Not so high as to cause: 1) Shrinkage cracks. 2) Difficulty in placement due to loss of slump. 3) Flash set. 4. Temperature of forms and reinforcing when placing concrete: a. Not to exceed 90 DegF. b. May be reduced by spraying with water to cool below 90 DegF: 1) Leave no standing water to contact concrete being placed. E. Consolidating: 1. Consolidate in accordance with ACI 309R except as modified herein. 2. Consolidate by vibration so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement, embedded items and into comers of forms. a. Eliminate: 1) Air or stone pockets. 2) Honeycombing or pitting. 3) Planes of weakness. 3. Internal vibrators: a. Minimum frequency of 8000 vibrations per minute. b. Insert and withdraw at points approximately 18 IN apart: 1) Allow sufficient duration at each insertion to consolidate concrete but not sufficient to cause segregation. c. Use in: 1) Beams and girders of framed slabs. 2) Columns and walls. d. Size of vibrators shall be in accordance with Table 5.1.5 of ACI 309R. 4. Obtain consolidation of slabs with internal vibrators,vibrating screeds,roller pipe screeds, or other approved means. 5. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete within forms. 6. Provide spare vibrators on jobsite during all concrete placing operations. 7. Bring a full surface of mortar against form by vibration supplemented if necessary by spading to work coarse aggregate back from formed surface,where concrete is to have an as-cast finish. 8. Use suitable form vibrators located just below top surface of concrete,where internal vibrators cannot be used in areas of congested reinforcing. 9. Prevent construction equipment,construction operations,and personnel from introducing vibrations into freshly placed concrete after the concrete has been placed and consolidated. F. Handle concrete from mixer to place of final deposit by methods which will prevent segregation or loss of ingredients and in a manner which will assure that required quality of concrete is maintained: 1. Use truck mixers,agitators,and non-agitating units in accordance with ASTM C94. 2. Horizontal belt conveyors: a. Mount at a slope which will not cause segregation or loss of ingredients. b. Protect concrete against undue drying or rise in temperature. c. Use an arrangement at discharge end to prevent segregation. d. Do not allow mortar to adhere to return length of belt. e. Discharge conveyor runs into equipment specially designed for spreading concrete. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 03311-6 3. Metal or metal lined chutes: a. Slope not exceeding 1 vertical to 2 horizontal and not less than 1 vertical to 3 horizontal. b. Chutes more than 20 FT long and chutes not meeting slope requirements may be used provided they discharge into a hopper before distribution. c. Provide end of each chute with a device to prevent segregation. 4. Pumping or pneumatic conveying equipment: a. Designed for concrete application and having adequate pumping capacity. b. Control pneumatic placement so segregation is avoided in discharged concrete. c. Loss of slump in pumping or pneumatic conveying equipment shall not exceed 1-1/2 IN. d. Do not convey concrete through pipe made of aluminum or aluminum alloy. e. Provide pumping equipment without Y sections. G. Placing of Concrete on Metal Deck: 1. Prior to concrete placement,the metal deck shall be free of soil,debris,standing water, loose mill scale,and all other foreign matter. 2. Care shall be exercised when placing concrete so that the deck will not be subject to construction loads or impact that exceed the design capacity of the deck. 3. Concrete shall be placed in a uniform manner and spread toward the center of the deck span. 4. If buggies are used to place concrete,runways shall be planked,and the buggies shall only operate on planking: a. Planks shall be of adequate stiffness to transfer loads to the steel supports without damaging the deck. 5. Deck damage caused by careless placement of concrete shall be repaired or replaced. 3.4 JOINTS AND EMBEDDED ITEMS A. General-Construction Joints: 1. Locate joints as indicated on Contract Drawings or as shown on approved Shop Drawings: a. Where construction joint spacing shown on Drawings exceeds the joint spacing indicated in Paragraph B below,submit proposed construction joint location in conformance with the Specification. 2. Unplanned construction joints will not be allowed: a. If concrete cannot be completely placed between planned construction joints,then it must be removed. 3. In general,locate joints near middle of spans of slabs,beams and girders unless a beam intersects a girder at this point,in which case,offset joint in girder a distance equal to twice the width of the beam. 4. Locate joints in walls and columns at underside of floors,slabs,beams,or girders,and at tops of foundations or floor slabs,unless shown otherwise: a. At Contractor's option,beam pockets may be formed into concrete walls. b. Size pockets to allow beam reinforcing to be placed as detailed on Drawings. 5. Place beams,girders,column capitals and drop panels at same time as slabs. 6. Place corbels monolithically with walls: a. Locate wall vertical construction joints midway between corbels. b. Where only a single corbel is located place it also monolithically with wall and locate wall vertical construction joint a minimum of 3 FT from face of corbel. 7. Make joints perpendicular to main reinforcement with all reinforcement continuous across joints. 8. Provide roughened construction joints at all construction joints unless indicated otherwise on Drawings: a. Clean the previously hardened concrete interface and remove all laitance. b. Intentionally roughen the interface to a full amplitude of 1/4 IN. c. Provide recessed flat surface as required to install strip type waterstops. 9. Provide continuous keyways at all construction joints including joints with waterstops: a. Construction joint keyways shall have the following dimensions,unless shown otherwise on Drawings or directed otherwise by Engineer. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9124/2009 03311-7 b. Construction joint keyways in walls: 1) Keyway width,not less than 1/3 and not more than 1/2 the wall thickness measured perpendicular to wall faces. 2) Keyway depth to be not less than 1-1/2 IN. 3) Place keyway in wall center unless shown otherwise on Drawings. c. Construction joint keyways in footings, foundations,base slabs,and structural or elevated slabs: 1) Keyway height not less than 1/3 and not more than 1/2 the footing or slab thickness. 2) Keyway depth not less than 1-1/2 IN, 3) Keyway in footing or slab center unless shown otherwise on Drawings. d. Construction joint keyways in beams: 1) Keyway height not less than 1/3 and not more than 1/2 the beam depth. 2) Keyway depth not less than 1-1/2 IN. 3) Keyway in beam center unless shown otherwise on Drawings. 10. Allow a minimum of 48 HRS before placement of adjoining concrete construction. B. Construction Joints-Spacing: 1. General-Structures not intended to contain liquid: a. Wall vertical construction joints: 1) 60 FT maximum centers. 2) At wall intersections,30 FT maximum from corner. b. Wall horizontal construction joints: 20-25 FT centers. c. Base slab,floor,and roof slab construction joints: 1) Placements to be approximately square and not to exceed 3500 SF. 2) Maximum side dimension of a slab pour to be 80 FT. 2. Structures intended to contain liquids: a. Wall vertical construction joints: 1) 30 FT maximum centers. 2) At wall intersections, 15 FT maximum from comer. b. Wall horizontal construction joints: 10-15 FT centers. c. Base slab,floor,and roof slab construction joints: 1) Placements to be approximately square and not to exceed 2000 SF. 2) Maximum side dimension of a slab pour to be 60 FT. C. Bonding at Construction Joints: 1. Obtain bond between concrete pours at construction joints by thoroughly cleaning and removing all laitance from construction joints: a. Before new concrete is placed,all construction joints shall be coated with epoxy adhesive,cement grout,or dampened. b. General: 1) Use cement grout or dampening for all construction joints or at Contractor's option use epoxy adhesive for all construction joints. 2. At other locations: a. Roughen the surface of the concrete to expose the aggregate uniformly. b. Remove laitance,loosened particles of aggregate or damaged concrete at the surface,or at the Contractor's option,use an approved chemical retarder which delays but does not prevent setting of the surface of the mortar in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations: 1) Retarded mortar shall be removed within 24 HRS after placing to produce a clean exposed aggregate bonding surface. c. Dampen the hardened concrete(but do not saturate)immediately prior to placing of fresh concrete or grout. D. Locate control joints in slabs on grade as indicated on Drawings. 1. Time cutting properly with set of concrete,if saw cut joints are required or permitted: a. Start cutting as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent aggregates being dislodged by saw. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03311-8 b. Complete before shrinkage stresses become sufficient to produce cracking. E. Expansion Joints: 1. Do not permit reinforcement or other embedded metal items bonded to concrete(except smooth dowels bonded on only one side of joint)to extend continuously through an expansion joint. 2. Use neoprene expansion joint fillers,unless noted otherwise on Drawings. 3. Seal expansion joints as shown on Drawings: a. See Section 07900 for requirements. F, Waterstops: 1. Preformed strip type: a. Install on smooth surface of existing hardened concrete surfaces by use of nails, adhesive or other means as recommended by manufacturer to prevent movement of waterstop during placement of concrete. b. Waterstop to be continuous with splices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. c. Use only in joints against existing concrete and where indicated on Drawings. G. Other Embedded Items: 1. Place sleeves,inserts,anchors,and embedded items required for adjoining work or for its support,prior to initiating concreting. 2. Do not place electrical conduit,drains,or pipes in or tbru concrete slabs,walls,columns, foundations,beams or other structural members unless approved by Engineer. H. Placing Embedded Items: 1. Position expansion joint material,waterstops,and other embedded items accurately. 2. Support against displacement. 3. Fill voids in sleeves,inserts and anchor slots temporarily with readily removable material to prevent entry of concrete into voids. 4. Provide adequate means for anchoring waterstop in concrete: a. Provide means to prevent waterstops in the forms from being folded over by the concrete as it is placed. b. Work concrete under the waterstops by hand,so as to avoid the formation of air and rock pockets,when placing roof and floor slab concrete around waterstops. 3.5 FINISHING A. See Section 03348. B. Coordinate mixing and placing with finishing. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF GROUT A. Grout Schedule of Use: 1. Sand cement grout: a. Fill keyways if precast HCU. b. General use. 2. Non-shrinking non-metallic grout: a. Filling form tie holes. b. Under column and beam base plates. c. Other uses indicated on the Drawings. 3. Epoxy grout: a. Patching cavities in concrete. b. Grouting of dowels and anchor bolts into existing concrete. c. Grouting of equipment base plates where driving motor is 500 HP and above. d. Other uses indicated on the Drawings. B. Grout Installation: 1. Sand cement grout: a. Fill keyways between precast concrete hollow core slabs with sand cement grout. b. Consolidate grout by rodding or by other means to assure complete filling of keyways. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03311-9 c. Cure grout by one of methods specified. 2. Non-shrink non-metallic grout: a. Clean concrete surface to receive grout. b. Saturate concrete with water for 24 HRS prior to grouting. c. Mix in a mechanical mixer. d. Use no more water than necessary to produce flowable grout. e. Place in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. f. Provide under beam,column,and equipment base plates,in joints between precast concrete filter slabs,and in other locations indicated on the Drawings. g. Completely fill all spaces and cavities below the top of base plates. h. Provide forms where base plates and bed plates do not confine grout. i. Where exposed to view, finish grout edges smooth. j. Except where a slope is indicated on the Drawings,finish edges flush at the base plate, bed plate,member or piece of equipment. k. Coat exposed edges of grout with cure or seal compound recommended by the grout manufacturer. 3. Epoxy grout: a. Mix and place in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. b. Apply only to clean,dry,sound surface. c. Completely fill all cavities and spaces around dowels and anchors without voids. d. Grout base and bed plates as specified for non-shrinking,non-metallic grout. e. Obtain manufacturer's field technical assistance as required to assure proper placement. 3.7 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Protect concrete from premature drying,excessively hot or cold temperatures,and mechanical injury immediately after placement,and maintain with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement,hardening,and compressive strength gain: 1. Follow recommendations of ACI 308 except as modified herein. B. Apply one of the following curing procedures immediately after completion of placement and finishing,for concrete surfaces not in contact with forms: 1. Ponding or continuous sprinkling. 2. Application of absorptive mats or fabric kept continuously wet. 3. Application of sand kept continuously wet. 4. Continuous application of steam(not exceeding 150 DegF)or mist spray. 5. Application of waterproof sheet materials,conforming to ASTM C 171. 6. Application of other moisture retaining covering as approved. 7. Application of a curing compound conforming to ASTM C309: a. Apply curing compound in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations immediately after any water sheen which may develop after finishing has disappeared from concrete surface. b. Do not use on any surface against which additional concrete or other material is to be bonded unless it is proven that curing compound will not prevent bond. c. Where a vertical surface is cured with a curing compound,the vertical surface shall be covered with a minimum of two coats of the curing compound: 1) Apply the first coat of curing compound to a vertical surface immediately after form removal. 2) The vertical concrete surface at the time of receiving the first coat shall be damp with no free water on the surface. 3) Allow the preceding coat to completely dry prior to applying the next coat. 4) A vertical surface: Any surface steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal. C. Curing Concrete In Contact with Forms: 1. Minimize moisture loss from and temperature gain of concrete placed in forms exposed to heating by sun by keeping forms wet and cool until they can be safely removed. 2. After form removal,cure concrete until end of time prescribed: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 03311-10 a. Use one of methods listed above. 3. Forms left in place shall not be used as a method of curing in hot weather. 4. The term"hot weather," where used in these specifications,is defined in ACI 305R. 5. In hot weather,remove forms from vertical surfaces as soon as concrete has gained sufficient strength so that the formwork is no longer required to support the concrete. D. Continue curing for at least 7 days for all concrete except high early strength concrete for which period shall be at least 3 days: 1. If one of curing procedures indicated above is used initially,it may be replaced by one of other procedures indicated any time after concrete is 1 day old,provided concrete is not permitted to become surface dry during transition. E. Cold Weather: 1. Follow recommendations of ACI 306R. 2. Maintain temperature of concrete between 50 and 70 DegF for required curing period,when outdoor temperature is 40 DegF,or less. 3. Use heating,covering,insulating,or housing of the concrete work to maintain required temperature without injury due to concentration of heat. 4. Do not use combustion heaters unless precautions are taken to prevent exposure of concrete to exhaust gases which contain carbon dioxide. 5. Interior slabs in areas intended to be heated shall be adequately protected so that frost does not develop in the supporting subgrade. F. Hot Weather: 1. Follow recommendations of ACI 305R. 2. Make provision for cooling forms,reinforcement and concrete,windbreaks,shading,fog spraying,sprinkling,ponding,or wet covering with a light colored material. 3. Provide protective measures as quickly as concrete hardening and finishing operations will allow. G. Rate of Temperature Change: 1. Keep changes in temperature of air immediately adjacent to concrete as uniform as possible, during and immediately following curing period. 2. Do not exceed a temperature change of 5 DegF in any 1 HR or 50 DegF in any 24 HR period. H. Protection from Mechanical Injury: 1. Protect concrete from damaging mechanical disturbances,such as load stresses,heavy shock,and excessive vibration. 2. Protect finished concrete surfaces from damage by construction equipment,materials,or methods,and by rain or running water. 3. Do not load self supporting structures in such a way as to overstress concrete. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests in accordance with Section 03350: 1. Perform a strength test on all concrete to which water or superplasticizer,in addition to the amount stated in the concrete mix design,has been added at the jobsite: a. Perform strength test after water or superplasticizer has been added and additional mixing has been performed. B. Field samples of fabricated waterstop fittings(crosses,tees,etc.)will be selected at random by the Engineer for testing by a laboratory at the Owner's expense: 1. When tested,they shall have a tensile strength across the joints equal to at least 600 psi. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/242009 03311-11 SECTION 03348 CONCRETE FINISHING AND REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Concrete finishing and repair of surface defects. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 03108 -Formwork. 4. Section 03311 -Concrete Mixing,Placing,Jointing and Curing. 5. Section 09905-Painting and Protective Coatings. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American Concrete Institute(ACI): a. 116R,Cement and Concrete Terminology. 2. ASTM International(ASTM): a. C150,Standard Specification for Portland Cement. b. C309,Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. c. C1315,Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds Having Special Properties for Curing and Sealing Concrete. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Vertical Surface Defects: 1. Any void in the face of the concrete deeper than 1/8 IN,such as: a. Tie holes. b. Air pockets(bug holes). c. Honeycombs. d. Rock holes. 2. Scabbing: a. Scabbing is defect in which parts of the form face,including release agent,adhere to concrete. 3. Foreign material embedded in face of concrete. 4. Fins 1/16 IN or more in height. B. Installer or Applicator: 1. Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the product in the field at the Project site. 2. Installer and applicator are synonymous. C. Other words and terms used in these Specifications are defined in ACI 116R. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/22009 03348- b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 3. Certifications: a. Certification of aggregate gradation. b. Certification that products being used will not interfere with bonding of future floor or wall finishes. B. Miscellaneous Submittals: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements for materials used. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Provide warranty equal to specified manufacturer's standard warranty for all products used. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Chemical sealer: a. L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc. b. Euclid Chemical Co. c. Dayton Superior. 2. Bonding agents: a. Euclid Chemical Co. b. BASF Admixtures,Inc. c. L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Chemical Floor Sealer,Hardener,Densifier: 1. Colorless,no VOC,odorless chemical solution containing alkaline siliconates. 2. Will not support bacteria growth. 3. 10-year manufacturers warranty. 4. Similar to L&M Construction Chemicals Inc."Seal Hard". B. Bonding Agent: 1. For use only on concrete surfaces not receiving liquid water repellent coating: a. High solids acrylic latex base liquid for interior or exterior application as a bonding agent to improve adhesion and mechanical properties of concrete patching mortars. b. Euclid Chemical Co."Flex-Con." c. BASF Admixtures,Inc."Acryl-Set." d. L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc."Everbond." e. Thoro System Products"Acryl 60." 2. For use only on concrete surface receiving liquid water repellent: a. Non-acrylic base liquid for interior or exterior application as a bonding agent to improve adhesion and mechanical properties of concrete patching mortars. C. Cement: 1. ASTM C150,Type II portland for areas exposed to sewage. 2. ASTM C 150,Type I portland elsewhere. D. Aggregate: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 03348-2 1. Sand: Maximum size#30 mesh sieve. 2. For exposed aggregate finish surfaces: Same as surrounding wall. E. Water: Potable. F. Non-Shrink Grout: See Section 03311. 2.3 MIXES A. Bonding Grout: 1. One(1)part cement to one(1)part aggregate. 2. Mix cement and aggregate. 3. Mix bonding agent and water together in separate container in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 4. Add bonding agent/water mixture to cement/aggregate mixture. 5. Mix to consistency of thick cream. 6. Bonding agent itself may be used as bonding grout if approved by manufacturer and Engineer. B. Patching Mortar: 1. One(1)part cement to two and one-half(2-1/2)parts aggregate by damp loose volume: a. Substitute white portland cement for a part of gray portland cement to produce color matching surrounding concrete. 2. Mix cement and aggregate. 3. Mix bonding agent and water together in separate container in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 4. Add only enough bonding agent/water mixture to cement/aggregate mixture to allow handling and placing. 5. Let stand with frequent manipulation with a trowel,until mix has reached stiffest consistency to allow placement. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. For methods of curing,see Section 03311. B. Repair surface defects within 24 HRS after removal of forms: 1. Chip,wire brush or abrasive blast to completely open defects down to sound concrete: a. If chipping is necessary,make edges perpendicular to surface or slightly undercut. b. No featheredges will be permitted. C. Repairing Surface Defects: 1. Fill and repair using patching mortar mix specified in Article 2.3 or use non-shrink grout as outlined in this Specification Section. 2. Clean surfaces to remove dust,dirt,laitance,form oil,grease,or other contaminants: a. If required by bonding agent manufacturer,etch surfaces with a muriatic acid solution followed by a thorough rinse with clean water. b. Test concrete to determine pH level and continue flushing with clean water until surface pH is within acceptable limits. 3. Dampen area to be patched and an area at least 6 IN wide surrounding it prior to application of bonding grout. 4. Brush bonding grout into the surface after the surface water has evaporated. 5. Allow bonding grout to set for period of time required by bonding agent manufacturer before applying premixed patching mortar. 6. Fill tie holes and areas where honeycombed or defective concrete has been removed: a. Fill tie holes and defects deeper than 3/4 IN or larger than 3/4 IN with non-shrink non- metallic grout. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03348-3 b. Fill all other defects with patching mortar. 1) Do not use acrylic bonding agent in patching mortar for filling defects in surfaces to be treated with liquid water repellent. c. Consolidate grout or mortar into place and strike off so as to leave patch slightly higher than surrounding surface. 7. Leave undisturbed for at least 60 minutes before finishing level with surrounding surface: a. Do not use metal tools in finishing a patch in a formed wall which will be exposed or coated with other materials. 8. Keep areas damp for 7 days or in accordance with bonding agent manufacturer's directions. 3.2 INSTALLATION AND APPLICATION A. Do not repair surface defects or apply wall or floor finishes when temperature is or is expected to be below 50 DegF: 1. If necessary,enclose and heat area to between 50 and 70 DegF during repair of surface defects and curing of patching material. B. Chemical Floor Sealer,Hardener,Densifier(Type '2'): 1. Apply to floor areas indicated on the Drawings in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Apply at rate recommended by manufacturer. 3. After final coat of material is applied,remove surplus in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Concrete Finishes for Vertical Wall Surfaces: 1. General: Give concrete surfaces finish as specified below after removal of formwork and repair of surface defects. 2. Finish#1 -As cast rough form finish: a. Selected forming materials are not required. b. Prepare surface in accordance with Article 3.1 and repair the following surface defects: 1) Tie holes. 2) Honeycombs deeper than 1/4 IN. 3) Air pockets deeper than 1/4 IN. 4) Rock holes deeper than 1/4 IN. c. Chip or rub off fins exceeding 1/4 IN in height. d. Use at unexposed surfaces such as foundations and backfilled surfaces of walls not to be waterproofed. 3. Finish#2 -As cast form finish: a. Form facing material shall produce a smooth,hard,uniform texture. 1) Use forms specified for surfaces exposed to view in accordance with Section 03108. b. Prepare surface in accordance with Article 3.1 and repair the following surface defects: 1) Tie holes. 2) Honeycombs deeper than 1/8 IN or larger than 1/8 IN DIA. 3) Air pockets deeper than 1/8 IN or larger than 1/8 IN DIA. 4) Rock holes deeper than 1/8 IN or larger than 1/8 IN DIA. 5) Scabbing. c. Chip or rub off fins exceeding 1/8 IN in height. d. Provide finish for: 1) Exposed surfaces not specified to receive another finish. 4. Finish#3 -Smooth rubbed finish: a. Form facing material shall produce a smooth,hard,uniform texture: 1) Use forms specified for surfaces exposed to view in accordance with Section 03108. b. Prepare surface in accordance with Article 3.1 and repair all surface defects. c. Begin finish operation one(1)day after form removal. d. Wet surface and rub with carborundum brick or other abrasive until uniform color and texture is achieved. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03348-4 e. No cement grout shall be used other than the cement paste drawn from concrete wall itself by the rubbing procedure. f. Provide this finish on all exposed to view exterior surfaces unless noted otherwise. g. Construct mock-up per Article 1.2. 5. Finish#5-Smooth form finish: a. Form facing material shall produce a smooth,hard,uniform texture. 1) Use forms specified for surfaces exposed to view in accordance with Section 03108. b. Prepare surface in accordance with Article 3.1 and repair the following surface defects: 1) Tie holes. 2) Honeycombs,air pockets,rock holes and other holes deeper than 1/16 IN or larger than 1/16 IN DIA. 3) Scabbing. c. Chip or rub off fins exceeding 1/16 IN in height. d. Provide this finish on all surfaces which are to be painted,are to receive tank linings or are to remain exposed to view. c. Construct mock-up per Article 1.2. D. Related Unformed Surfaces(Except Slabs): 1. Strike smooth tops of walls or buttresses,horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces after concrete is placed. 2. Float surface to a texture consistent with that of formed surfaces: a. If more than one(1)finish occurs immediately adjacent to unformed surface,provide surface with most stringent formed surface requirement. 3. Continue treatment uniformly across unformed surfaces. E. Concrete Finishes for Horizontal Slab Surfaces: 1. General: a. Tamp concrete to force coarse aggregate down from surface. b. Screed with straightedge,eliminate high and low places,bring surface to required finish elevations;slope uniformly to drains. c. Dusting of surface with dry cement or sand during finishing processes not permitted. 2. Unspecified slab finish: When type of finish is not indicated,use following finishes as applicable: a. Surfaces intended to receive bonded applied cementitious applications: Scratched finish. b. Surfaces intended to receive roofing or waterproofing membranes: Floated finish. c. Floors: Troweled finish. d. Garage floors and ramps: Broom or belt finish. e. Exterior slabs,sidewalks,platforms,steps and landings,and ramps,not covered by other finish materials: Broom or belt finish. f. All slabs to receive a floated finish before final finishing. 3. Scratched slab finish: After concrete has been placed,consolidated,struck off,and leveled to a Class B tolerance,roughen surface with stiff brushes or rakes before final set. 4. Floated finish: a. After concrete has been placed,consolidated,struck off,and leveled,do no further work until ready for floating. b. Begin floating when water sheen has disappeared and surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations: 1) Use wood or cork float. c. During or after first floating,check planeness of entire surface with a 10 FT straightedge applied at not less than two(2)different angles. d. Cut down all high spots and fill all low spots to produce a surface with Class B tolerance throughout. e. Refloat slab immediately to a uniform texture. 5. Troweled finish: a. Float finish surface to true,even plane. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03348-5 b. Power trowel,and finally hand trowel. c. First troweling after power troweling shall produce a smooth surface which is relatively free of defects,but which may still show some trowel marks. d. Perform additional trowelings by hand after surface has hardened sufficiently. e. Final trowel when a ringing sound is produced as trowel is moved over surface. f. Thoroughly consolidate surface by hand troweling. g. Leave finished surface essentially free of trowel marks,uniform in texture and appearance and plane to a Class A tolerance. h. On surfaces intended to support floor coverings,remove any defects that would show through floor covering by grinding. 6. Broom or belt finish: Immediately after concrete has received a float finish as specified, give it a transverse scored texture by drawing a broom or burlap belt across surface. 7. Underside of concrete slab finish: Match finish as specified for adjacent vertical surfaces. a. If more than one(1)finish occurs immediately adjacent to underside of slab surface, provide surface with most stringent formed surface requirement. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Horizontal slab finishes will be accepted provided: 1. Applicable specification requirements are satisfied. 2. Water does not pond in areas sloped to drain. 3. Gap between a 10 FT straightedge placed anywhere and the finished surface does not exceed: a. Class A tolerance: 1/8 IN. b. Class B tolerance: 1/4 IN. c. Class C tolerance: 1/2 IN. 4. Accumulated deviation from intended true plane of finished surface does not exceed 1/2 IN. 5. Accuracy of floor finish does not adversely affect installation and operation of movable equipment,floor supported items,or items fitted to floor(doors,tracks,etc.). B. Unacceptable finishes shall be replaced or,if approved in writing by Engineer,may be corrected provided strength and appearance are not adversely affected. 1. High spots to be removed by grinding and/or low spots filled with a patching compound or other remedial measures to match adjacent surfaces. 3.4 PROTECTION A. All horizontal slab surfaces receiving applied toppings or sealer compound shall be kept free of traffic and loads for minimum of 10 days following installation of topping or compound. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03348-6 SECTION 03350 TESTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Materials and concrete testing as required to establish concrete mix design. 2. Testing of concrete during construction for compliance with Contract Documents. 3. In-place testing of concrete,if required. 4. Mortar,grout for masonry,and concrete masonry unit testing as required by Section 04110 and Section 04220. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2, Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 03208-Reinforcement. 4. Section 03308-Concrete,Materials and Proportioning. 5. Section 03311 -Concrete Mixing,Placing,Jointing,and Curing. 6. Section 04110-Cement and Lime Mortars. 7. Section 04220-Concrete Masonry. 1.2 RESPONSIBILITY AND PAYMENT A. Owner and Contractor each provide and pay for certain testing services: 1. Owner shall retain the services of a qualified Testing Agency and/or Engineer to perform testing services for the following: a. Testing of concrete,mortar,grout for masonry,concrete masonry units and other cement-containing products produced for incorporation into the work during the construction of the Project for compliance with the Contract Documents. 2. Contractor shall retain the services of a qualified Testing Agency to perform testing services for the following: a. Testing of materials,nix designs and mixes proposed by the Contractor for compliance with the Contract Documents and retesting in the event of changes. b. Additional testing or retesting of materials or mortar,grout for masonry,concrete masonry units,concrete or other cement-containing products occasioned by their failure,by test or inspection,to meet requirements of the Contract Documents. c. Strength testing on any concrete to which water has been added at the jobsite. d. In-place testing of concrete as may be required by Engineer when strength of structure is considered potentially deficient. e. Other testing services needed or required by Contractor such as: 1) Field curing of test specimens and testing of specimens for determining when forms,form shoring,or reshoring may be removed. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials(AASHTO): a. T260,Standard Method of Sampling and Testing for Total Chloride Ion in Concrete and Concrete Raw Materials. 2. American Concrete Institute(ACI): a. 318,Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 3. ASTM International(ASTM): a. C31,Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/2V2009 03350-1 b. C42, Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. c. E329, Standard Specifications for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction. B. Qualifications: 1. Testing Agency: a. Meeting requirements of ASTM E329. b. Provide evidence of recent inspection by Cement and Concrete Reference Laboratory of National Bureau of Standards,and correction of deficiencies noted. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Testing Agency: An independent professional testing firm or service hired by Contractor to perform testing and analysis services on materials,mixes,structures,and other items as directed, and as provided in the Contract Documents. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Concrete materials and concrete mix designs proposed for use.Include results of all testing performed to qualify materials and to establish mix designs.Place no concrete until approval of mix designs has been received in writing. Submittal for each concrete mix design to include: 1) Sieve analysis and source of fine and coarse aggregates. 2) Test for aggregate organic impurities. 3) Proportioning of all materials. 4) Type of cement with mill certificate for the cement. 5) Brand,quantity and class of fly ash proposed for use along with other submittal data as required for fly ash by Section 03308. 6) Unit weight of fresh and dry lightweight concrete. 7) Slump. 8) Splitting tensile strength for proposed lightweight concrete mix. 9) Brand,type and quantity of air entrainment and any other proposed admixtures. 10) Total chloride ion content per cubic yard of concrete determined in accordance with AASHTO T260. 11) 28-day compression test results and any other data required by Section 03308 to establish concrete mix design. 12) Concrete shrinkage test results. 3. Certifications: a. Testing Agency qualifications. 4. Test results: a. Strength test results as needed on concrete placed during construction including slump, air content,and concrete temperature. b. Strength test results on concrete core samples of in-place construction if required. c. Results of load testing in-place concrete construction when load testing is required. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - (NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS SECTION) 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03350-2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TESTING SERVICES TO BE PERFORMED BY CONTRACTOR'S TESTING AGENCY A. Review and test Contractor's proposed materials for compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Review and test Contractor's proposed concrete mix design(s). 3.2 OTHER TESTING SERVICES TO BE PERFORMED BY CONTRACTOR'S TESTING AGENCY AS NEEDED A. Following services to be performed by Contractor's Testing Agency when necessary at no additional cost to Owner: 1. Additional testing and inspection required because of changes in materials or proportions requested by Contractor. 2. Additional testing of materials or concrete occasioned by their failure,by test or inspection, to meet Specification requirements. 3. Perform strength test on any concrete to which water has been added at the jobsite. 4. Other testing services needed or required by Contractor,such as; field cured test specimens for determining when forms,form shoring or reshoring may be removed: a. An extra strength test is required for concrete subject to either live load or shore removal prior to 28 days after placing concrete. B. The above services to be performed by the Contactor's Testing Agency may be performed by the Owner's Testing Agency and/or Engineer provided these services are performed at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.3 DUTIES AND AUTHORITIES OF TESTING AGENCY AND/OR ENGINEER A. Testing Agency and/or Engineer to inspect,sample and test materials and production of concrete as required by these Contract Documents and by Engineer.When it appears that any material furnished or work performed by Contractor fails to fulfill requirements of the Contract Documents,Testing Agency to report such deficiency to Engineer and Contractor. B. Testing Agency and/or Engineer to report all test and inspection results to Engineer and Contractor immediately after they are performed.All test reports to include exact location in the work at which batch represented by a test was deposited.Reports of strength tests to include detailed information on storage and curing of specimens prior to testing. C. Limited Authority of Testing Agency:Any Testing Agency or agencies and their representatives retained by Contractor or Owner for any reason are not authorized to revoke,alter,relax, enlarge,or release any requirement of Contract Documents,nor to reject,approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3.4 RESPONSIBILITIES AND DUTIES OF CONTRACTOR A. Provide necessary testing services for qualification of proposed materials and establishment of concrete mix design(s). B. Use of Testing Agency and approval by Engineer of proposed concrete mix design shall in no way relieve Contractor of responsibility to furnish materials and construction in full compliance with Contract Documents. C. To facilitate testing and inspection,perform the following: 1. Furnish any necessary labor to assist Testing Agency and/or Engineer in obtaining and handling samples at site. 2. Provide and maintain for sole use of Testing Agency and/or Engineer adequate facilities for safe storage and proper curing of test specimens on site for first 24 HRS as required by ASTM C31. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03350-3 D. Notify Engineer sufficiently in advance of operations(minimum of 24 HRS)to allow completion of quality tests for assignment of personnel and for scheduled completion of quality tests. 3.5 EVALUATION OF CONCRETE,GROUT OR MORTAR TEST RESULTS A. Test results for standard molded and cured test cylinders to be evaluated separately for each mix design.Such evaluation shall be valid only if tests have been conducted in accordance with specified quality standards.For evaluation of potential strength and uniformity,each mix design shall be represented by at least three strength tests.A strength test shall be the average of two cylinders from the same sample tested at 28 days. B. Acceptance: 1. Strength level of each specified compressive strength shall be considered satisfactory if both of the following requirements are met: a. Average of all sets of three consecutive strength tests equal or exceed the required specified 28-day compressive strength. b. No individual strength test falls below the required specified 28-day compressive strength by more than 500 psi. 3.6 TESTING OF CONCRETE-IN-PLACE A. In-place testing of concrete may be required by Engineer when strength of structure is considered potentially deficient as specified in Paragraph 3.7D. B. Testing by impact hammer,sonoscope,or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Engineer to determine relative strengths at various locations in the structure or for selecting areas to be cored.Such tests shall not be used as a basis for acceptance or rejection. C. Core Tests: 1. Where required,obtain and test cores in accordance with ASTM C42.If concrete in structure will be dry under service conditions,air dry cores(temperature 60 to 80 DegF, relative humidity less than 60 percent)for 7 days before test then test dry. If concrete in structure will be wet or subjected to high moisture atmosphere under service conditions,test cores after immersion in water for at least 40 HRS and test wet.Testing wet or dry to be determined by Engineer. 2. Take three representative cores from each member or area of concrete in place that is considered potentially deficient.Location of cores shall be determined by Engineer so as least to impair strength of structure.If,before testing,one or more of cores shows evidence of having been damaged subsequent to or during removal from structure,damaged core shall be replaced. 3. Concrete in area represented by a core test will be considered adequate if average strength of three cores is equal to at least 85 percent of specified strength and no single core is less than 75 percent of specified strength. 4. Fill core holes with nonshrink grout and finish to match surrounding surface when exposed in a finished area. 3.7 ACCEPTANCE A. Completed concrete work which meets applicable requirements will be accepted without qualification: I. Completed concrete work which fails to meet one or more requirements but which has been repaired to bring it into compliance will be accepted without qualification. 2. Completed concrete work which fails to meet one or more requirements and which cannot be brought into compliance may be accepted or rejected as provided in these Contract Documents.In this event,modifications may be required to assure that concrete work complies with requirements.Modifications,as directed by Engineer,to be made at no additional cost to Owner. B. Dimensional Tolerances: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03350-4 I. Formed surfaces resulting in concrete outlines smaller than permitted by tolerances shall be considered potentially deficient in strength and subject to modifications required by Engineer. 2. Formed surfaces resulting in concrete outlines larger than permitted by tolerances may be rejected and excess material subject to removal.If removal of excess material is permitted, accomplish in such a manner as to maintain strength of section and to meet all other applicable requirements of function and appearance. 3. Concrete members cast in wrong location may be rejected if strength,appearance or function of structure is adversely affected or misplaced items interfere with other construction. 4. Inaccurately formed concrete surfaces exceeding limits of tolerances and which are exposed to view,may be rejected. Repair or remove and replace if required. 5. Finished slabs exceeding tolerances may be required to be repaired provided that strength or appearance is not adversely affected.High spots may be removed with a grinder,low spots filled with a patching compound,or other remedial measures performed as permitted or required. C. Appearance: 1. Concrete surfaces exposed to view with defects which,in opinion of Engineer,adversely affect appearance as required by specified finish shall be repaired by approved methods. 2. Concrete not exposed to view is not subject to rejection for defective appearance unless,in the opinion of the Engineer,the defects impair the strength or function of the member. D. Strength of Structure: 1. Strength of structure in place will be considered potentially deficient if it fails to comply with any requirements which control strength of structure,including but not necessarily limited to following: a. Low concrete strength as specified in Article 3.5. b. Reinforcing steel size,configuration,quantity,strength,position,or arrangement at variance with requirements in Section 03208 or requirements of the Contract Drawings or approved Shop Drawings. c. Concrete which differs from required dimensions or location in such a manner as to reduce strength. d. Curing time and procedure not meeting requirements of these Specifications. e. Inadequate protection of concrete from extremes of temperature during early stages of hardening and strength development. f. Mechanical injury,construction fires,accidents or premature removal of formwork likely to result in deficient strength. g. Concrete defects such as voids,honeycomb,cold joints,spalling,cracking,etc., likely to result in deficient strength. 2. Structural analysis and/or additional testing may be required when strength of structure is considered potentially deficient. 3. Core tests may be required when strength of concrete in place is considered potentially deficient. 4. If core tests are inconclusive or impractical to obtain or if structural analysis does not confirm safety of structure,load tests may be required and their results evaluated in accordance with Chapter 20 of ACI 318. 5. Correct or replace concrete work judged inadequate by structural analysis or by results of core tests or load tests with additional construction,as directed by Engineer, at Contractor's expense. 6. Contractor to pay all costs incurred in providing additional testing and/or structural analysis required. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03350-5 SECTION 03431 PRECAST AND PRESTRESSED CONCRETE PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Precast and prestressed concrete. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 03208-Reinforcement. 4. Section 03308 -Concrete,Materials and Proportioning. 5. Section 03350-Testing. 6. Section 09905-Painting and Protective Coatings. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials(AASHTO): a. Standard Specification for Highway Bridges. 2. American Concrete Institute(ACI): a. 211.2,Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Structural Lightweight Concrete. b. 318,Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 3. ASTM International(ASTM): a. A36,Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. b. A108,Standard Specification for Steel Bars,Carbon,Cold-Finished,Standard Quality. c. A416,Standard Specification for Steel Strand,Uncoated Seven-Wire for Prestressed Concrete. d. A496,Standard Specification for Steel Wire,Deformed,for Concrete Reinforcement. e. C33,Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. f. C150,Standard Specification for Portland Cement. g. C330,Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete. h. E329,Standard Specifications for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction. 4. American Welding Society(AWS): a. A5.1,Specification for Carbon Steel Electrodes for Shielded Metal Arc Welding. b. A5.5,Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Electrodes for Shielded Metal Are Welding. c. DIA,Structural Welding Code-SteeI. d. DIA,Structural Welding Code-Reinforcing Steel. 5. Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA). 6. Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute(PCI): a. MNL 116,Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Precast and Prestressed Concrete Products. b. PCI Design Handbook-Precast and Prestressed Concrete. 7. Building code: a. International Code Council(ICC): 1) International Building Code and associated standards,2006 Edition including all amendments,referred to herein as Building Code. B. Qualifications: 1. Provide precast and prestressed concrete units produced by an active member of PCI. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03431-1 2. Provide units manufactured by plant which has regularly and continuously engaged in manufacture of units of same type as those required for a minimum of three(3)years. 3. Assure manufacturer's testing facilities meet requirements of ASTM E329. 4. Welding operators and processes to be qualified in accordance with: a. AWS D 1.I for welding steel shapes and plates. b. AWS 131.4 for welding reinforcing bars. 5. Welding operators to have passed qualification tests for type of welding required during the previous 12 months prior to commencement of welding. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. c. Sizes,types and manufacturer of neoprene bearing pads. d. Hardware to be utilized to support suspended appurtenances. 3. Shop Drawings and erection plans for precast units,their connections and supports showing: a. Member size and location. b. Size,configuration,location and quantity of reinforcing bars and prestressing strands. c. Initial prestress forces. d. Size and location of openings verified by Contractor. e. Size,number, and locations of embedded metal items and connections. f. Required concrete strengths. g. Identification of each unit using same standard marking numbers as used to mark actual units. 4. Calculations for members and connections designed by fabricator: a. Calculations to be sealed by a professional Structural Engineer registered in the State of Montana. b. Perform calculations using the dead load of the members plus the superimposed uniform and concentrated loads shown on the Drawings and indicated in this Specification Section. c. Indicate the following: 1) Design for maximum moment,maximum shear and maximum torsion. 2) Final top and bottom flexural stresses resulting from the stresses due to maximum moment and prestress force. 3) Ultimate moment capacity. 4) Final top and bottom flexural stresses,ultimate moment capacity,and ultimate shear capacity,if affected,for members with reduced cross sections due to openings or penetrations. 5) When required on Drawings,a check for no tension in top and bottom of members due to prestress force and member dead load plus superimposed loads indicated on Drawings and in this Specification Section. 5. Submit test results,when so required on Drawings,showing that embedded connection items will adequately support the indicated loads: a. Connection items to have an ultimate load capacity of at least two(2)times the required indicated load. 6. Concrete mix design(s)including submittal information defined in Section 03308 and 03311. 7. Copies of source quality control tests. 8. Certification of manufacturer's testing facility qualifications. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03431-2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Headed studs and deformed bar anchors: a. Nelson Stud Welding Div.,TRW,Inc. b. KSM Division,Omark Industries. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Embedded Steel Plates and Shapes: ASTM A36. B. Bearing Pads: 1. Neoprene. 2. Section 18,Division 2 of the AASHTO Standard Specification for Highway Bridges. 3. 60 durometer strength. C. Cement: 1. Comply with ASTM C 150,Type I-Ill Low Alkali(LA). D. Aggregates for Normal Weight Concrete: 1. ASTM C33 with coarse aggregate meeting the gradation for size 67 as stated in ASTM C33. 2. Provide aggregates approved for bridge construction by the State Highway Department in the state where the precast units are fabricated or in the state where the Project is located. 3. All fine aggregate to be natural not manufactured. E. Aggregates for Lightweight Concrete: 1. ASTM C330 with 3/4 IN maximum size coarse aggregate. 2. All fine aggregate to be natural not manufactured. F. Water: 1. Potable,clean. 2. Free of oils,acids,and organic matter. G. Maximum total chloride ion content contributed from all ingredients of concrete including water, aggregates,cement and admixtures measured as a weight percent of cement to not exceed 0.06 for prestressed concrete and 0.10 for all other precast concrete. H. Prestressing Strands: 1, Either 250K or 270K high tensile strength uncoated seven(7)wire strand. 2. Manufacture and test strands in accordance with ASTM A416. I. Reinforcing Steel and Welded Wire Fabric: See Section 03308 and 03311. J. Headed Studs: 1. ASTM A108. 2. Minimum yield strength: 50,000 psi. 3. Minimum tensile strength: 60,000 psi. K. Deformed Bar Anchors: 1. ASTM A496. 2. Minimum tensile strength: 80,000 psi. 3. Minimum yield strength: 70,000 psi. L. Electrodes: 1. E70 series conforming to AWS A5.1 or AWS A5.5 for welding steel shapes and plates. 2. E90 series conforming to AWS A5.5 for welding rebar. M. Concrete sand cement grout in keyways between hollow core slabs: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03431-3 1. See Section 03308 and 03311. 2.3 MIXES A. See Section 03311. B. Maximum water cement ratio for lightweight concrete to be determined in accordance with recommendations of ACI 211.2 to provide required 28 day compressive strength and maximum slump of 3 IN. C. Do not begin fabrication of units until concrete mix design(s)have been approved by Engineer. 2.4 DESIGN A. General Design Requirements: 1. Design units and connections in strict accordance with ACI 318 and the PCI Design Handbook-Precast and Prestressed Concrete. 2. Design units for spans,dead load of members,dead and live loads indicated on the Drawings with concentrated loads placed in their actual locations: a. Verify weights and locations of concentrated loads. 3. Design units taking into account reduced cross section at openings and penetrations. 4. Provide all reinforcing in units as indicated: a. Where not indicated,design and provide all reinforcing and prestressing strands subject to approval of Engineer. 5. Due to presence of corrosive atmosphere,design prestressed members where indicated on Drawings for no tension in top and bottom of members resulting from loads indicated on Drawings and in this Specification Section. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Do not fabricate units until Shop Drawings have been approved by Engineer and returned to Contractor and support Iocations have been field verified by Contractor. B. Manufacture,quality,dimensional and erection tolerances of all units to be in accordance with both PCI MNL 116 and PCI Design Handbook-Precast and Prestressed Concrete. C. Cast all members in smooth rigid forms which will provide straight,true members of uniform thickness and uniform color and finish. D. Use sand cement grout mixture to fill all air pockets and voids,and to repair chipped edges. E. Finish all repairs smooth and to match adjacent surface texture and color. F. Where units are to receive concrete topping,provide units having heavy broom finish on top surface for bond. 1. Provide roughness of top surface to provide bond with topping and design for horizontal shear at topping and unit interface in accordance with requirements of Paragraph 17.5 of ACI 318. 2. Make all other surfaces smooth. G. Incorporate embedded plates,angles,and flange welding strips into members at time of manufacture. 1. Provide embedded items as shown on the Drawings unless prior approval is received from Engineer to do otherwise. 2. Provide flange welding strips as indicated on Drawings. 3. Provide welding strips on all flange edges of all double tee units. 4. Space strips as shown on Drawings. 5. Cast lifting handles into units at or near support points: a. Remove lifting handles after units are erected. H. Cast openings larger than 6 IN SQ or 6 IN DIA in units at time of manufacture: 1. Make smaller openings by neat cutting or neat drilling by trades requiring them. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03431-4 2. Coordinate sizes and locations of all openings before fabrication of units. I. Make provisions for support of suspended ceilings,lighting fixtures,ducts,piping,conduits and other suspended work: 1. When drilled expansion bolts or powder-driven fasteners are approved for use,coordinate prestress strand location with prestress concrete member supplier so that drilled expansion bolts or powder-driven fasteners do not hit or are drilled or driven into prestress strands. 2. Install powder-driven fasteners by means of a low velocity powder-actuated tool complying with requirements of OSHA: a. Assure that the load to be supported by each in place drilled expansion bolt or powder- driven fastener does not exceed the maximum allowable load recommended by the bolt or fastener manufacturer for the concrete strength encountered and for the type,size and embedment length of expansion bolt or driven fastener installed. J. Automatically weld headed studs and deformed bar anchors to members to provide full penetration weld between studs,bar anchors and members they are attached to. K. Weld steel shapes and plates per AWS D1.1 and reinforcing steel per AWS D1.4. L. Minimum concrete compressive strength at time of strand release: 3500 psi. M. Mark each unit as indicated on the erection plans: 1. Place mark on non-exposed-to-view surface. N. Coat or finish ends of exposed prestressing strands to prevent rusting. O. Fabricate the following types of precast and prestressed units(all units to be made with normal weight concrete unless noted otherwise on Drawings): 1. Precast lintels as shown on Drawings. 2. Precast concrete beams and columns as shown on Drawings: a. Reinforce as indicated: 1) If reinforcement is not indicated, design and provide reinforcement as required to support maximum torsion,shear,moment and axial loads. b. See Paragraph 2AB of this Section for specific design requirements. c. Provide beam and column connections as indicated on Drawings and as required to support all loads subject to Engineer's approval. 2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. During production of precast concrete units, conduct strength tests of concrete placed in units as required in Specification Section 03208 for concrete placed during fabrication: 1. Results of strength tests to be sent immediately to Engineer,Contractor and Owner. 2. Test reports to indicate units they represent. B. When approved by Engineer,strength tests may be made by precast manufacturer after he has submitted certification that his testing facilities meet the requirements of ASTM E329. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Verify acceptability and location of supports to receive units: 1. Check bearing surfaces to determine that they are level and uniform. B. Verify compressive strengths of concrete and masonry supports: 1. Do not start erection of units until supports have reached their 28 day required compressive strengths. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Sequence erection to provide a balance of loads across beams and columns. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 03431-5 B. Give consideration to possible lack of stability or capacity of partially completed frame or structure. C. Contractor to be responsible for guying,shoring,and bracing of frame,walls and individual members as necessary to resist forces due to wind,erection,or any other source that may occur before structure is completed. D. Use only erection equipment adequate for placing units at lines and elevations indicated on Drawings: 1. Do not damage units or existing construction during erection. 2. Erect units using lifting handles cast into the units. E. Provide a 1/2 IN thick neoprene bearing pad on the top of all precast concrete columns: 1. Pad to cover entire top surface of column except hold pad back 1 IN from face of column all around. F. After erection,verify that there is no direct contact between bottom of units and supporting members: 1. Where direct contact occurs,install additional layers of bearing material to raise units off supports. G. Lintels: 1. Length of lintel bearing on supports to be as indicated on Drawings: a. If not indicated,minimum length of lintel bearing to be 8 IN. 2. When indicated on Drawings,fill masonry cells under lintel bearing with masonry grout and reinforce cells if so indicated. 3. Provide minimum 3/8 IN thick full bed joint of masonry mortar between underside of lintel and top surface of grouted masonry for complete lintel bearing length. 4. Where masonry cells are not required to be grouted under lintel bearing,provide minimum 3/8 IN thick face shell mortar bed joint between bottom of lintel and top of masonry block for complete lintel bearing length. 5. See Drawing details for required felt paper under lintel bearing at masonry control joints. H. Weld steel shapes and plates per AWS D1.1 and reinforcing steel per AWS D1.4. I. Fill all keyways between hollow core slabs with concrete sand cement grout: 1. See Section 03311. J. After all precast units are erected and all precast unit connections have been made,coat all exposed surfaces of the connections with the same prime and finish paint as required on the adjacent precast concrete units: 1. See Section 09905. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Causes for rejection of units include,but are not necessarily limited to the following: 1. Cracked units. 2. Chipped,broken,or spalled edges. 3. Units not within allowable casting tolerances. 4. Voids or air pockets which,in opinion of Engineer,are too numerous or too large. 5. Non-uniform finish or appearance. 6. Low concrete strength. 7. Improperly placed embedded items and/or openings. 8. Exposed wire mesh,reinforcing or prestressing strands. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9242009 03431-6 DIVISION 4 MASONRY SECTION 04050 COLD AND HOT WEATHER MASONRY CONSTRUCTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cold weather protection. 2. Hot weather protection. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American Concrete Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers/The Masonry Society (ACUASCE/T MS): a. ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602,Specifications for Masonry Structures. 2. Brick Industry Association(BIA): a. Technical Notes I -All-Weather Construction. 3. International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council(IMIAWC): a. Recommended Practices and Guide Specifications for Masonry Construction. 4. National Concrete Masonry Association(NCMA): a. TEK 3-1C,All Weather Concrete Masonry Construction. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Hot Weather Construction: Per ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602,hot weather construction is defined as occurring when ambient temperatures exceed 100 DegF or 90 DegF when the wind velocity is greater than 8 mph. B. Cold Weather Construction: Per ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602,cold weather construction is defined as occurring when ambient temperature falls below 40 DegF or when the temperature of the masonry units is below 40 DegF. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. See Section 01340 for requirement for: a. The mechanics and administration of the submittal process. b. The content of Operation and Maintenance Manuals Specifier: Other submittals of information which are not subject to provisions of Section 01340,review and approval, may be listed as subparagraphs under Miscellaneous. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 04050-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS - (NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS SECTION) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ERECTION AND APPLICATION A. General: 1. Comply with NCMA and BIA recommendations and practices. 2. Do not use frozen or ice coated materials. 3. At end of each day or at shutdown,cover tops of all walls not enclosed or sheltered with clear polyethylene minimum 6 mil thick. a. Extend down each side of wall minimum of 16 IN and secure. B. Temporary Facilities: 1. Construct and maintain temporary protection required to permit continuous and orderly progress of work. 2. Provide and maintain heat sufficient to assure temperature above 32 DegF within protected areas. 3. Remove all temporary facilities after completion of work. C. Cold Weather Construction and Protection Requirements Prior to and During Installation: 1. Air temperature 32 to 40 DegF: Heat mixing water or aggregate to produce mortar temperatures between 40 and 120 DegF. 2. Air temperature 25 to 32 DegF: a. Heat mixing water or aggregate to produce mortar temperatures between 40 and 120 DegF. b. Maintain mortar temperatures above freezing until used. 3. Air temperature below 25 DegF: a. Heat mixing water and aggregate to produce mortar temperatures between 40 and 120 DegF. b. Maintain mortar temperatures above freezing until used. c. Maintain temperature of units until laid at not less than 20 DegF. d. Provide heat on both sides of walls under construction to maintain air temperature above freezing. e. Provide windbreaks or shelters when wind is in excess of 15 mph. 1) Wind breaks or shelters shall be translucent. D. Cold Weather Construction and Protection Requirements after Installation: 1. Air temperature 32 to 40 DegF: Protect from rain or snow for not less than 24 HRS by covering with weather-resistive translucent membrane. 2. Air temperature 25 to 32 DegF: Completely cover with translucent weather-resistive membrane for not less than 24 HRS. 3. Air temperature 20 to 25 DegF: Completely protect with insulating blankets for not less than 24 HRS or provide other protection approved by Engineer. 4. Air temperature below 20 DegF: a. Provide enclosed translucent shelters and heating to maintain air temperature on each side of wall above 32 DegF for 24 HRS. b. Do not allow rapid drop in temperature after removal of heat. 5. Promptly repair all tears,holes,etc.,to translucent membrane and shelter using compatible patching material and tape as recommended by membrane manufacturer. E. Hot Weather Construction and Protection Requirements: 1. Comply with requirements of IMIAWC and ACl/ASCEITMS. 2. Storage and preparation of materials: a. Cover or shade masonry units and mortar materials from direct sun. b. Maintain sand in a damp loose condition: 1) Sand moisture shall be maintained at minimum 8 percent. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 04050-2 2) Sprinkle with cool water as required to maintain moisture content. c. Use cool water for mixing mortars. d. Avoid using tools and equipment that have been sitting in the sun: 1) Sprinkle mortar boards,mortar pans,wheel barrows,mixers,etc.,with cool water. e. Wet brick units having high initial rates of absorption. f. Do not wet concrete masonry units prior to use. 3. Installation: a. Place masonry units within one minute of the spreading of the mortar: 1) Mortar beds shall not be spread more than 4 FT ahead of the masonry unit being placed. b. Provide wind screens and shading partitions as required to eliminate direct sunlight exposure. c. Wet installed units using fog spray of clean water. d. Cover installed work immediately after installation to slow rate of loss of moisture from units. e. Fog-spray new masonry work until damp: 1) Repeat fog spraying minimum of three(3)times per day until masonry work has cured for 72 HRS. 2) In high humidity conditions,Engineer reserves the right to discontinue fog spraying if operation is found to be introducing excessive amounts of moisture into the Work. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 04050-3 SECTION 04110 CEMENT AND LIME MORTARS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cement and lime mortars and masonry grout. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2, Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 03308-Concrete,Materials and Proportioning. 4. Section 04210-Brick Masonry. 5. Section 04220-Concrete Masonry. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American Concrete Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers/The Masonry Society (ACl/ASCE/TMS). a. ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602,Specifications for Masonry Structures, 2. ASTM International(ASTM): a. C109,Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2 IN or Cube Specimens). b. C143,Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. c. C 144,Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. d. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. e. C207, Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. f. C270,Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry. g. C404, Standard Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout. h. C476,Standard Specification for Grout for Masonry. i. C780,Standard Test Method for Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation of Mortars for Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry. j. C1019,Standard Test Method for Sampling and Testing Grout. 3. FM Global(FM): a. FM Approval Guide. 4. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(UL): a. Fire Resistance Directory. 5. Building code: a. International Code Council(ICC): 1) International Building Code and associated standards,2006 Edition including all amendments,referred to herein as Building Code. B. Qualifications: 1. Testing Laboratory shall have a minimum of 10 years experience in the testing of mortar and grout. 2. Technician conducting tests shall have minimum of 5 years experience in the testing of mortar and grout. C. Mock-Ups: 1. Provide mortar and pointing grout for mock-up panels specified in Section 04210. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 04110-1 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Coarse grout and fine grout are defined by the aggregate size used in accordance with ASTM C476. B. Coarse aggregate and fine aggregate are defined in ASTM C404,Table 1. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Proposed mortar mix design,including proposed mix design for UL rated construction. c. Proposed masonry grout mix design. 3. Test results: a. Preconstruction mortar test results. b. Preconstruction masonry grout test results. c. Strength test results for all pointing grout mortar and masonry grout(both coarse and fine grout)placed during construction. d. Slump test results of all masonry grout placed during construction. B. Samples: 1. Actual colored mortar samples for color selection by Engineer. a. Color card and plastic simulations are not acceptable. C. Miscellaneous Submittals: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Qualifications of testing lab and technician. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: 1. ASTM C150,Type I or II. 2. No air entrainment. 3. Natural color. 4. Maximum percent of alkalis: 0.60 in accordance with ASTM C 150,Table 1 A. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207,Type S: 1. Type SA not acceptable. 2. Lime substitutes are not acceptable. C. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C 144,free of gypsum. D. Masonry Grout: 1. ASTM C476. 2. No admixtures allowed. E. Grout Aggregate: ASTM C404, F. Water: Potable, G. Mortar Pigments: 1. Commercial colorants suitably compounded for use in mortar mixes. 2. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended pigment-to-cement ratios. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administmion and Lab Building 9/24/2009 04110-2 2.2 MIXES A. Type"S"mortar shall be used: 1. Wherever a fire-resistance classification or rating is shown for unit masonry construction provide mortar of type which has been tested and listed by UL for construction indicated. 2. Comply with ASTM C270,Table No. 1. 3. Do not use masonry cement. 4. Mix materials minimum of 3 minutes and maximum of 5 minutes. 5. Adjust consistency to satisfaction of mason. 6. Use no anti-freeze additives. B. Masonry Grout: 1. Comply with ASTM C476. 2. Use no anti-freeze additives. 3. No fly ash additives will be accepted. 4. Mix 5 minutes minimum. 5. Slump: 8 to 11 IN, 6. At Contractor's option,manufactured grout meeting the above minimum requirements may be used. 7. Minimum 28-day compressive strength: 2,000 psi. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform preconstruction laboratory tests on proposed mortar and masonry grout mix prior to start of masonry work: 1. Perform tests far enough in advance so that any necessary retesting can be accomplished before masonry construction begins: a. Test mortar per ASTM C 109. b. Test grout per ASTM C1019. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. B. Use coarse grout in spaces with least dimension over 2 IN. C. Use fine grout for grouting door frames: 1. Grout all steel and FRP door frames in masonry and concrete wall construction unless specifically noted not to be grouted. 2. Do not grout aluminum door frames. D. Consolidate all grout while installing: 1. Consolidate grout pours 12 IN or less in height by mechanical vibration or by puddling. 2. Consolidate grout pours exceeding 12 IN in height by mechanical vibration and reconsolidate by mechanical vibration after initial water loss and settlement has occurred. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Mortar: 1. Contractor shall perform one(1)ASTM C780 annex A-1,A-5,A-6 and A-7 test per week on field mortar used during masonry construction. 2. If standard gray mortar begins to stiffen,it may be retempered by adding water and remixing: a. Standard gray mortar shall not be retempered more than one(1)time. 3. All mortar must be used within 1-1/2 HRS after initial mixing. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/7009 04110-3 B. Engineer reserves right to alter mix design based on initial rate of absorption of masonry units. C. Masonry Grout: 1. Use grout within 1-1/2 HRS after initial mixing. 2. Use no grout after it has begun to set. 3. Do not retemper grout after initial mixing. 4. Place grout in lifts not exceeding 4 FT. D. Masonry Grout Testing: 1. Owner and Testing Agency and/or Engineer will conduct compressive strength tests and slump tests on all masonry grout used during masonry construction. 2. Contractor's Testing Agency will conduct compressive strength tests and slump tests on all masonry grout mix designs proposed by the Contactor for compliance with the Contract Documents and re-testing in the event of changes. 3. Compressive strength test sampling,testing and reporting to be performed per ASTM C1019. 4. Owner's Testing Agency and/or Engineer will perform all slump test sampling,testing,and reporting per ASTM C 143. 5. Frequency of sampling: Owner's Testing Agency and/or Engineer may sample as frequently as one(1)sample(three(3)specimens)collected each grouting operation during masonry construction. 6. Compressive strength testing: a. One(1)strength test shall be the average of three(3)specimens from the same sample, tested at 28 days. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9r24/2009 04110-4 SECTION 04155 MASONRY ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Masonry accessories. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 04220-Concrete Masonry. 4. Section 05505-Metal Fabrications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. ASTM International(ASTM): a. A82, Standard Specification for Steel Wire,Plain,for Concrete Reinforcement. b. A153,Standard Specification for Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware. c. A951, Standard Specification for Steel Wire for Masonry Joint Reinforcement. d. A1008,Standard Specification for Steel,Sheet,Cold-Rolled,Carbon,Structural,High- Strength Low-Alloy,High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability,Solution Hardened,and Bake Hardenable. e. D624,Standard Test Method for Tear Strength of Conventional Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers. f. D2287,Standard Specification for Nonrigid Vinyl Chloride Polymer and Copolymer Molding and Extrusion Compounds. 2. Building code: a. International Code Council(ICC): 1) International Building Code and associated standards,2006 Edition including all amendments,referred to herein as Building Code. B. Mock-Ups: 1. Provide specified products for inclusion into mock-up panels required by Section 04210. 2. Coordinate with built-in items and veneer coursing. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. c. Detailed drawings of all factory or field formed stainless steel thru wall flashing. d. Tear resistance of flashing material. e. Manufacturer's recommendations for flashing adhesive. f. Manufacturer's data sheet on each product. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 04155-1 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Weep vents for cavity wall construction: a. Dur-O-WalInc. b. Heckman Building Products Inc. c. Hohmann&Bamard,Inc. d. Wire Bond. e. Mortar Net USA,Ltd. 2. Reglets: a. Hohmann&Bamard,Inc. b. W.P.Hickman Co. c. Superior Concrete Accessories,Inc. 3. Masonry anchors,horizontal joint reinforcing,veneer anchorage system and miscellaneous anchors: a. Dur-O-WaI. b. Heckman. c. Hohmann&Barnard,Inc. d. Wire Bond. 4. Thru wall flashing: a. EPDM: 1) Carlisle Syntech Systems,Inc. 2) Firestone Building Products Co. 5. Weep joint mortar protection system: a. Mortar Net USA,Ltd. b. Hohmann&Barnard,Inc. c. Wire Bond. 6. Preformed control joint inserts: a. Dur-O-WaI. b. Hohmann&Bamard,Inc. 7. Grout screen: a. Wire Bond. b. Dur-O-WaI. c. Heckman Building Products. d. Hohmann&Barnard,Inc. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Thm Wall Flashing: 1. 40 mil EPDM manufactured specifically for thm wall flashing: a. Tear resistance: ASTM D624, 150 LB/IN minimum. b. Width as required: 1) Provide single piece full width,no horizontal joints will be allowed unless approved in writing by Engineer. c. Factory precut wherever possible. d. Factory fabricated inside and outside comers when available. B. Flashing Adhesive: As recommended by flashing manufacturer for sealing laps,sealing to vertical masonry and concrete surfaces and sealing to stainless steel surfaces. C. Weep Vent: 1. 90 percent open mesh vent designed to be placed in vertical mortar joint. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 04155-2 2. Similar to Mortar Net USA,Ltd. "Mortar Net Weep Vents". 3. Color: As selected by Engineer. D. Reglets: 1. Products specified are manufactured by Hohmann&Barnard,Inc. 2. For masonry construction: Type#MR-Masonry Reglet. 3. For concrete construction: Type#CR-Concrete Reglet. E. Horizontal Joint Reinforcing: 1. General: a. Conform to ASTM A951. b. Cold drawn steel wire,ASTM A82. c. 9 GA side rods. d. 9 GA cross rods. e. Galvanized,ASTM A153,Class B2. f. Prefabricated corner and tee sections with minimum length of 30 IN from point of intersection. 2. Single wythe wall joint reinforcing: a. Ladder design at walls with vertical reinforcing. b. Truss design at walls without vertical reinforcing. 3. Composite wall joint reinforcing: Ladder design with double side rod. 4. Cavity wall joint reinforcing: a. Ladder design horizontal joint reinforcing. b. Wire eyes welded to horizontal joint reinforcing: 1) Length as required to project through rigid insulation into airspace. c. 3/16 IN DIA adjustable pintle veneer anchors: 1) Length as required to provide minimum 2 IN embed into veneer mortar joint. d. Units similar to DUR-O-WAL"LADUR-EYE". F. Anchors at Intersecting Load-Bearing Walls(Rigid Steel Masonry Anchors): 1 x 1/4 x 24 IN(or length as shown on Drawings or as required by wall condition)galvanized steel,ASTM A153, G60 minimum coating,with ends turned up 2 IN. G. Grout Screen: 1. Polypropylene monofrlament. 2. 1/4 x 1/4 IN mesh. 3. Width of grout screen to be 2 IN less than nominal width of CMU. H. Weep Joint Mortar Protection System: 1. 100 percent recycled polyester. 2. 90 percent minimum open weave mesh. 3. Minimum 10 IN high by full width of air cavity. 1. Preformed Control Joint Inserts: 1. ASTM D2287. 2. Hardness: 85 durometer. 3. Shear strength: Minimum 2831 LBS/per/FT/joint. 4. Similar to Dur-O-Wal#D/A 2002 or Hohmann&Barnard#VS Series. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Thru Wall Flashing: 1. Install to provide positive drainage of cavity moisture. 2. Extend flashing beyond edge of lintel or sills to next vertical mortar joint but not less than 4 IN and turn up edge one(1)full veneer course: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 04155-3 a. Seal all joints. 3. Where thru wall flashing steps up or down in the wall,provide end dam at step: a. End dam shall extend up or down to tie into thru wall flashing step. b. Seal all joints for continuous watertight barrier. 4. At concrete masonry unit back-up,install upper edge of flashing into block joint. 5. Adhere vertical surface of flashing to back-up wall with adhesive recommended by flashing manufacturer. 6. Extend flashing minimum of 6 IN above top of weep joint mortar protection system when possible. 7. Lap and seal flashing at all inside and outside comers to provide continuous uninterrupted barrier. C. Weeps: 1. Provide weep joints at maximum 16 IN OC in head joint of first course of veneer immediately above thru wall flashing: a. Omit mortar bed on top of thru wall flashing at each weep joint location to allow moisture an unobstructed path to the exterior. b. Weep joints shall be not more than one(1)brick course high. 2. Provide weep vents maximum 16 IN OC in top of head joint of top course of veneer or as indicated on Drawings: a. Do not use weep vents in weep joints at the bottom of the wall. b. Set weep vents back away from face of veneer slightly so the front edge of the vent is contained within the mortar joint. D. Weep Joint Mortar Protection System: 1. Install continuous row(s)of material. 2. Provide multiple thicknesses of material compressed as required to completely fill the entire air cavity: a. Thickness to beat least 10 percent wider than air cavity being filled. 3. Set material directly on top of thru wall flashing. E. Butt joints of preformed control joint inserts tightly together and secure with adhesive or sealant acceptable to insert manufacturer. F. Anchoring Veneer: I. Veneer with concrete block back-up: a. Anchor veneer to new construction using horizontal joint reinforcing and adjustable pintle veneer anchors. 2. Veneer with concrete back-up: a. Anchor veneer to new construction using dovetail anchors and slots. b. Anchor veneer to existing construction using adjustable pintle and plate. c. Provide veneer anchorage at not more than 16 IN OC vertically and 16 IN OC horizontally. 3. In cavity wall construction,where required for seismic design,provide single continuous wire horizontal joint reinforcing permanently attached to veneer anchorage system as required by the Building Code. G. Reinforcing Masonry: 1. General: a. Provide continuous horizontal joint reinforcing in all concrete masonry wall construction: 1) Embed longitudinal side rods in mortar for entire length with minimum cover of 5/8 IN on exterior side of walls and 1/2 IN at other locations: a) For interior partitions,the"exterior"side of the wall is considered the side having the most corrosive atmosphere. 2) Lap reinforcement minimum of 12 IN at ends: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 04155-4 a) Remove cross wires on one(1)side of the lap splice and bend the side rods slightly so the lap is provided with 12 IN of uninterrupted wire lap occurring in the same plane. 3) Do not bridge control joints with horizontal joint reinforcing. 4) Do not bridge expansion joints with horizontal joint reinforcing. 5) At comers and wall intersections use prefabricated"L"and"T"horizontal joint reinforcing sections. 6) Cut and bend as required. b. Install reinforcing at 16 IN OC vertically unless noted otherwise on Drawings. c. Install reinforcing 8 IN OC for a minimum of 24 IN at starter courses: 1) Do not install horizontal joint reinforcing in veneer mortar joint having through- wall flashing. d. In concrete masonry back-up construction,install horizontal joint reinforcing and adjustable pintle veneer anchors at 8 IN OC in parapets: 1) Parapets begin at the course immediately above the top of the roof structural member or top of concrete topping slab on precast roof structure. e. In concrete masonry back-up construction,install horizontal joint reinforcing and adjustable pintle veneer anchors 8 IN OC in courses on each side of vertical control joints and on each jamb of openings for full height of joint or opening: 1) Extend reinforcing minimum 24 IN beyond joint or jambs of opening. f. In concrete masonry back-up construction,reinforce masonry openings over 12 IN wide with horizontal joint reinforcing and adjustable pintle veneer anchors placed in three(3) horizontal joints above lintel and two(2)horizontal joints below sill: 1) Extend minimum of 24 IN beyond jambs of opening. 2. Reinforcing concrete masonry: a. At intersecting(interior/exterior or interior/interior)load-bearing walls,provide rigid steel anchors 16 IN OC vertically;embed ends in grout filled cores: 1) Alternate rigid steel anchors with horizontal joint reinforcing. b. At intersecting non-load bearing walls or at intersecting(interior/exterior or interior/interior)load bearing/non-load bearing walls provide grout screen in mortar joint at 16 IN OC vertically: 1) Extend minimum 6 IN into each wall. 2) Alternate grout screen with horizontal joint reinforcing. c. Install vertical reinforcing bars where indicated on Drawings: 1) Provide means necessary to ensure position of vertical steel reinforcing meets requirements of Building Code. d. Anchor intersecting concrete masonry(regardless of load bearing capacity)to intersecting concrete or concrete back-up using dovetail slots and anchors: 1) Provide dovetail anchors at 16 IN OC or as noted on Drawings. 3. Repair all galvanized coatings damaged as a result of welding: a. See Section 05505 for galvanizing repair system. 4. Reinforcing veneer: a. Reinforce veneer with joint reinforcement placed in veneer mortar joints: 1) In new masonry back-up construction alternate veneer horizontal joint reinforcing with composite wall horizontal joint reinforcing. 2) In new concrete back-up construction alternate veneer horizontal joint reinforcing with dovetail anchors. H. Install reglets as walls are being constructed: 1. Set reglets true with wall,plumb and at consistent depth. I. Remove all excess mortar and grout from reglets as walls are being constructed and protect reglet openings from filling with mortar,grout and other construction debris. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 04155-5 SECTION 04210 BRICK MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Brick masonry. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements, 3. Section 04050-Cold and Hot Weather Masonry Construction. 4. Section 04110-Cement and Lime Mortars. 5. Section 04155-Masonry Accessories. 6. Section 04220-Concrete Masonry. 7. Section 04510-Masonry Cleaning, 8. Section 07176-Liquid Water Repellent. 9. Section 07900-Joint Sealants. 10. Section 09905—Painting and Protective Coatings 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. ASTM International(ASTM): a. C216,Specification for Facing Brick(Solid Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale). B. Mock-Ups: 1. After final brick selection has been made and prior to permanent wall construction, construct sample wall,minimum 4 FT high x 4 FT long,utilizing all specified components of exterior wall(including alternating brick types)for Engineer review and acceptance. 2. Sample wall shall constitute minimum standard of quality for actual construction: a. Maintain sample wall during construction. 3. If not acceptable,construct additional sample walls as required. 4. Remove when directed. 5. Build sample wall in conjunction with sample wall required for concrete masonry construction. 6. Sample wall to include all special comers and other special brick detailing including all special shapes: a. Step construction of sample wall to allow observation of all specified components. b. Sample wall shall include as a minimum all special shapes,all types of brick coursing, cavity insulation,cavity wall joint reinforcing,veneer horizontal joint reinforcing,thru wall flashing,weep joints,weep joint mortar protection system and weep vents,and liquid water repellent: 1) Sample wall shall include inside and outside corner showing thru wall flashing lapping,jointing and sealing. 2) Sample wall shall include example of flashing condition at bearing end of lintels as outlined in Section 04155. C. All brick provided on this Project shall be from same production run. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 04210-1 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 3. Results of cavity wall flood test. B. Samples: 1. Minimum 12 x 12 IN banded brick sample incorporating actual brick and mortar color being used on Project for Engineer review. 2. Samples of all special shapes prior to incorporating into sample wall. 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver units on pallets with tight covers or deliver in cubes and store on dunnage. B. Inspect masonry upon delivery to assure color match with sample wall and dimensional quality and trueness of brick units. C. Return unacceptable units. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Brick: a. Denver. b. Endicott Tile Ltd. c. Mutual Materials. d. Robinson. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Brick: 1. Size: 2-1/2 x 7-5/8 x 3-5/8 IN,Modular. 2. Color range: a. Field color:Beige,similar to Mutual Materials"Wheat". b. Accent color:Tan,similar to Mutual Materials"Tan Terra". 3. ASTM C216,Type FBX or FBS,Grade SW. 4. Include in bid special shaped,sized or cut brick units required for complete installation: a. Special shaped brick shall be fabricated in manufacturing plant and shall not be field fabricated by saw cutting unless otherwise noted. B. Accessories: See Section 04155. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Verify that all required accessory items are correct. C. General: 1. Build cavity walls to thickness indicated. 2. Build single-wythe walls to actual thickness of masonry units. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 04210-2 3. Build composite walls to thickness indicated. 4. Build in flashing,reinforcing,weeps,vents and related accessory items: a. See Section 04155 for installation of accessory items. 5. Install field brick in running bond: a. Provide special coursing where indicated on the Drawings. 6. Perform all cutting with masonry saws using saw blades as recommended by masonry unit manufacturer. 7. Drill holes with power drill using drill bits as recommended by masonry unit manufacturer. 8. Holes made by chipping not acceptable. 9. Cut as required to provide pattern required. 10. Use 100 percent solid units where cutting or laying would expose holes: a. Fill solid with mortar all units in first course directly below thru wall flashing. b. Miter all brick at comers. 11. Avoid use of less than half size units whenever possible. 12. Do not install damaged units. 13. Wet brick having absorption rates greater than 0.025 OZ/SI/MIN: a. Wet brick in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 14. Install brick work in conjunction with concrete unit masonry work. D. Laying and Tooling: 1. Lay out walls in advance for uniform and accurate spacing of bond patterns and joints: a. Properly locate openings,movement type joints,returns and offsets. 2. Lay brick with completely filled bed and head joints except at weep locations: a. Omit mortar from head joint at weep joint locations. b. Butter ends with sufficient mortar to completely fill head joints and shove into place. c. Do not slush head joints. d. See Section 04110 for mortar and grout. 3. In cavity wall construction, taper mortar on inside edge of veneer to prevent mortar from falling into cavity. 4. Protect cavity during laying of brick as required to prevent mortar droppings from filling cavity. 5. Install weep joint mortar protection system in cavity per Section 04155. 6. Maintain nominal 3/8 IN joint widths: a. Cut joints flush where concealed. b. Tool exposed joints concave. c. Compress mortar in below grade joints. d. Provide wider joints where noted on the Drawings. e. Where brick sets on top of steel support,omit the mortar joint on top of the support under the brick and set the brick directly on the thru wall flashing or the steel support member unless a mortar joint is required to maintain coursing. 7. During tooling of joints,enlarge any voids or holes,except weep joints,and completely fill with mortar. 8. Point-up all joints at corners,openings and adjacent work to provide neat,uniform appearance. 9. Remove brick units disturbed after laying: a. Clean and relay in fresh mortar. b. Do not pound units to fit. c. If adjustments are required,remove units,clean and reset in fresh mortar. 10. Where work is stopped and later resumed,rake back 1/2 brick unit length in each course: a. Wet units lightly. b. Remove loose units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry. 11. As work progresses,build-in items indicated and specified. a. Fill in solidly with mortar around built-in items. E. Control Joints and Sealants: 1. Provide vertical expansion,control and isolation joints where indicated: a. Where not indicated provide at maximum 16 FT OC. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and lab Building 9/24/2009 04210-3 b. Rake out all mortar from joint: 1) Exercise care not to damage thru wall flashing when cleaning mortar from vertical joints. c. Locate control joints at points of natural weakness in masonry. 2. See Section 07900 for sealant installation requirements. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Protect against weather when work is not in progress: 1. Cover top of walls with waterproof translucent membrane,extend at least 4 FT down both sides of wall and anchor in place. B. Protect against cold and hot weather as specified in Section 04050. C. Remove and replace loose,stained,or damaged bricks: 1. Provide new units to match. 2. Install in fresh mortar. 3. Point to eliminate evidence of replacement. D. Tolerances: 1. Maximum variation from plumb in vertical lines and surfaces of columns,walls and arises: a. 1/4 IN in 10 FT. b. 3/8 IN in a story height not to exceed 20 FT. c. 1/2 IN in 40 FT or more. 2. Maximum variation from plumb for external corners,expansion joints and other conspicuous lines: a. 1/4 IN in any story or 20 FT maximum. b. 1/2 IN in 40 FT or more. 3. Maximum variation from level of grades for exposed lintels,sills,parapets,horizontal grooves and other conspicuous lines: a. 1/4 IN in any bay or 20 FT. b. 1/2 IN in 40 FT or more. 4. Maximum variation from plan location of related portions of columns,walls and partitions: a. 1/2 IN in any bay or 20 FT. b. 3/4 IN in 40 FT or more. 5. Maximum variation in cross-sectional dimensions of columns and thicknesses of walls from dimensions shown on Drawings: a. Minus 1/4 IN. b. Plus 1/2 IN, E. Inspect wall to ensure that mortar droppings have not plugged weep joints or weep vents. 3.3 CLEANING A. Clean brick masonry as wall is being constructed using fiber brush,wooden paddles and scrapers: 1. After all brick construction is complete,wash wall using specified brick cleaning solution. 2. Refer to Section 04510. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 04210-4 SECTION 04220 CONCRETE MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Concrete masonry construction(CMU)including all standard concrete masonry units and precast concrete sills. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 03208 -Reinforcement. 4. Section 04050-Cold and Hot Weather Masonry Construction. 5. Section 04110-Cement and Lime Mortars. 6. Section 04155-Masonry Accessories. 7. Section 04210-Brick Masonry. 8. Section 04510-Masonry Cleaning. 9. Section 07210-Building Insulation. 10. Section 07900-Joint Sealants, 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American Concrete Institute(ACI)/American Society of Civil Engineers(ASCE)/The Masonry Society(TMS): a. ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602,Specifications for Masonry Structures. 2. ASTM International(ASTM): a. C33,Specification for Concrete Aggregates. b. C90, Specification for Loadbearing Concrete Masonry Units. c. C140,Standard Test Methods of Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units and Related Units. 3. National Concrete Masonry Association(NCMA): a. TEK 2-3A,Architectural Concrete Masonry Units. b. TEK 34B,Bracing Concrete Masonry Walls During Construction. 4. Building code: a. International Code Council(ICC): 1) International Building Code and associated standards,2006 Edition including all amendments,referred to herein as Building Code. B. Mock-Ups: 1. Build in conjunction with work in Section 04210. 2. Prior to permanent wall construction,construct mock-up: a. Mock-up shall be as large as required to properly display all components required by the building masonry construction;however,the mock-up shall be a minimum 4 FT high x 4 FT long. b. Utilize all specified components for Engineer review and acceptance. 3. Mock-up shall constitute minimum standard of quality for actual construction: a. Maintain mock-up during construction. 4. Remove when directed by Engineer. C. All masonry units of any one(1)particular type,color or face style shall be from the same production run: 1. Special shapes shall be factory fabricated unless noted otherwise. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 04220-1 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Definitions to be in accordance with Standard Unit Nomenclature Table 1,NCMA TEK 2-3A. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Manufacturer's information on aggregate and cement type used in manufacture. 3. Certifications: a. Certification that concrete masonry units meet or exceed requirements of standards referenced. 4. Qualifications of testing lab and technician. 5. Test results for all masonry testing. B. Miscellaneous Submittals: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver units on pallets with tight covers or deliver in cubes and store on dunnage. B. Protect units from damage. C. Inspect units upon delivery to assure color match with mock-up,dimensional quality,and trueness of unit. 1. Return damaged or otherwise unacceptable units. D. Store units in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Concrete Masonry Units: 1. Modular normal(heavy)weight units,ASTM C90: a. Provide aggregate in accordance with ASTM C33. b. Total linear drying shrinkage: ASTM C90. c. Weight: Minimum of 125 LB/CF. d. Medium weight or light weight units are not acceptable. 2. Face shell and web thickness: ASTM C90,Table 1. 3. Water absorption: ASTM C90 Table 2. 4. Concrete bricks of same material,texture and quality. 5. Compressive strength: ASTM C90,Table 2. 6. Dimensional Tolerance: ASTM C90. B. Reinforcing Bars: Refer to Section 03208 and as indicated on Drawings. C. Mortar. Refer to Section 04110. D. Masonry Grout: Refer to Section 04110. E. Masonry Accessories: Refer to Section 04155. F. Sealants: Refer to Section 07900. 2.2 FABRICATION A. Concrete Masonry Units: 1. Color: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and lab Building 9/24/2009 04220-2 a. Standard gray. 2. Design compressive strength: fm=1,500 PSI minimum: a. Determine in accordance with unit strength method per ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. 3. Fire resistive units: Fabricate to meet the Building Code. 4. Fabricated in the manufacturing plant. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Verify that anchors and flashings are correct. B. Lay out walls in advance for uniform and accurate spacing of bond patterns and joints: 1. Properly locate openings, movement type joints,returns,and offsets. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. General: 1. Build cavity walls to thickness indicated on Drawings. 2. Build single-wythe walls to actual thickness of masonry units. 3. Build composite walls to thickness indicated on Drawings. 4. Build in flashing,reinforcing,and related accessory items: a. See Section 04155 for installation of accessory items. 5. Perform all cutting with masonry saws using saw blades as recommended by masonry unit manufacturer. 6. Drill holes with power drill using drill bits as recommended by masonry unit manufacturer. 7. Holes made by chipping unit will not be accepted. 8. Install field units in running bond: a. Provide special coursing where indicated on the Drawings. 9. Cut as required to maintain bond pattern. 10. Use solid units where cutting or laying would expose holes and as noted on Drawings. 11. Avoid use of less than half size units,whenever possible. 12. Do not use chipped,cracked,spalled,stained or imperfect units exposed in finish work. 13. Do not wet concrete masonry units. 14. Build chases and recesses as indicated and required for work of other trades: a. Provide not less than 8 IN of masonry between chase or recess and jamb of openings, and between adjacent chases and recesses unless detailed otherwise on the Drawings. 15. In fire rated wall construction,install fire resistive units in accordance with the Building Code. C. Concrete Masonry Units: 1. Install grouted hollow units under lintel bearing points: a. Refer to Section 04110 for grouting. D. Laying and Tooling: 1. Lay masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints: a. Provide full mortar bed on all block cross webs and completely fill head joints: 1) Do not slush head joints. 2) Protect cells requiring grout fill from mortar droppings. 3) Omit mortar from head joint at weeps. 2. Maintain nominal 3/8 IN joint widths: a. Cut joints flush where concealed. b. Tool exposed joints concave. c. Compress mortar in below ground joints. d. Provide wider joints where noted on Drawings: 1) In no case shall any mortar joint be more than 3/4 IN wide. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 04220-3 e. Where masonry sits on top of steel support omit the mortar joint on top of the support and sit masonry directly on top of the thm wall flashing or the steel support member unless a mortar joint is required to maintain coursing. 3. During tooling of joints,enlarge any voids or holes,and completely fill with mortar. 4. Point-up all joints at corners,openings,and adjacent work to provide neat,uniform appearance. 5. Remove masonry disturbed after laying: a. Clean and relay in fresh mortar. b. Do not pound units to fit. c. If adjustments are required,remove units,clean,and reset in fresh mortar. 6. Where work is stopped and later resumed,rack back 1/2 masonry unit length in each course: a. Remove loose units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry. 7. As work progresses,build in items indicated on Drawings and specified: 8. Fill in solidly with mortar around built-in items: a. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units,place grout screen in joint below and fill core solid with mortar. E. Control Joints and Sealants: 1. Provide vertical expansion,control and isolation joints where indicated on Drawings: a. Where not indicated on Drawings,provide control joints at maximum 24 FT OC or at natural point of weakness. b. Provide at all T intersections. c. Rake out mortar in joint. 2. Refer to Section 07900 for sealant installation requirements: a. Seal control and expansion joints. F. Tolerances: 1. Maximum variation from plumb in vertical lines and surfaces of columns,walls,and arises: a. 1/4 IN in 10 FT. b. 3/8 IN in a story height not to exceed 20 FT. c. 1/2 IN in 40 FT or more. 2. Maximum variation from plumb for external corners,expansion joints,and other conspicuous lines: a. 1/4 IN in any story or 20 FT maximum. b. 1/2 IN in 40 FT or more. 3. Maximum variation from level of grades for exposed lintels,sills,parapets,horizontal grooves,and other conspicuous lines: a. 1/4 IN in any bay or 20 FT. b. 1/2 IN in 40 FT or more. 4. Maximum variation from plan location of related portions of columns,walls,and partitions: a. 1/2 IN in any bay or 20 FT. b. 3/4 IN in 40 FT or more. 5. Maximum variation in cross-sectional dimensions of columns and thicknesses of walls from dimensions shown on Drawings: a. Minus 1/4 IN. b. Plus 1/2 IN. G. Protect against weather when work is not in progress: 1. During inclement weather conditions,cover top of walls with translucent waterproof membrane. 2. See Section 04050. H. Protect against cold/hot weather as specified in Section 04050. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Bracing Concrete Masonry Walls During Construction: 1. At a minimum,provide bracing in accordance with NCMA TEK 34B. 2. Contractor is responsible for adequately bracing all masonry during construction. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 04220-4 B. Remove and replace loose,stained,damaged and other unacceptable units as directed by Engineer: 1. Provide new units to match. 2. Install in fresh mortar. 3. Point to eliminate evidence of replacement. C. Special Masonry Inspection: 1. Masonry inspection services will be provided during the following construction activities: a. Masonry inspection services will be provided by the Owner through the Engineer: 1) See Section 01060 for additional information. b. During laying of units: 1) During the first day of the masonry construction,inspect proportions of site prepared mortar,construction of mortar joints,location of all reinforcing and connectors,size and location of structural elements,type,size and location of anchors,protection of masonry during cold weather. 2) Inspection to be continuous the first full day of masonry construction which requires special inspection: a) Thereafter,a minimum of 3 HRS every third day of construction until the concrete masonry work is complete. 3) Inspection while laying masonry units may be made concurrently with other inspection duties provided all inspection duties are adequately performed. 4) When deficiencies are found,additional inspection shall be provided as required until deficiencies have been corrected. 5) If masonry crews change,an additional full day of inspection is required during the first day the new crew is on-site. c. Placement of reinforcing steel: 1) Verification of all reinforcing including size,grade,lap lengths,and type. 2) Inspection may be periodic as required to verify all reinforcing. 3) Inspector to be present during the concrete pour in which any dowels connecting concrete to masonry are cast to verify proper location of dowels. d. Prior to each grouting operation,verify that grout space is clean,reinforcing and connectors are properly placed,proportions of site-prepared grout are correct and mortar joints have been properly constructed: 1) Inspection may be periodic as required to verify proper grout space. e. Verify compliance with Building Code and Specifications continuously during all grouting operations. f. Provide special inspection in accordance with ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 Table 1.14.1.2,including observation of masonry work for conformance to the Contract Documents: 1) Engineer will: a) Provide inspection reports to the Building Official and Owner. b) Notify Contractor of discrepancies for correction. c) Notify Building Official and Owner,in writing,when discrepancies have been satisfactorily corrected. d) Submit final signed report stating that work requiring special inspection was, to the best of the inspector's knowledge,in conformance to the Contract Documents and the applicable workmanship previsions of ACT 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean concrete masonry as the wall is being constructed using fiber brushes,wooden paddles and scrapers: 1. No acid-based cleaning solutions shall be used unless approved in writing by Engineer. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 04220-5 SECTION 04510 MASONRY CLEANING PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Masonry cleaning. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Use experienced workmen familiar with product and its application. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Manufacturer's application instructions. b. Manufacturer's dilution recommendations. c. Manufacturer's recommendations on neutralizing rinse. B. Certifications: 1. Certification that Contractor is experienced in this type of masonry cleaning. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Cleaning solution:Detergent type: a. Pro So Co. b. Diedrich Technologies,Inc. 2. Cleaning solution for manganese or vanadium stained masonry: a. Pro So Co. b. Diedrich Technologies,Inc. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Detergent-Type Cleaning Solution: 1. Similar to Pro So Co."Sure Clean#600"detergent masonry cleaner. B. Manganese or Vanadium-Stained Masonry: 1. Similar to Pro So Co."Vanatrol." C. Water:Potable. D. Neutralizing rinse as required by manufacturer. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 04510-1 2.3 MIXES A. Dilute cleaning solution with potable water at rate which will provide for the weakest solution allowable for cleaning wall. B. If project conditions require solution of greater than 5 percent acid,obtain permission from Engineer in writing prior to applying solution to wall surface. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Allow 7 days after completion of masonry work before start of cleaning. B. Remove excess mortar using wooden paddles and scrapers. C. Protect adjacent surfaces not to be cleaned. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Protect adjacent surfaces subject to potential damage by cleaning solution. B. Apply masonry cleaner to exposed-to-view masonry surfaces. 1. Do not use wire brushes. 2. Use only tools free of rust. 3. Apply solution using fibered wall-washing brush. C. Thoroughly rinse and pre-soak walls. D. Flush all loose mortar and dirt from surface. E. Wet to prevent"run-off'streaking. F. Scrape off mortar and reapply cleaning solution. G. After scrubbing,clean thoroughly with pressurized water. H. Apply neutralizing rinse as recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 04510-2 DIVISION 5 METALS SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Structural steel,including the fabrication and erection of framing and bracing members, including connections. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 05131—Structural Aluminum, 4. Section 05211 -Steel Joists, 5. Section 05313-Metal Deck. 6. Section 05505-Metal Fabrications. 7. Section 09905-Painting and Protective Coatings. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American Institute of Steel Construction(AISC): a. Specifications for Structural Steel Buildings(referred to herein as RISC Specification). b. Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges dated March 7,2000. c. Quality Certification Program for Fabricators d. Erector Certification Program. e. Manual of Steel Construction. 2. American Society of Civil Engineers(ASCE). 3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers(ASME): a. B18.22.1,Plain Washers. 4. ASTM International(ASTM): a. A2,Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Girder Rails of Plain,Grooved,and Guard Types. b. A6,Standard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel Bars, Plates,Shapes,and Sheet Piling. c. A36,Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. d. A53,Standard Specification for Pipe,Steel,Black and Hot-Dipped,Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. e. A108,Standard Specification for Steel Bar,Carbon and Alloy,Cold Finished. f. Al53,Standard Specification for Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware. g. A307,Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,60,000 PSI Tensile Strength. h. A325,Standard Specification for Structural Bolts,Steel,Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. i. A496,Standard Specification for Steel Wire,Deformed,for Concrete Reinforcement. j. A500,Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. k. A563,Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts. 1. A572,Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Structural Steel. m. A992,Standard Specification for Steel for Structural Shapes. n. F436,Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers. o. F593,Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts,Hex Caps Screws and Studs. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 05120-1 p. F959, Standard Specification for Compressible-Washer-Type Direct Tension Indicators for Use with Structural Fasteners. q. F1554,Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36,55,and 105-ksi Yield Strength. 5. Specification for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or ASTM A490 Bolts as approved by the Research Council on Structural Connections(RCSC)of the Engineering Foundation (referred to herein as Specification for Structural Joints). 6. American Welding Society(AWS): a. A5.1,Specification for Carbon Steel Electrodes for Shielded Metal Arc Welding. b. A5.5,Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Electrodes for Shielded Metal Arc Welding. c. A5.17,Specification for Carbon Steel Electrodes and Fluxes for Submerged Arc Welding. d. A5.18, Specification for Carbon Steel Electrodes and Rods for Gas Shielded Arc Welding. e. A5.20,Specification for Carbon Steel Electrodes for Flux Cored Arc Welding. f. A5.23,Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Electrodes and Fluxes for Submerged Arc Welding. g. A5.28,Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Electrodes and Rods for Gas Shielded Arc Welding. h. A5.29,Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Electrodes for Flux Cored Are Welding. i. D1.1,Structural Welding Code-Steel(referred herein as AWS Code). j. Steel stud connectors and their installation to comply with requirements of AWS Code. 7. Building code: a. International Code Council(ICC): 1) International Building Code and associated standards,2006 Edition including all amendments,referred to herein as Building Code. B. Qualifications: 1. Steel fabricator: a. Use a professional engineer on fabrication staff. 2. Steel erector: a. With an active and enforced quality assurance program in place,as described in the Building Code. 3. Qualify welding procedures and welding operators in accordance with AWS. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Fabrication and/or layout drawings: a. Prepare Shop Drawings under National Institute of Steel Detailing Quality Procedures Program certification. b. Complete Shop Drawings for all of the work showing clearly all pieces,sizes, dimensions,details,connections materials and shop coatings: 1) All Shop Drawings must be checked and signed"approved"before submittal. 2) Show all cuts,copes,and holes. 3) Indicate all shop and field bolts. 4) Indicate all shop and field welds using AWS symbols. 5) Be reviewed and sealed by a professional engineer retained by Contractor to verify conformance with design criteria stipulated in the Contract Documents. c. Prepare complete erection drawings showing the location and marks of all pieces: 1) Copies of up-to-date erection drawings shall accompany the Shop Drawings: a) Use match marks on the erection drawings to indicate the sheet number on which each particular member is detailed. d. Correct any incorrect or unacceptable material or fabrication due to incorrect detailing, shop work,or erection,without additional charge. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Adminispation and Lab Building 9/24/2009 05120-2 3. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. c. Detailed supplemental specification relating to load indicator washers or high-strength bolts-alternate design for approval of Engineer(submitted at Contractor's option if desired by Contractor for use). d. Source and certification of quality for high-strength bolts,nuts and washers. 4. Certifications: a. Certificates of compliance with standards specified for all major components and fasteners incorporated into work. b. Copies of current welding certificates for each welder assigned to perform welding indicating compliance with testing specified by AWS. c. Welder qualification data and prequalified procedures. 5. Test reports: a. Certified copies of mill tests. b. Manufacturer's load test and temperature sensitivity data for expansion anchor bolts and adhesive anchor bolts. 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Handle and store steel members above ground on skids or other supports: 1. Keep free of dirt and other foreign material and protect against corrosion. 1.5 DEFINITION A. Code: AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. B. Owner: May mean the Owners Designated Representative for Construction as defined by the Building Code. C. Galvanizing: Hot-dipped galvanizing per ASTM A153 with minimum coating of 2.0 OZ of zinc per square foot of metal(average of specimens)unless noted otherwise or dictated by standard. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. High-strength bolts: a. Bethlehem Steel Corporation. b. Lewis Bolt&Nut Company. c. Nucor Fasteners. d. St.Louis Screw and Bolt Company. 2. Load indicator washers for high-strength bolts: a. Bethlehem Steel Corporation. b. Mid-South Bolt and Screw Co.,Inc. c. J and M Turner,Inc. 3. Alternate design high-strength bolts: a. T.C.Bolt Corporation. b. Construction Fastener Systems Division of Bristol Machine Company. c. LeJuene Bolt Co. 4. Headed studs and deformed bar anchors: a. Nelson Stud Welding Division,TRW,Inc. b. Stud Welding Products,Inc. 5. Expansion anchor bolts: a. Kwik Bolts by Hilti,Inc. b. Trubolt by ITW Ramset/Red Head. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 05120-3 c. Powerbolt by Powers Rawl. 6. Adhesive anchors bolts: a. HVA Adhesive Anchor System by Hilti. b. HIT HY 150 Adhesive Anchor by Hilti. c. HSE 2411 Epoxy Adhesive Anchor by Hilti. d. EPCON Ceramic 6 Epoxy by ITW Ramset/Red Head. e. Power Fast by Powers Rawl. f. Needle Capsule Anchor Systems by Powers Rawl, 7. Anchor bolt sleeves: a. Sinco/Wilson. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Steel,Structural Shapes and Plate(unless noted otherwise on Drawings): 1. All W-shapes and WT-shapes: ASTM A572,Grade 50: a. Provide ASTM A572,Grade 50 with special requirements per AISC Technical Bulletin #3,New Shape Material,dated March 3, 1997. b. ASTM A992 may be used in lieu of ASTM A572,Grade 50. 2. All other plates and rolled shapes: ASTM A36. B. Plate and Bar: ASTM A36. C. Pipe: ASTM A53,Grade B(Type E or S)(Fy=35). D. Hollow Structural Sections(HSS): 1. Round: ASTM A500,Grade B(Fy--42). 2. Square or rectangular: ASTM A500,Grade B(Fy=46). E. High-Strength Bolts,Nuts and Washers,ASTM A325 with ASTM A563 nuts,galvanized: 1. High-strength bolts: a. Provide two(2)ASTM F436 washers for all bolts. b. Provide beveled washers at connections of sloped/tapered sections. 2. High-strength bolts with load indicating devices,ASTM F959,Type 325: a. Provide at Contractor's option and subject to approval of Engineer. 3. Alternate high-strength design: a. Provide at Contractor's option and subject to approval of Engineer. F. Bolts and Nuts,Unfinished: ASTM A307,Grade A. G. Washers,Plain(Unfinished Bolts): ASME B 18.22,1,Type B. H. Welding Electrodes(AWS): 1. Shielded metal arc: AWS A5.1 or AWS A5.5,E70XX or E801X-X. 2. Submerged arc: AWS A5.17 or AWS A5.23,F7XX-EXXX or FBXX-EXXX-XX. 3. Gas metal arc: AWS A5.18,E70S-X or E70U-1 or AWS A5.28,ER805-XX,E80C-XXX. 4. Flux cored arc: AWS A5.20,E7XT-X(except 2,3, 10,GS),AWS A5.29,E7XT-X or EBXTX-X,EBXTX-XM. I. Anchor Rods and Bolts: 1. ASTM A36 for threaded rods. 2. ASTM A307,Grade A for headed bolts. 3. ASTM F593 Type 304 or 316 stainless steel with matching nut and washer. J. Headed Studs and Deformed Bar Anchors: 1. Studs: ASTM A108,complying with AWS Code Section 7,Type B;minimum yield strength 50,000 psi,minimum tensile strength 60,000 psi: a. Uniform diameter. b. Heads: Concentric and normal to shaft. c. Weld end: Chamfered and solid flux. J 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9l24/2009 05120-4 2. Deformed anchor bars: a. ASTM A496,complying with AWS Code Section 7 Type C. b. Minimum yield strength: 70,000 psi. c. Minimum tensile strength: 80,000 psi. d. Straight,unless indicated otherwise. e. Solid flux. 3. After welding,remove ceramic ferrules and maintain free from any substance which would interfere with function,or prevent bonding to concrete. K. Nonshrink Grout: See Section 03308. L. Expansion Anchor Bolts and Adhesive Anchor Bolts for Fastening to Concrete: 1. Use of expansion bolts requires approval by Engineer. 2. Stainless steel,Type 304 or 316. 3. Provide minimum edge distance cover as recommended by manufacturer or as indicated on Drawings. 4. Submit manufacturer's data to verify at least the load test capacities of the following embedment depth: a. Submit manufacturer's load test data to verify at least the anchor bolt capacities at the following embedment depths: ANCHOR BOLT EMBEDMENT MINIMUM ULTIMATE DIAMETER(IN) (IN) TENSION CAPACITY(KIP)*, ** 3/8 3 4.8 1/2 4 8.1 5/8 5 11.4 3/4 6 15.4 7/8 7 20.0 1 8 24.7 1-1/4 10 34.3 * Data must be based on actual tests preformed in unreinforced mass concrete of not more than 4000 psi compressive strength. ** Capacity must beat a concrete temperature of at least 130 DegF. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Comply with requirements of applicable Building Codes and AISC Specification with modifications and additional requirements specified herein: 1. Identify high-strength steel material in fabricated members in accordance with ASTM A6. B. Minimize the amount of field welding: 1. Shop assemble components into largest size possible commensurate with transportation and handling limitations. 2. Shop connections: Bolted with high-strength bolts or welded. C. Connection Details: 1. Connections not fully detailed on Drawings shall be designed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Montana,retained by Contractor,based on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Where beam reactions are shown on Drawings,design beam connection to support reaction shown. 3. Where no reactions are shown each beam connection shall be designed to support one-half of total uniform load capacity tabulated in AISC tables for"Uniform Load Constants for Beams"for the given shape,span and steel specified. 4. Where indicated on the Drawings,design beam connections for the axial load or transfer forces indicated in addition to the shear value indicated above. 5. Design bracing connections for loads indicated on the Drawings. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 05120-5 D. Provide as a minimum,two(2)3/4 IN DIA,high-strength bolts for all bolted connections. E. Provide bearing type connections for all bolted connections,unless specified otherwise or required to be slip-critical by the RCSC Specification for Structural Joints. F. One-sided or other types of eccentric connections not indicated will not be permitted without prior approval. G. Field Connections: Provide bolts for all field connections except where shown otherwise on the Drawings: 1. Use high-strength bolts unless shown or specified otherwise. 2. Use of high-strength bolts: Conform to RCSC's Specifications for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or ASTM A490 Bolts,as approved by Specification for Structural Joints,and published by AISC. 3. Unfinished bolts may be used for attaching stair treads to stringers. 4. If structural steel details(field welds versus shop welds,etc.)shown on design Drawings are not compatible with selected erection procedures,submit proposed modifications for review. 5. Connections to structural steel provided by others: Provide all connectors and coordinate location of bolt holes to match connection holes in steel provided by others. H. Accurately mill column end bearing surfaces to true plane. I. Fabricate and erect beams with non-specified camber in accordance with AISC Specification Chapter Ll. J. Cut,drill,or punch holes at right angles to surface of metal. 1. Do not make or enlarge holes by burning. 2. Make holes clean cut,without tom or ragged edges. 3. Remove outside burrs resulting from drilling or reaming operations with tool making 1/16 IN bevel. 4. Provide holes in members to permit connection of work of other trades or contractors. K. Make allowance for draw in all cross bracing to provide small amount of initial tension in members. L. Make splices only where indicated or where approved. M. Cope at 45 degrees,comers of stiffener plates at junction of member flanges with webs. N. Flame cut bevels for welds,provided such cutting is done automatically: 1. Leave free of buns and slag by grinding or planing the cut edges. O. Grind smooth all rough welds and sharp steel edges shall be ground to approximately 1/8 IN radius. P. Tolerances(unless noted otherwise on Drawings): 1. ASTM A6: When material received from the mill does not satisfy ASTM A6 tolerances for camber,profile,flatness or sweep,the Contractor is permitted to perform corrective work by the use of controlled heating,and mechanical straightening,subject to the limitations of the AISC specification. 2. Fabrication tolerance: a. Member length: 1) Both ends finished for contact bearing: 1/32 IN. 2) Framed members 30 FT or less: 1/161N. b. Member straightness: 1) Compression members: 1/1000 of axial length between points laterally supported. 2) Non-compression members: ASTM A6 tolerance for wide flange shapes. c. Specified member camber(except compression members): 1) 50 FT or less: +1/2 IN. 2) Over 50 FT: +1/2 IN(plus 1/8 IN per 10 FT over 50 FT). r' 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 05120-6 3) Members received from mill with 75 percent of specified camber require no further cambering, 4) Beams/trusses without specified camber shall be fabricated so after erection, camber is upward. 5) Camber shall be measured in fabrication shop in unstressed condition. d. At bolted splices,depth deviation shall be taken up by filler plates: 1) At welded joints,adjust weld profile to conform to variation in depth. 2) Slope weld surface per AWS requirements. e. Finished members shall be free from twists,bends and open joints: 1) Sharp kinks,bends and deviation from the above tolerances are cause for rejection of material. 2.4 WELDING A. Comply with AWS Code,and other requirements indicated herein,for all welding,techniques of welding employed,appearance and quality of welds,and methods used to correct defective work: 1. Qualify joint welding procedures or test in accordance with AWS qualification procedures. B. Test and qualify welders,welding operators and tackers in compliance with AWS Code for position and type of welding to which they will be assigned: 1. Conduct tests in presence of approved testing agency. 2. Certification within previous 12 months will be acceptable,provided samples of the welder's work are satisfactory. C. Before Starting Welding: 1. Carefully plumb and align members in compliance with specified requirements. 2. Fully tighten bolts. 3. Comply with Section 5 of AWS Code for assembly and surface preparation. 4. Preheat base metal to temperature stated in AWS Code: a. When no preheat temperature is given in AWS Code and base metal is below 50 DegF, preheat base metal to at least 70 DegF. b. Maintain temperature during welding. c. Preheat surface of all base metal within distance from point of welding equal to thickness of thicker part being welded or 3 IN,whichever is greater,to specified preheat temperature. d. Maintain this temperature during welding. 5. Each welder shall use identifying mark at welds. D. Make flange welds before making web welds. E. Where groove welds have back-up plates,make first three(3)passes with 1/8 IN round electrodes: 1. Use backup plates in accordance with AWS Code,extending minimum of 1 IN either side of joint. F. Flame cut edges of stiffener plates at shop or field butt weld: 1. Do not shear. G. Grind flush web fillets at webs notched to receive backup plates for flange groove welds. H. Low Hydrogen Electrodes: Dry and store electrodes in compliance with AWS Code. I. Do not perform welding when ambient temperature is lower than 0 DegF or where surfaces are wet or exposed to rain,snow,or high wind,or when welders are exposed to inclement conditions. J. Headed Studs and Deformed Bar Anchors: 1. Automatically end welded in accordance with the AWS Code and manufacturer's recommendations. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 05120-7 2. Fillet welding of headed studs and deformed bar anchors is not allowed unless approved by Engineer. K. Test in-place studs in accordance with requirements of AWS Code to ensure satisfactory welding of studs to members: 1. Replace studs failing this test. L. When headed stud-type shear connectors are to be applied,clean top surface of members to receive studs in shop to remove oil,scale,rust,dirt,and other materials injurious to satisfactory welding: 1. Do not shop paint or galvanize metal surfaces to receive field applied studs. 2.5 SHOP COATING A. Refer to Section 09905 and coordinate shop primer,surface preparation and coating with Feld applied primers and coatings where specified. B. Provide suitable methods of handling and transporting painted steel to avoid damage to coating. C. Do not coat following surfaces: 1. Machined surfaces,surfaces adjacent to field welds,and surfaces fully embedded in concrete. 2. All other members for which no coating is specified. 3. Contact surfaces at bolted slip-critical connections,unless surface condition conforms to Part 3b of the Specification for Structural Joints. D. Clean thoroughly all surfaces not coated before shipping: 1. Remove loose mill scale,rust,dirt,oil and grease. 2. Protect machined surfaces. 2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner's Engineer and/or Testing Agency will provide inspection and testing. B. Responsibilities of Owner's Engineer and/or Testing Agency: 1. Inspect shop and field welding in accordance with Section 6 of AWS Code including the following non-destructive testing: a. Visually inspect all welds. b. In addition to visual inspection,test 50 percent of full penetration welds and 20 percent of fillet welds with liquid dye penetrant. c. Test 20 percent of liquid dye penetrant tested full penetration welds with ultrasonic or radiographic testing. 2. Inspect high-strength bolting in accordance with Section 9 of the Specification for Structural Joints: a. Verify proper pretension for slip-critical bolted connection. b. Verify direct tension indicator gaps. 3. Inspect structural steel which has been erected. 4. Inspect stud welding in accordance with Article 7.8,AWS Code. 5. Prepare and submit inspection and test reports to Building Official: a. Assist Engineer to determine corrective measures necessary for defective work. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Contractor is solely responsible for safety: 1. Construction means and methods and sequencing of work is the prerogative of the Contractor. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 05120-8 a. Take into consideration that full structural capacity of many structural members is not realized until structural assembly is complete;e.g.,until slabs,decks, bracing or rigid connections are installed. 2. Partially complete structural members shall not be loaded without an investigation by the Contractor. 3. Until all elements of the permanent structure and lateral bracing system are complete, provide temporary bracing designed,furnished,and installed by the Contractor for the partially complete structure. B. Adequate temporary bracing to provide safety,stability and to resist all loads to which the partially complete structure may be subjected,including wind,construction activities,and operation of equipment is the responsibility of the Contractor. 1. Use temporary guys,braces,shoring,connections,etc.,necessary to maintain the structural framing plumb and in proper alignment until permanent connections are made,the succeeding work is in place,and temporary work is no longer necessary. 2. Use temporary guys,bracing,shoring,and other work to prevent injury or damage to adjacent work or construction from stresses due to erection procedures and operation of erection equipment,construction loads,and wind. 3. Contractor shall be responsible for the design of the temporary bracing system and must consider the sequence and schedule of placement of such elements and effects of loads imposed on the structural steel members by partially or completely installed work,including work of all other trades: a. If not obvious from experience or from the Drawings,the Contractor shall confer with the Engineer to identify those structural steel elements that must be complete before the temporary bracing system is removed. 4. Remove and dispose of all temporary work and facilities off-site. C. Examine work-in-place on which specified work is in any way dependent to ensure that conditions are satisfactory for the installation of the work: 1. Report defects in work-in-place which may influence satisfactory completion of the work. 2. Absence of such notification will be construed as acceptance of work-in-place. D. Field Measurement: 1. Take field measurements as necessary to verify or supplement dimensions indicated on the Drawings. 2. Contractor responsible for the accurate fit of the work. E. Check the elevations of all finished footings or foundations and the location and alignment of all anchor bolts before starting erection: 1. Notify Engineer of any errors or deviations found by such checking. 3.2 ERECTION A. Framing member location tolerances after erection shall not exceed the frame tolerances listed in Article 3.3. B. Erect plumb and level;introduce temporary bracing required to support erection loads. C. Use light drifting necessary to draw holes together: 1. Drifting to match unfair holes is not allowed. D. Welding: 1. Conform to AWS 131.1 and requirements of this Specification. 2. When joining two(2)sections of steel of different ASTM designations,welding techniques shall be in accordance with a qualified AWS D1.1 procedure. E. Shore existing members when unbolting of common connections is required: 1. Use new bolts for rebolting connections. F. Clean stored material of all foreign matter accumulated during erection period. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and lab Building 9/24/2009 05120-9 G. Clean bearing and contact surfaces before assembly. H. Set beam and column base and bearing plates accurately,as indicated, on nonshrink grout: 1. Set and anchor each base plate to proper line and elevation. 2. Use metal wedges,shims or setting nuts as required and tighten anchor bolts: a. Use same metal as base plate. b. Cut off protrusions of wedges and shims flush with edge of base plate. 3. Fill sleeves around anchor bolts with nonshrink grout. 4. Pack grout solidly between bottom of plate and bearing surface. 5. Refer to Section 03308 for nonshrink grout requirements. I. Anchor Bolts: 1. Anchor bolt location tolerance per Section 7.5 of the Code. 2. Tie anchor bolts in position to embedded reinforcing steel using wire. 3. Welding or tack welding is prohibited. 4. Provide steel templates for locating anchor bolts. 5. Coat bolt threads and nuts with heavy coat of clean grease. J. Install high strength bolts with hardened washers: 1. Install and tighten in accordance with Section 8 of Specifications for Structural Joints. 2. Coordinate installation with inspection: a. Do not start installation until coordination with Testing Agency is complete. 3. Bearing-type connections: High-strength bolts shall be tightened to snug-tight condition. 4. Slip-critical connections: Perform calibration testing for all methods of installation of high- strength bolts in accordance with Section 8(b)of Specification for Structural Joints,using ASTM A325 or ASTM A490 bolts: a. Turn of-nut tightening: Torque wrenches shall be used only by laboratory personnel. b. Calibrated wrench tightening: Calibrate on a daily basis. c. Direct tension indicator tightening: If previously approved by Engineer. d. Installation of alternate design bolts: If previously approved by Engineer. 5. In the event any bolt in a connection is found to be defective,check and retighten all bolts in the connection. K. Do not use gas cutting to correct fabrication errors: 1. In case members do not fit or holes do not match,ream out the holes and insert the next larger size bolt: a. If the connections require new holes,then drill new holes. b. Make no such convections without prior approval of the Engineer. 2. Burning of holes:Not permitted. L. Prior to making field connections to existing structural steel,remove completely all paint from existing steel which will be in contact with new steel and new welds. M. Tighten and leave in place erection bolts used in welded construction. N. Provide beveled washers to give full bearing to bolt head or nut where bolts are to be used on surfaces having slopes greater than I in 20 with a plane normal to bolt axis. O. After bolts are tightened,upset threads of A307 unfinished bolts and anchor bolts to prevent nuts from backing off. P. After erection,grind smooth all sharp surface irregularities resulting from field cutting or welding;power tool clean welds,bolts,washers and abrasions to shop coat removing all rust and foreign matter. Q. Expansion anchor bolts and adhesive anchor bolts: 1. Minimum embedment as recommended by manufacturer or specified herein,whichever is larger. 2. Notify Engineer if required depth of embedment cannot be achieved at a particular bolt location. 3. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for installation and torque. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 05120-10 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner's Engineer and/or Testing Agency responsibilities are described in Article 2.6. B. Erected Frame Tolerance(Unless noted otherwise on the Drawings): 1. Overall finished dimensions shall not exceed cumulative effect of rolling,fabrication and erection tolerance. 2. Erection tolerances are defined relative to member working points and working lines as follows: a. Actual centerline of top flange or surface at each end for horizontal members. b. Actual center of member at each end for all other members. c. Other points may be used,providing they are based on these definitions. d. Working line is straight line connecting member working points. 3. Tolerances on position and alignment are as specified in the Code,unless otherwise modified. "Adjustable items"such as lintels,wall supports,curb angles,window mullions and similar members shall be provided with adjustable connections to supporting structural frame. 4. Steel erector shall certify the location of erected structural steel is acceptable for plumbness, level and aligned within tolerances specified: a. Such certification can be provided upon completion of any part of work and shall be done prior to start of work by other trades that may be supported,attached or applied to structural steel work. 3.4 CLEANING AND REPAIR OF SHOP PRIMER PAINT A. After erection,clean all steel of mud or other foreign materials,and repair any damage. 1. Touchup coatings to comply with Section 09905. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/2412009 05120-11 SECTION 05211 STEEL JOISTS PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Manufactured open-web steel joists and joist accessories. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 05120-Structural Steel. 4. Section 09905-Painting and Protective Coatings. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American Institute of Steel Construction(AISC): a. Specifications for Structural Steel Buildings(referred to herein as AISC Specification). 2. ASTM International(ASTM): a. A36,Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. b. A307,Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,60,000 PSI Tensile Strength. c. A325, Standard Specification for Structural Bolts,Steel,Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. d. A490,Standard Specification for Structural Bolts,Alloy Steel,Heat Treated, 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. 3. American Welding Society(AWS): a. D1.1,Structural Welding Code-Steel. 4. Steel Joist Institute(SJI): a. Recommended Code of Standard Practice for Steel Joists and Joist Girders. b. Standard Specification for Open Web Steel Joists,K-Series. c. Standard Load Table Open Web Steel Joists,K-Series. d. Standard Specification for Longspan Steel Joists LH-Series and Deep Longspan Steel Joists DLH-Series. e. Standard Load Table Longspan Steel Joists,LH-Series. f. Standard Load Table Deep Longspan Steel Joists,DLH-Series. g. Standard Specification for Joist Girders. 5. Corps of Engineers(COE): a. CRD-C621,Standard Specification Packaged,Dry,Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Nonshrink). B. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer: Member of SJI: a. Structural design calculations and details of manufactured joists shall be prepared by a qualified professional engineer retained by the manufacturer. 2. Qualification of welding work: a. Qualify welding processes,operations,and operators in accordance with requirements of AWS D 1.1. b. Welding operators to have been qualified during the 12-month period prior to commencement of welding. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 052I 1-1 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Fabrication and/or layout drawings: a. Detailed Shop Drawings showing size and layout of each joist unit,bridging, connections,and accessories.Include mark,number,type,location,and spacing of joists and bridging. b. Show joining splice and connection to other work details. c. Provide templates or location drawings for installation of anchor bolts. d. Provide details of bridging,method of attachment to joists,and joist end anchorage and other details required for joist installation.Indicate beveled end plates for joist roof pitch where required. e. Show shop-applied coatings. f. Shop Drawings shall not be reproductions of the Contract Drawings. 3. Product technical data including: a. Joist manufacturer's load tables, Standard Specifications and installation instructions for each type of joist and its accessories.Include product data describing materials,shop coating,bridging,and accessories. 4. Certifications: a. Manufacturer's certification that steel joists and accessories comply with specified requirements. b. Manufacturer member of SJI. c. Joist material,shop welding and testing,manufacturing and shop inspection and testing are in accordance with SJI requirements. d. Capability of joists per Paragraph 2.3A and D. 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver,store and handle steel joists as recommended by SJI: 1. Exercise care to avoid damage to joists. B. Store joists clear of earth on platforms,skids or other supports: 1. Protect joists after delivery to prevent rust and deterioration. C. Provide anchor bolts and other items to be embedded in concrete or masonry,with templates as required,in time for incorporation into the work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Nucor Corporation Vulcraft Divisions. 2. CANAM Steel Corporation. 3. Socar Incorporated. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Steel: Comply with SJI and AISC Specifications for joist series indicated. B. High-Strength Bolts,Nuts and Washers: ASTM A325 or ASTM A490 as required,heavy hexagon structural bolts with nuts and hardened washers. C. Bolts and Nuts,Unfinished: ASTM A307,Grade A,regular hexagon type,low carbon steel, with carbon steel washers. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9242009 05211-2 2.3 STEEL JOISTS A. Design of steel joists to be supplied to have been checked by the SH and found to conform to the standard specifications and load tables. B. Fabricate Joists and Accessories in accordance with SH Specifications and as follows: 1. Make shop connections and splices using either arc or resistance welding: a. Do not shop bolt connections. 2. Design and fabricate for maximum deflection of 1/360 of clear span under design live load. 3. Shop holes,field holes,and enlargement of holes will not be permitted unless approved by Engineer. 4. Fabricate bearing ends to provide following minimum bearing unless a longer bearing length is indicated on the Contract Documents. LH AND DLH JOIST K SERIES SERIES GIRDERS On masonry or concrete: 4 IN min 6 IN min 6 IN min On steel: 2-1/2 IN min 4 IN min 4 IN min 5. With steel angle tops and bottom short members. C. Provide extended bottom chords where indicated: 1. Comply with SH and AISC requirements and load tables. D. Provide extended top chords where indicated: 1. Comply with SJI and AISC requirements and load tables. E. Provide ceiling extensions in areas having ceilings attached directly to joist bottom chord: 1. Provide either an extended bottom chord or a separate unit of sufficient strength to support ceiling construction. 2. Extend ends to within 1/2 IN of wall surface. F. Provide nailers bolted to top chord where indicated. G. Prepare and paint steel joists and accessories in compliance with Section 09905. H. Shop Painting:Primer in compliance with Section 09905 and compatible with finish coating system. I. Comply with SJI Specifications: 1. Joist designations indicated on the Drawing are minimum requirements;increase as required to comply with design requirements specified. 2. Wherever possible increased joists shall have the same depth as joist indicated on Drawings. 3. Where necessary to increase joist depths to meet design requirements,coordinate all project changes required due to the increased depth. 4. Make all required joist revisions at no additional cost to Owner. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Engineer reserves right to inspect joists or manufacturer's shop during joist fabrication. B. Identify each joist type,size and manufacturer: 1. Provide tagging or other suitable(permanent)means. 2. Maintain identification continuously. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Examine areas and conditions under which steel joists are to be installed for conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 05211-3 B. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Do not start placement of steel joists until supporting work is in place and secured. D. Joists will be subject to rejection if. 1. Joists do not comply with requirements of SJI and AISC Specifications and requirements herein. 2. Joists are improperly manufactured,welded,painted or installed. 3. Joists are damaged so that strength is impaired. 4. Joists are not installed as indicated on Drawings. 5. Chords are not installed straight within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.0028 times the length of the joist or the distance between points of lateral support. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions: 1. Where not specifically indicated otherwise,place and secure steel joists in accordance with SJI and AISC Specifications and as herein specified. B. Splice joists delivered to the site in more than one piece. C. Do not overload joists: 1. Note: Joists may not be stable or able to carry design loads until bridging and deck is fully installed. 2. Contractor is solely responsible for safety,construction methods and sequencing of the Work. 3. Do not install joists damaged so that strength is impaired. D. Place joists on supporting work,adjust and align in accurate location and spacing before permanently fastening: 1. Provide end bearing and anchorages to secure all joists to supporting members or walls in accordance with SJI Specifications,unless otherwise indicated. 2. When joists do not bear flush on supporting member or wall,take corrective measures to ensure full bearing: a. Provide steel shims as required for uniform flush bearing. E. Field weld joists to supporting steel framework in accordance with SJI,AISC and AWS Specifications for type of joists used: 1. Coordinate welding sequence and procedure with placing of joists. F. Bearing on Masonry or Concrete Bearing Surfaces: 1. Secure joists resting on masonry or concrete bearing surfaces by bedding in mortar and anchoring to masonry or concrete construction as specified in SJI Specifications for type of steel joist used: a. Masonry or concrete required to support joists to have reach required 28-day compressive strength prior to placing joists thereon. b. Area under joist bearing shall be solidly fill with grout. 2. Furnish anchor bolts or steel bearing plates to be built into concrete and masonry construction: a. Furnish templates as may be necessary for accurate location of anchors.Steel bearing plates to conform to ASTM A36. 3. Bedding mortar: a. Sand cement grout: 1) Approximately 3 parts sand, 1 part portland cement,6 plus/minus I percent entrained air and water to produce a slump which allows grout to completely fill required areas and surround adjacent reinforcing. 2) Minimum 28-day compressive strength: 3000 psi. b. Non-shrink grout complying with COE CRD-C621. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administmdon and Lab Building 9/24/2009 05211-4 G. Provide type,size,spacing,and attachment of bridging in accord with SJI and RISC Specifications,where not specifically'vindicated otherwise,except as modified herein: 1. Provide diagonal type bridging as indicated. 2. Do not use sag rods as substitute for bridging. H. Install bridging completely,immediately after erection,and before any loads are applied: 1. Anchor ends of bridging lines at top and bottom chords of each joist and where terminating at walls or beams. 2. Provide bridging connections at top and bottom chords capable of safely resisting a force specified by SJI Specifications for open web,long span,deep Iong span joists,and joist girders respectively. 3. Where five rows of bridging are required in spans over 40 FT,laterally brace each joist before erecting next joist or applying loads. 4. Do not release hoisting cables before installing center row of diagonal bridging and anchoring bridging line to prevent lateral movement. 5. During construction period,Contractor is responsible for any loads placed on joists: a. Contractor's attention is directed the fact that joists may be unstable and cannot carry their design load until steel deck and bridging are completely installed. 1. Remove or repair damaged joists or other work,to satisfaction of Engineer at no additional expense to Owner. J. After installation,touch up paint or field paint as specified in Section 09905. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 05211-5 i . � SECTION 05313 METAL DECK PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Manufactured metal roof deck. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements, 3. Section 09905-Painting and Protective Coatings. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American Iron and Steel Institute(AISI): a. Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members, 2. ASTM International(ASTM): a. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. b. A653,Standard Specification for Steel Sheet,Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated(Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process. c. A780,Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dip Galvanized Coatings. d. A924,Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet,Metallic- Coated by the Hot-Dip Process. e. A1008,Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet,Cold-Rolled,Carbon,Structural,High- Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability. f. D746,Standard Test Method for Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomers by Impact. g. D1056,Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials-Sponge or Expanded Rubber. 3. American Welding Society(AWS): a. D1.1,Structural Welding Code-Steel. b. D1.3,Structural Welding Code-Sheet Steel. 4. Steel Deck Institute(SDI): a. Design Manual for Composite Decks,Form Decks,Roof Decks,and Cellular Metal Floor Deck with Electrical Distribution. 5. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(UL): a. Fire Resistance Directory. B. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer: Member of SDI: a. Structural design of manufactured deck shall be prepared by a qualified professional engineer retained by the manufacturer. 2. Qualification of welding work: a. Qualify welding processes,operations,and operators in accordance with requirements of AWS D1.1 and AWS D1.3. b. Welding operators to have been qualified during the 12-month period prior to commencement of welding,and be experienced in welding light gage metal. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 05313-1 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Fabrication and/or layout drawings: a. Detailed Shop Drawings showing the following: 1) Complete framing and erection layouts. 2) Location,length,type,cross section,thickness,and markings of metal deck units: a) Size and location of openings. b) Accessories and reinforcing. 3) Sequence and procedure to be followed for erecting,fastening,and securing the deck units. 4) Shop applied coatings. 5) Location of required shoring for composite metal form decks. 6) Details and gages of accessories and miscellaneous items showing sump pans,cant strips,ridge and valley plates,closure strips and insulation supports. 7) Welding procedures for installation including size,number,type and location of all welds required to install deck units. 8) Recommended welding rod size,type,burn off rate and welder setting for deck thickness to be joined: a) Define welds by use of standard AWS welding symbols. 9) Correct fitting of members and accessories. 10) Size and location of all openings in deck and all conditions requiring closure panels and supplementary framing. 11) Shop Drawings shall not be reproductions of the Contract Drawings. 3. Product technical data including: a. Metal deck manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions. b. Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for: 1) Welds and welding procedure. 2) Galvanizing repair paint. 3) Screws. 4) Joint sealing compound. c. Manufacturer's load tables for deck to be furnished on this project,including: 1) Allowable gravity load for metal roof deck 2) Allowable diaphragm shear values for metal roof deck. 3) Allowable superimposed load for composite metal form deck. 4) Allowable unshored span lengths for composite form deck. 4. Manufacturers certification that metal deck complies with specified requirements: a. Manufacturer member of SDI. b. Deck material,manufacturing,and shop testing and inspection are in accordance with SDI requirements. c. Welders. 5. Test reports. 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver,store,and handle metal deck as recommended by SDI: 1. Exercise care to avoid damage to deck. B. Protect materials from rusting,denting or crushing: 1. Store metal deck on project site off the ground with one end elevated to provide drainage and protected from the elements with a waterproof covering,ventilated to avoid condensation. 2. Prevent rust,deterioration and accumulation of foreign material. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not overload supporting members: 1. Until the entire assembly is complete,the structural elements may not be stable or capable of supporting code or stated design loads. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 05313-2 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. 1-1/2 IN deep metal roof deck: a. Vulcraft,Type 1.5131. b. United Steel Deck,Inc.,Type B. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 METAL ROOF DECK A. Design of the metal deck to be supplied to have been checked by the SDI and found to conform to the standard specifications and load tables: 1. The allowable superimposed live uniform loading per square foot for metal roof deck supplied for the spans indicated shall equal or exceed the allowable superimposed live uniform load per square foot for the same spans as indicated in the SDI latest tables. 2. Maximum deflection: Less than 1/240 of span under live load. B. Use deck configurations complying with SDI Design Manual and as indicated: 1. Painted deck: ASTM A1008. 2. Galvanized deck: ASTM A653 with ASTM A924 G60 zinc coating. C. Metal Roof Deck, I-1/2 IN Deep: 1. Wide rib type,sheet steel,22 GA,minimum,with minimum uncoated thickness of.0295 IN,galvanized. 2. Wide rib deck: Depth 1-1/2 IN,ribs spaced approximately 6 IN OC;width of rib opening at top surface maximum 2-1/2 IN;width of bottom rib surface minimum 1-3/4 IN. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Minimum Deck Thickness: 1. Where gage of metal is indicated,provide the following: a. Minimum uncoated decimal thickness: GAGE DESIGN THICKNESS 22 0.0295IN 20 0.0358IN 18 0.0474 IN 16 0.0598 IN b. The delivered thickness of the uncoated steel shall not be less than 95 percent of the design thickness. 2. The steel used shall have a minimum yield stress of 33 ksi. B. Fabrication: 1. Fabricate deck units in lengths to span three or more support spacings with flush,telescoped or nested 2 IN end laps: a. Joints occur on supporting members. b. Provide deck units having overlapping male and female type side laps or joints to provide positive vertical and lateral alignment of adjacent deck units. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Metal Closure Strips: 1. Form to configuration required to provide tight-fitting closures at open ends and sides of deck 2. Minimum thickness before galvanizing 0.0358 IN(20 GA). 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24t2009 05313-3 B. Roof Sump Pans: 1. Fabricate from a single piece of galvanized sheet steel with level bottoms and sloping sides to direct water flow to drain. 2. Provide sump pans of adequate size to receive roof drains with bearing flanges minimum 3 IN wide. 3. Recess pans not less than 1-1/2 IN below roof deck surface,unless otherwise indicated or required by deck configuration. 4. Minimum thickness before galvanizing: 0.0747 IN(14 GA). C. Insulation supports. D. Metal Closures and Pour Stops: Form to configuration required to provide mortar-tight closures at open sides and ends of deck. E. Galvanized coating for metal deck accessories shall conform to ASTM A924 G60 zinc coating. F. Galvanized Repair Paint: For repair of damaged galvanized surfaces,comply with Section 09905. G. Screws: 1. Self-drilling,self-tapping,#10 size minimum hex washer head sheet metal screws. 2. Carbon steel by Hilti or equal: a. Organic zinc chromate coated,Hilti Kwik-cote or equal. H. Miscellaneous Steel Shapes: Comply with ASTM A36. I. Sheet Metal Accessories: Same material and finish as deck members. J. Flexible Closure Strips for Deck: 1. Vulcanized,closed cell expanded chloroprene elastomer,complying with ASTM D1056, Grade SCE 41. 2. Brittleness temperature: 40 DegF,ASTM D746. 3. Flammability resistance: "Self-extinguishing." 4. Install with adhesive in accordance with manufacturer's instructions: a. Ensure complete closure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Examine areas and conditions under which metal deck is to be installed for conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work, B. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Do not start placement of metal deck until supporting work is in place and secured. D. Deck will be subject to rejection if: 1. Metal deck units do not comply with requirements of SDI specifications and requirements herein. 2. Metal deck is improperly manufactured,painted or installed. 3. Metal deck is damaged so that strength is impaired. 4. Metal deck is not installed as indicated on Drawings. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install roof deck units and accessories as indicated,in accordance with SDI Design Manual, manufacturer's recommendations,final approved Shop Drawings and as specified herein: 1. Furnish manufacturer's standard accessories as needed to complete the deck installation. B. Locate deck bundles to prevent overloading of structure. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 05313-4 C. Do not overload metal deck or supporting members: 1. Contractor is solely responsible for safety,construction means,methods and sequencing of the Work. 2. Until the entire assembly is complete,the structural elements may not be stable or capable of supporting code or stated design loads. 3. Use care to assure deck construction loads are less than the recommendation of the SDI Design Manual,except where temporary shoring is installed. D. Place each deck unit on supporting structural frame,adjust to final position,accurately align with ends bearing on supporting members: I. Lap roof deck units at ends no less than 2 IN. 2. Interlock units at sides without stretching,contracting,or deforming. 3. Place deck units flat and square and secure to framing without warp or excessive deflection. 4. Place units in accurate and close alignment for entire length of run and with close registration of flutes of one unit with those of abutting unit. E. Plug weld sizes specified are effective fusion diameter of welds: 1. Weld metal shall penetrate all layers of deck material and have good fusion to supporting members. 2. Do not bum through deck. F. Prevent overtorquing of screw fasteners by using a tool with a depth limiting nosepiece and a clutch. G. Fastening of 1-1/2 IN Deep Metal Roof Deck: 1. Secure deck units to supporting frame and side laps as follows: a. Fasten edge ribs of panels at each support. b. At all interior supports and at ends of deck use: 1) For 30 and 36 IN wide deck: 5/8 IN round plug welds per design drawings. c. At perimeter supports,use 5/8 IN round plug welds at 6 IN OC. d. At side laps,use#10 hexhead screws at spaced per design drawings. H. Remove and replace deck which is structurally weak or unsound or which has bum holes due to improper welding or damage which Engineer declares defective. I. Cut and fit deck units and accessories around other work projecting through or adjacent to decking: I. Make cutting and fitting neat,square and trim: a. Cut deck by mechanical means,not by burning. 2. Neatly and accurately install reinforcing at all openings except: a. Circular openings less than 6 IN DIA. b. Rectangular openings having no side dimension greater than 6 IN. 3. Reinforce openings that have not been framed between 6 and 12 IN with 20 GA flat steel sheet 12 IN greater in each dimension than opening: a. Place sheet around opening and fusion weld to top surface of deck at each comer and midway along each side. J. Install insulation supports for support of roof insulation: 1. Provide where top surface of roof deck does not occur adjacent to edge and openings as required to completely support roof insulation. 2. Weld into position. K. Install metal closure strips at all open uncovered ends and edges of roof deck,and in voids between deck and other construction: 1. Weld into position to provide a complete decking installation. 2. Provide flexible closure strips instead of metal closures,at Contractor's option and when approved by Engineer wherever their use will ensure complete closure: a. Install with elastomeric type adhesive in accordance with written directions and recommendations of manufacturers of closure strips and adhesives. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 05313-5 L. Roof Sump Pans: 1. Place over openings in roof deck. 2. Weld to top deck surface: a. Space welds maximum 12 IN OC with at least one weld at each comer and each side midway between each comer. 3. Cut opening in bottom of roof sump to accommodate drain size indicated. M. Install metal closures to close all openings and gaps between form deck and other construction, at objects projecting through deck,at locations where deck changes direction,and at open ends of deck units where deck units terminate: 1. Weld into position to provide a complete installation. N. Clean and Touch Up: 1. Remove all surplus materials and debris from surface of deck after installation. 2. Wire brush,clean and paint scarred areas,welds and rust spots on top surfaces of deck units and supporting steel members in compliance with Section 09905. 3. Touch-up damaged galvanized surfaces with galvanizing repair paint applied in compliance with Section 09905. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Remove and replace defective or damaged deck units. B. Testing: 1. The following test shall be made in the presence of the Owner's Engineer and/or Testing Agency employed on the project on the fast deck panel to be installed. 2. Place one end of panel over a perimeter support and attach it only to that support with two welds as specified 6 IN apart. 3. The opposite end of the panel shall be moved in plane parallel to the span of the panel until shear distress is noted in the weld. 4. The welds shall be of sufficient quality to cause local distortions in the panel around the welds and show good perimeter contact between the welds and the panel. 5. When the results of this test are satisfactory and approved by the Owner's Engineer and/or Testing Agency,the remainder of the deck may be installed using the same weld rod size and type,amperage setting,and procedures used in the tested deck. 6. The remainder of the welds shall be visually inspected: a. When in the opinion of the Owner's Engineer and/or Testing Agency any weld is of poor quality,an additional weld shall be provided adjacent to the rejected weld. b. It shall be a sufficient distance away from the rejected weld so that the new weld will be done on sound,unburned deck. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 05313-6 SECTION 05410 LOAD-BEARING METAL FRAME SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Load-bearing metal stud system. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: I. American Iron and Steel Institute(AISI): a. Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members. 2. ASTM International(ASTM): a. A653,Standard Specification for Steel Sheet,Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated(Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process. b. A780,Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dip Galvanized Coatings. c. A924,Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet,Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process, 3. Building code: a. International Code Council(ICC): 1) International Building Code and associated standards,2006 Edition including all amendments,referred to herein as Building Code. B. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer must be current member of Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association Division of the National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers. 2. Manufacturer must have minimum of 10 years experience in the manufacture of load bearing metal framing members similar to items specified. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 3. Manufacturer's load tables highlighting products proposed for use. 4. Special framing conditions required but not indicated on Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Load-bearing metal stud system: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and lab Building 9/24/2009 05410-1 a. Clark Steel Framing Systems. b. Dale/Incor. c. Marina/WARE division of Ware Industries,Inc. d. Unimast,Inc. e. The Steel Network Inc. f. Metal Lite Inc. g. Super Stud Inc, B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Studs and Track: 1. Steel. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Metal Clips,Web Stiffeners,Flat Strap Bracing,Hangers,and Bridging: 1. Meet requirements of ASTM A924. 2. Galvanized G-60 coating per ASTM A653. 3. Same gage as framing members unless noted otherwise on Drawings. B. Deep Leg Track: 1. Meet requirements of ASTM A924. 2. Galvanized G-60 coating per ASTM A653. 3. Profile:Minimum 2 IN deep track. 4. Gage of track to be engineered heavier than stud per manufacturer's recommendations. C. Fasteners:Hexhead or panhead self-tapping screws designed specifically for framing member connections: 1. Screw penetration through joined material shall not be less than three(3)exposed screw threads. 2. Minimum screw size:#12-14 x 1 IN long. D. Mechanical Deflection Clip: 1. Minimum yield strength: 50 ksi. 2. Minimum tensile strength: 65 ksi. 3. Galvanized G-60 coating. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Metal Studs: 1. Galvanized G-60 coating per ASTM A653: a. Meet requirement of ASTM A924. 2. Minimum yield point:33 ksi. 3. Size:3-5/8 minimum IN depth. 4. Profile:Minimum flange width of 1-5/8 IN. 5. Deflection:IJ720 maximum. 6. Wind loading:Basic wind speed 90 mph,exposure C and 1 w=1.15. 7. Thickness: a. Minimum 16 GA. b. Provide thickness required for loadings specified. 8. Height as detailed on Drawings. B. Track: 1. Material: Same as studs. 2. Thickness as recommended by manufacturer,however,track to be same gage as stud at a minimum. 3. Profile:Minimum flange width of 1-1/4 IN. C. Fabricate studs with minimum 3/4 x. 1-1/2 IN rectangular or oval holes punched 24 IN OC. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9242009 05410-2 D. Studs shall be continuous length from bottom track to top track: 1. No splicing of load-bearing studs will be acceptable. E. Studs shall be designed to withstand lateral loading in accordance with Building Code. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 ERECTION A. Provide continuous top and bottom track sized to match studs. B. Attach top and bottom track as shown on Drawings: 1. If not indicated on Drawings,provide anchorage at minimum 12 IN OC using fasteners appropriate for substrate. 2. Attach at all comers,ends,door openings or other interruptions. C. When top track is attached to structural member,allow for minimum of 1/2 IN deflection of primary structure. D. Acceptable deflection assemblies(install slip connection in accordance to manufacturers' recommendations): 1. Slip track: a. Attach deep leg top track to structure. b. Attach studs to nested standard 1-1/4 IN deep track(or 2 IN deep track). c. Provide minimum of 1/2 IN gap between nested track and attached deep leg track to allow structure to deflect without introducing structure loads into the stud wall. d. The outer track to be engineered(by manufacturer)heavier than stud per manufacturers' recommendations: 1) Minimum edge distance of screw and minimum penetration of screw attached to inner track to be engineered(by manufacturer)to not interfere with deflection distance, e. Deflection gap between tracks to be consistent and minimum edge distances shall be verified by the Contractor. 2. Mechanical deflection clip assembly: a. Steel clips to be used in conjunction with standard 20 GA track attached to structure for exterior walls. b. Design deflection clips to match stud width: 1) Provide positive attachment of clip to structure and stud web. 2) Attachment to provide frictionless vertical movement. E. For non-bearing metal studs that by-pass structure,allow for minimum of 1/2 IN deflection: 1. Provide mechanical attachment to the web of stud and positive attachment to the structure: a. Allow for frictionless vertical movement of structure. 2. Clips that attach to the flange of the studs,rely on a loose friction fit,and required shimming and welding are not acceptable. F. Butt-weld top and bottom track at splices. G. Install studs at 16 IN OC: 1. Provide additional studs at corners,partition intersections,terminations each side of openings and expansion joints. 2. Attach each stud to each side of top and bottom track. H. Provide horizontal bracing at not more than 4 FT OC,or at mid span of 10 FT high walls: 1. Provide lateral strap bracing and shear wall framing where indicated on Drawings. I. Provide sills and headers for all partition openings. J. Fasten headers or lintels by welding,bolting or using screws. K. Touch-up damaged galvanized surfaces in accordance with ASTM A780. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 05410-3 L. Where insulation is to be installed in walls,provide insulation in all stud spaces that will not be accessible after erection of stud system. M. Align stud openings to facilitate running of wires,piping and conduit. N. At all openings provide two(2)studs,back to back,at each jamb,from bottom to top track: 1. For wall areas above and below openings,cut track to length,split flanges and bend webs at ends. 2. Overlap and screw attach to jamb studs. 3. Install cut to length intermediate studs between jamb studs at head and sill sections at same spacing as full length studs. 4. To provide for control joints at openings,install additional stud,maximum 1/2 IN from jamb studs: a. Do not fasten extra stud to track or jamb stud. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 05410-4 SECTION 05505 METAL FABRICATIONS PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Custom fabricated metal items and certain manufactured units not otherwise indicated to be supplied under work of other Sections. 2. Design of all temporary bracing not indicated on Drawings. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3, Division 3-Concrete. 4. Section 04220-Concrete Masonry. 5. Section 05120-Structural Steel. 6. Section 09905-Painting and Protective Coatings. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: I. Aluminum Association(AA): a. ADM-1,Aluminum Design Manual. b. 45,Designation System for Aluminum Finishes. 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials(AASHTO): a. Standard Specification for Highway Bridges. 3. Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA): a. Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities(ADAAG). 4. American Institute of Steel Construction(AISC): a. Manual of Steel Construction-Allowable Stress Design(ASD). b. Specifications for Structural Steel Buildings(referred to herein as AISC specification). 5. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): a. A14.3,Ladders-Fixed-Safety Requirements. 6. ASTM International(ASTM): a. A6,Standard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel Bars, Plates,Shapes,and Sheet Piling. b. A36,Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. c. A47,Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings. d. A48,Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. e. A53,Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel,Black and Hot-Dipped,Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. f. A108,Standard Specification for Steel Bars,Carbon and Alloy,Cold Finished. g. A123,Standard Specification for Zinc(Hot-Dip Galvanized)Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. h. A153,Standard Specification for Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware. i. A197,Standard Specification for Cupola Malleable Iron. j. A269,Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service. k. A276,Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes. 1. A307,Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,60,000 PSI Tensile Strength. in. A312,Standard Specification for Seamless,Welded,and Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 05505-1 n. A325,Standard Specification for Structural Bolts,Steel,Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. o. A490,Standard Specification for Structural Bolts,Alloy Steel,Heat Treated, 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. p. A496,Standard Specification for Steel Wire,Deformed,for Concrete Reinforcement. q. A500,Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. r. A501,Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing. s. A536,Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. t. A554,Standard Specification for Welded Stainless Steel Mechanical Tubing. u. A572,Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Structural Steel. v. A666,Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet,Strip,Plate,and Flat Bar. w. A668,Standard Specification for Steel Forgings,Carbon and Alloy,for General Industrial Use. x. A780,Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dip Galvanized Coatings. y. A786,Standard Specification for Hot-Rolled Carbon,Low-.Alloy,High-Strength Low- Alloy,and Alloy Steel Floor Plates. z. A992,Standard Specification for Steel for Structural Shapes. aa. B26, Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Sand Castings. bb. B209,Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. cc. B221,Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods,Wire,Profiles,and Tubes. dd. B308, Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy 6061-T6 Standard Structural Profiles. ee. B429, Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube. ff. B632, Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Rolled Tread Plate. gg. F467,Specification for Nonferrous Nuts for General Use. hh. F468,Specification for Nonferrous Bolts,Hex Cap Screws,and Studs for General Use. ii. F593,Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts,Hex Cap Screws,and Studs. 7. American Welding Society(AWS): a. A5.1,Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Electrodes for Shielded Metal Arc Welding. b. D1.1,Structural Welding Code Steel. c. 131.2,Structural Welding Code Aluminum. 8. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers(NAAMM): a. AMP 510,Metal Stairs Manual. b. MBG 531,Metal Bar Grating Manual. 9. Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA): a. 29 CFR 1910,Occupational Safety and Health Standards,referred to herein as OSHA Standards. 10. Research Council on Structural Connections: a. Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or ASTM A490 Bolts,referred to herein as Specification for Structural Joints. 11. Building code: a. International Code Council(ICC): 1) International Building Code and associated standards,2006 Edition including all amendments,referred to herein as Building Code. B. Qualifications: 1. Qualify welding procedures and welding operators in accordance with AWS. 2. Fabricator shall have minimum of 10 years experience in fabrication of metal items specified. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 05505-2 3. Engineer for contractor-designed systems and components: Professional structural engineer licensed in the State of Montana. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Installer or Applicator: 1. Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the product in the field at the Project site. 2. Installer and applicator are synonymous. B. Hardware: As defined in ASTM A153. C. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanizing per ASTM Al23 or ASTM A153 with minimum coating of 2.0 OZ of zinc per square foot of metal(average of specimens)unless noted otherwise or dictated by standard. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Fabrication and/or layout drawings and details: a. Submit drawings for all fabrications and assemblies: 1) Include erection drawings,plans,sections,details and connection details. b. Identify materials of construction,shop coatings and third party accessories. 3. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. c. Provide manufacturer's standard allowable load tables for the following: 1) Grating and checkered plate. 2) Expansion anchor bolts. 3) Adhesive anchor bolts. 4) Castings,trench covers and accessories. 4. Contractor designed systems and components, including but not limited to,stairs,landings and ladders: Certification that manufactured units meet all design loads specified: a. Shop Drawings and engineering design calculations: 1) Indicate design live loads. 2) Sealed by a professional structural engineer. 3) Engineer will review for general compliance with Contract Documents. B. Miscellaneous Submittals: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Certification of welders and welding processes: a. Indicate compliance with AWS. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver and handle fabrications to avoid damage. B. Store above ground on skids or other supports to keep items free of dirt and other foreign debris and to protect against corrosion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Abrasive stair nosings(embedded in concrete stairs): 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 05505-3 a. American Safety Tread. b. Balco. 2. Headed studs and deformed bar anchors: a. Nelson Stud Welding Div.,TRW Inc. b. Stud Welding Products,Inc. 3. Expansion anchor bolts: a. Hilti Inc. b. ITW Ramset/Red Head. c. Powers Rawl. d. Simpson Strongtie. 4. Epoxy adhesive anchor bolts: a. Hilti Inc. b. ITW Ramset/Red Head. c. Powers Rawl. d. Simpson Strongtie. 5. Castings,trench covers and accessories: a. Neenah Foundry Co. b. Deeter Foundry Co. c. Barry Craft Construction Casting Co. d. McKinley Iron Works. 6. Aluminum ladders: a. Any manufacturer capable of meeting the requirements of this Specification Section. 7. Galvanizing repair paint: a. ZRC Products. 8. Ladder safety extension post: a. Bilco. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Steel: 1. Structural: a. W-shapes and WT-shapes: ASTM A992,Grade 50. b. All other plates and rolled sections: ASTM A36. 2. Pipe: ASTM A53,Types E or S,Grade B or ASTM A501. 3. Structural tubing: a. ASTM A500,Grade B(46 ksi minimum yield). 4. Bolts,nuts and washers,high strength: a. ASTM A325. b. Provide two(2)washers with all bolts. 5. Bolts and nuts: a. ASTM A307,Grade A. 6. Welding electrodes: AWS D1.1,E70 Series. 7. Steel forgings: ASTM A668. B. Iron: 1. Ductile iron: ASTM A536. 2. Gray cast iron: ASTM A48(minimum 30,000 psi tensile strength). 3. Malleable iron: ASTM A47,ASTM A197. C. Stainless Steel: 1. Minimum yield strength of 30,000 psi and minimum tensile strength of 75,000 psi: a. Bars,shapes: ASTM A276,Type 304. b. Tubing and pipe: ASTM A269,ASTM A312 or ASTM A554,Type 304 or 316. c. Strip,plate and flat bars: ASTM A666,Type 304 or 316,Grade A. d. Bolts and nuts: ASTM F593,Type 303,304 or 316. 2. Minimum yield strength of 25,000 psi and minimum tensile strength of 70,000 psi: a. Strip,plate and flat bar for welded connections,ASTM A666,Type 304L or 316L. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 05505-4 3. Welding electrodes: In accordance with AWS for metal alloy being welded. D. Aluminum: 1. Alloy 6061-T6,32,000 psi tensile yield strength minimum: a. ASTM B221 and ASTM B308 for shapes including beams,channels,angles, tees and zees. b. Weir plates,baffles and deflector plates,ASTM B209. 2. Alloy 6063-T5 or T6, 15,000 psi tensile yield strength minimum: a. ASTM B221 and ASTM B429 for bars,rods,wires,pipes and tubes. 3. ASTM B26 for castings. 4. ASTM F468,alloy 2024 T4 for bolts. 5. ASTM F467,alloy 2024 T4 for nuts. 6. Electrodes for welding aluminum: AWS D 1.2,filler alloy 4043 or 5356. E. Washers: Same material and alloy as found in accompanying bolts and nuts. F. Embedded Anchor Bolts: 1. Type 304 or 316 stainless steel with matching nut and washer. G. Expansion Anchor Bolts and Adhesive Anchor Bolts: 1. Stainless steel,Type 304,314 or 316. 2. Provide minimum edge distance cover and spacing as recommended by manufacturer,or as indicated on Drawings whichever is larger: a. Minimum embedment as recommended by manufacturer or eight(8)diameters of bolt, whichever is larger. b. Notify Engineer if required depth of embedment cannot be achieved at a particular anchor bolt location. H. Headed Studs: ASTM A108 with a minimum yield strength of 50,000 psi and a minimum tensile strength of 60,000 psi. I. Deformed Bar Anchors: ASTM A496 with a minimum yield strength of 70,000 psi and a minimum tensile strength of 80,000 psi. J. Iron and Steel Hardware: Galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153 when required to be galvanized. K. Galvanizing Repair Paint: 1. High zinc dust content paint for regalvanizing welds and abrasions. 2. Dried film shall contain not less than 93 percent zinc dust by weight. 3. Similar to ZRC by ZRC Products. 4. VOC: 0 LBS per GAL. L. Dissimilar Materials Protection: See Section 09905. 2.3 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Ladders: 1. Material: a. Steel:ASTM A36,ASTM A53,or ASTM A500. 2. Rails: a. Maximum 3 x 2 IN heavy-duty rectangular tubing or channel,with minimum thickness of 0.125 IN or 1-1/2 IN nominal diameter schedule 80 pipe. b. Spacing: Nominal 18 IN from centerline of rails except at top: 1) Minimum clear distance between rails to be 16 IN. c. Brackets for wall supported units: Provide 3/8 x 2-1/2 IN x length required angle brackets welded to side rails with punched holes for 3/4 IN bolts: 1) Maximum spacing: 4 FT OC. d. For floor supported units provide 3/8 x 2-1/2 x 4 IN rectangular bracket or 3/8 x 6 x 6 IN square plate welded to rails with punched holes for 3/4 IN bolts: 1) Provide wall brackets on floor supported units if vertical run is over 4 FT. 3. Rungs: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9242009 05505-5 a. Minimum 1 IN DIA or 1 IN square extruded,with integral serrated non-slip finish on all sides. b. Shop or field-applied grit tape and cap type non-slip finish is not acceptable. 4. Minimum distance from centerline of rung to wall or any obstruction: 7 IN. 5. Rung spacing: a. Uniform: 12 IN. b. Top rung shall be level with landing or platform. c. Spacing of bottom rung from grade or platform may vary but shall not exceed 14 IN. 6. As a minimum,design ladder in accordance with OSHA Standards,ANSI A14.3,and applicable Building Codes: a. Ladders shall be designed to support a minimum concentrated live load of 200 LBS. b. Maximum allowable stresses per AISC Specification and AA Specification. c. Maximum lateral deflection: Side rail span/240 when lateral load of 100 LBS is applied at any location. 7. Construction: a. Fully welded type. b. All welds to be full penetration welds,where applicable. c. All ladders of a particular material shall have consistent construction and material shapes and sizes unless detailed otherwise on the Drawings. d. Provide cap at top and bottom of side rails. e. Rungs shall not extend beyond the outside face of the siderail. f. The side rails of through ladder extension shall extend 42 IN above the top rung or landing and shall flare out on each side to provide a clearance of 24 IN centerline to centerline of rails. 8. Finish:Refer to project Architectural Drawings: a. Steel: Galvanized after fabrication: 1) Galvanized:G90 coating. 9. Ladder safety extension post: a. Telescoping tubular aluminum section that automatically locks into place when fully extended. b. Non-ferrous corrosion-resistant spring and hardware. c. Factory assembled with all hardware necessary for mounting to ladder. d. Similar to"LadderUp"safety post by Bilco. B. Bollards: 1. 8 IN DIA extra strength steel pipe,ASTM A53: a. Galvanized. 2. Minimum 48 IN projection above ground. 3. Minimum 48 IN embedment in concrete. C. Steel Checkered Plate: 1. Conform to ASTM A786: a. Diamond pattern: No.3 (large)or No.4(medium). b. Use one(1)pattern throughout Project. c. Material: 36 ksi minimum yield strength. 2. Design live load: Not less than 100 psf plus a concentrated load of 300 LBS with maximum deflection of 1/300 of span under a superimposed live load of 50 psf. 3. Reinforce as necessary with steel angles. 4. Plate sections: a. Maximum 3 FT wide. b. Minimum 1/4 IN thick. c. Maximum 100 LBS per section if required to be removable. 5. Provide joints at center of all openings unless shown otherwise: a. Reinforce joints and openings with additional angles to provide required load carrying capacity. 6. Unless shown otherwise,frame for opening with steel checkered plate cover: a. Steel support angles: 1) 2 x 2 x 1/4 IN minimum size. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 05505-6 2) 1/2 IN DIA x 6 IN long anchor bolts spaced at maximum of 24 IN OC along each side with not less than two(2)anchor bolts per side. b. Steel concrete insert seats: 1) 2 x 2 x 1/4 IN minimum size. 2) Auto-welded studs or strap anchors,ASTM A108. c. Drill and tap frame to receive 3/8 IN DIA steel cap screws at not more than 24 IN OC with not less than two(2)screws per side. 7. Provide galvanized checkered plate and edge supports. D. Aluminum Checkered Plate: 1. Conform to ASTM B632: a. Diamond pattern: Use one(1)pattern throughout Project. b. Material: Type 6061-T6. 2. Design live load: Not less than 100 psf plus a concentrated load of 300 LBS with maximum deflection of 1/300 of span under a superimposed live load of 50 psf. 3. Reinforce as necessary with aluminum angles. 4. Plate sections: a. Maximum 3 FT wide. b. Minimum 1/4 IN thick. c. Maximum 100 LBS per section if required to be removable. 5. Provide joints at center of all openings unless shown otherwise: a. Reinforce joints and openings with additional angles to provide required load carrying capacity. 6. Unless shown otherwise, frame for openings with aluminum checkered plate cover: a. Aluminum support angles: 1) 2 x 2 x 1/4 IN minimum size. 2) 1/2 IN DIA x 6 IN long anchor bolts spaced at maximum of 24 IN OC along each side with not less than two(2)anchor bolts per side. b. Aluminum concrete insert seats: 1) 2 x 2 x 1/4 IN minimum size. 2) Auto-welded studs or strap anchors. c. Drill and tap frame to receive 3/8 IN DIA aluminum cap screws at not more than 24 IN OC with not less than two(2)screws per side. E. Aluminum Grating: 1. NAAMM MBG 531. 2. Bearing bars: Rectangular, 1-1/2 x 3/16 IN at 1-3/16 IN OC spacing OR I-bar, 1-1/2 IN deep with minimum 1/16 IN thick bar and minimum 1/4 IN flange width at 1-3/16 IN OC spacing. 3. Cross bars: a. Welded,swaged or pressure locked to bearing bars: b. Maximum 4 IN/OC spacing. 4. Top edges of bars: Grooved or serrated. 5. Removable grating sections: Not wider than 3 FT and not more than 100 LBS. 6. Standard mill finish. 7. Ends and perimeter edges: Banded. 8. Openings through grating: Reinforced to provide required load carrying capacity and banded with 4 IN high toe plate. 9. Provide joints at openings between individual grating sections. 10. Clips and bolts: Stainless steel. 11. Seat angles: Aluminum. F. Steel Grating: 1. NAAMM MBG 531. 2. Bearing bars: a. Rectangular 1-1/2 x 3/16 IN unless shown otherwise on Drawings. b. Maximum 1-3/16 rN OC spacing. 3. Cross bars: 00...60746 Bozeman WU Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 05505-7 a. Welded,swagged or pressure locked to bearing bars. b. Maximum 4 IN OC spacing. 4. Top edges of bars: Serrated or grooved. 5. Removable grating sections: Not wider than 3 FT and not more than 100 LBS. 6. Finish: a. Galvanized. b. Clips and bolts: Stainless steel. c. Seat angles: Galvanized steel. 7. Ends and perimeter edges: Banded. 8. Openings through grating: Reinforced to provide required load carrying capacity and banded with 4 IN high toe plate. 9. Provide joints at openings between individual grating sections. G. Heavy-Duty Castings,Trench Covers,and Accessories: 1. Prefabricated cast iron ASTM A48. 2. Design load: AASHTO HS-20 wheel loading for indicated span. 3. Machine horizontal mating surfaces. H. Access Cover: 1. Tank type manhole frame and solid lid: ASTM A48 or ASTM A536,cast iron. 2. Unless shown otherwise,design of cover shall be such that top of frame extends several inches above slab to prevent surface water from entering tank. 3. Equip lid with four(4)stainless steel screws to secure lid to frame. I. Loose Lintels: 1. Steel,ASTM A36 or ASTM A572 Grade 50,sizes as indicated on Drawings. 2. Hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A123. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Verify field conditions and dimensions prior to fabrication. B. Form materials to shapes indicated with straight lines,true angles,and smooth curves: 1. Grind smooth all rough welds and sharp edges: a. Round all comers to approximately 1/16 IN nominal radius. C. Provide drilled or punched holes with smooth edges: 1. Punch or drill for field connections and for attachment of work by other trades. D. Weld Permanent Shop Connections: 1. Welds to be continuous fillet type unless indicated otherwise. 2. Full penetration butt weld at bends in stair stringers and ladder side rails. 3. Weld structural steel in accordance with AWS D1.1 using Series E70 electrodes conforming to AWS A5.1. 4. Weld aluminum in accordance with AWS 131.2. 5. All headed studs to be welded using automatically timed stud welding equipment. 6. Grind smooth welds that will be exposed. E. Conceal fastenings where practicable. F. Fabricate work in shop in as large assemblies as is practicable. G. Tolerances: 1. Rolling: a. ASTM A6. b. When material received from the mill does not satisfy ASTM A6 tolerances for camber, profile,flatness,or sweep,the Contractor is permitted to perform corrective work by the use of controlled heating and mechanical straightening,subject to the limitations of the AISC specifications. 2. Fabrication tolerance: a. Member length: 1) Both ends finished for contact bearing: 1/32 IN. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 05505-8 2) Framed members: a) 30 FT or less: 1/161N. b) Over 30 FT: 1/8 IN. b. Member straightness: 1) Compression members: 1/1000 of axial length between points laterally supported. 2) Non-compression members: ASTM A6 tolerance for wide flange shapes. c. Specified member camber(except compression members): 1) 50 FT or less: Minus 0/plus 1/2 IN. 2) Over 50 FT: Minus 0/plus 1/2 IN(plus 1/8 IN per 10 FT over 50 FT). 3) Members received from mill with 75 percent of specified camber require no further cambering. 4) Beams/trusses without specified camber shall be fabricated so after erection, camber is upward. 5) Camber shall be measured in fabrication shop in unstressed condition. d. At bolted splices,depth deviation shall be taken up by filler plates: 1) At welded joints,adjust weld profile to conform to variation in depth. 2) Slope weld surface per AWS requirements. e. Finished members shall be free from twists,bends and open joints: 1) Sharp kinks,bends and deviation from above tolerances are cause for rejection of material. H. Fabricate grating,checkered plate,Iadders and accessories using prime painted steel or aluminum unless shown otherwise on Drawings. 1. Finish: a. Aluminum: Mill finished unless scheduled or otherwise specified or,if approved by Engineer,finished in manufacturer's standard. b. Coat surfaces in contact with dissimilar materials: 1) See Section 09905. 2. See Section 09905 for preparation and painting of ferrous metals and other surfaces. I. Maximum tolerance for difference in depth between checkered plate or grating depth and seat or support angle depth: 1/8 IN. J. Maximum distance between edge of grating or checkered plate and face of embedded seat angle or face of wall or other structural member: 1/4 IN, 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Surface Preparation: 1. Refer to Section 09905 for surface preparation requirements. B. Shop Applied Paint Coating Application: 1. Refer to Section 09905 for painting requirements. C. Meet structural requirements of Section 05120 for inspection and testing items of structural nature. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Provide items to be built into other construction in time to allow their installation: 1. If such items are not provided in time for installation,cut in and install. B. Prior to installation,inspect and verify condition of substrate: 1. Installation of product constitutes installer's acceptance of substrate condition for product compatibility. C. Correct surface defects or conditions which may interfere with or prevent a satisfactory installation: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 05505-9 1. Field welding aluminum is not permitted unless approved in writing by Engineer. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Set metal work level,true to line,plumb: 1. Shim and grout as necessary. B. Bolt Field Connections: Where practicable,conceal fastenings. C. Grind welds smooth where field welding is required. D. Field cutting grating or checkered plate to correct fabrication errors is not acceptable: 1. Replace entire section. E. Remove all burrs and radius all sharp edges and comers of miscellaneous plates,angles,framing system elements,etc. F. Unless noted or specified otherwise: 1. Connect steel members to steel members with 3/4 IN DIA ASTM A325 high strength bolts. 2. Connect aluminum to aluminum with 3/4 IN DIA aluminum bolts. 3. Connect aluminum to structural steel using 3/4 IN DIA stainless steel bolts: a. Provide dissimilar metals protection. 4. Connect aluminum and steel members to concrete and masonry using stainless steel expansion anchor bolts or adhesive anchor bolts unless shown otherwise: a. Provide dissimilar materials protection. 5. Provide washers for all bolted connections. 6. Where exposed,bolts shall extend a maximum of 3/4 IN and a minimum of 1/2 IN above the top nut: a. If bolts are cut off to required maximum height,threads must be dressed to allow nuts to be removed without damage to the bolt or the nuts. G. Install and tighten ASTM A325 high-strength bolts in accordance with the AISC Manual of Steel Construction-Allowable Stress Design(ASD): 1. Provide hardened washers for all ASTM A325 bolts: a. Provide the hardened washer under the element(nut or bolt head)turned in tightening. H. After bolts are tightened,upset threads of ASTM A307 unfinished bolts or anchor bolts to prevent nuts from backing off. 1. Secure metal to wood with lag screws of adequate size with appropriate washers. J. Do not field splice fabricated items unless said items exceed standard shipping length or change of direction requires splicing. 1. Provide full penetration welded splices where continuity is required. K. Provide each fabricated item complete with attachment devices as indicated or required to install. L. Anchor such that work will not be distorted nor fasteners overstressed from expansion and contraction. M. Set beam and column base plates accurately on nonshrink grout as indicated on Drawings: 1. See Division 3 for non-shrink grout. 2. Set and anchor each base plate to proper line and elevation: a. Use metal wedges,shims,or setting nuts for leveling and plumbing columns and beams: 1) Wedges,shims and setting nuts to be of same metal as base plate they support. 2) Tighten nuts on anchor bolts. b. Fill space between bearing surface and bottom of base plate with nonshrink grout: 1) Fill space until voids are completely filled and base plates are fully bedded on wedges,shims,and grout. c. Do not remove wedges or shims: 1) Where they protrude,cut off flush with edge of base plate. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Adminisuation and Lab Building 9/24/2009 05505-10 d. Fill sleeves around anchor bolts solid with non-shrink grout. N. Tie anchor bolts in position to embedded reinforcing steel using wire: 1. Tack welding prohibited: a. Coat bolt threads and nuts with heavy coat of clean grease. 2. Anchor bolt location tolerance: a. 1/16IN. b. Provide steel templates for all column anchor bolts. O. Install bollards in concrete as detailed: 1. Fill pipe with concrete and round off at top. P. Attach grating to end and intermediate supports with grating saddle clips and bolts: 1. Maximum spacing: 2 FT OC with minimum of two(2)per side. 2. Attach individual units of aluminum grating together with clips at 2 FT OC maximum with a minimum of two(2)clips per side. Q. Coat aluminum surfaces in contact with dissimilar materials in accordance with Section 09905. R. Repair damaged galvanized surfaces in accordance with ASTM A780: 1. Prepare damaged surfaces by abrasive blasting or power sanding. 2. Apply galvanizing repair paint to minimum 6 mils DFT in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. S. Anchor ladder to concrete or masonry structure with minimum 3/4 IN stainless steel adhesive anchor bolts with minimum 6 IN embedment: 1. When anchoring into cavity wall construction,provide minimum 6 IN embedment into concrete or masonry back-up wall: a. At each anchor location,provide sleeve between back face of veneer and cavity face of concrete or masonry back-up wall. b. Cut cavity insulation as required and seal around sleeve: 1) Sleeve to be I IN DIA schedule 40 stainless steel tubing,TP-304L,ASTM A269: a) Minimum wall thickness to be.065 IN. 2) Continuously weld 4 x 4 x 1/4 IN Type 304 stainless steel,ASTM A666 flange onto each end of pipe: a) Drill 1 IN hole in flange to match pipe. b) Attach sleeve to concrete or masonry back-up with 1/4 IN self-tapping concrete anchors. 3) Grout solid,area around bolt where bolt penetrates veneer. 4) Accurately locate sleeves to align with bolt locations on ladder. 2. When anchoring into masonry,fill masonry cores with grout at anchor locations and each masonry core within 8 IN of anchor. T. Anchor ladder to metal stud walls using minimum 1/2 IN stainless steel bolts,nuts and washers: 1. Verify that stud wall has been provided with adequate backing to accept ladder anchors. 3.3 CLEANING A. After erection,installation or application,clean all miscellaneous metal fabrication surfaces of all dirt,weld slag and other foreign matter. B. Provide surface acceptable to receive field applied paint coatings specified in Section 09905. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 05505-11 DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Rough carpentry. 2. Framing with engineered wood products. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 05505-Metal Fabrications. 4. Section 06180:Glue Laminated Construction. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American Forest and Paper Association(AF&PA): a. NDS,National Design Specifications. 2. American Wood Preservers Association(AWPA): a. Book of Standards. b. Use Category System. 3. APA-The Engineered Wood Association(APA): a. PRP-108,Performance Standards and Qualification Policy for Structural Use Panels. b. U4501),Storage and Handling of APA Trademarked Panels. c. D510,Panel. 4. ASTM International(ASTM): a. D2898,Standard Test Methods for Accelerated Weathering of Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood for Fire Testing. b. D4442, Standard Test Methods for Direct Moisture Content Measurement of Wood and Wood-Base Materials. c. D4444,Standard Test Methods for Use and Calibration of Hand-Held Moisture Meters. d. E84,Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 5. Environmental Protection Agency(EPA). 6. National Sanitation Foundation(NSF): a. 51,Food Equipment Materials. 7. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. (UL): a. 723,Standard for Safety Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 8. National Institute of Standards and Technology(MIST): a. PS 1,Construction and Industrial Plywood. b. PS 2,Perfonnance Standard for Wood-Based Structural-Use Panels. c. PS 20,American Softwood Lumber Standard. 9. Western Wood Products Association(WWPA). 10. Building code: a. International Code Council(ICC): 1) International Building Code and associated standards,2006 Edition including all amendments,referred to herein as Building Code. B. Qualifications: 1. Wood Treatment Plant: AWPA M3. 2. Treated Wood Inspection: AWPA M2. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 06100-1 C. Miscellaneous: 1. Factory marking: a. Lumber and engineered wood products. 1) Identify type,grade,moisture content, inspection service,producing mill,and other qualities specified. 2) Marking may be omitted,as allowed by Building Code,if certificate of inspection is provided for each shipment. 3) Obtain engineered wood products from one source and by a single manufacturer. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Fabrication drawings of all fabricated items. 3. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions for all products specified. 4. Certifications: a. Chemicals used in treatment process are registered with and approved by EPA. b. Moisture content of material prior to treatment: 25 percent maximum. c. Material has been kiln-dried after treatment(KDAT)to the moisture content specified. 5. Documentation of treatment of preservative and fire retardant treated material in accordance with standards referenced. 1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Delivery,storage and handling of untreated wood products: 1. Lumber: As recommended by the grading agency indicated on the grade stamp. 2. Plywood: APA U450D. 3. Engineered wood products:In accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Delivery,storage,handling and disposal of treated wood products: AWPA M4. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: 1. Wood connectors: a. Simpson Strong-Tie Company,Inc. b. Southeastern Metals Manufacturing Company,Inc. 2. Lumber(for framing,blocking,milers,furring,grounds and similar members): a. DOC PS 20. b. Species: 1) Treated material: As indicated in the appropriate AWPA Standard and as required to achieve UL rating listed herein. 2) Untreated material: a) For nominal sizes up to and including 2 x 4:Douglas Fir or Hem Fir or Spruce/Pine/Fir. b) For nominal sizes up to 2 IN thick and wider than 4 IN:Douglas Fir or Hem Fir or Spruce/Pine Fir. c. Grade: 1) For nominal sizes up to and including 2 x 4: Standard and better or Stud Grade. 2) For nominal sizes up to 2 IN thick and wider than 4 IN: #2 and better or Stud Grade. 3. Structural plywood: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 06100-2 a. DOC PS 1. b. APA PRP-108,D510. c. Sheathing: 1) Exposure: EXT. 2) Span Rating: a) All plywood furnished for a single span rating to be the same thickness. 3) Thickness: 15/32IN. d. Non-structural plywood: 1) DOC PSI. 2) C-D plugged: a) Exposure: EXP 1. b) Thickness:As indicated on Drawings. e. Appearance Grade:A-C. 1) Exposure:EXT. 2) Thickness:As indicated on Drawings. 3) Sanded: 4) Provide at roof canopies. 4. Moisture content: a. Kiln-dry,ASTM D4442 and ASTM D4444. b. Lumber, 19 percent maximum. c. Wood structural panels plywood, 15 percent maximum. B. Preservative Treated Material: 1. Moisture content: a. Prior to treatment: 25 percent. b. Kiln-dry after treatment(KDAT),ASTM D4442 and ASTM D4444: 1) Lumber: 19 percent maximum. 2) Plywood: 18 percent maximum. 2. Preservative: a. Waterbome,AWPA P5. b. As indicated in the appropriate AWPA commodity standards. 3. Pressure-treat material in accordance with AWPA C1 and the following: a. Lumber: C2,C 15. b. Plywood: C9. 4. Wherever practicable,material to be treated shall be manufactured in its final form prior to treatment. C. Fire-Retardant Treated Material(FRTM): 1. Maximum moisture content: a. Prior to treatment: 25 percent. b. Kiln-dry after treatment(KDAT),ASTM D4442 and ASTM D4444: 1) Lumber: 19 percent(KDAT). 2) Plywood: 15 percent(KD-15). 2. Fire-retardant preservative: a. Provide protection against decay. 1) EPA registered for use as a wood preservative. b. Shall not bleed-through or adversely affect bond of any finish. 3. Pressure-treat material in accordance with AWPA C 1 and the following: a. Lumber: C20. b. Plywood: C27. 4. UL Classified: FR-S,UL 723. a. Exterior: No increase in classification when subjected to the Standard Rain Test, ASTM D2898. b. Provide UL mark on each piece of FRTM. 5. Maximum flame spread rating: 25,ASTM E84. 6. Wherever practicable,material to be treated shall be manufactured in its final form prior to treatment. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 06100-3 7. Similar to Hoover Treated Wood Products,Inc.: a. Interior: "Pyro-Guard". b. Exterior: "Exterior Fire-X". D. Fasteners and Anchors: Proper type,size,material,and finish for application. 1. Nuts,bolts and washers: See Section 05505. 2. Expansion anchors: See Section 05505. 3. Adhesive anchors: See Section 05505. 4. Miscellaneous Exterior Wood Trim: S4S clear cedar. E. Engineered Wood Products—General: 1. Provide engineered wood products acceptable to local building code authorities. a. Provided engineered wood products with allowable design stresses,as published by manufacturer,which meet or exceed those indicated. b. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis,and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency. c. Comply with APA(Engineered Wood Association)standards and recommendations. F. Laminated Veneer Lumber(LVL): 1. Lumber Manufactured by laminating wood veneers in a continuous press using an exterior type adhesive complying with ASTM-132559 to produce members with grain of veneers parallel to their lengths and complying with following requirements: a. Extreme fiber stress in bending:2250 PSI for 12 IN nominal depth members. b. Modulus of elasticity: 1,900,000 PSI. c. Shear modulus: 118,750 PSI. d. Compression parallel to grain:2510 PSI. e. Compression perpendicular to grain:750 PSI. f. Horizontal shear:285 PSI. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Verify measurements,dimensions,and shop drawing details before proceeding. B. Coordinate location of furring,nailers,blocking,grounds and similar supports for attached work. C. Eliminate sharp projections which would puncture roofing,flashing or underlayment material. 3.2 ERECTION AND INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Provide treated material in accordance with appropriate AWPA standard for intended end use. 2. Provide preservative treated material for all wood used: a. Outside building. b. Below grade. 3. Provide fire-retardant treated material for all wood used: a. Inside building. b. Within exterior building walls including parapets. c. In roof construction. d. For roofing nailers. 4. Field treat cuts and holes in preservative and fire-retardant treated material in accordance with AWPA M4. B. Attach work securely by anchoring and fastening as indicated or required to support applied loading. 1. Provide washers under bolt heads and nuts. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 06100-4 2. Fasten plywood in accordance with APA recommendations,and as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Use galvanized nails and fasteners unless indicated otherwise. 4. Use common wire nails or screws for general work. 5. Use fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or receive finish materials. 6. Install fasteners without splitting of wood;predrill as required. 7. Do not drive threaded friction type fasteners. 8. Tighten bolts and lag screws at installation and retighten as required. C. Set work to required levels and lines,plumb,true. 1. Shim as required. 2. Cut and fit accurately. D. Provide wood grounds,nailers,or blocking where required for attachment of other work and surface applied items. 1. Form to shapes indicated or required. 2. Grounds: a. Dressed,key beveled lumber minimum 1-1/2 IN wide of thickness required to bring face of ground even with finish material. b. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. 3. Install roofing nailers as indicated: a. Install per roofing manufacturer's recommendations. b. Match height of milers to insulation. c. Anchor hailers to resist force of 75 PLF. d. Use minimum of three(3)anchors for each nailer with 1/2 IN vent spaces between lengths of nailers. e. Install nailers over vapor retarder where indicated. E. Install wood furring plumb and level with closure strips at all edges and openings. F. When wood has been exposed to moisture allow to completely dry out prior to covering with additional wood or another material. G. Correct or replace wood which shows bowing,warping or twisting to provide a straight,plumb and level substrate for applications of other materials. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 06100-5 1 SECTION 06180 GLUE LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standard specification: 1. Conform to ANSI/AITC A190.1-02,"Standard fox Structural Glued Laminated Timber." 2. Fabrication and erection in accordance with AITC 117-224:"Standard Specifications for Structural Glued Laminated Timber of Softwood Species." B. Conform to Standard Specifications and AITC Inspection manual 200-04. C. Moisture content 8 to 12 percent. D. Fabricator:members of AITC who have been in good standing continuously for 2 years. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings: 1. Include complete fabrication and installation details. a. Steel connections to glue laminated members detailed by glue laminated fabricator. B. Product data: 1. Prior to delivery of members a duly executed,AITC"Certificate of Conformance"stating that glue laminated lumber conforms to these specifications. C. Contract closeout information: 1. Warranty. 1.3 WARRANTY A. Provide 3 year written warranty covering structural integrity of system to include delamination and connection failure. B. Provide 1 year warranty of factory finish. C. Warranty signed jointly by Manufacturer,Installer and Contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 21 LUMBER A. Douglas fir meeting structural requirements and lamination specifications AITC 117-2004. 2.2 ADHESIVE A. Exterior type,conforming to AITC 405-2005. 2.3 APPEARANCE GRADE A. Architectural appearance grade for exposed members,conforming to AITC 110-2001. B. Industrial appearance grade for enclosed members. C. Exposed comers to have '/a IN radius eased edge. 2.4 CAMBER A. Camber beams as noted on structural drawings. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 06180-1 2.5 DETAILED REQUIREMENTS A. See Structural Notes on drawings. 2.6 PROTECTION A. Conform to AITC 111,except as modified herin and on drawings"Recommended Practice for Protection of Structural Glued Laminated Timber During Transit,Storage,and Erection." B. Wrapping: 1. Individually wrap members(except Industrial Appearance)and maintain original or approved wrapping until building is weather tight and Architect gives approval for removal. 2. If subsequent construction precludes leaving wrappings on members,provide other protection as required to preserve appearance. 2.7 SHOP SEALER A. One coat of clear penetrating sealer after fabrication completed. B. Sealer to be compatible with finish. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXECUTION A. Preparatory Work: 1. Carefully unload and handle members at job site to prevent surface marring and damage. 2. If stored before erection,place on blocks well off ground with individual members separated by strips to allow air circulation. 3. Cover top and sides of storage piles with moisture resistant paper. 4. Do not use clear polyethylene films. 5. Leave wrapping paper intact. 6. Slit individual wrapping or puncture on lower side to permit drainage of water which may accumulate. 7. Before erection,check assembly for damage from water or handling,prescribed overall dimension,prescribed camber,and accuracy of anchorage connection. 8. Check accuracy and adequacy of necessary abutments,piers,foundations and anchor bolts, before erection starts. 9. Ensure supports and anchors are complete,accessible and free of obstructions. 10. Determine weights and balance points of members before lifting begins,so that proper equipment and lifting methods may be employed. 3.2 ERECTION A. Plan and execute erection so that close fit and neat appearance of joints and structure as a whole will not be impaired. B. When hoisting members,use padded or non-marring slings. C. Protect corners with wood blocking. D. Leave wrapping paper intact until members are enclosed within structure. E. If wrapping must be removed at certain connection points during erection,replace after connection is made or otherwise protect. F. If impractical to replace wrapping,remove it. G. Adequately brace members during erection to hold them in a safe position until full stability is provided. 3.3 INSTALLATION 00...60746 Bozeman V;U Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 06180-2 A. Install in accurate locations as shown on drawings. B. Secure as detailed or required for strength and rigidity. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 06180-3 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Finish carpentry. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division I -General Requirements. 3. Section 06100-Rough Carpentry. 4. Section 06410-Architectural Cabinetwork(Millwork). 5. Section 09905-Painting and Protective Coatings. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): a. A161.2,Decorative Laminate Countertops,Performance Standards for Fabricated High Pressure. b. A208.1,Particleboard. 2. Architectural Woodwork Institute(AWI): a. Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards. B. Qualifications: 1. Workmanship and materials shall meet AWI custom grade standards. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Fabrication drawings of all fabricated items. a. Details of all window stools and trim. 3. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 4. Samples: a. Manufacturer's complete line of solid surface material. b. Wood Trim. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 1. Stain and varnish: a. Pratt and Lambert. b. Cabot. c. PPG/Rez. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Cab Building 9/24/2009 06200-1 2.2 MATERIALS A. Softwood Trim: Solid,S4S: 1. AWI 300 custom grade,Grade II,for exposed surfaces. 2. Exposed: Clear cedar or fir. 3. Other locations: Any hardwood. B. T&G Wood Decking. 1. Softwood: clear cedar or fir. 2. Nominal 3.4 x 4 IN. 3. Provide at exposed ceilings as indicated on the Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Set items in proper location,assemble,level,neatly fit and secure in place. B. Finish panel edges to match exterior surfaces. C. Assemble using concealed fasteners. D. Provide access panels if installed work covers mechanical,electrical or other items requiring access. E. Provide intermediate supports for shelving exceeding 42 IN in length. F. Dado and glue hardwood edging in place. 1. Remove all excess glue prior to finishing. G. Set all nails. H. Fill holes. I. Sand smooth before application of finishes. J. Finishing Softwood: 1. Apply all materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Set all nails. 3. Sand smooth. 4. Apply stain. 5. Apply one coat of gloss varnish specified cut 10 percent with paint thinner recommended by manufacturer. 6. Sand and dust. 7. Fill all nail holes,manufacturing defects,etc.,with wood filler which has been tinted to match color of stain. 8. Apply one coat gloss varnish specified at full strength. 9. Sand and dust. 10. Apply final coat of satin varnish specified at full strength. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 06200-2 SECTION 06410 ARCHITECTURAL CABINETWORK (MILLWORK) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Architectural cabinetwork: a. Kitchen/Conference Room. b. Offices. c. Control Room. d. Reception areas. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 07900-Joint Sealants. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American Hardboard Association/American National Standards Institute(AHA/ANSI): a. A135.4,Basic Hardboard. 2. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): a. A161.2,Decorative Laminate Countertops,Performance Standards for Fabricated High Pressure. b. A208.1,Particleboard. c. A208.2,Medium Density Fiberboard. 3. ASTM International(ASTM): a. D4442,Standard Test Methods for Direct Moisture Content Measurement of Wood and Wood-Base Materials. b. D4444,Standard Test Methods for Use and Calibration of Hand-Held Moisture Meters. 4. American Wood Preservers Association(AWPA): a. Book of Standards. b. Use Category System. 5. Architectural Woodwork Institute(AW1): a. Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards. 6. Hardwood Plywood and Veneer Association(HPVA): a. HP-1,Standard for Hardwood and Decorative Plywood. 7. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA): a. LD 3,High-Pressure Decorative Laminates. B. Qualifications: 1. Fabricator shall have minimum of 10 years experience in design and fabrication of architectural cabinetwork with minimum of three(3)successfully completed projects with similar scope in the last two(2)years. C. Miscellaneous: 1. Construction details,fastening,tolerances and workmanship: AWI custom grade standards with exceptions indicated. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Architectural Cabinetwork: Millwork. B. Exposed Surfaces: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 06410-1 1. All surfaces visible when doors and drawers are closed,inside of doors, and: a. Door and drawer fronts and their edges. b. Exposed end. c. Countertop and backsplash and their exposed edges. d. Face frame(if used). e. Interior of open cabinets. f. Toe strip not to be covered by separate base. g. Wall mounted adjustable shelves. h. Bottom of wall case over 4 FT above floor. i. Top of wall and tall cases below 6 FT above floor. C. Concealed Surfaces: 1. Surfaces not visible after installation,and: a. Web frames. b. Dust panels. D. Semi-Exposed Surfaces: 1. All other surfaces not exposed or concealed. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Fabricated cabinets including all hardware,countertops,and finishing thereof. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 3. Fabrication drawings and details showing compliance with this Specification. B. Miscellaneous Submittals: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Millwork fabricator experience qualifications. 3. Listing of millwork fabricators projects within last two(2)years with similar scope. C. Samples: 1. Plastic laminate color and finish samples for Engineer's selection: a. Allow for three(3)different laminate colors. 2. PVC edging: Manufacturer's complete line of color samples. 3. Wood Stain and varnish samples on veneer specified for Engineer's selection: a. Allow for three(3)different stain colors. 4. Solid surface material manufacturer's complete line of color samples including custom colors: a. Allow for three(3)different colors. 1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver all millwork items,window stools,and countertops to the Project Site and store in the area in which items will be installed: 1. Building areas to receive millwork items shall be enclosed,weathertight and conditioned to a relative humidity between 25 percent and 55 percent before,during and after installation. 2. Remove any plastic packaging or wrapping from millwork upon delivery to Project Site. 3. Protect stored items from damage with vapor-permeable covering during storage. 4. Allow material to acclimate to the surrounding environment a minimum of 96 HRS prior to installation. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 06410-2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Plastic laminate: a. Formica Corp. b. Nevamar Corp. c. Wilsonart International. 2. Plastic overlay panel products: a. Simpson Timber Co. b. Sel-Ply Division/Medford Corp. c. Willamette Industries. d. Formica Corporation. 3. Cabinet hardware: a. Epco. b. Faultless. c. Grant. d. Ives. e. Knape&Vogt. f. McKinney. g. National Lock Co. h. Rockford Process Control,Inc. i. Stanley. j. Stylmark. k. Webber-Knapp. 4. Fire-rated particleboard: a. Willamette Industries. 5. Glass: See Section 08800. 6. Stain and varnish: a. Cabot. b. PPG/Rez c. Pratt and Lambert. 7. Sealants: See Section 07900. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Plastic Laminate: 1. NEMA LD 3 high-pressure laminate,matte finish. 2. Countertops and backsplashes and their edges: Grade FR50,0.050 IN thick 3. All other exposed surfaces: Grade GP28,0.028 IN thick. 4. All other exposed and semi-exposed surfaces:Grade FR32,0.032 IN. 5. Semi-exposed backer sheet: Grade CL20,0.020 IN thick;color to match plastic overlay. 6. Concealed backer sheet: Grade BK20,0.020 IN thick. 7. For fire rated use Grade FR32,0.032 IN thick backer sheet. B. Plastic Overlay: 1. Resin impregnated paper overlay hot press cured onto substrates with backer/balance sheet. 2. Conform to NEMA requirements for"general purpose"decorative board(not"light duty" liner type). 3. Satin finish: Opaque color. 4. Resin: Polyester;phenolic resin may be used on concealed surfaces. 5. Color: Beige. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 06410-3 C. Particleboard: 1. Three-ply,medium density industrial particleboard. 2. ANSI A208.1: Grade M-2 or M-3. 3. Density: 45 pcf minimum. 4. Particleboard used for countertops: a. ANSI A161.2. b. Moisture resistant. D. Fiberboard: 1. Medium density wood fiberboard. 2. ANSI A208.2: Interior Grade M. E. Hardboard: 1. Tempered,smooth on both sides. 2. AHA/ANSI A135.4: Class 1,S2S. F. Hardwood Plywood: 1. Species: Alder,Birch or Maple. 2. Plain sliced. 3. Veneer or particle core. 4. HPVA HP-1,Grade A. 5. Hardwood plywood for drawer boxes: a. Species: Alder or Birch. b. HPVA HP-1,Grade A. c. Similar to States Industries"Appleply". G. Plywood: Softwood plywood,A grade. H. Hardwood: 1. Solid,S4S. 2. AWI 300 custom grade,Grade II,for exposed surfaces. 3. Exposed: Species to match veneer plywood unless noted otherwise on Drawings. 4. Other locations: Any matching hardwood. I. PVC Edging: 1. Polyvinyl chloride edge banding,machine applied and trimmed: a. Hot melt glue per PVC manufacturer's recommendations. b. T-edging will not be allowed. J. Preservative Treated Lumber: 1. Preservative: Waterborne,AWPA P5. 2. Moisture content: a. Prior to treatment: 25 percent. b. Kiln-dry after treatment(KDAT),ASTM D4442,ASTM D4444: 19 percent maximum. 3. Pressure treat material in accordance with AWPA C1,C2,C15 and C31. K. Sealant: 1. Silicone. 2. See Section 07900. 2.3 FABRICATION A. General: 1. Cabinetwork: Custom shop or factory built casework,complete with all hardware, accessories,countertops and bases in sizes and configurations indicated. 2. Style: Reveal overlay doors and drawer fronts overlapping case body with uniform reveal at all edges. 3. Case body: a. All joints glued. b. Top and bottom(and fixed horizontals): 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 06410-4 1) Lock jointed and screwed. 2) Dadoed or rabbeted into ends/dividers. 3) Doweled at approximately 2-1/2 IN OC. c. Back: Dadoed into top,sides,and bottom. d. Fixed small compartment dividers: Dadoed. 4. Drawers(with subfront): a. All joints glued. b. All comers: 1) Dovetailed or doweled. 2) Front comers dovetailed and back comers lock jointed. 3) Sides dadoed for front and back and all joints nailed,stapled or screwed. c. Bottom: Dadoed into all four sides. d. Front: Screwed onto subfront. e. Top edges of drawer box rounded. 5. Drawers(without subfront): a. All joints glued. b. Front comers dovetailed or doweled. c. Back comers: 1) Dovetailed,doweled,or lock jointed. 2) Sides dadoed for back and corner nailed or screwed. d. Bottom: Dadoed into all four sides. e. Top edges of drawer sides and back rounded. 6. Plastic laminate countertops: a. Use maximum size sheet of laminate to eliminate joints in laminate. b. Backsplash: Glued and screwed onto top,with edges scribed. c. If joints in plastic laminate are required locate not closer than 24 IN to sinks. d. Joints in counter length: Factory fitted,splined,glued,and mechanically fastened. e. Apply laminate front edge before top laminate. f. 3/4 IN thick,built up to 1-1/4 IN at edges. g. Colors: 1) Color of laminate on edges: Same as top. 7. PVC edging: a. Thickness: 1) Case body: 1 mm. 2) Door and drawer edges: 3 tutu. b. Color: 1) 1 mm thick: Match adjacent plastic laminate. 2) 3 turn thick: Accent color to be selected by Engineer from manufacturer's complete line of color samples. 8. Use no blocking or fasteners in exposed or semi-exposed locations. 9. Allow for two(2)different cabinet face colors. B. Hardware: 1. Hardware for hinged doors: a. Hinges: 1) Five(5)knuckle,wraparound type with hospital type tips. 2) Not less than 2-1/2 IN long. 3) Minimum three(3)screws each leaf. 4) For doors up to 48 IN high: Two(2)hinges. 5) For doors over 48 IN high: Three(3)hinges. 6) Finish: a) Stainless steel,BHMA 630. b) Color: Chrome. 7) Similar to Rockford Process Control"Overlay"hinge. b. Catch: 1) Heavy duty,roller catch. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 06410-5 2) Case and strike: Wrought steel. 3) Roller: Rubber. 4) Similar to Ives 338. 5) Finish: Bright nickel plated,clear coated. 2. Hardware for drawers: a. Slides: KV 8400 series; 100 LB capacity,precision steel ball bearings,positive closing and pull out stops,drawer removable without use of tools;telescoping full extension slides,epoxy-coated with white finish. b. Lock: Provide where indicated. c. For file drawers: Label holder and file hanger frame. 3. Pulls: a. Steel wire. b. 4 IN centers. c. 5/16 IN(8 mm)DIA. d. Provide two(2)on drawers over 18 IN wide. e. Finish: 1) Powder coated. 2) Color: To be selected by Engineer. 4. Locks: a. Pin tumbler cylinder cam locks. b. Material: Brass. c. Finish: Chrome plated,US 26D. d. Similar to National C8100 series. e. Provide two(2)keys for each lock. f. Master key as directed. 5. Shelf supports(drilled hole type): a. 5 mm holes drilled at 32 mm OC. b. Shelf clips: 1) Injection molded plastic. 2) Two(2)5 mm pins to interface with drilled holes. 3) Anti-tip feature: Designed to retain either 3/4 IN or 1 IN thick shelf. 4) Color: White. 5) Similar to KV 339/340. 6. Countertop support brackets: a. Custom fabricated steel brackets as shown on Drawings. b. Steel tube: 1) Size: 1-1/2 IN x 1-1/2 IN. 2) See Section 05500. 3) Finish: a) Powder coated. b) Color:Black. C. Plastic Laminate Casework Fabrication: 1. Finishes for non-fire-rated cabinets: a. All exposed surfaces: Plastic laminate. b. All semi-exposed surfaces not covered with plastic laminate backer sheet(except hardwood): Plastic overlay. 2. Edges: a. Edges of case body members: 1 mm PVC. b. All other exposed and semi-exposed edges: 3 mm PVC. 3. Case body members(except backs not exposed): a. Minimum 3/4 IN thick particleboard. b. Base unit top: 1) Use either full subtop or web frame. 2) Web frames: Hardwood. c. Provide drawer lock rails at all drawers. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 06410-6 d. Provide backs on all cabinets. 4. Unexposed case back: a. Tempered hardboard. b. Minimum 1/4 IN thick. c. Full bound: Capture and glue back panel in dado at top,sides and bottom of case. 5. Shelves: a. Minimum 3/4 IN thick particleboard. b. 1 IN thick if over 36 IN between supports. 6. Doors: a. Particleboard: 1) Up to 26 IN wide or 48 IN high: 3/4 IN thick. 2) Up to 36 IN wide or 66 IN high: 1-1/4 IN thick. 3) Over 36 IN wide and 66 IN high: 1-3/8 IN thick,solid core per Section 08210. 7. Drawers: a. Fronts: 3/4 IN thick particleboard. b. Subfront,sides and back: 1/2 IN thick hardwood plywood. c. Bottom: 1) Minimum 1/4 IN thick hardboard,captured four(4)sides with 3/8 IN standing shoulder. 2) Over 18 IN wide provide intermediate reinforcing rails. 8. Case base: a. Separate ladder style base. b. Preservative treated lumber. c. Provide concealed fastening of cabinet body to base: 1) Fasteners through bottom of casework will not be accepted. 9. Small compartment dividers and dust panels: 1/4 IN thick particleboard. 10. Filler panels and scribe pieces: Particleboard;provide as required to fit standard size units to space. 11. Wood Veneer Casework Fabrication: a. Finishes: 1) All exposed surfaces: Hardwood or hardwood veneer. 2) All semi-exposed surfaces(except hardwood): Plastic overlay. 3) Edges of case body member edges: Minimum 1/2 IN hardwood. 4) Edges of doors,drawer fronts and other exposed edges: Hardwood or hardwood veneer. b. Case body members(except backs not exposed): 1) Minimum 3/4 IN thick: a) Exposed members: Hardwood plywood or hardwood. b) Semi-exposed members: Particleboard. c) Base unit top: Use either full subtop or web frame: (1) Web frames and face frames: S4S Lumber. d) Provide drawer lock rails at all drawers. e) Provide hardwood edging on all exposed edges of particleboard. f) Provide backs on all cabinets. c. Unexposed case back: 1) Tempered hardboard 2) Minimum 1/4 IN thick d. Full bound: Capture and glue back panel in dado at top,sides and bottom of case. e. Shelves: 1) Minimum 3/4 IN thick. 2) 1 IN thick if over 36 IN between supports. 3) Exposed. Hardwood plywood. 4) Shelf edge: Minimum 1/2 IN hardwood. 5) Semi-exposed: Particleboard. f. Doors: 1) Hardwood plywood: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 06410-7 a) Up to 26 x 48 IN: 3/4 IN thick. b) Up to 36 x 66 IN: 1-1/4 IN thick. c) Over 36 x 66 IN: 1-3/8 IN thick,solid core per Section 08210. 2) Provide hardwood edges on all sides. g. Drawers: 1) Fronts: 3/4 IN thick hardwood plywood,with hardwood edges. 2) Subfront sides and back: 1/2 IN thick hardwood. 3) Bottom: a) 1/4 IN thick,minimum,hardboard;over 18 IN wide provide intermediate reinforcing rails. h. Case base: 1) Separate ladder style base. 2) Moisture resistant softwood lumber or plywood. i. Small compartment dividers and dust panels: 1/4 IN thick hardboard. j. Filler panels and scribe pieces: Hardwood plywood;provide as required to fit standard units to space. k. Finishing hardwood: 1) Set all nails. 2) Sand smooth. 3) Apply stain in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4) Apply one coat of varnish specified cut 10 percent with paint thinner recommended by manufacturer. 5) Sand and dust. 6) Fill all nail holes,manufacturing defects,etc.,with wood filler which has been tinted to match color of stain. 7) Apply one coat gloss varnish specified at full strength. 8) Sand and dust. 9) Apply fmal coat of satin varnish specified at full strength. D. Case Configuration: 1. Similar reveal,approximately 1/4 IN at all sides,top and bottom of doors and drawer fronts, and between doors and drawer fronts in same unit. 2. Double door units: No vertical rail or divider between doors unless called for or unless locks are called for. 3. Toe space: a. 4 IN high by approximately 3 IN deep. b. Provide on front of each base unit unless otherwise noted. 4. Pairs of sliding doors: Equal width;overlap 1 IN. 5. Countertop: Overhang front and exposed ends 1 IN. 6. Hardware mounting: a. Drawers: Center pull in front,horizontally. b. Drawers with two pulls: Set pulls at 1/4 points. c. Swinging doors: 1) Set pull in swing side comer: a) Base units: Horizontally at top of door. b) Wall units: Vertically at bottom of door. 7. Adjustable shelves: a. Use drilled hole supports. b. Depth: 1/2 IN less than inside cabinet depth. c. Width: 1/8 IN,maximum,less than inside cabinet width. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Verify dimensions at site. r 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 06410-8 B. Verify locations of items furnished in other sections. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide balanced construction on each plastic laminated item. C. Use manufacturer's printed instructions or drawings in all cases where items or details are not indicated. D. Provide all trim, fillers,closures,stands,supports,sleeves,collars,escutcheons,brackets,braces or other miscellaneous items required for complete installation. E. Test and adjust for satisfactory operation. F. Seal components with silicone sealants in accordance with AWI Standards and as recommended by Solid Surface Materials manufacturer: 1. Seal joints in plastic laminate countertops before assembly. 2. Seal joints between backsplashes and endsplashes and countertops. 3. Seal joints where backsplashes and endsplashes meet adjoining surfaces. G. Adjust hinges so doors hang straight. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 06410-9 DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07162 DAMPPROOFING PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Dampproofmg. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Division 3 -Concrete. 4. Division 4-Masonry. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. ASTM International(ASTM): a. D1227,Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used Asa Protective Coating for Roofing. B. Qualifications: 1. Licensed or approved in writing by coating manufacturer. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Installer or Applicator: 1. Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the product in the field at the Project site. 2. Installer and applicator are synonymous. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Warranty. C. Miscellaneous Submittals: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Applicator qualifications. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Provide written warranty signed jointly by applicator and manufacturer. B. Warranty for period of five(5)years from date of acceptance by Owner. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07162-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Dampproofmg system: a. Karnak 83 or 86-Karnak Chemical Corporation. b. Hydrocide 700 or 700B- Sonneborn. c. Sealmastic Type 2 or 3-W.R.Meadows Inc. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Dampproofmg: 1. Fibrated asphalt emulsion coating for trowel,spray or brush application. 2. Primer as recommended by coating manufacturer. 3. ASTM D1227,Type 1. PART 3 - EXECUTION 31 PREPARATION A. Allow masonry and/or concrete to cure per manufacturer's recommendations. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Apply dampproofmg to exterior face of exterior walls below grade to top of footings. Extend coating to finished grade line. C. Apply two(2)coats each at manufacturer's recommended coverage rates. D. Do not backfill for 48 HRS;however,backfilling is to be completed within seven(7)days of coating application. E. Provide protection for coating during backfilling operation. F. Repair any damage to coating caused prior to or during backfilling. G. Remove coating from adjacent surfaces as required. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test wet film thickness and comply with listed manufacturer's recommended coverage rates. 1. Apply additional material as required. 3.4 SCHEDULE A. Administration and Lab Building 1. All below grade exterior surfaces. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07162-2 SECTION 07176 LIQUID WATER REPELLENT PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Liquid water repellent Type 1 and Type 2. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 04210—Brick Masonry. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Material must not inhibit the adhesion of future paint coatings. B. Mock-Ups: 1. Product shall be applied to mock-up erected under Section 04210. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Miscellaneous Submittals: I. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Letter from manufacturer stating that product is suitable for intended use and is compatible with and will not cause discoloration. 3. Field conducted water spray test results. 4. Warranty. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's standard five(5)year performance warranty. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Liquid water repellent: a. L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc. b. Chemprobe Technologies,Inc. c. Hydrozo,Inc. d. Nox-Crete Chemicals Inc. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07176-1 2.2 MATERIALS A. Liquid Water Repellent Type 1: 1. Clear,deep penetrating sealer formulated for sealing concrete masonry: a. Water based,VOC compliant,odorless: 1) VOC: <195 g/L. b. Non-yellowing,non-staining. c. Provides both surface barrier and penetrating chemical action barrier. 2. Surface barrier shall protect against water intrusion,mildew,dirt and airborne contaminants. 3. Product similar to L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc. "HYDROBLOCK." B. Liquid Water Repellent Type 2: 1. Clear,deep penetrating sealer formulated for sealing vertical concrete and brick surfaces: a. Water based,VOC compliant,odorless: 1) VOC: <195 g/L. b. Non-yellowing,non-staining. c. Provides both surface barrier and penetrating chemical action barrier. 2. Surface barrier shall protect against water intrusion,mildew,dirt and airborne contaminants. 3. Product similar to L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc. "HYDROPEL WB." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect adjacent surfaces not intended to be covered. B. Clean surfaces to be covered in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Make all mortar repairs at least 48 HRS prior to application. D. Allow masonry surfaces to cure minimum of 10 days prior to application. E. Cure concrete surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.2 INSTALLATION AND APPLICATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. At a minimum apply material in accordance with manufacturer's recommended application rates using procedures and equipment recommended by manufacturer: a. Apply two(2)coats of material. b. Using manufacturer's recommended application rates,apply as many coats of material as necessary to obtain results required by Article 3.3. c. Apply material using procedures and equipment recommended by manufacturer. B. Apply liquid water repellent"Type 1"to exterior concrete block surfaces. C. Apply liquid water repellent"Type 2"to exterior concrete surfaces where indicated. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer or manufacturer's designated representative shall conduct a water spray test to an area of the mock-up wall specified in Section 04210 for a period of 5 HRS: 1. Water from the spray shall impact the wall at a 45-degree angle to the vertical and shall cover an area of not less than 9 SF. 2. Water flow shall be minimum 5 gpm at 60 psi pressure. 3. If,within 5 HRS,moisture appears on the inside face of the wall within the test area,the wall shall be recoated. B. Retest as required. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07176-2 C. Recoat as required until wall area remains dry within limits of testing procedure. D. Results of this test shall be used to determine material quantity in excess of manufacturer's minimum recommended amounts to be applied per square foot to the building surface. E. Protect adjacent materials not required to be coated. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9242009 07176-3 SECTION 07190 UNDER SLAB VAPOR RETARDER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Under slab vapor retarder. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Division 3-Concrete. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. ASTM International(ASTM): a. D882,Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic Sheeting. b. D 1709,Standard Test Methods for Impact Resistance of Plastic Film by the Free- Falling Dart Method. c. E96,Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. d. El643, Standard Practice for Installation of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs. e. E1745,Standard Specification for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Miscellaneous Submittals: Manufacturer's recommendation on vapor retarder tape. C. Samples: Provide 6 IN x 6 IN sample of vapor retarder material and vapor retarder tape. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Vapor retarder: a. Fortifiber Corporation. b. Raven. c. WR Meadows,Inc. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Vapor Retarder: Polyolefin film or reinforced polyethylene or new generation resin. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07190-1 B. Vapor Retarder Tape: As recommended by vapor retarder manufacturers. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Pipe Boots: Manufacturer's standard boot fabricated to maintain the integrity of the vapor retarder system. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Vapor Retarder: 1. ASTM E1745,Class A,minimum 15 mil thickness. 2. Water vapor permeance: 0.03 maximum per ASTM E96, 3. Puncture resistance: ASTM D 1709,Method B,2200 grams. 4. Minimum tensile strength: 45 LBS/IN,ASTM D882. B. Vapor Retarder Tape: As recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM E1643. B. Place continuous vapor retarder above granular fill subgrade material where indicated on the Drawings. C. Lap vapor retarder 3 IN at ends and edges of sheets and seal with tape. D. Extend to extremities of area,turn up at perimeter to form bond breaker between slab and wall. 1. Tape in place. 2. Do not turn up at perimeter if slab is keyed into perimeter wall. E. Provide pipe boot for all pipes penetrating the floor slab. F. Trim off excess material even with top of slab after slab is placed. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Ensure proper precautions are implemented to prevent damage to installed vapor retarder membrane prior to and during pouring of concrete floor slab. B. Patch aII punctures,tears,holes,etc.,with additional layer of vapor retarder and seal entire patch with vapor retarder tape. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9242009 07190-2 SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Building insulation. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements, 3. Section 04210—Brick Masonry. 4. Section 07176—Liquid Water Repellant 5. Section 07412—Metal Roofing. 6. Section 09250—Gypsum Board. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. ASTM International(ASTM): a. C578,Specification for Rigid,Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation. b. C665,Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing. c. E96,Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 2. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(UL): a. Building Materials Directory. 1.3 SITE CONDITIONS A. For purposes of this Section,design frost line for this Project is 48 IN below grade. B. Mock-Ups: 1. Provide insulation for mock-ups required in Section 04210. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. c. Manufacturer's recommendations on sealants and mastics. B. Miscellaneous Submittals: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Certification from insulation manufacturer stating that insulation proposed is acceptable for intended use per the Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contact Documents, the following manufacturers are acceptable: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07210-1 I. Rigid extruded polystyrene board insulation: a. Dow Chemical Company. b. UC Industries. c. Amoco Foam Products. d. Owens Corning. 2. Blanket or batt thermal insulation: a. Owens-Corning Fiberglass Corp. b. United States Gypsum Company(USG). c. CertainTeed. 3. Sound control insulation: a. Thermafiber. 4. Vapor retarder: a. Raven Industries. b. Reef Industries. c. Fortifiber Corp. d. Alumiseal. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Rigid Polystyrene Board Insulation: 1. Extruded: ASTM C578,Type IV. 2. Compressive strength: 25 psi minimum. 3. Density: 1.6 pcf minimum. 4. Water vapor transmission: ASTM E96, 1.1 perm-IN maximum. 5. Water absorption: 0.3 percent maximum. 6. Thermal resistance(R value at 75 DegF): 5.01IN. 7. Minimum thickness:Based on meeting required R-Value on Drawings or as noted whichever is thicker. 8. Provide insulation designed for intended use. B. Sealant and Mastic(for setting polystyrene and/or polyisocyanurate insulation board): Manufacturer's recommended standard. C. Blanket or batt thermal insulation,glass or other inorganic fibers and resinous binders formed into flexible blankets or semi-rigid sheets: 1. ASTM C665,Type II,Class C. 2. Thermal conductivity(k-value at 75 DegF): 0.27. 3. Kraft-faced vapor retarder laminated to one face with 1 IN flanges on long edges. 4. Minimum thickness as noted on Drawings. D. Vapor Retarder: 1. Fire rated,reinforced,3 ply,Class 1 material. 2. Perm rating: Not exceeding 0.035 grains/HR-F I Z-IN-Hg when determined in accordance with ASTM E96. 3. Similar to Griffolyn"TX-1200FR". E. Vapor Retarder Tape: As recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer. F. Sound Control Insulation: 1. Glass or other inorganic fiber and resinous binders formed into flexible blankets or semi- rigid sheets. a. ASTM C665,Type I. b. UL listed when used in fire rated construction. 2. Minimum K-value: 0.32 Btu-IN/HR FTZF. 3. Thickness: 3IN. 4. Unfaced,friction fit. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 07210-2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. General: 1. Insulate full thickness over surfaces to be insulated. 2. Fit tightly around obstructions,fill voids. 3. Cover all penetrations with insulation. 4. Seal all joints with sealant or tape as applicable. 5. Seal or tape to abutting materials to maintain vapor retarder integrity. 6. Tape butted joints of batt or blanket insulations. 7. Apply single or double layer to achieve total thickness: a. If double layer is provided stagger all joints minimum 12 IN. 8. Do not use broken or tom pieces of insulation. 9. Install so that completed installation is vapor tight. 10. If vapor retarder tape fails to adhere to any surface,apply sprayed-on adhesive as recommended by tape manufacturer to promote adhesion. C. Blanket or Batt Insulation with or without Vapor Retarder: 1. Set with vapor retarder(where specified)to warm side of building exterior: a. Install with vapor retarder flanges over the edge of the framing member. b. Do not obstruct ventilation spaces. 2. Fill all miscellaneous voids and where indicated on Drawings. 3. Tape joints and ruptures in vapor retarder. 4. Use vapor retarder tape and seal each area of insulation to surrounding construction to assure continuous vapor-tight installation. 5. At Contractor's option,provide blanket or batt insulation without vapor retarder and provide separate vapor retarder as specified. 6. Install insulation on interior surfaces of exterior walls. 7. Install between wall furring strips. Cut to fit tightly to furring member. 8. Set solidly in mastic. 9. Make all joints tight. 10. Cut and fit insulation at corners,and at penetrations,connections,etc. 11. Seal all joints with sealant applied continuously to edges of pieces before installation or apply sealant bead continuously to joint after installation. 12. Cover penetrations or connections which remain exposed after insulation is in place and seal with minimum 1 IN thick foamed-in-place silicone for a distance of 6 IN on each side. 13. If no covering is indicated on Drawings,cover entire exposed surface with 5/8 IN thick gypsum board. D. Rigid Board Polystyrene Insulation in Cavity Walls: 1. Provide insulation manufactured specifically for use in cavity wall construction. 2. Do not proceed with installation until subsequent work which conceals insulation is ready to be performed. 3. Extend insulation full thickness over entire area to be insulated: a. Cut and tightly fit around all penetrations. 4. Set each piece of insulation flush with the abutting piece to eliminate ledges in the face of the insulation. 5. Install mastic on face of concrete or masonry back-up in accordance with mastic and insulation manufacturer's recommendation. 6. Press courses of insulation between wall ties(horizontal reinforcing)with edges butted tightly both ways. 7. Set units firmly into mastic. 8. Seal all horizontal and vertical joints with sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. E. Rigid Polystyrene Board Insulation at Perimeter Below Grade and Under Slab: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 072 t0-3 1. Provide insulation manufactured specifically for use in below grade applications. 2. Install insulation below grade inside foundation walls. 3. Install in mastic with tight joints. 4. Where footings are located below the design frost line,extend insulation down to the design frost line or,if so indicated on the Drawings,beyond the design frost lines. 5. Where footings are located at the design frost line,extend insulation down to top of footing or as indicated on Drawings. 6. Protect from damage and/or displacement during backfilling and/or pouring of floor slab. 7. Extend insulation under floor slabs for a minimum of 24 IN in from exterior walls. F. Sound Control Insulation: 1. Install friction fit between studs, 2. Do not obstruct ventilation spaces. 3. Fill all miscellaneous voids unless noted otherwise on Drawings. 4. After installation of conduit boxes,piping or other items within wall system,reposition displaced insulation and fill all voids. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Repair or replace damaged insulation as directed by Engineer. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07210-4 SECTION 07412 METAL ROOFING PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Standing seam metal roofing. 2. Prefmished gutters and downspouts. 3. Preformed metal canopy panels. 4. Roof insulation,vapor retarder,roof underlayment sheathing. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1-General Requirements. 3. Section 04155-Masonry Accessories. 4. Section 06100-Rough Carpentry. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American Architectural Manufacturer's Association(AAMA): a. 621-02,Voluntary Specifications for High Performance Organic Coatings on Coil Coated Architectural Hot Dipped Galvanized(HDG)and Zinc-Aluminum Coated Steel Substrates. 2. ASTM International(ASTM): a. A653,Specification for Steel Sheet,Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)or Zinc-Iron Alloy- Coated(Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process. b. {A792,Specification for Steel Sheet,55%Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated by the Hot- Dip Process.) c. C209,Standard Test Methods for Cellulosic Fiber Insulating Board. d. C1289,Specification for Faced Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation Board. e. E96,Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. f. E1592,Test Method for Structural Performance of Sheet Metal Roof and Siding Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. g. E1646,Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Metal Roof Panel Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. h. E1680,Standard Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Metal Roof Panel Systems. i. F593,Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts,Hex Cap Screws,and Studs. 3. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors'National Association(SMACNA): a. Architectural Sheet Metal Manual,Fifth Edition, 1993: 1) Including Addendum No. 1 dated October 31, 1997. 4, Underwriter's Laboratories,Inc. (UL): a. Building Materials Directory. b. Fire Resistance Directory. c. 580,Standard for Safety Tests for Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies. 5. Building code: a. International Code Council(ICC): 1) International Building Code and associated standards,2006 Edition including all amendments,referred to herein as Building Code. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07412-1 B. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer shall have minimum of 10 years experience in the production of structural standing seam metal roofing: a. All structural components of the roof system shall be designed and sealed by registered professional structural engineer licensed in the State of Montana. 2. Installing contractor shall be licensed or approved in writing by manufacturer. 3. Contractor and installer shall have minimum of seven(7)years experience in the installation of structural standing seam metal roof systems similar to system specified. 4. Contractor and installer shall have successfully completed two(2)projects of similar size, scope and complexity within past two(2)years. 5. All roll forming performed on-site shall be supervised by personnel trained and employed by the roofing manufacturer: a. Roofing manufacturer shall have been engaged in field roll forming for a minimum of 15 years with experience in roll forming long panels similar to panels being used. C. Mock-Ups: 1. Prior to start of permanent roof construction construct mock-up of roofing: a. Mock-up shall be of sufficient size to properly display all components required by the roofing and fascia system. b. Mock-up shall be a minimum 5 FT x 5 FT in size. 2. Mock-up shall incorporate all components,specified and/or required but not specified, needed for a complete water and airtight roofing and fascia system: a. Components include,but are not limited to: 1) Roofing panels,seaming,all eave,rake and top of roof flashing and counterflashing as well as roof/vertical wall intersection flashing and counterflashing conditions,all reglet conditions,fascia gutter,and downspout conditions. 2) All vapor retarders,insulation,sheathing,miscellaneous clips,angles,plates, brackets,closures,calking,roof penetration flashing,counterflashing. 3. Panels shall be same panels as specified or approved for Project: a. Exact color is not necessary;however,Contractor is to label each exposed component to identify final installed color of component. 4. Step construction to allow observation of all components. 5. Construct additional mock-ups or rework existing mock-up until acceptable to Engineer. 6. Maintain mock-up at project site until Engineer approves removal of mock-up. 7. Approved mock-up to constitute minimum acceptable standard of quality for actual construction. D. Completed roof system to be inspected by roof manufacturer's authorized factory trained representative prior to issuance of roof warranty. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Installer or Applicator: 1. Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the product in the field at the Project site. 2. Installer and applicator are synonymous. B. Steep Slope: Having a pitch of 3.12 or greater. C. Low Slope: Having a pitch less than 3:12 but greater than 1/4:12. D. PVDF: Polyvinylidene fluoride. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Prefinished steel gutters and downspouts,and field-insulated standing seam roof system consisting of exterior panel,roofing underlayment,field installed insulation,and vapor retarder over sheathing metal roof deck. See Drawings: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07412-2 1. Roof panel support and attachment system to be determined by standing seam roof manufacturer. B. System also includes all masonry metal flashing,counterflashing,snow retention system,and miscellaneous trim required for a complete water and airtight system. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Fabrication and/or layout drawings: a. Manufacturer prepared computer generated Drawings showing anchorage,flashing, jointing and all other accessories required and all special detailing required by the system: 1) Minimum plan scale: 1 IN=8 FT. 2) Minimum detail scale: 1-1/2 IN= 1 FT. b. Provide complete erection plan for each building structure with all details and sections referenced,all penetrations shown,expansion joints shown,detailed and referenced, and all special conditions identified,referenced and detailed. c. Erection plan to identify limits of each different substrate material(decking). d. Provide distinction between factory and field assembled work. 3. Product technical data including: a. Manufacturer data sheets on each component,including masonry reglets used in the roof system. b. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced: 1) Certification by manufacturer that roofing assembly being supplied has been successfully tested under UL 580 procedures and has achieved a Class 90 rating. 4. Test results: a. UL 580,Class 90 test data. b. ASTM E1592 test results: 1) Provide results of tests conducted in accordance with ASTM E 1592 for panel size and gage and clip type and spacing similar to panels and clips being used. c. ASTM E1646 and ASTM E1680 test results. d. Concentrated load test data: 1) Load test to be conducted on panel size,gage and with clip spacing as required. 5. Qualifications: a. Manufacturer: Provide structural engineer qualifications. b. Contractor: 1) Certification of approval or license to install product from manufacturer. 2) Certification of experience. 3) Listing of projects completed in the past two(2)years. 4) Completed projects information to include,square footage of roofing installed, dollar value of roofing installed,manufacturer and type of roofing installed and contact name and telephone number of building Owner. c. Installer: Provide qualifications of all personnel expected to be working on the Project. 6. Roofing manufacturer's letter of approval for insulation proposed for use. 7. Warranty: Sample language of manufacturer's warranty to be provided on this Project. 8. Structural Engineer's sealed and signed calculations certifying that system structural components meet the requirements for lateral,upward and downward loads specified. B. Miscellaneous Submittals: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Final warranty. C. Samples: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07412-3 1. General: Tag,identify and provide statement regarding use for all fasteners,anchor clips, closures and sealants. 2. Roof panel: a. Two(2)samples,full width,24 IN long. b. Provide color selected or specified when possible. 3. Fasteners. 4. Anchor clips. 5. Closures,(both metal and non-metallic). 6. Masonry reglet. 7. Factory and field applied sealants. 8. Color samples: a. For initial preliminary color selection,provide manufacturer's color chart showing all colors available. b. For final color selection,provide two(2)2 IN x 3 IN colored metal samples,for each color selected during the initial color selection. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for: a. The mechanics and administration of the submittal process. b. The content of Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Provide 20-year complete system warranty,including material,material substrate for air and weather tightness of entire roof assembly signed by manufacturer: 1. Warranty limits shall meet the minimum load capacity requirements of ASTM E1592. B. Provide manufacturer's 20-year warranty on panel finish against fading,chipping,cracking and peeling of the panel exterior finish and/or erosion of substrate metal: 1. Repair of panel finish shall be done using material,color and application method to match surrounding panel finish. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Metal roofing and fascia products specified are manufactured by Centria. B. Manufacturers listed and other manufacturers not listed,but capable of meeting these specifications are expected to provide a system with similar profile,standing seam height, spacing,construction and factory applied finish. C. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Metal roofing: a. Centria. b. Merchant and Evans-Zip Rib. c. Other manufacturers capable of providing standing seam system and profiles similar to that specified will be considered. 2. Preformed Metal Panels: a. AEP Span. b. Centria. c. Merchant and Evans. d. Other manufacturers capable of providing profiles similar to that specified will be considered. 3. Vapor retarder: a. Griffolyn. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07412-4 4. Roof underlayment: a. GAF Materials Corporation. b. Carlisle Coatings&Waterproofing. c. Owens Corning. 5. Insulation: Any manufacturer meeting these specifications and approved by metal roofing manufacturer. 6. PVDF coating: a. PPG-DURANAR. b. Valspar-Fluropon. c. Atofina Chemicals-KYNAR 500. d. Solvay Solexis-HYLAR 5000. 7. Sheathing: See Section 06100. D. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Roof Panels: 1. General: a. Steel,ASTM A653, SQ,Grade 37: 1) Galvanized G90 coating. B. Insulation: 1. Rigid polyisocyanurate: a. Approved by roofing manufacturer. C. Perimeter Trim,Panel Closures,Flashing and Counterflashing: 1. Material and factory applied finish to match roof panels. D. Fasteners: 300 series stainless steel,ASTM F593. E. Intermediate Support System: 1. Galvanized steel: ASTM A653,SQ,Grade 50,G90 coating. F. Sealant: Manufacturer's standard. G. Sheathing: See Section 06100. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Vapor Retarder(Non-Fire Rated): I. Class A rated. 2. Water vapor permeance: 0.03 maximum. 3. Tensile strength: 45.0 LBF/IN. 4. Puncture resistance: Minimum 2200 grams. 5. Similar to Griffolyn Type 105. B. Roof Insulation: 1. Rigid polyisocyanurate foam board: a. ASTM C1289,Class I,Type 11. b. Compressive strength: 20 psi minimum. c. Density: 2 pcf minimum. d. Thermal resistance(R-Value): 7.2/1N. e. Similar to Apache"ISOFOIL". C. Roof Penetration Flashing: 1. Round penetrations: Premolded EPDM boot with metal collar similar to"DEK-TITE"by Buildex. D. Foam and metal closures,calking,gaskets,fasteners,washers,clips,angles,and all miscellaneous trims shall be provided by roofing manufacturer,fabricated for the specific condition as required. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07412-5 E. Flashing Curb: 1. Provided by metal roof manufacturer. 2. One piece completely seal welded prefabricated roof curb,including vertical flashing,and counter flashing,cricket on high side of penetration and flat pan fabricated to replace standing seam metal roof panel. 3. Size as required for penetration. 4. Bottom sloped to match roof: a. Level on top. 5. Minimum 16 GA galvanized metal finished to match roof panel. F. Roof Underlayment: a. Nominal 40 mil thick composite sheet of rubberized asphalt and polyethylene film b. Permeance: 0.05 perms maximum c. Elongation:Minimum 50 percent. d. Tensile Strength:minimum 250 psi. e. Pliability: material shall be unaffected by temperature down to-25 DegF. f. Manufactured to meet ASTM D1970. g. Non-slip surface. h. Acceptable to roofing manufacturer. i. Lap cement: as recommended by manufacturer. 2.4 FABRICATION A. General: 1. Fabricate with square,true comers,mitered and welded. 2. Fabricate trim,flashings and closure pieces to match panel profile and finish. 3. Hem all edges. 4. Fabricate panels in full length with no end laps: a. Any roll-forming of panels at the jobsite must be performed with industrial type rolling mill having at least 10 stands to gradually shape the sheet metal,maintaining flatness and strict tolerances. B. Standing Seam Metal Roof Panels: 1. Profile: Centria"SRS" System. 2. Height of standing seam: 2 IN. 3. Gage: Minimum 24. 4. Width: 16IN: a. Longitudinal stiffening elements to minimize oil canning. 5. Finish: a. PVDF based with minimum 70 percent resin. b. Three-coat system having minimum 0.8 mil epoxy primer coat on both sides of panel with a 0.8 mil PVDF resin color coat and a 0.8 mil PVDF resin clear top coat on the exterior side of the panel. c. Meet or exceed requirements of AAMA 621-02. d. Smooth finish. e. Similar to Centria"DURAGARD PLUS". £ Color: 1) To be selected from manufacturers full range of colors: a) Metallic silver. g. Low gloss finish:Maximum 10 percent gloss rating. 6. Concealed fasteners: a. Provide concealed fasteners in all locations. b. If exposed fasteners are required by the roof panel manufacturer,because of location, constructability issues or other critical design requirement,finish of fastener shall match roof panel finish: 1) Exposed fasteners are to be approved by Engineer. c. The use of deflection limiter devices is not allowed. 00...60746 Bozeman W"Administration and Lab Building 924t2009 07412-6 C. Intermediate Support System: 1. Roof panel anchor clips: a. Manufacturer's standard one-piece clip suitable for condition: 1) Two-piece clips are acceptable if required by roofing manufacturer. b. Minimum 16 GA. c. Galvanized G90 coating. d. ASTM A653,Grade 50. 2. Roof panel manufacturer shall be responsible for designing and providing all necessary intermediate"Z"or"hat-shaped"or other miscellaneous support members as required to transfer roof panel loads into building roof framing members: a. Design in accordance with Building Code and loads specified. 3. Bearing plates: a. Galvanized steel sized by roofing manufacturer for roof loading indicated. b. Minimum 16 GA. c. Galvanized G90 coating. d. ASTM A653,Grade 50. D. Preformed Metal Panels: I. Profile:Box rib: a. Similar to AEP Span,"HR-36". 2. Panel depth: I 'hIN. 3. Rib width: 7-3/16 IN. 4. Gage:20. 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Structural Testing: 1. The system shall be designed to safely resist the positive and negative loads as specified below: POSITIVE AREA (DOWNWARD) Overhangs 43 psf All other areas 39 psf NEGATIVE AREA (UPWARD) Overhangs 32 psf All other areas 23 psf 2. Structural-uniform uplift load capacity of the panel system shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E1592: a. The factor of safety on the test results shall be 1.65 for the panel,batten or clip ultimate loads with no increase for wind. b. The factory of safety for fasteners shall be 3.0 for one(1)single fastener per clip,2.25 for two(2)fasteners per clip and 4.0 in masonry. c. Design uplift capacity for conditions of gage,span or loading other than those tested may be determined by interpolation of test results: 1) Extrapolation of conditions outside the range of the tests is not acceptable. d. Deflection shall be LA 80 for positive loading. B. Water penetration: No uncontrollable leakage at minimum 6.4 psf when tested in accordance with ASTM E1646. C. Air infiltration: Maximum 0.00 scfm/SF when tested at 4.0 psf differential pressure when tested in accordance with ASTM E1680. D. The panel system shall have a FM 1-90 rating. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 07412-7 E. The panels shall withstand a 250 LB concentrated load applied to a 4 SQ IN area at the center of the panel at mid span between supports with no panel deformation,rib buckling,or panel sidelap separation which will adversely affect the weather tightness of the system. F. Support roofing panels on top of roof insulation using bearing plates attached to the structural frame or connect to manufacturer-provided intermediate support system: 1. Bearing plate and standing seam roof panel anchor clip attachment is to be determined by the roofing manufacturer and shall take precedent over this Specification: a. Provide attachment to roof structural frame or deck as required for loading criteria specified. 2. Roof panel anchor clips shall be designed to allow thermal movement of the panels except where specific fixed points are indicated: a. Roof panel manufacturer shall be responsible for determining fixed point locations unless otherwise indicated. b. Wood blocking shown at roof edge is strictly for attachment of miscellaneous flashings and shall not be used for any structural value. 3. Maximum spacing of roof clips shall be determined by manufacturer. G. Roof panel manufacturer shall be responsible for designing and installing all necessary expansion joints in the roof and fascia system. 2.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide Owner with 4 OZ of touch-up paint to match each different color used in the system. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Provide all closures,trim,angles,plates,calking,gaskets,fasteners,washers,etc., as required for a complete water and au tight installation. B. Install all soffit panels in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations using concealed fasteners when possible: 1. Exposed fasteners to be painted to match soffit finish. C. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, SMACNA(where referenced) and details shown on Drawings. D. Attachments shall allow for thermal expansion and contraction. E. Seal all joints as required for watertight installation. F. Install panels in one(1)continuous length from ridge to eave. G. Touch-up paint all damaged surfaces. H. Install vapor retarder in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations: 1. Repair all tears and tape all joints with tape recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer. 2. Lap joints minimum 4 IN. I. Install roof underlayment per manufacturer's recommendations in areas indicated on Drawings: 1. Provide underlayment from eave line to a point that is a minimum of 36 IN horizontally inside the interior face of the exterior wall. 2. Provide at all ridges,hip ridges and hip valley lines extending minimum 36 IN up the slope at valleys and down the roof slope each side of the ridge line. J. Install sheathing to meet wind uplift rating requirements specified. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07412-S SECTION 07422 ALUMINUM COMPOSITE MATERIAL (ACM)SYSTEM PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Aluminum composite material panels. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0—Bidding. 2. Division 1—General Requirements. 3. Section 07142—Metal Roofing. 4. Section 07600—Flashing and Sheet Metal. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. International(ASTM) a. E84,Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. b. C297,Standard Test Method for Flatwise Tensile Strength of Sandwich Constructions. c. D2794,Standard Test Method for Resistance of Organic Coatings to the Effects of Rapid Deformation. d. D-1308,Standard Test Method for Effect of Household Chemicals on Clear and Pigmented Organic Finishes. 2. Aluminum Association Standards: a. AA-C22-A41. b. AA-C22-A44. 3. American Society of Civil Engineers: a. ASCE-7,current edition. 4. National Coil Coaters Association(NCCA): a. NCCA II-6. b. NCCA II-12. c. NCCA II-16. 5. Fabricator Qualifications: a. Five years experience in cladding fabrication. 6. Installer Qualifications: a. Franchised or certified by cladding manufacturer. 1.3 WARRANTY A. 20-year warranty against failure of PVDF finish. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Installation details. B. Product Data. C. Samples: 1. Manufacturers complete range of PVDF colors for selection. 2. Three 100 x 150mm 4 x 6 IN samples of panel in finish selected by Architect. 3. Manufacturer's standard and custom line of sealant colors for selection. D. Project Information: 1. Test reports. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07422-1 E. Contract Closeout Information: 1. Warranty, 2. Maintenance data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURES: A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Aluminum Composite Material(ACM): a. Alcan Composites USA,Inc.(Alucobond). b. Omega Panel Project c. Dri-Design d. Alpoy;Tech Wall. e. Alcoa-Reynolds Metals. 2. Installers: a. As approved by listed Manufacturer's. 3. Silicone Sealants: a. Dow Corning. 4. PVDF Coating(factory-applied): a. Morton International;Fluoroceram. b. PPG Architectural Finishes. c. ICI Dulux Paint Centers. 5. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. B. Aluminum Composite Material(ACM)System: 1. Fabricate panels from two sheets of aluminum,permanently bonded to thermoplastic core. 2. Form in continuous process to dimensions indicated with no glues or adhesives between dissimilar materials. 3. Aluminum face sheets:Alloy compatible with finish. 4. Face sheet thickness:0.50mm. 5. Alloy,temper and mill finish as recommended by panel manufacturer for strength,forming, welding and application of finish indicated,but no less than strength and durability properties specified in ASTM-13209. 6. Minimum Thickness of Composite Panel sheet-goods: a. 0.158 IN. 7. Finish: a. PVDF Coating(factory-applied): 1) Minimum 70 percent PVDF coating. 2) Color: a) Bronze Metallic,to be selected by Engineer from manufacturer's standard colors. C. Joints(route-and-return wet seal): 1. 50mm2 IN route and return. 2. Wet joint system. 3. Factory-attached male/female joining extrusions mechanically attached to panels in shop. 4. 13mm1/2 IN sealant joint w/backer rod. D. Structural Criteria: 1. Design panel system to handle wind pressures,snow pressures,ice loads and seismic design forces as required by Building Code as locally adopted. a. Panel Deflection(normal):Not more 0.01 times the least panel dimension,at full design pressure(s)and load(s). b. Panel Deflection(ultimate):No disengagement,failure or gross permanent distortion of any component at 1.5 times design load(s). c. Maximum Deflection of Framing Members supporting panels: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07422-2 1) At full design pressure:Not more than 1/175 for spans 13 FT or less and 1/240+ 0.25 IN for spans exceeding 13 FT. d. At pressures less than design pressure:Not more than 1/360 or 1/8 IN whichever is less. 2. Stiffen panels as required to handle the specified pressures and loads. a. Where stiffeners are attached to panels with structural silicone: 1) Minimum glue line thickness:0.25 IN. 2) Minimum sealant bond bite:Determined by calculation. E. Thermal Movement Criteria: 1. Design system and anchorage to provide fully for expansion and contraction caused by surface temperature ranging from-34 to+82 DegC-25 to 145 Deg F without causing buckling,failure of joint seals,undue stress on structural elements,damaging loads on fasteners,reduction of performance or other detrimental effects. F. Performance criteria of PVDF Coating: 1. No metal/primer corrosion or delamination under following conditions: a. After 1,000 HR at 67 Deg C160 Deg F and 100 percent relative humidity. b. After 2-1/2 HR in a 13.8 kPa, 100 Deg C275 PSF,212 Deg F autoclave. c. After 500 cycles from-18 to 82 Deg CO to 180 Deg F,at exterior face,holding 15 minutes at each extreme. G. Test for water leakage based on differential test pressure amounting to 20percent of specified performance pressure required relative to complete module of metal panel system: 1. Water leakage:No evidence of uncontrolled leakage of water when tested in accordance with AAMA 501.1. H. Test for Air Leakage: 1. Not to exceed 420 ccm/SEC/SMO.09 CFM/FT2 when tested to ASTM-E283 at a static pressure differential of 299 Pa6.24 PSF. I. Extrusions: 1. Aluminum alloy 6063-TS. J. Fasteners: 1. Non-magnetic stainless steel or other non-corrosive metal fasteners to be compatible with system components. 2. Provide Phillips head screws unless otherwise indicated. 3. Provide Allen socket head fasteners at removable panels. 4. Fastening system to be non-ferrous concealed in finished work. K. Expansion joints: 1. Elastomeric,weather-resistant,flexible closure fabrication. L. Silicone Sealants: 1. Comply with Section 07902 and the following: a. Moisture-curing silicone. b. Compatible with aluminum and PVDF finishes. c. Color: 1) Match adjoining surfaces. d. Backer Rod:Closed cell foam rod. M. Subgirts and Supports: 1. Aluminum subgirts and intermediate support items as required for installation. 2.2 PANEL FABRICATION A. General: 1. Fabricate panels to approximate dimensions and profiles indicated: a. Adjust as required based on actual field dimensions. b. Allow for thermal expansion/contraction between panels and structure. c. Design panels to withstand structural loads indicated. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07422-3 B. Fabrication Tolerances: 1. Shop assemble panels to tolerances specified. 2. Panel lines: Sharp,true and free from warp or buckle. 3. Perform shop tests in manufacturer's factory to insure that panel dimensions,square-ness and bow are within specified tolerances: a. Panel bow:0.2 percent of panel dimension in width and length up to 5mm1/8 IN maximum. b. Width or length:+1- 1 mm up to 1/32 IN up to 48 IN and+1- 1/16 IN when greater than 48 IN. c. Thickness:+1- 1/16 IN. d. Square-ness:Not greater than 3/16 IN difference between diagonal measurements. e. Camber:No greater than 1/32 IN. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify suitability of substrate to receive installation. B. Installation constitutes acceptance of responsibility for performance. 3.2 ERECTION A. Install support system,metal panels,fasteners,trim,sealant and related components in accordance with final erection drawings and approved shop drawings: 1. Erect with concealed fasteners. 2. Provide for necessary structural and thermal movement. B. Install on properly prepared substrate: 1. Provide blocking and bracing required for panel system. 2. Repair damaged substrate material prior to installation of this system. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Provide required temporary closures and flashings to maintain weather integrity,during and after erection. B. Clean exposed surfaces promptly after installation. 1. Comply with panel manufacturer's specifications for cleaning. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07422-4 SECTION 07534 ADHERED ELASTOMERIC (EPDM) SHEET ROOFING PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Adhered elastomeric(EPDM)member roofing for: a. Administration and Lab Building. 2. Roof insulation. 3. Vapor retarder. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 06100-Rough Carpentry. 4. Section 07600-Flashing and Sheet Metal. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. ASTM International(ASTM): a. C578,Standard Specification for Rigid,Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation. b. D4637, Standard Specification for EPDM Sheet Used in Single-Ply Roof Membrane. c. E96,Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 2. FM Global(FM): a. Approval Guide: 1) 1-28,Design Wind Loads. 2) Fire Resistance Ratings of Building Materials. 3, Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. (UL): a. Building Materials Directory. B. Qualifications: 1. Applicator factory trained and approved in writing by roofing manufacturer. 2. Applicator shall have a minimum of 10 years experience installing roof membrane systems similar to system specified: a. Minimum of five(5)years of the 10 years experience shall have been spent installing roof systems manufactured by the company proposed for use. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Installer or Applicator: 1. Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the product in the field at the Project site. 2. Installer and applicator are synonymous. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Fabrication and/or layout drawings: a. Scaled outline of roof showing slopes,walkway pad layout,edge details,penetrations and details,and any special condition not covered on the Drawings: 1) Minimum plan scale: 1/8 IN= 1 FT. 2) Minimum detail scale: 1-1/2 IN= 1 FT. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 07534-1 b. Provide tapered insulation shop drawings illustrating installation patterns and dimensions for each tapered module. 3. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. c. Product data sheet on all components of roof system. B. Maintenance Information: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. C. Miscellaneous Submittals: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Certifications Prior to Installation: a. Certification of applicator qualifications. b. Certificates showing testing agency approval of assembly for ratings indicated. c. Letter from roofing manufacturer and insulation manufacturer stating that roof insulation being used is compatible with roofing system and will perform properly for intended use. d. Letter from mechanical fastener manufacturer stating that fasteners being used are compatible with roofing system and will perform properly for intended use. e. Letter from roofing manufacturer and insulation manufacturer stating that treated wood specified is compatible with roofing system and is acceptable for intended use. f. Letter from adhesive manufacturer and insulation manufacture stating that adhesive being used is compatible with roof insulation and will perform properly for intended use. 3. Certifications for final closeout: a. Certification by roofing manufacturer's representative that roof has been installed properly. b. Warranty. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's 15 year labor and materials watertight warranty signed by roofing material's manufacturer and applicator: 1. Warranty to cover all materials provided by roofing manufacturer. 2. Warranty to include provision to allow Owner to make emergency repairs. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. TPO single ply sheet roofing system: a. GAF Materials Corporation. b. Firestone Building Products Co. c. JP Stevens Corporation. d. Gen Corp. 2. Vapor retarder: a. As recommended by roofing manufacturer. 3. Treated wood blocking: a. See Section 06100. 4. Adhesive: a. As recommended by roofing manufacturer and approved by insulation manufacturer. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Adminishation and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07534-2 5. Polystyrene insulation: a. Amoco Foam Products. b. Dow Chemical Company. c. UC Industries. 6. Polyisocyanurate insulation: a. Firestone Building Products Co. b. GAF Materials Corporation. c. Apache Products Co. d. Atlas Roofing Corporation. e. Celotex Corp. 7. Other materials: a. Manufacturers as noted. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 DESIGN CRITERIA A. Roof Assembly Design Criteria: 1. Fire resistance: a. UL Class A roof covering. 2. Hail and wind uplift resistance: a. FM 1-28: Class 1A-90. B. Roofing System: TPO sheet.Uniform,flexible sheet formed from a scrim reinforced thermoplastic polyolefm polymer,complying with ASTM D 4637,Type 1,over sheathing, where required over vapor retarder. 2.3 SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Use only materials approved by roofing materials manufacturer. B. Roofing Membrane: 1. EPDM rubber sheet with non-woven polyester fleece backing. 2. 60 Mils thick. 3. Color: Gray. 4. ASTM D4637. C. Roof Insulation: 1. Rigid polyisocyanurate foam boards. 2. Meets ASTM C1289, Class 1,Type II. 3. Foil facers. 4. Compressive strength:ASTM D1621,minimum 20 psi. 5. Density:ASTM D1622,2 pcf. 6. Water absorption,ASTM C209,less than 1.0 percent. 7. Water vapor transmission:ASTM E96,less than 1.0 percent perm. 8. Thermal resistance (R-Value):Minimum 6.5 IN. 9. Thickness:Minimum 3 IN: a. Provide a minimum average R-Value of R-38 for entire assembly. I0. Taper to provide slope of 1.4 IN/FT or as noted on Drawings. 11. Similar to Apache"ISOFOIL'. D. Vapor Retarder: 1. Maximum perm rating: 0.10 gms H20/100 SQ IN/24 HRS,ASTM E96 Procedure A. 2. Acceptable to roof membrane manufacturer and insulation manufacturer. 3. Compatible with adhesives being used. 4. Sheathing:Minimum 1.2 IN thick fire-rated material approved by the roofing manufacturer, UL and FM. E. Flashing:60 Mil thick EPDM. F. Adhesives,Tapes,Cements and Sealants: Roofing manufacturer's standard. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 07534-3 G. Roofing Accessories: 1. Use manufacturer's standard prefab rubber accessories where available. 2. Provide: a. Nailing strips: As detailed and required by manufacturer. b. Pipe fleshings: Provide for each pipe penetration;include all clamps and adhesive. c. Walkway pads: 1) Manufacturer's standard molded rubber pad with slip resistant surface. 2) Minimum 24 x 24 x 3/16 IN. 3) Rolled walkway pad minimum 24 IN wide x 3/16 IN thick may be used at contractor option. 3. Roof Curbs: a. Minimum 18 GA steel galvanized per ASTM A924. b. Insulated:Minimum 1-1/2 IN rigid polystyrene with sheet metal liner. c. Factory installed fire-retardant treated wood nailer. d. Minimum 12 IN high. e. Fabricated to conform to roof pitch indicated. f. Similar to ThyCurb Model TC-3. H. Provide all miscellaneous accessories as required. I. Mechanical fasteners as recommended by component manufacturer and FM. 2.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide Owner with patch repair kit containing as a minimum: 1. Lap sealant. 2. Piece of roofing membrane 2 x 2 FT. 3. Adhesive and primer. B. Instruct Owner's personnel on making emergency patch and repairs to roof. C. Owner to notify roofing manufacturer within three(3)working days if emergency repairs are made by Owner personnel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install all treated wood nailers not indicated,but required;nailers indicated are part of work of Section 06100: 1. Refer to Section 06100 for treated wood requirements. C. Installation of Vapor Retarder: 1. Install vapor retarder over decking,using adhesive recommended by roofing manufacturer: a. Extend up face of parapet wall to top of insulation. 2. Lap side joints 4 IN,lap ends 6 IN and seal all laps with adhesive. 3. Repair all damage and tears in accordance with vapor retarder manufacturer's recommendations. D. Installation of Sheathing: 1. Lay sheathing tightly butted and cut to fit around all penetrations. 2. Attach sheathing to deck using mechanical fasteners in accordance with manufacturer and FM recommendations. 3. Calk around all penetrations with sealant acceptable to sheathing,roof membrane,and insulation manufacturer. E. Installation of Insulation: 1. Cut insulation neatly to fit around all roof penetrations and projections. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/242009 07534-4 2. Butt joints tightly. 3. Attach insulation using mechanical fasteners in accordance with manufacturer`s recommendations for uplift rating required. 4. Provide tapered insulation where shown or required. 5. Provide cricket behind all roof penetrations larger than 12 IN. F. Installation of Roofing: 1. Install roofing using adhesive recommended by roofing manufacturer. 2. Seal seams with lap sealant same day they are laid: a. Extend roofing or flashing up face of parapet,over top of wood blocking and down face of wall to bottom of wood blocking: 1) Provide in one(1)piece with no horizontal joints. 3. Install flashing at all vertical surfaces,roof interruptions and penetrations: a. Flash all roof penetrations in accordance with roofing manufacturer's standard details. 4. Install walking surfaces where indicated. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide services of manufacturer's field service representative as required. B. Protect installed insulation from water using water cut-offs in bad weather and at end of work period. C. Remove and replace wet insulation and sheathing. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9l24/2009 07534-5 SECTION 07550 ELASTOMERIC ROOF DECK COATING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cold—applied liquid elastomeric roof deck coating system for precast and cast-in-place roof decks with integral non-skid surfacing. 2. Liquid applied surfacing for cast-in-place concrete roof slab for the UFAT Pump Building and for the precast topping slab roofs for the Primary Effluent Pumping Station and RAS/WAS Station No.2. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 07600-Flashing and Sheet Metal. 4. Section 07900—Sealants and Caulking. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. National Roofing Contractors Association(NRCA): a. Roofing and Waterproofing Manual. 2. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(UL): a. 580,Tests for Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies. B. Qualifications: 1. Applicator licensed or approved in writing by manufacturer. 2. Contractor and applicator shall have a minimum of five(5)years experience installing roof membrane systems similar to system specified: a. Minimum of two(2)years of the five(5)years experience shall have been spent installing roof systems manufactured by company proposed for use. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Installer or Applicator: 1. Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the product in the field at the Project site. 2. Installer and applicator are synonymous. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Application and/or Layout drawings: a. Scaled outline of roof showing slopes,edge details,penetrations and details,and any special condition not covered on the Drawings: 1) Minimum plan scale: 1/8 IN= 1 FT. 2) Minimum detail scale: 1-1/2 IN= 1 FT. 3. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Miscellaneous Submittals: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07550-1 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Certifications prior to installation: a. Certification of Contractor and Applicator's qualifications. b. Documentation from roofing manufacturer and insulation manufacturer stating that roof substrate being used is compatible with roofing system and will perform properly for intended use. c. Samples: I) Elastomeric Deck Coating System—one quart of each component. 2) Surfacing non-skid additive: one half pound. 3. Certifications for final closeout: a. Certification by manufacturer's representative that roof has been installed properly. b. Warranty. C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for: a. The mechanics and administration of the submittal process. b. The content of Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Delivery: All components shall be delivered in the manufacturer's unbroken containers bearing the manufacturer's printed labels. B. Storage:store all materials in a dry,ventilated place protected from sun and weather. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Furnish manufacturer's standard two year warranty on roofing system: 1. Warranty to include provision for Owner's personnel to make emergency repairs. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 21 ELASTOMERIC ROOF DECK COATING A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. "Scotch Clad Brand Deck Coating System"as manufactured by 3M Company,3M Center 223-6NE,St.Paul,Minnesota,55101. 2. "Gacodeck U-66 Deck Covering System'as manufactured by Gates Engineering Co.Inc., Wilmington,Delaware, 19899. B. Provide liquid applied,one or two component polyurethane deck coating system complete with the manufacturer's aggregate surfacing,primers,sealers and all other companion products. The deck coating shall possess the following minimum physical properties: 1. Generic Type:One or two component urethane. 2. Hardness: 60 shore A ASTM D2240. 3. Tensile Strength: 650 PSI ASTM D2412. 4. Elongation:340 percent ASTM D412. 5. Adhesion: 18 LBS per IN ASTM D903. 15 LBS per IN ASTM D429 Method B. 6. Tear Resistance:90 LBS per linear IN ASTM D 1004. 85 LBS per linear IN ASTM D624 Die C. 7. Fire Resistance:Class A or B ASTM—E 1081TL 790. 8. Color:Grey. C. Piping and ducting penetration curbs: 1. Pate. 2. ThyCurb. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07550-2 D. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 NEOPRENE SHEET FLASHINGS A. Provide 1/16 IN thick,uncured sheet neoprene and compatible adhesive: 1. Acceptable Product:"Black Contourflash and N-7 Adhesive",as manufactured by Gates Engineering Co.,Inc.,Wilmington,Delaware, 19899. 2.3 SEALANT A. Type 2 Sealant: Acrylic Sealant:FS TT-S-00230. 2.4 DESIGN CRITERIA A. Roof Assembly Design Criteria: 1. Hail and wind uplift resistance: a. UL 580,Class 90. 2. Fire resistance: a. UL Class A. 2.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide Owner with patch repair kit containing materials as required for emergency repairs as recommended by roofing manufacturer. B. Instruct Owner's personnel on making emergency repairs to roof. C. Owner to notify manufacturer within three(3)working days if emergency repairs are made by Owner's personnel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION AND APPLICATION A. Verify that the substrate to receive the coating system meets the following requirements. 1. Concrete deck surface is free of ridges and sharp projections. 2. Concrete was cured for a minimum of 28 days. 3. Curing: a. Water-cured treatment of concrete is preferred. b. Use of concrete curing agents,if any,shall be of the sodium silicate base only. 4. Concrete was finished by a power or hand steel trowel followed by soft hair broom to obtain light texture of"sidewalk"finish. 5. Concrete does not contain voids or gaps,or"honey-comb"surfaces. 6. Surfaces are free of dirt and debris. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Preparation of the substrate shall be as recommended by the manufacturer and shall include but not be limited to,removal of dirt,dust,debris,foreign matter and all residue of the existing coating,and acid etching or light sandblasting. B. Patch all voids and spalled or excessively rough areas of the concrete with Type C-1 patching mortar. Work the repaired areas to produce a smooth surface level with the surrounding surface. C. Level and smooth area indicated on Drawings with concrete mix. Limit size of aggregate to '/ IN size. Float and trowel to smooth,even plane. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Repairing Cracks in Contrete deck: 1. Repair all cracks in the concrete decks before applying the deck coating. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07550-3 2. Centered over the cracks,apply a 4 IN wide strip of glass fabric reinforcement embedded in and coated with the elastomeric deck coating apply sufficient coating to coating to completely hide the fabric. B. Installing Flashings at Intersecting Walls: 1. Install neoprene sheet flashing at all intersecting walls and equipment curbs. Extend the flashing 6 IN onto the deck and up the full height of the vertical surfaces as shown on the drawings. Lap all end joints 6 inches. 2. Set the flashing sheet in the manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Apply the adhesive in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Work the surface of the flashing so it is free of all wrinkles,fishmouths and air pockets,and is fully bonded to the substrate. C. Installing Flashing at roof Curbs. D. Installing Gacodeck U-66 Deck Covering System: 1. Base Coat:Apply two 25 dry mil coats of deck coating for a total thickness of 50 dry mils. Allow the fast coat to dry completely before applying the second coat. 2. Wearing Coarse: After the base coat has cured,apply U-66 deck coating at the rate of 10 dry mils. While the coating is still wet,uniformly broadcast gacoflex(20-40)granules into the wet coating at the rate of 6 to 8 pounds per 100 SQ FT. 3. Finish Coat:After the wearing course has cured,apply U-66 deck coating at the rate of 10 dry mils. 4. Terminate the deck covering at the base of walls. Extend the deck covering into the body of all drains. At penetrations thru the roof,extend the coating up the vertical surface and terminate beneath the cap flashing. 5. The wearing course and finish course shall be a different color than the base coat. E. Installing Scotch Clad Brand Deck Coating System: 1. Base Coat: Apply tow 25 dry mil coats of Scotch Clad Coating for a total thickness of 50 dry mils. Allow the first coat to dry completely before applying the second coat. 2. Top Coat:After the Base coat has cured,apply scotch clad brand top coating at the rate of 13 dry mils. While the coating is still wet,uniformly broadcast silicon carbide over the surface to evenly distribute and completely coat the aggregate. 3. Terminate the Deck covering at the base of walls. Extend the deck covering into the body of all drains. At penetrations thru the roof,extend the coating up the vertical surface and terminate beneath a cap flashing. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Frequently during the application of the base coats,check the wet film thickness with the manufacturer's recommended gauge. B. After the base coats have cured and before the wearing or top coats have been applied,check the dry film thickness with the optical operator specified in this section.Check the dry film thickness where directed by the Director's Representative. Location of test cuts will include suspected"Thin"areas and"Randomly Selected"areas. All tests must be made in the presence of the Director's Representative. C. Apply additional material at all areas which are not 50 dry mils thick. D. Patch all cuts and removal spots required to perform the tests with the deck coating material, restore the membrane to full integrity and surface uniformity before applying the wearing and finish coats. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07550-4 SECTION 07600 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Architectural flashing and sheet metal work. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 04155-Masonry Accessories, 4. Section 07900-Joint Sealants. 5. Section 09905-Painting and Protective Coatings. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American Architectural Manufacturer's Association(AAMA): a. 2605,Voluntary Specification,Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels. 2. ASTM International(ASTM): a. B32,Standard Specification for Solder Metal. 3. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors'National Association(SMACNA): a. Architectural Sheet Metal Manual,Fifth Edition, 1993. 1) Including Addendum No. 1 dated October 31, 1997. B. Qualifications: 1. Sheet metal fabricator shall have minimum 10 years experience in fabrication of sheet metal items similar to items specified. 2. Sheet metal installer shall have minimum five(5)years experience installing sheet metal items specified. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Installer or Applicator: 1. Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the product in the field at the Project site. 2. Installer and applicator are synonymous. B. PVDF:Polyvinylidene fluoride. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: I. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 3. Fabrication and/or layout drawings: a. Scaled drawing showing expansion joint locations,special conditions,profile,fastening and jointing details: 1) Minimum plan scale: 1/8 IN= 1 FT. 2) Minimum detail scale: 1-1/2 IN= 1 FT. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07600-1 4. Fabricator qualifications, 5. Installer qualifications. B. Samples: 1. Finish and color samples for each product specified for Engineer preliminary color selection. 2. For fmal color selection,provide two(2)2 IN x 3 IN colored metal samples for each color selected during the initial color selection. C. Miscellaneous Submittals: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Warranty: Manufacturer's sample warranty language. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Furnish five(5)year warranty on sheet metalwork,signed jointly by Contractor and sheet metal installer. 1. Agree to repair or replace work which leaks water or,where applicable,air or deteriorates excessively,including color failure,or otherwise fails to perform as watertight and,where appropriate,airtight flashing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Fasteners: Non-ferrous compatible with sheet metal. B. Retainer Clips and Continuous Cleats: Galvanized steel or stainless steel. C. Solder: ASTM B32. D. Dissimilar Metal Protection: Comply with Section 09905. E. Reglets: See Section 04155. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Accessories as required to form a complete water and airtight system. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Retainer Clips and Continuous Cleats: 1. Use 16 GA galvanized steel,G60 coating minimum with ferrous steel flashing,coping and counter flashing and standing seam metal roofing wall trim. 2. Use 0.050 IN stainless steel with aluminum or stainless steel. B. Reglets: See Section 04155. C. Shop fabricate items to maximum extent possible: 1. Fabricate true and sharp to profiles and sizes indicated on Drawings: a. Shop fabricate and weld or solder all corners. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Provide items to be built into other construction to Contractor in time to allow their installation. B. If such items are not provided in time for installation,sheet metal fabricator cut in and install. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07600-2 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, SMACNA,and as indicated on Drawings. B. Solder steel and weld aluminum to achieve weathertight joints and required details;do not solder or weld slip joints and prefnished items. C. Set top edges of membrane flashing and sheet metal flashing into reglets. D. Fasten materials at intervals recommended by SMACNA. E. Install slip joints to allow for thermal movement as recommended by SMACNA and manufacturer. 1. Maximum spacing: 10 FT OC. 2. Provide slip joint 24 IN from corners. 3. Provide slip joint at each vertical expansion joint location in wall: a. Provide break in continuous cleat at each vertical expansion joint. F. Caulk slip joints with two(2)beads of sealant on each side of slip joint overlap: 1. Refer to Section 07900 for sealant. G. Caulk all exposed joints of coping with sealant to match color of metal being sealed. H. Form flashings to provide spring action with exposed edges hemmed or folded to create tight junctures. 1. Provide dissimilar metals and materials protection where dissimilar metals come in contact or where sheet metal contacts mortar,concrete masonry or concrete: 1. Refer to Section 09905 for dissimilar metals protection. J. Provide all components necessary to create watertight junctures between roofing and sheet metal work. K. Provide all miscellaneous sheet metal items not specifically covered elsewhere,as indicated or required to provide a weathertight installation. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 07600-3 SECTION 07840 FIRESTOPPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Firestopping. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Divisions 15-Mechanical. 4. Division 16—Electrical. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. ASTM International(ASTM): a. A653,Standard Specification for Steel Sheet,Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated(Galvanized)by the Hot-Dip Process. b. C665,Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing. c. E84,Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. d. E 119,Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 2, National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): a. 220,Standard on Types of Building Construction. 3. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. (UL): a. Building Materials Directory. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data,including: a. Acknowledgement that products meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. c. Manufacturer's recommendations for joint cleaner,primer,backer rod,tooling and bond breaker. d. Detailed drawings of special conditions. e. Data sheet on each type of firestopping assembly being used: 1) Provide certification that assembly is UL listed. B. Samples: 1. Cured samples of available colors for Engineer's color selection. 2. Color chart not acceptable. C. Miscellaneous Submittals: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Certification from sealant manufacturer stating product being used is recommended for and is best suited for joint in which it is being applied. 3. UL certification. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07840-1 4. Prior to acceptance by the Owner,provide written statement that all fire-rated penetrations have been sealed using products specified in accordance with UL requirements for required rating. 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver material in manufacturer's original,unopened containers with labels intact: 1. Labels shall indicate contents and expiration date on material. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Safing insulation: a. Thermafiber LLC. b. Owens-Corning. 2. Expanding silicone elastomer: a. Any manufacturer UL listed for system,used. 3. Firestop sealant: a. Dow Corning. b. 3M Company. c. U. S.Gypsum. 4. Moldable putty: a. 3M Company. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Safmg Insulation: 1. Inorganic mineral fibers and binders formed into semi-rigid blankets: a. Density: 4.0lb/CF. b. ASTM C665,Type 1. c. Rated noncombustible as defined by NFPA 220. 2. ASTM E84 flame spread: 15 maximum,smoke developed 0. 3. ASTM E119 tested for assembly and rating indicated. 4. Thickness as required to maintain fire rating of assembly. 5. Retainer. Minimum 20 GA,galvanized steel closure,ASTM A653,G60. B. Expanding Silicone Elastomer: 1. Two part,liquid silicone elastomer. 2. UL listed as"Fill,Void or Cavity Material(ZCPY)" for use in"Wall or Floor Opening Protective,Multiple Cable Systems(ZCOR)." 3. Forming materials as described in applicable UL system. 4. Similar to 3M"Fire Barrier 2001 Silicone RTV Foam." C. Firestop Sealant: 1. One-part silicone. 2. Capable of providing up to a 4 HR fire rating. 3. Provide self-leveling grade for all horizontal slab conditions. 4. Similar to 3M"Fire Barrier 2000,2000+and 2003"sealants. 5. UL listed. D. Moldable Putty. 1. 100 percent solids material,single component. 2. Intumescent and endothermic. 3. UL listed. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07840-2 E. Plastic Pipe Fire Barrier: 1. UL listed for floor or wall penetrations. 2. Capable of providing up to 2 HR fire rating on a 4 IN pipe(outside diameter). 3. Factory made,single component,ready to use device similar to"3M Fire Barrier Plastic Pipe Device." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Firestop all openings and penetrations through fire-rated floors,walls,ceilings,etc., in accordance with UL"WalI or Floor Opening Protective,Multiple Cable Systems(ZCOR)"latest edition,or as indicated on the Drawings. 1. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Refer to Section 01800 for openings and penetrations requiring fire stopping. C. Expanding Silicone Elastomer: 1. Remove all combustible form materials after installation. 2. Thickness required to maintain fire rating indicated or required. D. Firestop Sealant: 1. Completely seal opening to obtain required rating. E. Moldable Putty: 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Trowel to smooth finish,remove excess putty from surrounding surfaces. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07840-3 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sealant work. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 07840-Firestopping. C. Work included consists of but is not necessarily limited to: 1. Sealing all joints which will permit penetration of dust,air or moisture,unless sealing work is specifically required under other sections: a. Work may include the following: 1) Flashing reglets and retainers. 2) Exterior wall joints. 3) Masonry control joints,exterior and interior and between masonry and other materials. 4) Flooring joints. 5) Isolation joints. 6) Joints between paving or sidewalks and building. 7) Concrete construction,control and expansion joints,exterior and interior. 8) Sawed joints in interior concrete slabs. 9) Joints between precast roof units,between precast roof units and walls,and all exterior and interior joints between precast wall panels. 10) Joints at penetrations of walls,floors and decks by piping and other services and equipment. 11) Exterior and interior perimeters of exterior and interior door and window frames, louvers,grilles,etc. 12) Thresholds at exterior doors. 13) Sealing of plumbing fixtures to floor or wall. 14) Sealing around piping,duct or conduit penetrations through roof,floors,interior and exterior walls. a) See Section 07840 for firestopping these penetrations. 15) Sealing perimeter and penetrations of sound insulated walls. 16) Other joints where calking,sealant,expanding foam sealant or compressible sealant is indicated. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American Concrete Institute(ACI): a. 302.1R,Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. 2. ASTM International(ASTM): a. C834,Standard Specification for Latex Sealants. b. C920,Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. c. C1521,Standard Practice for Evaluating Adhesion of Installed Weatherproofing Sealant Joints. 3. National Sanitation Foundation International(NSF). 4. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.,(UL). 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07900-t B. Qualifications: Sealant applicator shall have minimum five(5)years experience using products specified on projects with similar scope. C. Mock-Ups: 1. Before calking work is started,a mock-up of each type of joint shall be calked where directed by the Engineer: a. The approved mock-ups shall show the workmanship,bond,and color of calking materials as specified or selected for the work and shall be the minimum standard of quality on the entire project. b. Each sample shall cure for a minimum of seven(7)days at which time the sealant manufacturer's authorized factory representative shall perform adhesion tests on each sample joint: 1) Perform adhesion tests per ASMT C1521. 2) If mock-up is not acceptable or if adhesion test fails,provide additional mock-up as required until acceptable to Engineer. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. "Caulk(ing)," "calk(ing),"and"sealant": Joint sealant work. B. "Interior wet areas": Toilets,showers, laboratories,wet wells and similar areas. C. Installer or Applicator: 1. Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the product in the field at the Project site. 2. Installer and applicator are synonymous. D. Finish sealant: Sealant material per this specification applied over face of compressible sealant or expanding foam sealant specified,to provide a finished,colored sealant joint. E. Defect(ive): Failure of watertightness or airtightness. F. Corrosive Areas Include: 1. Headworks. 2. Digester Control Building. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. c. Manufacturer's recommendations for joint cleaner,primer,backer rod,tooling and bond breaker. 3. Warranty. 4. Certification from sealant manufacturer stating product being used is recommended for and is best suited for joint in which it is being applied. 5. Certification of applicator qualification. B. Samples: 1. Cured sample of each color for Engineer's color selection. 2. Color chart not acceptable. C. Miscellaneous Submittals: See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. D. Test Results: 1. Provide adhesion test results for each sealant sample providing adhesion results compared to adhesion requirements. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07900-2 2. Manufacturer's authorized factory representative recommended remedial measure for all failing tests. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver material in manufacturer's original unopened containers with labels intact: Labels shall indicate contents and expiration date on material. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Material and Labor Warranty: 1. Sealant work free of defects for a period of three(3)years from date of final acceptance. 2. Remove any defective work or materials and replace with new work and materials. 3. Warranty signed jointly by Applicator and sealant manufacturer. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Polyurethane sealants: a. Pecora. b. Sika Chemical Corp. c. Sonnebom-Rexnord. d. Tremco. 2. Silicone sealants: a. General Electric. b. Dow Coming Corp. c. Tremco. 3. Compressible sealant: a. Polytite Manufacturing Corporation. b. Emseal. c. Norton. d. Sandell. 4. Fire-resistant sealant: See Section 07840. 5. Acoustical sealant: a. Pecora. b. Sonnebom. c. Tremco. 6. Polysulfide rubber sealant: a. Pecora. b. Sonnebom. c. Morton Polymer Systems. 7. Expanding foam sealant: a. Macklanburg Duncan. b. Convenience Products. c. FAI International,Inc. d. Power Fasteners. 8. Polyurea joint filler: a. Dayton Superior Specialty Chemical Corporation. b. Euclid Chemical Co. c. L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc. d. Sonnebom. 9. Backer rod,compressible filler,primer,joint cleaners,bond breaker: As recommended by sealant manufacturer. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/2V2009 07900-3 B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Sealants-General: 1. Provide colors matching materials being sealed. 2. Where compound is not exposed to view in finished work,provide manufacturer's color which has best performance. 3. Nonsagging sealant for vertical and overhead horizontal joints. 4. Sealants for horizontal joints: Self-leveling pedestrian/traffic grade. B. Polyurethane Sealant: 1. One(1)or two(2)components. 2. Paintable. 3. Meet ASTM C920 Type S or Type M,Grade NS or P,Class 25,Use NT,T,M,A and O: a. Pecora Dynatrol-IXL,Dynatrol II,Urexpan NR-200,NR-201. b. Sika Chemical Corporation Sikaflex-la,Sikaflex-2C NS/SL. c. Sonnebom Sonolastic NP-1,NP-II,SL-I SL-2. d. Tremco Dymonic or Dymeric,Vulkem 116,227,45,245. C. Silicone Sealant: 1. One(1)component. 2. Meet ASTM C920,Type S,Grade NS,Class 25,Use NT,G,A,O: a. General Electric: Silpruf, Silglaze II. b. General Electric: Sanitary 1700 sealant for sealing around plumbing fixtures. c. Dow Corning: 786 for sealing around plumbing fixtures. d. Dow Coming: 790,795. e. Tremco: Spectrem 1, Spectrem 3,Tremsil 600. 3. Mildew resistant for sealing around plumbing fixtures. D. Compressible Sealant: 1. Size so that width of material is twice joint width. 2. Foamed polyurethane strip saturated with polymerized polybutylene waterproofing coated on front face with nonreactive release agent that will act as bond breaker for applied sealant: a. Polytite Manufacturing Corp. "Polytite-B." 3. Fire rated where required. E. Joint Cleaner,Primer,Bond Breaker: As recommended by sealant manufacturer. F. Sealant Backer Rod and/or Compressible Filler: 1. Closed cell polyethylene,polyethylene jacketed polyurethane foam,or other flexible, nonabsorbent,nonbituminous material recommended by sealant manufacturer to: a. Control joint depth. b. Break bond of sealant at bottom of joint. c. Provide proper shape of sealant bead. d. Serve as expansion joint filler. G. Adhesive,Compressible Sealant: As recommended by sealant manufacturer. H. Fire-Resistant Sealant: See Section 07840. I. Expanding Foam Sealant: I. One(1)or two(2)component fire rated moisture cured expanding urethane. 2. Shall not contain formaldehyde. 3. Density: Minimum 1.5 pcf. 4. Minimum 70 percent closed cell content. 5. R-value minimum 5.0/IN. 6. Flame spread: Less than 25. 7. Smoke developed: Less than 25. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07900-4 J. Acoustical Sealant: 1. One(1)component siliconized acrylic latex sealant. 2. Non-staining,non-bleeding. 3. Compatible with paints specified for adjoining materials: a. See Section 09905. 4. Meet ASTM C834: a. Pecora-AC20+. b. Sonneborn-Sonolac. c. Tremco-Tremflex 834, K. Polysulfide Rubber Sealant: 1. One(1)or two(2)component. 2. Meet ASTM C920: a. Pecora Synthacalk GC2+. b. Sonneborn-Sonolastic-two-part polysulfide sealant. c. Morton Polymer Systems-Thiokol Sealants, L. Polyurea Joint Filler: 1. Two(2)component,semi-rigid material for filling control,sawcut and construction joints in interior concrete floors: a. Dayton Superior Specialty Chemical Corp."Joint Fill,Joint Seal,Joint Saver II" as required for condition and recommended by manufacturer. b. Euclid Chemical Co. "EUCO QWIK"joint. c. L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc. "Joint Tite 750". d. Sonneborn'ITT-100"control joint filler. 2. Comply with ACI 302.1R performance recommendations regarding control and construction joints. 3. Color: Gray, PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Before use of any sealant,investigate its compatibility with joint surfaces,fillers and other materials in joint system. B. Use only compatible materials. C. Where required by manufacturer,prime joint surfaces: 1. Limit application to surfaces to receive calking, 2. Mask off adjacent surfaces. D. Provide joint depth for joints receiving polyurea joint filler in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and UL requirements. B. Clean all joints. C. Make all joints water and airtight. D. Make depth of sealing compounds,except expanding foam and polyurea sealant,not more than one-half width of joint,but in no case less than 1/4 IN nor more than 1/2 IN unless recommended otherwise by the manufacturer. E. Provide correctly sized backer rod,compressible filler or compressible sealant in all joints to depth recommended by manufacturer: 1. Take care to not puncture backer rod and compressible filler. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building WM2009 07900-5 2. Provide joint backer rod as recommended by the manufacturer for polyurea joint filler. F. Apply bond breaker where required. G. Tool sealants using sufficient pressure to fill all voids. H. Upon completion,leave calking with smooth,even,neat finish. I. Where piping,conduit,ductwork,etc.,penetrate wall,seal each side of wall opening. J. Install compressible sealant to position at indicated depth: 1. Take care to avoid contamination of sides of joint. 2. Protect side walls of joint(to depth of finish sealant). 3. Install with adhesive faces in contact with joint sides. 4. Install finish sealant where indicated. K. Install expanding foam sealant to minimum 4 IN depth or thickness of wall being penetrated if less than 4 IN or as indicated on Drawings: 1. Provide adequate fire rated backing material as required. 2. Hold material back from exposed face of wall as required to provide backer rod and finish sealant: a. Allow expanding foam sealant to completely cure prior to installing backer rod and finish sealant. 3. Material shall be minimum of 70 DegF prior to and during installation. 4. Trim off excess material flush with surface of the wall if not providing finished sealant. 5. Prior to using expanding foam sealant in openings occurring in the veneer wythe of cavity wall construction,install backer rod to a depth that will provide sufficient foam sealant depth, per the manufacturer,and will also prevent the foam from expanding into and filling the cavity. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Adhesion Testing: 1. Perform adhesion tests in accordance with ASTM C1521 per the following criteria: a. Water bearing structures: One(1)test per every 1000 LF of joint sealed. b. Exterior precast concrete wall panels: One(1)test per every 2000 LF of joint sealed. c. Chemical containment areas: One(1)test per every 1000 LF of joint sealed. d. Building expansion joints: One(1)test per every 500 LF of joint sealed. e. All other type of joints except butt glazing joints: One(1)test per every 3000 LF of joint sealed. f. Manufacturer's authorized factory representative shall recommend,in writing,remedial measures for all failing tests. 3.4 SCHEDULE A. Furnish sealant as indicated for the following areas: 1. Exterior areas: Polyurethane or Silicone. 2. Interior wet areas: Polyurethane or Silicone. 3. Interior wet,corrosive areas: Polyurethane or Polysulfide. 4. Interior nonwet,corrosive areas: Polyurethane or Silicone. 5. Interior nonwet,noncorrosive areas: Polyurethane or Silicone. 6. Fire-rated construction: See Section 07840, 7. Sound insulated construction: a. Acoustical sealant. 8. Compressible sealant: Where indicated. 9. Sealant which will be subject to prolonged contact with or submersion in water(except wastewater and sewage): a. Polysulfide or polyurethane: NSF approved for use in potable water tanks. 10. Penetrations exterior wall above grade: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 07900-6 a. For non-corrosive areas,provide expanding urethane foam,with polyurethane finish sealant. b. For corrosive areas,provide expanding urethane foam,bond breaker and polysulfde finish sealant on corrosive side with polyurethane fmish sealant on non-corrosive side. 11. Sealant which will be immersed in wastewater or sewage: Polysulfide. 12. Interior concrete floor control joints or sawed joints: Polyurea joint filler. 13. Sealing around plumbing fixtures: Silicone. 14. Plastic laminate casework,plastic laminate countertops and solid surface materials: Silicone. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Adminis=ion and Lab Building 9l242009 07900-7 DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS SECTION 08110 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal doors and frames. 2. Metal borrowed light window frames. 3. Grouting of door frames. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: I. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements, 3. Section 04110-Cement and Lime Mortars. 4. Section 08700-Finish Hardware. 5. Section 08800—Glass and Glazing. 6. Section 09905-Painting and Protective Coatings. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. ASTM International(ASTM): a. A653,Standard Specification for Steel Sheet,Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated(Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process. 2. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers(NAAMM): a. Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association(HMMA). 3. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): a. 80,Standard for Fire Doors and Fire Windows. 4. Steel Door Institute(SDI): a. 117,Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Doors and Frames. b. All SDI publications. 5. Steel Door Institute/American National Standards Institute(SDI/ANSI): a. A250.6,Recommended Practice for Hardware Reinforcing on Standard Steel Doors and Frames. b. A250.7,Nomenclature for Standard Steel Doors and Steel Frames. c. A250.8 (formerly SDI 100),Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. d. A250.10,Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames. e. A250.11,Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames. 6. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(UL): a. Building Materials Directory. 1) I0B, Standard for Safety Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 2) 10C,Standard for Safety Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 7. Building code: a. International Code Council(ICC): 1) International Building Code and associated standards,2006 Edition including all amendments,referred to herein as Building Code. B. Qualifications: Manufacturer must be current member of SDI,and NAAMM(HMMA). C. Wipe coat galvanized steel is not acceptable as substitute for galvanizing finish specified. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 08110-1 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. As identified in SDI/ANSI A250.7. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 3. Schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers as used on Drawings. 4. SDI certification. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Store doors and frames in accordance with SDUANSI A250.11. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Metal doors and frames and metal borrowed light frames: a. CECO Corporation. b. Steelcraft Manufacturing Co. c. Curries Company. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Sheet Steel: Hot-dipped galvannealed steel,ASTM A653,A60 coating. B. Frames: Hot-dipped galvannealed steel,ASTM A653,A60 coating. C. Supports and Reinforcing: Hot-dipped galvannealed steel,ASTM A653,A60 coating. D. Inserts,Bolts and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard. E. Primer: Manufacturer's standard coating meeting SDI/ANSI A250.10. F. Galvannealed Coating Repair: See Section 09905. G. Grout: As specified in Section 04110. H. Thermal Insulation: ,Polyurethane,CFC free. I. Sound Insulation: Fiberglass batt insulation or impregnated Kraft honeycomb. 23 ACCESSORIES A. Glass Panels in Doors and Borrowed Light Frames: 1. Fixed,integral stops on exterior face. 2. Snap-in stops or stops secured with countersunk Phillips head machine screws on interior face. 3. Reinforce cut-out in door panel with minimum 20 GA galvannealed or galvanized steel channel. 4. Glass: See Section 08800 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 08110-2 B. Frame Anchors: 1. Jamb anchors: a. Masonry wire anchors: Minimum 0.1875 IN wire,galvanized. b. Existing wall anchor: Minimum 18 GA,galvanized. c. Stud partition and base anchors: Minimum 18 GA,galvanized. 2.4 FABRICATION A. General: 1. SDI/ANSI A250.8. 2. Fabricate rigid,neat in appearance and free from defects. 3. Form to sizes and profiles indicated on Drawings. a. Beveled edge. 4. Fit and assemble in shop wherever practical. 5. Mark work that cannot be fully assembled in shop to assure proper assembly at site. 6. Continuously wire weld all joints,dress exposed joints smooth and flush. 7. Fabricate doors and frames to tolerance requirements of SDI 117. 8. Fit doors to SDI and NFPA 80 clearances. 9. Provide fire rated doors which are approved and labeled by UL. 10. All doors shall be handed. 11. Hinge cut-out depth and size on doors and frames shall match hinge specified in Section 08700. 12. Design and fabricate doors to requirements of the Building Code. B. Hollow Metal Doors: 1. General: a. 1-3/4 IN thick. b. Fabricate with flush top caps: 1) Thickness and material to match door face. 2) On exterior doors,seal weld top cap to door face and grind smooth and flush. 3) On interior doors,attach top cap to door with concealed fasteners or by welding: a) Factory seal if attached with fasteners. b) No exposed fasteners will be accepted. c. Continuously wire weld all joints and dress,smooth and flush. d. Galvannealed per ASTM A653,A60 coating. 2. Exterior: a. Doors 48 IN wide,or less: SDI/ANSI A250.8,Level 3,and physical performance level A,Model 2. 1) Face sheet minimum thickness: 16 GA. 2) Insulated: Minimum R10. 3. Fire Rated: a. SDI/ANSI A250.8,Level 3,and physical performance level A,Model 2. b. Face sheet minimum thickness: 16 GA. c. Comply with ASTM E2074. d. UL fire labeled. e. Comply with UL 1 OB and UL 1 OC. f. Maximum transmitted temperature: 1) Fire doors shall have a maximum transmitted temperature end point of not more than 250DegF above ambient at the end of 30 minutes of standard fire test exposure. g. Pairs UL fire labeled without astragal. h. Comply with NFPA 80. 4. Interior: a. Doors 48 IN wide,or less: SDI/ANSI A250.8,Level 2,and physical performance level "B",Model 2: 1) Face sheet minimum thickness: 18 GA. b. Sound insulated,minimum STC-35. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 08110-3 C. Hollow Metal Frames: 1. Door frames: a. Provide 2 IN face at all heads,jambs and mullions for frames in stud walls. b. Provide 4 IN face at head where noted on Drawings or required by wall construction. c. 26 GA galvannealed steel boxes welded to frame at back of all hardware cutouts. d. Steel plate reinforcement welded to frame for hinge,strikes,closers and surface- mounted hardware reinforcing: 1) All plate reinforcement shall meet size and thickness requirements of SDI/ANSI A250.8. 2) Galvannealed per ASTM A653,minimum A60. e. Split type frames not acceptable: 1) All horizontal and vertical mullions and transom bars shall be welded to adjacent members. f. Conceal all fasteners. g. Frames shall be set up,all face joints continuously wire welded and dressed smooth. h. Exterior(up to 4 FT wide): 16 GA steel galvannealed per ASTM A653,A60. i. Exterior(over 4 FT wide): 14 GA steel galvannealed per ASTM A653,A60. j. Fire rated: 1) 16 GA steel galvannealed per ASTM A 653,A60. 2) Comply with ASTM E2074,UL 10B and UL 10C. 3) Comply with NFPA 80. k. Interior: 16 GA steel galvannealed per ASTM A653,A60. 1. Provide removable spreaders at bottom of frame in. Borrowed light frames: 1) 2 IN face at head,jamb,sill and mullions unless noted otherwise on Drawings. 2) 16 GA steel galvannealed per ASTM A653,A60. 3) Field applied stops:Manufacturer's standard with finish to match frame. 4) Provide welded type frames: a) Continuously wire weld all joints and dress smooth. D. Prepare for finish hardware in accordance with hardware schedule,templates provided by hardware supplier,and SDIIANSI A250.6. 1. Locate finish hardware in accordance with SDI/ANSI A250.8. 2. See Section 08700 for hardware. 3. Prepare doors for swing direction indicated: a. Preparing doors for non-handed hinges is not acceptable. E. After fabrication,clean off mill scale and foreign materials,repair damaged galvannealed surfaces,and treat and prime with rust inhibiting primer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install doors and frames in accordance with SDIIANSI A250.11,the Building Code and manufacturer's instructions. B. Where applicable,place frames prior to construction of enclosing walls and ceilings. C. Plumb,align,and brace securely until permanently anchored. D. After completion of walls,remove temporary braces and spreaders. E. Use plastic plugs to keep silencer holes clear during construction. F. Immediately after erection,sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime and galvannealed coating. G. Touch-up prime and galvannealed coating in accordance with Section 09905, 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24r1009 08110-4 H. Where indicated to be painted leave finish smooth for finish painting. I. Install three silencers on strike jamb of single door frame and two on head of double door frame. J. Number and location of anchors shall be in accordance with frame manufacturer's recommendation with minimum of three anchors per jamb. K. Protect doors and frames during construction. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 08110-5 SECTION 08210 FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Factory finished flush wood doors. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 06200-Finish Carpentry. 4. Section 08110-Metal Doors and Frames and Borrowed bight Frames. 5. Section 08700-Finish Hardware. 6. Section 08800—Glass and Glazing. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): a. A208.1,Wood Particleboard. 2. Architectural Woodwork Institute(AWI): a. Quality Standards of the Architectural Woodwork Institute. 3. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): a. 80,Standard for Fire Doors and Fire Windows. b. 252,Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 4. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. (UL): a. 10B,Standard for Safety Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. b. 10C,Standard for Safety Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 5. Window and Door Manufacturer's Association/American National Standards Institute (WDMA/ANSI): a. I.S. 1-A,Architectural Wood Flush Doors. 6. Building code: a. International Code Council(ICC): 1) International Building Code and associated standards,2006 Edition including all amendments,referred to herein as Building Code. B. Qualifications: 1. Door manufacturer must have minimum 10 years experience in manufacturing of wood veneer doors. 2. Manufacturer shall be current member of Architectural Woodwork Institute. C. All doors to be provided by same manufacturer. D. All doors to be fabricated using Hot Press 5 Ply construction. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. c. For fire-rated doors provide all associated fire test information. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 08210-1 d. Schedule of doors using same reference numbers as indicated on Drawings: 1) Schedule shall include size,type,swing,rating,frame type and size,and hardware set required. e. Available wood species. B. Miscellaneous Submittals: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Certification of AWI membership. 3. Warranty. C. Samples: 1. Provide actual samples of each factory applied finish for initial finish selection. 2. After initial finish selection,provide two(2) 12 IN x 12 IN samples showing door construction in veneer and finish selected: a. Provide two(2) 12 IN by 12 IN samples of fire-rated door construction in any veneer type: 1) Samples are to show interior door construction including core,blocking and edge treatment. 1.4 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store and protect doors in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and WDMA/ANSI. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Warrant doors in writing for life of installation against defects including: 1. Veneer delamination. 2. Bow or twist of 1/4 IN or more. 3. Telegraphing of any part of core through face veneer. 4. Surface variation exceeding 1/100 IN in 3 IN span. 5. Any other defect which may impair or affect performance of door for purpose for which it is intended. B. Warranty to include: 1. Removal and replacement of defective door(s). 2. Removal of existing hardware and refitting to new door. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Doors specified are based on products manufactured by Algoma Hardwoods,Inc. B. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Flush wood door: a. Algoma Hardwoods,Inc. b. Eggers Industries. c. Marshfield Door Systems. d. VT Industries, C. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Face Veneer: 1. Birch plain sliced,both faces. 2. Minimum thickness: 0.020 IN at 12 percent moisture content. 3. All faces to be per WDMA/ANSI I.S. 1-A face grades J 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 082I0-2 B. Core: 1. Non-fire-rated doors: a. Solid particle core(PC-5),ANSI A208.1. b. Grade: LD-2. c. Density: 30-35 LBS/CF. d. Provide solid wood reinforcing at all hardware locations and around all cut-outs. 2. Fire-rated doors,ASTM E2074: a. 20-minute rated: Solid particle core: 1) Density: 30-32 LBS/CF b. Other fire ratings: Non-combustible mineral core UL listed. c. Provide fire treated solid wood blocking at all hardware locations and around all cut- outs: 1) Minimum 5 IN top rail and bottom rail. d. Maximum transmitted temperature: 1) 3 HR rated: 450 DegF at 30 minutes. 2) 1-1/2 HR rated: 250 DegF at 30 minutes. 3) 1 HR rated: 250 DegF at 30 minutes. C. Hardwood Edges: 1. Match face veneer species. 2. Fire retardant treated in labeled doors. D. Adhesives: 1. Type 1 water resistant glue. 2.3 FABRICATION A. General: 1. All doors shall be fabricated in accordance with and shall meet requirements of WDMA/ANSI I.S. 1-A Custom Grade standards. 2. Hardware preparation: a. Factory machine doors for application of hardware specified. b. Bevel vertical edges 1/8 IN in 2 IN. c. Clearance at bottom of door: 1/2 IN. d. Clearance at top of door: 1/8 IN, e. Tolerances: 1) Width: +1/32IN. 2) Height: +1/16IN. 3) Thickness: +1/16IN. 4) Hardware location: +1/32 IN. 5) Locks and hinges: +1/32 IN. f. Fit fire rated doors to meet requirements of labeling agency. g. Refer to Section 08700 for hardware requirements and template provided by hardware manufacturer. 3. Cut-outs. a. Make all cut-outs in the factory. b. Seal edges of all openings. 4. All doors shall be 1 3/4 IN thick unless indicated otherwise. B. Fire-Rated Doors: 1. Provide doors with UL labels: a. Doors to meet applicable requirements of UL 10B,ULI OC ITS Certification Listings for Fire Doors. 2. Comply with NFPA 80 and NFPA 252 and ASTM E2074. C. Finish: 1. AWI 1500,Finish System TR-6 or OP-6 as required: a. Stain: To be selected from manufacturer's full line of colors. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 08210-3 D. "Hot Press"bond hardwood veneer cross-banding to core using Type II glue. E. Identify doors for proper location. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect finished door units at factory and repair damage in accordance with AWL PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Correct defects or conditions which may interfere with or prevent a satisfactory installation. B. Condition doors to prevailing humidity for minimum 72 HRS prior to handling. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Condition doors to prevailing climactic conditions for 72 HRS prior to installation. B. Install doors in hollow metal frames in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and WDMA/ANSI I.S. 1-A: 1. See Section 08110 for door frames. C. Fit doors to frames and machine for hardware to whatever extent not previously worked at factory. D. Install fire-rated doors in accordance with NFPA 80. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Remove and replace defective units. B. Repair damage to finish in accordance with AWI recommendations. C. Remove and replace damaged doors that are not capable of being satisfactorily repaired: 1. Engineer to make final decision on acceptance of finish repair. 3.4 ADJUSTMENT A. Prior to Project startup,make final adjustments to doors. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 91NM09 08210-4 SECTION 08410 STOREFRONT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Thermally broken storefront. 2. Entrance doors and hardware. 3. Electric door assisting device. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 07900-Joint Sealants. 4. Section 08800-Glass and Glazing. 5. Section 09905-Painting and Protective Coatings. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. Aluminum Association(AA): a. 45,Designation System For Aluminum Finishes. 2. American Architectural Manufacturers Association(AAMA): a. 1503,Voluntary Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and Condensation Resistance of Windows,Doors and Glazed Wall Sections. 3. Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA): a. Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities(ADAAG). 4. American National Standards InstituteBuilders Hardware manufacturers Association (ANSI/BHMA): a. Al56.19, Power Assist and Low Energy Power Operated Doors. 5. American Society of Civil Engineers(ASCE): a. 7,Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. 6. ASTM International(ASTM): a. A653,Standard Specification for Sheet Steel,Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated(Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process. b. B221,Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy,Extruded Bars,Rods,Wire, Profiles,and Tubes. c. C 1363,Standard Test Method for the Thermal Performance of Building Assemblies by Means of a Hot Box Apparatus. d. E283,Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows,Curtain Walls and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen. e. E330,Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows,Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. f. E331,Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls,and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 7. American Welding Society(AWS): a. D1.2,Structural Welding Code Aluminum. B. Qualifications: 1. Qualify welders and welding process in accordance with AWS D 1.2. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 08410-1 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Installer or Applicator: Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the product in the field at the Project site: 1. Installer and applicator are synonymous. B. All weather: Capable of operation from-50 to+120 DegF. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data for framing system and major accessories including: a. Entrance door. b. Product data sheet for each hardware item specified. c. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. d. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 3. Elevation drawings indicating all frame and door dimensions and details. 4. Warranty. 5. Test reports. 6. Complete wiring layout/diagrams for electric door assisting device. B. Samples: 1. Metal samples showing range of colors of anodized units. 2. After initial color selection,provide minimum three(3)2 x 3 IN samples of each color and finish selected. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store units in vertical position off ground with wood spacers between each unit: 1. Store in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Written warranty signed jointly by fabricator,installer,and Contractor,agreeing to repair or replace any items of work performed under this Section which fail: 1. Failure includes defects in materials,installation,workmanship,water tightness of assembly,calking,glazing or any other defects in storefront system which affects its ability to perform as weathertight envelope. 2. Warranty period is five(5)years from date of acceptance. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Storefront system: a. Kawneer Co.,Inc. b. United States Aluminum. c. Vista Wall. d. YKK-AP America. 2. Electric door assisting device: a. Horton Automatics. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 08410-2 2.2 MATERIALS A. Storefront: Aluminum,ASTM B221,6063-T5. B. Doors:Aluminum,ASTM B221,6063-T5. C. Thermal Barrier: Extruded copolymer. D. Fasteners: Stainless steel. E. Sealants: See Section 07900. F. Brackets,Anchors,Reinforcements: Stainless steel. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Doors: 1. Types as indicated on Drawings. 2. Factory glazed. 3. Finish to match storefront. B. Hardware: 1. Hardware specified is based on Kawneer unless noted otherwise. 2. All hardware to be 630 or 626 finish. 3. Equip doors with following hardware: a. Interior single door(Double door similar): 1) Butts: Manufacturer's heavy duty stainless steel,full mortise,ball bearing type with non-removable pin: a) Size: Minimum 4-1/2 x 4 IN. 2) Closer: Interior surface mounted,delayed action,with integral backcheck,cover, adjustable hold open and limiting stop: LCN 4040 series: a) Provide all weather fluid. b) Provide full cover in finish to match door. 3) Push: "Style F2" (doors without exit device). 4) Pull: "Style F2" (doors without exit device). 5) Threshold: Manufacturer's standard 1/2 x 4 IN aluminum. 6) Weatherstripping: See Section 08700: a) Storefront manufacturer's standard brush type or pile type weatherstripping is not acceptable. 7) Cylinder: See Section 08700. 8) Flush bolts: Manufacturer's standard stainless steel automatic bolts top and bottom. 9) Exit device: Paneline 11 concealed rod device. 10) Pull: "Style G3" (doors with exit device). b. Exterior single door(Double door similar): 1) Butts: Manufacturer's heavy duty stainless steel,full mortise,ball bearing type with non-removable pin: a) Size: Minimum 4-1/2 x 4 IN. 2) Closer: Interior surface mounted,delayed action,integral back check with cover, adjustable hold open and limiting stop: LCN 4040 Series: a) Provide all weather fluid. b) Provide full cover in finish to match door. 3) Push: Not required for doors with exit device. 4) Pull: "Style G3" (doors with exit device). 5) Exit device: Paneline H concealed rod device. 6) Threshold: Manufacturer's standard 1/2 x 4 IN aluminum. 7) Weatherstripping: See Section 08700: a) Storefront manufacturer's standard brush type or pile type weatherstripping is not acceptable. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 08410-3 8) Flush bolts: Manufacturer's standard stainless steel automatic bolts top and bottom. 9) Cylinder: See Section 08700. C. Electric Door Assisting Device: 1. This device to be installed on main entrance door to reception/waiting area. 2. Low energy,self contained,electromechanical type. a. 120 Vac,60 cycle, 1 PH. 3. Direct current operation. 4. Door capable of manual operation with power on or off without damage to operating unit. 5. Manual/automatic operation. 6. Comply with ADA and ANSI/BHMA Al56.19. 7. Adjustable opening and closing speed with range of 4 to 6 seconds. 8. Adjustable time delay prior to closing with range of 2 to 30 seconds. 9. Activating switch: Extruded aluminum or stainless steel,momentary contact wall mounted push button activating switch: a. Engraved with international handicap insignia. b. Provide two(2)switches for each door. 10. Provide unit complete with all required wiring for interconnecting activating switch(es)with controller and any other miscellaneous items required for complete installation: a. Operator shall be mounted above door with extruded aluminum cover finished to match the door. b. Electrical service to control unit by Division 16. 11. Similar to Horton Automatics Model 7000. D. Glass: 1. ASCE 7. 2. See Section 08800. E. Flashing: 1. Minimum 0.040 IN aluminum. 2. Finish to match storefront if exposed. 3. Mill finish if concealed. F. Sealant: See Section 07900 and manufacturer's recommendations. G. Fasteners: 1. Finish exposed fasteners to match finish of system. 2. Provide Phillips head screws where exposed. 2.4 FABRICATION A. General: 1. Fully degrease and clean members prior to assembly or application of protective coatings. 2. Weld using methods recommended by manufacturer and AWS to avoid discoloration. 3. Grind exposed welds smooth and restore finish. 4. Ease corners of cut edges to a radius of approximately 1/64 IN. 5. Conceal fasteners wherever possible. 6. Fit and assemble work at shop to maximum extent possible. 7. Maintain true continuity of line and accurate relation of planes and angles. 8. Provide secure attachment and support at mechanical joint,with hairline fit of contacting members. 9. Reinforce work as necessary to withstand wind loadings and to support system. 10. Separate dissimilar metal with bituminous paint or preformed separators to prevent corrosion. 11. Separate metal surfaces at moving joints with plastic inserts or other nonabrasive concealed inserts to permanently prevent freeze-up of joint. 12. Prepare and reinforce frames for hardware: a. Refer to Section 08700 for hardware not specified in this Section. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 08410-4 13. Frames to be structurally reinforced as required by frame manufacturer. 14. Structural steel reinforcement: a. Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication,ASTM A653,G90. b. Provide dissimilar metals protection,see Section 09905. c. All structural reinforcement sizes shall be determined by the frame manufacturer. 15. Minimum wall thickness of 0.07 IN for all frame components. B. Storefront: 1. Nominal 1-3/4 x 4-1/2 IN minimum section with sightline maximum of 2 IN: a. Depth of system as required for loading criteria indicated. 2. Complete extruded aluminum framing system: a. Thermally broken system similar to Kawneer VG451T: 1) Provide thermally broken system on all openings in the building exterior wall. 3. Include all sills,mullions,anchors,division bars,and flashing. 4. Use no through metal connectors in thermally broken systems. 5. Fabricate thermally broken system to accept 1 IN insulating glass and non-thermally broken system to accept 1/4 IN glass. 6. Provide complete system under single responsibility. C. Doors: 1. ASTM B221,aluminum. 2. Top rail:3-1/2 IN. 3. Side rails:3-1/2 IN, 4. Bottom rail: 10 IN. 5. Single acting,full mortise butt hinge operation. 6. Prepare and reinforce door for hardware specified. D. Fasteners: 1. Finish exposed fasteners to match finish of system. 2. Provide Phillips flat head screws where exposed. E. Sealants: 1. Refer to Section 07900. 2. Provide sealant color to match finish of system at exposed locations. 3. Provide sealants compatible with aluminum system and recommended for use with this type of installation. F. Finishes: 1. Architectural Class 1 coating per AA 45: a. Anodized: A.A.-M12C22A41,clear. 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. General Test Requirements: 1. Utilize independent testing laboratories specifically qualified to conduct all performance tests required. 2. Performance tests may be conducted in manufacturer's laboratories provided they are witnessed and certified by qualified independent testing laboratory personnel. 3. Provide certification that proposed system has been tested in accordance with and meets the requirements of the standards identified in this Specification. 4. Test air infiltration first,water resistance second: a. Other tests may be in any order. B. Air Infiltration Tests(Storefront Framing): 1. Test in accordance with ASTM E283. 2. Air infiltration: 0.06 cfm/SF of wall area when tested at a static air pressure differential of 6.24 psf. C. Water Resistance Test: 1. Test in accordance with ASTM E331. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 08410-5 2. No leakage allowed at a minimum static air pressure differential of 8 psf. D. Uniform Load Test: 1. Uniform load: a. A static air design load of 20 psf shall be applied in the positive and negative direction in accordance with ASTM E330. b. There shall be no deflection in excess of L/175 of the span of any framing member. c. At a structural test load equal to 1.5 times the specified design load,no glass breakage or permanent set in the framing members in excess of 0.2 percent of their clear spans shall occur. E. Thermal Tests: 1. Perform all thermal tests on unit sized as required to produce representative areas of framing,vision glass,and spandrel glass. 2. Provide test unit which reflects most restrictive situation on project(e.g.,worst framing, glass,spandrel proportions for producing desired thermal results). 3. Test in accordance with AAMA 1503. 4. ThermaI transmittance of insulated glass and framing areas: Average U-value of 0.65 BTUH/SF/DegF,maximum. 5. Thermal transmittance of insulated spandrel glass area:Average U-value of 0.20 BTUH/SF/DegF,maximum. 6. Average calculated thermal transmittance of composite wall:U-value of 0.65 BTUH/SF/DegF,maximum with substantiating test performed on similar units. 7. Condensation resistance test: a. Determine in accordance with ASTM C 1363 and AAMA 1503. b. Provide condensation resistance factor(CRF)not less than 50. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Verify suitability of substrate to accept installation: 1. Correct defects. 2. Installation assumes responsibility for performance. B. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Set units plumb,level and true to line. D. Anchor securely in place. E. Separate metal surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action. F. Set sill and base members in a bed of sealant. G. Provide joint fillers or gaskets for weathertight construction. H. Calk all joints within and at perimeter of system: 1. Do not calk joints intended to allow the framing system to drain. I. Install flashing where shown on Drawings and/or where required. 3.2 CLEANING A. Clean surface promptly after installation. B. Remove excess glazing,sealant compounds and dirt,and leave clean. C. Clean glass inside and out and apply cross streamers attached to frame. D. Install electric door assisting device in accordance with manufacture's instructions: 1. Conceal conduits feeding unit when possible. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 08410-6 2. Mount activating switches where shown on Drawings: a. Mount at height recommended by manufacturer and to meet requirements of ADA and ANSI/BHMA A156.19. 3. Adjust rate of opening and closing speed and adjust time delay prior to closing to meet requirements of ADA. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09410-7 SECTION 08700 FINISH HARDWARE PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Finish hardware. 2. Electric door assisting device. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 08110-Metal Doors and Frames and Borrowed Light Frames. 4. Section 08210—Flush Wood Doors. 5. Section 08410—Storefront. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA): a. Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities(ADAAG). 2. American National Standards Institute/Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (ANSUBHMA): a. Al56.1,Butts and Hinges. b. A156.3,Exit Devices. c. A156.4,Door Controls(Closers). d. A 156.6,Architectural Door Trim. e. A156.8,Door Controls-Overhead Holders. f. A156.13,Mortise Locks and Latches. g. A156.16,Auxiliary Hardware. h. Al56.18,Materials and Finishes. i. A156.19,Power Assisted Low Energy Power Operated Doors. j. A156.21,Thresholds. 3. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): a. 80,Standard for Fire Doors and Fire Windows. 4. Steel Door Institute(SDI). 5. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. (UL): a. Building Materials Directory. 6. Building code: a. International Code Council(ICC): 1) International Building Code and associated standards,2006 Edition including all amendments,referred to herein as Building Code, B. Qualifications: 1. Installation shall be performed or inspected by certified Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC). 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. AHC: Architectural Hardware Consultant. B. Installer or Applicator: 1. Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the product in the field at the Project site. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 08700-1 2. Installer and applicator are synonymous. C. All weather: Capable of operation from-50 to+120 DegF. D. Active Leaf: Right-hand leaf when facing door from keyed side unless noted otherwise on Drawings. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 3. Schedule of all hardware being used on each door: a. Number hardware sets and door references same as those indicated on Drawings. 4. Technical data sheets on each hardware item proposed for use. B. Miscellaneous Submittals: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Architectural Hardware Consultant qualifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Locksets and latchsets: a. Corbin/Russwin. b. Best Access Systems. 2. Closers: a. LCN. b. Norton. c. Corbin/Russwin. 3. Hinges: a. Stanley Works. b. Hager Hinge Co. c. McKinney Manufacturing Co. 4. Door stops and holders: a. Trimco. b. Rockwood. c. Ives. 5. Overhead stops: a. Glynn-Johnson Corp. b. DORMA. c. Rixson. 6. Door trim: a. Timco/BBW/Quality. b. Rockwood. c. Hiawatha,Inc. 7. Weatherstripping and thresholds: a. Pemko Manufacturing Co. b. Reese Enterprises,Inc. c. Zero Weatherstripping,Inc. d. National Guard Products,Inc. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 08700-2 8. Exit devices: a. Von Duprin,Inc. b. Corbin/Russwin. c. Precision. 9. Door bolts,coordinators and strikes: a. Ives. b. Trimco. c. Rockwood. d. Dorma. 10. Electric door assisting device: a. Horton Automatics. b. Norton. 11. Other materials: As noted. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Fasteners: Stainless steel or aluminum. B. Locking,Latching and Retracting Mechanism and Lock Case: 1. Manufacturer's standard. C. Closers: 1. Shell: Aluminum or cast iron. 2. Arms and piston: Forged steel. 3. Corrosion resistant closer: a. Body:Aluminum. b. All other components and fasteners: Stainless steel. c. Closer arm bushing: Bronze. D. Kickplates: Stainless steel. E. Provide fiberglass reinforced plastic where indicated. F. Thresholds: Aluminum. G. Overhead Stops and Wall Stops: Stainless steel. H. Keys: Brass or bronze. I. Weatherstripping and Smoke Seals: Polyprene,neoprene,or EPDM. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Closer Mechanism Covers: 1. Match finish of adjacent hardware. 2. Full cover. B. Arms,Brackets,and Plates: As required for complete installation of closers. C. Strikes: 1. Stainless steel. 2. Provide with curved lips. 3. Extended lips when required. 4. Furnish strike boxes. 5. Appropriate for function and hardware listed. D. Electric Door Assisting Device: 1. This device to be installed on door number D-1301A. 2. Low energy,self-contained,electromechanical type: a. 120 Vac,60 cycle, 1 PH, 15 amp. 3. Direct current operation. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 08700-3 4. Door capable of manual operation with power on or off without damage to operating unit. 5. Manual/automatic operation. 6. Comply with ADA and ANSI/BHMA A156.19. 7. Adjustable opening and closing speed with range of 3 to 10 seconds. 8. Adjustable time delay prior to closing with range of 5 to 28 seconds. 9. Activating switch: a. Extruded aluminum or stainless steel,momentary contact wall mounted push button activating switch. b. Engraved with international handicap insignia. 10. Provide unit complete with all required wiring for interconnecting activating switch with controller and any other miscellaneous items required for complete installation. 11. Provide key operated"ON/OFF" activation of the opening device on the exterior side of the door opening in close proximity to the wall mounted push button activating switch: a. Include extruded aluminum or stainless steel face plate with the words"DOOR ASSISTING DEVICE"with the lock cylinder below having the words"ON/OFF" in their respective positions. 12. Finish to match door and frame on which device is used: a. Conceal all conduit running to and from the device. 13. Located on brick return as directed by Engineer. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Hardware-General: 1. Generally prepare for Phillips head machine screw installation. 2. Exposed screws to match hardware finish or,if exposed in surfaces of other work,to match finish of other work as closely as possible. 3. For mineral core doors use screws which thread to head to apply butts. 4. Provide concealed fasteners unless thru bolted. 5. Through bolt closers on all doors. 6. Furnish items of hardware for proper door swing. 7. Furnish lock devices which allow door to be opened from inside room without a key or any special knowledge. B. Hardware: 1. Fabricate hardware for fire rated openings in compliance with UL and NFPA 80: a. This requirement takes precedence over other requirements for such hardware. b. Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed by UL for types and sizes of doors. 2. Provide integral serrated knurling on lever for doors leading to the following rooms or areas (grit covered tape applied to lever is not acceptable): a. Boiler and mechanical rooms. b. Stairs. c. Electrical rooms and engine generator rooms. d. Chemical storage and feed rooms. e. Wet wells. f. Laboratories. g. Garage areas. h. Storage rooms. i. Janitor closet. j. Process equipment rooms. k. Filter galleries. 3. Provide stainless steel dustproof strikes for all doors with automatic or manual flush bolts or other bolts into floor. 4. Provide following ANSI/BHMA A156.18 finishes: a. Locks: 630. b. Door pulls,push bars,push plates: 630. c. Kickplates: 630(if metal kickplates are specified). 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 08700-4 d. Exit devices: 630. e. Butts: 630. f. Door stops,dead locks,mortise bolts, and miscellaneous hardware: 630 if available, 626 if 630 not available. g. Door overhead stops: 630. h. All parts of closers(other than corrosion resistant closers): Provide special rust inhibiting pretreatment. C. Mortise Locks and Latches: 1. ANSI/BHMA A156.13,Series 1000,Grade 1,Security Grade 1. 2. Antifriction two-piece mechanical latchbolt with stainless steel anti-friction insert: a. One-piece stainless steel deadbolt,minimum 1-1/4 IN x 9/ 16 IN thick with 1 IN throw. b. 2-3/4 IN backset. c. Cylinder: Brass,6 pin,with interchangeable core. d. ADA compliant thumb turn lever. e. Corbin/Russwin: 1) Trim design"NSP"for all doors. f. Functions as indicated in following table in accordance with ANSI/BHMA Al56.13. MORTISE LOCK NUMBERS ANSI FUNCTION CORBIN/RUSSWIN Half Dummy Trim ML2050 F01 Passage ML2010 F19 Privacy ML2030 F05 Classroom ML2055 F07 Storeroom ML2057 F13 Entrance or Office ML2065 F17 Deadlock ML2013 D. Door Closers: 1. ANSI/BHMA A156.4,Grade 1. 2. Size door closers to comply with ANSI recommendations for door size and location. 3. Fabricate all closers with integral back check: a. Provide all weather fluid for all closers used in exterior doors. 4. Corrosion resistant closer: a. Similar to Norton Series 7500 SS. 5. Closers(other than corrosion resistant closers)similar to LCN 4040 Series or Norton 7500 Series or Corbin-Russwin 2000 Series. 6. Provide manufacturer's standard 10 year warranty. E. Butts and Hinges: 1. ANSUBHMA A156.1. 2. Hinge numbers: HAGER STANLEY Type 1 (Typical butts) BB 1199 FBB 199 3. Flat button tips on all butts. 4. Butt types: a. Type 1: Provide NRP(non-removable pin)on all exterior doors and where noted in the Schedule. b. All other doors: Type 1. 5. Butt quantities: a. Doors 61-90 IN in height: Three(3)butts. b. Doors 91-114 IN in height: Four(4)butts. c. Doors 115-144 IN in height: Five(5)butts. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 08700-5 d. For doors over 168 IN in height,provide one(1)additional butt for each 30 IN or fraction thereof of additional height. 6. Butt sizes: a. 1.75 IN doors: 4.5 x 4.5 IN for all doors up to and including 36 IN wide. F. Door Stops: 1. ANSI/BHMA A156.16. a. Wall stops: G. Overhead Door Holders/Stop: I. ANSI/BHMA A156.8. 2. Surface mounted stops: a. Rockwood N14400 Series or Glynn Johnson 90 Series. b. US32D finish. c. Provide'hold-open'function on all stops. 3. Concealed stops: a. Rockwood N11000 Series or Glynn Johnson 100 Series. b. US32D finish. c. Provide'hold-open'function on all stops. H. Kickplates: 1. ANSI/BHMA A156.6. 2. 8 IN high x 2 IN less than door width. 3. Beveled on all edges. 4. 0.050 IN thick for all doors except FRP. I. Thresholds: 1. ANSI/BHMA A156.21. 2. One-piece unit: a. Maximum 1/2 IN high. b. 4 IN wide width noted in hardware schedule. 1) Meet requirements of ADA. 3. Provide required bolt cutouts. J. Exit Devices: 1. ANSI/BHMA A156.3,Grade 1. 2. Type and function as indicated in Hardware Schedule under PART 3. 3. Von Duprin products listed. K. Astragal: UL listed for labeled doors. L. Weatherstripping: 1. Weather seal at jambs and head: Self-adhesive strip similar to Reese#797B. 2. Sweep at bottom of doors: Similar to Reese 701C or 701D. Match door color. 3. Weather seal astragal at meeting edges of pairs of doors: Similar to Reese 92C or 92D each leaf. Match door color. 4. Sound Seals: Self-adhesive strip similar to Reese#797B. 5. Smoke Seals: Self-adhesive strip similar to Reese#797B: a. UL listed. M. Keying: 1. Establish keying with Owner: a. Provide and set up complete visible card indexed system with key tags and control slips. b. Tag and identify keys. c. Provide two(2)keys for each lock or cylinder. d. Master key and key in groups as directed. e. Provide construction master keys for all exterior doors. N. Bolts: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 08700-6 1. ANSI 156.16. 2. Surface bolts similar to Ives SB1630 Series with top and bottom strikes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions,supervised or inspected by an AHC. B. Fit hardware before final door finishing. C. Permanently install hardware after door finishing operations are complete. D. Use SDI mounting heights for hardware. E. Mount closers on push side of doors unless noted otherwise: 1. Provide extended arms and brackets as required. 2. Provide full cover for each closer. 3. Mount closers on pull side of the door for the following doors: F. Install closers with integral stop at all doors scheduled to receive closer unless noted otherwise: 1. Do not install integral stop on closers mounted on pull side of door. G. Provide concealed overhead stop when corrosion resistant closer is specified. H. Where interior doors swing more than 105 degrees without encountering a wall and which do not have a closer scheduled,provide overhead stop: 1. Provide concealed overhead stop on doors scheduled to receive closer mounted on pull side of door. 1. Provide hold-open feature when required by Hardware Schedule. J. Provide coordinator when required by hardware specified. K. Wall Mount Door Stops: 1. Provide at all doors unless noted to receive overhead stop,closer with integral stop or as noted otherwise on Hardware Schedule. 2. Floor mounted stops are not acceptable. L. Install overhead stop at all inactive leafs of pairs of doors unless provided with closer. M. Install astragal on all pairs of UL labeled fire doors. N. Provide weather seal,door sweep and threshold at all exterior doors and where scheduled on interior doors: 1. Set thresholds in a full bed of sealant. 2. Mount door sweeps on exterior face of door. 3. Mount weather seal astragal at meeting edges of pairs of doors on the exterior face of the doors. O. Provide smoke seals on all fire rated doors. P. Mount kickplates on push side of doors. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware to assure proper operation or function: 1. Lubricate moving parts with lubricant recommended by manufacturer. B. During week prior to startup,make a final check and adjustment of all hardware items: 1. Clean and lubricate as necessary to assure proper function and operation. 2. Adjust door control devices to compensate for operation of heating and ventilating equipment. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 08700-7 3.3 SCHEDULES A. Hardware Schedule: HW-1:Butts Lockset F05 Stop Closer HW-2: Butts LocksetF07 Stop Kickplate Closer HW-3:Butts Lockset F 19 Stop Closer HW4:Butts Latchset F01 Stop Kickplate Closer HW-5: Butts Closer Push Pull Stop HW-6:NOT USED HW-7:NOT USED HW-8:NOT USED HW-9:NOT USED HW-10:NOT USED HW-11:NOT USED HW-12:NOT USED HW-13:NOT USED HW-14: Butts Automatic flush bolts(inactive leaf) Coordinator LocksetF05 Closer(each leaf) Automatic door bottom(each leaf) 2 Stops Kickplate(each leaf) Sound seals 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Admmishution and Lab Building W24/2009 08700-8 HW-15: NOT USED. HW-16:NOT USED HW-17:NOT USED HW-18:NOT USED HW-19:NOT USED HW-20:NOT USED END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 08700-9 SECTION 08800 GLASS AND GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Glass and glazing. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 07900-Joint Sealants. 4. Section 08110-Metal Doors and Frames and Borrowed Light Frames. 5. Section 08410-Storefront. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): a. Z97.1,Glazing Materials Used in Buildings-Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test. 2. ASTM International(ASTM): a. C1036,Standard Specification for Flat Glass. b. C 1048,Standard Specification for Heat-Treated Flat Glass-Kind HS,Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass. c. E773, Standard Test Method for Accelerated Weathering of Sealed Insulating Glass Units. d. E774,Standard Specification for the Classification of the Durability of Sealed Insulating Glass Units. 3. Flat Glass Marketing Association(FGMA): a. GM,Glazing Manual. 4. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): a. 80,Standard for Fire Doors and Windows. 5. Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturer's Association(SIGMA). 6. Building code: a. International Code Council(ICC): 1) International Building Code and associated standards,2006 Edition including all amendments,referred to herein as Building Code. B. Safety glazing shall be provided in all hazardous locations as defined by the Building Code. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Installer or Applicator: 1. Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the product in the field at the Project site. 2. Installer and applicator are synonymous. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 08800-1 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. c. Certification that glass has been tested and approved for use in fire rated doors or walls: 1) Copies of all test criterion. B. Samples: 1. 12 x 12 IN sample of each type,color,and thickness specified except clear glass(glass Type 1 and 2.) C. Miscellaneous Submittals: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Warranty. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Written five(5)year warranty signed by installer to cover air and weathertightness of installation. B. Written five(5)year warranty signed by manufacturer or fabricator of insulating glass units against failure of integrity of air space. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Clear glass-tempered,float and heat strengthened: a. Libbey-Owens-Ford. b. PPG. c. Viracon. d. Visteon. 2. Tinted glass-tempered,float and heat strengthened: a. Libbey-Owens-Ford. b. PPG. c. Viracon. d. Visteon. 3. Low emisivity glass: a. PPG. b. Viracon. c. Visteon. 4. Insulated spandrel glass units: a. Libbey-Owens-Ford. b. PPG. c. Viracon. d. Visteon. 5. Insulated low emissivity glass units: a. Libbey-Owens-Ford. b. PPG c. Viracon. d. Visteon. 6. Fire rated glass: a. SAFTI. 7. Gaskets,glazing compounds,setting blocks,spacers,sealant,sealant tape,etc.,as recommended by glass manufacturer,glass unit fabricator,or as required by NFPA. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 08800-2 2.2 MATERIALS A. Clear and Tinted Float Glass: 1. 1/4 IN thick. 2. ASTM C1036. 3. Clear glass: a. Type I,Class I,Quality q3. 4. Tinted glass: a. Type I,Class II,Quality q3. b. Color: Bronze. B. Clear Tempered Float Glass: 1. 1/4 IN thick. 2. ASTM C1048: a. Kind FT,Condition A,Type 1,Class I. 3. ANSI Z97.1. C. Tinted Tempered Float Glass: 1. 1/4 IN thick. 2. ASTM C1048: a. Kind FT,Condition A,Type I,Class 2. 3. ANSI Z97.1. 4. Color: Bronze. D. Insulating Glass Units: 1. ASTM E773,ASTM E774,Class A. 2. Two(2)sheets of 1/4 IN thick glass separated by a 1/2 IN dehydrated air space hermetically sealed. 3. Color: See schedule in PART 3. E. Insulated Low Emissivity Glass Units: Similar to Viracon"Solarscreen Low E(VE): 1. Two(2)sheets of 1.4 IN glass sealed together at edges with spacers and sealant: a. Coating applied to second third face. 2. 1.2 IN air space. 3. Visible light transmittance:45 percent maximum. 4. Visible light reflectance outside: 7 percent maximum. 5. Solar energy transmittance: 28 percent maximum. 6. U value summer/winter:29,31. 7. Shading coefficient: .43 maximum. 8. Relative heat gain: 89 percent. 9. Color:Bronze. F. Insulated Spandrel Glass: 1. Two(2)sheets of 1.4 IN thick glass separated by a%IN dehydrated air space hermetically sealed. 2. ASTM E773,ASTM E774,ASTM C1048, 3. Kind HS,condition B,Type 1 Quality q3. 4. Outside lite tinted:Bronze. 5. Inside lite tinted: a. Colored ceramic coating on third or fourth face. 6. Color:Bronze. G. Fire Rated Glass: 1, ASTM El 19,ASTM E2010,ASTM E2074,NFPA 80,NFPA 251,NFPA 252,NFPA 257, UBC 7-1,UBC 7-2,UBC 74,UL 9,UL 1 OB,and UL 263 listed. 2. Fire rating required:Refer to Drawings. 3. Thickness required by fire rating: a. Minimum V4 IN thick. 4. Clear. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/242009 08800-3 5. Impact safety rated in addition to fire rating meet ANSI Z97.1. 6. Minimum light transmission 86 percent. 7. Maximum transmitted temperature to non-fire side of assembly:250 DegF. 8. Similar to SAFTI"SuperLite"series. H. Glazing Compounds: 1. Non-sag,non-stain type. 2. Pigmented to match frame units not requiring painting. 3. Compatible with adjacent surfaces. 4. One-or two-part polyurethane or silicone sealant for use in setting glass: a. Provide glazing compounds which will not be affected by chemicals stored in rooms where glazing compounds are used. I. Sealant Tape: Butyl rubber sealant tape or ribbon having a continuous neoprene shim. J. Gaskets: I. Flexible polyvinyl chloride or neoprene: a. Provide gaskets which will not be affected by chemicals stored in rooms where gaskets are used. 2. Extruded of profile and hardness required to receive glass and provide a watertight installation. 3. Provide gaskets in accordance with NFPA in fire rated glazing. K. Setting Blocks and Spacers: 1. Neoprene or EPDM,compatible with sealants used. 2. Setting blocks: 70-90 durometer. 3. Spacers: 40-50 durometer. L. Compressible Filler Stock: Closed-cell jacketed rod stock of synthetic rubber or plastic foam. M. Shims,Clips,Springs,Angles,Beads,Attachment Screws and Other Miscellaneous Items: As required by condition. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with recommendations of manufacturer,FGMA Glazing Manual and SIGMA Glazing Recommendations for Sealed Insulating Glass Units. B. Install setting blocks in adhesive or sealant. C. Install spacers inside and out,of proper size and spacing,for all glass sizes larger than 50 united inches,except where gaskets are used for glazing. D. Provide 1/8 IN minimum bite of spacers on glass. E. Spacer thickness to equal sealant width. F. Prevent sealant exudation from glazing channels of insulating glass which is more than 1/2 IN thick,colored,heat absorbing,coated or laminated glass sizes larger than 75 united inches; and other glass more than 9/32 IN thick or larger than 125 united inches: 1. Leave void at heel(or install filler)at jambs and head. 2. Do not leave void(or install filler)at sill. G. Miter cut and bond gasket ends together at comers. H. Immediately after installation,attach crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. I. Do not use silicone-based glazing sealants in window assembly or as perimeter sealant around frames in areas which may be exposed to chlorine gas or chlorine liquid splash or spillage: 1. These exposure areas shall be sealed with polysulfide-based sealants. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 08800-4 2. See Section 07900 for sealants. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Do not install glass with edge damage. B. Do not apply anything to surfaces of glass. C. Remove and replace damaged glass. 3.3 CLEANING A. Maintain glass reasonably clean during construction,so that it will not be damaged by corrosive action and will not contribute to deterioration of other materials. B. Wash and polish glass on both faces not more than seven(7)days prior to acceptance of work in each area: 1. Comply with glass manufacturer's recommendations. 3.4 SCHEDULES A. Glass Type 1: 1 IN tinted low E insulated glass units: 1. Outside glass: Bronze float. 2. Inside glass: Clear float. B. Glass Type 2: 1 IN tinted tempered low E insulated glass units: 1. Outside glass: Bronze tempered. 2. Inside glass: Clear float. C. Glass Type 3: 1 IN insulated spandrel glass: 1. Outside glass: Bronze tempered. 2. Inside ceramic coating color: Bronze. D. Glass Type 4: Clear,tempered float glass. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 08800-5 DIVISION 9 FINISHES SECTION 09110 NON-LOAD-BEARING WALL FRAMING SYSTEMS PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Non-load-bearing wall framing construction. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to- 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 09250-Gypsum Board. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. ASTM International(ASTM): a. A653,Standard Specification for Steel Sheet,Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated(Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process. b. C645,Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members, 2. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(UL): a. Building Materials Directory. b. Fire Resistance Directory. 3. Building code: a. International Code Council(ICC): 1) International Building Code and associated standards,2006 Edition including all amendments,referred to herein as Building Code. B. Wherever a fire-resistance classification is indicated on the Drawings for walls or partitions, provide metal studs and accessories of type tested and listed for construction indicated. 1. Fire rated partitions to comply with UL head of wall joint system requirements for rating indicated. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. c. Manufacturer's load tables for style indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Non-load-bearing framing components: a. Dale/Incor. b. G-P Gypsum Corp. c. National Gypsum Co. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09110-1 d. U.S.Gypsum Co. e. The Steel Network Inc. f. Fire Trak Corp. g. Metal-Lite Inc. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Screw-Type Metal Studs: 1. ASTM C645. 2. Roll-formed channel tracks and'C'type studs. 3. Flanges: Minimum 1-5/8 IN wide. 4. ASTM A653 Grade A,G60 galvanized. 5. Size indicated on Drawings. B. Vertical Deflection Device: 1. Factory premade device manufactured specifically to permit frictionless vertical movement of stud wall system. 2. Rigid attachment to structure and screw attachment to stud web using step-bushings. 3. Minimum thickness of bushings: a. Exterior wall: 68 mils. b. Interior wall: 36 mils. 4. UL listed for fire-rated walls. 5. Similar to"VertiClip"as manufactured by the Steel Network,Inc. 6. Furring Channels: a. ASTM C645. b. ASTM A924. c. Hat-shaped sections. d. Size indicated on Drawings. C. Wire Ties: 18 GA soft annealed,galvanized. D. Fasteners for Runners: Power-driven type to withstand minimum 190 LB shear when driven. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide 25 GA studs except as follows: 1. At jambs of openings,use two 20 GA studs. 2. Where partition height requires provide heavier section to accommodate span within 1:360 deflection at load of 5 psf. a. Provide minimum 20 GA studs at all walls with hanging loads such as wall cabinets, shelving,equipment. b. Provide minimum 20 GA studs at walls receiving cement backer board specified in Section 09250. C. Provide continuous runner tracks sized to match studs. 1. Align runners accurately at both floor and top. 2. Secure runner tracks to structure at maximum 24 IN OC. 3. Secure at all corners,ends,and door openings. 4. Provide fire rated assembly at all fire partition locations. D. Where partitions abut structural elements,allow for a minimum of 1/2 IN deflection of primary frame. 1. Provide vertical deflection device. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09110-2 E. Where partition is fire rated,extend studs to bottom of deck above to comply with Building Code and UL requirements for cyclical movement at head-of-wall. F. Space studs maximum 16 IN OC, 1. Provide additional studs at comers,partition intersections,terminations each side of control joints,door and window openings and any other opening in partitions. 2. Provide continuous stud backing at all gypsum board comers. 3. Provide continuous 20 GA stud horizontal backing at all toilet accessory mounting locations. a. Weld or screw horizontal stud backing to vertical wall studs. b. Extend backing minimum one(1)full stud space beyond the toilet accessory fastener location in each direction. G. Use full length studs between runners. H. Friction fit studs to runners except at partition comers,intersections,behind wall supported casework or equipment and at openings. 1. At those locations,positively attach studs to runners with 3/8 IN self-tapping screws on both flanges of each stud,top and bottom. I. At all openings provide two full length studs,back to back,at each jamb. I. For wall areas above and below openings,cut track to length,split flanges and bend webs at ends. 2. Overlap and screw attach to jamb studs. 3. Install cut to length intermediate studs between jamb studs at head and sill sections at same spacing as full length studs. 4. To provide for control joints at openings,install additional stud,maximum 1/2 IN from jamb studs. a. Do not fasten extra stud to track or jamb stud. 5. Securely attach jamb studs to door and window frames. 6. Install screw-type metal furring channel system directly attached to walls,where indicated on Drawings,to support gypsum board. a. Install channels at maximum 16 IN OC. b. Provide additional framing at openings,cutouts,comers and control joints. c. Fasten to masonry walls with nails or screws designed specifically for use in masonry walls. d. Fasten to concrete with power-driven fasteners. e. Space fasteners not more than 16 IN OC,staggered on opposite flanges of hat channels. J. Align stud openings to facilitate running of wires,conduit,and piping. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Cab Building 9/242009 09110-3 1 ,� SECTION 09130 ACOUSTIC SUSPENSION SYSTEM PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal acoustic suspension systems. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 09512-Acoustical Materials. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. ASTM International(ASTM): a. C635,Standard Specification for the Manufacture,Performance,and Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panel Ceilings. b. C636,Standard Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panels. c. E580,Standard Practice for Application of Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels in Areas Requiring Seismic Restraint. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 3. Fabrication and/or layout drawings. a. Detail showing seismic restraint. 4. Manufacturer's full line color chart. B. Samples: 1. Samples of each product being used minimum 6 IN long in color specified. 2. Sample of intersecting grid connection system. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Acoustical suspension systems(steel): a. Armstrong World Industries. b. Chicago Metallic Corp. c. Donn. 2. Acoustical suspension systems(aluminum): a. Armstrong World Industries. b. Chicago Metallic. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09130-1 c. Gordon Architectural Aluminum Specialties. B. Submit request for substitutions in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Acoustical Suspension Systems-General: 1. Heavy duty rated systems,ASTM C635. 2. Main runner jointing by spliced,interlocking ends,tab locks,pin locks,or other suitable connections. 3. Cross runners interlocking with main runners. 4. Coordinate suspension systems and supports with suspended projector screen described in Section 10950. B. Hangers: 1. Galvanized,soft annealed steel wire for general use. 2. Soft stainless steel wire for use with aluminum systems and in wet areas. C. Non-Rated Exposed Grid System: 1. Direct hung. 2. Electrogalvanized double-web steel main and cross runners. 3. Finish on exposed surfaces: Smooth,flat white. 4. Similar to Chicago Metallic"SNAP-GRID 200" or"FIRE FRONT 1250." 5. Fire-Rated Exposed Grid System: a. Direct hung. b. Electrogalvanized double-web steel main and cross runners. c. Finish on exposed surfaces: Smooth,flat white. d. All components:UL labeled. e. Similar to Chicago Metallic"FIRE FRONT 250"or"FIRE FRONT 1250". 23 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Extra Material: 1. Provide Owner with 8 LF of main runner and 8 LF of cross runner of each different finish and type of grid specified. 2. Supply minimum 2 OZ of touch-up paint for each color of grid used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with ASTM C636 and ASTM E580 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide all hangers and inserts necessary to support acoustical ceilings. 1. Where placement of ducts or other obstructions limits hanging wires,provide additional supporting members. 2. Provide supplementary rough suspension system and trapezing where necessary to support acoustical ceilings beneath pipes,ducts,equipment,etc. 3. Do not suspend any part of rough suspension system or acoustical ceilings from ducts, pipes,conduit,equipment,etc. 4. Provide structural members sized as required to span ducts,etc. C. Hang suspension systems from structural supporting and framing members,floor deck,or rough suspension system. 1. Locate hangers to avoid contact with insulation covering ducts and pipes. 2. Splay hangers only where obstructions or other conditions preclude plumb,vertical installation. 3. Offset horizontal forces of splayed hangers by countersplaying,bracing or other approved methods. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09130-2 D. Space hangers to prevent loads from items in or on ceiling from causing eccentric deflection and rotation of main runners exceeding limits specified in manufacturer's technical data. 1. Provide additional hangers at each comer of recessed light fixture. 2. Provide hangers not more than 6 IN from ends of main runners. 3. Support main runners directly from hangers. 4. Space main runners to support ceiling units and other work resting in or on ceiling. E. Install moldings where ceilings meet walls,partitions,other vertical elements,and other types of ceilings. 1. Support runners and border units on moldings. 2. Secure moldings to wall construction by fastening through holes drilled in web. 3. Space holes not more than 3 IN from each end and not more than 16 IN on center. 4. Draw up fasteners for tight set against vertical surfaces. 5. Miter cut inside and outside comers. 6. Level to tolerances in accordance with ASTM C636. 7. Install moldings with exposed leg supporting bottom flange of exposed runners. 8. Where ceiling mounted fixtures have integral flange trim,no additional trim is required. F. Leave suspension system ready to accept installation of acoustic materials. See Section 09512. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09130-3 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD AND SURE-BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Gypsum board work. 2. Impact resistant panels. 3. Cement backer board. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 07210—Building Insulation. 4. Section 07900-Joint Sealants. 5. Section 09110-Non-Load-Bearing Wall Framing Systems. 6. Section 09905-Painting and Protective Coatings. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): a. A108.11,Specification for Interior Installations of Cementitious Backer Units. 2. ASTM International(ASTM): a. A653,Standard Specification for Sheet Steel,Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated(Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process. b. C475, Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board. c. C840,Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. d. C 117,Standard Specification for Glass Matt Gypsum Substrate for use as Sheathing. e. C 1278,Standard Specification for Fiber Reinforced Gypsum Panel. £ C1396,Standard Specification for Gypsum Board. g. E84,Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, 3. Gypsum Association(GA): a. GA-214,Recommended Levels of Gypsum Board Finish. 4. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(UL): a. Building Materials Directory. b. Fire Resistance Directory. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Wet Area: Toilets,showers,laboratories,janitor closets(or areas around janitor sink),and areas around emergency eye wash/showers. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Drawings of unusual conditions. a. Control joint layout. 3. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09250-1 4. Manufacturer's adhesive,sealer,joint treatment compound and tape recommendations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Gypsum board and accessories: a. Georgia-Pacific. b. National Gypsum. c. U.S.Gypsum Co. 2. Cement board and accessories: a. U.S.Gypsum Co. b. National Gypsum. 3. Gypsum board suspension system: a. Chicago Metallic Corp. 4. Sure-Board and accessories: a. Cemco. b. Or Approved Equal. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Gypsum Board(GB): 1. ASTM C1396. 2. Furnish in lengths as long as practicable with tapered edges. 3. Regular board: 5/8 IN thick. 4. Fire-rated board: 5/8 IN thick. B. Cement Backer Board: 1. UL listed. 2. '/z IN thickness. 3. Board formed by continuous process incorporating portland cement slurry and glass fiber mesh reinforcing embedded in each side: Manufactured for use as backer for ceramic tile. 4. Acceptable to ceramic tile manufacturer. a. See Section 09310 for ceramic tile. C. Water-Resistant(WR)Gypsum Board: 1. ASTM C1396, 2. 5/8 IN thick. D. Adhesive: As recommended by board manufacturer. E. Sealers for Water Resistant Board: Recommended by board manufacturer. F. Joint Treatment Compound: 1. ASTM C475. 2. Recommended by manufacturer for specified board type and location. 3. Do not use self-adhesive fiber mesh tape. G. Joint Tape: 1. ASTM C475. 2. Recommended by manufacturer for specified board type and location. H. Sure-Board: 1. Series 20OW for Steel Framing. 2. 22 gauge steel sheet with 1/8"medium density fiberboard. 3. ICC ESER-6151/5762. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09250-2 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. General: 1. ASTM A653,galvanized G90. B. Comer Bead: 1. Standard type with perforated flanges. C. Casing and Trim Bead: Manufacturer's standard product. D. Control and Expansion Joints: Manufacturer's standard product. E. Fasteners: 1. Gypsum board: a. Self-drilling Type S,corrosion-resistant bugle head screws. b. Provide stainless steel fasteners in wet areas. 2. Cement backer board: a. Self-drilling,corrosion resistant wafer head screws with strip-out prevention ribs. b. Do not use drywall screws. 3. Sure-Board: a. #10 Screws @ 6"Spacing or per manufacturers recommendation whichever is more stringent. F. Foam Tape: PVC, 1/2 IN x 1/4 IN pressure sensitive. G. Tie Wire and Suspension Wire: 1. Galvanized,soft annealed 12 GA minimum. 2. Use soft stainless steel wire of same gage in all wet areas and/or exterior areas. H. Gypsum Board Suspension System: 1. Direct hung factory fabricated heavy duty rated,single web system. 2. Electro-galvanized. 3. Fire rated system,UL listed. 4. Similar to Chicago Metallic"Fire Front 650 Drywall Furring System." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install board in fire-rated walls in accordance with UL requirements: a. Self-adhesive applied fire rated tape is not acceptable for use on board joints in fire rated walls. b. Tape all joints using conventional fire rated joint tape and joint treatment compound. 2. Erect all board vertically with edges over supporting members: a. See Section 09110 for non-loading bearing metal studs. 3. Secure to each support or framing member with screws. 4. In areas having gypsum board ceilings and walls,install ceiling fast. 5. Bring boards into contact,but do not force into place. 6. Fit neatly and carefully. 7. Stagger edge joints on opposite side of a partition so they occur on different framing members. 8. Hold board in firm contact with support while fasteners are being driven. 9. Proceed with attachment from center of board toward ends and edges. 10. Scribe board prior to cutting. 11. Where sound-rated walls are indicated on Drawings,verify that sound insulation has been installed in walls. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09250-3 12. In fire-rated ceiling assemblies,fasten minimum 4 IN wide drywall strip continuous over all joints on backside of board. 13. Seal ends,cutouts and screw penetrations with W/R sealant where type WR board is used. B. Application: 1. Gypsum board: a. Use 5/8 IN thick board for general and fire-rated construction. b. Use non-rated gypsum board unless noted otherwise. 2. Gypsum board for use in ceilings: a. Dry area ceilings: Provide 5/8 IN thick fire-rated board best suited and recommended by manufacturer for intended use. b. Wet area ceilings(showers and other areas where ceilings will be exposed to direct water contact or condensation): Provide 5/8 IN thick fire-rated board approved by manufacturer for use in high humidity areas. c. Where ceilings abut a concrete or masonry wall provide 3/8 IN joint between edge of wall and ceiling board: 1) Provide continuous solid casing bead trim on edge of board. 2) Seal joint with sealant and backer rod. 3) See Section 07900 for sealant. 3. Cement backer board: a. Install in accordance with ANSI A108.11 and manufacturer's recommendations. b. Use in areas where ceramic or quarry tile is final wall finish. c. Provide fire-rated board in fire-rated walls. 4. Water-resistant(WR)gypsum board: a. Use in wet locations such as janitor closets,toilet rooms,around emergency eyewash and deluge showers. b. Provide fire-rated board in fire-rated walls. 5. Gypsum liner panel: a. Use WR boards in walls common to wet areas. 6. Casing and trim bead: a. Where bead abuts exterior window or other metal components,separate from other material using foam tape. 7. Fasteners: a. Provide fasteners of sufficient length to penetrate framing member or stud not less than 3/8 IN. 8. Sure-Board: a. Use Series 20OW for Steel Framing and install in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. C. Installation(Single-Layer System): 1. Set fasteners between 3/8 and 1/2 IN from edges and 2 IN in from board comer: a. Space maximum of 12 IN on center at edges and in field of board. b. Where board butts at wall/ceiling juncture,hold fasteners back 6 IN from edges. c. Space fasteners closer if required by UL. 2. Install fasteners,in gypsum board,so that head rests in a slight dimple without cutting face paper or fracturing core or as recommended by board/panel manufacturer. 3. Install screws,in cement backer board,flush with board surface: a. Do not countersink screws. D. Control Joints: 1. Install prefabricated control joints to provide following maximum unjointed lengths or areas: a. Control joints: #093 zinc coated control joint. b. Partitions: 30 FT,maximum straight run,and at lock side of jamb from head of each door opening to top of partition. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09250-4 c. Ceilings: 50 FT maximum in one(1)direction, and at change of direction or irregular shapes. d. Ceiling area: 2500 SF,maximum. 2. Calk control joints: a. Use color to match wall or ceiling color as closely as possible. 3. Where control or expansion joints occur in fire or sound rated assemblies,install suitable backing material to maintain required rating. 4. Where a partition or ceiling abuts a structural element or dissimilar wall or ceiling,install corner bead,casing bead or other trim as required. E. Board Finishing: 1. Securely attach continuous comer beads to all external comers in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Provide the following minimum levels of gypsum board finish in accordance with GA-214: a. Areas exposed to view: 1) Surfaces to receive vinyl wall covering: Level#4. 2) Surfaces to receive painted finish: Level#5. b. Areas not exposed to view: 1) Fire rated partitions: Level#2 unless a higher grade of finish is required by UL. 2) Non-fire rated partitions: Level#2. c. Provide additional coats of joint compound as required to completely conceal joints, fasteners and accessories: 1) Joint photographing will not be acceptable. 3. Sand each coat to remove excess joint compound: a. Avoid roughing paper facing on board. 4. Finish surface shall be smooth and free of tool marks and ridges. 5. After primer has been applied to wall surface in accordance with Section 09905,repair and refinish all areas which show defects. 6. Refer to ASTM C840 for additional finishing requirements. F. Install ceiling suspension system in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Tab Building 9/24/2009 09250-5 LEVELS OF GYPSUM BOARD FINISH Each level of finish is described in italics. In every instance, the minimum level of finish is described. LEVEL JOINTS INTERIOR ACCESSORIES FASTENERS SURFACE ANGLES #0 No taping,finishing or accessories Tguired is levela' MaYbe 461 In ten ar 'cxtnstrrtetionVtwAMwgrthe. . ldecorationleasnotbeendetertsrined #1 Tape set in joint Tape set in joint Tool marks and ridges acceptable. compound compound Surface free of excess joint compound. Frequently speerfred in plenum wrens ohuve ce tugs.in attics,in areas w ere the assembly woul4generalty be concealed or in building service corridors and other areasnot nvrmolly open to public view, accessories optional at speci,fi'er discretion in corridors and other areas wtdt pedestrian ira�c. Son::, degree of sound and smoke control is provided:in satnegeographic areas,this level is referred to a.r)7re-tapping'. Where afir£-realstance rating is requiredfor the&npium-board assembiv.details of construction shullbe,in acrnidance with reports vffire tectc gfassemblias that have met thefire-ratrr,,7 re ement. lope and ast�r.:-r he ifs need not be covered with'oint ea #2 Tape embedded in Tape embedded in Shall be covered by one Shall be covered by one Surface shalt be free of excess joint joint compound and joint compound and separate coat of joint separate coat of joint compound. Tool marks and ridges wiped with a joint wiped with a joint compound compound acceptable. Joint compound applied knife,leaving a thin knife,leaving a thin over the body of the tape at the time coat of compound over coat of compound of tape embedment shall be tape, over tape. considered a separate coat of joint compound and shall satisfy the conditions of this level. Specified where water-resistant gyps um bac4ing board(02LARC630,Standard Spetnfmatlon for If*at,,r-Revistant Gypsum hacking Board)is tired as a substrate or tits< 1figy also be s elf, , in ara es,warchousestora a or other similar areas where surfave appearanee is not o' rlmary convert:. #3 Taped as in level#2, Taped as in level#2, Shall be covered by two Shall be covered by two Joint compound shall be smooth and then covered with one then covered with separate coats of joint separate coats of joint free of tool marks and ridges. Note., separate coat of joint one separate coat of compound. compound It is recommended that the prepared compound. joint compound surface be coated with a drywall primer prior to the application of final finishes. See painting and wallcovering specifications. Tvpicallvspecified in appearance areas t:bich arc to rreviieheavy-ormvdium-axtun rspray or hard-applied)}inishes beforefiralpaintting or where heavy-grade wallcoierings are to heapphed as the final decoration. 771is level ut finish is not recommended where smooth painted surfaces.or light-to medium-wet ht tallcoverin :are s ci ed #4 Taped as in level#2, Taped as in level#2, Shall be covered by Shall be covered by three Joint compound shall be smooth and then covered with two then covered with three separate coats of separate coats of joint free of tool marks and ridges. Note: separate coats of joint one separate coat of joint compound. compound. It is recommended that the prepared compound. joint compound. surface be coated with a drywall primer prior to the application of final finishes. See painting and wallcovering specifications. 14 fit el shoutd be specified whereAtpaints,light texhtres ar xallcaverbW arena be applied:- In critictrl Aglrting areas,flat paints applied over light te:xtutes tend to reduce foiniphotogrdphing. Gloss,semi-glass and enamel paints are not recommended over this level offinish. The weight,texture and sheen Ietel of walleoverings applied over this level off`finish should be cart fully evaluated, Joints dual fasteners nmil be udequately concealed if the wallcovenng material is l4ghtweigh4 contains lowed patter,has aglass finish or any combination of these features is present Ilnbacked vinvi walC erti�r=s are not recommended over.this f€veto inish. #5 Taped as in level#2, Tape as in level#2, Shall be covered by Shall be covered by thug A thin skim coat of joint compound, then covered with two then covered with three separate coats of separate coats of joint or a material manufactured especially separate coats of joint one separate coat of joint compound, compound. for this purpose,shall be applied to compound. joint compound. the entire surface. The surface shall be smooth and flee of tool marks and ridges. Note: It is recommended that the prepared surface be coated with a drywall primer prior to the application offnal finishes, See painting specification. this level offintsh is highly recommended where gloss,st'm-gloss:enamel or row-taw;red 17at pun&are specified,,a xltere�severe ligh ting conditions occur. Thie highest qua7itvfini€lt attic most effective metal to provide a uniform mrface and minurni:e the p.-nstbilitvoffoiniphowgraphin{*aril of asterters siiovt?tt=throw h the ' Fdecorat3on: END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09250-6 SECTION 09310 CERAMIC TILE (CT) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Ceramic tile(CT). B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 07900-Joint Sealants. 4. Section 09250-Gypsum Board. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): a. A108.1,Specification for the Installation of Ceramic Tile. b. A137.1,Ceramic Tile. B. Qualifications: 1. Installer must have minimum five(5)years experience installing similar products with similar substrates. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Installer or Applicator: 1. Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the product in the field at the Project site. 2. Installer and applicator are synonymous. B. Ceramic Tile(CT): For purposes of this Specification Section,the term"ceramic tile"is intended to include ceramic,porcelain,granite,slate and terrazzo tiles. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Unless noted otherwise on the Drawings,tile selection shall be made from complete range of available sizes,colors,styles,profiles and finishes within a Class 4 or Class 5 rating. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 3. Certification of installer qualifications. 4. Letter from grout and adhesive manufacturer stating that grout and tile adhesive being used is compatible with cement backer board specified in Section 09250. B. Miscellaneous Submittals: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. C. Samples: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and lab Building 9/24/2009 09310-1 1. Complete range of tile color samples including all accent,bright and custom colors for selection by Engineer: a. Tile trim may be contrasting color. b. Complete range of grout color samples. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Ceramic tile: a. American Olean Tile Co. b. Dal-Tile Corp. c. Esquire. d. Florida Tile. e. Metropolitan Ceramics. f. Richetti. g. Summitville. h. United States Ceramic Tile Co. 2. Adhesives,mortars,grouts and leveling compounds: a. Bonsal Co. b. Bostik Construction Products. c. H.B.Fuller(TEC). d. Laticrete International Inc. e. Mapei Canada,Inc. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Adhesives for Ceramic Tile: 1. Dry-set portland cement mortars: ANSI A108.1. 2. Latex-portland cement mortars: ANSI A108.1. 3. Assure adhesives are compatible with cement backer board. 4. Waterproofing: a. Trowel applied elastomeric compound. b. Acceptable to tile manufacturer. c. Compatible with backing material and setting adhesive. d. Similar to Mapei"PRP 315." B. Grout: Portland cement-based material,containing quartz aggregate,colorfast pigments and Portland cement. C. Sealant: One(1)or two(2)component,non-sag,polyurethane or silicone sealant,as specified in Section 07900. D. Leveling Compounds: As recommended by tile manufacturer. 2.3 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Glazed Ceramic Wall Tile: 1. Standard grade glazed ceramic units conforming to ANSI A137.1. 2. 5/16 IN thick. 3. Size(s): As scheduled in PART 3. 4. Tile selections shall be made,by the Engineer,from one(1)or combination of the following finishes: a. Designer accents. b. Matt. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09310-2 c. Textured. d. Bright. e. Crystal. f. Satin. g. High gloss smooth glaze: 1) Color shall be selected from full range of colors including deep solid and special colors. h. Designer strips/rounded moldings. i. Granite look. j. Scored design. B. Ceramic Mosaic Tile: 1. Ceramic mosaic units conforming to ANSI A137.1. 2. 1/4 IN thick. 3. Size(s): As scheduled in PART 3. 4. Cushion edge unglazed. 5. Slip-resistant units for shower floors and where indicated in schedule in PART 3. C. Ceramic Tile Base and Associated Trim: 1. Factory made trim shapes for all curbs,caps,corners,bullnose,bases,coves,beads, depressions,moldings,chair rails,etc. 2.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Extra Material: 1. Furnish Owner with the following extra materials: a. 2 percent of each different size,pattern,style and/or color of tile used including trim shapes with minimum of 1 full size tile of each for maintenance purposes. b. Enough extra grout mix of each different color and/or type to allow for full 2 percent of tile to be replaced. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Locate expansion joints prior to product installation. B. Verify that substrate is ready to accept tile installation: 1. Correct surface defects or conditions which may interfere with or prevent a satisfactory installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ANSI A108.1. 2. Place file in grid pattern. 3. Align tile joints on adjoining walls/floors. 4. Lay out and center tile in both directions in each space or on each wall area. 5. Avoid use of tile less than 1/2 size. 6. Adjust tile to minimize cutting. 7. Provide uniform joint widths insofar as practicable. a. Provide joint widths as recommended by tile manufacturer. 8. Provide leveling beds as required. 9. Provide edging at exposed edges where there is a change of level. B. Install expansion joints where indicated on Drawings: 1. If not indicated on Drawings,place joints 12-16 FT OC or on column lines each way (whichever is smaller). 2. Install over construction or expansion joints in backing. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/242009 09310-3 3. Install where backing material changes. 4. Install where floors abut vertical surface. 5. Maintain nominal 1/4 IN wide joint at perimeter of tiled floor areas and calk with sealant. C. Installation of Tile on Floors and Walls Over Waterproofing and Setting Adhesive: 1. Provide waterproofing for all tile installed on floors in toilet rooms,showers,janitor closets, locker rooms,vestibules and any other floor in a wet area and on walls in shower rooms full height. 2. Extend up walls to height of base(if not required to be full height) and completely cover all curb surfaces to receive tile. 3. After waterproofing has cured/dried in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, install tile using setting adhesive in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.3 CLEANING A. After installation,clean in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Permit no traffic on floors for 72 HRS after grouting and protect installed file work with nonstaining covering during construction to prevent damage. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/242009 09310-4 SECTION 09512 ACOUSTICAL MATERIALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Lay-in acoustical ceiling tile materials(ACT). 2. Acoustical wall covering(AWC). B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 09130-Acoustic Suspension System. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1, ASTM International(ASTM): a. E1264,Standard Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products. b. C 423,Standard Test Method for Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method. c. D 2261,Standard Test Method for Tearing Strength of Fabrics by the Tongue(Single Rip)Procedure(Constant-Rate-of-Extension Tensile Testing Machine). d. D 1682,Test Methods for Breaking Load and Elongation of Textile Fabrics. 2. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): a. 265,Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Evaluating Room Fire Growth Contribution of Textile Coverings on Full Height Panels and Walls. 3. Pittsburgh Protocol. a. LA50 method. 4. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(UL): a. Building Materials Directory. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 3. Samples: a. Color samples for Engineer's color selection. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Acoustical ceiling tile materials(ACT): a. Mineral fiber ceiling tile: 1) Armstrong. 2) Capaul. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924t2009 09512-1 3) Celotex Corp. 4) US Gypsum Co. b. Ceramic ceiling tile: 1) Armstrong Cork Co. 2) Capaul. 3) US Gypsum Co. 2. Acoustical wall covering(AWC): a. Hytex Industries,Inc. b. Or,approved equal. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Mineral Fiber Acoustical Ceiling Tile(ACT): I. ASTM E1264. 2. Factory applied vinyl latex paint finish. 3. Light reflectance:Not less than 0.75. 4. Noise reduction coefficient:Minimum 0.65. 5. Class A non-combustible units. 6. Fire-rated units(when used):UL labeled. 7. Edges uniformly fabricated, true,square,and undamaged. 8. Sizes as required to fit suspension system and as indicated on Schedule in PART 3. 9. Lay-in style: 5/8 IN thick. 10. Tegular edge: a. '/ IN thick. b. Edges rabbetted to fit grid with face of tile approximately 3/8 IN below face of grid. 11. Pattern as scheduled in Part 3. B. Acoustical wall covering(AWC): 1. Flammability: a. Flame spread rate of 15 or less. b. Smoke developed factor of 15 or less. c. Pass NFPA 265 Full-Scale Corner Bum protocols. d. Meet toxicity requirements per the Pittsburgh Protocol and be"no more toxic than wood". 2. Fabric shall be manufactured by needlepunch process with 100 percent polyester staple fibers: a. Face Fiber: 15 ounces per square yard polyester staple fiber,solution-dyed. b. Backing:Fusible clear latex backcoating. c. AWC Pile Height:0.20"+/-.010". d. Face Texture:Needle punched structure of 7 ribs per IN. e. NRC: .60(ASTM C-423) f. Roll Length:99 FT(average) g. Total Weight:23 ounces per lineal yard @ 54 IN width h. Dye:Solution-dyed.(not piece or fiber dyed) i. Color:To be selected from manufacturer's standard color line. j. Tear Strength:23 lbs.min.in both warp and fill direction per ASTM D-2261 k. Tensile Strength: 100 lbs.min in both warp and fill direction per ASTM D-1682 1. Adhesive for wallcovering:Apply adhesive as recommended by the adhesive manufacturer for acoustical fabric application. in. AWC Width:54 IN,Ribs to run vertical. 2.3 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Extra Materials: 1. Fumish Owner with the following extra materials: a. One carton of each type and pattern of material. r� 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 09512-2 PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install into suspension system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Perform field cutting as required to fit materials to grid.Make all cuts square and true. C. See Section 09130 for ceiling suspension system. D. As work progresses,keep surfaces clean of paste and dirt by method recommended by manufacturer.Leave work in clean,first-class condition. E. Temperature in building for 48 hours prior to,and during the installation and for 48 hours after completion of the installation shall be at least 70 DegR Humidity in the building should not exceed 40 percent during installation of the fabric to allow adhesive to achieve maximum tackability.A minimum temperature of 55'F shall be maintained thereafter. F. Application of AWC: 1. Substrate: a. Gypsum wallboard,shall be smooth,level,free from cracks,irregularities,rough spots or indentations. b. Surface shall be dry,dust free,and sanded prior to installation of wall covering. c. Report in writing to Contractor any deficiencies in substrate. Start of work by this section implies acceptance of substrate. 2, Apply with"Gardner Gibson"or other approved adhesive in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3. Seams:Butted and plumb. 4. Adhesive to be applied to wall using a 3/8 IN nap roller. 3.2 SCHEDULES A. Schedule of Lay-In Acoustical Ceiling Tile: 1. Scored mineral fiber ceiling tile,lay-in,24 x 48 IN. Scored to appear as 24 x 24 IN. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09512-3 SECTION 09660 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE FLOORING AND RESILIENT BASE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Resilient linoleum sheet flooring(LSF). 2. Resilient base(RB). B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. ASTM International(ASTM): a. F710, Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors and Other Monolithic Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring. b. F970,Standard Test Method for Static Load Limit. c. F1066,Standard Specification for Vinyl Composition Floor Tile. d. F186I, Standard Specification for Resilient Wall Base. e. F2034,Standard Specification for Sheet Linoleum Floor Covering. 2. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): a. 258,Recommended Practice for Determining Smoke Generation of Solid Materials. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. c. Recommendations on adhesives,primers and leveling and patching compounds. B. Samples: 1. Full range of colors and patterns for Engineer's color selection of each component specified. C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for: 2. The mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 3. The content of Operation and Maintenance Manuals. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Resilient linoleum sheet flooring(VS): a. Forbo Linoleum,Inc. b. Gerflor Contract flooring. 2. Resilient base: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Adminigmtion and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09660-1 a. Armstrong World Industries. b. Azrock. c. Burkemercer Flooring Products. d. Flexco. e. Johnsonite. f. Marathon. g. Roppe. h. VPI. 3. Edging strips,reducers and joiners: a. Burkemercer Flooring Products. b. Johnson Rubber Co. c. Roppe Rubber Corp. d. Johnsonite. e. Flexco Company. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Resilient Linoleum Sheet Flooring(VS): 1. Minimum thickness: 0.10 IN. 2. Natural jute backing. 3. Meet ASTM F2034. 4. Smoke density: 450 or less per NFPA 258. 5. Width: 79IN. 6. With heat welded seams: a. Welding rod to be color matched to floor color pattern selected. b. Welding rod: 4 mm DIA. B. Resilient Base(RB): 1. Rubber or vinyl,top set,coved type. 2. 1/8 x 4 IN, 1/4 IN wide at bottom. 3. Factory-formed external and internal comers. 4. Continuous rolls,minimum 95 FT long. 5. AS.TM F1861. C. Leveling compound as recommended by manufacturer compatible with adhesives. D. Adhesives and primers as recommended by manufacturer. E. Edging Strips,Reducers and Joiners: Match adjacent tile material. 2.3 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Extra Materials: 1. Furnish Owner the following extra material: a. Minimum 12 LF of resilient linoleum sheet flooring and enough welding rod to install all 12 LF of material. b. Remaining portion of one(1)partially used roll of resilient base material with a minimum of 10 LF of each height,color and type. 2. Package and label extra materials to protect material during storage. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Prepare surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and ASTM F710. B. Acclimate linoleum and tile to area in which it is to be installed for minimum 72 HRS at 68 DegF prior to installation. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 09660-2 1. Provide manufacturer's recommended relative humidity levels. C. Fill cracks,joints(except specified expansion joints),etc.,in floors with a water-resistant non- crumbling patching and leveling compound. 1. Trowel level. 2. Verify moisture content in concrete substrate is within acceptable limits per the floor covering manufacturer: a. Conduct one(1)test for every 1000 SF of flooring per room or area in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. b. Provide necessary measures to dry out the substrate in accordance with flooring manufacturer's recommendations and retest until acceptable moisture levels are obtained. D. Where tile flooring abuts other finish flooring materials and finished surfaces do not align, install and feather leveling compound for approximately 6 IN so that finished surfaces will align. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Floors to be free of all dust,paint,grease,oils,solvents,curing and hardening compounds, sealers and any other deleterious material which may affect the bonding of the adhesive used to install the floor coverings. C. Ensure recommended minimum installation temperatures are maintained before,during and after installation as required by the manufacturer. D. General: 1. Apply primer and adhesive as recommended by manufacturer. 2. Maintain minimum temperature of 68 DegF for a minimum of 72 HRS prior to,during and after installation. E. Vinyl Composition Tile: 1. Lay in pattern selected by Engineer. 2. Bond tile to floor,flush,tight, and in true alignment with adjacent tiles and with finished surface. 3. Fit neatly into breaks and recesses,against walls,around pipes,and other obstructions. 4. Install edging strips where tile edge is exposed or where flooring terminates. 5. Lay out tile to avoid less than one-half tile at permanent perimeter walls. 6. Perform any cutting or drilling of tile as required. 7. Install accent strips in all door openings directly under door when in closed position. 8. Roll entire floor. 9. Immediately after application and rolling,remove surplus adhesive. F. Resilient Linoleum Sheet Flooring: 1. Lay in pattern selected by Engineer. 2. Bond sheet to floor,flush,tight and in true alignment with perimeter walls and adjacent finished surfaces. 3. Fit neatly into breaks and recesses,against walls,around pipes,and other obstructions. 4. Roll entire floor. 5. Immediately after application and rolling,remove surplus adhesive. 6. Heat weld all seams. 7. Cove all base and heat weld the joints. 8. Provide permanent compatible backer under the sheet at the floor/wall intersection to support the coved base material. 9. Provide finished trim piece at top of base to hide and protect raw edge of sheet: a. Trim piece to be provided by sheet manufacturer. G. Resilient Base: 1. Install base after wall material has thoroughly dried out. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09660-3 2. Provide base at intersections of floor and all vertical surfaces in areas scheduled to receive base,where intersection is exposed to view. 3. Set base straight and true. 4. Fit into breaks and recesses. 5. Provide factory-formed internal and external comers. 6. Scribe to trim at door frames. 7. Make joints tight. 8. Install with top and bottom edge in firm contact with wall and floor. 3.3 CLEANING A. Clean floors in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Prior to final acceptance,wash,wax and buff floors: 1. After thorough cleaning,apply two(2)coats of wax recommended by flooring manufacturer. 2. After each coat,buff floor. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect with non-staining non-sticking building paper as may be necessary to prevent dirt and damage. B. Protect traffic areas with fiberboard or plywood laid over non-staining,non-sticking building paper. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09660-4 SECTION 09690 CARPET TILE (CPTT) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Carpet Tile(CPTT). B. Related Sections include: 1. Division 0—Bid Documents. 2. Division 1 —General Requirements. 3. Section 09660—Vinyl Composition Tile Flooring and Resilient Base. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General requirements: 1. Manufacturer: a. Carpet manufacturer shall have no less than 10 years of production experience with carpet similar to type specified in this document;and whose published product literature clearly indicate compliance of products with requirements of this section. b. Single source responsibility: Provide product material by a single manufacturer for each carpet type specified. 2. Trade Contractor: Firm with not less than five(5)years of successful carpeting experience similar to work of this section and recommended and approved by the carpet manufacturer. Upon request,submit letter from carpet manufacturer stating certification qualifications and acceptance. 3. Substitutions: Where a selected manufacturer or product has been specified,an equal or superior product may be accepted only upon review and written acceptance by the Architect. It is mandatory that such review and approval be obtained prior to bidding,or the substitution will not be considered. All such proposed substitutions shall be submitted to the architect with all appropriate manufacturer's specifications and literature,and independent testing laboratory data. The architect's decision as to whether a product is equal or superior to the one specified shall be final. This section applies to any"or equal" noted in the specifications. 4. Installer qualifications: Mill trained,skilled mechanics supervised by experienced superintendent with 50,000 yards experience. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: 1. Three samples,minimum 12 IN x 12 IN of each material and color selected for verification. B. Contract Closeout Information: 1. Warranty/Guarantee. 2. Maintenance data. 3. Interior finish fire performance data: a. Provide for each finish material and type specified: 1) Manufacturer's printed information including: a) Fire class. b) NFPA test number. c) Photograph. 2) Proof of purchase. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24t2009 09600-1 A. Deliver with mill register numbers attached. B. Tag and mark accessory items for identification. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Install after wall and other floor finishing operations in area are complete. B. Install after lighting system in area is complete. C. Install prior to acoustical ceiling tile. D. Maintain temperature of 60 DegF minimum to 95 DegF maximum,minimum 48 hours seven days prior to,and during installation.Relative humidity not more than 65 percent carpet and adhesive must be stored at a minimum temperature of 68 DegF. 1.6 WARRANTY/GUARANTEE A. Guarantee entire carpet installation complies with specifications,and damaged or defective carpet or carpet stained by adhesives will be removed and replaced for a period of 2 years. B. Guarantee carpet color consisting of thermally pigmented yarns will not show significant change when exposed to normal light for period of 15 years: 1. AATCC-16E. C. Guarantee carpet color will not show significant change when exposed to normal atmospheric contaminates for period of 15 years. D. Guarantee carpet will not show excessive wear for period of 15 years: 1. Excessive wear is defined as wearing away of face yarns which reduces pile height by more than 15 percent in any area or pulling out of nap. E. Guarantee carpet backing structure will not delaminate from face structure and there will be no shrinkage or stretching affecting performance of face or backing structure for period of 15 years when installed and maintained in accordance with published procedures: 1. Guarantee when installed and maintained in accordance with published procedures will not edge ravel for a period of 15 years. 2. Guarantee ability of the carpet to lay flat;will not curl or dome. F. Guarantee entire cost of replacement,including removal,replacement,and disposal of defective carpet. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER'S A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents the following Manufacturer's are acceptable: 1. Carpet Tile(CPTT): a. Base: 1) As noted for individual types. 2. Carpet Edging Strips: a. Base: 1) BurkeMercer. 3. Other manufacturers desiring approval comply with Section 00440, B. Carpet Tile(CPTT): 1. First quality,no seconds or imperfects. 2. Comply with applicable state and local codes. C. Carpet Edging Strips: 1. Base Product:"Carpet to Resilient Transition 170"by BurkeMercer. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09690-2 2. Thickness to match carpet. 3. Color as selected by Engineer. D. Water vapor emission control system: See Section 09605. E. Adhesive: 1. Non-staining,non-bleeding strippable type. 2. As recommended by carpet manufacturer. 2.2 CARPET TYPES A. Carpet CPTT-01: 1. Manufacturer: As selected by Owner. 2. Style: As selected by Owner. 3. Color: As selected by Owner. B. Carpet CPTT-02: 1. Manufacturer: As selected by Owner. 2. Style: As selected by Owner. 3. Color: As selected by Owner. C. Carpet CPTT-03: 1. Manufacturer:As selected by Owner. 2. Style:As selected by Owner. 3. Color: As selected by Owner. 2.3 EXTRA MATERIAL A. Furnish Owner with minimum of 5 percent additional material of each type,pattern and color for maintenance purposes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify suitability of substrate to accept installation. B. Concrete preparation for floor finishes: See Section 03348. C. Verify concrete is sealed.New concrete requires approximately 90 days to cure. D. Repair or patch existing vinyl composition tile: 1. Remove old wax. 2. Use Intershield to seal cut-back exposed adhesive. E. Sand wood finish on subfloor repair loose or broken boards and other defects. F. Patch or fill cracks and irregularities on granolithic terrazzo marble ceramic subfloors: 1. Fill grout lines with approved latex patching compound. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Thoroughly clean areas to receive carpet tile,seal new concrete,strip waxes and finishes. B. Thoroughly remove dust and vacuum,also wet mop then seal concrete. C. Fill cracks,joints,holes or uneven areas with non-crumbling latex base floor filler such as Lev- L-Astic,patching compound must be mixed with latex mix not water. D. Before commencing work,test an area with glue and carpet tile to determine"open-time" and bond. E. Store carpet and adhesive in a heated room at a minimum temperature of 60 DegF at least 3 days prior to installation. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9tW2009 09690-3 1. Maximum temperature of 95 DegF. F. Layout: 1. Arrange joints symmetrically about centerline of rooms. 2. Lay so pile and pattern of adjacent pieces match. 3. Carefully check dimensions. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for uniformity of direction, seam locations,and lay of carpet pile. 2. Place tile with sight butted joints. 3. Install carpet under open-bottom obstructions and under removable flanges and furnishings, and into alcoves and closets of each space. 4. Provide cut outs where required: a. Conceal cut edges with protective edge guards or overlapping flanges. 5. Run carpet under open-bottom items such as heating convectors and install tight against walls,columns and cabinets so entire floor area is covered with carpet: a. Cover over all floor type door closers. 6. Install edging guard at all openings and doors wherever carpet terminates,unless indicated otherwise: a. Prior to installation,report to the Construction Manager all other obstructions which may occur. 7. Cutting shall be done in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation,using the tools designed for the carpet being installed,making sure carpet knives are sharp. 8. Edges shall be butted together with the proper pressure to produce the tightest joint possible without distortion. 9. All carpet shall be installed with pile-lay in the same direction. 10. Use leveling compound where necessary: a. Any floor filling or leveling shall have a minimum of 4 FT 0 IN of feather. 11. Expansion joints: a. Do not bridge building expansion joints with continuous carpeting. b. Provide for movements. B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions: 1. Follow instructions on adhesives: a. Adhesive must have recommended flash time before carpet is positioned. 2. Do not mix dye lots in the same area. 3. Install all carpet tiles so arrows point in the same direction. C. Where carpet terminates at non-carpeted floor surface,install Carpet Edging Strips(a.k.a. transition strips,reducer strips): 1. Install with contact adhesive. 2. Score and trim narrow end of reducer strip to conform to adjacent floor finish. D. Install according to Architect's directions for overall patterns and borders: 1. Install carpet patterns according to drawings with no deviation. 2. Develop templates as necessary. 3.4 CLEAN A. Remove spillage of glue or adhesive from face or seam using remover provided by manufacturer. B. Clean spots;remove loose threads with broadloom scissors. C. Completely and thoroughly vacuum using a pile lifter. D. Advise maintenance personnel regarding care and maintenance. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9t24/2009 09690-4 E. Save cuts over 9 IN for Owner stock. 3.5 PROTECTION A. After cleaning and prior to final acceptance,protect carpeting subject to traffic with non-staining building material paper runners or other approved material. B. Protect installation from rolling traffic by using sheets of hardboard or plywood in potentially affected areas C. Protect carpeting against damage during construction: 1. Cover with non-staining building material paper with taped joints during the construction period,wherever protection is required,so carpet will be without any indication of deterioration,wear,or damage at the time of acceptance. 2. Damaged carpeting will be rejected. 3. As the carpet is laid,remove trimmings,excess pieces of carpet and laying materials from each area as it is completed. D. Maintain protection of carpeting on each floor or area until accepted,without waiting until the entire project is complete. 3.6 INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the installation inspect installation and verify work is complete,properly installed,and acceptable. B. Remove and replace work not found acceptable at the installer's expense. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09690-5 SECTION 09905 PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Painting and protective coatings. 2. Minimum surface preparation requirements. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 03348-Concrete Finishing and Repair of Surface Defects. 4. Section 11005-Equipment: Basic Requirements. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): a. A250.10,Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria For Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors. b. Z535.1,Safety Color Code. 2. ASTM International(ASTM): a. D4258,Practice for Surface Cleaning Concrete for Coating. b. D4259,Practice for Abrading Concrete. c. D4261,Practice for Surface Cleaning Concrete Unit Masonry for Coating. d. D4262,Test Method for pH of Chemically Cleaned or Etched Concrete Surfaces. e. D4263,Test Method for Indicating Moisture in Concrete by the Plastic Sheet Method. f. E84,Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. American Water Works Association(AWWA). 4. National Association of Corrosion Engineers(MACE): a. Standard Recommended Practice,Discontinuity(Holiday)Testing of Protective Coatings. 5. National Bureau of Standards(NBS): a. Certified Coating Thickness Calibration Standards. 6. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): a. 101,Life Safety Code. 7. National Sanitation Foundation International(NSF): a. 61,Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects. 8. Steel Structures Painting Council(SSPC)Joint Surface Preparation Standard: a. PA-2,Measurement of Dry Paint Thickness with Magnetic Gages. b. SP-1,Solvent Cleaning. c. SP-2,Hand Tool Cleaning. d. SP-3,Power Tool Cleaning. e. SP-5/NACE No. 1,White Metal Blast Cleaning. f. SP-6/NACE No.3,Commercial Blast Cleaning. g. SP-7/NACE No.4,Brush-off Blast Cleaning. h. SP-10/NACE No.2,Near-White Blast Cleaning. i. SP-13/NACE No.6,Surface Preparation of Concrete. B. Qualifications: 1. Contractor and applicators shall have minimum of ten years experience in application of specified products to surfaces of steel and concrete surfaces.Provide references for 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09905-1 minimum of five different projects completed in last five years with similar scope of work. Include name and address of project,size of project in value(painting)and contact person. a. Submit Painting Subcontractor's qualifications including in the following information: 1) References for a minimum of five different projects completed in the last five years. Include name and address of project,size of project in value(painting), name of NACE inspector,and Owner's contact person. 2) Name and resume for painting subcontractor's on-site superintendent. 3) Name and resume for painting subcontractor's office project manager. 4) Letter from proposed coating products manufacturer stating that the applicator has been instructed in the use of the proposed products and has successfully applied them on projects of similar size and scope.Include a list of projects and Owner's contact name. 5) Documentation that painting Subcontractors meet the qualification requirements listed herein. 6) Quality Control Plan for coatings application meeting the applicable requirements for Field Quality Control in this section. 2. The Contractor shall submit a written statement by the coatings manufacturer stating that the Contractor is familiar with the materials specified and has workers that have been factory trained and are capable of performing the work specified herein. 3. ThP mel performing the work shall be knowledgeable and have the required _e and skill to adequately perform the work for this project,in accordance with 66i% -PAI,"Shop,Field and Maintenance Painting". C. General: 1. Quality assurance procedures and practices shall be utilized to monitor all phases of surface preparation,application and inspection throughout the duration of the project. Procedures v-pra ices not specifically defined herein may be utilized provided they meet recognized ad aL, -1ted professional standards and are approved by the Engineer. Provide daily field log of cow rings application during all work performed. D. Pre-painting Activities Conference 1. Contractor shall arrange a pre-painting conference at the project site to ensure that all parties involved,including paint supplier,and painting subcontractor,are familiar with the entire Work and all specifications,safety codes,jobsite conditions,and equipment requirements. At the meeting,Contractor shall review the project schedule including the starting date, duration,and completion dates for painting each major component. E. Surface Preparation: 1. Surface preparation will be based upon comparison with: "Pictorial Surface Preparation Standards for Painting Steel Surfaces: SSPC-VIS 1-89",ASTM Designation D2200-95, "Standard Methods of Evaluating Degree of Rusting on Painted Surfaces",ASTM D 4417- 91,Method A and/or Method C or NACE Standard RP0287-87,and ASTM Designation D610"Visual Standard for Surfaces of New Steel Airblast Cleaned with Sand Abrasive".in all cases the written standard shall take precedence over the visual standard.in addition, NACE Standard RP0178-91,along with the Visual Comparator,shall be used to verify the surface preparation of welds. F. Application: 1. No coating or paint shall be applied when: a. The surrounding air temperature or the temperature of the surface to be coated or painted is below the minimum surface temperature for the products specified herein. b. Rain,snow,fog or mist is present. c. The temperature is less than 5 FT above the dew point. d. The air temperature is expected to drop below the minimum temperature for the products specified within six hours after application of coating. e. Dewpoint shall be measured by use of an instrument such as a Sling Psychrometer in conjunction with U.S.Department of Commerce Weather Bureau Psychometric Tables. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09905-2 2. If any of the above conditions are prevalent,coating or painting shall be delayed or postponed until conditions are favorable. The day's coating or painting shall be completed in time to permit the film sufficient drying time prior to damage by atmospheric conditions. G. Thickness and Holiday Checking: 1. Thickness of coatings and paint shall be checked with a non-destructive,magnetic-type thickness gauge,as per SSPC-PA 2"Measurement of Dry Film Thickness with Magnetic Gages". References in PA 2 that allow 80 percent of the minimum thickness specified are not acceptable. 2. The integrity of interior coated tank and channel surfaces shall be checked with a low voltage holiday detector in accordance with NACE Standard RP0188. Non-destructive holiday detector shall not exceed 67.5 volts,nor shall destructive holiday detector exceed the voltage recommended by the manufacturer of the coating system. A solution of I-ounce non-sudsing type wetting agent,such as Kodak Photo-Flo,and I gallon of tap water shall be used to perform the holiday testing. All pinholes and/or holidays shall be marked and repaired in accordance with the manufacturer's printed recommendations and retested. No pinholes or other irregularities will be permitted in the final coating. Contractor is to conduct holiday testing in the presence of the Engineer or the Owner's representative. All channel and tank surface will be holiday tested,which includes all surfaces wetted by direct contact with fill water or water vapor.Wetted surface as used in these specifications means the entire interior of a tank or channel that can/will be filled or partially filled with liquid. Hydraulic profile drawing illustrates tanks,channels,and approximate water surface elevation. Even though all individual channels may not be shown on the hydraulic profile, Contractor needs to review each specific drawing series for interconnecting channels. H. Inspection Devices: 1. The contractor shall furnish,until final acceptance of coating and painting is accepted, inspection devices in good working condition for detection of holidays and measurement of dry film thickness of coating and paint. The Contractor also shall furnish U.S.Department of Commerce,National Bureau of Standards certified thickness calibration plates and/or plastic shims,depending upon the thickness gauge used, to test the accuracy of dry film thickness gauges and certified instrumentation to test the accuracy of holiday detectors. Dry film gauges and holiday detectors shall be made available for the Engineer's use at all times until final acceptance of application. Holiday detection devices shall be operated in the presence of the Engineer. I. Inspection: 1. Inspection for this project shall consist of`hold point' inspections. The NACE Inspector shall inspect the surface prior to abrasive blasting,after abrasive blasting but prior to application of coating materials,and between subsequent coats of material. Final inspection shall take place after all coatings are applied,but prior to placing the item in service. Contractor will provide sufficient OSHA rigging so that the Engineer,Owner or their representative shall be able to conduct the follow-up spot inspections. All inspections shall be conducted in accordance with S SPC,NACE,and the contract specifications. For shop priming,the shop operation shall be inspected by the inspector after surface preparation and prior to prime coat application. All expenses incurred for transportation and lodging for inspections on work done at a location,such as for shop surface preparation and coating work,other than the project work site shall be paid for by the Contractor. Coordination and scheduling efforts shall be considered to maximize the inspection productivity. The Inspector shall be notified at least 10 days in advance of the time the inspection will be needed. The Contactor may have the option of hiring an independent NACE certified coating inspector acceptable to the Engineer at Contractor's expense. Inspector shall not be a painting contractor nor supplier of coating materials. J. Miscellaneous: 1. Furnish paint through one manufacturer unless noted otherwise. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09905-3 2. Coating used in all corridors and stairways shall meet requirements of NFPA 101 and ASTM E84. K. Deviation from specified mil thickness or product type is not allowed without written authorization of Engineer. L. Material may not be thinned unless approved,in writing,by paint manufacturer's authorized representative. 1.3 SAFETY AND HEALTH REQUIREMENTS A. General: 1. In accordance with requirements set forth by regulatory agencies applicable to the construction industry and manufacturer's printed instructions and appropriate technical bulletins and manuals,the Contractor shall provide and require use of personal protective lifesaving equipment for persons working on or about the project site. Contractor is responsible for the health and safety of all his employees. B. Temporary Ladders and Scaffolding: 1. All temporary ladders and scaffolding shall conform to applicable safety requirements. They shall be erected where requested by the Engineer to facilitate inspection and be moved by the Contractor to locations requested by the Engineer. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Installer or Applicator: 1. Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the product in the field at the Project site. 2. Installer and applicator are synonymous. B. Approved Factory Finish: Finish on a product in compliance with the finish specified in the section where the product is specified or in Section 11005. C. Corrosive Environment: Immersion in,or not more than 6 IN above,or subject to frequent condensation,spillage or splash of a corrosive material such as water,wastewater,or chemical solution;or chronic exposure to corrosive,caustic or acidic agent,chemicals,chemical fumes, chemical mixture,or solutions with pH range of 5-9. All water/wastewater containing tanks, channels and/or structures are included in this category. D. Highly Corrosive Environment: Immersion in,or not more than 6 IN above,or subject to frequent condensation,spillage or splash of a corrosive material such as water,wastewater,or chemical solution;or chronic exposure to corrosive,caustic or acidic agent,chemicals,chemical fumes,chemical mixture,or solutions with pH range below 5 or above 9. All chemical tanks and containment areas are included in this category. E. Exposed Exterior Surface: Surface which is exposed to weather but not necessarily exposed to view as well as surface exposed to view. Exterior surfaces are considered contusive environment. F. Finished Area: One that has finish calked for on Room Finish Schedule or is indicated,on Drawings,to be painted. G. Paint includes fillers,primers,sealers,emulsions,oils,alkyds,latex,enamels,thinners,stains, epoxies,vinyls,chlorinated rubbers,urethanes,shellacs,varnishes,and any other applied coating specified within this Section. H. Surface Hidden from View: Surfaces such as those within pipe chases,and between top side of ceilings(including drop-in tile ceilings)and underside of floor or roof structure above. I. VOC: Volatile Organic Compounds. J. Water level for purposes of painting is: See Drawings. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09905-4 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's application instructions. c. Manufacturer's surface preparation instructions. d. If products being used are manufactured by Company other than listed in Article 2.2, provide complete individual data sheet comparison of proposed products with specified products including application procedure,coverage rates and verification that product is designed for intended use. e. Contractor's written plan of action for containing airborne particles created by blasting operation and location of disposal of spent contaminated blasting media. f. Coating manufacturer's recommendation on abrasive blasting. g. Manufacturer's recommendation for universal barrier coat. 3. Manufacturer's statement regarding Applicator instruction on product use. 4. Contractor and applicator experience qualifications. a. No submittal information will be reviewed until Engineer has received and approved Contractor and Applicator qualifications. 5. Certification that coating systems proposed for use have been reviewed and approved by Senior Corrosion Specification Specialist employed by the coating manufacturer. B. Samples: 1. Manufacturer's full line of colors for Engineer's color selection. 2. After initial color selection by Engineer provide two 3 x 5 IN samples of each color selected. C. Miscellaneous Submittals: 1. See Section 01340. 2. Approval of application equipment. 3. Applicator's daily record: a. Submit daily record at end of each week in which painting work is performed. 4. Surface preparation approval by NACE engineer. 5. Paint application certification by NACE engineer. 1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver in original containers,labeled as follows: 1. Name or type number of material. 2. Manufacturer's name and item stock number. 3. Contents,by volume,of major constituents. 4. Warning labels. 5. VOC content. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,only the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Tnemec. 2. ICI Devoe, 3. Carboline Protective Coatings. 4. Or equal. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09905-5 2.2 MATERIALS A. All materials used must contain not more than 2.8 LBS/GAL VOC. B. For unspecified materials such as thinner,provide manufacturer's recommended products. C. Paint Systems-General: 1. P=prime coat.F1,F2 . . .Fn=fast finish coat, second finish coat. . ... .nth finish coat,color as selected by Engineer. 2. If two finish coats of same material are required,Contractor may,at his option and by written approval from paint manufacturer,apply one coat equal to mil thickness of two coats specified. D. Products specified are manufactured by Tnemec. E. Paint Systems(Systems not shown are not used): 1. SYSTEM#1 -NOT USED. 2. SYSTEM#2-Aromatic Polyurethane with Polyamidoamine Epoxy or Aliphatic Acrylic Polyurethane Enamel Finish Coat(s): a. Prime coat: 1) P1=1 coat,2.5 mils,Series 1 Omnithane(Modified Aromatic Polyurethane), VOC=2.79 b. Finish coat(s): 1) Interior: a) F1=1 coat,5 mils, Series N69 Epoxoline(Polyamidoamine Epoxy), VOC=2.11 2) Exterior: a) Fl=1 coat,3 mils,Series N69 Epoxoline(Polyamidoamine Epoxy) b) F2=1 coat,2.5 mils,Series 1074 EnduraShield(Aliphatic Acrylic Polyurethane Enamel),VOC=2.45 3. SYSTEM#3 -Polyamidoamine Epoxy Primer with Polyamidoamine Epoxy or Aliphatic Acrylic Polyurethane Enamel Top Coat(s): a. Prime coat: 1) P 1=1 coat,3 mils, Series N69 Epoxoline(Polyamidoamine Epoxy),VOC=2.11 b. Finish coat(s): 1) Interior: a) F1=1 coat,3 mils, Series N69 Epoxoline(Polyamidoamine Epoxy) 2) Exterior: a) F1=1 coat,2.5 mils,Series 1074 EnduraShield(Aliphatic Acrylic Polyurethane Enamel),VOC=2.80 4. SYSTEM#4-NOT USED. 5. SYSTEM#5-NOT USED. 6. SYSTEM#6-NOT USED. 7. SYSTEM#7-NOT USED. 8. SYSTEM#8-Air Dry Silicone Copolymer Primer with Silicone Copolymer Top Coat: a. Prune coat: 1) P1=1 coat,2.0 mils,Dampney Thurmalox 260C Series(Air Dry Silicone Copolymer),VOC=3.20 b. Finish coat: 1) Interior or exterior: a) F1=1 coat,2.0 mils,Dampney Thurmalox 260C Series(Air Dry Silicone Copolymer),VOC=3.20 9. SYSTEM#9-Modified Aromatic Polyurethane: a. Prune coat: 1) P1=1 coat,2.5 mils, Series 1 Omnithane(Modified Aromatic Polyurethane), VOC=2.79 10. SYSTEM#10-NOT USED. 11. SYSTEM#11 -NOT USED. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/242009 09905-6 12. SYSTEM#12-Acrylic Emulsion Primer and Top Coat: a. Prime coat: 1) P1=1 coat,2.5 mils, Series 115 Unibond(Acrylic Emulsion),VOC=1.17 b. Finish coat: 1) Interior: a) F1=1 coat,2.5 mils,Series 115 Unibond(Acrylic Emulsion),VOC=1.17 13. SYSTEM#13-Modified-Acrylate Elastomer Primer and Top Coat: a. Prime coat: 1) P1=1 coat,8 mils,Series 156 Enviro-Crete(Modified-Acrylate Elastomer), VOC=1.19 b. Finish coat: 1) Exterior: a) F1=1 coat, 8 mils, Series 156 Enviro-Crete(Modified-Acrylate Elastomer) 14. SYSTEM#14-NOT USED. 15. SYSTEM#15-Polyamidoamine Epoxy Primer with Polyamidoamine Epoxy Top Coat: Surfacer Filler: 1) P1= 1 coat, 1/16`b IN and fill all surface voids,Series 218 Mortar-Clad (Epoxy Mortar Surfacer Filler) a. Prime coat: 1) PI=1 coat,4 mils, Series N69 Epoxoline(Polyamidoamine Epoxy),VOC=2.11 b. Finish coat: 1) Interior: a) F1=1 coat,4 mils, Series N69 Epoxoline(Polyamidoamine Epoxy) 16. SYSTEM#16-NOT USED. 17. SYSTEM#17-NOT USED, 18. SYSTEM#18-NOT USED, 19. SYSTEM#19-Polyamidoamine Epoxy Coating: a. Prime coat: 1) P1=1 coat,5 mils,Series N69 Epoxoline(Polyamidoamine Epoxy),VOC=2.11 20. SYSTEM#20-NOT USED. 21. SYSTEM#21 -Modified Polyamidoamine Epoxy: a. Prime coat: 1) P1=1 coat,5 mils, 135-1243 Chembuild(Modified Polyamidoamine Epoxy), VOC=1.44 22. SYSTEM#22-NOT USED. 23. SYSTEM#23-NOT USED. 24. SYSTEM#24-NOT USED 25. SYSTEM#25-NOT USED. 26. SYSTEM#26-Polyamide Epoxy Primer with Modified Polyurethane Top Coat: a. Prime coat: 1) P1=1 coat,4 mils,Series N161 Tneme-Fascure(Polyamide Epoxy),VOC=2.39 b. Finish coat(s): 1) Interior or exterior: a) F1=1 coat,25 mils,Series 262 Elastoshield(Modified Polyurethane), VOC=0.87 b) F2=1 coat,25 mils,Series 262 Elastoshield(Modified Polyurethane) 27. SYSTEM#27-NOT USED. 28. SYSTEM#28-Waterborne Polyamide Epoxy Primer with Waterborne Acrylic Epoxy Top Coats: a. Prime coat: 1) P1=1 coat,2 mils,Series 151 Elasto-grip(Waterbome Polyamide Epoxy), VOC=0.04 b. Finish coat(s): 1) Interior: a) F1=1 coat,4 mils,Series 113 H.B.Tneme-Tufcoat(Waterborne Acrylic- Epoxy),VOC=2.46 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Adatinistcation and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09905-7 b) F2=1 coat,4 mils,Series 113 H.B.Tneme-Tufcoat(Waterborne Acrylic- Epoxy),VOC=2.46 29. SYSTEM#29-NOT USED. 30. SYSTEM#30-Epoxy Mortar Surfacer Filler/Fiber Reinforced Polyamine Epoxy a. Surfacer Filler: 1) P1 = 1 coat, 1/16'h IN and fill all surface voids, Series 218 Mortar-Clad(Epoxy Mortar Surfacer Filler) b. Finish Coat: 1) F1 = 1 coat,70 mils,Series 436 PermaShield FR(Fiber Reinforced Polyamine Epoxy) Note:All Concrete surfaces to be inspected per RPO1-88 *detail to caulk all dissimilar metal seams or gaps. When coating is terminate mid-wall,cut termination strip per manufacturer's detail. 31. SYSTEM#31 - a. Primer: 1) P 1=1 coat,2.5 mils,Series 1 PermaShield A4(Modified Aromatic Polyurethane), VOC=2.79 b. Finish Coat: 1) F1 = 1 coat,8 mils,Series 446 PermaShield A4(Moisture Cured Urethane,Lt. Gray) 2) F2= 1 coat,8 mils, Series 446 PermaShield A4(Moisture Cured Urethane,Lt. Gray) 32. SYSTEM#32-Epoxy Mortar Surfacer Filler/Moisture Cured Urethane,Lt.Gray a. Surfacer Filler: 1) P1 = 1 coat, 1/16d'IN and fill all surface voids, Series 218 Mortar-Clad(Epoxy Mortar Surfacer Filler) 2) Finish Coat(s)Interior: 3) FI = 1 coat, 8 mils, Series 446 PermaShield A4(Moisture Cured Urethane,Lt. Gray) 4) F2= 1 coat,8 mils,Series 446 PermaShield A4(Moisture Cured Urethane,Lt. Gray) Note:All Concrete surfaces to be inspected per RPO1-88 33. SYSTEM#33-Epoxy Mortar Surfacer Filler/Polyamine Epoxy Mortar—Polyamine a. Surfacer Filler: 1) P 1 = 1 coat, 1/16'h IN and fill all surface voids,Series 218 Mortar-Clad(Epoxy Mortar Surfacer Filler) b. Finish Coat(s): 1) FI = 1 coat, 125 mils,Series 434 PermaShield H2S (Polyamine Epoxy Mortar) 2) F2= 1 coat, 15 mils,Series 435 PermaGlaze(Modified Polyamine Epoxy) Note:All Concrete surfaces to be inspected per RPO1-88. When coating is terminate mid-wall,cut termination strip per manufacturer's detail. 34. SYSTEM#34-Surface Preparation: SSPC SPIO Near White Metal Blast Cleaning with a minimum of a 3 mil profile. a. Holding Primer- 1) PI = 1 coat,3.0 to 5.0 mils or to cover blast profile at the option of the contractor to hold a prepared surface. Tnemec Series N69 Epoxoline(Polyamidoamine Epoxy) b. Primer: 1) P= 1 Coat, 15.0 to 20.0 mils Tnemec Series 435 Perma Glaze(Modified Polyamine Epoxy) c. Finish: 1) F= 1 Coat, 15.0 to 20.0 mils Tnemec Series 435 Perma Glaze(Modified Polyamine Epoxy) 35. SYSTEM#35-RTV Silicone Rubber Water Repellent and Graffiti Protectant a. Water Repellent 1) F1 = 1 coat,Chemprobe Series C626 Dur-A-Pell GS 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09905-8 b. Anti-Graffiti 1) F1 = 1 coat,Chemprobe Series C626 Dur-A-Pell GS Note:2nd coat of Dur-A-Pell GS is required for graffiti protection.However, provide a full second coat for optimal protection,or just a wainscot(first 12' from bottom) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ITEMS TO BE PAINTED A. Exposed Exterior Surfaces including: 1. Piping,valves,fittings,and hydrants except when covered by pipe jacketing and supports. 2. Ductwork and supports. 3. Conduit,device boxes,junction boxes and covers,pull boxes and covers and supports when attached to a surface required to be painted or to a prefinished surface. 4. Miscellaneous ferrous metal surfaces. 5. Hollow metal doors and frames. 6. Steel pipe bollards. 7. Steel lintels and steel components of concrete lintels(plain or galvanized). a. Steel components shall be completely painted(with both prime and finish coats)prior to installing in the wall. 8. Structural steel and steel joists(including bridging). 9. Galvanized metal surfaces. 10. Copper and brass surfaces. 11. Gas appliance flue vents and plumbing vents. B. Interior Finished Areas: 1. Refer to Room Finish Schedule on Drawings. If schedule requires wall surfaces to be painted in a particular space,the space is considered to be a finished area,therefore,paint all appurtenant surfaces within the space unless specifically noted not to be painted in the Contract Documents. Appurtenant surfaces include: a. Concrete columns,equipment pads,pipe supports,and equipment supports,underside of overhead concrete slabs which are exposed,semi-exposed or concealed from view but still exposed to the adjacent atmosphere. 1) If walls do not require paint,the above listed surfaces do not require paint unless specifically noted otherwise. b. Piping,valves,fittings and hydrants except when covered by pipe jacketing and supports. C. Surfaces in Areas Not Considered Finished: 1. Paint following surfaces in areas not considered as finished area: a. Piping,valves,fittings,and hydrants except when covered by pipe jacketing and supports. b. Structural steel. c. Miscellaneous ferrous metal surfaces. d. Steel lintels and steel components of concrete lintels(plain or galvanized). 1) Steel components shall be completely painted(with both prime and finish coats) prior to installing in the wall. e. Inside and outside of ferrous metal tankage. f. Hollow metal doors and frames. 3.2 ITEMS NOT TO BE PAINTED A. General: Do not paint items listed in Article 3.2 unless specifically noted in the Contract Documents to be painted. B. Items with Approved Factory Finish. C. Electrical Equipment: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/242009 09905-9 I. Do not field paint electrical equipment except where painting is specifically stated elsewhere in these Contract Documents,or where the equipment is subject to a corrosive environment. Electrical motors painted with equipment they are connected to. D. Other Items: 1. Stainless steel surfaces except: a. Piping. b. Banding as required to identify piping. 2. Aluminum surfaces except: a. Where specifically shown in the Contract Documents. b. Where in contact with concrete. c. Where in contact with dissimilar metals. 3. Fiberglass surfaces except: a. Exposed fiberglass piping. b. Piping supports. 4. Interior of pipe,ductwork,and conduits. 5. Moving parts of mechanical and electrical units where painting would interfere with the operation of the unit. 6. Code labels and equipment identification and rating plates. 7. Structural steel or steel deck required to be fireproofed. 8. Steel deck 9. Contact surfaces of friction-type connections. 3.3 SCHEDULE OF ITEMS TO BE PAINTED AND PAINTING SYSTEMS A. Concrete: 1. Interior cast-in-place and interior precast surfaces(other than pre-finished panels): Per Section 07176,Type 2. a. Includes equipment bases,pads,walls,beams,slabs,columns,ceilings,pedestals, pilasters,etc. 2. Exterior cast-in-place and exterior precast surfaces(other than pre-finished panels): Per Section 07176,Type 2. 3. Administration and Lab Building: a. As scheduled on the Drawings or as noted in this specification where or specifically identified on the Drawings. B. Structural Steel: 1. All: SYSTEM#2. C. Steel joists: SYSTEM#2. D. Miscellaneous ferrous metals(non-corrosive dry environment): SYSTEM#2. E. Ferrous metals subject to Corrosive Environment: 1. Includes ferrous metal components of equipment Iocated in Corrosive and Highly Corrosive Environments including: Bar screens,grit washers,and sluice gates,slide gates,System #31. 2. Bare steel handrails,guardrails,piping,stairs,exterior of tankage,tank or equipment bridges,pumps,and similar items.System#2. 3. Clarifier mechanisms 18 IN below LL water line and below,centerwells,Floc wells,center mechanism,feedwells,drive cage,center peers,rake arms System#31. 4. Clarifier mechanisms, 18 IN below LL water line and up,centerwells,Floe wells,center mechanism, feedwells,drive cage,center peers,rake arms: System#34. 5. Does not include items subject to contact with potable water. F. Galvanized Metals: 1. Field touch-up where top coat is required: SYSTEM#3. a. Prime paint only the damaged area. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09905-10 2. Assembled galvanized steel items: SYSTEM#3.Field touch-up of galvanized surfaces not requiring a finish top coat: SYSTEM#9. a. Paint only damaged areas. G. Steel(hollow metal)doors and frames and window frames primed in the factory: SYSTEM#2. 1. Shall be in conformance with ANSI A250.10 H. Steel equipment with existing paint coating or factory-applied prime or finish coating not complying with this Specification: SYSTEM#2. 1. Includes equipment specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be painted. 2. Factory-applied coats to remain. I. Non-ferrous metals(except galvanized): SYSTEM#3. 1. Includes copper,brass,aluminum and aluminum flashing specifically indicated on the Drawings to be painted. J. Plastic Surfaces: 1. PVC,FRP,and CPVC surfaces: SYSTEM#3,where plastic surfaces are damaged. a. Includes tankage. K. Electrical Conduit: 1. Galvanized: None,except where exposed in finished areas use SYSTEM#3. 2. PVC coated: SYSTEM#3 where PVC surfaces are damaged. L. Pipe,Valves,and Fittings: 1. Pipe bollards: SYSTEM#2. 2. Steel,cast-iron,and uncoated ductile iron: SYSTEM#2. 3. Stainless: SYSTEM#3 when specifically noted to be painted. 4. Brass and bronze: SYSTEM#3. 5. PVC,FRP,and CPVC: SYSTEM#3. 6. Interior steel aeration piping and blower equipment: SYSTEM#8. 7. Copper pipe: System#3. M. Pipe and duct insulation when mounted on wall to be painted: SYSTEM#12. N. Aluminum buried in concrete and between dissimilar metals and dissimilar materials which are not below liquid level: SYSTEM#19. O. Aluminum colored pipe thread touch-up,and aluminum colored finish where top coat is not required: SYSTEM#21. 1. Not for coating aluminum material. P. Administration/Laboratory Building Surfaces other than concrete: 1. As scheduled on Drawings. 2. Exterior HVAC exhaust stacks: System#3,color as selected by Engineer. 3.4 PREPARATION A. General: 1. Prepare surfaces to be painted in accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions and this Section unless noted otherwise in the Specification. 2. Remove all dust,grease,oil,compounds,dirt and other foreign matter which would prevent bonding of coating to surface. B. Protection: 1. Protect surrounding surfaces not to be coated. 2. Remove and protect hardware,accessories,plates,fixtures,finished work,and similar items;or provide ample in-place protection. C. Prepare and Paint Before Assembly: Where component is subject to corrosive or highly corrosive environment,prepare and paint,before assembly,all surfaces which may be subject to environment which are inaccessible after assembly. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09905-11 D. Wood: 1. Sandpaper smooth,then dust. 2. Seal all knots,pitch and resinous sapwood after priming coat has dried. 3. Putty nail holes and minor defects to match wood color. E. Ferrous Metal: 1. Prepare ductile iron pipe in accordance with pipe manufacturees recommendations and AWWA. 2. Complete fabrication,welding or burning before beginning surface preparation. a. Chip or grind off flux,spatter,slag or other laminations left from welding. b. Remove mill scale. c. Grind smooth rough welds and other sharp projections. 3. Solvent clean in accordance with SSPC SP-1 all surfaces scheduled to receive additional SSPC surface preparation. 4. Surfaces subject to corrosive or highly corrosive environment exterior surfaces and all surfaces subject to immersion service: a. Near-white blast clean in accordance with SSPC SP-5/NACE No. 1. 5. All interior: a. Minimum commercial blast clean in accordance with SSPC SP-6/NACE No.3. 6. Surfaces subject to high temperatures. a. SSPC-SP10/NACE 2. b. Heat in excess of 200 DegF: SSPC SP-6/NACE No.3. 7. Surfaces of steel joists and steel trusses: a. Commercial blast clean the major portion of the truss in accordance with SSPC SP- 6/NACE No.3. b. Power tool or hand clean tight connection areas and other difficult to access areas in accordance with SSPC SP-2 or SP-3. 8. Steel surfaces scheduled to receive paint system No.24: a. White metal blast in accordance with SSPC SP-5/NACE No. 1. 9. Restore surface of field welds and adjacent areas to original surface preparation. 10. All surfaces of steel lintels and steel components of concrete lintels used in wall construction shall be completely painted with both prime and finish coats prior to placing in wall. F. Hollow Metal: 1. Solvent clean in accordance with SSPC SP-1. G. Galvanized Metal: 1. Solvent clean in accordance with SSPC SP-1 followed by abrasive brush blast in accordance with SSPC SP-7/NACE No.4 to provide 1 mil profile. H. Abrasive blast clean the following equipment or surfaces regardless of previous finish,if any. I. Concrete: 1. Cure for minimum of 28 days. 2. Verify that concrete surfaces have been cleaned and that voids have been filled in accordance with Section 03348. a. Concrete surfaces shall be cleaned in accordance with ASTM D4258. 3. Mechanically abrade concrete surfaces in accordance ASTM D4259 as recommended by coating manufacturer. 4. Abrasive blast concrete surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP-13/NACE No. 6 to provide profile recommended by coatings manufacturer. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 09905-12 5. Test pH of surface to be painted in accordance with ASTM D4262. a. If surface pH is not within coating manufacturer's required acceptable range,use methods acceptable to coating manufacturer as required to bring pH within acceptable range. b. Retest pH until acceptable results are obtained. 6. Verify that moisture content of surface to be painted is within coating manufacturer's recommended acceptable limits. a. Test moisture content of surface to be coated in accordance with ASTM D4263. b. After remedial measures have been taken to lower or raise moisture content,retest surface until acceptable results are obtained. J. Preparation by Abrasive Blasting: 1. All abrasive-blasted ferrous metal surfaces shall be inspected immediately prior to application of paint coatings. a. Inspection shall be performed to determine cleanliness and profile depth of blasted surfaces and to certify that surface has been prepared in accordance with these Specifications. 2. Schedule the abrasive blasting operation so blasted surfaces will not be wet after blasting and before painting. 3. Perform additional blasting and cleaning as required to achieve surface preparation required. Prior to painting,reblast surfaces allowed to set overnight and surfaces that show rust bloom. a. Surfaces allowed to set overnight or surfaces which show rust bloom prior to painting shall be reinspected prior to paint application. 4. Profile depth of blasted surface: Not less than 1 mil or greater than 2 mils unless required otherwise by coating manufacturer. 5. Provide compressed air for blasting that is free of water and oil.Provide accessible separators and traps. 6. Confine blast abrasives to area being blasted. a. Provide shields of polyethylene sheeting or other such barriers to confine blast material. b. Plug pipes,holes,or openings before blasting and keep plugged until blast operation is complete and residue is removed. 7. Protect nameplates,valve stems,rotating equipment,motors and other items that may be damaged from blasting. 8. Reblast surfaces not meeting requirements of these Specifications. 9. Abrasive blasting media may be recovered,cleaned and reused providing Contractor submits,for Engineer's review,a comprehensive recovery plan outlining all procedures and equipment proposed in reclamation process. 10. Properly dispose of blasting material contaminated with debris from blasting operation not scheduled to be reused. K. All Plastic Surfaces and Non-Ferrous Surfaces except Galvanized Steel: 1. Sand using 80-100 grit sandpaper to scarify surfaces. 3.5 APPLICATION A. General: 1. Thin,mix and apply coatings by brush,roller,or spray in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. a. Application equipment must be inspected and approved in writing by coating manufacturer. 2. Temperature and weather conditions: a. Do not paint surfaces when surface temperature is below 50 DegF unless product has been formulated specifically for low temperature application and application is approved in writing by Engineer and paint manufacturer's authorized representative. b. Avoid painting surfaces exposed to hot sun. c. Do not paint on damp surfaces. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09905-13 3. Immediately after surface has been inspected,apply structural steel and miscellaneous steel and steel joist and steel truss prime coat in the factory. a. Finish coats shall be applied in the field. b. Prime coat referred to here is prime coat as indicated in this Specification. Structural steel and miscellaneous steel and steel joist and steel truss prime coating applied in factory(shop)as part of Fabricator's standard rust inhibiting and protection coating is not acceptable as replacement for specified prime coating. 4. Provide complete coverage to mil thickness specified. a. Thickness specified is dry mil thickness. b. All paint systems are"to cover."In situations of discrepancy between manufacturer's square footage coverage rates and mil thickness,mil thickness requirements govern. c. When color or undercoats show through,apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish and color. 5. If so directed by Engineer,do not apply consecutive coats until Engineer has had an opportunity to observe and approve previous coats. 6. Apply materials under adequate illumination. 7. Evenly spread to provide full,smooth coverage. 8. Work each application of material into corners,crevices,joints,and other difficult to work areas. 9. Avoid degradation and contamination of blasted surfaces and avoid intercoat contamination. a. Clean contaminated surfaces before applying next coat. 10. Smooth out runs or sags immediately,or remove and recoat entire surface. 11. Allow preceding coats to dry before recoating. a. Recoat within time limits specified by coating manufacturer. b. If recoat time limits have expired reprepare surface in accordance with coating manufacturer's printed recommendations. 12. Allow coated surfaces to cure prior to allowing traffic or other work to proceed. 13. Coat all aluminum in contact with dissimilar materials. 14. When coating rough surfaces which cannot be backrolled sufficiently,hand brush coating to work into all recesses. 15. Backroll concrete surfaces with a roller if paint coatings are spray applied. B. Prime Coat Application: 1. Prime all surfaces indicated to be painted.Apply prime coat in accordance with coating manufacturer's written instructions and as written in this Section. 2. Ensure field-applied coatings are compatible with factory-applied coatings. a. Employ services of coating manufacturer's qualified technical representative. 1) Certify through material data sheets. 2) Perform test patch. b. If field-applied coating is found to be not compatible,require the coating manufacturer's technical representative to recommend,in writing,product to be used as barrier coat,thickness to be applied,surface preparation and method of application. c. At Contractor's option,coatings may be removed,surface reprepared,and new coating applied using appropriate paint system listed in paragraph 2.2 E. 1) All damage to surface as result of coating removal shall be repaired to original condition or better by Contractor at no additional cost to Owner. 3. Prime ferrous metals embedded in concrete to minimum of 1 IN below exposed surfaces. 4. Back prime all wood scheduled to be painted,prior to installation. 5. After application of primer to gypsum board surfaces,inspect surface and repair in accordance with Section 09250. a. Re-prime repaired surfaces to uniform finish before application of finish coat(s). 6. Apply zinc-rich primers while under continuous agitation. 7. Ensure abrasive blasting operation does not result in embedment of abrasive particles in paint film. 8. Brush or spray bolts,welds,edges and difficult access areas with primer prior to primer application over entire surface. J 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09905-14 9. Touch up damaged primer coats prior to applying finish coats.Restore primed surface equal to surface before damage. 10, Surface profile of concrete surfaces receiving Series 2.8 as a surfacer filler shall be no greater than%z the mil thickness of the next coat. C. Finish Coat Application: 1. Apply finish coats in accordance with coating manufacturer's written instructions and in accordance with this Section. 2. Touch up damaged finish coats using same application method and same material specified for finish coat.Prepare damaged area in accordance with Article 3.4. 3.6 COLOR CODING A. Color and band piping in accordance with Article 3.9 of this Section. 1. Band piping using maximum of three different colors at 20 FT maximum centers. 2. Place bands: a. Along continuous lines. b. At changes in direction. c. At changes of elevation. d. On both sides of an obstruction(e.g.,wall,ceiling)that painted item passes through. 3. Band width for individual colors(pipe diameter measured to outside of insulation,if applicable): a. Piping up to 8 IN DIA: 2 IN minimum. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Maintain Daily Record: I. Provide the following information for each coat of paint applied: a. Date,starting time,end time,and all breaks taken by painters. b. For exterior painting: 1) Sky condition. 2) Wind speed and direction. c. Air temperature. d. Relative humidity. e. Moisture content of substrate prior to each coat. f. Provisions utilized to maintain work area within manufacturer's recommended application parameters. g. Surface temperature of substrate to which paint is being applied. 2. Format for daily record to be computer generated or use attached Form 09905A. B. Measure wet coating with wet film thickness gages. C. Measure coating dry film thickness in accordance with SSPC PA-2 using Mikrotest gage calibrated against NBS"Certified Coating Thickness Calibration Standards." 1. Engineer may measure coating thickness at any time during project to assure conformance with Specifications. D. Measure surface temperature of items to be painted with surface temperature gage specifically designed for such. E. Measure substrate humidity with humidity gage specifically designed for such. F. Provide wet paint signs. G. Provide discontinuity testing of all wetted surfaces of all channels and tankage,in accordance with NACE requirements: 1. Repair all"Holidays"using same material as original coating being tested within recommended recoat time. 2. Retest and recoat as required until area passes test criterion. 3. Contractor is responsible for all Holiday testing and shall provide at least 48 hours notice for witness of the testing. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09905-15 H. The Contractor's coating and painting equipment shall be designed for application of materials specified and shall be maintained in good working condition. Compressors shall have suitable traps and filters to remove water and oils from the air. Contractor's equipment shall be subject to approve of the Engineer. 3.8 CLEANING A. Clean paint spattered surfaces. Use care not to damage fmished surfaces. B. Upon completion of painting,replace hardware,accessories,plates,fixtures,and similar items. C. Remove surplus materials,scaffolding,and debris.Leave areas broom clean. 3.9 SCHEDULE A. Pipe Bollards: 35GR-Black with 02SF-Safety Yellow stripping diagonally 4 IN wide and 8 IN on center. B. Piping and Pipe Banding Color Schedule(Colors based on Tnemec): 1. Match existing piping and banding colors. Wastewater Treatment Plant Piping Color Schedule. WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PIPING COLOR SCHEDULE PIPE PIPE DESCRIPTION PIPE BANDS* COLOR DESIGNATION COLOR* OF LETTERS* AW ACID WASTE Yellow BLD BUILDING DRAIN CW COLD WATER,CITY WATER Light Blue None Black D DRAIN HW HOT WATER Federal Safety None White Blue HWR HOT WATER RETURN Light Blue I-Red Black HWS HOT WATER SUPPLY Light Blue 2-Red Black NG NATURAL GAS Red I-White White NPW NONPOTABLE WATER Light Blue 1-White White ROOF DRAIN Black None None V VENT Gray VAC VACUUM Orange * Match color(s)of existing piping where appropriate. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 09905-16 DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES SECTION 10100 LIQUID CHALKBOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Liquid marker lecture unit(LMLU). B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. ASTM International(ASTM): a. A424,Standard Specification for Steel,Sheet,for Porcelain Enameling. b. B209,Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. B. Furnish all liquid chalkboards and tackboards by one manufacturer. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Liquid chalkboards and tackboards: a. Polyvision. b. Claridge Products and Equipment Company. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Provide factory built units. B. Units similar to Claridge#LCS. C. Liquid Marker Lecture Unit(LMLU): 1. Liquid chalk system. a. White porcelain enamel writing surface. 2. Double door unit. a. Natural Cork bulletin board on back side of each door. 3. CompleteIy assembled unit with following accessories: a. Concealed hangers/fasteners. b. Sketching pad. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 10100-1 c. Display rail and spring clip hooks. d. Minimum eight liquid markers(two each of red,green,blue, and black)and one eraser. e. Continuous piano hinge. f. Self-latching doors. g. Finish: Oak with medium Iacquer. h. Size:48 x 31 IN, 4. Unit shall be similar to Claridge#LCS. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide additional backing as indicated or necessary to properly stiffen and support boards. C. Center on north wall of Conference/Training Room, 1311. 1. Mount bottom of unit at 3 FT-4 IN above finish floor. D. Install with concealed hangers,plumb and level. E. Coordinate job-assembled units with grounds,trim, and accessories.Join all parts with neat, precision fit. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 10100-2 SECTION 10162 METAL TOILET PARTITIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal toilet partitions. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 09110-Non-Load-Bearing Wall Framing Systems. 4. Section 10800-Toilet and Bath Accessories. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. ASTM International(ASTM): a. A385, Standard Practice for Providing High-Quality Zinc Coatings(Hot-Dip). b. A480,Standard Specification for General Requirements for Flat-Rolled Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Plate,Sheet,and Strip. c. A568,Standard Specification for Steel,Sheet,Carbon,and High-Strength,Low Alloy, Hot Rolled and Cold Rolled. d. D2092,Standard Guide for Preparation of Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)Steel Surfaces for Painting. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. c. Manufacturer's anchorage device and structural backing recommendations. d. Color chart including all colors available from the manufacturer for color selection by Engineer. B. Samples: Provide three(3)each actual metal samples of selected color for Engineer's final approval. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Toilet partitions: a. Accurate Partitions Corp. b. American Sanitary Partition Corp. c. Bradley. d. General Partition. e. Global Steel Products Co. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 I0162-1 f, Knickerbocker. g. Metpar. h. Sanymetal Products Co. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MATERIALS A, Toilet Partition Panels,Pilasters and Doors: 1. 316 stainless steel. 2. Panel core material: Vermin and moisture resistant,sound-deadened,double-faced honeycomb,impregnated kraft paper. 2.3 COMPONENTS A. Pilaster Shoes: 1. Type 302/304 stainless steel,ASTM A480. 2. 20 GA,3 IN high. B. Stirrup Brackets: 1. Manufacturer's standard design for attaching panels to walls and pilasters. 2. Chromium plated brass or Type 302 stainless steel,ASTM A480. C. Latch and Strike-Keeper: 1. Chromium plated brass or stainless steel slide latch. 2. Conceal in door or surface mounted. 3. Wrap-around type strike-keeper designed to properly receive and hold latch. D. Anchorages and Fasteners: 1. Exposed fasteners: Manufacturer's standard,stainless steel,finish to match hardware. 2. Concealed anchors: Galvanized steel,hot-dip coated after fabrication complying with ASTM A385, 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Bumper-Coat Hook: Rubber-tipped combination bumper and coat hook for each compartment. B. Paper Holders: As specified in Section 10800. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Toilet Partitions: 1. Provide formed metal type,floor-supported floor-braced,complete with all accessories. B. General: 1. Preassemble units in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field cutting and assembly of units. 2. Pressure laminate face sheets to core material. a. Seal all edges with continuous locking strip. b. Miter,weld and grind smooth all corners,or cap with manufacturer's standard stainless steel edge and corner fittings. 3. Provide concealed reinforcement for installation of hardware,fittings,brackets,and required accessories. 4. Reinforce for attachment of grab bars as required. 5. Finishing: a. After fabrication,prepare and clean steel surfaces to remove processing compounds and other contaminants,ASTM D2092. b. Pretreat with a phosphate coating. c. Apply baked-on rust-inhibiting primer. d. Apply two(2)finish coats of thermosetting acrylic enamel,applied and baked in accordance with paint manufacturers instructions to provide minimum 1.5 mil dry film thickness. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 10162-2 C. Toilet Partition Panels,Pilasters and Doors: i. Steel sheet formed over core material. 2. Fabricate using the following minimum thicknesses: a. Toilet compartment doors: 22 GA. b. Compartment door moldings: 20 GA. c. Compartment partitions and moldings: 20 GA. d. Urinal partitions and moldings: 20 GA. e. Concealed reinforcing for anchors: 12 GA. f. Pilasters: 18 GA. g. Pilaster interlocking moldings: 18 GA. h. Divider or entrance screens: 16 GA. i. Screen interlocking moldings: 18 GA. D. Handicapped Stalls: 1. Swing-out doors minimum 34 IN wide for front approach. 2. Pull handle inside and out. 3. Stall size and configuration as shown on the Drawings. E. Doors: 1. 1 IN thick. 2. For 32 IN or wider stalls(except handicapped): 26 IN wide,minimum. 3. For stalls less than 32 IN wide: 24 IN wide,minimum. F. Floor-Braced Pilasters: 1. Minimum 1-1/4 IN thick. 2. Galvanized steel anchorage devices. 3. Complete with threaded rods,Iock washers,leveling adjustment nuts and shoes. G. Wall-Hung Screens: 1. Minimum I IN thick. 2. Size: 18 x 42 IN. 3. Same construction and finish as toilet compartments. 4. Provide brackets for securing to walls. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install in a rigid,straight,plumb,and level and secure manner with layout as indicated on Drawings. C. Clearances: 1. Between pilasters and panels: 1/2 IN maximum. 2. Between panels and walls: 1 IN maximum. D. Secure to walls with stirrup brackets near top and bottom of panel. 1. Locate brackets so holes occur in masonry or tile joints. 2. Use manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices. E. Floor Supported-Floor Braced Partitions: 1. Secure pilasters to floor with manufacturer's recommended anchorage devices. 2. Set tops of closed doors level with tops of pilasters. 3. Set anchors with minimum 2 IN penetration into concrete substrate. F. Wall-Mounted Screens: 1. Attach with concealed anchoring devices. 2. Verify that adequate structural backing has been provided in wall as recommended by manufacturer to suit wall construction. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and lab Building 924/2009 10162-3 a. See Section 09110. 3. Mount screens with top of screen at 60 W above floor. 3.2 ADJUSTMENT A. Adjust and lubricate hardware for proper operation after installation. 1. Set hinges on in-swing doors to hold unlatched doors open approximately 30 degrees. 2. Set hinges on out-swing doors to return to fully closed position. B. Repair all scratches in finish with material provided by and using application methods recommended by partition manufacturers. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and lab Building 9/24/2009 10162-4 SECTION 10200 LOUVERS AND VENTS PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Louvers and vents. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 07600-Flashing and Sheet Metal. 4. Section 07900-Joint Sealants. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American Architectural Manufacturers Association(AAMA): a. 2605,Voluntary Specification,Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels. 2. Air Movement and Control Association(AMCA). 3. ASTM International(ASTM): a. B221,Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods,Wire,Shapes,and Tubes. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Drawing showing location of each louver or vent,indicating size and arrangement of blank- off plates if required. 3. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. c. Color chart showing manufacturer's full line of colors including exotic and special colors for color selection by Engineer. B. Warranty: 1. PVDF"KYNAR"coatings shall be provided with manufacturer's standard 10 year warranty against color fade,chalking and film integrity. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Louvers: a. Airolite Co. b. Construction Specialties,Inc. c. Ruskin Manufacturing. d. Industrial Louvers,Inc. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 10200-1 e. American Warming. f. Krueger. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Louvers: 1. 6 IN deep. 2. Stormproof,37 %degree blade on 4 '/2 IN centers. 3. Continuous blade appearance. 4. ASTM B221 extruded aluminum,alloy 6063T5,minimum 0.081 IN thick 5. Extended sill. 6. Extruded vinyl blade edge seals. 7. Compressible aluminum jamb seals. 8. AMCA certified. 9. Similar to Ruskin'BLC 6375",or equal. 10. Insect screen: a. 18-16 mesh aluminum. b. Install in standard aluminum folded frame. B. Duct(drum)louvers: 1. Similar to Krueger DMD,or equal. 2. Include damper/extractor when indicated on schedule. C. Anchors,Fasteners,Reinforcing: Aluminum or stainless steel. D. Finish: I. Meet requirements of AAMA 2605. 2. PVDF coating with minimum 70 percent resin content. 3. Color:To be selected by Engineer. E. Size: Refer to Schedule for louver size,and refer to Architectural Drawings for louver shapes. F. Schedule: Location Name Equipment Width/Height CFM Pressure MOD BDD Type No. (IN x IN) Loss(IN) Adznin/Lab Intake L-1301 72 x 88 10,130 0.15 Y - C (72 x 48 Free Area) MOD—Motor Operated Damper. BDD—Backdraft Damper. C—Combination. D—Duct(or drum)louver. —T1v t(or drum)lover with damper/extractor. �1 end Driven. F—Fixed. Y—Yes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install anchoring and bracing accessories as required. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 10200-2 C. Seal around perimeter on exterior and interior. 1. See Section 07900. D. Install 0.040 IN aluminum flashing at sill to match louver. 1. See Section 07600. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building W24/2009 10200-3 SECTION 10270 ACCESS FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Access flooring(computer flooring). B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. ASTM International(ASTM): a. A53,Standard Specification for Pipe,Steel,Black and Hot-Dipped,Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless. b. A123,Standard Specification for Zinc(Hot-Dip Galvanized)Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. c. E84,Standard Test Methods for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 2, American Welding Society(AWS). 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA). 4. Building code: a. International Code Council(ICC): 1) International Building Code and associated standards,2006 Edition including all amendments,referred to herein as Building Code. b. Install seismic bracing accessories as required Building Code. B. Qualifications: 1. Installer licensed or approved in writing by Manufacturer. 2. Installer to have minimum five(5)years experience installing access flooring systems similar to system specified. 3. Installer shall have successfully completed installation of three(3)access flooring system projects similar to system specified within the last two(2)years. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Installer or Applicator: 1. Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the product in the field at the Project site. 2. Installer and applicator are synonymous. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Fabrication and/or layout drawings and details: a. Submit drawings for all fabrications and assemblies. 1) Include erection drawings,plans,sections,details and connections. b. Identify materials of construction,shop coatings and third party coatings and accessories. 3. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 10270-1 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. c. Scaled plan showing area to receive access flooring. 1) Indicate all stairs,ramps,guardrails,handrails,stair rails,floor loading,panel locations,pedestal locations, special edge conditions, accessories,details, deflection criteria,mechanical and electrical penetrations and device locations. a) Plan scale: 1/8 IN= 1 FT. b) Detail scale: 1-1/2 IN= 1 FT. d. Provide manufacturer's standard load tables for flooring panels and supporting structure. e. Provide manufacturer's standard allowable load tables for the following: 1) Grating and checkerplate. 2) Adhesive. 3) Adhesive anchor bolts. 4. Certification of installer qualifications. a. Certification of welders and welding process. b. Indicate compliance with AWS. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Access flooring: a. ASM Modular Systems,Inc. b. Tate Architectural Products,Inc. c. Computer Environments,Inc. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Pedestals: Steel,ASTM A53,galvanized G60,ASTM A123. B. Stringers: Steel,ASTM A53,galvanized G60,ASTM A123. C. Floor Panels: High density particleboard. D. Floor covering:High pressure laminate. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Provide all miscellaneous accessories as required for a complete system. 1. Miscellaneous accessories shall be by floor system manufacturers. 2. "After market"accessories are not acceptable unless not available through floor manufacturers. 2.4 FABRICATION A. General: 1. All exposed steel shall be galvanized with minimum G60 coating. 2. Steel floor panels shall have manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant conductive paint fmish. a. Panel finish must be compatible with adhesives typically used for installing floor covering. 3. System shall be capable of supporting a concentrated load of 1250 LBS applied anywhere on the panel with a maximum deflection of 0.080 IN and a permanent set not to exceed 0.010 IN. a. Concentrated load minimum safety factor of two(2). 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 I0270-2 4. System shall be capable of sustaining a rolling load of 500 LBS with a maximum permanent set of 0.020 IN after 10,000 passes. 5. System shall be capable of supporting a uniform load of 300 LBS/SF with a maximum deflection of 0.048 IN and a permanent set of 0.010 IN maximum. B. Floor Panels: 1. Nominal 24 x 24 IN. 2. Squareness tolerance of+0.015 IN,measured on diagonal on top of panel. 3. Flatness tolerance of+0.015 IN,measured on diagonal on top of panel. 4. Tolerances apply before edging is applied. 5. Protect all steel components by chemically cleaning,bonderizing,and application of baked enamel finish,both inside and out. 6. All Steel: a. Galvanized steel top sheet welded to a formed and galvanized bottom pan. b. Weight:22 LB/SQ FT minimum. c. Flame Spread Rating: Class A. d. Base Product:"All Steel AS 1250"by Tate Access Floor. C. High Pressure Laminate(HPL): 1. Melamine phenolic laminate manufactured specifically for computer room floors. 2. Size: 24 x 24 IN. 3. Thickness: 1/8 IN. 4. Flame Spread per ASTM-E84:Less than 25. 5. Smoke Developed per ASTM-E84:Less than 450. 6. Install in one piece for panel face without joints. 7. Finish tops of floor panels with floor covering materials,laid flush to each panel edge, bonded to bearing surface. 8. Colors and patterns as indicated or selected by Engineer from access flooring manufacturer's standard colors and patterns. D. Pedestals: I. Welded steel construction. 2. Galvanized per ASTM A53 G60 coating. 3. Capable of supporting minimum 5000 LB load without permanent deformation. 4. Minimum 2 IN vertical adjustment by means of threaded minimum 5/8 IN DIA column with leveling nut and metal locking collar. 5. Pedestal base: a. Minimum 4 x 4 x 1/8 IN. 6. Height as required for fmished floor height of 12 IN. E. System shall have a resistance between 5.0 x 10(5)and 2.0 x 10(10)ohms. 1. Measured from the floor covering to the pedestal. 2. Panel-to-understructure(metal-to-metal)contacts shall have no more than 10 ohms resistance. a. Grounding clips shall be attached to stringers to provide less than 10 ohms resistance PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Field verify dimensions and all door opening locations. B. Subfloor shall cure minimum of 28 days prior to installation of access flooring. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 10270-3 B. Install floor system under supervision of manufacturer or authorized representative,rigid,free of vibration,rocking,rattles,squeaks,and other objectionable defects. 1. Set pedestals in adhesive. C. Layout floor panels to minimize number of cut panels at floor perimeter. 1. Scribe panel assemblies at perimeter to provide fit with no voids greater than 1/8 IN where panels abut vertical surfaces. 2. Caulk voids and perimeter if floor is a plenum. D. Make cutouts required in floor panels. 1. Trim with rubber or plastic edging and provide foam rubber pad for sealing and protection of cables. 2. Verify locations,numbers and sizes. 3. Provide additional support where required if cutouts lessen panel effective strength. E. Locate each pedestal and complete any necessary subfloor preparation. F. Provide positive electrical grounding of entire system. G. Edge cut panels with manufacturer's standard trim to fit panels to perimeter or obstructions. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 10270-4 SECTION 10400 IDENTIFICATION DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Tag,tape and stenciling systems for equipment,piping,valves,pumps,ductwork and similar items,and hazard and safety signs. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American Society of Mechanical Engineers(ASME): a. A13.1, Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems. 2. Instrumentation,Systems,and Automation Society(ISA). 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association/American National Standards Institute (NEMA/ANSI): a. Z535.1,Safety Color Code. b. Z535.2,Environmental and Facility Safety Signs. c. Z535.3,Criteria for Safety Symbols. d. Z535.4,Product Safety Signs and Labels. 4. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): a. 70,National Electrical Code(NEC). 5. Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA): a. 1910.145,Specification for Accident Prevention Signs and Tags. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data: a. Catalog information for all identification systems. b. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 3. Identification register,listing all items in Part 3 to be identified,type of identification system to be used,lettering,location and color. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. W.H.Brady Co. 2. Panduit. 3. Seton. 4. National Band and Tag Co. 5. Carlton Industries,Inc. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 10400-1 B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Type A 1 -Round Metal Tags: 1. Materials: Aluminum or stainless steel. Stainless steel shall be used in corrosive environments. 2. Size: a. Diameter: 1-1/2 IN minimum. b. Thickness: 0.035 IN(20 gage)minimum. 3. Fabrication: a. 3/16 IN minimum mounting hole. b. Legend stamped and filled with black coloring. 4. Color: Natural. B. Type A2-Rectangle Metal Tags: 1. Materials: Stainless steel. 2. Size: a. 3-1/2 IN x 1-1/2 IN minimum. b. Thickness: 0.036 IN(20 gage)minimum. 3. Fabrication: a. 3/16 IN minimum mounting hole. b. Legend stamped and filled with black coloring. 4. Color: Natural. C. Type A3 -Metal Tape Tags: 1. Materials: Aluminum or stainless steel. 2. Size: a. Width 1/2 IN minimum. b. Length as required by text. 3. Fabrication: a. 3/16 IN minimum mounting hole. b. Legend Embossed. 4. Color: Natural. D. Type B l-Square Non-Metallic Tags: 1. Materials: Fiberglass reinforced plastic. 2. Size: a. Surface: 2 x 2 IN minimum. b. Thickness: 100 mils. 3. Fabrication: a. 3/16 IN mounting hole with metal eyelet. b. Legend preprinted and permanently embedded and fade resistant. 4. Color: a. Background: Manufacturer standard or as specified. b. Lettering: Black. E. Type B2-Non-Metallic Signs: 1. Materials: Fiberglass reinforced or durable plastic. 2. Size: a. Surface: As required by text. b. Thickness: 60 mils minimum. 3. Fabrication: a. Rounded corners. b. Drilled holes in comers with grommets. c. Legend: Preprinted,permanently embedded and fade resistant for a 10 year minimum outdoor durability. 4. Color: a. Background: Manufacturer standard or as specified. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 10400-2 b. Lettering: Black, 5. Standards for OSHA signs: NEMA/ANSI Z535.1,NEMA/ANSI Z535.2,NEMA/ANSI Z535.3,NEMA/ANSI Z535.4,OSHA 1910.145. F. Type C-Phenolic Name Plates: 1. Materials: Phenolic. 2. Size: a. Surface: As required by text. b. Thickness: 1/161N. 3. Fabrication: a. Two layers laminated. b. Legend engraved through top lamination into bottom lamination. c. Two drilled side holes, for screw mounting. 4. Color: Black top surface,white core,unless otherwise indicated. G. Type D-Self-Adhesive Tape Tags and Signs: 1. Materials: Vinyl tape or vinyl cloth. 2. Size: a. Surface: As required by text. b. Thickness: 5 mils minimum. 3. Fabrication: a. Indoor/Outdoor grade. b. Weather and UV resistant inks. c. Permanent adhesive. d. Preprinted legend. e. Wire markers to be self-laminating. 4. Color: White with black lettering or as specified. 5. Standards for OSHA signs: NEMA/ANSI Z535.1,NEMA/ANSI Z535.2,NEMA/ANSI Z535.3,NEMA/ANSI Z535.4,OSHA 1910.145, H. Type E-Heat Shrinkable Tape Tags: 1. Materials: Polyolefm. 2. Size: As required by text. 3. Fabrication: Legend preprinted. 4. Color: White background,black printing. 1. Type F-Underground Warning Tape: 1. Materials: Polyethylene. 2. Size: a. 6 IN wide(minimum). b. Thickness: 3.5 mils. 3. Fabrication: a. Legend: Preprinted and permanently imbedded. b. Message continuous printed. c. Tensile strength: 1750 psi. 4. Color: As specified. J. Type G-Stenciling System: 1. Materials: a. Exterior type stenciling enamel. b. Either brushing grade or pressurized spray can form and grade. 2. Size: As required. 3. Fabrication: Legend as required. 4. Color: Black or white for best contrast. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: 1. Bead chain:#6 brass, aluminum or stainless steel. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administratioa and Lab Building 9/24/2009 10400-3 2. Plastic strap: Nylon,urethane or polypropylene. 3. Screws: Self-tapping,stainless steel. 4. Adhesive,solvent activated. 2.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Where stenciled markers are provided,clean and retain stencils after completion and include in extra stock,along with required stock of paints and applicators. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. Install identification devices at specified locations. B. All identification devices to be printed by mechanical process,hand printing is not acceptable. C. Attach tags to equipment with sufficient surface or body area with solvent activated adhesive applied to back of each tag. D. Attach tags with 1/8 IN round or flat head screws to equipment without sufficient surface or body area,or porous surfaces.Where attachment with screws should not or cannot penetrate substrate, attach with plastic strap. E. Single items of equipment enclosed in a housing or compartment to be tagged on outside of housing.Several items of equipment mounted in housing to be individually tagged inside the compartment. 3.2 SCHEDULES A. Process Systems: 1. General: a. Provide arrows and markers on piping. 1) At 20 FT maximum centers along continuous lines. 2) At changes in direction(route)or obstructions. 3) At valves,risers,"T"joints,machinery or equipment. 4) Where pipes pass through floors,walls,ceilings,cladding assemblies and like obstructions provide markers on both sides. b. Position markers on both sides of pipe with arrow markers pointing in flow direction.If flow is in both directions use double headed arrow markers. c. Apply tapes and stenciling in uniform manner parallel to piping. 2. Process equipment(e.g.,pumps,pump motors,blowers,air compressors,bar screens, clarifier drive mechanism,etc.): a. Tag type: 1) Type 132-Non-Metallic Signs. 2) Type D-Self-Adhesive Tape Tags and Signs. 3) Type G-Stenciling System. b. Fastener: 1) Self. 2) Screws. 3) Adhesive. c. Legend: 1) Letter height: 1/2 IN minimum. 2) Equipment designation as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Piping systems: a. Tag type: 1) Indoor locations: a) Type D-Self-Adhesive Tape Tags and Signs. b) Type G-Stenciling System. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 10400-4 b. Fastener: Self. c. Color: Per ASME A13.1. d. Legend: 1) Letter height: Manufacturers standard for the pipe diameter. 2) Mark piping in accordance with ASME A13.1. 3) Use piping designation as indicated on the Drawings. 4) Arrow: Single arrow. 4. Tanks(less than 1000 gallons)(e.g.,break tanks,chemical tanks,hydro-pneumatic tanks,air receivers,etc.): a. Tag type: 1) Type D-Self-Adhesive Tape Tags and Signs. 2) Type G-Stenciling System. b. Fastener: Self. c. Legend: 1) Letter height: 2 IN minimum. 2) Equipment designation as indicated on the Drawings 5. Equipment that starts automatically: a. Tag type: 1) Type B2-Non-Metallic Signs. 2) Type D-Self-Adhesive Tape Tags and Signs. b. Fastener: 1) Type 132-Screw or adhesive. 2) Type D-Self. c. Size: 5 IN x 7 IN d. Location: Inscription and location as identified by the Engineer. e. Legend: 1) OSHA Warning Sign. 2) Description of Warning: "THIS MACHINE STARTS AUTOMATICALLY". B. Instrumentation Systems: 1. Instrumentation Equipment(e.g.,flow control valves,primary elements,etc.): a. Tag type: 1) Indoor non-corrosive: a) Type Al -Round Metal Tags. b) Type 131 -Square Non-Metallic Tags. b. Fastener: 1) Type Al: Chain of the same material. 2) Type B1: Stainless steel chain. c. Legend: 1) Letter height: 1/4 IN minimum. 2) Equipment ISA designation as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Enclosure for instrumentation and control equipment(e.g.,PLC control panels,etc.): a. Tag type: Type C-Phenolic Name Plates. b. Fastener: Screws. c. Legend: 1) Letter height: 1/2 IN minimum. 2) Equipment name. C. HVAC Systems: 1. General: a. Provide arrows and markers on ducts. 1) At 20 FT maximum centers along continuous lines. 2) At changes in direction(route)or obstructions. 3) At dampers,risers,branches,machinery or equipment. 4) Where ducts pass through floors,walls,ceilings,cladding assemblies and like obstructions provide markers on both sides. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/242009 10400-5 b. Position markers on both sides of duct with arrow markers pointing in flow direction.If flow is in both directions use double headed arrow markers. c. Apply tapes and stenciling in uniform manner parallel to ducts. 2. HVAC Equipment(e.g.,unit heaters,exhaust fans,air handlers,etc.): a. Tag type: 1) Type B2-Non-Metallic Signs. 2) Type C-Phenolic Name Plates. b. Fastener: Screws. c. Legend: 1) Letter height: 1 IN minimum. 2) Equipment designation as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Ductwork: a. Tag type: 1) Type D-Self-Adhesive Tape Tags and Signs. 2) Type G-Stenciling System. b. Fastener: Self. c. Legend: 1) Letter height: 1 IN minimum. 2) Description of ductwork,(e.g.,"AIR SUPPLY"), 3) Arrows: Single arrow. 4. Enclosure for instrumentation and control equipment,(e.g.,fan control panels,etc.): a. Tag type: Type C-Phenolic Name Plates. b. Fastener: Screws. c. Legend: 1) Letter height: 1/21N minimum. 2) Equipment designation as indicated on the Drawings. 5. Wall mounted thermostats: a. Tag type: Type D-Self-Adhesive Tape Tags and Signs. b. Fastener: Self. c. Legend: 1) Letter height: 3/16 IN minimum. 2) Description of equipment controlled(e.g.,"100-UH-xxx" or 100-AHU-xxx"). 6. Components inside equipment enclosure,(e.g.,controller's,control relays,contactors,and timers): a. Tag type: Type D-Self-Adhesive Tape Tags and Signs. b. Fastener: Self. c. Legend: 1) Letter height: 3/16 IN minimum. 2) Description or function of component(e.g.,"100-CR-xxx"). 7. Through enclosure door mounted equipment(e.g.,selector switches,controller digital displays,etc.): a. Tag type: Type C-Phenolic Name Plates. b. Fastener: Screws. c. Legend: 1) Letter height: 1/4 IN minimum. 2) Component tag number as indicated on the Drawings or as defined by contractor (e.g.,"100-HS-xxx"). D. Electrical Systems: 1. Trenches with ductbanks,direct-buried conduit,or direct-buried wire and cable. a. Tag type: Type F-Underground Wanting Tape. b. Letter height: 1-1/4 IN minimum. c. Location: 1) Where trench is 12 IN or more below finished grade: In trench 6 IN below finished grade. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 10400-6 2) Where trench is less than 12 IN below finished grade: In trench 3 IN below finished grade. d. Electrical power(e.g.,low and medium voltage): 1) Color: Red with black letters. 2) Legend: a) First line: "CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION". b) Second line: "BURIED ELECTRIC LINE BELOW". e. Communications(e.g.,telephone, instrumentation,LAN,SCADA): 1) Color: Orange with black letters. 2) Legend: a) First line: "CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION". b) Second line: `BURIED COMMUNICATION LINE BELOW". 2. Switchgear,switchboards and motor control centers: a. Tag type: Type C-Phenolic Name Plates. b. Fastener: Screws. c. Main equipment legend: 1) Letter height: a) First line: 1 IN minimum. b) Subsequent lines: 3/8 IN minimum. 2) First line: Equipment name(e.g.,"MAIN SWITCHBOARD MSBxxx"). 3) Second line: Source of power(e.g.,"FED FROM MCCxxx LOCATED IN ROOM xxx"). The source of power room number is only required when there are multiple electrical rooms,if the source is in another building,the building name or number shall be used. 4) Third line: System voltage and phase(e.g.,"480/277 V,3PH"). d. Main and feeder device legend: 1) Letter height: 3/8 IN minimum. 2) Description of load(e.g.,"MAIN DISCONNECT","PUMP 100-P-xxx"or "PANELBOARD 100-HP-xxx"). 3. Panelboards and transformers: a. Tag type: Type C-Phenolic Name Plates. b. Fastener: Screws. c. Legend: 1) Letter height: a) First line: 3/8 IN minimum. b) Subsequent lines: 3/16 IN minimum. 2) First line: Equipment name(e.g.,"PANELBOARD 100-LP-xxx" or "TRANSFORMER 100-T-xxx"). 3) Second line(panelboards only): System voltage and phase(e.g.,"208/120V, 3PH"). 4. Transfer switches: a. Tag type: Type C-Phenolic Name Plates. b. Fastener: Screws. c. Legend: 1) Letter height: a) First line: 3/8 IN minimum. b) Subsequent lines: 3/16 IN minimum. 2) First line: Equipment name(e.g., "AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 100- ATS-xxx"). 5. Safety switches,separately mounted circuit breakers and motor starters,VFD's,etc.: a. Tag type: Type C-Phenolic Name Plates. b. Fastener: Screws. c. Legend: 1) Letter height: IA IN minimum. 2) First line: Description of load equipment is connected to(e.g.,"PUMP 100-P- xxx"). 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 10400-7 6. Enclosure for instrumentation and control equipment,(e.g., lighting control panels,etc.): a. Tag type: Type C-Phenolic Name Plates. b. Fastener: Screws. c. Legend: 1) Letter height: 1/2 IN minimum. 2) Equipment name(e.g.,"LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL 100LCP-xxx"). 7. Components inside equipment enclosures(e.g.,circuit breakers,fuses,control power transformers,control relays,contactors,timers,etc.): a. Tag type: Type D-Self-Adhesive Tape Tags and Signs. b. Fastener: Self. c. Legend: 1) Letter height: 3/16 IN minimum. 2) Description or function of component(e.g.,"100-M-xxx","100-CR-xxx"or"100- TR-xxx"). 8. Through enclosure door mounted equipment(e.g.,selector switches,controller digital displays,etc.): a. Tag type: Type C-Phenolic Name Plates. b. Fastener: Screws. c. Legend: 1) Letter height: 1/4 IN minimum. 2) Component tag number as indicated on the Drawings or as defined by contractor (e.g.,"100-HS-xxx"). 9. Conductors in control panels and in pull or junction boxes where multiple circuits exist. a. Tag type: Type D-Self-Adhesive Tape Tags. b. Fastener: Self. c. Tag conductor at both ends. d. Legend: 1) Letter height: 1/8 IN minimum. 2) Circuit number or wire number as scheduled on the Drawings or as furnished with the equipment. 10. Conductors in handholes and manholes. a. Tag type: Type A3-Metal Tape Tags. b. Fastener: Nylon strap. c. Tag conductor at both ends. d. Legend: 1) Letter height: 1/8 IN minimum. 2) Circuit number or wire number as scheduled on the Drawings. 11. Grounding conductors associated with grounding electrode system in accordance with the following: a. Tag type: Type D-Self-Adhesive Tape Tags. b. Fastener: Self. c. Legend: 1) Letter height: 1/8 IN minimum. 2) Function of conductor(e.g.,"MAIN BONDING JUMPER","TO GROUND RING","TO MAIN WATER PIPE"). 12. Flash protection for switchboards,panelboards,industrial control panels and motor control centers: a. Tag type: Type D-Self-Adhesive Tape Signs. b. Fastener: Self. c. Legend: Per NFPA 70. 13. Entrances to electrical rooms: a. Tag type: Type B2-Non-Metallic Signs. b. Fastener: Screw or adhesive. c. Size: 5 IN x 7 IN. d. Location: Each door to room. e. Legend: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 10400-8 1) OSHA Danger Sign. 2) Description of Danger: "HIGH VOLTAGE,AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY". 14. Equipment where more than one voltage source is present: a. Tag type: 1) Type 132-Non-Metallic Signs. 2) Type D-Self-Adhesive Tape Signs. b. Fastener: 1) Screw or adhesive. 2) Self. c. Size: 1-3/4 IN x 2-1/2 IN. d. Location: Exterior face of enclosure or cubical. e. Legend: 1) OSHA Danger Sign. 2) Description of Danger: "MULTIPLE VOLTAGE SOURCES". 3.3 HAZARD AND SAFETY SIGNS A. Provide 5 Hazard and Safety Signs: 1. Type 132 . 2. Inscription as directed by Owner. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 10400-9 SECTION 10444 SIGNAGE PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Room identification signs. 2. Building signage (cast aluminum letters). 3. Entrance sign. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA): a. Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities(ADAAG). 2. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): a. Al 17.1,Buildings and Facilities-Providing Accessibility and Usability for Physically Handicapped People. 3. ASTM International(ASTM): a. B26,Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Sand Castings. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. c. Color charts for Engineer's color selection: 1) Color selection shall be made from manufacturer's complete color line including all premium and special colors. 3. Schedule of all signs indicating text and graphics. 4. Layout of room identification signage,and exterior building signage,aluminum letters, { signage showing finish,size,letter style,text,and installation detail. B. Samples: 1. Sample of room identification signage,and cast aluminum letters,exterior building signage, site signage finish. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Room identification signs: a. Andco. b. ASE-Architectural Signs and Engraving. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 10444-1 c. ASI Sign Systems. d. Best Manufacturing Co. e. Mohawk Engraving Co.,Inc. f. Nelson-Harkins. g. Southwell. h. The Supersine Co. 2. Building identification signage(cast aluminum letters): a. Andco Industries Corp. b, ARK Ramos Manufacturing Co.,Inc. c. ASI Sign Systems. d. Leeds Architectural Letters. e. Metal Arts. f. Metallic Arts. g. The Southwell Co. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Room Identification Signs: 1. Interior: Melamine plastic suitable for raised lettering and Braille. 2. Exterior: Aluminum or fiberglass suitable for raised lettering and Braille. B. Building Identification Signs and Entrance Signs: a. Cast aluminum ASTM B26. b. For machine cut letters,provide aluminum of 5052-1132 alloy and hardness. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Room Identification Signs: 1. General: a. Raised text,border and graphics: 1) Minimum 1/32 IN height. 2) Provide international graphic symbology for all toilet,locker and shower rooms or combinations thereof,and for unisex toilet rooms and stairs. 3) Provide handicap symbol on all signs for rooms meeting handicap requirements. b. Grade 2 Braille. c. Finish: Eggshell: 1) Color: To be selected. d. Text: Minimum 3/4 IN high. e. Text as indicated in Article 3.2 of this Specification Section. f. Exterior signs shall be rated for exterior use. g. All signage shall comply with requirements of ADA. h. Similar to ASI Sign Systems"ADA Ready Sign Systems". B. Building Identification Signage(Aluminum Letters): 1. General: a. Cast aluminum,machine cut or laser cut aluminum. b. Finish: Baked enamel. c. Color:To be selected by Engineer. d. Mounting: 1) 1 IN projected. 2) Provide stainless steel mounting studs. e. Test as indicated in Article 3.2 of this Specification Section. 2. Letters: a. Style:Helvetica. b. Size:Upper case,8 IN high. c. Depth: 3.8IN. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24r2009 10444-2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Room Identification Signs: 1. Install signs on walls adjacent to the latch side of doors using foam tape for interior signs and stainless steel screws(minimum of two(2))for exterior signs: a. Stainless steel screws shall be painted to match sign color. 2. Where no adjacent wall space is available,mount signs on nearest adjacent wall: a. Mounting of signage shall be such that a person may approach to within 3 IN of sign without encountering any protruding objects or standing in swing of door travel. 3. Mount 60 IN above finish floor to centerline of sign. 4. Building Identification Signs(Cast Aluminum Letters): a. Install letters where indicated on Drawings. b. Mount to walls with 1 IN projection in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 5. Install plaque where shown on Drawings. 6. Site Signage: Set posts in concrete minimum 18 IN into earth or as recommended by manufacturer. 3.2 SCHEDULE A. Room Identification Signage: 1. Provide one room identification sign at each door,or pair of doors leading to each interior room except at vestibules: a. Refer to Room Finish Schedule for room names. 2. Provide ADA international symbols of accessibility to the following rooms: a. Rest Rooms, 1307 and 1308. b. Women's Locker Room 1320. c. Men's Locker Room, 1322. B. Building Identification Signage: 1. Administration and Lab Building END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and lab Building 9/24/2009 10444-3 SECTION 10500 METAL LOCKERS AND LOCKER BENCHES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal lockers and locker benches. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division I -General Requirements. 3. Section 07900-Joint Sealants. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. ASTM International(ASTM): a. A540,Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel Bolting Materials for Special Applications. b. A1008,Standard Specification for Steel,Sheet,Cold-Rolled,Carbon,Structural,High- Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability. c. B 108,Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Permanent Mold Castings, 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: I. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Drawings showing location,numbering sequence,anchoring method and locking. 3. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. c. Color chart showing manufacturer's full line of available colors for preliminary color selection by Engineer. B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for: a. The mechanics and administration of the submittal process. b. The content of Operation and Maintenance Manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Lockers and locker benches: a. Art Metal Products. b. DeBourgh Manufacturing. c. List Industries. d. Lyon Metal Products. e. Penco Products. f. Republic Steel Corp. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Cab Building 9/24/2009 10500-1 B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Steel: ASTM A1008. B. Fasteners: Cadmium-plated steel ASTM A540. C. Hooks and Hanger Rods: Cadmium-plated steel ASTM A540 or cast aluminum ASTM B 108. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Hooks: 1. Provide one double-prong ceiling hook and three single-prong wall hooks for single-tier and double-tier lockers. 2. One wall hook and one ceiling hook for multi-tier lockers 12 IN and less in width. B. Provide hat shelf in single-tier lockers. C. Provide hanger rod minimum 5/8 IN DIA,in lieu of ceiling hook,in single tier lockers 18 IN deep or deeper. D. Number Plates: 1. Manufacturer's standard etched,embossed,or stamped,non-ferrous metal number plates. 2. Three-digit numerals not less than 3/8 IN high. 3. Sequence numbers as directed by Owner. 4. Attach plates centered,near top of each locker door,with two fasteners of same fmish as number plate. 5. Provide on each locker door. E. Metal Base: (See Drawings for application.) 1. Minimum 20 GA. 2. Cover entire front of base of lockers without additional fastening devices. 3. Flange bottoms inward'/a IN for stiffening. 4. Factory-finish base to match lockers. F. Pedestals: 1. Cast iron or steel. 2. Attached to bench by stainless steel screws. 3. Anchored per manufacturer recommendations. 4. Spacing not to exceed 4 FT. G. Locker Bench: 1. Perforated PVC coated metal bench: See Drawings. 2. Provide color selections. 2.4 FABRICATION A. General: 1. Fabricate lockers square,rigid,and without warp,with metal faces flat and free of dents or distortion. 2. Ease all exposed metal edges. 3. Weld frames together. 4. Weld,bolt,or rivet other connections per manufacturer's standard. 5. Grind exposed welds flush. 6. Chemically pretreat metal with degreasing and phosphatizing process. 7. Apply baked-on enamel finish to all surfaces,exposed and concealed,except plated and non-ferrous metal. 8. Finished film thickness of not less than 0.75 mil for all exterior surfaces and not less than 0.5 mil for all interior surfaces. B. Lockers: 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Cab Building 9/24/2009 10500-2 1. Frames: Minimum 16 GA channels or 12 GA angles,with comers electrically welded to form solid one-piece structure: a. Provide door stops at door openings. b. Extend vertical members to floor to form legs where legs are specified. c. Provide adjusting devices at legs to permit at least''/2 IN vertical adjustment. d. Provide minimum 16 GA horizontal members between doors of other than single-tier lockers. e. Provide 6 IN diameter ventilation connection in top with screen. 2. Backs and sides: a. Minimum 24 GA. b. Flange backs on vertical edges and sides where they intermember with backs,making double-flanged rear corners. 3. Exposed ends of non-recessed lockers: Minimum 16 GA. 4. Tops,bottoms and shelves: Minimum 24 GA,flanged on all sides. 5. Sloped tops: Continuous,minimum 20 GA. 6. Doors: a. One-piece,minimum 16 GA,flanged at all edges,with comers. b. Extra bracing or reinforcing on inside of doors over 15 IN wide. c. Construct to prevent springing when opening or closing. d. Door swing of 180 degrees. e. Stamped louvered vents in door faces: 1) Single-tier lockers: Not less than six 6 IN louver openings in top and bottom of each door. 2) Double-tier lockers: Not less than three 6 IN louver openings in top and bottom of each door. 3) Multi-tier lockers: a) Not less than three 31/2 IN louver openings per door for 12 and 15 IN wide units. b) Four(4)6 IN louver openings per door for lockers 18 IN wide and over. 7. Door hinges: a. Full-loop,five-knuckle,tight pin. b. Not less than 0.050 IN thick steel,2 IN high. c. Continuous weld hinges to inside of frame and secure to door with not less than two(2) factory-installed fasteners,completely concealed and tamperproof when door is closed. d. Minimum three(3)hinges for each door 42 IN high and over. e. Minimum two(2)hinges for each door less than 42 IN high. 8. Latching: a. Positive,automatic,prelocking,pry-resistant latch and pull. b. Rubber silencers. c. Chromium-plated,vandalproof or kickproof IiR-up handle,containing strike and hole for padlock. d. Enclose latch on four sides in a boxed receptacle in lock bar channel,and engaging latch hooks on frame opposite hinges. e. Three-point latching for single-tier lockers. f. Two-point latching for double-tier lockers. g. One-point gravity or spring latch with padlock lugs for box lockers. 9. Provision for padlock: Latch pull with hole to accept padlock. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install plumb,level,rigid and flush. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Adminishation and Lab Building 9/24/2009 10500-3 C. Space fasteners not over 48 IN on center: 1. Install through suitable reinforcing plates where necessary to prevent metal distortion. 2. Conceal all fasteners wherever possible. D. Provide and install filler and closure pieces as required. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Touch-up any damaged finishes or replace as directed by Engineer: 1. Use only materials and finishes as recommended or furnished by locker manufacturer. 3.3 ADJUSTMENT A. Adjust doors and latches to operate easily without bind: 1. Verify satisfactory operation of integral locking devices. 3.4 SCHEDULES A. See Drawings. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 924/2009 10500-4 SECTION 10520 FIRE EXTINGUISHER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fire extinguishers,and cabinets. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA): a. Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities(ADAAG). 2. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): a. 10,Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers. 3. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. (UL): a. Building Materials Directory. 4. Warnock Hersey. B. All cabinets must meet projection limitations per ADA. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for: a. The mechanics and administration of the submittal process. b. The content of Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver and install filled and charged extinguishers just prior to building occupancy. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Fire extinguishers,cabinets: a. Amerex Corporation. b. Ansul Fire Protection. c. Walter Kidde. d. Potter-Roemer Inc. 2. Fire extinguisher signs: -00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 10520-1 a. Seton. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640, 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Fire Extinguisher Cabinet(FEQ: 1. Recessed mounting. 2. 22 GA epoxy coated steel box. 3. Epoxy-coated steel door and trim: a. Door to have narrow,vertical, 1/4 IN clear acrylic glazed panel. 4. Provide FIRE EXTINGUISHER decal for each cabinet. 5. Provide all required closures. 6. Provide 20 LB 20A:120BC extinguisher. 7. Similar to JL Industries"Panorama"Series. B. Wall Brackets: 1. Bracket type to fit specified extinguisher,with correct mounting accessories to fit substrate. 2. Furnish bracket for each extinguisher not in cabinet. 3. Bracket to be finished in red or black enamel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install units with extinguisher top not over 48 IN above floor. C. Install FEC with top of unit at 60 IN above floor. D. Fire extinguisher locations shown on Drawings are approximate locations. Verify all extinguisher mounting locations with local Fire Marshal. E. Mount"FIRE EXTINGUISHER" sign above or adjacent to each extinguisher as directed by the Engineer. END OF SECTION -00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 10520-2 SECTION 10650 FOLDING PANEL PARTITIONS PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Folding panel partitions. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(UL): a. Building Materials Directory. B. Qualifications: 1. Installer shall be licensed or approved in writing by manufacturer. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Installer or Applicator: 1. Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the product in the field at the Project site. 2. Installer and applicator are synonymous. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. c. Manufacturer's full range of finishes and colors for Engineer's selection. B. Samples: 1. Wood veneer specie and vinyl hinges: a. Minimum of two(2)2 x 3 IN samples of panel surface selected and minimum of two(2)3 IN long samples of vinyl hinge. C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for: a. The mechanics and administration of the submittal process. b. The content of Operation and Maintenance Manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Folding partitions: 00...60746 Bozeman VIU Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 10650-1 a. Emco. b. Foldoor. c. Hufcor. d. Modernfold. e. Panelfold. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Non-Acoustical Panels: 1. Panel: Particle board. 2. Finish: Wood veneer. 3. Suspension system: Steel or aluminum. 4. Connection hinges: Extruded vinyl. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Non-Acoustical Panels: 1. Thickness: Minimum 3/8 IN. 2. Partition construction: 45 LB density particle board. 3. Finish: Factory applied,UL Class A rated. 4. Operation: Manually operated serpentine folding,top supported. 5. Suspension: Self-cleaning aluminum channel track with one(1)two-nylon-wheeled trolley mounted on every other panel and one(2)four-nylon-wheeled trolley mounted on lead post. 6. Height: 9 FT. 7. Width: See Drawings. 8. Panel weight: Maximum 3 LB per square foot. 9. Hardware: Manufacturer's standard pull with integral latching mechanism. 10. Unit similar to Modernfold"Woodmaster Series." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Ensure that supporting structure is in place and properly anchored. B. Field verify opening length. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install track and ceiling guard level to 1 in 100 tolerance. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 10650-2 SECTION 10800 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Toilet and bath accessories. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 10162-Metal Toilet Partitions. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA): a. Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities(ADAAG). 2. ASTM International(ASTM): a. A269,Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service. b. A480,Standard Specification for General Requirements for Flat-Rolled Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Plate,Sheet,and Strip. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. c. Manufacturer's recommendation on fasteners. 3. Schedule of items being provided for each room.Reference rooms using room number designated on Drawings. 4. Catalog cut sheet of each item proposed. B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for: a. The mechanics and administration of the submittal process. b. The content of Operation and Maintenance Manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Product numbers scheduled are manufactured by Bobrick. B. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. American Specialties,Inc. 2. Bobrick. 3. Bradley Corp. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 10800-1 C. Provide equipment from one manufacturer. D. Submit request for substitution in accordance with specification Section 01640. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Toilet Accessories: 1. General: ASTM A480,stainless steel. 2. Grab bars: ASTM A269,stainless steel. B. Anchoring Devices: Manufacturer's standard. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Toilet Accessories: 1. General: a. Satin finish. b. Items shall meet design requirements of ADA. 2. Grab bars: a. Concealed mounting. b. 3 IN DIA flange. c. Integral non-slip gripping surface. d. 1-1/2 IN OD. B. Anchoring Devices: 1. Designed to withstand minimum concentrated load of 250 LB applied at any point on grab bar. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Verify adequate backing has been provided in wall or toilet partition. B. See Section 10162. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instruction and in accordance with ADA. B. Mount all items with manufacturer's standard anchorage devices. C. Install in locations indicated on Drawings. 3.3 SCHEDULE A. See Drawings for locations. 1. Robe Hook-B-672. 2. Toilet Tissue Dispenser(double non-controlled)-B-2740. 3. Towel Dispenser/Waste R6ceptacle—B3947. 4. Liquid Soap Dispenser-B-155. 5. Recessed Seat Cover Dispenser—B3013. 6. Shower Curtain Rod-B-6047 length required. a. Provide at each shower stall. 7. Soap Dish-B4380 or 438 as required for wall construction. 8. Mirror-B-290 x size indicated on Drawings. 9. Tilted Mirror-B-293 x size indicated on Drawings. 10. Shower curtains-204-3 with 204-1 hooks as required. a. Provide at each shower. 11. Grab Bar-B-6806 x length indicated on Drawings. 12. Grab Bar-B-6893 (52 IN horizontal). 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 10800-2 13. Grab Bar-B-6861 (30x16"L"or 36 IN x 36 IN shower). END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 10800-3 SECTION 10950 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Kitchen/Conference Room(1312)appliances. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements, 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01340. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. c. Finish and color samples for Engineer's selection. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: I. General Electric. 2. Amana. 3. Sears. 4. Frigidaire. 5. Draper 6. Da-lite. B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Appliances 1. Refrigerator: a. Type: Combination Top-Freezer/Refrigerator: 1) Internal water dispenser and icemaker. b. Capacity: Minimum 22 cubic feet. c. Size: 33 '/z IN wide x 67-1/2 IN high x 33 9/16 IN deep, d. Color: StainlessBlack. e. Model:Similar to GE,No GSH22JSTSS. 2. Dishwasher: a. Type: Built-in undercounter dishwasher. b. Size: 24 IN wide x 34 IN high x 25-1/4 INdeep. c. Color: Stainless/black. d. Energy Star. e. Model: Similar to GE,No PDW7380NSS: 1) Provide installation accessories as required. 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 10950-1 3. Range: a. Type: Free-standing electric range: 1) Self-cleaning. 2) Ceramic glass cooktop. b. Size: 29-7/8w x 46-1/8h x 27'/ IN. c. Color: Stainless/black. d. Model: Similar to GE,No JB805KSS. 4. Range Hood: a. Size: 29 7/8w x 4-3/4h x 20d IN. b. Color: Stainless/Black. c. Model: Similar to GE,No.JV636HSS. 5. Microwave: a. Type: Over-the-range style. b. Size: 29 7/8 w x 16-11/32h x 15-7/16d IN. c. Color: Stainless/black. d. Similar to GE,No.CVM2072SMSS, 6. Colors of all appliances to match. B. Projector Support Shelf: 1. Type: Suspended Ceiling Mounted. 2. Maximum Projector Size: 7.11 IN x 11.7 IN x 14.7 IN d. 3. Total Capacity:25 Lbs. 4. Ceiling Finish Kit,colored white 5. Draper Aero Projector shelf No. 232075,or equal. C. Projector Screen: 1. Type: Concealed in the Ceiling with Closure Doors. 2. Built-in SCB-100,SCB-200 and low voltage control. 3. Video and HDTV format screen. 4. Size:52 IN x 92 IN. 5. High Contrast Matte White Screen. 6. Da-lite Director Electrol,or equal. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION 00...60746 Bozeman WRF Administration and Lab Building 9/24/2009 10950-2